A map for helping you and those around you to be a zenith during chaotic times.
brandonrichey.substack.com
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Keep in mind that today's Dark Studio production will only be available in full length if you are a member of the Zenith Vanguard.
However, you will get a preview today if you haven't accessed the vault just yet.
To access today's episode in full length and to Upgrade To Zenith Status, make sure you go brandonrichey.substack.com if you're not already there.
Follow this link to access my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigational tool that enables you to access and prioritize all of my most powerful and tactical insights with ease.
This is the cognitive hardware that will help you to excel in every arena of your life!
“Whoever controls the media, controls the mind.”
― Jim Morrison
The world is full of dark mysteries and in this briefing The Dark Studio is going to momentarily hone in on one of those dark mysteries to lay the foundation for the necessary intelligence involved with today’s discussion.
It was approximately 7:04 a.m. on June 30, 1908 that a 10 to 15 megaton explosion occurred at the Podkamennaya Tunguska River region in Siberia, Russia. The sheer scale of this blast event was so significant that it literally flattened tens of millions of trees over an area of 830 square miles of forest.
The explosive force of this event was a thousand times more powerful than the atomic bomb that was dropped on Hiroshima, Japan on August 6, 1945. It was reported that the explosion registered seismic stations across Eurasia, and there were airwaves from the blast that reached as far away as Germany, Denmark, Croatia, the United Kingdom, and even all the way to Washington D.C..
This explosion was so significant that the Tunguska event is classified as the single largest impact event on Earth in recorded history.
The occurrence of this event is especially odd given the fact that no nuclear weapons existed in 1908. Because of this realization, a layman would resort to offering the explanation of an asteroid impact; however, there was no crater or sign of impact where the event took place.
Over the years, the lack of physical evidence led to a variety of potential unexplainable theories regarding this mysteriously catastrophic event.
The reality is that the cause of the event has sparked intense debate for years, but today the most favored explanation has settled on a mid-air explosion involving a large meteoroid or comet.
This has been the most viable explanation given that there was absolutely no sign of an impact crater at the epicenter while all the trees were flattened facing away from the epicenter.
Even though the meteoroid or comet hypothesis seems quite complicated, there have also been some even wilder Tunguska theories that have been floated over the years. Among the more far-fetched potential culprits of the blast are a tiny black hole passing through the earth, the possible crash of a UFO, and even the possibility that Nikola Tesla’s Wardenclyffe Tower somehow played a role in the phenomenon.
In examining the landscape of the lived documented human experience, the reality is that this world contains many dark mysteries. These dark mysteries often leave many scratching their heads when seeking out a viable explanation for why things happen the way that they do.
When looking through the lens of history, such events can often offer up a variety of intrigue as much of the public is often left to wonder about how and why certain mysteries occur in a way that defies explanation.
The reality is that what most mistaken for a dark mystery can, in fact, be chalked up to human nature. This is the case as human nature routinely drives eccentric outcomes across history, to the point of directly shaping the cyclical rise and fall of various civilizations.
The difference between a zenith operator and everyone else is that the zenith operator may temporarily engage in a head-scratching moment when it comes to civilizational struggles and outright disasters, but ultimately is able to settle on a more viable explanation. A sovereign operator is able to achieve this by tying that understanding to the previous substantiated actions of human nature that preceded the moment in question, and has been displayed throughout history.
Strategically, if you desire to be a zenith operator then you can also tap into a sound plan of approach known as the relinquishing constraints strategy in order to optimize your influence over others when navigating through the realm of ideas.
Learn how to apply the relinquishing constraints strategy for yourself not only to save the Republic, but to enhance your position in business, personal relationships, and accomplishing daily objectives.
Get out of stasis and access the vault now with a $50 or $210 commitment to avoid becoming a permanent head scratcher like the rest of the majority.
“The most effective way to destroy people is to deny and obliterate their own understanding of their history.”
― George Orwell
The Father of Modern Experimental Optics, Sir David Brewster, invented the kaleidoscope in 1816. A kaleidoscope is an instrument that reflects images of designed colored glass that forms symmetrical patterns that one can observe through a viewer.
The kaleidoscope illustrates image-forming properties of a series of combined inclined mirrors reflecting the properties of an object that is positioned inside the instrument in order to form the symmetrical patterns.
Essentially, the visual product formed by the kaleidoscope functions off the reflections of reflections of the object that’s placed inside.
The word kaleidoscope is Greek in origin and the translated meaning is the observation of beautiful forms.
What defines a reflection?
A reflection is essentially an exact copy of the object being reflected that’s facing the wrong direction. Understanding this principle it’s easy to see how a kaleidoscope leverages its use of reflection in the same way as a hall of mirrors.
In short, a kaleidoscope is essentially a miniature hall of mirrors offering the reflection of an object that is actually facing the opposite direction than it really is.
The Dark Studio will come back to address this concept a bit later on in this briefing as a reminder that reality isn’t always what it seems.
In the current societal environment even a casual observer has been able to look across the cultural and political landscape and understand that there’s a sickness that has gradually infected society over the last several years.
If the casual observer happens to be a part of Generation X, then that observer has lived long enough to see the degradation of talent, loss of beauty, and the slow rot of creative content in recent years. As an example, until recently, the Gen X casual observer could look across the cultural landscape of mainstream films and wonder how many more superhero movies Hollywood could possibly make.
The same casual observer could also easily question how many more old movies the Hollywood machine could remake. Additionally, in terms of the music industry, casual observers could question how many more so-called musical artists could Auto-Tune a low quality melody or include the blend of older songs into the production of new music.
The overarching point is that the status of being an operational zenith wasn’t a necessary requirement for the casual observer and the societal midwit to take notice of the obvious content and creativity void that society has experienced for the last several years. More specifically, whether that Gen X observer is a zenith operator or not, this generation has lived long enough to remember the relevance of their original culture while witnessing its obvious decline firsthand.
However, while most can spot cultural rot, the difference is that Gen X sovereign operators actually possess the ability to diagnose why that rot occurred in the first place. In short, the growing signs of cultural rot are clear symptoms of Marxist infiltration.
The Dark Studio is focusing its cultural case study on Gen X because during the 1980s, this generation experienced an explosion of Americana deeply embedded into the films and music of their childhood. As a result, this cultural footprint uniquely positions Gen X into this current study and examination to pinpoint the cause of the decay of the current cultural landscape.
When diagnosing the downgraded shift in American culture, a zenith operator understands that while the decline is widespread, the underlying institutional rot is driven strictly by the infestation of Marxist ideals. Marxists understand the power of influence through culture, therefore it’s no mistake that the cultural influence of music, film, and television were firmly placed into the crosshairs by these nefarious activists.
This is why the role of examining Gen X in today’s discussion is so vital as Gen X experienced a heightened culture of Americanism throughout their childhood development that was in complete opposition to the slow cultural rot that American society has experienced now for the last several years.
Marxists have always embraced the playbook of infiltration. As a fundamental law of this ideology, the central tenet involving the psychological belief structure of these radicals directly hinges on the deadly sins of envy and pride. Because these radicals are trapped inside their own worship of self-arrogance, they are incapable of any flexibility in terms of establishing reasonable parameters of how other individuals, or a society in opposition to them, should live their lives.
Pride and envy serve as the core psychological tenets of this ideological framework. This is the case since advocates of this ideology are completely incapable of producing organic value or capturing hearts and minds within a free marketplace of ideas. As a result, the movement inevitably resorts to systemic force and coercion.
Driven by envy and pride, they gain support from others who share their worship of self-arrogance and suffer from those very same vices.
“How do you tell a Communist? Well, it’s someone who reads Marx and Lenin. And how do you tell an anti-Communist? It’s someone who understands Marx and Lenin.”
― Ronald Reagan
The result of such a belief structure is what drives the Marxist to engage in the act of infiltrating the institutions of society. Such institutional infiltration occurs in education, media, and public office.
Granted, the main target of infiltration concerning the Marxist infiltrator occurs inside the classroom. However, despite traditional Marxist efforts to infiltrate classrooms, the inevitable degeneration of their applied philosophy always manifests as symptoms of rot throughout the culture first.
When the symptoms of this rot advance to a severe enough stage, this is when even the casual Gen X observer is able to take notice. There’s a significant reason that the Marxist infiltrator chooses to pursue institutional dominance and that reason for the Marxist is to destroy the heartbeat that’s central to the survival of the United States.
The metaphorical gun that they use to place that heartbeat into their crosshairs is the classroom, the media, and the culture, but the bullet that they fire at the heart for the kill shot is the act of demoralization.
Decay
The Marxist infiltrator understands that the survival of the Republic is built on a foundation of faith. Therefore, in order to destroy the Republic, the Marxist infiltrator understands that they must act to destroy that faith.
The Dark Studio previously noted how the symptoms of Marxist rot will begin to show up in the culture before that rot starts to migrate from the classroom and manifest throughout the business and economic environment of everyday life.
In studying the lived documented human experience through the vertical lens of history, one can observe that systemic rot typically occurs gradually until it reaches the stage of critical mass, where from this point it happens virtually overnight. This timeframe was well documented in The Age of the Zenith Patriot.
Even though the symptoms of this rot can be noticed in the culture by the casual observer, what most fail to realize at this stage is that the deep infiltration is already very present in the theater of academia.
The reason for the Marxist infiltration throughout academia is multi-faceted, but the main reason is to revise, destroy, and lie about the history of the nation. Once again, remember that the central psychological tenet of the Marxist ideology is driven by pride and envy. Therefore, since the Marxist infiltrator is driven solely by self-pride, they cannot win over hearts and minds; instead, they must engage in demoralizing them.
The Marxist actions of demoralization are prevalent throughout much of history. Speaking of history, this is the first target that Marxist infiltrators place into their crosshairs.
Marxists always attack the foundational history of a nation because they understand that if they can revise the history to suit their narrative that the public will come to reject the very nation that they live in. Marxists understand that the history of a civilization is what connects and grounds its citizens to everything they hold sacred in their homeland.
Therefore, they understand that if they can create a rift between the native citizen and their history that this will detach that citizen from their beloved civilization. If the demoralization campaign is successful, the Marxist understands this detachment will unmoor the citizenry from everything they loved and previously held sacred about their home.
This is the current dilemma facing the Occident (the West) right now, but ironically enough much of this rot is something that can be learned from the Orient (the East), and, in fact, is actually being driven by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
The Dark Studio has previously covered the fact that prior to the box office hit Top Gun: Maverick hitting theaters back on May 27th, 2022, that there was a financial disturbance that occurred between the People’s Republic of China (PRC) tech giant Tencent and Paramount.
When the initial trailer for Maverick was released in 2019, keen observers noticed that Maverick’s bomber jacket no longer bore the Taiwan and Japan flags and were replaced with some ambiguous symbols that contained similar colors. Given the fact that Tencent initially had a 12.5% stake in the film, many commentators regarded this as a direct act of censorship.
The fact remains that Beijing regards Taiwan as a renegade province and denies acknowledging them as a legitimate state while seeking to deny them this recognition throughout the rest of the international community.
Ultimately, the flags on Maverick’s jacket were restored in the final version after Tencent decided to pull out of the investment. According to the New York Post, Tencent pulled out of financing the Top Gun: Maverick sequel out of concerns of angering the Communist Party officials due to the film’s overly pro-American theme.
Operationally, this is a prime example of how Marxist/Communists must infiltrate institutions of culture in order to exert control over content, messaging, and censorship for the purpose of shaping the narrative of what audiences consume at every turn.
This is the very definition of information warfare and that vertical of warfare is one of many that fall underneath the umbrella of the CCP strategy of Unrestricted Warfare.
The attacks on history and the use of censorship have been a hallmark of the CCP dating all the way back to Mao’s Destroy the Four Olds campaign in 1966.
Back in August of 1966 one of the earliest objectives of the Cultural Revolution in China involved a campaign where Mao Zedung aimed to completely wipe out what was referred to as the “four olds”—old things, old ideas, old customs, and old habits.
Systemically, the “four olds” had already suffered significant setbacks in the years of Communist rule prior to the Cultural Revolution. However, Mao Zedong’s goal was to use the new revolutionary upsurge in 1966 to eliminate the historical footprint completely.
In the turbulent years between 1966-1968 what remained of old religious practices, old superstitions, old social practices involving weddings and funerals, and old ways of dress were violently attacked and suppressed with maximal intensity.
The campaign even resulted in very disturbing and almost ritualistic orgies that involved the burning of old books and the destruction of old art objects. The public display involving the destruction of visual evidence made it clear that the memories of those physical things were destroyed along with the objects that represented them.
An operational zenith understands that as bad as such public displays were in the Cultural Revolution, the reality is that the event was even worse than that.
The lens of history reveals that Young Red Guards even went so far as to invade people’s homes and shattered family altars that denoted continued Confucian reverence for generations of forbears. Temples, churches, and mosques were all closed and transitioned to be used solely for secular purposes. In the purest form, this was the unmooring of the Orient.
The Dark Studio has previously touched on the Marxist strategy of institutional infiltration using the example of culture with the PRC tech giant Tencent pulling out of the financing of Top Gun: Maverick. The Dark Studio has also highlighted the erasure of history with the CCP’s destruction of the “four olds.”
The Dark Studio will pivot to illustrate an ironic situation involving the power of culture on society and why Marxists always resort to infiltration.
As previously stated, systemic rot typically occurs gradually and then suddenly it collapses all at once. It’s already been stated earlier how the 1980s were a peak period for the culture of Americana as it related to music, television, film, and public office.
In examining that environment compared to today, a clear distinction between then and now can be seen with a clear presence of Marxist rot when observing the current Mayor of New York City.
On July 3, 2026 the self-proclaimed Communist/jihadist New York City Mayor, Zohran Mamdani, lectured the citizens of the United States on how horrible the country has become since its founding. Mamdani’s long speech is an intentional Marxist distortion of reality steeped in division, as he openly illustrates the classical Marxist exercise of psychological projection, claiming that those currently trying to save the nation are acting to sow division.
An operational zenith can easily deconstruct the content of Mamdani’s speech and quickly observe his attempt to exalt the old Marxist talking point of how immigration is the strength of the nation, while completely ignoring the entire necessity of assimilated legal immigration. Additionally, the founders of the nation didn’t give their lives, fortune, and sacred honor for a Marxist who hates the country to lecture its citizens on how horrible it is. This is especially true on the eve of its 250th birthday celebration, while this Marxist sat at George Washington’s desk with it facing backwards to air his disdain for the nation. That act alone should infuriate and serve to be a red flag to every sovereign operator.
Zohran Mamdani and his family have zero roots in the United States. He was born in Uganda to a wealthy family of Indian descent. His father is a scholar who was born in Mumbai and raised in Uganda. His mother is an award-winning filmmaker born in Rourkela and raised in India. There’s literally nothing about Mamdani’s family roots that reflect any characteristics tied to Americana.
In examining his family roots it appears that most of his family have all been raised abroad and Zohran Mamdani himself certainly didn’t have a difficult upbringing. It’s quite obvious that none of his family members have ever had to risk their lives, fortune, and sacred honor for the United States. As previously stated, this is obviously the case as this Ugandan sat behind George Washington’s desk, with it facing the wrong direction, to lecture the rest of the nation on what he sees are the sins of the country.
Like every Marxist, everything about Mamdani is hypocritical. He talks about bashing the wealthy and making them pay their fair share, yet, like most other rich New Yorkers, Mamdani didn’t attend public school. Mamdani received his elementary school education at the Bank Street School For Children.
Affirmatively, this is not a school for the middle class, let alone the poor. The tuition in this school has been reported to be in the ballpark of $66,000 a year. In simple terms, for a man who’s supposedly fighting for the working class and the poor, his parents made sure to keep him as far away from those people as possible since the beginning of his life.
Mamdani is a definitive Marxist and just like Karl Marx, Mamdani has never set foot in a factory or fraternized with the proletariat. Radicals frequently and intensely bash anyone who is deemed to be “privileged” in the slightest. When examining the reality of Mamdani there’s little to no doubt that he was raised in an affluent, high status, and privileged environment. As if this part of his hypocrisy isn’t bad enough, it’s obvious by his July 3rd speech that he is also strongly disdainful of the Occident and the values that are inherent within it.
In evaluating the history of the world, it’s apparent that the rejection of Western values is the result of the lack of universal men. Given that the world doesn’t operate within a vacuum, the very presence of Mamdani is direct evidence of the lacking numbers of universal men that live in New York City.
Because I called out to you and you refused to respond—I appealed, but no one paid attention—becauseyou neglected all my advice and did not want my correction, I will laugh at your calamity. I will mock when what you fear comes
–Proverbs 1:24-26
History has proven time and again that where there is a lack of wisdom, society slides into peril and ultimately into complete ruin. This has happened to the Roman Empire, it’s been obvious ever since Mao’s reign in Communist China, and it’s currently happening right here in the United States in New York City. In short, wherever there is a lacking presence of wisdom, the symptoms of decay are in abundance.
The Wrap Up
The Dark Studio opened this briefing touching on how reality isn’t always as it seems, particularly if an individual is trying to navigate a hall of mirrors.
As previously established, a kaleidoscope functions just like a hall of mirrors as it operates through producing the reflections of colored glass. More specifically, the kaleidoscope doesn’t merely produce reflections; it generates reflections of reflections, using the main object that’s being reflected.
The Dark Studio previously defined a reflection as essentially an exact copy of the object being reflected that’s facing in the wrong direction. In assessing the Marxist/jihadist, Zohran Mamdani, it’s clear that he is the perfect reflection of the universal man—that is, he’s the primary example of a man who is literally facing, moving, and functioning in the complete wrong direction concerning everything he believes and stands for.
Contrary to the kaleidoscope, there’s absolutely nothing beautiful in Mamdani’s worldview that’s looking back at the rest of the Occident in the mirror. Mamdani’s reflection represents a complete unmooring of the past and present day reality.
Such a representation is one that leads to the destruction of history and to the rise of a modern day Red Guard that would be a lot more efficient at destroying the olds of society. Given their access to technology, this would enable them to more easily usher in a totalitarian technofeudal slave state.
The Dark Studio is here to advocate that the world doesn’t need anymore Zohran Mamdanis. In fact, the world needs to eliminate the possibility of anymore Zohran Mamdanis by cultivating a superior environment of sovereign operators.
Politicians, big corporate heads, and corrupt grifters only exist because the rest of society goes on maintaining a consistent attitude of apathy, combined with providing indirect support of the institutions that prop up these bad reflections in the hall of deceptive mirrors.
Individual comfort and conveniences of modern society only continue to fuel people’s support for the very institutions that prop up the Mamdani’s of the world. The modern world’s comfort and convenience—perpetuated by a digital panopticon—keeps everyday citizens completely complacent. This ongoing state of passivism is exactly what allows a Marxist, United States-hating Zohran Mamdani, to become the mayor of the financial capital of that very nation and the world.
In today’s briefing, the Dark Studio highlighted the current problem with how the unmooring of the Occident has occurred in recent years and how the symptoms of this have manifested throughout the culture. Highly noticeable to the members of Gen X, this cultural rot is in complete contrast from the culture of Americana that Gen X experienced in their youth.
Every problem demands a solution which is why the Dark Studio’s next briefing, The Re-Annexation of the Occident, will offer that solution as it pertains to the tangible relinquishing of constraints strategy.
The Zohran Mamdani’s of the world only exist because everyday individuals fail to fill their mental armory with intellectual ammunition.
Remember that where there is a lacking presence of wisdom, the symptoms of decay are in abundance.
The contemporary machinery of narrative warfare functions for the explicit purpose of irritating and exhausting the population into a state of total, submissive apathy. Within this landscape, choosing to remain a passive bystander is no longer a measured position of careful consideration. Stasis is active capitulation to the theater of control.
The gate to the Command Center remains fixed. Serious operators are commanded to break their transaction paralysis, exit the free tier, and align their posture with the core architecture of the Operational Zenith.
Secure your station directly with the link below, and clear your instructional deficit before the next armor-piercing shell is loaded into the chamber:
Remember that this is a reader-supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Keep in mind that today's Dark Studio production will only be available in full length if you are a member of the Zenith Vanguard.
However, you will get a preview today if you haven't accessed the vault just yet.
To access today's episode in full length and to Upgrade To Zenith Status, make sure that you go to brandonrichey.substack.com if you haven't already.
There you can access my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigational tool that quickly and easily allows you to access and prioritize four years of my most powerful tactical insights with ease.
This is the cognitive hardware that will help you to excel in every arena of your life!
“Then people went out to see what had happened, and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone, sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed and in his right mind, and they were afraid.”
–Luke 8:35
Nature is both a brutal and fascinating teacher.
When examining a major storm such as a hurricane or typhoon the anatomy of such a phenomenon is something to behold. Whenever one is able to successfully endure the first phase of the storm the mysterious introduction of an eerie calm is exposed with what is recognized as the eye of the storm.
When a hurricane hits landfall the eye can be a more pleasant experience compared to one that encounters this portion of the storm at sea. Given that the storm draws its energy from the warm ocean water, the land starts to bleed energy off from the storm the further it moves inland.
When making a functional comparison of the eye of the storm on stable land compared to the eye of the storm at sea one could say that the presence of land serves to be a source of stability in terms of calming the turbulent waters. The Dark Studio will return to analyze this phenomenon a bit more later in this briefing.
Reality doesn’t solely deal in measures of applied theory when it comes to the sound function of a society. The reason for this is due to the unpredictable element of human nature.
No matter the greatness of a battle plan, institutional collapse doesn’t happen overnight from a single catastrophic failure, but rather through the slow, incremental compounding actions of minor moral and operational compromises. The failure of a plan, a political party, or an ideology isn’t solely determined by the plan itself but, rather, is determined by the actors who are in position to execute that plan.
To inject some clarity, today The Dark Studio is going to demonstrate why certain economic and social theories never work unless the correct people are injected into the formula for the desired chemical reaction to occur.
The significance of the MAGA populist movement is that it goes beyond the surface-level diagnosis involved with recognizing widespread global institutional corruption. The central tenet of the MAGA coalition is that it’s the most intellectual, the most informed, and the most engaged political movement in world history. Given the pandemic of global institutional rot, MAGA understands that governments, ideologies, and plans will completely succeed or fail solely based on the individuals that exist and work within those institutions.
True MAGA understands how the evidence of history clearly details this by demonstrating how small unified group minorities have managed to consistently overthrow the majorities who have held power within various governmental systems over time.
The evidence of this was clearly demonstrated by the Bolsheviks who did this by overthrowing the Russian Provisional Government in 1917. In 1933 the Nazis demonstrated this when they took power and dismantled Germany’s democratic, constitutional Weimar Republic. In 1966, Mao’s Red Guard demonstrated this with the overthrow of the entrenched, moderate bureaucracy of the Chinese Communist Party after successfully mobilizing a significant number of radical youths.
An operational zenith understands how dangerous a concentrated and relentless minority can be to an established ruling majority based on the evidence of history outlined here. An operational zenith also recognizes the failures of those ruling majorities when examining the comparative metrics of those circumstances compared to the circumstances that exist across the political landscape of the nation today.
MAGA was once that governmental minority tasked with infiltrating an established system already ruined by Marxist corruption creep and longstanding established political grifters. However, the goal of MAGA has always been a goal of restoration, whereas the goals of those other minorities outlined in history were all about destructionism.
Upon a closer dissection of the nefarious elements concerning the Bolsheviks, the Nazis, and Mao’s Red Guard, there’s a common denominator that surfaces to reveal the secret to their success. Granted, there was a manifestation of events that certainly cultivated an environmental architecture that allowed these movements to get a foothold, but the real reason they were able to persist hinged on another factor that will be revealed in today’s briefing.
Andrew Breitbart famously stated that “Politics is downstream from culture.”
Given the prophetic accuracy of this statement, what was the real cause of the rise of the Bolsheviks, the Nazis, and Mao’s Red Guard?
Furthermore, what impact could the cataclysmic diffusion of support have had during the historic rise of these regimes, along with society’s current entanglement with the battles associated with institutional capture?
If you are a free-tier spectator attempting to test-drive this architecture from the sidelines, you are actively denying yourself the raw cognitive acceleration that’s currently fueling the Zenith Vanguard.
If you have spent weeks white-knuckling the free tier and building up a mountain of instructional debt, then you’ve been behaving more like a talker than a doer.
Overcoming institutional capture and fast-tracking the problem-solving outcomes that impact your sovereignty requires an immediate, intentional financial investment in peak strategic intelligence. Deliberation is valuable up to a point, but deliberating your way out of access to daily applied intelligence is an act of self-sabotage.
You’re never going to maintain your sovereignty as a Zenith Patriot by relying on a Wal-Mart budget and leaving a peak intelligence asset locked behind the gate.
Stop trying to hold onto the pattern of stasis and upgrade to the annual membership now for a $50 or $210 commitment.
Remember that today's episode is highlighting the problem associated with how large-scale institutions leverage the diffusion of responsibility.
However, my next hardware drop The Age of the Zenith Patriot will include the cognitive solution you need to accelerate through your environment as an operational zenith.
In order to gain access to this episode once it goes live, along with four years of my tactical knowledge, make sure you go to brandonrichey.substack.com if you haven't already.
There you can Upgrade To Zenith Status and take advantage of my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigational tool that enables you to easily and rapidly search and prioritize all of my tactical insights with ease.
“One day the last portrait of Rembrandt and the last bar of Mozart will have ceased to be — though possibly a colored canvas and a sheet of notes will remain — because the last eye and the last ear accessible to their message will have gone.”
― Oswald Spengler, The Decline of the West, Vol 1: Form and Actuality
When examining a recent Quinnipiac University poll there’s a clear divide that’s expanding throughout the nation. The poll covered many topics, but examining the area concerning national pride is where the divide within the country starts to become glaringly apparent.
When investigating the question concerning whether Americans consider themselves to be proud Americans, the first sample of participants in the poll involving the breakdown of young adults signals a big flashing red problem.
For example, of 18 to 34 year olds: 56 percent say yes, where a staggering 37 percent say no. This is the group that signals the biggest flashing red problem. When examining 35 to 49 year olds: 71 percent say yes, where 23 percent say no. The 50 to 64 year olds: 80 percent say yes, while 17 percent say no. Finally, when examining ages 65 and over: 91 percent say yes, while 7 percent say no.
A Zenith Operator looks at this poll and immediately sees this growing divide as a clear symptom of the existing tug-of-war that’s going on with the current competing revolutions that are aggressively trying to establish a foothold on power within the country.
In examining the numbers from the poll, the one metric that highlights where that divide is at its greatest directly identifies the younger adult sample from 18-to-34-year-olds, where 37 percent say they are not proud to be Americans. This concerning number flashes caution while the reason must be investigated to accurately pinpoint the cause behind this statistical alarm to be accurately diagnosed.
Aside from the heavy indoctrination that this age group has been subjected to for most of their lives, the other diagnosable pattern concerning the development of this sentiment among this age group can be directly attributed to cultural, economic, and political stagnation.
How does stagnation factor into this?
The Dark Studio will initiate the investigation to answer this by first examining the younger demographic from the Quinnipiac University poll. To begin, the oldest segment of that group was born as early as 1992. Therefore, this segment spent the 1990s and 2000s in the childhood stage of development before entering the workforce.
Notably, the 9/11 terrorist attack occurred right as the oldest of this segment reached the age of nine. Therefore, in the years of childhood development, this oldest segment of the population was immediately faced with incoming war and the prospect of financial calamity.
Furthermore, the events kicking off this generation resulted in ongoing war. In just seven short years following 9/11, these young families also endured the housing bubble burst and the devastating financial headwinds of the Great Recession.
As an observation of reality, the national prospect of accelerated decline was set into motion as this age demographic was entering their 16th year of existence into a rapidly changing world. Granted, at age 16, this future workforce was just a few short years from pursuing careers and wealth inside an economic paradigm already sliding towards decline—a system steadily plagued by diminishing opportunities for those seeking financial reward through merit.
Given the reality of what has been learned in recent years concerning Bush and Obama’s participation in the controlled decline of the nation, this segment of the population has been largely subjected to higher costs of living, advanced Marxist social engineering, and a significant spike in divorce rates since 2008 according to the PEW Research Center.
Where exactly does the prospect of stagnation fit into this arena?
The origin of the stagnation can be blamed on a variety of political and cultural issues that have been the direct result of stagnant and counterproductive leadership.
The Dark Studio has already established part of this with the mention of the role of Obama and Bush in the managed decline of the nation. The only thing productive associated with the act of managed decline is the success of inviting peril. The aiding of the act of managing decline is not a productive act, but rather a counterproductive act in the context of this architecture concerning the preservation of liberty.
Stagnation from leadership is defined as any policy or action that fails to advance the strength of a nation and the security of liberty. The antithesis of this is leadership participating in the managed decline of the nation while referring to such action as duty.
Even as I have seen, Those who plow iniquity And sow trouble reap the same.
–Job 4:8
The Battle of Athens
The parameters of human performance are necessary to examine before understanding the baseline motivations for why certain outcomes manifest throughout society due to the actions and inactions of participants that live, work, and play within the confines of a given society.
Given that previous statement, in the realm of fitness and human performance a plyometric is a form of exercise that conditions the muscles to produce maximum power output in the shortest amount of time. This physical training modality—often referred to as jump training—is mechanically leveraged by a trainee by engaging in explosive athletic movements.
Such movements are necessary for the purpose of initiating a rapid muscular contraction known as the stretch-shortening cycle (SSC). In examining the mechanical phase of the SSC, maximum contractile force is achieved by first forcing the muscle into its stretching phase (eccentric phase) and then rapidly shortening it (concentric phase), immediately triggering a natural reflex that maximizes force output.
Sound execution of the SSC is central for achieving explosive muscular output. However, when engaging in the SSC, forceful muscular contraction can be diminished, or even compromised, if a trainee fails to properly perform the SSC.
Numerous factors can be considered when evaluating the failure of a plyometric movement. However, a common culprit in the failure of a trainee’s attempt to perform the SSC can often point to the bleeding of force output during the amortization phase of the SSC.
What is involved with the amortization phase of a plyometric exercise?
It’s already been established that the key muscular contractions involved during the stretch-shortening cycle include the eccentric phase (stretching) and the concentric phase (shortening). This analysis of the SSC is accurate, but is structurally incomplete.
In dissecting the SSC, a closer examination reveals a brief transitional phase that exists between the stretching and shortening phase of the muscle during the contraction cycle. This brief transitional phase is what is known as the amortization phase.
This brief phase is a critical component of the SSC because the length of time that is involved within this phase determines the level of force output for a given plyometric event. To achieve maximal force output the amortization phase must be as brief as possible. The greater amount of time that is spent in the amortization phase directly results in diminishing power output, rendering the plyometric attempt useless.
In short, an extended amortization phase is the functional, real-world equivalent to hesitation, and hesitation is merely a form of stasis, or stagnation, in the context of overall performance.
Looking at the current zeitgeist, all the problems associated with society are the result of human nature. Logically, such a highlighted assessment is apparent to the majority of analytical thinkers. Yet, civilizational devastation doesn’t solely manifest at the hands of ignorant, or nefarious actors.
Historically, peril is also invited to walk through the front door due to the inactive state of those who comprehend the dangers, but remain static by resting on their laurels. At times, inaction is as hazardous as action itself. Just like a plyometric event, too long of pause or period of inaction leads to a compromised attempt to produce force for the purpose of achieving an intended outcome.
Just as an extended amortization phase bleeds out force production while attempting to execute a plyometric event, the extended state of pause, or stasis, concerning well-informed citizens bleeds out force production for meaningful social change when faced with the prospect of societal ruin.
The Dark Studio is now going to highlight the danger of prolonged stasis. Just recently the Los Angeles mayoral race just took place with the apparently less popular top two candidates allegedly winning out over the more popular and reasonable reality TV star, Spencer Pratt. This occurred after late mail-in ballots continued to be counted for about a week after the election took place, while showing virtually none of the late count breaking in favor of the fresh new challenger Spencer Pratt.
This prolonged stasis in Los Angeles stems from traditional inaction and a lack of civic acumen, allowing a large-scale corruption creep to facilitate the Marxist institutional capture of local and city governments. A significant part of this corruption creep has extended to election security in California.
Driven by persistent longstanding corruption within Los Angeles election systems, the city is now trapped in a vortex of out-of-control homelessness, widespread drug addiction, and an evil political syndicate—one that uses financial bribery to exploit homeless addicts for their votes.
The years of stasis has resulted in this large-scale outcome of institutional rot concerning California elections, as independent journalist James O’Keefe exposed in his undercover investigation on the ground in the neighborhood of Skid Row, located in Los Angeles.
The existence of such institutional corruption is a nauseating thought, considering the amount of blood and treasure that has been lost to establish a Republic that has managed to exist now for a quarter millennium. Has California’s new standard for securing the will of the people devolved into nothing more than incentivizing citizens to sell out their birthright for a few bucks—just to satisfy a drug habit or to buy something to eat?
Take a moment to allow the reality of this disgusting circumstance to marinate inside your head as the nation rapidly approaches its 250th anniversary.
To incentivize the universal man, The Dark Studio is now going to highlight the significance of applied agency in avoiding the failure of an intended goal concerning the preservation of liberty by looking back through time to examine the Battle of Athens. Unlike the stasis that has led to the insecure elections in Los Angeles, the Battle of Athens demonstrates the opposite of inaction when it comes to election security.
It was August 1, 1946 when the only successful armed citizen rebellion since the American Revolution took place in Athens, Tennessee.
The initiation of this rebellion was the result of a machine government of tyranny that had established a foothold in the hometown of WWII veterans that came face-to-face with it after returning home from the Pacific. The irony surrounding this involved the fact that the veterans had just returned from overseas from fighting with the Nazis only to realize that their duty with this fight wasn’t finished after returning home.
The reality was that McMinn county had fallen under the rule of a corrupt Democratic syndicate. This syndicate was tied to a state political boss named E.H. Crump. Following a heated competition for local offices, a group of veterans decided to stand in the breach and take up arms in order to prevent the state senator Paul Cantrell and E.H. Crump from stealing the election.
After having witnessed the Sheriff Pat Mansfield and his deputies suddenly flee to the jail with the ballot boxes in hand, an alert and suspicious group of veterans decided to take immediate action.
This event resulted in a small group of those veterans breaking into a local National Guard armory to stock up on weapons and ammunition before making their way to the jail to demand the return of the ballot boxes.
The Cantrell-Mansfield deputies refused to turn over the ballots so the several hundred veterans that were locked and loaded opened fire on the jail. It should be noted that these veterans clearly understood the corruption and tyranny that had infected this local government as they knew that the Cantrell-Mansfield ring had regularly colluded with illegal bootleg and gambling operations, shook down citizens and others for various fees, and regularly engaged in electoral chicanery.
Therefore, after the bullets started flying, and the front of the jail was blown open with dynamite, the deputies finally surrendered. However, the mob continued to act out as they flipped over police cars and set fire to them in the streets.
After the smoke cleared, within a few days the local election commission ultimately swore in the veteran candidates as duly elected. After the count, Knox Henry and the veteran reform ticket won the contest by an overwhelming landslide. After the conflict settled, the McMinn County veterans had won the day with pure grit, a barrage of gunfire, dynamite, and a unified group morale. It should also be noted that zero casualties occurred during this event.
Upon returning home from the war many veterans took quick notice of the fact that the surrounding communities of Knoxville, Oak Ridge, and Chattanooga boomed with growth and vibrance, while their hometown of Athens languished in a declining state headed for peril. Tragically, the veterans had returned home to a community that was plagued with more problems than promising opportunities.
As Operational Zeniths those veterans recognized the problem and decided to cast an internal vote of their own not to remain in stasis. The lesson here is that the liberation of Athens didn’t happen solely at the point of a gun, but rather at the transparency of the ballot count that was only able to be achieved after facing down the barrel of a gun.
At the end of the mission, the WWII veterans laid down their weapons and deferred to the public count of the ballots to correct the rot-filled system that had completely managed to remove the will of the people up until the Battle of Athens. The modern lesson of this event is clear: citizens must understand the significance of avoiding hesitation and stasis in the face of tyranny before armed force becomes necessary.
The Wrap Up
In the assessment of history this visible revelation clearly demonstrates how stasis enabled the spread of corruption creep, which resulted in total institutional capture by those who were intent on enacting destructionism.
Fortunately for Athens, the patriots returning home from the war translated into the return of the destructionism of destructionism. Unlike the recent debacle in Los Angeles, Athens, Tennessee, seized the opportunity to avert the path towards peril.
In the current zeitgeist, decades of institutional reliance and cultural acceptance directly enable large societal institutions to evade accountability through the diffusion of responsibility. Once a large-scale institution has achieved the recognized standard of centralized institutional reliance from the public, the deconstruction, defunding, and purging of institutional rot becomes exceedingly more difficult.
The patriots in Athens, Tennessee took immediate action to not hesitate by ignoring the corrupt tactics of the Cantrell-Mansfield ring and instead chose to immediately confront the problem as emissaries of freedom. Conversely, Los Angeles has allowed years of corruption creep to spread throughout its governmental and political system due to cultural, economic, and political stagnation concerning the voting populace, along with its representative leadership.
The reason for the existence of the 18-34 year old segment of adults, where 37 percent say that they aren’t proud to be Americans, is a manifestation of many years of cultural and political stagnation. The act of managed decline associated with political stagnation has resulted in several periods of potential economic woes, early and throughout the lives, of the generation highlighted in the Quinnipiac University poll.
A generation lacking in strength of leadership will lack in strength of unity. The segment of young adults highlighted in the poll have emerged as a serious symptom of a flashing red problem due to the lack of strength in cultural and political leadership throughout their lives until now. However, here in the present day, ideological subversion has captured and rotted the developmental process of 37 percent of those minds.
Centralized institutional reliance has been the societal focus surrounding the troubled generation. The diffusion of responsibility from these failed centralized institutions in government, finance, health, etc. have taken the place of strong leadership for the flashing red segment highlighted in the recent concerning poll.
Fixing this problem requires that the active citizen populace minimize the time in the amortization phase of this current cultural and political equivalent of a plyometric event. The necessary production of force output needed to overcome this existing systemic rot must be maximal and immediate to successfully purge out every last actor that desires nothing more than aiding in the act of managing decline.
Allowing institutions to grow and expand to the point of evading accountability through the implementation involved with the diffusion of responsibility requires a special remedy. Such a remedy must involve a practical real-world solution that’s the metaphorical equivalent of an armor-piercing shell.
Upon extracting from the armory of solutions, The Dark Studio will be loading the equivalent of that armor-piercing shell, with the utility referred to as the cataclysmic diffusion of support, into the next episode titled, The Age of The Zenith Patriot.
The analytical mind cannot tolerate prolonged negotiation with personal pride.
As Sun Tzu established in the classic canons of warfare: ‘If your opponent is of choleric temper, seek to irritate him. Pretend to be weak, that he may grow arrogant.’
The contemporary machinery of narrative warfare functions for the explicit purpose of irritating and exhausting the population into a state of total, submissive apathy. Within this landscape, choosing to remain a passive bystander is no longer a measured position of careful consideration. Stasis is active capitulation to the theater of control.
The gate to the Dark Studio remains fixed. Serious operators are commanded to break their transaction paralysis, exit the free tier, and align their posture with the core architecture of the Operational Zenith.
Secure your station directly with the link below, and clear your instructional deficit before the next armor-piercing shell is loaded into the chamber:
Remember that this is a reader-supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Keep in mind that today's Dark Studio production will only be available in full length if you are a member of the Zenith Vanguard.
However, you will get a preview today if you haven't accessed the vault just yet.
To access today's episode in full length and to Upgrade To Zenith Status, make sure that you go to brandonrichey.substack.com if you're not already there.
There you can access my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigational tool that quickly and easily allows you to access and prioritize four years of my most powerful and tactical insights with ease.
This is the cognitive hardware that will help you to excel in every arena of your life!
And the Angel of the Lord appeared to him in a flame of fire from the midst of a bush. So he looked, and behold, the bush was burning with fire, but the bush was not consumed.
–Exodus 3:2
The rise of the MAGA populist movement has not been an accident.
When looking at the consistent repetition of failed policies over the course of the last half-century from both Democrats and Republicans, it’s obvious that the decline of the country hasn’t solely been the result of incompetence but, rather, it’s been intentional.
The range of issues involving the destruction of sovereignty, the devaluation of the currency, the endless wars, election fraud, and the erosion of benefits concerning what it means to be a United States citizen, all point to a well-planned and intentional effort to destroy the United States of America.
A big part involving this strategy of destructionism points directly to a sociological plan known as the Cloward-Piven Strategy. This strategy was previously discussed in an older episode. The excerpt from that briefing is included here below and covers the three steps that are involved with this strategy.
Mass mobilization: This part of the strategy basically encourages a large number of eligible individuals to all simultaneously apply for welfare benefits in an attempt to create an overwhelming systemic overload.
Crisis creation: By engaging in the process of an across-the-board effort to overwhelm the welfare system this part of the strategy is aimed at causing a fiscal and operational crisis which would demonstrate the inadequate nature of existing social policies.
Policy change: The thought process here is that by causing enough chaos with the existing institutions, it would lead the government into a position where they are forced to address the crisis through significant policy reforms. This would ultimately result in a more centralized communist type of control over the system involving a larger social safety net.
Isolating this mechanism concerning the Cloward-Piven Strategy means to reveal the primary operational framework that’s fueling this systemic destructionism. The widespread grift embedded within the political class cannot be observed as mere transactional corruption—it functions as the explicit fuel source for this issue of administrative capture.
The permanent survival of this administrative rot across both federal and state architectures relies entirely on the mechanics of the Panopticon Effect. The philosophical application of this architecture defines the exact psychological matrix that allows the modern surveillance state to function.
The panopticon effect does not bargain with passive observation.
If you are a free-tier spectator attempting to test-drive this architecture from the sidelines, you are actively denying yourself the raw cognitive acceleration currently fueling the Zenith Vanguard.
You have spent weeks rolling this intelligence around the parking lot like a casual golf cart, while the uniformed operators inside the inner room are out on the open intellectual highway—forcefully putting the raw, fire-breathing horsepower of this high-performance machine to the absolute test.
To remain a bystander is to choose personal stasis within the panopticon. To place yourself directly in the driver’s seat of this information warfare apparatus requires a definitive structural commitment. Bypassing the paywall gate requires an annual $50 standard investment or an unyielding $210 premium upgrade to unlock the full, restricted architecture of the Exclusive Zenith Catalog.
Secure your station below. Clear your deficit.
Remember that today’s episode is highlighting the problem, but my next hardware drop, The Forensic Assassin of Ideology, will contain the cognitive solution you need to accelerate through your environment as an Operational Zenith.
In order to gain immediate access to this episode once it goes live, along with 4 years of my tactical knowledge, make sure you Upgrade To Zenith Status Here.
Once you’ve made the upgrade you can take advantage of my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigational tool that enables you to easily and rapidly search and prioritize all of my premium tactical insights with ease.
Join the rest of the Zenith Vanguard Now to gain full access.
“A gem cannot be polished without friction, nor a man perfected without trials.”
― Seneca
Human nature is a very strange phenomenon.
Between life experience and stories from the past, there’s certainly no shortage of intrigue and insanity surrounding the experience that we normally refer to as human nature.
After all, the whole concept of human nature is a mystery because the entirety of the human race in which this concept references often serves to be a constant contradiction. I mean on one hand, people are unpredictable while simultaneously being very predictable. As an example, people can react to one situation with a surprisingly positive deference, but when faced with the same scenario again at a different time, they can demonstrate complete defiance.
However, as strange as this sounds, people are generally fairly predictable up until the point that they aren’t.
So, with that being said, what typically causes people to be unpredictable?
Generally speaking, I believe one good explanation for this can be chalked up to what I would usually recognize as the concept of friction. I say this because when people are faced with hardship, that adversity will either stall out their momentum in life by causing them to implode, rather than choosing to face and overcome the resistance they encounter concerning that initial friction. Granted, friction can also change variables, and variables can, at times, present different challenges depending on the time that they are introduced.
You see, in physics the only thing that can overcome friction is the increase of an externally applied force. If force is not applied then the friction will always slow down an object and eventually bring that object to a stop. This is true in physics, as well as across an array of other decisions when overcoming the friction of adversity in life, when wrestling with whether to make certain key investments, and with always involving other big important life decisions. I know you know this to be true.
I want you to hold onto this for the moment while I shift gears to talk about how the friction of life can cause people to engage in some of the most insane behavior. Granted, if you’re a regular to this show then you’re no stranger to understanding just how insane life can get as a result of human nature.
After all, when speaking to the oddities of human nature, you and I are both old enough to remember seeing people out at public restaurants lifting and lowering their masks between bites to eat a sandwich. We both know that we don’t have to look any further than the pandemic to understand that a potential level of strange behavior definitely exists.
Two Tales of Friction
In the world of human interaction, friction can cause some people to not follow through on action, while it ends up driving others directly into action. Granted, some friction is necessary to avoid, but there are other types of life friction that simply cannot be ignored.
I want to begin by highlighting two different tales involving the friction of life and show you how that friction can derive two totally different responses and outcomes from people. The key component here is to keep in mind that none of us are immune to the friction of life.
Now, I want to take you back in time to examine an unusual case concerning an individual that was faced with significant friction, but allowed that friction to slow him down and stall him out in the most bizarre and shocking kind of way.
In August of 1392, a 23-year-old King Charles VI rode out ahead of his army on an expedition. At this point, the young king was already feeling the presence of friction as he was paranoid about traitors within his circle. To make matters even worse, the purpose of this expedition was to try and track down an individual who had attacked and nearly killed his close friend. Revenge was weighing on Charles VI, so friction was already present in the young man’s mind.
As his army rode along and finally exited the forest an exhausted page boy accidentally dropped his steel lance and the loud clanking startled the hyper-vigilant king. At this point Charles drew his sword and entered into a blind frenzy resulting in him brutally slaughtering four of his own knights. By the time it was over Charles had fallen into a multi-day coma. He psychologically never recovered from the guilt and horror of his actions on that day.
However, as bad as that was for the young king, the friction of life was still not finished with him. It was only about five months later when another violent trauma occurred during a masquerade celebration. At this event Charles and five other of his high ranking nobles dressed as “wild men” donning highly flammable linen costumes that were soaked in pitch and flax.
During this event an onlooker with a torch got too close to the men and the costumes instantly ignited. Charles only survived the catastrophe because his aunt, the Duchess of Berry, threw her heavy skirts over him to smother the flames before they could spread any further. However, Charles had to watch in total horror as four of his closest companions burned to death directly in front of him at the center of the gathering.
Sadly, these two back-to-back catastrophes ended up permanently fracturing the king’s psyche. It was at this point that something unusual took place with the king as his severe paranoia developed into what is now referred to as the famous glass delusion.
If you’re not familiar with this condition, it relates to how the king believed that he was made of glass. It has been said that the condition was so real to the king that he even had his royal tailor sew iron rods into the lining of his clothes. Even though the king obviously felt there was no escape from this, he apparently only ended up in this predicament due to his deficit of intuition.
Historians and psychologists have pointed out that this condition of glass delusion was essentially a coping mechanism in order to protect his deeply traumatized, “fragile” sense of self. In short, King Charles VI tragically surrendered his sovereignty over to the life friction of fear.
It was bad enough that the young king had experienced trauma, but the fact that he surrendered his mind and identity over to the glass delusion added another layer of tragedy to the story of his life. Looking at the life of King Charles VI there’s no doubt that the friction of fear was the ultimate symptom of destructionism.
Now, I want to take a moment to shift to a different story to address another case where the friction of life showed up to try and grind another man’s momentum to a halt.
It was the year 1095 and the rapid conquest and expansion of the Seljuk Turkish forces into Anatolia was successful in shattering the Byzantine defenses.
The goal of this Islamic conquest under the Seljuk Turks was to strip Christendom of vast territories, which, in turn, prompted Pope Urban II to issue a historic call to arms at the Council of Clermont.
On the heels of the Pope’s call to arms, and with the Islamic conquests engaging in severe and violent brutality across the Holy Land, a tall blonde Norman giant with Viking blood, heard the Pope’s rallying cry and he viewed it as his personal call to divine destiny.
This blonde giant’s name was Bohemond I, and he immediately decided to journey east to create some friction of his own by engaging the Seljuk Turks, aiming to grind their violent conquest to a screeching halt.
As it turns out, Bohemond was driven by a fierce, militant Christian devotion. This was significant because after engaging the Seljuk Turkish forces in eight grueling months of wall warfare, Bohemond’s will and his faith would be put to the test. The friction of life was very present here for Bohemond and his men. The suffering was immense as Bohemond and his forces had to endure the harshest conditions involving severe weather, disease, and death.
The walls would prove to be too difficult to breach, but what Bohemond was unable to overcome by force, he managed to accomplish through his cunning.
Late in the evening around midnight of June 2, 1098 Bohemond was successful in enacting a secret pact with Firouz, a disgruntled tower commander from within the city. As a result of this pact, Bohemond was able to convince Firouz to drop a rope over the side of the wall allowing the Crusaders to finally scale it.
Once Bohemond’s Norman knights were inside they slit the throats of the guards and they were able to quickly sling open the city gates from within. The Crusader army rushed inside like a tsunami and conquered the Muslim garrison by dawn.
However, the victory celebration on this mission would be short-lived as a massive Muslim relief army under the command of Kerbogha surrounded the city managing to trap the exhausted Crusaders inside. It appeared that the build up of more friction was facing the Crusaders once again.
However, the strong-willed Christian viking Bohemond would not be denied. In a single bold decision, Bohemond ordered a desperate, all-or-nothing attack charging his men out of the gates. Bohemond himself was clad in iron and riding ahead of the vanguard. His towering frame and leadership was essential in rallying his starving knights straight to victory.
Through his militant discipline and faith, Bohemond, secured his reputation and place in history as the Prince of Antioch as he fulfilled his duty in taking back the city from the Islamist who stole it.
So, what is the significance of me sharing these stories of two individuals that each faced the drag of life friction, yet, when faced with this friction, produced very different outcomes?
Well, the reality is that there are a few reasons.
For starters, when looking at the lives of King Charles VI and Bohemond I, there are some key differences that stand out in regards to the two. In observing the comparative metrics of these two men, I am going to frame their scenarios and outcomes through my lens as a sovereign operator.
In other words, when examining the differing outcomes of both men there is a stark difference concerning their reactions when faced with some significant life friction.
In the case of the young King Charles VI he created friction for himself that he couldn’t deal with due to his own paranoia and fear. This ultimately imprisoned him by keeping him in a state of perpetual stasis. In other words, he ultimately kept himself wrapped up in his own version of a protective bubble, having his royal tailors line his clothing with iron rods. At the end of the day, this perpetual stasis resulted in the destruction of his own cognitive sovereignty, as he became a prisoner of his own mind.
On the flipside, Bohemond also created friction for himself; however, his approach to dealing with it wasn’t driven by haste, fear, or paranoia. Instead, his reaction to the friction of conquest caused by the Seljuk Turks was rooted in a sense of duty, righteousness, and, quite simply, a love for his fellow man.
Directionally, Bohemond possessed a completely different perspective and strategic approach to overcoming the friction he was voluntarily venturing out to encounter.
Unlike the young King Charles, in Bohemond’s case, his call to encounter the friction that was created by the Seljuk Turks wasn’t due to a one-off misunderstanding or incident. Bohemond was answering a call to arms that was essential to the survival of the Crusade. In short, he recognized his cause as something much larger than himself, or any other single individual for that matter.
Remember that stasis is the desired final outcome of friction. In the case of King Charles this stasis was achieved when his fear and paranoia gripped him to the point of identifying with the glass delusion. However, stasis was completely ignored by Bohemond and his forces, despite the amount of friction the Seljuk Turks tried to create for them. The contrast between these two tales of friction couldn’t be more stark.
In a modern-day comparison, we have also more recently observed similar differences in the reactions people had towards the friction that was created by the Administrative State during the pandemic. Like King Charles VI, many people simply wrapped themselves in their own bubbles by complying with the government mandates to self isolate, social distance, and to wear masks.
However, a stubborn minority chose to react to this situation in a completely opposite manner. Those that resisted the mandates reacted by choosing to increase in force and velocity against that very friction of governmental mandates.
These people recognized that they needed to do so in order to overcome the effort of that friction to grind their liberties and lives to a complete stop. In this modern-day comparison, many of the compliant succumbed to the grip of fear that spread as a mass formation from their own version of a glass delusion concerning the virus.
In short, while the majority reacted to the friction of government during the pandemic as compliant stasis, others looked at it through a similar dutiful lens as Bohemond did by fiercely fighting to take back possession of that which was wrongfully stolen.
The Wrap Up
Since the pandemic, these days we are currently facing a different kind of friction when it comes to the Red-Green alliance between the cultural Marxists and the jihadists. With this alliance we are facing an ideological friction that aims to destroy Western civilization.
When I talk about a different kind of ideological friction, I’m not implying that the core tenets of Marxism are any different from what we’ve faced before. However, what I am saying is that, in this modern-day, the appearance of this ideological friction has changed to look very different from what we’ve been used to encountering in the past.
In other words, the appearance of the “jihadists” and “cultural Marxists” have morphed over time in order to better blend in within their respective environments. Like chameleons, these people take on a certain form so that they give off the appearance of being reasonable human beings, while the reality is that they’re the furthest thing from it.
As an example, the modern-day Marxist-jihadist is an ideological chameleon that dons a nice suit and learns a polished script to communicate to the masses so that he can become the mayor of New York City. Obviously, I’m talking about Zohran Mamdani.
However, we’ve also discovered that even though these Marxist-jihadist don Western clothing and express interest in Western culture, at the end of the day, they’re far from sharing what you and I would recognize as Western values.
These Marxists-jihadists chameleons include that soccer mom that lives two doors down from you. They also include that seemingly nice, retired baby boomer on the corner whom everyone thinks is a swell guy, until a zenith operator exposes his worldview with the application of a little Organizational Hierarchy of Thought during a personal interaction. Such exposure always comes in scenarios such as this, as it always highlights the adversarial views these people hold towards President Trump and the MAGA movement.
One of the main reasons why the U.S. is facing contested dominance by the CCP is due to the fact that our society has failed at recognizing these threats, but more specifically, how these threats work.
For instance, this is why the woke right is quick to blame President Trump for the current spike in energy prices, while conveniently ignoring the past half century of corruption by establishment Washington, D.C., politicians, combined with their failure to hold Iran and China accountable for anything.
This is why certain voters (like the Marxists and the woke right) will see the current chaos spreading throughout the world and then complain about what’s happening, while they’ve lived a lifetime of apathy, completely ignorant of the cumulative buildup of corruption that has seeded this very chaos.
Yet, an Operational Zenith can look at these people and completely understand that if they didn’t recognize the friction that was built up over the course of their lives, leading to this moment, then they’re certainly not going to recognize that this same friction is what is working against them to stop the momentum of their lives now.
This past week President Trump traveled to Beijing to meet with President Xi Jinping. At one point during the meeting Xi had described the United States as a declining nation.
As part of that declaration he referenced the geopolitical theory known as the “Thucydides Trap” which reflected the idea of a rising China challenging the established global superpower, the United States.
Granted, during the Biden regime, the United States was absolutely a declining power. However, that is certainly not the case today.
Now, having said that, we have many problems to fix, or we will quickly return to becoming that declining power. The trick is understanding what those problems actually entail, along with the American citizen understanding what it’s going to take in order to fix those problems.
When the Iranian regime continues to prolong this current conflict, they understand very well how that is impacting gas prices. They know that Americans will not have the patience to endure that discomfort for very long.
Furthermore, when Xi Jinping references the Thucydides Trap he is placing a verbal exclamation point at the end of that same idea as the Iranian guard drags out the conflict in the Strait of Hormuz.
Additionally, they see how our Administrative State Media (ASM), Democrats, and anti-Trump RINOs are trying to bleed support away from President Trump and the MAGA movement in hopes that they can get those cohorts back into power come this November in the midterms.
Both Xi Jinping and the Iranian guard are counting on the Fifth Column activists inside the United States to politically drain the support of President Trump and the MAGA movement. They are doing this so that the corrupt establishment in Washington, D.C., can retake power, allowing them to exploit the return of this traditional, longstanding, business-as-usual style of corruption.
As a result of years of unabated corruption, grift, and enemy infiltration, we are now entering into a period of time where the culmination of these factors are building up to a point of critical mass. When this all finally comes to a head we have to ask ourselves if we’re going to rise to the occasion to meet that moment with a sense of duty just like Bohemond, or are we going to adopt another form of glass delusion that entraps us forever in a thousand years of darkness?
As I stated earlier, in physics the only thing that can overcome friction is the increase of an externally applied force. However, if that externally applied force is not building momentum then friction will grind everything to a complete standstill.
However, in the reality of the circumstances that we’re currently living in, the American Patriots represent that externally applied force. The question is: Are we going to continue on building up the application of that force in order to overcome that friction, or will we regress into a state of stasis while failing to break free from the grip of fear due to our own made-up version of a glass delusion?
I mentioned earlier how the friction of fear was the ultimate symptom of destructionism. However, I’ll be discussing the remedy for that concept with the Destructionism of Destructionism in my next strategic drop titled, The Forensic Assassin of Ideology.
Remember, elite car enthusiasts don't walk into the Ferrari dealership to haggle over the price tag. They understand the value of the horsepower and the Rosso Corsa they're getting when they've test driven a finely tuned machine. Today’s episode was your sovereign test drive.
Therefore, to achieve full cognitive acceleration, along with gaining full access to my next briefing, make sure you Upgrade To Zenith Status Now with a $50 annual commitment and join the rest of the Vanguard by clicking on the button below.
Remember that this is a reader-supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Keep in mind that today's episode will only be available in full length if you are a member of the Zenith Vanguard.
However, you will get a preview today if you haven't accessed the vault just yet.
To access today's episode in full length and to Upgrade to Zenith Status, make sure you go to brandonrichey.substack.com if you're not already there. If you're listening on Spotify or Apple make sure you click here to uniform up.
Once you're on my Substack you can access my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigational tool that quickly and easily allows you to access and prioritize four years of my most powerful and tactical insights with ease.
This is the cognitive hardware that will help you to excel in every arena of your life!
“The nation that will insist on drawing a broad line of demarcation between the fighting man and the thinking man is liable to find its fighting done by fools and its thinking done by cowards.”
― William Francis Butler, Biography-Charles George Gordon
The 15th century brought about a rebirth throughout Europe where art, science, and literature were pursued and reborn into the zeitgeist of the time.
This period of time involved an energetic pursuit of knowledge and a widespread revival of learning throughout the region, particularly in Italy. This energetic movement produced a series of personalities and their works that we commonly cite today, ranging from the art of Leonardo da Vinci to the drama of William Shakespeare and the exploration of Christopher Columbus.
This time period involving the rebirth of knowledge has been commonly referred to as the Renaissance. Given this descriptive moniker, this is also the reason why, not that long ago, it wasn’t uncommon to hear others refer to a man that possessed a wide knowledge base as a Renaissance man.
In this modern day, the idea of a Renaissance man has largely been forgotten in society due to the social construct surrounding indoctrination over education, the hard push for specialization, and the labels of victimhood status due to the social engineering efforts of the cultural Marxists. However, there is another revival taking place these days with about a third of the population, concerning the pursuit of wisdom, knowledge, and, most importantly, with many that are in a pursuit to develop a relationship with the greatest Renaissance man of all, Jesus.
When looking at the life of the son of God, there’s nobody anywhere in any history book that compares to the overwhelming knowledge and wisdom of Jesus. Granted, King Solomon was impressive in his knowledge during the peak of his rule over the kingdom of Israel, but even he never possessed the level of wisdom that Jesus had brought to earth while also sustaining the honor of God’s statutes throughout his entire life.
After all, Jesus said, “I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except through me.” (John 14:6) You see, the difference with Jesus is that He is the metric of where the truth is anchored and that is literally what makes all the difference. Given the current times, this is the most critical metric because in our postmodern society, truth is said to be relative.
After all, when the truth is viewed as something that’s relative, society starts to fracture on agreement with everything due to the fact that there’s no agreement on anything. This is because nothing is accepted as a universal explanation across every spectrum. As a result, in this type of world, deception settles in and absurd beliefs take hold, such as the belief that the earth is flat, that men can become women, and that women can become men.
For the postmodern victim, every narrative is questioned as objective truth, but the problem is that this traps the postmodern victim into a paradox where they are questioning every narrative of objective truth while expecting their own assertions to be understood as true.
So, aside from his miracles, what was it that made Jesus stand out regarding his wisdom during his time here on earth with his disciples?
Well, there are many examples, but for the purpose of today’s discussion I want to point out how the Lord taught by speaking in parables. He did this because a parable enabled him to more accurately convey a message to his people in a way that was relatable through life experience.
However, for him to have been able to do this he would have had to have a wide range of knowledge and skills in order to effectively convey the meaning behind the stories that he told because those stories had to be relatable.
Effectively conveying impactful meaning requires wisdom, which stems from applied knowledge anchored in diverse life experiences and a deep understanding of those experiences. This is the level of wisdom that Jesus has and it’s the only place to develop a discerning heart and mind to decipher truth from fiction.
This is why Jesus is the greatest Renaissance man of all, because aside from being the son of God, he also had a vast set of knowledge and skills from carpentry, philosophy, theology, and his ability to captivate an audience with his edifying gift of speech.
However, whenever you and I need to acquire understanding and discernment in order to navigate the current arena of information for the purpose of safeguarding our lives and the lives of those we care about the most, we cannot afford to be lacking in the Organizational Hierarchy of Thought.
So, what is involved in the Organizational Hierarchy of Thought and what did Jesus understand about this cognitive process when communicating to the people in the New Testament? Furthermore, how does the Organizational Hierarchy of Thought work to help you to see through the proscenium of deception when you hear something that just doesn’t seem truthful and honest?
“Those who know, do. Those that understand, teach.”
― Aristotle
To discover how this cognitive process works bypass the paywall now and uniform up with the $50 annual commitment.
Settle your debt and join the Zenith Vanguard Now!
“Over himself, over his own body and mind, the individual is sovereign.”
― John Stuart Mill, On Liberty
It was October 30, 1938 when Orson Welles took to the airways to broadcast a radio program that would cause widespread local panic.
The broadcast involved a radio drama based off of the book by H.G. Wells’ The War of the Worlds. The show sent a harrowing signal across the airways that alien monsters from Mars had landed in Grover’s Mill, New Jersey and had commenced an invasion of the countryside. According to the broadcast the Martians had deployed their gigantic tripods in order to wage an otherworldly form of military attack on innocent civilians.
The episode reportedly caused a panic among a significant portion of the population. One account involved some listeners a long way from New Jersey at the opposite end of the country in Concrete, Washington, who felt the need to literally run for the hills on horseback in order to hide in the nearby mountains due to the frightening program.
Granted, there are some questions as to just how much hysteria the radio drama caused as some say the 1938 panic was a bit over exaggerated by the newspaper headlines.
Now, keep in mind that radio was a new and rising phenomenon itself back during that time. Therefore, some suggest that the newspaper companies had deliberately played up the irresponsibility of the radio broadcasters in an attempt to discredit this new medium, which was already threatening the longstanding monopoly of the printed newspaper.
Regardless of the amount of panic that took place as a result of the drama, Welles managed to successfully leverage a significant enough amount of power with his story that the response captured enough attention for the newspapers to fill their headlines—whether that was due to significant panic or for the purpose of attempting to slander Orson Welles.
The point here is that the message that was flowing across the airways was obviously effective in terms of producing the intended emotional response. You see, I want you to think about this in terms of the differences in the delivery of the broadcast from that time compared to today.
In other words, during that time in 1938 there were fewer broadcasts that were blasted out over the airways, but there was a more focused listening audience concerning the public. Conversely, today the circumstances are reversed; whereas nowadays there are tons of broadcasts blasted out over the airways while there is a much less focused listening and viewing audience concerning the public.
Additionally, during The War of the Worlds radio event many of the listeners tuned in right as the main part of the show was starting, but the 1938 panic occurred because many of those people tuned in too late to hear the opening disclaimer. To make matters even worse, because many of those people were late to the show, they allowed the fear of the message to strip away their ability to discern what was really happening, placing them into a reactive state of hysteria due to The Phantom of Wisdom.
I wanted to point this out to illustrate how effectively the proscenium can paint a picture inside the mind of a respective listener, or viewer. This is especially true today as the information war that is raging on is at an all time high as the domestic cultural Marxists and globalists are doing their best to stall out President Trump and the MAGA movement. This is especially obvious with recent woke right podcasters that have come out against the president over this war with Iran.
The Current Alien Invaders
If you’ve been a consistent reader or listener to this show then you have regularly heard me reference the significance of human agency. I frequently talk about this concept as human agency is part of the central thesis that drives this very Substack.
Regardless, I want to take a moment and reiterate the meaning and significance of this phrase before progressing through the rest of this episode.
For clarity, human agency involves the capacity of individuals to act independently, to possess the ability to freely make their own choices, and, most importantly, to intentionally influence their own lives and their surrounding environment. In short, your agency requires you to act on your choices.
Now, keeping that in mind, I want you to think about our society and ask yourself who is more in favor of advocating for your ability to exercise your human agency, and who is advocating to eliminate it. I want you to keep those two questions in mind as you look at the actions of those who are most critical of the president, the Iran war, and their criticisms of the MAGA movement.
Additionally, I want you to recognize that you currently live in a society where you are able to exercise your agency, at least for the time being. Understanding this, I want to shift gears here to point out a common trend that you must be aware of if you care anything about maintaining, or achieving, the status of a high-level operational zenith. The trend that I want to point out to you involves a collection of actions that all detract from any plan that is designed to advance the United States as a leading power in the world.
Allow me to begin by pointing to this past week where there was a special election held in the state of Virginia involving the Democrat redistricting referendum that narrowly passed. With this election the Democrats were looking to shift the current 6-5 Democratic edge to a 10-1 advantage in the state’s congressional delegation.
Thankfully, for the moment, Virginia Circuit Court Judge Jack Hurley slapped an injunction on certifying this election due to the fact that it is unconstitutional. Now, keeping that in mind, you have to understand that whether or not the courts rightfully maintain the position of the unconstitutionality of the procedures surrounding this special election, and even if the election was most likely rigged, the reality is that there were still many Virginia voters that voted in favor of taking away nearly half of the voices of the state. In short, the Virginia voters that voted in favor of this 10-1 redistricting map, just openly advocated for eliminating the ability of others to exercise their agency. Simply put, these voters basically want totalitarianism.
So why would they do this?
Well, I would argue that these Democrat voters would do this for the same exact reason as those types of Democrat voters would also donate to the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC). After all, some of the biggest and wealthiest donors to this organization involve names such as George Soros, George Clooney, and Tim Cook.
Unless you’ve been living under a rock this past week, a Montgomery, Alabama Grand Jury charged the SPLC with 11 counts of wire fraud, false statements to a federally insured bank, and conspiracy to conceal money laundering. “The SPLC is manufacturing racism to justify its existence,” said Acting Attorney General Todd Blanche.
The SPLC allegedly used donor money coming into their organization to fund the very hate groups that they espoused to condemn. According to the Office of Public Affairs, between the years of 2014-2023 the SPLC secretly funneled more than $3 million in donated funds to individuals who were directly associated with various violent extremist groups. The list of those groups that they funneled money to involved the following:
-Klu Klux Klan
-United Klans of America
-Unite the Right
-National Alliance
-National Socialist Movement
-Aryan Nations affiliated Sadistic Souls Motorcycle Club
-National Socialist Party of America (Nazi Party)
-American Front
Given the state of the world, when you look at the current political environment you just can’t make up this level of insanity. After all, the SPLC had also targeted Charlie Kirk and Turning Point USA, labeling them as white supremacists with a report back in May 2025 that was labeled as “The Year in Hate and Extremism.”
They included Charlie Kirk in this ‘Hate and Extremism’ report before Kirk was brutally assassinated and afterwards pathetically tried to act as if they were against political violence. Meanwhile, this organization is the perfect example of the firemen that start the fires, given how they run their operation. Just to be clear, that last statement is obviously not meant to be a dig at my firemen.
So why would these donors anchor their morals to such a corrupt grifting organization while funneling their dollars to that organization to actually fund the very hate groups that they espouse to despise?
Well, if I had to guess, the majority of the SPLC donors are most likely Democrat voters, and even if that isn’t the case, I’ve already established that their biggest donors are Democrat voters. I would surmise that they would be more likely to blindly transform the SPLC into their moral anchor in the same way that Cole Tomas Allen apparently wanted to rationalize his insanely upside-down view of morality by making his attempt at assassinating President Trump his moral anchor. After all, he outlined this in his own manifesto.
That’s right, in case you missed it there was another assassination attempt on President Trump this past week at the White House Correspondence Dinner. Given that this was the third attempt on President Trump’s life you’d think that the left would realize that they have a problem with political rhetoric that leads to political violence, but it’s obvious that these Marxists do not care about that, especially when Jimmy Kimmel made a joke about how the First Lady Melania Trump ‘had a glow like an expected widow.’
Of course, Kimmel defended his quote after the first lady publicly came out to call for his firing, claiming that the joke was intended to be a light roast in reference to the president’s age, compared to that of the first lady. Whether Kimmel is telling the truth about this or not is irrelevant.
It’s irrelevant because the rhetoric coming from people like Kimmel and the Administrative State Media (ASM) has involved a many-years-long campaign in order to dehumanize the president and the MAGA movement in the eyes of the morons that are fanboys of his show. The evidence of this was obvious. The results can be seen with the first three assassination attempts on President Trump, on the assassination of Charlie Kirk, and the hostile acts of violence that took place against Tesla owners when Elon Musk implemented DOGE.
If Kimmel cared anything about this he would have admitted that the rhetoric feeding political violence must be toned down, but he hasn’t. Instead, Kimmel chooses to double down on the president being the problem despite the fact that I never find myself here writing and talking about any assassination attempt on Kimmel’s life for expressing his political opinion.
On that note, I don’t view Kimmel as a guy with any opinion. I view him as a propaganda arm of the state. Allow me a moment to elaborate on this by first taking a minute to look back in time.
You see, it was on May 5, 1912 in St. Petersburg, Russia when the Pravda newspaper published its first issue. In case you aren’t familiar with the Pravda, this paper eventually became the primary organ of the Bolshevik movement by 1918, and during its time Vladimir Lennon himself exercised broad editorial control over the content.
The thing you have to understand is that the purpose of the Pravda was to encourage unity of thought among its readers by stressing and interpreting the party line. It’s that unity of thought phrase that I want you to place in your memory bank as I progress through the rest of today’s message.
However, it did this by offering its readers well-written articles and analyses on various topics ranging from science, economics, culture, and literature. The Pravda also included various letters from readers and officially approved materials in order to indoctrinate and inform its readers on Communist theory and other favorable programs to the state.
In the Bolshevik world the Pravda could only exist because the state controlled it, which in turn, allowed it extended control over its population through the implementation of that prevailing unity of thought mood of the time. Granted, in that time that world was an alternate universe as Vladimir Lennon’s control was tight, but for the time, this was the degree of control that was achieved by the Bolshevik Revolution.
Now having said that, you’re probably wondering how in the world I can go from a broadcast like Jimmy Kimmel to the Pravda.
Well, when looking at the proscenium of what makes Jimmy Kimmel possible we can see some eye-raising similarities to the Pravda. You see, the Pravda, like the Welles’ broadcast, had a more focused audience because of its tight control under the approval of Lennon. Likewise, today Kimmel has a more focused core audience that is willing to absorb his message, but the broadcast obviously isn’t operating under the tight control of a dominant figure like Lennon.
However, the controlling mechanisms over Kimmel still exist, although they do so while operating under a system of more loose controls, rather than the tight controls that the Pravda had under the old Soviet leader.
For instance, it has been recently reported that Disney and Warner Brothers Discovery both piled up over $125 million in California tax credits from the California Film Commission. Just in case you didn’t know, the ABC network that airs Kimmel’s late night show is owned by the same Walt Disney Company that received those massive state tax subsidies.
Now, I understand that the state doesn’t own the network in the same way as the Pravda was owned by the state during the Bolshevik movement. However, a substantially large sum of state tax dollars do flow into the very creation of The Walt Disney Company that owns the ABC network which airs Jimmy Kimmel’s show.
Therefore, like any government program there are always strings attached to keep the gravy train alive. Furthermore, the state of California itself currently has enacted a state budget for 2025-26 including nearly $175 billion dollars in federal subsidies which consist of over one-third of the entire state’s budget according to the California Budget and Policy Center.
This is a staggering number that involves the flow of federal tax dollars into the state for a multitude of purposes. The reality is that anytime you have this amount of subsidy flowing into a state you’re going to have a scenario where these dollars are touching so many things that the concept of a free market simply goes right out the window.
This is also the problem that MAGA influencer Benny Johnson is currently pointing out regarding his position that American taxpayers are being forced “at the end of a gun” to subsidize Jimmy Kimmel due to the broadcast licenses that are granted to ABC. In short, Johnson’s position is that ABC news operates under an FCC broadcast license, and because of this it is a government-granted privilege that is directly funded by the American taxpayers.
As Johnson rightfully points out, he’s sick of being forced to pay taxes that are then being used to pay for a program that “constantly agitates” and makes fun of political figures on the right side of the political spectrum. Johnson specifies further by citing Jimmy Kimmel’s rhetoric surrounding the assassination of his friend and the attempts on the lives of his political allies.
I personally back up Benny Johnson’s point as well. After all, it is commonly said that free markets go out the window as soon as the first cent of a government subsidy enters into the equation. If you agree with that sentiment then you should also agree that free speech also goes out the window at the sign of the first cent of a government subsidy.
This is because that subsidy eliminates the incentive to compete within any industry due to the guarantee that financial support is always there from the gravy train of tax dollars that keep flowing in at the expense of the taxpayers. This is the case because, when a messenger like Jimmy Kimmel is able to deliver whatever message he wants without the worry of competing for the attention of an audience, this enables him to expand his echo chamber of propaganda to anyone that’s willing to listen.
So what type of people are listening and taking the message of Jimmy Kimmel to heart?
Well, I would say that it would be the same type of people who lack the same discerning mind as those who were willing to run to the hills on horseback, because they believed Orson Welles’s broadcast about an alien invasion. However, the current alien invasion really involves the lacking trait of a discerning mind in today’s world and this is what produces that same unity of thought that Lennon strived to achieve with the Pravda.
The Wrap Up
“Mr. Bond, they have a saying in Chicago: ‘Once is happenstance. Twice is coincidence. The third time it’s enemy action.’”
–Auric Goldfinger
I’d say that it’s pretty obvious that enemy action is at play here, with the domestic cultural Marxists, given the fact that this was the third assassination attempt on the president. So, with that in mind, what does the Virginia special election, the corruption of the SPLC, Cole Tomas Allen, and Jimmy Kimmel all have in common?
The common denominator here is that these examples are symptoms of an old and corrupt system that has become so bloated that it is desperate to re-establish its power over the citizens of the United States. These various symptoms of this corrupt system are pointing towards an organized effort to implement a Marxist purge on everyone that attempts to oppose it.
The purpose of today’s episode is to point out this overwhelming problem involving the Marxist attempt to destroy the minds of the public so that their desire for control is easier to establish. Given this reality, not only are they willing to convince their followers that they should be running for the hills, but they are intent on having you pay for them to do so; and if you oppose that, they’ll be willing to kill you for it as well.
You see, they are aiming for that unity of thought; but if they can’t achieve it with you and me, then they’re prepared to just remove us from the equation altogether. The Marxists and the Islamists don’t want the opposite of the unity of thought, which is diversity of thought. They want the complete destruction of your human agency.
However, there’s another common and dangerous trait that exists with those who may not be Marxists, but still suffer from a condition of ignorance, due to their lacking ability involving the Organizational Hierarchy of Thought.
This is the problem that I wanted to bring to light in today’s episode, but don’t despair because I’m going to be offering the solution concerning that Organizational Hierarchy of Thought in my next piece of cognitive hardware titled, The Apex of The Universal Man.
This next briefing will include my blueprint to help you to avoid the destruction of your human agency. Therefore, to avoid falling into that unity of thought trap, and to make sure that the wisdom of life doesn’t vanish on you like a phantom: make sure that you Upgrade To Zenith Status Now with a $50 annual commitment and join the rest of the Vanguard by clicking on the button below.
Remember that this is a reader-supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Today's episode will only be available in full if you are a member of the Zenith Vanguard, however, you will get a preview so stay tuned.
To access today's episode in full length make sure you Upgrade To Zenith Status by going to brandonrichey.substack.com if you're not already there.
There you can access my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a superior navigation tool that allows you to quickly and easily access and prioritize four years of my most powerful and tactical insights with surgical ease.
This is the Cognitive Hardware that you will help you to excel in every arena of your life!
“For wisdom is a defense as money is a defense. But the excellence of knowledge is that wisdom gives life to those who have it.”
–Ecclesiastes 7:12
As a member of Generation X, I have to take a moment to jump back in time to talk about an epic ‘80s teen action movie that hit the big screen back on June 22, 1984. The popular film that I want to discuss involves a powerful coming-of-age story about a young teenage boy named Daniel LaRusso (played by Ralph Macchio) in the movie The Karate Kid.
Now, I’m going to go out on a limb here and assume that you’ve seen this movie, but just in case you haven’t I’m going to highlight and summarize the most profound moment of this film here.
In the movie, The Karate Kid, Daniel LaRusso is a teenage boy that moves to a new town with his single mom. In the process of moving into their new apartment Daniel meets an interesting old man downstairs named Mr. Miyagi (played by Pat Morita).
As it turns out, Mr. Miyagi happens to be the maintenance man that works at the apartment complex where Daniel and his mother move in.
As Daniel tries his best to settle into an unfamiliar town and school as the new kid, he immediately starts to encounter problems. For Daniel, these problems manifest with some local kids who end up bullying him; to make matters worse, they also happen to be a part of the Cobra Kai karate dojo.
One night Daniel ends up getting chased by these bullies from a Halloween party. Luckily, Mr. Miyagi ends up intervening and having to demonstrate his own elite martial arts skills in order to save Daniel from Johnny Lawrence and the other Cobra Kai students. After this encounter, Daniel is amazed with Mr. Miyagi’s ability to fight off the group. This is when Daniel asks Mr. Miyagi if he can train him so that he can defend himself against the Cobra Kai students.
Initially, Mr. Miyagi refuses to train Daniel, but is eventually convinced to do so, agreeing to help Daniel settle the matter by training him to face his bullies at the All Valley Karate Tournament.
It’s at this point that Daniel thinks Mr. Miyagi is a bit crazy for agreeing to enroll him in the tournament, but, at the same time, he’s excited that Mr. Miyagi has agreed to train him in the discipline of Okinawan karate.
When it’s time for Daniel to show up at Mr. Miyagi’s house to start his training, he’s caught off guard when Mr. Miyagi hands him a couple of sponges and two pails of water while instructing him to wash and wax all of his classic cars. In the process, Mr. Miyagi demonstrates to Daniel how to wax on and wax off by performing an outside in circular motion with his hands to properly do the chore.
Once Daniel completed waxing Mr. Miyagi’s cars he was then instructed to sand the floor of Mr. Miyagi’s deck. Again, Daniel’s disappointment clearly shows as Mr. Miyagi demonstrates to him how to perform the opposite movement of wax on, wax off by instead performing an inside-out circular motion with his hands in order to sand the floor of his deck.
As Daniel finishes sanding the deck, he’s then asked to paint the tall wooden fence that surrounds Mr. Miyagi’s property. Once again, there’s a very specific technique involved with performing the chore where Daniel is expected to maintain a wrist up, wrist down motion when performing the long paint strokes.
Finally, after finishing the fence Daniel is then instructed by Mr. Miyagi to paint his house. Again, the technique was very specific in this chore and involved long side-to-side brush strokes to perform the task. It was clear at this stage of the work Daniel was extremely frustrated and when he sees Mr. Miyagi, preparing to go fishing, Daniel finally snaps and confronts him accusing him of using him for slave labor.
It’s at this point that Mr. Miyagi transforms Daniel’s effort in performing these tasks into a demonstration revealing to him that his muscle memory had developed from the work without him even realizing it.
In a stunning moment of truth Mr. Miyagi then asks Daniel to show him each movement involved with each of the chores that he had used to perform the tasks around his house. Mr. Miyagi initially gives Daniel a small reminder involved with each technique before asking him to put the movements together in a way that a fighter would perform in a standing ready position.
Mr. Miyagi then asks Daniel to show him wax on, wax off, but it’s at this moment that he throws a punch at Daniel after making the request. This results in Daniel quickly reacting to block the punch with the wax on, wax off handmotion involved in the movement.
Mr. Miyagi then goes on to demonstrate the same thing to Daniel with the ‘wrist up, wrist down’ paint-the-fence movement, the ‘side-to-side’ paint-the-house movement, and the ‘big circles’ with the sand-the-floor movement. In each demonstration Mr. Miyagi throws a different strike at Daniel with Daniel successfully blocking every strike that Mr. Miyagi throws his way.
Mr. Miyagi, having assigned these tasks, ensured that Daniel had mastered the exact neuromuscular motor skills that he needed to subconsciously train the ability to parry the strikes. The power of this was that Daniel had mastered these tasks without the “interference” of conscious thought.
The payoff is the result of one of film’s most powerful revelations. When Daniel finally erupts in anger, Miyagi launches a series of strikes in Daniel’s direction. Instinctively, Daniels hands fly into motion successfully deflecting every strike due to the physical movements he had developed from his labor.
The stunning look of disbelief that is left on Daniel’s face says it all as he realizes his “chores” were the result of his newly developed skill. This testament of Miyagi’s wisdom leaves Daniel completely astounded as true mastery begins when you don’t even realize that you’re learning.
So, what does Daniel’s profound experience with Mr. Miyagi have to do with the Maximalist Strategy, President Trump’s main thesis, and the dominos of falling proxies in today’s big episode reveal?
Daniel never realized the profound power of Mr. Miyagi’s wisdom until he had endured the challenge of discipline in carrying out the chores that were placed in front of him. Like Daniel, the chores for you acquiring your wisdom must involve your own discipline of action.
If the ‘Wax On, Wax Off’ of the last four years has been your subconscious training, then this is the moment you can finally deflect all the strikes that are flying in your direction. To bypass the Rehoboam Drift and secure the full hardware of the Maximalist Strategy, you must now Uniform Up with an annual $50 commitment.
Join the Zenith Vanguard today to authorize your seat and witness exactly how the proxies fall.
In order to gain access to my next episode and four years of my cognitive hardware make sure you go to brandonrichey.substack.com if you haven't already.
There you can Upgrade To Zenith Status and take advantage of my Exclusive Zenith Catalogwhich is a supreme navigational tool that enables you to easily and rapidly search and prioritize all of my premium tactical insights with ease.
You will also gain access to my reveal of the president's main thesis, along with my explanation involving the mystery surrounding the Maximalist Strategy in my next episode: The Dog That Wags the Tail.
“I have not failed. I’ve just found 10,000 ways that won’t work.”
― Thomas A. Edison
There’s no question that our nation is currently dealing with a multitude of problems, ranging from a confused population, to domestic enemies, to hostile actors on the world stage who are all aiming to take the United States out at the knees. They do all of this while they work to position themselves to take over the spot as the next heavyweight champion on the global stage.
However, the question that so many people don’t understand is that if the United States isn’t the one to hold onto that championship belt, then who exactly are you going to be good with in regards to holding that spot as the next heavyweight champion? Is China an acceptable option? Russia? India?
The reality is that the United States still possesses certain ideals related to individual sovereignty that have been far greater than any nation in the history of the world, although many people are aiming to subvert that reality.
Since this war with Iran kicked off, the public response to it has been fairly predictable given the track record of insanity that has taken place within the past six years. Of course, as expected, the cultural Marxists have been cheering in support of the Iranian regime. Meanwhile the political right is split with this war as it relates to the woke right and the MAGA coalition.
Now, I want to be clear about something before I go any further. I am all about putting an end to the forever wars. However, during this chaotic turning in history I’m not naive enough to think that we can prevent all wars, especially given the reality of what I just addressed in my opening as it relates to hostile actors on the global stage that have been aiming to take the United States out at the knees.
With that being said, when looking at this war with Iran I’m looking at it now as something we absolutely must win because, like it or not, we’re in it now. Additionally, whether you agree with the war or not, in my view bleeding political support from President Trump isn’t the answer to winning. That’s the outcome that the Iranian Guard is aiming for, that’s the option that the domestic cultural Marxists desire, and that appears to be the option that the woke right desires.
However, if we cannot support President Trump after everything he’s endured and done for this nation, then who else would we ever be able to support? I’d say without a doubt that would be a definite nobody.
I mean, given what this man has accomplished during his time in office it is unparalleled when looking through the lens of history. Therefore, if we, as a nation, cannot support this president with unrelenting effort, then our nation is destined to lose that championship belt.
In the reality of this fallen world there’s no such thing as perfection. Perfection is a myth and is something that every sovereign should remember when pursuing it.
Don’t get me wrong, the political stupidity of the cultural Marxists is nauseating, but honestly it’s the idiocy of the woke right that really gets under my skin because they’re not considering the alternative to the very thing that they want to criticize when it comes to the president and this war with Iran.
Sure, I would have preferred that we had never have had to get into a war with the Iranian regime in the first place. However, if we can take just a minute to apply the Reverse Line of Delineation we can see why we are currently where we are at this time.
Given the fact that decades of previous administrations haven’t held them accountable, and the fact that those previous administrations have chosen to finance the corrupt Islamic Republic with pallets of cash, I suppose this is the price we are having to pay now for those previous actions.
The reality is that President Trump made a conscious decision to walk down that golden escalator back on June 16, 2015. That decision was one that wasn’t made lightly by this man because President Trump is not a man that makes decisions without significant thought.
How do I know this?
The answer to that question is simple. I know this because of his body of work, combined with his actions, since he’s been inside the arena of politics since 2016. President Trump would never be where he is in life without possessing a strategic mind and the grit to see a project all the way through to the very end.
The Distraction of Subterfuge
The world is full of deception.
In fact, we live in an era where every theater is infected by some form of deception, misdirection, or just outright lies.
So, the reality of the world that we live in is that, for the longest time, the Administrative State Media (ASM) outlets have served to be centralized forms of media that have essentially had a monopoly over the airways in shaping the perceptions of the American people. Their propaganda has always been present and they’ve always had a particular slant on how they have presented certain stories. Their narrative bias has always been obvious, and you could spot their slant if you knew what to look for.
However, since the pandemic, it became obvious that much of their slant transformed into a completely crooked line when looking at their narrative surrounding the virus, the so-called vaccines, and their absurdly contradictory guidelines for public health. As a result, this now-obviously crooked line resulted in an entirely new explosion and growth of alternative media, with podcasts and alternative news networks, springing up all over the internet. In fact, this very Substack is an example of that reaction.
Of course, this new ecosystem of media has brought about an entirely new framing of information that isn’t just opposite of the ASM, but is packaged in a multitude of ways that differ from the ASM and their typical hardlined narrative.
However, because of this there’s obviously a greater amount of information that may relate to a given storyline that never existed before this new ecosystem of media came about. As a result of this, there’s obviously now many more opinions that can circulate around a particular narrative that may relate to a certain storyline.
Therefore, with all of this information and a greater abundance of differing opinions, it’s up to the individual viewer to learn how to exercise discernment by carefully understanding the sandbox that we’re in, as we all work to parse out the details of the narrative that surrounds a given storyline. When it comes to the abundance of this information, the good news is that having a variety of information is healthy. However, the bad news is that sometimes that variety of information can either be grossly used for misdirection (deception), or it can be used to shape reductive perspectives and opinions of the simple minded who happen to command large audiences.
In 1984 the KGB defector Yuri Bezmenov gave an interview to G. Edward Griffin from which much can be learned today. In the interview Bezmenov revealed a chilling point where there was a long-term plan that was put in place by Russia to defeat the United States through psychological warfare and “demoralization.” Bezmenov explained that it was a long game that was put in place, but that it had already started bearing fruit.
The interesting thing about Bezmenov’s interview is that he explained how much of what the KGB did wasn’t espionage, despite what popular culture had traditionally sold to the public. He explained how 85% of the work consisted of a slow and steady process that the KGB would refer to as ideological subversion, active measures, or psychological warfare.
Bezmenov explained that the most striking thing about ideological subversion is that it was an exercise that took place right out in the open in front of everyone to see as a legitimate process. He said, “You can see it with your own eyes.”
Here’s how Bezmenov went on to define ideological subversion:
“What it basically means is: to change the perception of reality of every American to such an extent that despite the abundance of information no one is able to come to sensible conclusions in the interest of defending themselves, their families, their community, and their country.”
Now, it’s that last part—about how he says “that despite the abundance of information no one is able to come to sensible conclusions in the interest of defending themselves, their families, their community, and their country”— that I want to hone in on in regards to today’s message.
As I’ve already pointed out at the beginning of this episode, despite there now being an abundance of information with this new alternative ecosystem of media with all the new podcasts and news providers, we are currently a nation struggling to come to sensible conclusions in the interest of uniting on what needs to be done to defend ourselves, our families, our communities, and our country.
I mean right this very minute at this point of my work on this episode, we are just hours away from the president’s ultimatum that he gave to the Iranian regime after having extended the deadline roughly four times for them in order to give them an ample opportunity to come to the negotiating table to make a deal. By the time I publish this episode we all will have already experienced the outcome of that ultimatum. I’m not updating this particular portion of the episode on purpose because I’m illustrating a point that has become clear at this time with the reason we, as a nation, cannot come to a sensible conclusion to serve our best interests.
I will come back to address the actual outcome of that ultimatum at the end of this episode, but just keep in mind that at this point of the discussion I’m working on this just prior to the deadline that the president has set for the Iranian regime.
As Yuri Bezmenov pointed out we have been ideologically subverted to the point that the cultural Marxists still believe the ASM, while the woke right still thinks everything is an ongoing psychological operation.
Now, having said that, is there a significant amount of deception going on in the information arena? Sure there is.
However, now we’re seeing how many on the woke right are either purposely trying to flood the information space with deception, or they themselves are just as much the useful idiots as the cultural Marxists have been for quite some time. If the woke right is purposely and intentionally trying to flood the zone with deception then they’re essentially behaving as Fifth Column activists.
If they’re unintentionally causing this deception, due to their perspective on the war and their lack of understanding of the surrounding geopolitical landscape, then they’re just reductive in their thinking. No, I’m being too kind. If it’s the latter then they’re just opportunistic morons.
So you’re probably thinking, Brandon, what metric are you using to determine that the woke right is wrong about President Trump and his threatening ultimatum to the Iranian regime?
The metric I’m using is based on the premise of it resulting in actions that are an attempt to bleed political support away from the president while potentially causing division among the MAGA base. As I stated earlier, if we cannot stand shoulder to shoulder in a united front alongside this president, then what other president would we ever be able to unify behind?
The bottom line is that those voices that are in the alternative media space right now who have been criticizing President Trump have been engaging in division. Those who have been calling him evil, saying that he wants to use nuclear weapons, calling for the 25th Amendment, and getting bent out of shape because of his Easter post on Truth social are all now disqualified as sensible voices. These people are doing more damage to the country than good.
If you’ve been listening to those people because you trust those people, then you’ve been opening yourself up to the distraction of subterfuge. Granted, I’m not 100% certain about what their intentions are even though I highlighted some possible motives earlier in this episode.
However, I want you to take the metaphorical camera lens and zoom out the picture to look at what has been going on here with this war with Iran and the surrounding narratives that the woke right have been pushing. I want you to pay close attention to what the critics have said, especially during the president’s attempts to negotiate a ceasefire and possible peace deal with an unhinged death squad before the president’s very concerning deadline.
Before I explore that further, let me take a moment and back up a bit to look at the tremendous and daring rescue operation that the military just successfully pulled off in retrieving the downed F-15 fighter pilot behind enemy lines in Iran.
According to the New York Times, a senior U.S. official described this effort as one of the most challenging and complex missions in the history of the U.S. Special Operations. To start, they were able to track down the pilot by following his beacon. Then the CIA was able to utilize the distraction of subterfuge themselves by spreading word throughout Iran that the downed airman had been found and was being moved out of the country by a ground convoy.
Their hope was that by doing this they could shift the Iranian search away from his perceived location to shift their focus on the roads moving out of the region. The move appeared to cause confusion among the Iranian forces that were searching for the airman, although they did intensify their search.
Thank God they were able to get to the pilot and everyone else involved in the rescue were able to get out of the region. However, the rescue of the pilot still came at a steep financial cost in terms of military equipment, as they had to bomb two disabled rescue planes along with four other MH-6 Special Operations helicopters, in order to keep them out of the hands of the Iranian regime.
Now, why did I choose to share the details about this daring rescue mission that was described by a senior official as being the most challenging and complex rescue mission in the history of U.S. Special Operations?
I shared it because this mission had to be authorized and overseen by the Commander In Chief. Now, having said that, this proves without question that President Donald J. Trump places a tremendous value on human life while also ensuring that even faulty equipment isn’t left behind to the enemy. This is certainly 180 degrees the opposite of what we witnessed with Joe Biden’s exit from Afghanistan.
So, given these very clear differences, it’s quite obvious to me that every single one of those podcasters and internet critics of the president—who were saying that he needs to be impeached, or that he’s going to end the world with nuclear weapons—are, at best, complete morons and, at worst, are intentionally aiding the enemy.
So, you’re probably wondering, Brandon, how can you be so bold to make such a claim?
The answer to that question is easy. Imagine that you happen to be whatever member is left of the Iranian leadership that is responsible for negotiating with the president of the United States. Now, as the current head of the Iranian guard you’re literally a couple of days, a day, or even hours away from having to come to the negotiating table to make a deal and you’re looking for any excuse possible not to do so.
As it plays out, all of a sudden in the closing hours, you start hearing about how members of the United States media and politicians, like Ro Khanna and Marjorie Taylor Greene, are calling President Trump unhinged, and they’re even going so far as to call for the 25th Amendment. There’s no question that this very act would aid the enemy by helping to supply them with a possible excuse to kill whatever deal the president may have to put on the table.
After all, if they were to believe the politicians and media calling the president unhinged, while advocating for the 25th Amendment, then there’s no question that the enemy would look at President Trump through the lens of losing political support. As a result, the Iranian regime could use this as further leverage to negotiate against President Trump and his plan to achieve what’s in the best interest of the United States. This very act from these woke right podcasters and politicians could actually result in a prolonged war.
Now, it’s one thing to have the freedom to express your opinion on the war, the president, or any other politician for that matter. However, it’s an entirely different thing to openly undermine the president’s attempt to broker a peace deal by giving the enemy hope—openly calling him unhinged and demanding that he be impeached, especially if you’re a politician. In fact, I believe that a case could be made about such behavior by these politicians and media personnel to be defined as outright treason.
It’s as if none of these idiots have paid attention to anything regarding how the president goes about negotiating when making these kinds of deals.
When President Trump posted the controversial Easter statement on Truth Social it really caused the woke right panicans to rip their masks completely off. For anyone who has spent any small amount of time observing how President Trump goes about negotiating they should have immediately recognized what the president was doing with that Truth Social post. However, instead of many of the political right podcasters grasping the strategy, they immediately took the hard pivot to undermining the president while he was working to negotiate a ceasefire with an enemy that we’ve literally been at war with. Just slow down and think about the danger surrounding that scenario for a moment.
The Wrap Up
“In war, truth is the first casualty.”
― Aeschylus
The reality is that we are currently experiencing the fog of war in the information space and because of this I also believe there’s a strong potential that many former MAGA media influencers have allowed themselves to be captured by enemy influence. I believe many woke right podcasters have been the target of a form of active measures as Yuri Bezmenov would say.
So why do I say this?
In the last few months there have been multiple outlets that have reported on how online sleuths discovered how many large accounts on X that had been posting in support of the MAGA movement, to thousands and hundreds of thousands of followers, were coming from outside of the U.S..
Many of these accounts show a substantial number of followers which can certainly trigger a noticeable level of virality online with posts that can be used to shape a narrative. However, the problem with these profiles is that the origin of many of these accounts were traced back to South Asia, Africa, and Eastern Europe.
I’m not going to sit here and tell you that every single one of these accounts is attached to some nefarious outside entity that’s working to enact a level of active measures onto the public through X, however, it should give you pause that many of these massive accounts are originating from outside the United States, especially since they’re claiming to be MAGA.
Now, if that alone isn’t enough to get your attention then perhaps a little history lesson and another interesting fact concerning Fox’s Rupert Murdoch will help clear a section of air for you inside this current fog of war.
Back in January 2021 after Fox News was accused of playing a role in triggering the Capitol riot, Rupert Murdoch himself responded to the network’s role, communicating to a Fox executive: “Fox News is very busy pivoting…We want to make Trump a non person.”
Of course, Lachlan Murdoch, Rupert’s son, had already taken over the role as the CEO of the network at this point, but it’s clear the network’s pivot has been firmly in place since that comment from Rupert with their narrative warfare against President Trump’s policies.
Now, keeping that in mind, I want to pivot to talk about another interesting little moment in history before tying all of this up.
Back on June 9th, 1946 the baseball player Ted Williams stepped up to the plate and smashed a home run that was recorded as the longest home run that was ever hit at Fenway Park. This was so significant that the spot where the ball landed is marked by a single red seat. The home run distance was recorded at an astounding 502 feet.
So, why am I telling you about the long distance home run of Ted Williams?
As interesting as that little tidbit of history was to share, the other interesting thing about that red seat is that it served to be the inspiration for the name of a media company called Red Seat Ventures.
In case you’re not aware there are now a few of those former MAGA influencers who are part of this media company Red Seat Ventures. In fact, some of President Trump’s most recent detractors involve former supporters who have been very critical of the president as of late including Tucker Carlson and Megyn Kelly.
So why is this media company significant?
It’s significant because Red Seat Ventures is owned by Fox News which is led by Lachlan Murdoch. Yes, that would be the same Murdoch who’s father previously ran Fox News and stated that he wanted to make President Trump a nonperson.
Earlier at a particular point in this episode I spoke about how we were just hours away from a serious deadline as the president had issued a harsh ultimatum to the Iranian regime that triggered the woke right media landscape.
Now, at this point of working on this episode we are currently on the other side of that deadline and the president has achieved a ceasefire with the Iranian regime and the woke right is still criticizing the president for not having a peace deal fully negotiated.
Are you kidding me? First, these people were calling for the 25th Amendment because the president was going to annihilate everyone and everything with an all-out nuclear war. Now that absolutely none of that came close to happening, they are still criticizing him from their red seats because he doesn’t immediately have a permanent peace deal inked with the world’s largest state sponsor of terrorism. You just can’t make up this level of stupidity.
Given the abundance of information these days, it’s clear that much of the population still has a difficult time in discerning whom to trust when it comes to what’s going on with this war and the current geopolitical landscape. I’m not saying that the Red Seat Venture crowd is the ONLY piece of this puzzle. Instead, this Red Seat Venture is merely a piece of the whole.
Remember that “In war, truth is the first casualty.” Additionally, when a population starts to place its trust into personalities that immediately criticize every single thing the president does—while simultaneously being consistently embarrassed by the proven inaccuracies of their criticisms— this is evidence of subterfuge.
Therefore, within the anatomy of the body politic this subterfuge is a symptom of enemy infiltration. Of course, if enough of our society is lured in by this enemy infiltration then you and I will suffer if the citizens of the nation fail in their strike to do what is in their best interests to defend their families, their communities, and their country.
In short, this is what is known as the anatomy of a failed strike. This is what leads to the Rehoboam drift.
With that being said, there’s an absolute cure for preventing such a failed strike. In fact, it’s one that the president is currently engaging in, with a very unique and powerful tactic that he’s using to manipulate and develop his main thesis—which isn’t the Middle East.
On that note, I will reveal what all is involved with this tactic, that’s known as the Maximalist Strategy, as well as the president’s main thesis in my next cognitive briefing: The Dog That Wags the Tail.
In order to ensure that you’re not caught off guard by failing to understand the president’s main thesis and this new realignment that’s taking place with the nation, make sure you bypass the paywall by uniforming up with the $50 annual membership.
To join the rest of the Vanguard simply do so by clicking the Upgrade to Zenith Status button below.
Remember that this is a reader-supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Join the rest of the Zenith Vanguard here at: https://brandonrichey.substack.com/
As a reminder, the tagline for this podcast is that it serves as a map to help you and those around you to be a Zenith during chaotic times.
With that in mind, make sure you authorize and upgrade your standing as an operational zenith by bypassing the paywall for today with a $50 annual commitment in order to access today's episode in full.
With your authorization you will gain immediate access to my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a Sovereign Cognitive Hardware Briefing Kit in order to help you navigate four years of my sovereign armory of information with ease.
Of course, your zenith status is vital for you during chaotic times, however, as my tagline states, the purpose of my hardware is to also help those around YOU during chaotic times as well.
In this world, mindless dependency is everywhere, but cognitive sovereignty is in short supply.
The goal here is to flip that reality and you can do so by going to brandonrichey.substack.com if you're not already there. If you're on an offsite platform like Spotify or Apple then make sure you do so by simply clicking here.
“We are not here to escape reality. We are here to rewrite it.”
― Lawrence Nault
An event horizon is the boundary surrounding a black hole and it serves to be a point of no return, where any matter or information that crosses over it will immediately and permanently be lost to the outside universe. This happens due to the fact that the escape velocity exceeds the speed of light.
Black holes are regions of spacetime where gravity is so intense that nothing, not even light, can escape the force of its pull. However, the thought of there being a point of no return apparently doesn’t just apply to the lessons of physics and space; as history has shown us, it all too often also directly applies to the geopolitical landscape concerning many civilizational failures that occur at the hands of Communism and Islamism. Now we are witnessing in real time how Western civilization is fast approaching that event horizon with its potential fall at the hands of cultural Marxism and/or Islamism.
With that being said, in the previous episode I spoke about how Rehoboam had ended up failing in his leadership role as king due to him allowing himself to succumb to a fatal contagion of false intuition. He failed to accept the wise counsel of his father’s elder advisors and instead chose to follow the advice of the young men that he had grown up with at the time.
Yes, this choice was an unwise act that eventually had cost Rehoboam more than half of his kingdom. He failed at this because he lacked something that his father clearly had at the beginning of his reign; and because of that, Rehoboam crossed his own event horizon, ultimately leaving his kingdom lost and broken.
The question we have to wrestle with now is whether the United States is currently at its event horizon concerning the threat it faces with the expansion and growth of Islamism and cultural Marxism that currently exists here right inside the gates.
If Europe isn’t already at the point of no return then it’s certainly skimming along the surface of its own event horizon. As bad as that is, at least we here in the United States have the opportunity to observe Europe’s mistakes in this regard so that we can avoid falling victim to the same ones as they have.
The question is: Do we still have what it takes to do what needs to be done, with the same courage as the Sons of Liberty when they took care of business on the evening of December 16, 1773?
This concludes the opening salvo of today’s episode.
You have been made aware of the deficit of intuition and the fast approaching event horizon. The next step is for you to execute on retrieving the hardware of my Parrying Counter-Offensive, along with my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, by upgrading your Zenith status with the $50 a year commitment.
Now is the time for you to exercise your agency in true Sons of Liberty style by breaching my heavy vault door, in order to upgrade your current position with four years of my easy-to-access Cognitive Hardware.
You can feel confident knowing that by joining to gain access to my Exclusive Zenith Catalog that you are gaining instant and rapid navigational ability to a locked and loaded Sovereign Vanguard Briefing Kit.
Make sure you upgrade to Zenith Status Now
I Prefer Coffee To Tea
In 1773 the British East India Company was failing.
In a desperate act to save it the British Parliament passed the Tea Act on May 10, 1773. While the legislation actually reduced the price of imported tea, many protestors felt that this legislation would set a dangerous precedent for Great Britain and the East India Company’s level of authority over the colonies.
The reality is that the Tea Act outraged the colonists and strong dissenters like Samuel Adams leveled up the information warfare by continuing to invoke “no taxation without representation.” Samuel Adams and The Sons of Liberty were smart enough to realize that they couldn’t win a physical fight against the British at that point, so instead they decided to stage a theatrical one in order to get a head start on winning the war for cognitive monopoly when it came to their cause.
The theatrical fight that they chose involved boarding the three ships that sat in the harbor that night—including the Dartmouth, the Eleanor, and the Beaver. Several of the Sons of Liberty, including Paul Revere, boarded the ships and disguised themselves as Mohawk Indians.
In one sense the colonists saw the opposite of Europe’s worse excesses when looking at the Native Americans. The disguises were selected to protect the identity of the Sons of Liberty in one respect, but were also symbolic in nature; and by destroying the British tea, the act represented a moral critique of consumerism.
As the Sons of Liberty boarded the ships they moved with an eerie disciplined silence. Once onboard, they cracked open and dumped 342 crates of tea into the harbor. However, it should be noted that everything that they did was a calculated act.
Understand that they didn’t burn the ships, steal the tea, or loot anything during their mission. This wasn’t a careless mission, but rather a very specific one. Every man had a clearly defined role, and it was an efficient and concerted effort among the group. They had men keeping watch while also making sure that none of their own would steal any of the tea or other inventory in the process.
In fact, one of the men ended up going back to replace a padlock that they had broken the night before that belonged to the captain of one of the ships. Unlike BLM, Antifa, and the protestors in Minneapolis, the Sons of Liberty were principled in their respect of other people’s property—apart from the tea itself. These men had a strategic plan of action that they carried out with stealth and precision in order to neutralize an overwhelming force in the British Crown.
However, it was in the aftermath of this historic event as to where the real victory happened. You see, the British responded by passing the Intolerable Acts which forced a shutdown of Boston’s port and essentially placed the rest of the city under house arrest. In short, this move was exactly what the Sons of Liberty wanted because that move by the British essentially galvanized and radicalized the other twelve colonies. With their actions the Sons of Liberty utilized the moment in order to further leverage a local tea dispute into a continental cause for liberty.
Samuel Adams worked tirelessly to publicize the Tea Party. He ardently pressed the narrative that it was as an act of defense against British taxation and sold the narrative on it being a last resort move to save colonial rights. Samuel Adams was a relentless agitator that turned outrage into full-scale tactical action.
The Sons of Liberty proved that you don’t need a bigger army to win; you just need to know how to exploit your enemy’s weakness while simultaneously playing to your own side’s strength of identity. You see, the Sons of Liberty understood that the Tea Act was an attempt from the British Crown to start the process of stripping away the economic sovereignty of the colonies. Sound familiar?
Obviously, you can now look back at history and understand that the moment of bloodshed was an inevitability between the colonies and the British Redcoats. However, even if the Sons of Liberty had not taken a stand against the British Crown, I’m certain that day of bloodshed would have taken place anyways, although the shot heard “round the world” may have resulted in a later start date.
So why did I bother to share this historic night involving Samuel Adams and the legendary event of the Boston Tea Party with you today?
The reasons are really numerous, but for the sake of today’s discussion the lessons here are going to serve to be an instrument that both you and myself can use throughout our daily lives as operational zeniths. I’m going to drill down on exactly what that main lesson is for today by explaining it in a way to expand your thinking beyond the box of your normal cognitive model.
You know, I love the John Wick movies. I don’t know if you’ve ever seen this series of films, but if you’re looking for some decent writing combined with the backdrop of a captivating setting and some extraordinary action, then I highly recommend them.
There’s a scene in John Wick 2 where Mr. Wick has to go on an assignment in Rome, Italy. Given the fact that Mr. Wick is the world’s most feared assassin, he has to make a quick stop at The Continental Hotel in Rome which is a sister branch of The Continental Hotel in New York City. For further clarity, The Continental Hotels are fictitious grounds in the John Wick films that serve to be neutral grounds for assassins to meet, regroup, and to acquire certain resources if necessary.
So exactly what kind of resources am I referring to?
Well, as I stated earlier in the second film when John made his stop at The Continental Hotel in Rome, Italy he ended up paying a visit to the sommelier. In case you didn’t know, a sommelier is someone who normally specializes in fine wines and offers customers advice on matters concerning how certain foods and wines pair together.
The sommelier is naturally one of the services that’s provided by The Continental. However, I assure you that the sommelier in John Wick 2 probably isn’t giving much advice about food and wine pairings as this sommelier is a front for a high-end armory. When Mr. Wick visits the sommelier, he is immediately shown a variety of hardware; he acquires the immediate service of a tactical tailor and receives strategic recommendations from the sommelier, which are thoughtfully catered to his specific needs for the purpose of combat.
I wanted to point out this scene to you in John Wick 2 in order to try and paint a different picture for you in regards to how we should engage in the free exchange of ideas in this modern era. Given the fact that the Administrative State Media (ASM) clearly serves a nefarious purpose in trying to destroy this republic, we have to approach this current world of information warfare with a discerning heart and mind.
However, when engaging in this information arena we must be well equipped with the understanding of our environment as peak operational zeniths in order to engage the world with our knowledge on a day to day basis.
So what exactly do I mean when I talk about engaging the world in this manner?
Well, I purposely used the example of the Boston Tea Party and Samuel Adams to illustrate how disciplined, strategic, organized, and tactical each of those men were when they executed one of the most famous missions in all of history.
Furthermore, Samuel Adams took that event and ran with it as he engaged in the information arena by driving the narrative about how the Tea Party was a last-resort move to save colonial rights and to preserve the economic sovereignty of the colonists. The Sons of Liberty and Samuel Adams didn’t just perform a physical act of dumping tea into the harbor, they constructed an entire theater of information warfare and leveraged that performance in order to completely transform the culture surrounding the corrupt globalist practices of the British Crown, their tea, and the oligarchy of the British East India Company.
The actions from the Sons of Liberty and Samuel Adams were so effective that they even shifted the culture of the colonies to view drinking tea as an unpatriotic act. As a result, the Tea Party moved cultural attitudes to promote coffee as the preferred drink of Americans and to progress Americans one step closer to going to war with Great Britain.
At the end of the day, this is why I prefer coffee to tea.
You see, my goal here is to frame this in a way for you to look at this situation and to recognize with a clear-eyed comparison, the similarities of what we’re facing today. Like the British Crown and the oligarchy of the British East India Company, you have an administrative state and an oligarchy that’s hell-bent on cementing a future of surveillance and technofeudalism—one that exists for the sole purpose of stripping away your national, individual, and economic sovereignty right this very minute.
This is exactly why I want to serve to be your sommelier of narrative warfare, so that when you enter into combat inside the cultural and political arena of life, that you’ll be optimally equipped with all the adequate armaments of knowledge, wisdom, and intuition. Furthermore, the idea is not only to equip you but to also train your understanding of how to engage the narrative warfare in a way that’s highly productive and effective when it comes to you dealing with family, friends, and colleagues. I’ll come back to this in a bit.
In the last episode I touched on the division going on between the woke right podcasters and the rest of what Jake Tapper would refer to as “MAGA media.” I spoke about the controversy surrounding the resignation of Joe Kent and pointed out some key questions I had regarding his recent resignation.
For instance, why did he wait until the shooting started before coming out against the war with his resignation? In other words, why did he not choose to resign during Operation Midnight Hammer, Operation Absolute Resolve, or during the many weeks of military buildup before the start of Operation Epic Fury?
Additionally, why was he specifically being withheld from certain intelligence briefings and under a months-long investigation that predated his resignation?
You see, the reason I’m pointing these things out is that these are essentially the questions that I am not seeing anyone ask in regards to the situation involving Joe Kent. Furthermore, I’m also not seeing some key questions being asked in regards to the war with Iran itself.
I want to break this down in a way that will make sense to you, but please be patient with me because the cognitive process I’m about to share is a bit challenging to explain.
Let me begin by asking: Have you ever heard a storyline or narrative pop up for the first time regarding a certain field, subject, or individual that triggered a gut instinct feeling inside of you— where you knew the story was inaccurate or misleading?
Perhaps the storyline that was being communicated was something that you believed to be inaccurate, but maybe you weren’t quite able to explain why the story was incorrect at that moment? In other words, it was something that you just intuitively knew was false, but you just weren’t equipped at the moment that you heard it to explain why it was inaccurate—or, at the very least, not entirely accurate?
I’ll give you an example of this very thing by examining the debate over whether or not Iran possessed nuclear weapons, and whether they were an imminent threat to the United States and the rest of the world.
At the time he tendered his resignation, according to Joe Kent, Iran wasn’t an imminent threat. Now, when I heard this, I’m not saying that I wasn’t a bit confused on whether or not Iran possessed nuclear weapons, because I was under the impression that we had completely obliterated their nuclear arsenal during Operation Midnight Hammer.
However, by applying the Reverse Line of Delineation in examining the president’s past actions on dealing with certain problems, and possessing a more broad understanding of the geopolitical landscape, the belief of that imminent threat started to make more sense. In other words, after the shooting started there were some actions on the part of Iran that brought forth the evidence that they were definitely a bigger threat than what was being communicated by the Joe Kents of the world.
For instance, aside from the debate surrounding Iran’s possession of nuclear material, the other variable that few have said anything about was Iran’s ability to deliver a nuclear payload. In other words, for the longest time, the public has been told that Iran’s best long-range missile would only have had a range of about a 1000 miles, with many media personnel stating that even that was a pipe dream.
However, back on March 23, 2026 one of the few remaining and reliable news sources, Just The News, reported that Iran had launched two intermediate-range ballistic missiles (IRBMs) at the joint U.S.-UK airbase of Diego Garcia which is located in the Indian Ocean. Fortunately, one of the missiles failed in flight and a U.S. warship fired an interceptor missile at the other one.
So, why is this significant?
This is significant because Diego Garcia is more than 2,000 miles away from Tehran. This obviously vindicated President Trump, who previously cited Iran’s capability as justification for the conflict with the Islamic Republic, after they publicly denied these capabilities for years.
Aside from the realization of putting Europe within striking distance, I would also add that the Iranians, along with Russia and the Chinese Communist Party (CCP), were present and working in Venezuela close to the event of Operation Absolute Resolve. Just to point out another important fact about that: Caracas, Venezuela, is about 2,000 miles away from Washington, D.C.. Take a few seconds to marinate on that reality for a moment.
Regardless of this, the point is that if the Islamic Republic wasn’t supposed to have IRBMs then how do we know that they didn’t also possess intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs)?
The point here is that they obviously possessed a level of military capabilities that we were clearly told that they didn’t have, yet, here we are talking about it.
What I’m working to illustrate to you here is that, when the debate surrounding Iran’s nuclear capabilities were in question, the real point of the discussion is recognizing that they did, in fact, possess significantly greater military capabilities than what we’ve been told for a very long time.
In short, when everyone got busy honing in on whether they had nuclear weapons and whether they were an imminent threat, the point is that we now know that they did have military capabilities that they had been lying about for years. Therefore, we have to ask what else is it that they have been lying about all this time?
I wanted to use this particular example as a model for you to understand how to attack the narrative from a different angle by shifting the focus away from the narrative of nuclear weapons, and onto the focus of military capabilities and the lies that have now been exposed. This is a technique of information warfare that I like to refer to as the Parrying Counter-Offensive.
You see, when talking about the fight disciplines of martial arts and boxing, the act of parrying serves to be a maneuver that involves a fighter successfully deflecting and warding off strikes involving punches and kicks. Parrying serves three purposes: it initially enables a fighter to evade a strike while simultaneously creating an opening for that same fighter to execute an offensive counter-strike.
You’re probably thinking, “Brandon, you said parrying served three purposes, but you only listed two. What’s the third purpose?”
Oh yeah, the third purpose of parrying an opponent’s strikes, while successfully executing an offensive counter-strike, is that it starts to make a fighter feel very uncomfortable both physically and psychologically. You see, every time a smart fighter is able to successfully counter everything that their opponent is throwing at them during a fight, the more that intelligent fighter can cause their opponent to doubt their own abilities. This doubt leads to mental and physical fatigue which further creates more and more opportunities for the intelligent fighter to finish off their opponent.
You see, in terms of the way we must approach this modern era of information warfare, this is exactly why I have taken this same concept of parrying and created the utility involving the Parrying Counter-Offensive so that you can use it in your own life to make your opposition uncomfortable about sharing false or misleading information.
Earlier, I said that I would come back to address how to effectively engage in narrative warfare in a way that’s highly productive when it comes to you dealing with family, friends, and colleagues—those who might be cultural Marxists or are perhaps infected with the RINO mind virus.
Now, I already know that, when many people hear that, they reactively want to say that you or I are not going to change anybody’s mind when trying to debate them on politics—or even trying to convince someone of giving ground when it comes to a hardline business decision, for that matter.
I would say that is debatable. However, trying to convince others to change their beliefs isn’t really the point. The point is that if they are spreading absurdly stupid lies and ASM propaganda talking points, they cannot be let off the hook. The goal is that the more we create an overwhelming environment of well-informed Zeniths surrounding the cultural Marxists—along with those infected with the RINO mind virus— the less they will feel emboldened to spread their poisonous ideology.
To be clear, I’m not talking about going around and trying to argue and pick fights with people. I’m actually talking about doing the complete opposite.
The reality is that disagreement and conflict cause discomfort, and it’s this discomfort that serves to be the reason as to why many good people choose not to engage the world. You’ve often heard of these people being referred to as the silent majority. However, it’s this lack of engagement that the cultural Marxists, and those who are infected with the RINO mind virus, view as a license to spread their horrific lies and ideology.
This lack of engagement from society is what has emboldened the ASM to lie more and more about how terrible President Trump is and how Joe Biden was at peak performance, despite the cameras catching Biden shaking hands with invisible people.
Furthermore, in order to possess the ability to remain calm during disagreement requires practice. After all, facing resistance in the realm of ideas is no different than exposing your physical muscles to the resistance of iron in the gym.
The ability for you to engage in a discussion or a debate while maintaining a cool head requires training yourself to do so, in the same way that you would train your muscles in the gym.
I would remind you that, if you’re hesitant and are concerned about making certain friends and family members uncomfortable about these challenging topics concerning culture, politics, and faith, then just remember: the cultural Marxists certainly never express concern about making their friends and family uncomfortable about their beliefs.
In fact, more often than not, in my experience, the cultural Marxists seem to believe that they’ve been made the arbiter of making everyone around them uncomfortable, while they simultaneously demand that you not offend them.
The Wrap Up
At the end of the day, just understand that if you cannot endure an uncomfortable conversation with friends, family, and colleagues, then you’re certainly not going to be able to endure the real turmoil with a society that crosses its event horizon.
The entire point of today’s message is about helping you to hone your skills in defending the sovereignty of your country, your economy, and your individual agency. My expectation for you is for you to possess the abilities to exhibit all the best qualities of a sovereign operational zenith, and to spread those qualities to infect everyone else around you.
The idea is to reverse the course of thrust in order to start putting distance between our nation and that event horizon; and the only way that we can achieve that is by accurately recognizing the problem with the established order of Washington D.C., in the same way that the Sons of Liberty recognized it with the British Crown.
President Trump recognizes the problem, but it seems that he’s having to do everything he can to win over the hearts and minds of the rest of the public, in the same exact way that Samuel Adams did when he leveraged the theatrical event of the Boston Tea Party.
The reality is that we’re going to have to get more efficient in training ourselves to defend the president against an entire system that is unified on taking him and the MAGA movement down. Therefore, it’s going to be up to you and I to be that resistance that stands in the way, and the only way we can do that is by accurately assessing the cultural, political, and economic battlefield in order to apply the necessary resistance in order to shape and mold society.
In the previous episode, and at the beginning of this one, I reminded you that Rehoboam lacked something that his father, Solomon, clearly had at the beginning of his reign. You see, Solomon demonstrated an act of wisdom at the beginning of his rule as king by asking the Lord for wisdom and a discerning heart.
However, Rebohoam never did this and even dismissed the wise counsel of his fathers elders, instead choosing to follow the advice of his childhood friends on how to rule the kingdom.
At that time, instead of easing the tax burden and hard labor on his people, Rebohoam decided to rule with increased force.
He followed the advice of the young men and said, “My father made your yoke heavy; I will make it even heavier. My father scourged you with whips; I will scourge you with scorpions.”
1 Kings 12: 14
You see, Rehoboam was just like many of your Marxist friends, family, and colleagues who believe in supporting high taxes and an authoritarian state. He certainly didn’t believe in individual sovereignty and wanted to do everything he could to strip it away from everyone else throughout his kingdom.
Now, I’m no Biblical scholar, but I believe the problem concerning Rehoboam’s deficit of wisdom and his deficit of intuition is due to the fact that he was probably a privileged individual. In my view, this would clearly explain his tyrannical ways. After all, he grew up in the wealthiest environment in all of human history.
Unlike his grandfather, King David, Rehoboam probably lacked a significant level of character formation. The reality is that growing up with some adversity can be a valuable thing, because the resistance of that adversity can better shape and mold an individual in a way that gives them a better understanding of the way the world works.
Just like many of your Marxist friends, family, and colleagues are out of touch with reality, I believe Rehoboam was as well, and he lost more than half of his kingdom as a result of that lack of formation.
You see, I believe this is why you and I are here, so that we can provide the necessary resistance to form and mold society with our agency. However, in order to do this we must master our individual ability to curate a knowledge-base of history, culture, finance, current events, and faith, in order to demonstrate our capability to resist lying narratives and destructive Marxist propaganda.
In short, you must be a curator of agency in a world of mindless dependency.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication and if you’re serious about advancing as a curator of agency, then make sure you hit the like button, share this episode, and post up your feedback in the comment section below.
I understand that if you’re reading this then you’re most likely already operating at zenith status, however you can take your support for this media platform even further by also giving the gift of zenith status to a friend or family member as well. You can do this by simply clicking on the button here below.
Of course, if you’re already a paid member then make sure you take advantage of the brand new digital product that you can now access if you haven’t already here with The Exclusive Zenith Catalog.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
“Belief consists in accepting the affirmations of the soul; unbelief, in denying them.”
― Ralph Waldo Emerson
If you took advantage of the hardwire I included in The Phantom of Wisdom, then today’s episode is going to raise your antenna.
I didn’t intend to continue today’s discussion referring to King Solomon; however, after brainstorming over today’s topic, I realized that it wouldn’t be wise for me to ignore yet another lesson that we could learn from the ancient king.
I suppose only half the credit for today’s episode will be attributed to King Solomon while the other half of the lesson will be one that we will derive from his son Rehoboam. Granted, I understand King Solomon had his own issues as he distanced himself from God over the course of his life, but despite this fact, he did seek the wisdom of the Lord at the start of his kingdom.
Even though this was the case concerning Solomon, I understand that there has been ongoing debate over whether Solomon sought repentance. However, according to 2 Samuel 7:14-15 it appears that Solomon rests with the Lord.
Granted, I’m not here to debate that specific issue; but regardless of where you stand with King Solomon, the lesson that I wanted to point out here is the clear dichotomy that existed between King Solomon and his son, King Rehoboam, at the time that he took over the crown.
I want you to place this on a shelf for a moment as I’m going to shift gears and fast forward through time to a more modern place in recent history to illustrate an important point for today’s episode.
“A man’s got to know his limitations.”
–Clint Eastwood, Inspector Harry Callahan: Magnum Force
That famous quote by the legendary Clint Eastwood in the iconic action movie, Magnum Force, has been a line that has truly withstood the test of time.
Aside from just being a cool soundbite, there’s a real definitive lesson surrounding the context of this quote from the movie Magnum Force. Granted, when looking at today’s world, the lesson that we can derive from this movie is one that much of the world is currently missing.
To frame the context of this quote, earlier in the movie, there is some obvious tension between Lt. Briggs and Harry Callahan when they are working a crime scene involving a homicide. Briggs is Harry’s superior and he has clear disdain for Harry, and is quick to assert some harsh judgments regarding some of Harry’s past work. With a demonstration of one who feels the need to act like a moral superior, it was at this point when Briggs felt the need to remind Harry that he had never had to take his gun out of its holster during his entire career. This was when Harry responded by saying, “Well, you’re a good man, lieutenant. A good man always knows his limitations.” This was a clear dig at Lt. Briggs from Harry, where Harry was implying Briggs was a coward.
However, this moment in the film was foreshadowing something more significant that would happen later on in the story between the two men.
Now, I certainly don’t want to ruin the ending of this iconic film for you if you haven’t had an opportunity to see it, but this lesson is vital for today’s message. By the end of the movie, it quickly becomes clear what was being foreshadowed between the two men when we find out that Lt. Briggs tries to frame Harry for the vigilante killings involving other corrupt police officers.
After the true nature of the corrupt officers is revealed, Briggs forces a showdown as he has his gun drawn and is pointing it at Callahan. Briggs, being corrupt, while also being a by-the-book bureaucrat, even calls Harry a “maniac” and aims to attempt to prosecute him.
However, as Briggs is driving away from Harry, he is killed by his own car bomb after threatening Harry. It was at this point when Harry smiles and says, “A man’s got to know his limitations.”
The lesson that we can derive from this here is that Briggs was obviously too arrogant and hypocritical to know his own limitations. Due to his desire and emphasis towards a self-serving nature, Briggs became blind to his own limits. In fact, he became so blind to them that it resulted in his own death.
Blind Spot
Aside from being a writer and podcaster, I’m also a professional strength and fitness coach. Given my background, I’ve previously covered the reality of a sixth sense that you possess that is known as proprioception.
I don’t know if you’re familiar with this sixth sense, but it’s an incredibly interesting and powerful trait that exists within your body. The amazing thing about it is that most people are completely unaware of this, even though it’s something they should intuitively understand.
You see, within your muscles, joints, and tendons you have proprioceptors which are sensory receptors that signal external feedback to you from your environment. This function works so that you understand the location of your body in relation to other people and other things in space.
This is a key sense to have so that you don’t accidentally run into things and people when moving in space on a day to day basis. Now, this may seem obvious, but many people’s sense of proprioception has been dulled in our society since the advent of technology, along with the modern era of cellphones, the laptop, and desktop careers that now make up a large part of our modern day way of living.
Basically, your sixth sense of proprioception is your key sense of awareness. Now having said that, when it comes to the reality of our modern day society, this sense of awareness isn’t so sharp concerning a large portion of people that you might encounter on a day to day basis.
So what exactly do I mean?
Let me begin by asking: How many times have you found yourself in a crowded public place, while trying to navigate through the crowd, only to suddenly have to move out of the way of others who are completely blind to your presence?
I don’t know about you, but this happens to me all the time whenever I find myself in these situations.
The key question here is: How is it that I’m aware of those people who are blindly violating my space, yet there is complete unawareness on the part of those who are guilty of violating my space?
The answer to this is due to a lack of proprioceptive awareness. In other words, every able-bodied individual possesses the sixth sense of proprioception; however, if this sense isn’t stimulated, it becomes dull and perhaps almost nonexistent. It’s the dulling of this sixth sense that I want to touch on here.
The reality is that there are people who possess a low level of proprioceptive awareness and there are people who possess a high level of proprioceptive awareness. I’ve already given you an example of a low level function of proprioceptive awareness with the space invaders I mentioned earlier in my previous experience of trying to navigate my way through crowded public venues.
However, I will give you a couple of examples here to clarify what I mean in regards to those who possess a high level of proprioceptive awareness.
For example, if you’ve ever carefully watched a defensive back in a football game cover a wide receiver, then you’ve seen a guy that can back-pedal and maneuver his body across the field of play while not even having to necessarily look at where he’s going.
In this example, the defensive back can maneuver his body across the field of play without bumping into anyone while simultaneously covering a wide receiver. Here, the defensive back knows exactly where his body is in space in relation to referees and other players on the field. In other words, the defensive back is aware of his environment. In short, the defensive back possesses a heightened level of proprioceptive awareness.
If that example isn’t good enough for you then consider the following example. I guarantee you, if you’ve ever been around any military personnel that came back from a war zone and observed them in a crowded space, you would see an individual who has a level of proprioceptive awareness that’s even greater than that of the football defensive back. Their sixth sense is fully honed and engaged.
Your sixth sense of proprioceptive awareness is an extremely powerful human trait. Just how powerful is it?
Well, if you still don’t believe me about your sixth sense, then the next time you go out to a restaurant or coffee shop, try the following experiment; but please don’t get busted on exhibiting too much of the “creeper vibe” and end up blaming this one on me.
The next time you sit down at a local coffee shop or cafe, simply pick someone else out in the room—especially if they are turned away from you— and lock your eyes onto them, to stare at them without turning away.
I guarantee you that if you do this long enough, eventually, the person that you’re staring at will turn and look in your direction. People know if they are being watched or followed, and depending on the level of their proprioceptive awareness, they will come to that conclusion faster or slower in this situation.
In short, a person with a high level of awareness will turn and look in your direction a lot sooner than a person with a lower level of awareness.
This is not make-believe.
This is as real as the turning of the earth.
Now, this leads me into my next point concerning the current epidemic of the lack of self-awareness that exists throughout our society. In my view, there is often, but not always, an overlap, as a lack of proprioceptive awareness can also be an extension of having a lack of self-awareness. There is a connection between these two traits because they both play a role in one having a firm grasp on both personal and situational awareness.
The two traits of proprioceptive awareness and self-awareness both share the trait of understanding your impact on the world around you. In regards to proprioceptive awareness, this is more closely associated with your sense and ability of how you interact within your immediate physical environment.
However, with self-awareness, this involves your ability to recognize your own character, thoughts, strengths, and weaknesses, while being capable of recognizing how all of these affect your overall behavior and interactions with others. Furthermore, when this ability is sharpened and heightened within an individual due to specific stimuli from a specific environment, this ability also results in a greater capability involving intuition.
The bottom line is that a dulled proprioceptive awareness can result in a lower level of self-awareness. As a result, a lower self-awareness can lead to a dulled ability of surface level thinking. Of course, a dulled ability leading to surface level thinking leads to one’s inability to harness their intuition.
You see, intuition is defined as one possessing the ability to grasp and understand something immediately, without the need for conscious reasoning.
When it comes to an environment that you’re familiar with then I’m confident that you’ve frequently illustrated an ability to demonstrate your intuition. We’ve all been in situations where we’ve had to use our intuition.
Some examples of these situations of demonstrating this trait might have involved the following:
The safety/danger scenario: This would involve a situation where you might avoid a specific person because they give off a weird vibe.
The interpersonal experience: This part of your intuition might involve a situation where you know that your close friend is upset about something, despite them saying that they are fine.
Key life decisions: Demonstrating your intuition in this situation might involve you choosing to pass on a high paying job because you don’t like everything that’s attached to it. Another example here would also involve the process of selecting a lifetime romantic partner for a husband or wife.
I believe you get the point here.
However, a lack of self-awareness can also show up when an individual doesn’t understand the sandbox that they’re functioning in within a certain environment. A good example here would involve a situation like the one I addressed earlier between the corrupt bureaucrat of Lt. Briggs and Harry Callahan.
For much of the movie, Magnum Force, Harry didn’t understand the sandbox he was in when investigating the many homicides of criminals who had escaped justice, but kept showing up dead.
However, once Harry discovers that a group of dirty rookie cops are actually the ones doing the killing, he realizes the circumstances have changed. Harry demonstrated self-awareness by possessing the intelligence, the acumen, and the intuition to follow through with the evidence in order to firmly grasp the environment that he was in.
On the contrary, the antagonist, Lt. Briggs, completely lacked the self-awareness to understand the sandbox he was in once Harry Callahan exposed him for what he was. After all, Lt. Briggs eventually shows his true colors and reveals to Harry that he’s the mastermind behind the vigilante killings, but he had to do so only after his failed attempt to recruit Harry into the corrupt police death squad that he was responsible for leading. Furthermore, he did this only after his failed attempt to kill Harry with a bomb. As a reminder, this very bomb would be the same exact bomb that would end up killing Briggs himself.
Who would have thought that we could extract so much value from the movie Magnum Force as it relates to an overall analysis of self-awareness and intuition?
As I mentioned earlier, a lack of proprioceptive awareness can lead to a lack of self-awareness which is something that we can see throughout much of our society, particularly when observing the actions and beliefs of the cultural Marxists and the Islamists. However, there can also be a circumstance where someone does possess a high level of proprioceptive awareness, but still lacks self-awareness.
I’ve already touched on how the cultural Marxists and the Islamists of the far left lack in self-awareness; however, there’s also been a rift on the political right of late regarding many who are demonstrating a lack of self-awareness. This is because they’re either putting on an act as they graft off of their positions in media, or because they simply lack the self-awareness to recognize the sandbox that they’re playing in.
Just this past week retired Green Beret combat veteran, Gold Star husband, and former Director of the National Counterterrorism Center, Joe Kent, released an official letter announcing his resignation as the Director of the National Counterterrorism Center. According to Kent, this was due to his belief and opposition involving the current war with Iran.
I will include a key excerpt from Kent’s official letter here below that he shared directly from his official X account.
Early in this administration, high-ranking Israeli officials and influential members of the American media deployed a misinformation campaign that wholly undermined your America First platform and sowed pro-war sentiments to encourage a war with Iran. This echo chamber was used to deceive you into believing that Iran posed an imminent threat to the United States, and that should you strike now, there was a clear path to a swift victory. This was a lie and is the same tactic the Israelis used to draw us into the disastrous Iraq war that cost our nation the lives of thousands of our best men and women. We cannot make this mistake again.
As a veteran who deployed to combat 11 times and as a Gold Star husband who lost my beloved wife Shannon in a war manufactured by Israel, I cannot support sending the next generation off to fight and die in a war that serves no benefit to the American people nor justifies the cost of American lives.
When I first heard about Joe Kent’s decision to leave the administration and took the time to read his resignation letter for myself, I was caught off guard.
Once I had some time to read and absorb it I immediately decided to step back and watch both the actions of Kent, as well as, the reactions of others towards his position.
Now, the reality is that his position was pretty radical. After all, in his own words he’s blaming Israel for the reason the U.S. got involved in both the Iraq war and this current war with Iran. Furthermore, he’s also stating that the president has been used as a pawn by Israel to start this war with Iran.
Any of those positions alone are extreme accusations and aren’t accusations that should be made unless he has overwhelming evidence of this that he’s prepared to lay out in front of the American people. Otherwise, in my view, he’s just expressing an opinion while having been in a position where that opinion could be undermining the country during wartime.
Now, before I go any further, I want to say that Joe Kent’s military service is absolutely remarkable, and it’s something that we all should be thankful for. I wanted to make sure to say that before moving forward.
However, I must say that it’s been interesting watching Joe Kent in the days following his resignation. As I previously stated, his resignation caught me off guard as I’m sure it did with many others throughout the media landscape.
Having said that, based on the media response from personalities such as Tucker Carlson and Megyn Kelly, it was a bit surprising to see how quickly Kent had these interviews lined up, despite not having provided any evidence that I’ve seen regarding his claims.
Furthermore, it’s now come to light that Kent has been under a months long investigation by the FBI that long predates his resignation. According to Semafor, the matter involves a leak investigation related to allegations that he improperly shared classified information.
Despite all of this, as I’m sitting here and observing the reactions from the newly labeled Woke Right podcasters, all I’m hearing is a bunch of noise and not any critical analysis of Kent’s previous role within the administration, or the reasons surrounding his departure.
For instance, I saw where Shawn Ryan released a video previewing his upcoming interview with Kent. In this preview video Ryan is clearly agitated concerning the circumstances surrounding Kent’s departure.
Now, it has come out that for many months leading up to his departure, Kent was kept out of intelligence briefings. I point this out because in Ryan’s preview for his interview with Kent, he posits the position as to why the administration didn’t just go ahead and fire Kent, rather than keeping him out of the briefings for the alleged leaking, and trying to paint a different perspective for the public.
To me, this is just a bomb throwing attempt over the issue because it was clearly a lose/lose scenario for the administration concerning Kent anyway. In other words, if the administration had fired a retired Green Beret combat veteran, Gold Star husband, and father of two who had been deployed eleven times without having their facts in a row, then I’m curious if Shawn Ryan would think that would have changed his perspective on the administration. In other words, would his perspective under that circumstance differ versus how he’s expressing his perspective of the administration right now? I seriously doubt it.
Furthermore, in that same preview Ryan shared his frustration with a recent article from The Wall Street Journal that talks about how Lindsey Graham allegedly went to Israel to coach their intelligence service and their Prime Minister, Netanyahu, on how to persuade President Trump to bomb Iran. He suggests that perhaps the FBI should be looking into that situation with Graham and perhaps be looking at treason.
Now, concerning Ryan’s perspective on Lindsey Graham here I don’t disagree with him. However, let’s take a moment and imagine a scenario where both Graham and Kent are guilty of wrongdoing. In a scenario such as this that would occur in today’s political environment, what common denominator has the true America First movement been immensely frustrated about regarding every long list of wrongdoers that might resemble this scenario for the past six years?
I would say that the common denominator would involve the massive problem that our nation has had with the lack of accountability involved with everyone that’s been guilty of wrongdoing. Certainly, this lack of accountability is due to the institutions having been captured by cultural Marxists, which has led to a pandemic of judicial tyranny, with radical judges constantly undermining the president’s Article II powers at every turn.
If Shawn Ryan is calling for another investigation into Graham, given this pandemic of judicial tyranny, how far does he think this will actually go—if we’re talking about achieving accountability of a sitting United States Senator like Graham? The same thing can be said for Joe Kent, for that matter, if you happen to not believe him.
This is where I believe that if alternative motivations aren’t at play here with Kent, then he’s just simply not looking at this from the perspective of a geopolitical chessboard.
In other words, instead of assuming what Kent might know and whether or not he can be trusted, let’s slow down and take a look at exactly what we do know in regards to this current geopolitical landscape, and the way President Trump has navigated it.
First of all, am I supposed to believe that the toughest, and arguably the best president in American history, who gave up his billionaire lifestyle to become the most investigated individual in human history, is somehow being led around by a foreign Israeli lobby to get us into a war? Is this supposed to be a bad joke?
Furthermore, am I supposed to believe that this same president—that endured years of ruthless lawfare, had previously been debanked by JPMorgan Chase, and stared down the barrel of a gun in Butler, Pennsylvania, and a second assassination attempt down in West Palm Beach, Florida— is somehow a man that is not strong enough, smart enough, and capable enough to make his own decisions?
You see, this picture that’s being painted by the woke right is just stupidly reductive.
In addition to this, there’s also a very simple question I have regarding Kent’s resignation. Why did Joe Kent wait until the shooting started to resign from his position as the Director of the National Counterterrorism Center?
In other words, why did he not resign back during Operation Midnight Hammer, during Operation Absolute Resolve, or during the massive build up of military forces in the Middle East just prior to Operation Epic Fury?
You see, given this modern era of Fifth Generation Warfare, it’s clear that President Trump understands the geopolitical chessboard, and how today’s modern era of warfare doesn’t solely involve tanks, planes, and bombs. This modern era of warfare is asymmetric and involves a war on the systems of the institutions that serve as the pillars of a society’s existence. These institutions involve the medical institutions, the financial institutions, the judicial institutions, and the longstanding media institutions.
By using the tactic that I revealed to you in my previous episode involving the Reverse Line of Delineation, we can minimize misunderstanding The Grand Strategy, and better recognize the sandbox we are currently in without losing it in our blind spot.
For starters, the president has been pointing out how much NATO has been ripping off the United States for years. Given that the U.S. is the chief financial contributor to NATO, and after seeing how unwilling NATO has been to help in the burden sharing involving the war with Iran, it’s pretty obvious that he’s right.
In fact, to make his claim about NATO concretely obvious, he recently referred to them as a “Paper Tiger” after Europe made it clear on its collective stance to not support securing the Strait of Hormuz, along with the U.S. and Israel, as the strikes on Iran continued.
In short, the president proved beyond a shadow of a doubt that NATO is a Paper Tiger, and isn’t good for anything other than ripping off the United States. After all, if NATO is supposed to be a partner during wartime, then why are they refusing to be partners with the U.S. during our war with Iran?
Meanwhile, all of the Middle Eastern partners are in favor of U.S. strikes on Iran while Europe does nothing. Does it seem ironic to you that our so-called allies are not offering to share any burden with us during this war with Iran, yet the Middle East has been relatively supportive of the effort?
The Wrap Up
Why do you think Europe isn’t getting involved with the war effort against Iran?
The answer is because most of Europe has fallen due to the mass migration of Islamist. It’s obvious that European leaders are scared of the threat of reprisals within their own borders if they support the efforts of the United States against Iran.
You see, the president understands this which is exactly why he’s been working to secure the Western Hemisphere involving South America, Canada, and Greenland. This also factored into his strategy involving the extraction of Maduro in Venezuela, along with their oil.
When it comes down to it, Iran has been a radical long-term threat, but who is it that is an even bigger threat to us than Iran?
If you replied by saying that would be the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) then you would be correct. As the old saying goes, let’s keep the main thing the main thing.
The reality here is that the president isn’t just killing two birds with one stone here, but rather he’s killing thousands of birds with one stone by dealing with Iran and securing our Western Hemisphere. Sure, it’s dangerous, but this has been something that has been growing for the last 50 years.
Historically, much of the global financial decisions have been driven by the City of London. With that being said, when the Iranian regime threatened to mine and shutdown the Strait of Hormuz, insurance policies were canceled, and for those that weren’t the cost of insurance to move product through became steep.
According to the Guardian, this is why the Lloyd’s of London has recently sought to defend its decisions to cancel war-risk policies. However, with the president’s quick actions of offering a competing U.S. government-backed insurance program to back the cargo going through the Straits, he’s solidified the exposure of NATO as the Paper Tiger that they are rather than the ally they’re supposed to be.
Based on what I know and what I can observe at this time, Joe Kent, at best, seems to be expressing a deficit of intuition concerning the geopolitical chessboard. At worst, his actions could be intentional as those on the Woke Right appear to be now with every day that passes. Until I can see evidence that convinces me otherwise, this is my current perspective on the matter, and there are many other reasons that factor into my decision besides what I’ve included here in today’s episode.
I began this episode talking about the difference between King Solomon and King Rehoboam. At the beginning of his rule, King Solomon asked the Lord for wisdom and a discerning heart in order to better govern the Lord’s people. However, when his son Rehoboam took the crown he ultimately chose to reject the advice of the elders who worked with his father, and instead chose to consult with the young men that had grown up with him and stood before him as king.
As a result of this choice, Rehoboam ended up losing more than half of his kingdom.
Rehoboam and his peers illustrated a total Deficit of Wisdom, which left them vulnerable to a Fatal Contagion of False Intuition. Because they lacked the hardware to audit their own ‘gut feelings,’ the false contagion succeeded—and the kingdom fell.
Rehoboam lacked something else that his father demonstrated the moment he took the crown. To learn the identity of that missing component, make sure that you bypass the Vault door and upgrade to Zenith Status. I will be revealing the missing hardware to this in my next transmission: The Curator of Agency.
Remember that this is a reader-supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
To access today’s episode in full length, make sure you upgrade to Zenith status now by going to brandonrichey.substack.com—if you haven’t already—in order to take advantage of my Exclusive Zenith Catalog, which is a supreme navigational tool to give you access to four years of my most powerful insights with surgical ease.
“Any fool can know. The point is to understand.”
― Albert Einstein
Now that you’ve traveled the path from the Alternate Universe, we can shift your focus into pursuing the path to a clear solution.
Let’s start out doing this by taking a look at Gibeon where the Lord appeared to King Solomon in the night during a dream and said, “Ask for whatever you want me to give you.”
It was at this point that Solomon asked the Lord for wisdom. In this moment when the Lord came to Solomon he chose to ask for a discerning heart in order to better govern the Lord’s people, and to be better able to distinguish between right and wrong.
This request from Solomon was quite special to the Lord.
Just how special was it?
The Lord was pleased that Solomon had asked for this. So God said to him, “Since you have asked for this and not for long life or wealth for yourself, nor have asked for the death of your enemies but for discernment in administering justice, I will do what you have asked. I will give you a wise and discerning heart, so that there will never have been anyone like you, nor will there ever be. Moreover, I will give you what you have not asked for—both wealth and honor—so that in your lifetime you will have no equal among kings. And if you walk in obedience to me and keep my decrees and commands as David your father did, I will give you a long life.”
Kings 3: 10-14
Now, when looking at this interaction between Solomon and the Lord, you might initially think, “Ok, Brandon, so Solomon asked the Lord for wisdom and the Lord granted him wisdom. That’s pretty much it.”
If this is your only takeaway from this experience then I would just say that you’re missing the biggest lesson of this interaction. If that is your interpretation then you are observing, but you’re not understanding. In this situation you’re displaying a deficit of wisdom. Simply put, I’ll just say that you’re allowing a lot to go unnoticed here.
So what exactly do I mean?
In order to overcome that encumbering deficit of wisdom, make sure that you get behind my heavy vault door in order to easily access the last four years of my cognitive hardware, with the use of my Exclusive Zenith Catalog.
Remember that the normie approach to life is an aimless one that is void of effort, focus, and advancement. However, a true operational zenith understands that even if something isn’t understood, the effort involved in attempting to make an advancement—virtually always mitigates and eliminates—the deficit of wisdom.
Make sure that your aim is clear and secure your advancement now so you don’t drown in that deficit.
“What does a mirror look at?”
― Frank Herbert, Chapterhouse: Dune
E Pluribus Unum is the Latin phrase that means out of many, one.
If you’ve ever dealt with money then you’ve probably noticed this phrase on the reverse side of both coins and dollar bills most commonly embedded within the Great Seal.
The phrase E Pluribus Unum signifies unity, originally referencing the unification of the original 13 colonies, but more broadly it signifies the creation of a single and cohesive American identity involving diverse backgrounds.
In short, this is about the shared unity of cultures underneath the umbrella of the single unifying culture of Americanism, not multiculturalism.
However, if you saw The State of The Union Address (SOTU) this past week then what you saw was the president of the United States speaking to the tradition of E Pluribus Unum, conversely you saw the majority of the Democratic Party demonstrating the antithesis of unity.
At this point, if you didn’t at least see the highlights of the SOTU where the president called out the Democrats then this is a problem in and of itself. If you haven’t seen the highlights of the speech then you should actively go out and search for those highlights before continuing to read or listen to the rest of this episode.
If you’ve satisfied that last request, or if you have already watched the SOTU, then the thing that should have shocked you was when the president asked Congressional members to stand if they agreed that the, “first duty of the American government is to protect American citizens, not illegal aliens.”
When the president asked that question, all of the Republican members stood and applauded, but the overwhelming majority of Democrat members remained seated.
To be clear, this statement wasn’t complicated. This was a simple opportunity for Congressional members to agree on what the ONLY basic purpose and function of the American government should be about. However, when the president uttered this statement and asked the members of the chamber to stand if they agreed with it, the glaring divide on this between America loving Patriots and the cultural Marxists couldn’t be more obvious.
To make it worse, these people wouldn’t stand for military veterans that were being awarded from having risked their lives for the nation. They wouldn’t stand for a six year old child, Delilah Coleman, that was introduced during the SOTU.
If you’re not familiar with her story, she was a victim of a serious car accident that involved an illegal migrant driving a semi-truck that crushed her car in California and had seriously injured her. When the president proposed the new Delilah Law that would aim at making it illegal for illegal migrants to obtain commercial drivers licenses (CDLs), the Democrats wouldn’t even stand for that.
In addition to this, the president introduced the gold medal winning men’s Olympic hockey team who pulled off a huge win defeating Canada. Everyone in the chamber stood in applause for these young American champions who were proud to win gold for their beloved United States, yet the Democrats remained seated during their introduction.
The heartbroken mother of the young beautiful Ukranian refugee, Iryna Zarutska, was present at the SOTU and was promised by the president that justice would be served for her daughter’s tragic murder. Iryna was brutally murdered by a repeat offender out on no cash bail on a train in North Carolina. Even with the introduction of this heartbroken mother grieving her daughter’s senseless murder by a crazed scumbag in North Carolina, the Democrats couldn’t stand to express support for her.
By the way, Iryna’s mother was sitting next to another featured guest of the night, Erika Kirk, the brave widow of the recently assassinated American Patriot and Christian influencer, Charlie Kirk.
President Trump called these people out to their faces on national television by telling them that they should be ashamed of themselves, yet all Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib could do was keep their butts in the seats and scream back in a pathetic attempt to defend illegal migrants over American citizens, and demonize the country.
So what is this all about?
If you are typically a Democrat voter, then this was the most obvious and blatant in-your-face reaction from your representatives that should have you questioning what your representatives actually support, especially since they refused to express support for the victims, heroes, and champions that were all present for the SOTU address. Given their refusal to support those wonderful souls in attendance at the SOTU, I’m genuinely curious as to why you would believe that they would be in support of you?
Quite frankly, I’m stuck asking myself the same question. However, I already know the answer because there’s only one answer left that would explain the obvious.
The fact is that these people hate the United States of America, and they want to destroy it. These people are a mixture of cultural Marxists and jihadists and everything they believe in is antithetical to what it means to be a United States citizen. Everything they believe is antithetical to what it means to be an American Patriot. These people are the complete opposite of patriots. These people are American Bolsheviks. By their own actions, these people are traitors.
With the recent war on the U.S. dollar, we often talk about the debasement of currency, but the reality is that the Democrat party is debasing the lives of American citizens. They want to debase the actual value of what it means to be a citizen.
In other words, if they are willing to tax U.S. citizens more and more in order to support illegals then what benefit exists for U.S. citizens? If they are willing to tax U.S. citizens more and more while the judicial system favors the illegal criminals over honoring the so-called rights of citizens, then what benefit exists for U.S. citizens? If they are willing to tax U.S. citizens more and more while illegals literally invade your neighborhoods in order to seize your property and your business (see Aurora, Colorado), then what benefit exists for U.S. citizens?
What value does an American citizen hold if its elected representatives fight harder for non-citizens than actual citizens of their own country? This is the fundamental problem that has pretty much already led to Europe being conquered by Islamist, and it’s the same problem that is currently facing our nation right now at this very moment.
Despite this, those same Democrats that wouldn’t stand in support of those American citizens at the SOTU are the same Democrats that would label me as a racist or a xenophobe for simply wanting to support those very citizens that they refused to stand up for—regardless of their race, gender, or religion.
Victory or Defeat
Now the Festival of Unleavened Bread, called the Passover, was approaching, and the chief priests and the teachers of the law were looking for some way to get rid of Jesus, for they were afraid of the people. Then Satan entered Judas, called Iscariot, one of the Twelve. And Judas went to the chief priests and the officers of the temple guard and discussed with them how he might betray Jesus. They were delighted and agreed to give him money. He consented, and watched for an opportunity to hand Jesus over to them when no crowd was present.
Luke 22: 1-6
The lessons of history are here to teach us not only about previous events that have taken place, but, more importantly, about the motivations that are associated with the acts of human nature that drive these events.
Therefore, it’s the lessons of human nature that enable us to get a grasp on our environment as we strive to become operational zeniths in a chaotic world.
With that being said, it was in 1930 during a period of forced collectivization and Stalinist purges where a communist youth named Pavlik Morozovwas a leader of the Young Pioneers which was an organization that was closely linked to the Komsomol.
In the history of the Soviet Union, the Komsomol was an organization of young people, ages 14 to 28, that served as a political organ for spreading Communist teachings—a feeder system for preparing the youth for the future of the Communist Party.
During this period of time, there were violent purges going on across the countryside involving the kulaks, which were landowners that were deemed to be too wealthy by the state. The reality was that the kulaks were not wealthy, but were only slightly more prosperous independent farmers who owned more land or livestock than the average household.
Regardless, the state literally engaged in a dekulakization campaign that was aimed at repressing and purging the kulaks from society. The campaign was brutal and aggressive and involved mass executions, arrests, expropriation of property, and deportations of entire households to completely remote and inhospitable regions.
It was during this time that the young Pavlik Morozov ended up denouncing his own father who happened to be the head of the local Soviet, to the Soviet authorities. During this time in court Morozov charged that his father had engaged in forging various documents and sold certain favors to the kulaks in secrecy. As a result, Morozov’s father was sentenced to a hard labor camp, but his sentence was later changed to death. The latter sentence was ultimately fulfilled.
Morozov didn’t stop there as he accused other peasants of hoarding and withholding their grain from authorities. As a consequence, Morozov ended up being brutally murdered, although the culprits involved with his death appear to be somewhat disputed. There are some accounts that say that Morozov was murdered by his own family due to their displeasure with him denouncing his father. However, other accounts suggest that his murder occurred at the hands of several local kulaks.
Later, the Russian writer Maxim Gorky summed up the bury lede here in a talk about Morozov’s life regarding the brutal dividing lines and betrayals that most people forget about when looking through the lens of history. These betrayals not only occurred with truces between expected enemies, but they also occurred between friends, colleagues, and especially in that very narrow space that existed between the bond of blood kin.
Even according to Wikipedia, when Maxim Gorky spoke to the Communist youth organization in 1933, he did so referencing “the heroic deed of Pioneer Pavlik Morozov, the boy who understood that a person who is a relative by blood may well be an enemy of the spirit, and that such a person is not to be spared”.
Regardless of who was responsible for Morozov’s death, the main point here is that when a society is allowed to be taken over by those who buy into an evil ideology, then they will implement that evil ideology throughout that society, and there are no boundaries that will slow them down.
This story involving the life of Morozov is tragic, but it is a stark reminder that evil can take hold in all places and can take the shape of the most unassuming figures. Just how unassuming was Morozov? Well, besides him turning into the single key witness that got his own father sentenced to death by the state, he was only 13 years of age when he did it.
Obviously, Morozov was a bolshevik and he demonstrated the destructive actions of a true bolshevik very early on in his life.
Unfortunately, Morozov doesn’t stand alone when looking back through some of the most brutal moments of history.
There have been plenty of stories throughout history of family betrayal that have occurred underneath the umbrella of authoritarianism. These moments have occurred when the state was able to rot the brains of its own citizens enough, until those societal moments arrived for people to witness the physical application of the horror that was born out of all of that brain rot.
In an older episode back in 2022, I covered another disturbing story of how this sort of shocking betrayal illustrated this involving a personal account that took place back during the 1979 Iranian Revolution. Given the recent successful airstrikes from Israeli and U.S. forces resulting in the death of Ayatollah Ali Khomeini, I thought this story would be fitting for the day’s topic.
In this older episode I was referencing the well renowned Psychologist, Mettias Desmet. Mettias Desmet is recognized as the world’s leading expert on the theory of mass formation as it applied to the COVID-19 pandemic. Desmet is a professor of clinical psychology at Ghent University in Belgium.
As I previously covered, according to Mettias Desmet, this incredibly chilling phenomenon of mass formation can take root in a society when society has been conditioned to focus on a certain object of fear. Once society has been conditioned to focus on this object of fear, it can then cause the group of people to be radically blind to everything that goes against what the group believes in.
As a chilling real life historical reference to the danger and destruction that the end stages of mass formation can result in, Desmet references a shocking example of how this develops in stages in the 1979 Iranian Revolution.
He (Desmet) points out that as the group is infected by the mass formation in the early stages, that the group will then take the most absurd beliefs for granted. Initially, in the early stages of this, he points to many well-documented stories of the citizenry of Iran all claiming to see the face of their leader, Ayatollah Khomeini, on the surface of the moon with each full moon. As a result of this, many people would point at the full moon on display showing each other where the face of Ayatollah Khomeini could be seen.
Although this was the first phase of mass formation, Desmet points out that the second phase of how an individual can be gripped by this phenomenon is where an individual will then radically, and willingly, sacrifice their individual interests for the sake of the collective.
I’ll return to the Iranian example shortly, but in this second phase of the mass formation Mettias Desmet also points out a really good example with the Communist leaders who were sentenced to death by Stalin. Here we are again referencing horrors inside of the Soviet Union as a result of the reign of the bolsheviks.
As Desmet points out, this sacrifice of individual interest, concerning the death sentence of the Communist leaders by Stalin, could often be seen with their shocking personal statements prior to their executions saying “If that is what I can do for the communist party, I will do it with pleasure.”
As crazy as that sounds, that was the reality, and if you didn’t think the impact of the mass formation could get any worse then you would be wrong.
In the third stage of the mass formation, Desmet points out that individuals who have progressed to this stage will also become radically intolerant of dissident voices.
In fact, those people who have progressed to the third stage will commit absolute atrocities towards those people who do not go along with the masses and even do so as if it’s some sort of righteous sense of duty.
To get back to the situation with the Revolution that took place in Iran, Desmet references a story in his writings where he spoke to an Iranian woman who had witnessed, with her own eyes, a woman that had reported her own son to the state for being a dissident. If that’s not bad enough, the witness saw the mother of the son grab the noose and hang it around her son’s neck herself, as the boy stood on the scaffold where he would hang only in the short moment that followed.
After the execution, the mother was seen claiming to be a heroine to do what she did for the good of the state. After hearing such a story, it’s hard to imagine how a society could get to this point; however, similar mass formation is well documented and has taken place throughout history—in Nazi Germany and in the Soviet Union.
On that note, as we look at the current circumstances within our nation right now, the third stage of this can be seen with the behavior of the protestors in Minneapolis, it can be seen with the members of the Democrat party at the SOTU, it could be seen with the bolshevik’s celebration of the attempted assassination of the president, and it was clear watching the bolshevik’s celebration of Charlie Kirk’s assassination as well.
The Wrap Up
If there’s one key lesson you should understand regarding this episode, it’s that people are not inherently good. After all, we live in a fallen world, and because of that, evil can take root anywhere and at any time—even when it involves the actions of those who might be closest to you.
Remember, this is especially true if society falls under the rule of a bolshevik/jihadist regime. God forbid, but keep this in mind regarding those friends and family members of yours that see the world differently than you do should the Bolsheviks take control of power. After all, history shows that tolerance that you lovingly express for them in public to others won’t be reciprocated when the circumstances of governance changes.
With that being said, the reason I pointed out the actions of the Democrat party during the SOTU was to show you what the beginning stages of a bolshevik/jihadist revolution looks like.
Forget about President Trump for a moment. If you don’t believe these people would literally try to destroy you, me, and every other dissident voice that opposed them, should they take the majority of power in the 2026 midterms, then you are sadly mistaken.
You see, you have to remember that momentum in life can be either positive or negative. Granted, President Trump and the MAGA movement are building tremendous positive momentum, but as a movement, we must not get complacent in order to ensure this momentum is maintained for the next eight to twelve years. The reality is that in this domestic war, either we will crush the bolsheviks, or they will crush us.
If you’re still not convinced of my analysis, you don’t even have to look at the traitors in the streets of Minneapolis, Ilhan Omar, or Rashida Tlaib to see what they’re telegraphing to you now with their hate and vitriol towards the United States.
In fact, recent leftist talk show host, Charlamagne, was talking about how a de-MAGA-ification needed to take place after the Trump administration leaves power. This was his pathetic attempt to draw a parallel between MAGA and the Nazi ideology in postwar Germany. This was the obvious typical leftist projection where this guy was accusing MAGA of being exactly what he actually is. This behavior of accusing others of what they are guilty of being themselves, is commonplace for bolsheviks, jihadists, and Nazis.
If looking at the message that Charlamagne is telegraphing isn’t enough to convince you of their intentions, then perhaps former United Nations Ambassador, Susan Rice, could further clarify this for you.
In a recent podcast appearance, Susan Rice issued a direct threat to corporations that “take a knee,” to President Trump and to expect to be “held accountable” if Democrats return to power. Her intention should be glaringly obvious. However, just in case you need more clarity, I’ll translate this for you.
Basically, she’s not talking about holding truly corrupt businesses accountable for anything. In fact, she labels those who play by the rules as criminals in the same exact way as they act like American citizens are the criminals instead of the illegal migrants.
Remember, with Charlamagne and Susan Rice, we’re talking about people embedded within the same political party that doesn’t know the biological differences between a man and a woman. Therefore, their ability for discernment, and possessing the moral compass to determine what is legal and illegal, is completely opposite of reality. In fact, they live in an alternate universe.
Susan Rice isn’t talking about a just pursuit of accountability. She’s talking about a good old-fashioned Marxist purge, or more specifically, a modern day dekulakization campaign, or as Charlamagne put it, a de-MAGA-ification campaign.
Charlamagne and Susan Rice are the representation of exactly why mass formation occurs within societies. Back during the pandemic, their object of fear was the virus, today their object of fear is President Donald Trump and the MAGA movement.
This is exactly why you and I are here at this moment in time. As zeniths navigating this chaotic world, we are here to end these people’s influence over society.
We are here, with God’s guidance, to dominate the information and narrative landscape with the truth narrative. We are here to do this by making sure we exercise our agency in order to leverage our position in this chaotic world by winning the war of cognitive monopoly.
With that being said, this analysis is complete. By now you are aware that the Sandbox that you inhabit is a legacy construct designed to attempt to keep you repressed in a dumbed down normie state. However, the hardware that’s required to navigate the Alternate Universe requires you to refuse to accept the normie label.
In order for you to avoid the normie view of the world, and to execute on my next briefing to understand ThePhantom of Wisdom by utilizing my cognitive hardware, The Reverse Line of Delineation, you must act now in order to become a member of the Zenith Vanguard.
The Zenith Vault is now open.
Make Sure You Upgrade to Zenith Status Now By Clicking Below.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me, join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
today's episode will be available in full length only if you have signed up to become a part of the Zenith Vanguard on my Substack. However, don't click off because I'm going to include a substantial preview of today's discussion for you here.
Upgrade to Zenith Status to get behind the heavy vault door to access my Exclusive Zenith Catalog to easily and instantly navigate my library of tactical insights, as well as, the rest of this episode by going to brandonrichey.substack.com.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The best lightning rod for your protection is your own spine.”
― Ralph Waldo Emerson
As I’ve gotten older I’ve discovered that I have a tendency to think differently than most people when it comes to recognizing certain problems in life and throughout the world.
Hopefully, by now, you know me well enough to understand that is not a statement of ego, but rather one that is steeped in consistent observation. This is something that I’ve always recognized, but it is a glaring reality that I have really noticed at a whole new level ever since the pandemic.
I suppose the reason for this is because I have always had an ability to zoom out the vantage point on any given situation and recognize the macro point of view. This has essentially involved the task of recognizing and viewing certain models of function through a systems approach style of thinking rather than society’s more commonly practiced approach of reductionism.
The simplistic, or often reductive, vantage point that I’ve witnessed from many people throughout my lifetime—as it relates to their personal worldviews and their views on business—has been something that I’ve always found myself having to wrestle with in a sort of frustrated silence during certain situations of my life.
Don’t get me wrong, it wasn’t as if this sort of feeling dominated my mind all the time, but I would find that my frustration would frequently get triggered quite often in the world of business and when it came to having to listen to some people’s viewpoints on certain current events.
Now, I should also say that the frustration that I mentioned earlier wasn’t something that I always kept silent. I’ll just say that there are moments in life that all of us face when silence can no longer be an option.
On that note, this is exactly why I started writing and podcasting in this information space, as I saw what I typically recognized as a lack of understanding in the world—regarding right and wrong— that had gotten way out of hand starting in 2020.
Once again, this is not coming from a place of ego, and the fact that I even feel the need to continue to reiterate that directly points to a large part of the problem in today’s world. To clarify, it’s one thing for me to write the words down in an attempt to convey a certain message to you when it comes to communication.
However, I knew that writing the words wouldn’t be enough to convey the full meaning of what I would want to communicate to you at any given point. Therefore, I also chose to include the podcast portion of my messaging in order to more accurately convey my intended message to you through the expression of speech.
Now, having said that, this is where the real irritation can build at times. Despite my efforts to convey a clear message to the masses—both in writing and in speech—there are always those few people who simply cannot comprehend what has been communicated. You may think I’m crazy by saying this, but this is the thing that I’m motivated to eradicate in this information space.
Recognizing The Sandbox You Are In
If you’re a relatively new reader, or listener to this platform, then you may not know about my professional background. I’ve been a small business owner, writer, and professional strength and fitness coach now for over 25 years.
In case you didn’t know that, I wanted to take a moment to clarify that detail because it will explain the reason behind my understanding involved in the next part of this discussion. If you remember how I mentioned the systems approach to thinking earlier, then in a short time it will become clear why I want to talk about the nervous system.
You see, the human nervous system is perhaps the most complex system that exists. To begin, your nervous system is essentially like a power grid consisting of your central power structure, or central nervous system, which basically involves your brain and spinal cord.
Your brain acts like a central command power structure, which delivers power through the main line—your spinal cord—in order to distribute that power throughout the rest of the nerves of your body. As it concerns your body, this is necessary for the purpose of your body’s abilities such as movement, emotions, thoughts, and automatic functions involving your digestion, breathing, and heartbeat.
You see, your nerves act like powerlines as they deliver electrical and chemical messages— originating from your brain—in much of the same way as electricity travels through lines to homes and businesses originating from a power plant.
These electrical and chemical messages are essentially the electricity that powers your nervous system and in turn your nervous system powers your body. Now, I want you to hold on to that description and envision how this complex system works when thinking about the function of your body.
Now, as you visualize how your complex nervous system works to power your body, I want you to imagine a scenario after you experience a challenging workout that results in your muscles cramping. If you’ve ever experienced this it is not a pleasant thing to go through when it happens.
Even with my background and understanding of what causes this misery, I’ve also been a victim of waking in the middle of the night yelling in pain from a hamstring cramp and scaring my wife in the process. Yes, it’s funny telling you about it now, but I can assure you that it’s not so funny when it’s happening.
So what causes these cramps to happen?
The most common cause of muscle cramps is an electrolyte imbalance as a result of dehydration. This is something that people commonly overlook, but it is simultaneously something that often causes people a lot of misery.
So what are electrolytes?
Electrolytes are minerals such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium that carry an electric charge within your body. This role is essential for the function of your nervous system as it is crucial for regulating nerve signals, blood pressure, and muscle contractions including your heart.
Therefore, if you were to experience a significant loss of electrolytes due to dehydration then you could set yourself up for muscle cramps, headaches, and fatigue. However, more serious electrolyte loss could lead to more devastating results such as heart arrhythmias and even death.
Now, it’s pretty obvious about the importance of the role that electrolytes play within your body. In short, electrolytes are essential for your very survival. As long as you maintain a healthy level of electrolytes, then it’s one area you can trust; it allows your nervous system to do what it does best for your body’s performance.
Therefore, as you keep this in mind, I’m going to transition to explaining a different body that you are also a part of and have to live within as a result of your environment. In short, I’m about to shed some light on the significance of you recognizing the function of this bigger body while helping to bring some clarity to you on which sandbox you’re actually playing in, along with exactly what that sandbox has been telegraphing to you. You’re about to realize that the sandbox you’re currently in is not the one that you thought you were in.
[CONDUCTIVITY AUTHORIZATION REQUIRED]
The briefing above identifies the Systemic Seizure. The hardware below contains the Electrolytic Solution required to restore the function of your well-being.
Access to the Biological Blueprints, Systemic Reagents, and the Sovereign Node Archive is reserved for the Annual Vanguard.
[RESTORE THE FUNCTION NOW AND UPGRADE FOR $50/YEAR BY CLICKING BELOW]
“If you’re confused about what to do, it’s a sign that your enemy is winning.”
― Toba Beta, Master of Stupidity
What makes up a country?
If the United States is a country, then what exactly does that mean?
Well, I can start by telling you what it doesn’t mean. To begin, whenever you hear someone say that the United States is an idea they would be completely incorrect.
I opened up this discussion asking the question about what makes up a country for a significant reason. Well, the United States is a country—a physical place with borders and with people who have properties, families, and businesses; with obligations, communities, churches, investments, livelihoods, and a shared culture of Americanism.
The United States is not an idea; it’s a physical place within a physical world, populated by people who either seek to build it or seek to destroy it. If you have studied history close enough then you understand that this is the way that it’s always been. However, in today’s world, the reality is that these lines, concerning who desires to build and who desires to destroy, are as clear and as bold as they ever have been.
When I first decided to start writing and podcasting in this information space, I did so because I saw that the Marxists were on the march. I saw that the Marxists were organized, relentless, and unified in their efforts to destroy the United States.
However, as clear as this was to me the other thing that I observed was that much of the rest of normal everyday American citizens were clueless to the threat that was facing them. Even today, there are many that are either apathetic, ignorant, or outright stupid about the reality of what’s currently happening in this nation.
I’ve communicated this many times before, but I’ll take the time here to say it again—we are at war.
This is not a hyperbolic statement. This is a literal statement and the evidence of this is literally everywhere. However, this type of warfare isn’t a traditional kinetic war in the way that you’re used to imagining involving tanks, bombs, and soldiers. The type of warfare that I’m referring to involves what is known as asymmetric warfare.
When you first hear what I’m about to say you’re probably going to think I’m crazy, but just stay with me because I’m going to clarify my point in a way that you will completely understand by the time you get to the end of this episode.
Believe it or not, the most recent example of this asymmetric warfare involved the Super Bowl halftime show with the pop singer Bad Bunny. Now, full disclosure, I didn’t watch it, but I’ve seen highlights of the show and have read and heard commentary in regards to the content of the lyrics involved in the music of choice.
Now having said that, Time magazine reported on how Republican representative Andy Ogles has recently addressed the House Energy and Commerce Committee in which he called for an inquiry into the NFL and the broadcaster NBCUniversal.
His motivation behind doing this was to initiate the attempt to expose the level of prior knowledge they had, along with their review and approval concerning the show’s performance. According to representative Ogles, the inquiry is to determine whether broadcast delay protocols and standard review procedures—were “properly applied” or “intentionally disregarded.”
Now, aside from the criticism surrounding the nature of the content of the show, my observation of the music having been performed purely in Spanish was an intentional slap in the face of the country as well.
Anyone who claims that perspective is racist is, in my view, an actual racist. In addition to that, those are the people who hate the United States of America. Now, when I say that I mean it, and I can make the case here in order to prove it.
So why do I say this?
Once again, let’s go back to my earlier explanation in regards to what makes a country. In that list that I covered near the beginning of this episode, I included at the end of that list the trait of a shared culture of Americanism.
To be specific regarding the culture of Americanism, for a long time, everything surrounding it never involved one of the most powerful American institutions—the NFL—separating itself from it and turning its back on that very culture. After all, for a long time the NFL built their existence off of the culture of Americanism which propelled their immense success.
The thing that made the NFL such a great product long ago was its embrace of American culture. Nowadays, the NFL scoffs at Americanism and much of the personnel that are in charge of making the big decisions for that league are either globalists or cultural Marxists.
One of the mysteries that has always surprised me is this seemingly consistent formula of rot that always seems to occur whenever these very cool and popular institutions start to hit a certain level of growth and success. As sure as the turning of the earth, it seems that every single time a major institution reaches a certain level of success, without fail, the cultural identity of that institution always goes right out the window.
It’s like clockwork — the very ingredients involved in the recipe for that institution’s greatness eventually triggers a strange metamorphosis, resulting in the degradation of it into a lesser state than its original self, despite its popularity. In short, it seems success brings on a complete loss of identity.
Because nature abhors a vacuum, that loss of identity that I’m referring to here is also replaced with a sense of superiority, and a sense of superiority always leads to hate. By the way, that same sense of superiority also leads to racism.
This is why those people who hate the United States are the actual racists, because their hate for it is derived from a sense of superiority about something else that doesn’t align with the culture of Americanism. In short, what they believe is superior is anti-American; and to be anti-American means that you don’t support the only nation in world history that fought the bloodiest war in its own history—the Civil War—to end slavery. So given this, you tell me who is racist?
Dilution
I remember when I was in college at the University of Georgia, one weekend, I happened to have had a slow Saturday, which was very uncommon. I can’t remember the reason why it was slow, but I do remember that it was a very lax day, to say the least.
I don’t ever recall having too many of those days, but on this particular day I remember that I hadn’t planned to do a whole lot of anything else other than some grocery shopping and perhaps some light cleaning around my apartment at that time.
Now, I remember I had this neighbor that would frequently stay up all night as this was a common occurrence in college with a lot of people getting in on the party scene in Athens, Georgia during the late 90s. There’s no judgment here, I’m just giving you the details of the story so you’ll understand where I’m headed with this. Please be patient with me for a bit longer because this will all make sense in a minute.
As I remember, on this slow Saturday, I got a knock on my door from my neighbor (John), who had been up all night, and he had asked if I would like to grab some lunch with him at Zaxbys. Now, for context, Zaxbys was fairly new at the time and had become a very popular place to eat.
So then I agreed to have lunch with John at Zaxbys. However, once we had gotten to the restaurant and worked our way to the register to place our order, John looked at me and asked if I knew what the hottest thing on the menu was to eat. I told him I wasn’t sure so he then proceeded to turn to the cashier to ask him.
I cannot remember the item, but I believe the cashier had suggested to John to eat some of their popular spicy wings. At this point, John inquired as to how spicy their wings actually were.
Now, whatever the answer was that the cashier offered John next, he wasn’t satisfied with it and asked if they had anything else that was hotter than that.
After thinking on it for a few seconds, the cashier called over the supervisor to ask him if they had anything hotter than what was already displayed on the main menu. Now, at this point, we were all curious as to what John was aiming to do here.
However, right as I was about to ask him, he turned to me and said that he needed to eat some really spicy, hot food so that it would force him to drink enough fluids in order to overcome the dehydration of his beer binge from the night before.
No, I’m not making this up and it gets even crazier from here. Once John had clarified the reason for his need for spicy food the supervisor seemed really intrigued at this point.
Because of this, the supervisor asked us to give him a few minutes while he went and fetched the store manager. After a couple of minutes had passed, both the store manager and the supervisor returned and then John proceeded to communicate to the store manager why he needed to eat the spiciest food that they could make.
Now, it was pretty obvious that the store manager was just as intrigued by the persistence of John’s request as the supervisor and myself were at this point. So then the store manager told us to give him a couple of more minutes as he said he believed he had a solution for John’s desire for something hot.
The store manager walked away, and a few minutes later, he returned carrying this bag that was filled with red liquid in one hand, and a sheet of paper in the other. As I remember, he walked up and carefully placed the bag on the counter and slammed the sheet of paper flat beside it. He then turned to the supervisor and asked him for his pen.
After doing this the store manager pointed to the bag and said that the red liquid was the hottest concentrate that they used to make their hot sauce. He then proceeded to clarify that the hot sauce that they used on their hot wings already had a reputation for being hot, but the sauce that got their wings that reputation was diluted down from the red liquid that was filled in that big bag. He warned that the concentrate was so hot that it required significant dilution before using it for mixing and cooking.
As he was smiling, John then pointed to the pen and the sheet of paper, and asked the store manager what that was for. At this point the store manager told John that he had never considered using the concentrate to make a custom order of hot wings that far exceeded the heat of their normal menu. Therefore, he clarified that the paper was basically a waiver and informed consent for John to give him permission to custom spice his day’s lunch to a nuclear level.
As a result, John signed the form, he was able to achieve rapid rehydration, and we all had a good laugh from the experience afterwards.
So what is my point in telling you this story?
The thing that I wanted to point out here was John’s solution to getting rehydrated. Now, I’m not here to say that my approach would have been the same as his. However, in his mind at that moment, that solution required the strongest hot sauce possible, in order to force him to overcome his lack of discipline to drink enough fluids to rehydrate his body.
In this particular instance, in order to get the strongest possible sauce, the store manager decided that the concentrated formula could not be diluted. You see, from the store manager’s position, in order to please the customer he had to ensure the strongest possible solution could not be diminished in the least.
Here, that store manager had to maintain the optimal strength of the concentrated formula in order to achieve the success of pleasing a vocal customer. He understood what made their restaurant successful involved not watering down that which made them the most popular place for lunch at that time.
Now with that being said, when it comes to the Super Bowl, the NFL’s approach to this has completely been the opposite concerning their halftime shows and commercials for many years now. For years, the NFL has gone through that metamorphosis that I mentioned earlier, resulting in the degradation of it into a lesser state than its original self. In fact, the NFL is itself a system of degradation. For years, it’s consistently decided to dilute the concentrated formula of Americanism in an attempt to water down and weaken the very thing that made them successful.
This dilution has watered down their view of the nation so much that it doesn’t resemble anything that the nation believes in, or supports with the majority. Instead, their representation of what the nation is involves a false interpretation of an alternative, failing entity, that they are diligently trying to perpetuate, while the majority of American citizens are fighting to defeat it and to prevent it from happening.
In the case of their most recent halftime show entertainer Bad Bunny, such things involved the celebration of a self-professed America hating Marxist, performing his entire set in Spanish while using lyrical content to express sexually explicit and vulgar behavior in front of millions families viewing the show.
Additionally, from what I understand, Bad Bunny is fully in support of mass illegal migration and recently openly demonized ICE at the Grammys. His claims were that the illegals that are being targeted by ICE are actually American citizens. This is the absurdly stupid and intellectually dishonest position of the Marxist left, yet I don’t see Bad Bunny volunteering his personal home to be a refuge for any of these people he claims to fight for.
“Politics is downstream from culture.”
–Andrew Breibart
The one thing that much of the population gets wrong about culture is that it comes about as this sort of unexplained phenomenon that just naturally occurs throughout society with no driving force to direct it. Because of this, over time, I’ve often heard people chalk up the declining quality of music, media, and entertainment to this ambiguous, unexplainable phenomenon known as ‘culture’.
Therefore, when the NFL signs musical personnel, such as Bad Bunny, to be their headline entertainer at the Super Bowl halftime show, traditionally, other Americans would simply say, “Well, that’s just the culture.” The reason I point out this example is that it suggests that the NFL is reacting to the culture as to the reason for headlining Bad Bunny, and others like him, as their halftime show entertainer.
Just to be clear, the NFL isn’t reacting to anything. On the contrary, the NFL is directly driving the culture it wants. Without question, the NFL is one of the biggest drivers of culture that exists throughout all of sports and entertainment; and this is the reason Breitbart’s famous quote resonates so much with this exercise of asymmetric warfare— involving the garbage performance of this year’s Super Bowl halftime show.
On that note, this is exactly why understanding what drives culture and influence is central to understanding where the country is headed. Without such an understanding you’re allowing for an environment of dilution in order to water down the culture of Americanism. If this dilution continues unabated, it will eventually lead to Americanism dissolving completely out of existence.
As you can see, intelligence such as this is provided in the Sling and Stone which is the map, whereas this briefing is the breakdown of the cultural battlefield. On that note, to the 31 practitioners already holding the full hardware solution: you have the tactical advantage here.
To the 150 scouts still operating in a Strategic Deficit: the window of clarity is closing. The next feature, ‘The Armory of Solutions,’ and the full execution of the 2026 theater will be reserved for the Annual Vanguard. For that matter, make sure you resolve this issue and arm yourself with the tactical knowledge inside the Zenith vault just as John Wick arms himself with his own armory of guns and gold. The Fight has begun.
To be fair to Bad Bunny, his performance wasn’t the beginning. The NFL started their dilution of American culture long ago.
We can see one of the first signs of this starting to sprout back during the 2000 Super Bowl halftime show with their effort to promote the strong globalist theme that was titled the Tapestry of Nations.
To me, performances such as this are symptoms. For clarification, a symptom, by definition, is a feature that indicates a condition of disease.
In my view, that disease includes the purposeful dilution of Americanism. Therefore, the symptom points to an infiltration of a disease into our culture and that disease of infiltration has become apparent throughout many other aspects of our society.
To drill down on this, why would the NFL have thought that it was necessary to promote a globalist theme? Additionally, why would they feel it was significant to headline Bad Bunny for this year’s halftime show where, aside from the vulgarity, the theme of the show revolved around the support of illegal immigration and was performed in Spanish?
In terms of the language of choice, I saw an online debate regarding this between Piers Morgan and Megyn Kelly. Of course, Piers Morgan takes the reductive stance that the United States hasn’t had a ‘declared’ national language for most of the country’s existence, while conveniently ignoring the obvious reality of it being the de facto language of the nation since its inception.
Megyn Kelly also pointed out the painfully obvious reality to Piers Morgan as to how that reductive line of thinking was the same thing that has recently led to the complete destruction and the fall of British culture to Islamism.
Once again, what I see is the symptom involving the dilution of Americanism and that symptom is pointing towards a sickness that has infiltrated our society. The cultural symptom here with the Super Bowl halftime show should be the most obvious symptom, but others involve the lack of prosecutions that have failed to come forward within our justice system. The obvious symptoms here have involved the rampant tyranny and crimes during the pandemic and the election of 2020.
Other major symptoms involve the lack of justice having been carried out on people like Tim Walz, the Clintons, John Brennan, James Comey, James Clapper, Mark Kelly and the rest of the seditious six. The lack of accountability in the financial system, the political system, and the judicial system are MAJOR symptoms pointing towards a concerning infiltration of sickness within our nation. That sickness is cultural Marxism.
The allowance of letting bad actors off the hook is the dilution of justice. Aside from illegal immigration, injustice is also enemy infiltration, and this sort of enemy infiltration is exactly what cultural Marxist understand.
The Wrap Up
When it comes to the power of cultural influence the NFL has been directly inserting itself into the war for cognitive monopoly.
That phrase cognitive monopoly refers to the circumstance where a company or a brand dominates the thought process of its consumers and how they think about a specific problem or category. In short, having cognitive monopoly translates to that particular brand of influence having the ability to shape cultural and political outcomes. This is done by convincing the consumer that they have to rely on that particular institution to solve a particular problem based on how that institution frames the problem.
However, what happens when the institution that has achieved cognitive monopoly is part of the problem, rather than the solution?
You see, this is exactly my point here regarding the role of the NFL and its Super Bowl halftime promotion of a cultural Marxist that used that platform for the purpose of diluting the concept of Americanism by advocating for illegal migrant invasion.
Thankfully, I believe that the NFL’s hold on cognitive monopoly is slipping. My evidence for this could be seen with the massive viewing success of the Turning Point USA alternative Super Bowl halftime show, featuring Kid Rock as the headliner.
According to the Turning Point USA spokesman Andrew Kolvet, the TPUSA halftime show smashed over 25 million views in the first day with additional views expected to surge up to 40 to 50 million once all their distribution platforms had been factored into the final count.
Now, if you listened the Administrative State Media (ASM) they downplayed these numbers and acted as if they were no big deal, yet they would because they have been insanely desperate after losing their majority hold on the cognitive monopoly as this Great Awakening continues to counter them blow for blow in this war for cognitive monopoly.
Did you watch the TPUSA halftime show with Kid Rock?
Do you think the counter culture of Americanism is making a roaring comeback?
Please share your feedback in the comment section below.
Understanding the battlefield of Cognitive Monopoly is the first step toward survival, but intelligence without hardware is merely a map to your own destruction. If you are reading this and have not yet deployed the Sling and Stone hardware, you are currently operating in a Strategic Deficit.
Keep in mind that this mission resolves in the next briefing: The Armory of Solutions. This is where the framework meets the steel. Like John Wick, make sure that you gain access to this Armory and the full deployment of the Stone as direct access to these are reserved for the Annual Vanguard of fighters that are serious about exercising their agency.
Make the upgrade to Zenith Status now by clicking below.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“To know your Enemy, you must become your Enemy.”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
In my previous episode, The Law of the Giant Killer has been inspected by over 1,000 different recruits, and the foundation has been set. However, having a foundation without a weapon is like having a race car with no fuel.
In other words, that’s a race you’ll lose every single time. With that being said, after a short preview of today’s episode I’m moving the rest of it behind the heavy door of the Zenith Vault to equip the vanguard with the rest of today’s Sling and Stone protocol—the agency-driven tools required to help you to turn tactical intel into precision action for your own life.
This is especially critical in the current times that we are living in with the Marxist Goliath working to try and subjugate us in a version that resembles Mao’s Cultural Revolution version 2.0. As American Patriots we absolutely cannot allow them to be successful. We must grind their movement to a halt and then work to destroy the very ideologies that created them in the first place.
When I say this I’m not talking about doing so by offering some nebulous or ambiguous approach to making that a reality. No, I’m talking about making victory a reality from the standpoint of a strategic plan. I’m talking about a plan that can be carried out by both you and myself with our daily actions by recognizing and utilizing our own gifts to do so.
As a quick recap, I highlighted the significant position that we currently find ourselves in with The Law of The Giant Killer. In addition to that, I also discussed with you how significant it was that David demonstrated optimal faith and courage to stand in the breach to face off directly against Goliath.
The thing that is so significant about this is that, in that moment, David’s courage and faith gave him a clear visual of his purpose, even though it looked like a crazy scenario to everyone else.
After all, here was this shepherd boy who stepped out onto the battlefield to face off against a giant when literally nobody else would, including the king of Israel himself.
This act obviously demanded a significant amount of faith and courage, but the thing that most forget is that along with that faith and courage comes clarity. It’s this clarity that I want to touch on here in today’s episode.
You see, David came to the table with faith, but that faith had already given him an understanding of what he was going up against because he had already experienced some similar situations that were dangerous prior to his encounter with Goliath. In fact, we’re able to catch a glimpse of this when David addresses King Saul before going out to face the giant.
But David said to Saul, “Your servant was tending his father’s sheep. When a lion or a bear came and took a sheep from the flock, I went out after it and attacked it, and rescued the sheep from its mouth; and when it rose up against me, I grabbed it by its mane and struck it and killed it.
Your servant has killed both the lion and the bear; and this uncircumcised Philistine will be like one of them, since he has defied the armies of the living God.”
1 Samuel 17:34-36
Here we can see that David had already faced off against a bear and a lion while guarding his flock as a shepherd boy. Now I don’t know about you, but I don’t ever remember too many people referencing this part of David’s life that often.
After all, he killed both a lion and a bear long before he took down the giant, Goliath. In other words, killing a lion and a bear is no lightweight task, particularly given the fact that he managed to do it long before firearms were ever even in the picture. David was a shepherd, but there was clearly a warrior spirit within him long before he had ever faced off against the Philistine giant.
Strategic Individual Creative Destruction
Now I want to shift gears for a moment to talk to you about an interesting concept known as creative destruction.
That phrase “creative destruction” was coined by economist Joseph Schumpeter in 1942, and it refers to how innovation serves to be the action that pulls the pin on the grenade that destroys long-standing economic structures, making way for new ones.
The term “destruction” in this model aims at how this process creates both winners and losers. The idea behind this economic philosophy is that producers and workers who stay committed to older technologies and methods will be left behind. Meanwhile, the workers and entrepreneurs engaging in new technologies and methods will create an environment of disequilibrium, while also managing to highlight new profit opportunities moving forward.
Now, to be clear, Schumpeter wasn’t really supportive of the idea of creative destruction. In fact, much of his work was heavily influenced by The Communist Manifesto of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. Of course, one of the main themes of The Communist Manifesto involved denouncing the “constant revolutionizing of production” by the bourgeoisie.
So why am I telling you about this process of “creative destruction”?
For starters, just as I outlined in the opening quote with Sun Tzu, in order “to know your enemy, you must become your enemy.” With Schumpeter’s influence having come from Karl Marx, in a way, I’m about to show you how we are going to deconstruct his “creative destruction” philosophy in order to do just that.
Since you tuned into The Law of the Giant Killer, then you understand that the Sling and Stone is the pin you need to pull out of the grenade to eliminate the giant that stands in your path.
This is your opportunity to Authorize and Accelerate your ability as a Zenith operative.
Do not fail to complete your mission.
Upgrade To Zenith Status Now To Access The Rest of This Episode And To Join The Rest of This Vanguard Behind The Heavy Door of This Vault
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Fear is not the problem; it’s how we respond to it that gets us in trouble.”
― Steve Lawson
They said an independent voice couldn’t breach the fortress of the corrupt Administrative State Media (ASM) landscape. They were wrong.
Thanks to you, in the last several episodes we’ve managed to consistently hit over the 30% Gold Standard open rate. In fact, 330 of you have already proven you’re the vanguard in the most recent episode with the immediate podcast downloads. With that in mind, today I’m going to be discussing the Law of the Giant Killer—and why the Goliaths in the current Marxist incursion are more vulnerable than they look.
As the rioting and anti-ICE protests have been ramping up in Minneapolis, Minnesota for the past few weeks it’s obvious that this is not formed from an organic movement of concerned leftists that care about liberty.
If that were the case then stop and ask yourself, What is liberty?
If you failed to come up with a clear and concise answer to that question after asking it, then I’ll start the process of defining this by first offering the textbook definition of the word here.
Liberty is defined as the state of being free within society from oppressive restrictions imposed by authority on one’s way of life, behavior, or political views.
Now, this definition is very important because it highlights the most significant aspects that make up the characteristics of liberty that many of us love and desire while others express their discontent for it as they protest ICE in Minneapolis.
So I know what you must be thinking. You’re thinking, Brandon, how can you claim to support liberty while also supporting the efforts of a federal agency like ICE in Minneapolis?
The answer to that question is simple. The reason I am in support of ICE is because of what I’ve witnessed from the federal government, with their actions to erode the sovereignty of the American people now for the past several years, until President Trump arrived on the scene.
You see, whether you like it or not, the leadership of a particular system more accurately influences the outcomes of that system the more that time goes by. Notice that I used the phrase– “more accurately influences”--rather than stating that the leadership accurately guarantees certain outcomes. The reason for that is because the system of the federal government is so massive these days that even with a president as shrewd and as tough as President Trump, it will take years to impact that system by shaping the outcomes of it that will be associated with the MAGA agenda.
The reason for this is because for years our federal government has been allowed to grow into this massive, corrupt, and oppressive bureaucracy that serves to be both a tyrannical and financial strain on American citizens. After all, according to the Center on Budget and Policy Prioritiesin the fiscal year of 2024, the federal government spent a whopping $6.9 trillion which adds up to being a staggering 24 percent of the nation’s gross domestic product (GDP) according to the Congressional Budget Office (CBO).
Just to give you some perspective on how absurdly out of control and ironic that statistic actually is, the People’s Republic of China consumes somewhere between 23-28% of the GDP of that country according to Wikipedia. In other words, the so-called land of the free has nurtured and grown a federal government that competes in size, scope, and apparently corruption with that of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). The fact that I’m having to talk to you about this in this episode should have never happened in the United States of America, yet here we are today having this discussion.
At the end of the day, our federal government is a modern day Goliath when it comes to its size and consumption. However, the actions of President Trump have been to work to minimize the size and scope of this Goliath by engaging in federal workforce reductions with about 320,000 federal employees, representing a reduction of about 10-11% in his first year of 2025.
Now, the real signal that this has been both necessary and completely essential is due to the fact that the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) showed that the GDP grew at 4.3% in the third quarter of 2025, which was a growth rate that exceeded economic expectations across the board.
So what is the signal here?
The signal is that despite the federal workforce having been cut at a whopping 10-11%, the GDP of the country actually accelerated in record growth anyways. In other words, the GDP growth that this economy is witnessing is coming from the private sector as the leech of the federal government is being ripped off the back of the American citizens who work in the private sector.
We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.
–The Preamble of The Constitution of The United States
I previously mentioned the corrupt actions of the federal government for the last several years involving their attempt to erode the sovereignty of the American people.
So what exactly do I mean by this?
To put it simply, the allowance of the mass invasion of illegals to come into our country is a direct violation of migration laws and the Constitution. The years of inaction from federal officials to stop the violation of migration laws is obviously a direct act of war on the sovereignty of each and every American citizen. In essence, their inactions are their actions and their inaction to enforce laws are unconstitutional. This is the case because there is nothing about this that forms a more perfect union as I stated in the Preamble above.
David’s Stand
As the Philistine moved closer to attack him, David ran quickly toward the battle line to meet him. Reaching into his bag and taking out a stone, he slung it and struck the Philistine on the forehead. The stone sank into his forehead, and he fell facedown on the ground.
So David triumphed over the Philistine with a sling and a stone; without a sword in his hand he struck down the Philistine and killed him.
David ran and stood over him. He took hold of the Philistine’s sword and drew it from the sheath. After he killed him, he cut off his head with the sword.
When the Philistines saw that their hero was dead, they turned and ran. Then the men of Israel and Judah surged forward with a shout and pursued the Philistines to the entrance of Gath and to the gates of Ekron.
1 Samuel 17: 48-52
I wanted to include this section of the Bible here in order to point out a valuable lesson that we can derive from the scripture.
In short, you’re probably familiar with the story of David and Goliath. In that famous moment, David was a mere shepherd who ended up taking down the giant Goliath with the Lord guiding his hand for the precision and speed of his sling and his stone.
Now, when David stepped into the breach to do what King Saul, at the time, was unable to do because of his lack of faith and overall spiritual decline, this reshaped the entire leadership structure and direction of Israel.
You see, it was David’s faith in the Lord, along with his courage to step into the moment, that enabled him to face down what many perceived to be this overwhelming force in Goliath.
Now, I understand that you’ve probably heard this analysis of this story before, but there’s a couple of areas that I’m going to cover for you here involving the “what” that was associated with David’s actions along with the “how” that was associated with David’s kingdom continuing on despite the giant challenges that would continue to show up to face him.
So for full disclosure, here today I’m going to cover what happened in this scenario that made it so significant, but I will cover how you can apply the lessons from it in the next episode. Just to give you fair warning, the next episode will be going into the vault behind the paywall so make sure you upgrade to Zenith status today so you’ll be able to access it in full.
We must remember that aside from the fact that Goliath was a giant that was widely feared, it was the spiritual decline and inaction of King Saul that emboldened the giant to continue to insult and challenge the sovereignty of his kingdom of Israel. What made this moment so significant was the fact that this giant bully, Goliath, was able to feel more and more confident in pushing the Philistines in the direction to try and conquer Israel.
You see, the thing about Goliath’s stand that many forget is that he came out in front of Israel every morning and every evening to challenge, insult, and mock them for forty straight days as it is written in 1 Samuel 17:16.
So why am I pointing this out to you?
This is why I want to shift back to talk about the current circumstances surrounding the seditionists and insurrectionists that are engaging in anti-ICE protests in Minneapolis that are now threatening to spread to L.A. and possibly into Atlanta.
You see, when you look at how Goliath and the Philistines were able to stand in front of the kingdom of Israel and relentlessly harass them, mock them, and challenge their sovereignty every morning and every evening for forty straight days, it’s obvious that it was due to a lack of faith and inaction from their people and their leadership at the time.
Likewise, if we look at what our nation has had to endure for the past several years we have seen a conglomeration of institutional rot due to Marxist infiltration. We’ve seen this from corrupt radical judges, the Administrative State Media (ASM), Hollywood, the medical community, the financial system, and within the systems of degradation throughout most of Corporate America. This level of widespread Marxist infiltration seems overwhelming on the surface because we can literally see it every time we turn around.
Because of this widespread rot it appears that we are dealing with our own modern day Goliath that is constantly pushing to overthrow the Republic by constantly stressing and challenging our medical system, financial system, education system, and federal government’s attempt to simply enforce the Constitution and the laws that preserve the sovereignty of the Republic.
You see, in my view the giants such as Goliath and those that roamed the earth during the antediluvian time period were a mockery of true strength. I say this because even though they were physically intimidating, they ultimately symbolized a defiance to God’s order as they reflected sin, oppression, and arrogance to rule the earth in their way instead of honoring the statutes of the Lord.
Furthermore, they were also a physical mockery of God’s creation as in 1 Chronicles 20:6 it points out that aside from their large physical stature, these giants also had six fingers on each hand and six toes on each foot.
At the end of the day, these beings were not human and in my best judgment they appeared to desire to be the sovereign that wanted to determine the future of mankind. In short, they were the hybrid offspring and result of the Sons of God and the daughters of men. Because of this they were clearly part of a plan to establish their own power structure and to challenge God’s ordained order.
So when we look at our societal dynamics today, who else is mocking the principles of liberty and the rights that are given to all of us by God himself?
Who else is demonstrating the desire to rule over mankind and to challenge God’s ordained order?
Who is demonstrating their desire to rule by silencing, ignoring, and censoring any opposition that challenges their positions?
Who is demonstrating that they prefer intimidation, fear, and violence when it comes to advocating for any given political cause?
What people are now calling for Stalin show trials?
What people refer to these as Nuremberg trials once they get back into power to finish off the political opposition that they failed to imprison and kill the first time they possessed the office of the presidency, the majority of the House, and the majority of the Senate?
The answer to all of those questions is simple because it boils down to the same insurrectionists, seditionists, and traitors who are currently rioting in Minneapolis morning and night to mock and challenge the sovereignty of the Republic just as Goliath did to the kingdom of Israel.
The Wrap Up
The thing that you have to understand is that the giant thought he could rule by intimidation, fear, and pain in order to get Israel to yield to his call for power. The scary part about this is that Israel would have done just that, had it not been for David’s courage to step into the breach when literally nobody else would–including King Saul himself.
You and I are literally facing down this same scenario with the modern-day Marxist insurrectionists and seditionists behaving as a modern-day Goliath, demanding and threatening for the rest of us to yield to their call for power–or else.
In the showdown that Goliath initiated with Israel it created a scenario where the face off simply boiled down to involving a test of wills. Of course, the one with unshakable faith, a sling, and a stone stepped into the moment to achieve victory.
As you and I stand here today we currently find ourselves in that very same scenario with a standoff involving a test of our will as American Patriots versus the will of the American Bolsheviks.
At the end of the day, we will find out whether The Law of The Giant Killer is something that we will abide by when the standoff reaches critical mass, but the only way to know for sure is if we understand what that law is made of.
There is no way that you, myself, or the nation will survive unless we utilize our own modern day version of a sling and stone in order to face and solve the problems that we are going to encounter in this chaotic world.
What are you currently doing to get your hands around the strategic cultural shifts that are taking place that will undoubtedly impact you and your family in the very near future?
What are you doing to prepare for a world where the enemy is working 24/7 in order to erode and destroy your sovereignty?
Please make sure you share your feedback in the comment section below.
This briefing has resonated with over 1,200 of you, but understanding the history of the Giant Killer is only half the battle. In the next episode, I’m handing you a Sling and Stone of your own which will serve as the specific agency-driven tools you need to navigate this chaos.
To move from theory to implementation, you need the Zenith Catalog. Join my inner circle today to unlock the full Sling and Stone protocol to ensure you have the tactical edge when the next wave of chaos hits. The Law is free; the strategy is for the Vanguard.
Make sure you get behind the wire by upgrading to Zenith status now.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If it can be destroyed by the truth, it deserves to be destroyed by the truth.”
― Carl Sagan
I don’t know about you, but I personally view life as a war, particularly during this current period of time that we’re living through right now.
If you really slow down to think about it this is not a cynical viewpoint at all, but rather a simple observation of reality. After all, no matter where you are on the economic spectrum when you wake up in the morning to start your day the chances are pretty solid that you’re going to have to go on the attack in your life in order to get something done.
Whether you’re self-employed and having to figure out how to make payroll for the month, or if you’re a construction worker aiming to complete a project on time and within budget, you’ve got battles to fight in order to make it happen.
This is not cynical. This is not trivial. This is reality.
So why am I beginning today’s discussion by framing the vantage point of life in this particular manner?
Well the reason I’m choosing to tackle this particular topic today is because even when life is operating in a manner that you might consider to be smooth it’s still challenging enough as it is.
In other words, there are always bills to pay, there are always medical emergencies, there is always loss of life, there are always accidents, and there are always shortfalls. In short, there is always a battle looming out over the horizon.
It’s because of those unseen battles that are looming around out there in this experience that we refer to as life as to the reason that I view this experience as warfare.
Once again, this is not cynical, but realistically it is more of a way to navigate this adventure that we recognize as the human condition.
Now having said that, I don’t want you to think that I view life as this gloom and doom experience. I don’t want you to interpret this as me walking around with this overwhelming sense of dread and misery because I’m just sitting here waiting to fight whatever battle presents itself to me in this unique life experience that I’m referring to as warfare.
If that is the image that popped up inside your head regarding my perspective of this then you would be incorrect. However, to be fair to you this is exactly why I am choosing to broach this subject in today’s episode.
Now for further clarity, I don’t want anyone hearing this to think that I’m trying to cheapen the meaning or experiences of brave men and women that have actually served in the military while having to endure the horrifically violent outcomes of kinetic warfare. Of course, this is not my intent, but it is my intent to point out that life is still a form of warfare, even though the active soldier’s experience of it may be the most physically and psychologically extreme version compared to many other professions.
The goal of this discussion is to point out that my perspective of viewing life in this particular manner has more to do with my own attempt to rewire my brain for the purpose of living a more disciplined life to the best of my ability.
In short, by comparing life to a form of warfare it changes the way I approach it. In this regard, I’m now looking at life through a different type of lens which has forced me to adapt to my life experience in a way that I believe better prepares me for its unseen outcomes.
You see, I figured out long ago that how you look at a scenario often determines how you will react to that scenario when the moment arrives.
In order to enlighten you on this perspective I’ll use a pop culture reference with the iconic movie Die Hard in order to help illustrate my point and drive it home. There’s a key lesson that I want to point out with this in order to highlight the significance of achieving psychological advantage.
Now, I realize that we’ve just gotten past another Christmas season and are full steam ahead into the new year. However, during this past Christmas season I’m sure you might have had some family members that made a request to watch a Christmas movie.
When this happened you may have heard some friends or family recommend the very popular action movie Die Hard.
Now I’m not here to debate on whether or not you view the movie Die Hard as a legitimate Christmas movie, but if you’ve seen the movie then you understand that it’s quite a thrill ride from the start to the finish.
The point I want to make here with the movie Die Hard is substantial so please be patient with me as I work to point out an interesting lesson to you that I got from this movie.
In the movie our main character John McClane (played by Bruce Willis) thought he was walking into the Nakatomi Plaza to simply visit his estranged wife during a Christmas Eve party.
However, the evening quickly experiences a seismic mood shift when our New York City police detective, John McClane, becomes entangled in a terrorist takeover on his Christmas Eve outing.
As McClane arrives at the Christmas party and is forced to do his best to settle in and try to use the event in order to reconcile with his ex-wife, he ends up walking away to wash up after a long trip.
In his absence a German ex-radical named Hans Gruber (played by Alan Rickman) ends up seizing the tower and taking everyone hostage except McClane.
Now I’m not going to go on with a deep dive into the plot of this story, but after McClane recognizes the type of situation he’s in he quickly understands that he’s outnumbered and outgunned, but despite this he also realizes that the terrorists aren’t aware of him and who he is at the moment that they seize the Nakatomi Plaza.
Because of this McClane recognizes that he has a tactical advantage over his enemy and in this dangerous Christmas Eve scenario that element of stealth is about as much of a gift as one could possibly ask for. However, in McClane’s case he’s able to leverage this element of surprise for an even bigger gift in the movie that turns the tables on Hans Gruber and his unjolly band of terrorists.
You see, eventually the terrorists are alerted to McClane’s presence and one of the terrorists named Tony is sent to go after McClane, but after a fight on the stairway McClane ends up killing Tony by breaking his neck.
Now it’s the next scene that I wanted to point out to you here as to the lesson that I took from this movie long ago. Even though it’s sort of a bit of dark humor, it does drive home an important message in regards to the strong psychological trigger that the scene is conveying from our protagonist, McClane, to the antagonist, Gruber, in the film.
After McClane kills Tony, he then places his body in a chair and puts a Santa hat on his head. He writes a message on Tony’s sweatshirt in red ink and sends Tony down the elevator to Gruber’s floor.
On the lower floor as Gruber is continuing to threaten the hostages all the sudden the elevator dings and opens up displaying Tony’s dead body wearing a Santa hat and a personalized message for Gruber on his sweatshirt.
As you can imagine Gruber and his unjolly band of terrorists are shocked to see Tony’s body, but what disturbs them even more is the message that’s written on Tony’s light gray sweatshirt that reads, “Now I have a machine gun. Ho, Ho, Ho.”
So why am I going to the trouble of pointing this out to you?
The reason that this is significant is that John McClane just gave every single one of us one of the greatest lessons in psychological warfare.
You see, up until this point in the movie McClane and the hostages were the ones that had been hunted and preyed upon. However, when McClane delivered the dead body of one of their own with a personalized Christmas message, this was a seismic shift and major turning point in terms of the circumstances in the movie. The hunted had become the hunter.
In short, John McClane managed to turn the tables on the terrorists by shifting from a defensive posture to taking on an offensive posture against the bad guys.
The Cult of Personality
In shifting gears for the moment, I’ve written and talked about how there seems to be an obvious psychological characteristic that dominates among the most radical leftist that I’ve encountered or witnessed throughout life. This characteristic that I’m referring to has to do with the lack of self-awareness.
So what is self-awareness?
Self-awareness essentially involves the conscious knowledge of one’s own feelings, character, and personality. When one possesses self-awareness they are aware of how their behavior impacts the people in their lives and the environment that surrounds them.
Conversely, the complete opposite of someone who lacks self-awareness is someone who possesses strategic awareness. A person with strategic awareness has a deep understanding of their internal strengths and weaknesses while also possessing a solid grasp on the external environment and their role within it.
“Keep a close watch on yourself and on the teaching. Persist in this, for by so doing you will save both yourself and your hearers.”
–1 Timothy 4:16
People who have strategic awareness are able to identify market trends, opportunities, competitors, anticipate threats, and to make informed long-term decisions for success. In short, people with strategic awareness are 360 individuals who possess a Zenith mindsetand move forward in life as they intelligently navigate the situations they are in until they are able to achieve victory, or at the very least, a fair and livable outcome. In short, these people who possess strategic awareness are antifragile.
It is said in psychology that there is a strong link between self-awareness and empathy as those people who lack self-awareness often struggle with empathy due to the fact that they lack the mental mapping ability of their own emotions, which is necessary in order to navigate the feelings of other people.
As a result of lacking this mental mapping ability, it often leads these people who lack self-awareness to taking actions that negatively impact others while they also demonstrate that they have no concern of how their actions impact those around them. In fact, even when their actions prove to be harmful to others they often believe that they are still justified in those actions. As a prime example of this take a look at the recent actions of Don Lemon and the leftist protesters in Minneapolis that stormed the church and harassed the families and congregation during their worship service.
This was a classic example of radical Marxists who have a complete lack of self-awareness. In fact, they even demonstrated that they felt completely justified in carrying out a set of actions that were obviously wrong, and even criminal in this particular case.
This lack of self-awareness is a very dangerous trait and such a trait can be so dangerous that it can literally lead a nation down a path of destruction, especially when people of power suffer from this issue and use their power and influence to amplify their own cult of personality.
In a recent interview that I saw with Steve Bannon and author Chris Rufo this topic was explained very well by Rufo involving his analysis of BlackRock CEO Larry Fink. One great example of this according to Rufo was with Fink’s involvement with his push and development of ESG and DEI initiatives throughout the corporate world.
Unless you’ve been living under a rock then you probably remember the infamous Bud Light moment when the beer company made the Trans-activist the face of their brand. You probably also remember the ESG initiative involving that whole message of toxic masculinity with Gillette, and how the men’s razor company completely forgot about who their customers were when they approved that absurdly stupid ad campaign. You also saw another more recent example of this with Cracker Barrel’s abysmal ESG ad campaign when they attempted to remove Uncle Herschel from their classic logo.
So, why is pointing all of this out to you significant, and what do all of these absurdly woke ad campaigns have in common?
Well the reason it’s significant is because the one guy that was the driving force behind all of those failed ESG and DEI campaigns was Larry Fink.
As I previously stated, Larry Fink is the CEO of BlackRock and he is literally the world’s largest asset manager. He’s a globalist and currently sits as the Co-Chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF).
Fink is one of the architects for developing a system that the globalists love to employ known as stakeholder capitalism. This is an economic system in which corporations are oriented to serve the interests of all of their shareholders rather than focusing on bottom line profits.
Larry Fink has used his position leading over $10 trillion in assets to pressure and coerce companies to adopt Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) along with Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) initiatives. This is what is known as stakeholder capitalism which has often been referred to as woke capitalism.
Now obviously these ad campaigns resulted in those companies experiencing massive blowback and financial loss due to the actions of the informed public. The part of society that made the difference in confronting the fascistic behavior of this woke capitalism understood that such behavior had nothing to do with a company running itself as it saw fit, it had nothing to do with individual liberty, and it certainly had nothing to do with free markets.
What it really involved was Larry Fink leveraging the use of his position of power and authority to wage a coercive and fascistic form of stakeholder capitalism against corporate America in order to drive the appearance of social justice. Even more disturbing, is that it was done primarily to satisfy his own personal pursuit of status incentives. This is basically what Chris Rufo pointed out to Steve Bannon.
So why is this important to know and understand?
As Rufo explained, when it comes to people like Larry Fink, personal convictions may either be nonexistent or malleable at best; therefore, when it comes to utilizing pressure and public opinion to stop certain behaviors—such as ESG and DEI initiatives—the thing to do is to talk about how those things impact their status.
Once again, with a cult of personality like Fink’s, the way to move the meter is to drive the culture towards how those things are not beneficial for personal image, rather than trying to appeal to his personal convictions—as those may not exist or may remain in a constant state of flux due to the type of person that he is and what drives his central motivation.
Since a significant portion of the informed public realized this back when Fink was really pushing the ESG and DEI initiatives, those who were informed exposed and made enough noise to pressure Fink to back away from these initiatives as they no longer served as status incentives that he felt bolstered his image.
As a result of this, Fink went quiet for a bit; however, he recently popped up again in Davos at the WEF, posing as a sort of reasonable and more moderate figure as he searches for the next shiny object.
The Wrap Up
The reality is that in this current age we are living in a time where the cold war portion of WWIII is now fully engaged in unrestricted warfare. This involves economic, cultural, information, legal, and cyber activities. These strategies are being utilized by foreign and domestic enemies to create multiple systems of degradation in order to weaken our country from within.
With big money players that sit in powerful positions of influence, this is essentially the new battlefield and all citizens of the United States are enemy combatants. This is exactly why it’s more important than ever to possess a Zenith mindset in order to combat these mega-dollars and the nefarious people who weaponize those dollars against American citizens.
This may seem overwhelming when you think about someone like Larry Fink and that mountain of $10 trillion in assets, but as a reminder John McClane was also outnumbered and outgunned, but he demonstrated what it meant to be a Die Hard by winning the battle of psychological warfare against his enemy.
Of course, I’m certainly not talking about taking violent measures as John McClane did in order to achieve this outcome. However, I am talking about the significance of knowing the enemy and recognizing how to gain a psychological edge on that enemy—such as tainting the status incentives that drive their motivations.
The goal here is for us to elevate society’s intellectual temerity to a point that more people recognize the power of their individual ability. This is critical so that both you and I can exert our personal agency in a way to effectively impact the world around us so that we can produce an environment free from tyranny.
The more we grow and expand society’s intellectual fortitude, the more we all become an army of John McClane’s to crush every leg of unrestricted warfare, and to turn that pressure back on the opposition.
In most cases, the thing that you and I have going for us that guys like Fink typically do not possess is the self-awareness to figure out our limitations, which will eventually lead to us developing more strategic awareness so that we can individually figure out how to put a stop to guys like Fink.
The development of this strategic awareness is the catalyst for you to shift yourself away from a defensive posture and into an offensive posture. Because of these systems of degradation that have been put into place by the Marxists and the globalists, making the shift back towards your individuality is the action that is needed for you to thrive during these chaotic times.
Do you believe the intellectual fortitude of society is growing and expanding during this Fourth Turning in history?
After President Trump’s visit to Davos at the World Economic Forum (WEF), did you feel like many of the globalists are admitting the death of their stakeholder capitalism?
Please make sure you leave your feedback in the comment section below.
John McClane didn’t hesitate to take on an offensive posture when he waged full blown psychological warfare on Hans Gruber.
Life is challenging enough you’re taking incoming from the cultural Marxists and the globalists. It’s time for you to flip the script. Move from getting pinned down to going on offense.
The Zenith Roadmap isn’t just content; it’s a strategic bypass for the noise of 2026.
You deserve a reliable roadmap to navigate the chaos.
I created the Zenith Catalog to be that dominant precision tool. It filters four years of my tactical insights into actionable pathways.
Much like McClane, you now have a machine gun; my tactical insights are your readily available ammunition.
Procrastination equates to destruction. Just as Apollo Creed said in Rocky III, “There is no tomorrow!”
Unlock this powerful Zenith Roadmap to transform your life now.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you're tuning in to listen to today's episode it will only be available in full length if you're an all-access paid member.
However, please don't click off as I'm going to give you a substantial preview of today's episode.
If you'd like to access this episode (and all my premium content) in full length you can simply go to brandonrichey.substack.com and a sign up to access my vault containing four years of my tactical insights in order to help you to acquire understanding, discernment, and a Zenith mindset to navigate this chaotic environment.
Thank you and enjoy the episode.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Elections belong to the people. It’s their decision. If they decide to turn their back on the fire and burn their behinds, then they will just have to sit on their blisters.”
― Abraham Lincoln
They love Rome.
As legend would have it the creator of Rome was raised by a she-wolf. According to the ancient tradition it was in April, 21 753 B.C. where Romulus and his twin brother Remus found Rome on the site where they were suckled by a she-wolf when they were a couple of orphaned infants.
As the legendary story is told, Romulus and Remus were the sons of Rhea Silvia who was the daughter of King Numitor of Alba Longa. Alba Longa was a mythical city that was located in the Alban Hills which sat in the southeastern location from what would eventually become Rome.
Before the birth of the twins King Numitor was deposed by his brother Amulius. In addition to this Amulius forced Rhea into the position of becoming a vestal virgin so that she wouldn’t give birth to any potential rivals that would pose a threat to his title.
However, it is said that Rhea was impregnated by the war god Mars which resulted in her giving birth to Romulus and Remus. When Amulius got word of their birth he ordered that the infants be drowned in the Tiber. However, as it turns out the two infants survived and washed ashore at the foot of the Palatine Hill.
It was at this point where they encountered a she-wolf who suckled the infants until they were eventually discovered by the shepherd Faustulus. The boys were raised by Faustulus and his wife and as they grew they would eventually mature into becoming a couple of shepherd warriors.
The twins eventually learned of their true identity which resulted in them mounting an attack against Alba Longa. In doing so they killed the wicked Amulius and restored their grandfather to the throne.
However, the twins decided to found a town at the location where they were saved as infants. In a dark twist they would eventually get into a petty quarrel and Remus would be slain by his own brother. This would lead to Romulus becoming the ruler of the settlement and that settlement would be named Rome after him.
There’s a significant lesson to be drawn from this story involving the founding of Rome. Granted, whether or not this story is true, this is the chosen story that is credited for the founding of Rome. What makes this significant is that the founding of Rome tells a story where one of history’s most powerful civilizations was established by an act of fratricide where one of its leaders murdered his own brother at its inception.
Given that the founding of Rome was based on this identity it isn’t such a surprise as to why its thirst for conquest ultimately led to its own demise.
Now I want to shift gears for a moment and I want you to imagine a scenario where you and I are discussing the current events that are taking place throughout the world with many global leaders allowing mass invasions for the purpose of literally replacing the citizens of their respective countries.
Imagine that we are discussing the global financial death spiral that’s accelerating in an interconnected global economy with a literal worldwide margin call sitting out on the horizon. Now imagine that you’ve traditionally listened to the news in passing and recognized that there was instability and violence in the world, but you just convinced yourself that there was nothing that you could do about it and that such events just simply didn’t have any direct impact on your life.
If you’re guilty of that mindset that I just described while still looking around at all the chaos in the world today without making changes to your own life, then you’re guilty of contributing to that very chaos. If you can currently look around at the world with growing concerns with what’s happening, yet still believe that you couldn’t have any impact on what’s going on in the world, then you’re sadly mistaken.
Now don’t get angry and start thinking that I’m coming across too judgmental or that I’m simply sounding like a sanctimonious blowhard when I make that last comment, because if you’re a regular follower of this platform then you should know me better than that by now.
The fact is that I’ve been guilty of that very same attitude in the past myself. However, the behaviors of people, governments, and peers that I witnessed back during the pandemic mimicked that of a beast that made its way far enough into the forest to hit my tripwire. In fact, what I just described created 100% of the driving force that pushed me towards starting this publication in the first place.
In short, I quickly realized that my previous years of inaction served to be a contribution that ultimately fed into the heresy of democracy that has resulted in our nation sitting on the verge of collapse.
So why am I telling you this? And how are such societal disasters perceived to be these sort of cultural mysteries when they are, in fact, spawned by the failed laws of human nature?
Subscribe now to become an all-access paid member to get…
The Reveal: The rest of this deep-dive into the laws of human nature.
The Zenith Library: Full access to all 4 years of my tactical insights for navigating a chaotic world.
Clarity & Discernment: Weekly exclusive deep-dives to help you master your mindset in any environment.
Direct Access: Join my private Substack Chat for real-time Q&A and community discussions.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“It’s a massive motor in a tiny, lightweight car.”
–Carroll Shelby
From time to time there are people who show up in the world to transform it and when they are here they always leave a mark that echoes forever through time.
With Christmas around the corner it goes without saying that the biggest of all of these people would be our one and only savior, Jesus. However, prior to Jesus physically coming to this world, and long after he left it, he worked through other individuals who managed to leave their mark on this place as well.
Having just turned 49 years of age this past November one thing I’ve learned in looking at life is that if you stand firm on something and do your best to do the right thing then God will honor your service…and if it comes down to it, he’ll honor your sacrifice.
This is not make believe or hyperbole, but this is an absolute statement of verifiable fact. We’ve seen this pattern emerge throughout many key moments in history that date all the way back through time to the days of Moses, to the American Revolution, and all the way up to modern day with the current Fourth Turning in history that we find ourselves living in the middle of right now.
If you pay attention you can spot these people when they arise and start working to leave their mark on society. However, what’s amazing is that even when such people pop up on the scene it’s incredible that so many other people are blind to them and their deeds even when the events of the world that they are impacting are staring them right in the face.
But Jesus said to them, “A prophet is not without honor except in his own country, among his own relatives, and in his own house.”
–Mark 6:4
Jesus had this same problem with the Pharisees as they looked at him with jealous eyes and as a threat to their power structure rather than recognizing him as the brilliant and Holy Savior to all of mankind. Granted, nobody compares to the Lord.
However, even when people step up to grab the bull by the horns during challenging moments in society to speak truth, to stand firm on calling out the enemy, and even when they stand in the breach representing a true minority that goes against what all of society deems to be right, they most always get nothing but resistance from those they would expect to garner support from.
I’m in no way anywhere in the same category as Moses or the Lord, but even concerning my own small world I’ve still experienced this same phenomenon myself ever since I made the decision to start this Substack.
This sort of resistance, or lack of support, from people who are in close proximity to those folks that are doing what they can to change the world around them has been a consistent trait of human nature since the fall of mankind.
However, regardless of this reality there are still those people that manage to come on the scene and leave their mark on the world in a profound way. As a result, in these scenarios these Mavericks always impact the world in a way that results in significant change.
In addition to this, when it comes to the lives of these Mavericks there are acts of divine providence that always seem to occur at key moments during their lives as well.
In fact, when looking at the history of this pattern these acts of divine providence are well documented in critical scenarios throughout history and when observing the lives of four very well known American presidents the prevalence of these moments of divine providence really stands out.
From The Fog To The Fight, Fight, Fight
To kick off the first example of one of these key moments where divine providence shows up to impact the life of an American president we can go all the way back to the time of George Washington before he even became the president.
Washington actually had a few experiences where divine providence played out in numerous circumstances during his life, but for the sake of time and discussion I’m going to talk about one instance here that I’ve previously covered in an earlier episode titled Removing The Fog. I will include an excerpt from that article/podcast episode here.
It was August 22, 1776and General George Washington took a look around the battlefield amidst all the chaos realizing that his men had been soundly defeated and to make matters worse they were flanked out of their positions atop the Gowanus Heights (this would be part of today’s modern day Brooklyn).
After having been soundly defeated by William Howe’s 20,000 man force the smoke of the battlefield loomed over the ground just above all the death and destruction from a very tough day. General Washington’s heart was racing as he realized he was outnumbered and outgunned as he found himself confronted by the powerful British army to his front and he basically had his back up against the wall with the East River directly to his rear.
With the constant threat and concern that the Royal Navy would enter the East River and block his avenue of escape Washington had to make a courageous call as he ordered all the available flatboats to be brought down to his position. The goal here was to move his army over to Manhattan on the night of August 29-30, 1776.
Once again, Washington understood that if he and his men were seen by the Royal Navy that they would either be completely destroyed or captured. However, as they started making their way out across the river an incredible thing occurred that would be nothing short of a miracle.
As the men started to cross the river they were aided by a providential fog that completely hid their escape from the Royal Navy. Because of this miracle fog Washington was successfully able to move all 9000 of his troops to Manhattan without losing a single man. This would end up being a truly remarkable military feat that completely astounded his British enemy.
Here we can see where divine providence showed up in the nick of time for General Washington and because of this miracle Washington would go on to become the father of this nation.
Now as miraculous as that event was for paving the way to allow General Washington to become the founding father of this nation, he wasn’t the first president where divine providence showed up to change the course of history.
As amazing as that story was with General Washington, the miraculous actions of divine providence didn’t end with him. As we fast forward through time, another miracle with another president left its mark on history almost 60 years later.
It was a cold wet January day in Washington D.C. in 1835 and over by a pillar at the entrance to the Capitol Rotunda hid an unemployed house painter named Richard Lawrence.
As Richard sat hiding he was awaiting the arrival of a very important visitor which would include President Andrew Jackson who was on his way to attend a congressional funeral. As President Andrew Jackson approached Lawrence stepped forward and raised his derringer single-shot pistol and took careful aim at President Jackson’s heart.
At this moment he pulled the trigger and fired the gun. However, as the cap exploded and the noise and smoke filled the air from the shot, miraculously the powder failed to ignite. It was a Misfire!
At this stage of the game the president was in ill health and was forced to lean on a colleague and use a cane, but he still had a fighting spirit. At this moment President Jackson charged towards the assailant with his cane held high even as Lawrence pulled out a second pistol in order to take aim and he pulled the trigger a second time. Astonishingly, it was another Misfire! Here bystanders were able to get to the would-be-assassin and tackle him to the floor as the president was hustled away out of the area.
President Jackson was a warrior and was no stranger to physical or verbal violence. He was a soldier of distinction and suffered numerous battle wounds and had fought in at least a dozen personal duels. At the time, President Jackson had been engaged in fierce political combat with several of his congressional opponents.
The president’s opponents were so opposed to him that they decided to start a new political party at the time known as the Whigs in order to confront the enemy that they referred to as King Andrew.
During this era that we often refer to as “golden,” much of the Senate Chamber echoed some of the most vitriolic language towards the president frequently accusing Jackson of incompetence and corruption. However, given his own warrior spirit the president didn’t just sit back and take it as he would go on the offense retaliating with his own heated rhetoric.
The South Carolina senator John C. Calhoun had served as President Jackson’s first Vice President, but left the office in order to join up with the opposition. Reportedly, Calhoun had declared that Jackson was “a Caesar who ought to have a Brutus,” and among those who had listened to that speech was none other than Richard Lawrence himself.
Regardless of all of the rhetoric, divine providence managed not only to show up once for President Jackson, but it left its mark on history with the president’s assassin by showing up twice with the back to back misfiring of two separate guns within a matter of a few seconds.
Now when you read or hear about those acts of stochastic terrorism towards President Jackson how familiar does that political climate sound compared to today’s climate with President Trump? As the old saying goes, “There’s nothing new under the sun.”
If this wasn’t spectacular enough, when examining these acts of divine providence throughout key moments in history involving American presidents our story still doesn’t end there. In other words, there would be another iconic president to be directly impacted by yet another miracle nearly 77 years later.
It was the year 1901 and President Theodore Roosevelt came along and in a 20,000-word State of the Union message to Congress he took aim to call on lawmakers to curb the power of trusts.
“Great corporations exist only because they are created and safeguarded by our institutions,” the president declared. Therefore, he added, it is “our right and our duty to see that they work in harmony with these institutions.”
Now Theodore Roosevelt was successful at breaking up some very well known monopolies by leveraging the use of the Sherman Antitrust Act against the businesses of John D. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil Company and J.P. Morgan’s Northern Securities Co., which was a railroad conglomerate.
Granted, it was obvious that this American President recognized the threat of centralized power to the nation from a similar concern shared at that time by our friend Louis Brandeis and his view involving the Curse of Bigness. On top of that it was a miracle that Roosevelt ended up in the office of the presidency in the first place.
You see, when Roosevelt first stepped foot in the White House he entered as President William McKinley’s Vice President. His ticket for the Vice Presidency was created to remove him from the political chessboard as a potential threat to run for the office of the president. Much of the establishment saw Roosevelt as a threat and knew he wouldn’t bend a knee to big business along with the fact that he was an independent thinker with some strong populist tendencies.
However, this plan to keep Roosevelt out of the office of the presidency backfired in a major way when President William McKinley was shot on September 6, 1901 and ended up dying eight days later on September 14, 1901.
Now it was a miracle that Roosevelt ended up becoming the president of the United States, despite the fact that there was an intentional effort to keep him out of office in the first place. However, divine providence would show up again many years later in the life of Teddy Roosevelt when he was actually out on the campaign trail giving a speech on October 14, 1912. It was at this time when a former saloonkeeper named John Schrank had been following Roosevelt for quite some time from Louisiana to Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
Out in front of the hotel is where Schrank pulled out a Model 1905 Colt Police Positive Pistol and shot Teddy in the chest. He made his move between the time Roosevelt was exiting the hotel and entering a car, but had briefly paused to acknowledge the cheers of an assembled crowd of onlookers.
Once again the miracle of divine providence showed up on this day as the bullet from the Colt hit Roosevelt in the chest, but not before having to go through his steel eye glass case and his 50 page speech which he happened to be carrying inside his jacket pocket. The items saved his life and immediately after he was shot he stumbled, but then straightened himself up and lifted his hat with a reassuring smile towards the crowd.
In a stunning display of strength and resilience Roosevelt gathered himself, stood tall, and yelled for the crowd that had taken down Schrank to not kill him. The crowd was just as shocked at the fact the former president wasn’t injured as they were surprised at his forgiving request to want to face his shooter.
Onlookers were asking if he was hurt, but once Roosevelt assured them that he was alright the crowd erupted in cheers. Now, after being shot Roosevelt pulled out his speech to show the crowd where the bullet hole had gone through the paper and lodged into his chest. However, he realized after coughing into his hands that there was no blood so he knew that the bullet had not penetrated his lungs.
At the time Roosevelt had started a third party known as the Bull Moose Party. After getting shot he was adamant about finishing the speech to the crowd and had famously told them that “It takes more than a bullet to kill a Bull Moose.”
Roosevelt would continue on to campaign for the office of the presidency, but he would end up losing the election of 1912 due to the fact that the vote total was split between himself and the Republican Party, therefore allowing the Democrat Woodrow Wilson to win over the office of the presidency.
Now, even though Roosevelt didn’t win he was still a force of nature with his influence among the public in shaping the political and cultural landscape. After all, here I am writing and telling you about him 113 years after divine providence intervened so that his story could be told.
The reality is that Roosevelt’s fight wasn’t all that different from President Trump’s fight when looking at a more establishment Republican Party and the threat of centralized wealth and power with big business. In Roosevelt’s day, the centralization of wealth and power involved the railroads and the oil companies, whereas much of Trump’s problems have to do with the centralized power of the Administrative State and the necessity of antitrust lawsuits due to the power and size of big tech.
Speaking of President Trump, this brings us up to our fourth president where an act of divine providence took place once again on July 13, 2024 in Butler, Pennsylvania when a would-be assassin took aim and shot at President Trump as he delivered a speech at an open-air campaign rally.
Now, I’m sure I don’t have to dive into as much detail for this one. As the story goes, President Trump was able to narrowly avoid absorbing a direct hit to the head by a bullet. He managed to do this when he turned his head at the precise moment that was necessary for the bullet to miss its primary target while only slightly nicking his ear.
In the immediate aftermath of getting shot at, the Secret Service rushed the stage to cover President Trump. There was a period of time where the president’s condition was unknown, but then through the microphone onlookers could hear the president asking for his shoes as apparently they had come off when he hit the floor to get out of the assassin’s line of fire.
In watching the event unfold everyone could see when the president finally got to his feet because it was one of the most powerful moments that has occurred in United States history. Like President Roosevelt, President Trump stood tall surrounded by a mob of Secret Service agents at the very podium that he had just taken cover behind.
Once the president was able to get to his feet, as agents were trying to hold him back, he stood tall and lifted his fist high in the air and yelled Fight, Fight, Fight! The crowd erupted and his call to fight was intended to take direct aim at the Administrative State, the Administrative State Media (ASM), the intelligence community, the RINOs, and the cultural Marxists who all had been trying to destroy him, the MAGA movement, and the country at large.
In addition to having a bullet just graze his ear this was only the first attempt that was taken at President Trump’s life. There was also a second assassin by the name of Ryan Wesley Routh who would fortunately be stopped by the Secret Service before he could engage the president just a couple of months later when President Trump was golfing at West Palm Beach, Florida.
Anyone who has been paying attention can clearly see that divine providence didn’t just intervene with President Trump when the bullets were flying. The most corrupt system consisting of members of the intelligence community, radical judges, radical lawyers, and an outright corrupt Administrative State Media (ASM) had been waging a relentless lawfare campaign on the president and all of his supporters for several years.
Despite all the odds coming against President Trump and the MAGA movement, the president and the antifragile movement are still standing strong despite there having been some major casualties along the way such as Charlie Kirk.
The Wrap Up
So why did I go to the trouble to highlight these four presidents and what do all four of these men have in common?
To state the obvious, all four of these men had to overcome tremendous odds and often found themselves in a moment where they probably felt they were alone during some very dark days.
Now having said all of this, none of these men were perfect, then again nobody is except our Lord and Savior. However, all four of these men were Christians and all four of these men shared some traits that line up with the political viewpoint known as Populism.
That’s right, all four men were about taking the fight straight to the large centralized systems that had accumulated such significant size and power that they wanted to destroy the sovereignty of the individual citizen. Of course, in Washington’s case this involved the future citizen that would eventually be free from British tyranny as a result of his leadership, his actions, and the intervening miracle(s) of divine providence.
At the beginning of this episode I led off with that quote from Carrol Shelby that seems like it wouldn’t fit this topic of discussion because it talks about a massive motor fitting inside of a tiny, lightweight car.
Now for clarity, Shelby was referencing the design of his very powerful and iconic Shelby Cobra racing sports car. The point he was making was that the car’s chassis was lightweight while the driving force of the car involving the engine was quite the beast.
Given the clarity of that perspective this is essentially the same comparison we could make here with these four presidents functioning like a beast of an engine inside the lightweight systems of order that they fought against.
These men pushed those systems to their limits. They did this in order to drive that metaphorical machine as fast as possible in the direction that they wanted while having to overcome all sorts of instability and avoiding near complete disaster in the process. Just like a Shelby Cobra, the political machine is hard to handle, but once you build the momentum to drive it the machine will produce a lot of impressive outcomes for you during the race.
Nobody knew this better than these four men and these four men drove that machine as hard as it would go in order to achieve what they deemed to be necessary for the survival of the Republic. In fact, one of those four guys is still driving that machine has hard as possible right now. As a result of that current process, there’s a lot of instability and complaining going on with people who simply don’t understand how far previous decades of corrupt economic, geopolitical, and cultural dynamics have driven this country to the literal edge of destruction.
Despite all of that, we have made it to another Christmas season and I believe that season is here because the very source of that miracle season has been working alongside all of us to make sure that we made it here.
I’m also willing to bet that if you could ask these four gentlemen if they believe that’s the case that they would agree with that assessment.
Are there other key acts of divine providence that you’re familiar with that have occurred throughout history?
Have you personally experienced a miracle moment such as this yourself?
Please make sure you share your feedback in the comment section below.
The news cycle is broken, but your clarity and discernment shouldn’t be.
Now you have a choice to either stay lost in the noise or to become a Zenith.
If today’s episode and message resonated with you then I want to invite you to unlock the full architecture within this project. For nearly four years now I’ve managed to condense global complexity and to navigate daily deception from the media into more digestible 20-30 minute deep dives.
In order to give you instant access to this wisdom, I’ve launched The Exclusive Zenith Catalog.
This isn’t just some archive; it’s a searchable database of clarity. Whether you need a deeper understanding of historical precedents or current cultural and economic shifts, this catalog allows you to find the answers you need within a few seconds.
Now Unlock The Catalog and All Premium Content For $50/Year By Clicking The Button Below.
You can read the full details and benefits that you’ll unlock along with this new product here on my About Page and the Support My Work Page on my Substack as well.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Power does not corrupt. Fear corrupts... perhaps the fear of a loss of power.”
― John Steinbeck
If you are a member of Generation X (GenX) then perhaps what I’m about to say won’t sound too crazy to you, but then again maybe it will.
As a member of GenX, the biggest reason I frequently reference my generation is because of the shared culture that we all understand based on the way society was during our childhood. Granted, much of the part of society I’m alluding to has more to do with the state of the culture and the world as I remember it as a kid in the 1980s.
Now I understand that not all GenX folks are going to share my views and that’s fine, but for the sake of discussion I’m primarily addressing those that do and for those that don’t maybe they will learn. I’m going to come back to this in a bit so just hold on to that thought for the moment.
I want to shift gears and briefly address a concept known as Consequentialism. Consequentialism is a philosophical stance that hinges on the belief that the basic intuition of what is best or right for society is whatever makes the world best in the future. Essentially this philosophical view embraces this position because we cannot change the past, therefore worrying about the past is no more of a useful act than crying over spilled milk.
Now when initially looking at that viewpoint you might think that such a position sounds pretty reasonable. However, when examining this line of thinking there is a big red flag that jumps out if you take a moment to consider the consequences of consequentialism.
For example, if the position of this philosophical belief system centers on the basic intuition of what is best or right is what makes the world the best in the future, then who exactly is the arbiter that determines what exactly is best or right to make the world a better place in the future?
In short, this philosophical practice leaves itself open to overlapping with what is recognized as moral relativism. So what is moral relativism?
Moral relativism is essentially the view that moral judgments are true or false based on a particular standpoint that may be determined by the dominant culture of a given society or a particular historical period in time.
In my view, the key thing to take note of here regarding these philosophical positions is that the consequences of one’s actions may be determined to be the best based on what society deems to be morally relevant, or the time period that one happens to live in if the consequences are anchored to what that particular social dynamic deems to be good or bad.
In other words, in some countries it may be acceptable for the social dynamics to call for the covering of the face and head of a woman, and to restrict where she travels by law by forcing her to dress in a certain way that strips her of her individual identity. However, here in the West that is not an acceptable practice that is seen to result in what is believed to be what is best for society, at least not for the time being.
Now I say this even though our entire society was actually forced to go through the face covering time period back during the pandemic under the guise of safety, but that fortunately didn’t last. Having said that, I don’t have the confidence that any such behavior that could be repeated like that under the guise of safety would successfully manage to subside if it ever were to be enacted again.
In traditional terms, Western civilization (more specifically the United States) has a society that is based on individual liberty where rights are endowed to us by God, not by some government or ruling theocracy. However, the principles of which the nation was founded are indeed based on Christian values.
This is indisputable and if you don’t believe me simply read the opening of the Declaration of Independence.
“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”
You see the opening of the Declaration of Independence just anchored what was best for society by declaring that all men are created equal and that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights.
It’s with this statement and this statement alone that the Declaration of Independence disintegrates the idea of moral relativism because what God has endowed with every individual with unalienable rights lays the foundation for what is absolutely best for society.
Now you may look at that and think then Brandon, why is our society experiencing so many problems and why is our civilization literally hanging on by a thread to not completely collapse?
That’s a very good question and the reason is because our society has more and more tried to embrace this weird secular worldview involving a form of woke consequentialism and moral relativism by distancing ourselves from God.
In short, for a long time now the position of the basic intuition of what has been seen to be what is best or right for society has involved a culture that embraces equity over performance, identity over merit, and a society that has confused coercion with liberty (just like that face covering). All three of those characteristics that I just listed are blatant examples associated with violating individual liberty and serving to be some of the greatest injustices to lead society away from liberty and back into the arms of a totalitarian state.
In the Preamble of the Constitution is the introduction to the highest law of the land which is the establishment of justice.
“We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.”
To establish justice is the most necessary step involved in a liberty-based society because with the establishment of justice it means that society will achieve everything else that’s listed in the Preamble regarding the domestic Tranquility (Tranquilitas Ordinis), providing of the common defense, the promotion of the general welfare, and the security of the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity.
You see, the establishment of justice means that you have a system that allows society the ability to seek out and ensure there are consequences for those who commit injustices. If it’s not obvious enough, the problem that our nation is facing now is the result of there being no consequences for those who have been responsible for major injustices throughout our society since the pandemic.
The Financialization of The Constitution
There’s a powerful quote that is often attributed to Fyodor Dostoevsky where he is credited with saying “Tolerance will reach such a level that intelligent people will be banned from thinking so as not to offend the imbeciles.” Now I say that he is often credited with having said this, but there are others who say that the quote is misattributed to him.
Whether or not Dostoevsky made this statement is irrelevant to this discussion, but what is relevant is that the quote is 100% true.
Over the past several years we’ve noticed a steady erosion of consequences against those who have committed injustices. I’ll elaborate on this to give you a clearer picture of where we are right now in our society if we don’t fix this problem.
You see, to me this started all the way back in 1989 after the Tiananmen Square massacre when George H.W. Bush sent his envoys to Beijing to maintain open channels of communication with the murderous regime who had just literally gunned down their own people. This meeting was directed to eventually start the ball rolling in order to pull the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) into the World Trade Organization (WTO).
First of all, why would anyone tolerate this from a murderous regime that just literally massacred their own people? Let alone, why would a sitting American President tolerate this? To be fair Bush is not here to answer for that decision and I can’t answer that for him, but regardless he did it, and then Clinton came into office and further accelerated this disaster.
The bottom line is that this was essentially the start of the world nightmare that is known as globalism. In my view, this single action from Bush served to be the catalyst for creating a whole series of events that have obviously led to the strength of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP), their successful venture for amassing immense wealth, and the shrewd effectiveness of their corrupt and nefarious foreign influence operations. Mind you, these foreign influence campaigns have directly resulted in the capture of many of what we might refer to as our own modern day Captains of Industry.
Because of this these Captains of Industry have either heavily invested in Chinese owned companies or they have benefited directly from the cheap slave labor that the CCP can offer their American companies in the manufacturing of their products.
This has resulted in the CCP having been successful in their attempt to capture our Captains as they can simply hold the Sword of Damocles over their heads with the threat of the outright theft of their intellectual property, along with putting a dead stop to the subsidization of their manufacturing processes.
This entire fiasco created the perfect storm for the CCP to capture our Captains which in turn allowed them to express a Vae Victis moment over the Captains and use this leverage against them to take this same scheme even further and expand it into the political realm with several of our high level government officials. This even includes the last so-called sitting President of the United States.
Now up to this point I’ve been a bit forgiving as the practice of elite capture is primarily the method that was used by the CCP to bait and catch many of our nations Captains and politicians, however over time that practice has radically transitioned from the practice of elite capture to the practice of elite merger.
I mean for years whenever I would pose the question to people regarding why we ever got into business with a Communist regime like the CCP the globalist talking point would always be that we did so in order to demonstrate how good the practice of exposing free market capitalism would be to the Communist regime. Of course, this was a huge load of crap.
Essentially the globalist selling point was that by introducing our economic model and Western practice of free market capitalism to the Communists that eventually those Communists would start acting like us. However, in reality the opposite happened as our Captains and our politicians started behaving and implementing practices just like the Communist regime of China.
Once this plan managed to get embedded into the fabric of the U.S. economic and political system the CCP managed to create a financial spiderweb of corruption where they have since possessed a significant level of control over those levers of power.
In short, they have been able to exert their influence over our Captains and our politicians which has resulted in a level of corruption that has infected every major institution throughout our government and private sector.
This is why there have not yet been any consequences for the injustices of people like Fauci because he was part of a corrupt system that had major influence and corruption by the CCP. After all, the lab was in Wuhan for a reason.
Now in regards to the medical institutions I do believe Robert F. Kennedy Jr. is trying to change this, but the corrupted institutions underneath the umbrella of Health and Human Services involving the CDC, NIH, FDA, etc. will require unwinding years of embedded corruption.
This is also the reason why politicians like Eric Swallwell, Illhan Omar, Adam Schiff, Tim Walz, etc. have all gotten away with so much corruption for so long without any consequences. The reason there have been no consequences is because the system of corruption has been embedded and that process began at the very top of every major office and institution of government and big business the day we decided to get in bed with a Communist regime that hates us.
Granted, I do believe Kash Patel and Dan Bongino are doing everything in their power to fix this problem, but all of the good actors that are now in position to fix these problems are no doubt overwhelmed and have been short staffed. However, I do believe they are working towards making some major breakthroughs and we are starting to see some signs of that, especially with this recent January 6 pipe bomb fiasco.
So you may be thinking Brandon, so why is this corruption so effective when it comes to the justice system? The question still remains, why have there been no consequences of injustices that have been committed?
My answer to those questions essentially involves the consequence of us allowing this spiderweb of corruption to have been put in motion by the CCP. Because this spiderweb has been embedded within our political, financial, and business system it has essentially resulted in the financialization of the Constitution.
In other words, those who have been in power and have been guilty of injustices have the money and the corrupt personnel within the justice system, the business world, and the Administrative State Media (ASM) to sell the narrative that they have not violated the Constitution. In other words, they’ve been able to purchase an effective lie and the mirage that they have honored the Constitution when in fact they’ve been completely guilty of outright ignoring it.
The Wrap Up
At the beginning of this episode I had begun mentioning a certain way I viewed society during my GenX childhood and that there was something else that I was going to tell you that might sound a bit crazy.
My memory of the culture in the 1980s was one where my friends and relationships were built on trust and consistent follow through. At least in my own memory as a kid I can remember having often made many plans with several of my friends growing up. I point this out because to the best of my memory I don’t ever remember my friends ever really bailing on me, or preferring to stay home to play video games in place of going outside to play.
Granted, we did have some of the coolest video games in the 80s, but the use of those games seemed to take on a supplemental role of entertainment rather than serving to be the primary source of entertainment.
In addition to this, I also remember that there was a certain amount of grit with many GenX kids during my childhood. After all, we were known as the latchkey generation and we were pretty self-sufficient when it came time to figure out how to go about getting something to eat, or when it involved finding our way back home when we actually managed to wander and put a good bit of distance between ourselves and the homestead.
As a reminder I’m a Georgia native, but I remember having some pretty cool experiences at age 9, 10, and 11 as I had frequently visited one friend who lived on the lake and we would end up taking his dad’s boat out from his dock in Georgia and across the lake to the South Carolina marina to fuel it up and to get a couple of sodas. To make it even better we would pull each other skiing on the way back from the marina. Keep in mind that we were only kids.
Could you imagine hearing about kids at that age doing that sort of thing today? The parents would be hauled off to prison for such a thing.
There just seemed to be a lot more freedom in those days.
So what is that other crazy thought that I had that I was going to tell you about?
Well, given everything I just shared with you for some reason I always felt the culture was really strong within my generation. In other words, we grew up with Saturday morning cartoons and professional wrestling. We grew up playing sports and watching movies that portrayed strong male leads as the hero of the day such as Rocky Balboa and John Rambo.
We would frequently fight, wreck our bikes, and I even remember falling out of a tree once. As our generation got older we had seen everything from a legendary cultural force of nature in Hulk Hogan to the riveting introduction of The X Files.
I point all of this out to say that I always had a strange feeling inside that something big would happen in the world during my generation’s lifetime. I mean I’m not saying that I ever knew what that big event would be, but I always felt like something was looming out on the horizon throughout my life and I never could put my finger on exactly what it would end up looking like.
I mean growing up I always heard about the book of Revelation in church and have heard many interpretations about the scripture over the years. This is one area that I’m still learning about, but when it comes to Revelation the one message I get from it is that a lot of bad stuff looms over the horizon. Granted, as a believer in Christ I know that my Lord Jesus will prevail in the end, but as far as much of the rest of the message it sounds like the worst horror movie that anyone could ever possibly dream up.
So I’m bringing up this sort of doom and gloom picture to sort of acknowledge that I believe the pandemic and everything that we’ve discovered with the fallout from that event is actually the beginning of that looming thing that I always felt was out on the horizon. If you’re a part of GenX did you ever feel this way?
“He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still.”
–Revelation 22:11
This verse in Revelation is very powerful and very prophetic. It essentially describes how the boundaries between good and evil will become fixed in the end times. I don’t know about you, but it appears that the boldness of these lines are becoming more and more prominent in this day and age between the two camps of good and evil.
Now having said that, I also believe that there is still time to increase the size of the camp with those who desire to do good. I believe the best way to go about doing this is by doing my best to provide you with the knowledge to help you reach that Zenith status in your own life.
Remember that ideas are dangerous for the purpose of both good and evil. Just to give you an example in terms of how dangerous ideas can produce an evil result it was an idea that resulted in Hitler eventually occupying France. Likewise, an idea is how Charlie Kirk ended up getting assassinated.
Conversely, it was an idea that resulted in the shot heard round the world at Lexington and Concord on April 19, 1775 and it was an idea that got President Trump to come down that golden escalator on June 16, 2015.
The point here is that with everything going on in the world you can either be driven to leverage your mind and your actions for the purpose of evil or you can leverage your mind and actions for the purpose of good.
Just like the quote I led off this with in this episode remember that fear corrupts the mind and the spirit. Now having said that, I understand that there’s a lot of scary things happening in the world today, but despite all of that my goal for you is to get you dialed in and focused on the actions that you can control rather than focusing on the things that seem scary.
I believe that the war that we’re currently living in is a spiritual war, but it is manifesting in the physical world as widespread corruption in the arena of finance, politics, and culture.
Because of this you can play a role in taking the fight to the enemy by getting engaged in that fight yourself through your actions and your focus.
You can do this by using your voice and if you don’t want to use your voice then throw your support behind those who will use theirs. In addition to this you can use your dollars specifically to support businesses that support Patriotic values.
Yes, technology can be a double-edged sword for good and evil, but with the advent of technology in this modern day it has also leveled the playing field to allow smaller companies and smaller individuals to be competitive with larger more established institutions that have succumbed to fascistic behavior and woke corruption.
Now is not the time to be fearful. Now is the time to stamp out the fear and for you and I to get focused on the actions in our lives that we can control to save this Republic.
For once, let’s make sure evil feels the consequences of its choices.
If you’re a part of GenX have you always shared that same feeling that something was looming out on the horizon?
What do you believe are some of the most effective areas that we can focus on in order to ensure justice is carried out to ensure the survival of our Republic?
Please share your feedback in the comment section below.
On That Note, The News Cycle is Broken.
Your Time Is Valuable and Doesn’t Have To Be Broken With It.
Now you can achieve clarity and become a true Zenith.
If today’s episode resonated with you and you’re ready to cut through the noise of the broken news cycle then I want to invite you to explore the full benefits of a paid subscription.
As it stands I’ve spent years condensing down complex topics and global events into easy digestible 20-30 minute deep dives. To make accessing this information seamless I just launched my new digital product: The Exclusive Zenith Catalog.
This curated system, or database of clarity,is a comprehensive, organized, and searchable library of all my premium content which is complete with synopses for every episode. It’s designed to give you direct clarity on the economic, historical, financial, and massive cultural shifts throughout our society and the world in real-time.
Are you ready to access and navigate these changing landscapes with deep insights and discernment?
If So Then Upgrade Your Subscription for $50/Year & Access the Catalog Instantly By Clicking Below
You can read the full details and benefits that you’ll unlock along with this new product here on my About Page and the Support My Work Page on my Substack as well.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
*Take Note*
If you're tuning into today's episode understand that this particular episode will only be available in full length to all-access members on my Substack.
However, please don't click off because I'm offering a substantial preview for you to get an idea of today's message.
You can bypass the paywall by going to brandonrichey.substack.com to sign up to become an all-access member.
You can also download the Substack app and sign up for a trial period to access the episode as well.
Thank you very much for your support and understanding.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Everything must be made as simple as possible. But not simpler.”
― Albert Einstein
Ideology is an interesting thing because many people in today’s world are definitely married to their own systematic body of concepts which make up their belief systems, particularly as it relates to their worldview.
The thing is that there are people who have the ability to be married to a certain ideology, but then can also recognize when that ideology doesn’t hold up in a scenario involving a real world application. It’s at this point that these people are open to the prospect of either abandoning their ideology altogether, or they’re at least willing to subtract and add in some concepts of their own in order to enable existing belief systems to hold up under whatever current test the circumstances demand in a real world application.
There’s no shame in either one of these reactions from people who are open to adjusting or completely changing their worldview. The only shame that should exist are with those people who continue to double down on a worldview that just simply doesn’t hold up in a real world application.
Granted, when I refer to an ideology not holding up in a real world application, what I’m specifically talking about is an ideology that results in the destruction of liberty, one that fails to correct economic peril, or one that continues to contribute to the oppression of its own citizenry.
The type of people that I’m referring to who are resistant to change are only succumbing to pride and pride only accelerates one’s own destruction. However, this happens simply because such people lack discernment and the ability to think deeper about the dark realities of human nature that clearly exists in a fallen world.
To more clearly illustrate in identifying this archetype, I recently heard a master influencer and behavioral expert Chase Hughes referencing a story about a group he studies who specializes in diving into deep discussions involving the study of consciousness.
I cannot remember the name of the group, but the reason I’m bringing it up is that the point Chase was making in his talk about this group was that they did a deeper dive into trying to understand life and how things work by exposing the shallowness of reductionism along with society’s hyperfocus on materialism.
For instance, in order to illustrate this he was making the point that there’s no study that can explain the power of music. In short, music has the ability to move people emotionally and to stir up certain internal feelings about the music itself, or perhaps stir an emotion based on the fact that certain music may trigger a certain memory within people who tie an emotional moment to a particular song.
He was saying that the group’s discussion about this was that they were exposing the absurdity of modern day reductive science using music as an example to illustrate the intellectual laziness, and lack of wisdom, that much of the world has succumbed to during this modern age. When examining music, in an effort to try to understand how it’s able to do all of the things that I just mentioned concerning its influence over people, he gives a very clear example of a reductive approach in trying to seek that understanding.
According to Chase, in their example they demonstrated this with a thought experiment. They did this by saying that the reductive approach would be to take all of the musical instruments that created a certain piece of music and they would smash those musical instruments into a million pieces.
Once doing this they would suggest putting the small pieces of the smashed instruments, along with the shredded pages of musical notes, underneath a microscope to study them in an effort to figure out how the music worked.
Of course, you and I understand that this sort of thinking and this sort of approach is absurdly stupid, but it’s quite often the same process that people follow when supporting a broken worldview. They’ll go this far to support an insane ideology that they’re married to in an effort to defend the failed application of their beliefs in a real world scenario. This is reductionism in application.
Fast is Slow and Slow is Fast
It wasn’t that long ago when I had a certain individual comment on one of my Facebook posts when I happened to reference the concerning level of Marxist left wing political violence that had been noticeably going on for years, but had obviously escalated to new heights since the recent introduction of political assassinations.
I had made my post within a couple of weeks of the tragic assassination of Charlie Kirk and it was this self-professed anti-Trump Libertarian that tried to share an absurd study from the CATO Institute with a caption stating that my position about Marxist left wing violence was incorrect. His position was that most political violence had actually been coming from the right wing side of the political world and his only means to back up this statement involved sharing some so-called study from the CATO Institute.
I don’t typically respond to stupid posts, but in this particular instance I somewhat knew this guy and I noticed that he had recently started to get a lot more vocal in his anti-Trump rhetoric since the political violence had obviously reached a new level within the country.
However, I also accidentally noticed a previous post by this individual where he had also made some disrespectful comments towards Christianity and Christians while simultaneously making some absurdly inaccurate comments about Charlie Kirk.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“No rest for the wicked, no peace for the good.”
― James S.A. Corey
As a warning, today’s episode is probably going to challenge some traditional perspectives concerning some stories and details that are in the Bible.
With that being said, I want to make something clear about today’s episode before I get into the weeds of today’s discussion.
This episode is going to involve one individual’s hypothetical exploration of some longstanding mysterious occurrences from ancient history all the way through to today. This episode will offer some possible explanations regarding the origin of these mysteries by combining some biblical text in an attempt to bring about some understanding to some unexplained phenomenon in the world.
I believe this is something I’m fairly confident has been debated among many Christians for quite a long time. As a personal follower of Jesus, I am far from perfect myself and with that in mind, like any Christian, my goal is to work to seek a deeper understanding of God’s word.
However, I also know that the process of seeking that understanding is just that, it’s a process. With that being said, this process involves a genuine effort to seek God’s wisdom and the effort that is involved in doing that may, at times, involve the introduction of new perspectives that may challenge us in new ways to reflect, pray, and seek discernment about His word for further clarity.
Keep in mind that in the process of seeking clarity on some of the details of various biblical stories that this doesn’t mean that if you, agree or disagree, with some of the details of today’s topic that it has anything to do with your salvation. That is something that Jesus made perfectly clear regarding your personal relationship with Him and that is what is of MOST importance.
In a nutshell, this episode is simply meant to stimulate some thought around what was going on in the world during ancient biblical times while, at the same time, looking at what is going on in today’s world in an effort to try and bring about some understanding to the two.
With that being said, I hope you enjoy today’s episode and I’m sure you’re going to be talking about this one with your family and friends.
History is an extremely important element in regards to the survival of human existence, yet so many people forget it. What’s even worse is, despite being reminded of it, many people just flat out ignore it.
Speaking of history, there’s a lot of discussion starting to pop up around the ancient history of the world and what it was probably most like regarding the likelihood that it was seemingly more technologically advanced than what we’ve been traditionally taught to believe. This only makes sense as there seems to be a march towards a fulfillment of biblical prophecy as it relates to the end times, along with archaeological discoveries concerning some very old structures that continue to raise questions about mankind’s history.
Because of this intrigue it seems like a lot of people are open to hearing about some explanations that have come forward to try and make some sense of some of the mysteries surrounding the march towards the fulfillment of prophecy that we have questions about in today’s world.
As usual the Bible holds up as it points to much of this in Genesis 6. Naturally, if you pray for wisdom and discernment as you seek out the meaning of God’s word, some things start to reveal themselves in ways that start making more sense. Just hold onto that as I’ll come back to Genesis 6 here in a bit.
On that note, I just saw an interview with Timothy Alberino who is sort of like this modern day Indiana Jones type of character, and he has some interesting stories to back up that description.
I don’t know if you’re familiar with any of Timothy’s work or not, but he is an explorer and an author that has some interesting theories concerning the ancient history of our world. He has an intriguing perspective on ancient civilization as much of his perspective has been said to bridge the gap between mythology, history, and biblical scholarship.
Now I’m not necessarily saying that I agree or disagree with all of the details of his perspective concerning the ancient history of our world. However, I do believe his perspective concerning where this ancient cycle of history began and the trajectory on where it will most likely end up in the coming future is pretty solid.
The Antediluvian World
If you’re not familiar with that term, the antediluvian time period is the time in our world’s history that involves the period prior to the great flood.
To expand on this I’m going to include the first eight verses of Genesis 6 to set the tone for this discussion.
And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born unto them,
2 That the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose.
3 And the Lord said, My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his days shall be a hundred and twenty years.
4 There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bore children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown.
5 And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually.
6 And it repented the Lord that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart.
7 And the Lord said, I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air; for it repenteth me that I have made them.
8 But Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord.
So when looking at these eight verses from Genesis 6 it’s the second verse where it mentions the sons of God that Timothy Alberino has a perspective that involves a Golden Age that existed during the antediluvian period. Once again, as best as I personally can understand this Golden Age is not a specified culture that the Bible says existed, but perhaps it could have been a Golden Age in one respect, although not so much for mankind.
In other words, perhaps it could have been a type of Golden Age for the sons of God as we do know that mankind had evil in his heart continually which eventually led to the Great Flood.
It is here where he says these sons of God, or what he would also identify as extraterrestrials, ruled over humanity. This was a period which he points out was beneficial to certain contemporaries at the time, but as far as the ancient Hebrews were concerned they envisaged this period in a negative light.
Timothy’s perspective is that the Bible confirms that mankind has been in contact with these extraterrestrials since the beginning. As he points out these extraterrestrials are ambiguously denominated in the Bible as angels in the Hebrew text.
He goes on to say that the meaning of the word angel essentially translates to a messenger, or an envoy. For further clarification, Timothy reminds his audience that the term extraterrestrial simply means not of this earth. Granted there is a clear delineation concerning the varying descriptions of these types of extraterrestrials as Timothy also points out.
To go even further concerning the practical definition of the word extraterrestrial, Timothy’s position is that if these sons of God had an origin outside of this earth then by the strictest interpretation of the word these beings are in fact extraterrestrial. He points out that it doesn’t matter whether we’re talking about another planet or another dimension, the main point being that if the entity has an origin other than here on planet earth then it essentially can be identified as an extraterrestrial.
Now there’s no question that the antediluvian period was a different time period according to Genesis 6 as the sons of God were apparently copulating with the daughters of men in those days which apparently resulted in the creation of a race of giants.
I thought this following analysis was a very interesting viewpoint from Timothy, but he went further with his unique perspective here.
26 Then God said, “Let Us make man in Our image, according to Our likeness; let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds, of the air, and over the cattle, over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth.”
–Genesis 1:26
Here in Genesis 1:26 God uses the plural form when saying Let US make man in Our image, according to Our likeness. In one of his interviews Timothy says that this can be interpreted as a King ruling over his council during the creation process of man.
According to this passage, he says this reference using the plural form in regards to the creation of man in Our image obviously implies that there are also other elder celestial beings that are present here under the rule of the One Supreme Being.
Additionally, Genesis 1:26 also establishes that in God’s creation of man He also gives man dominion over all the earth which in my opinion makes Genesis 6 even more significant as it appears that one interpretation could be that man’s dominion was potentially lost to the sons of God.
Now to be specific, it doesn’t say that in the Bible, but sin was introduced into the world at this time and with sin there are a multitude of shortcomings that come with it such as various forms of idolatry.
A question occurred to me as I thought about this. Could mankind have given up his sovereignty in the ancient world to this idolatry? Once again, I’m not saying this is specifically what happened, but merely posing the question given the outcome of mankind’s destruction.
Also, if this is the case then it would seem that we have a lot more in common with the ancient world looking at society today than we probably ever would have considered. This is also what Timothy points out in regards to his reference consisting of the Golden Age that existed during the antediluvian time period.
Now this is particularly interesting to me because it was during this apparent Golden Age that Timothy refers to it resulting in the grieving of the Lord to the point that He decided to destroy everything on the earth with The Great Flood.
As the verse in Genesis 1:26 points out God was specifically giving man dominion over the earth, yet these other supernatural beings had decided to get involved with the daughters of man and Genesis 6:4 reminds us that these were the men of renown.
Now I’m no biblical scholar, but this seems to suggest to me that these supernatural beings were very well known and could probably have been idolized to a degree. After all, I only say that because when you understand human nature then you know that people will tend to fall into idolatry when someone becomes very well known. In short, there are people who will fall short and worship other people and other things other than the one true God. Once again, this is just my speculation based on understanding human nature.
Genesis 6:4 also goes on to say that “There were giants on the earth in those days; and also after that.”
When I hear the part in that verse talking about how after that time period it’s obvious that those giants existed in the world after the antediluvian period. There’s obviously other evidence of this with the dolmens that currently exist in the Golan Heights (Biblical Bashan) which was the location of the giant King Og who is referenced in Deuteronomy 3:1-11.
Of course, most famously we see further evidence of this with David’s encounter with Goliath. The point here is that there was still seemingly an obvious supernatural influence producing giants after the period of the flood. Granted, none of this even includes all of the giant skeletons that have even been discovered here in North America, but were allegedly subject to an apparent coverup concerning the Smithsonian according to many sources now for a very long time.
As Timothy Alberino has pointed out in several of his recent interviews, there’s also further evidence that could point to this with a unique building technique which is referred to as cyclopean construction.
This type of construction consists of a unique type of masonry involving the construction of massive stones without the use of mortar. The Greek origin of this phrase relates to the belief that only the mythical, giant Cyclopes could have been capable of moving the massive stones to employ such a building technique.
Now I understand that up to this point I’ve focused much of this discussion on the antediluvian world, but now I want to shift gears and bring us up to speed to the current day. Keeping that in mind, I want you to metaphorically zoom out the camera lens here and think about the big picture in terms of viewing what was going on during this ancient time period throughout the world. At the same time, I also want you to include the current day in this picture as I highlight some of the current activities that are happening culturally, politically, and technologically here in the present day.
Now as I fast forward to the current day Timothy Alberino has also highlighted something that we can all agree with concerning much of the rot we’ve seen manifest within our culture, political arena, and within the field of technology.
I’ve heard Timothy basically take the same position as myself on this regarding the types of things we’ve witnessed with the globalists that have made themselves known with their absurdly destructive policies, particularly during the kickoff of the pandemic.
Earlier I mentioned how Timothy Alberino believes that mankind has been in contact with what he would refer to as extraterrestrials since the beginning. He points out that the race of extraterrestrials known as The Grays perhaps involve the same supernatural beings that were previously mentioned here when discussing the ancient world.
Of course, in the interview I include here Timothy references a more specific timeline than what I’m covering here in this episode due to various time constraints.
In his mention of The Grays he’s referring to this group of beings in a negative light. In his talks he works to further clarify their presence by also making mention of the unexplained sightings of UFO aircraft, extraterrestrial entities, and the numerous stories of gruesome abductions.
He posits the idea that he believes many of the abduction stories revolve around the concept of these entities performing experiments on humans which could suggest that they’re trying to achieve some form of hybridization with human DNA. In his hypothesis involving this hybridization process he points out how this very much mirrors what Genesis 6 is referring to in the Bible regarding the actions of the sons of God having a hybrid offspring with the daughters of men.
Additionally, as another observation if you look at all of these inhuman ideas and policies associated with this so-called network of globalists, or elites, the lack of humanity is pretty obvious. If you need a reminder as to just how inhuman these people are all you have to do is look at the whole idea surrounding the effort to drive society to a point where people should resort to eating bugs in the name of climate change.
I don’t know about you, but I clearly remember this along with the call for indefinite lockdowns during the pandemic, the forced closure of businesses, and the mandate of placing everyone on house arrest while referring to it as quarantine.
To make this even worse, in a more clear observation of modern day politics you have one political party who is just fine with advocating for the silence and death of the other while the so-called opposition party simply serves to be a placeholder for being controlled by the more aggressive opposition. Of course, there are MAGA politicians who are the exception to this and this is where the pro-human policies are for trying to preserve the existence of mankind.
The intention of continuing to stage this set up is to persist in trying to present the appearance of a functioning government, but in reality we can see the majority of it is simply an illusion of government. It’s really an evil puppet that is being controlled by a devious paymaster (or paymasters) that plays on the worst of people, namely by pushing forward inhuman policies, injustices, and relentless attempts at destroying what little is left of this nation and the world at large.
Because of all of this, Timothy says that he could imagine a scenario where these extraterrestrials (probably The Grays) are residing at the top of all of this and are working covertly to degrade humanity by them influencing the elites of our society in order to implement their inhuman policies. As Christians we would simply refer to this as a form of demonic influence, but Timothy takes this a step further by tying The Grays directly to being this demonic influence.
In listening to his explanation of this I realized he was simply tying together the mystery of the sightings of UFOs, aliens, and alien abductions by offering a unique explanation as to what their alleged presence within our world is really all about.
During some other points of his discussion he went on to talk about how he believes that their end goal has something to do with planetary acquisition. He talked about how you can see the inhuman actions of these globalists and that it’s obvious that much of their beliefs, policies, and decisions are designed to outright destroy humanity.
I must say that when you look at the entire point of AI it’s also obvious as the more everything becomes automated the more work the machines can do in order to run society. This would also create a scenario where there would be no need for human beings.
As Timothy points out here there would be no need for a bunch of useless eaters according to these globalists. I thought this was interesting because I’ve heard this narrative for quite a long time being that I live here in the state of Georgia. I once visited the notorious Georgia Guidestones in Elberton, Georgia many years before the zeitgeist shifted and before they were blown up back in 2022.
One of the guidelines that was engraved on the stones was that the global population of humanity should be maintained under 500 million in order to keep things in perpetual balance with nature. The entire message of the Georgia Guidestones involved a dark globalist inhuman set of standards that obviously fit nicely within the climate change narrative, while the anonymity regarding the originator of the structure was strictly maintained.
The Wrap Up
Now the point of all of this is that when you zoom out the camera lens you can observe how mankind lost dominion over the earth during the old world and, as Genesis 6 points out, this ultimately led to mankind’s destruction with The Great Flood.
However, if you take a moment to observe the battery of inhuman policies that have been thrust upon society at an accelerated rate since the pandemic, along with this consistent march towards AI, it seems that we are on a trajectory to experience a sort of Genesis 6 version 2.0 here in the coming future.
In fact, AI has been described as the ultimate threat of what many in the tech world would refer to as a digital god.
As if the thought of that level of influence over society isn’t chilling enough, we haven’t even reached the level with AI referred to as Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) where the AI literally takes over all of society. Regardless, we’ve already seen stories like the one involving Zane Shamblin who had a lengthy conversation with ChatGPT where his AI confidant talked him into killing himself.
If we’re seeing this type of result already then what level of destruction awaits us should we, as a society, decide to relinquish our sovereignty again? What happens when we lose dominion over the world to a false digital god, as we seemed to do long ago with the introduction of sin, along with a continual level of evil into the ancient world?
Do you have a hypothesis regarding the existence of extraterrestrials?
What impact do you see AI having on our society in the next five to ten years?
Please drop a comment below with your feedback.
If you are not aware I am now offering three digital products and services for my all-access subscribers who upgrade their subscription to paid here on the Substack.
For starters, I just finished creating The Exclusive Zenith Catalog.
Now if you upgrade to a paid membership you will gain instant access to my three new digital products/services in addition to the ability to bypass my paywalled content.
That’s right, aside from accessing my premium content…
The first major product includes The Exclusive Zenith Catalog here which consists of a comprehensive and easy to navigate library of my premium content. This catalog includes a complete list of my exclusive content that is organized by year from the oldest to the newest episodes starting back from 2023 to the present day. This catalog allows you to easily access every exclusive episode all in one place. In addition to this, each episode in the catalog includes a two to three sentence synopsis so that you can prioritize access to the content that interests you the most.
Upon upgrading to a paid membership you will also gain exclusive access to my chat for my all-access members where I will share information on upcoming episodes, products, tips, etc.
Finally, as an all-access member you’ll also get exclusive access to cross-post articles every 4 to 6 weeks that I will share from other creators that I believe are significant in cutting through the noise of the day’s narrative and offer significant value to what you need to know in order to be a zenith in today’s world.
Remember that this is a reader supported publication so make sure you give this article a like, subscribe, share, and comment to support the message.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Praise be to the Lord my Rock, who trains my hands for war, my fingers for battle.”
–Psalm 144:1
I often get labeled as a conservative or a Republican, but the fact is that I am truly neither in terms of what those labels have stood for now for the last three decades.
I understand that we all use labels to put people into boxes and to identify what beliefs that people more closely align with, but I used to more closely identify myself as a Libertarian, but now I recognize that I am more closely aligned with free markets being a MAGA Populist rather than a Libertarian.
Anti-Trump Libertarians, anti-Trump Republicans, and anti-Trump conservatives are spineless and have been nothing more than a holding place for the status quo involved with managing the decline of this country.
Whenever I hear the so-called conservatives who are critical of President Trump say that they don’t like him, but then proudly proclaim that they are conservative, I always ask them what exactly have conservatives conserved other than the managed decline of this nation?
When you saw the title of today’s episode I’m sure that it got your attention. At an initial glance I’m sure several people would have read the title of this episode and clicked on the link to open the page expecting the title to be referencing some sort of joke.
Well I’d normally say that I hate to burst your bubble, but in the case of today’s message I don’t mind bursting your bubble at all given the circumstances that our nation has had to endure since 2020, and in many cases since 2016.
The other day I published the following post on my Substack Notes:
Trump 2028?
I was talking to one of my students this morning about the Trump 2028 talk that’s been circulating lately.
I don’t believe that this is a joke in the least and the reason I don’t is because I believe that, as a nation, we have to ask ourselves whether the concept of sovereignty is something that we actually believe in or not?
If we do believe in sovereignty then the next question we have to ask ourselves is whether or not we believe our sovereignty has been stolen and abused since 2020.
If you don’t believe that our sovereignty has been stolen or abused then you’re going to have a bigger issue with a Trump 2028 Presidency.
However, if you’re someone who actually believes in the concept of sovereignty and believes that our sovereignty has been stolen and abused, particularly regarding the 2020 election and the incentivized mass invasion, then you should want to support the best opportunity for making whole that which was stolen and abused.
With that being said, it’s clear that President Trump is by far that best opportunity.
Just sayin.
In short, President Trump is like a Terminator when it comes to destroying the systems and corrupt actors that are propping up a corrupt governmental and techno-feudalistic model for tyranny.
Just like a Terminator he doesn’t stop, slow down, or relent until his mission is accomplished. Now just keep that in mind for the moment.
Before I go any further with this discussion I want to ask you two simple questions. Now when I ask you these questions your answer to these two questions will literally determine where you stand in regards to today’s message.
Do you believe in the Constitution?
Do you believe that the purpose of the Constitution is due to the fact that the Will of The People (We The People) is the ultimate source of its power and that this concept of popular sovereignty is the cornerstone of why the document exists in the first place?
As you think about the answers to these questions I want you to also think about how damaging the act of theft is to a society and the kind of outcomes that follow the act of theft if there’s no attempt to restore and to make whole that which was stolen during the act of thievery.
Sutton’s Law
I’ve never been to San Francisco, California, but from what I’ve seen in the magazines and on the big screen in the movies for many years, historically San Francisco has been regarded as an iconic city. From the famous car chase scene in the movie Bullitt, to the Golden Gate Bridge, to Alcatraz the city has certainly left its mark on the fabric of American culture.
However, for many years now that mark has shifted from a shining iconic cultural landmark to being recognized more as an example of societal decline and potential societal collapse.
In recent years there’s been a slowing economy in the city and homelessness has run rampant as San Francisco has one of the highest rates of homeless populations in the United States. There’s been countless news stories about the numbers of people living on the streets with residents literally having to step over homeless people at the end of their driveways in order to get to work.
There’s been a significant number of layoffs within the tech sector and the usual culprit that is blamed for this typically involves the excuse that things just haven’t returned to pre-pandemic levels. Granted, like many large cities I’m sure San Francisco’s pandemic policies were as authoritarian as most any big city given the state of California’s track record in how they went about dealing with the pandemic with their draconian mandates.
Of course, draconian policies that strip away individual liberties would never have anything to do with people wanting to flee the city, right? Well if you answered No to that question then you would be completely wrong.
According to the San Francisco Standard the Bay Area has seen a mass exodus with as many as a quarter million people having fled the area since the pandemic.
Anyone that doesn’t believe that San Francisco’s problems are self-inflicted are just ignoring reality. After all, the act of theft in San Francisco is essentially now a de facto legal act in the city as anything that is stolen that has a value of $950 or less is considered to be a misdemeanor. As a result, this means that law enforcement won’t bother to investigate the crime and if it happens to go any further then prosecutors will just simply choose to let it go.
Now if you have any moral compass inside of you then it should be absolutely no surprise to you why San Francisco is in a falling decline given the policies that I’ve outlined here that clearly lead to the outcomes that I’ve highlighted for you here as well.
On that very topic of theft I want you to keep all of that in mind for the moment as I want to address another interesting concept that positively impacted the field of medical science that ironically enough came about as a result of bank robberies.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If your enemy is secure at all points, be prepared for him. If he is in superior strength, evade him. If your opponent is temperamental, seek to irritate him. Pretend to be weak, that he may grow arrogant. If he is taking his ease, give him no rest. If his forces are united, separate them. If sovereign and subject are in accord, put division between them. Attack him where he is unprepared, appear where you are not expected .”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
In the days when I practiced Muay Thai kickboxing I remember when we would spar in the gym and how sore I would often be after doing so. However, like anything else the more I practiced the more my body adapted to the stress.
In the beginning this adaptation phase was very uncomfortable and it took a few months before I could get to a point where I felt like it was a more normal training stimulus rather than a complete shock to my system. The physical and mental adaptation from this period of time was also something that impacted my body in more ways than one.
You see, the reason we sparred was to start the process of getting used to the act of fighting. As you might imagine fighting is not an easy thing to do and it is certainly a skill that requires many hours of repetition and training before most can become more accustomed to it and comfortable with engaging in a very uncomfortable physical activity.
During this time sparring I remember when I first started to learn the real value in it one day when I had a very skilled partner who was blessed with speed and could move really fast. Fortunately, I was also blessed with the ability of speed, but at this particular point of my sparring experience I hadn’t had a lot of repetition in order to coordinate my movements to an effective level just yet. I’ll just say that I was still in an early learning stage at this point of my training.
However, on this particular day I remember watching this guy that I was sparring with and I started to notice something that got my attention. I started noticing small physical cues with the way he would move his body into position to throw a punch or a kick before he would actually throw the punch or the kick.
In other words, I could see him setting up his body to deliver a certain strike before he would actually deliver the strike. In short, he was telegraphing his moves and I was starting to reach a point in my training where I could actually read his body language and pick up on what he was telegraphing with the nonverbal communication that he was signaling with his body’s movement.
Now once I started to get better at reading these movements I found that I could counter his strikes much easier because it was something that started to become more natural to me the more time and repetition I put into my training.
So why did I bother to share my Thai boxing experience with you here in today’s post?
The reason I shared it with you is something I’m going to come back to in order to connect to the theme of today’s message here in a bit because it involves the uncomfortable process of adaptation.
Mark To Market
I just recently watched an interview that Tucker Carlson had with Sam Bankman-Fried. Sam’s case is world famous, but just in case you don’t know who he is, he was, at one time, one of the richest people in crypto thanks to his widely known FTX exchange and his Alameda Research trading firm. Sam was very successful and made some strides with the venture before his empire came crashing down in November 2022.
Sam Bankman-Fried was charged with fraud and his case was one of the most notorious involving white collar-crime ranking right up there with Bernie Madoff according to many that followed his case. Now I’m not here to discuss Sam’s innocence or his guilt because I don’t want to get into the weeds of all of that here.
What I do know is that Sam’s case had a political component to it as he had been a big donor to the Democrat party on top of the fact that he was involved with crypto. However, in his interview with Tucker Carlson he had communicated that he had been shocked at the level of corruption in Washington D.C. regarding the regulatory authorities surrounding the area of his business where he was looking to gain some traction regarding the crypto market.
However, according to Sam towards the end of his time he had actually transitioned to making donations to Republican causes in an effort to get some movement with his business after hitting multiple dead ends with his previous efforts.
Oddly enough, and as a sidenote, Sam was at one time being detained at the same prison facility as Sean Diddy Combs, but that’s currently no longer the case.
Regardless of all of that I wanted to touch on a few things that really stood out to me in Sam’s interview with Tucker that really caught me by surprise.
For starters, to be completely transparent I never really followed Sam’s case that closely when he was in the news on almost a daily basis. Yes, he was everywhere I and I knew what he was involved with, but given my normal dive into things when exploring the current events of the day I never really did that deeper dive into Sam’s story.
There’s no particular explanation as to why I didn’t, other than to say that at the time I had been preoccupied with other stories that I had more of an interest in.
Now having said that at one point during his interview Tucker started asking him about some of the main differences in prison compared to his experiences in the free world. Like most of Tucker’s interviews they had a very candid conversation with one another about the circumstances of his life.
During one point of the conversation Sam was telling Tucker about the prison environment and how much different it was from everything involving the activities that he was able to engage in to what he spent most of his time doing, which according to Sam, involved a lot of reading and working on his case whenever he is given the opportunity to do so.
In addition to this he also spoke about the challenge of his environment not allowing him to really pursue something of higher purpose. I want to briefly interject here as I know people who serve inside prison and are definitely pursuing a higher purpose, but this is obviously Sam’s perspective at this moment. However, given what he had lost with this crypto business I suppose I can see where he’s coming from.
After communicating this, and many other differences he has had to adjust to in prison, it was almost a passing comment where he told Tucker that the one thing he noticed with the other inmates is that they really liked playing chess.
This was surprising enough to Tucker, but what Sam told Tucker next was even more surprising. Sam said that many of the guys in the prison where he was that played chess barely had a middle school or high school education, but despite that fact they could beat him at chess on a regular basis.
Sam elaborated on this further by stating that the reason he believed that they could do this was because he recognized that people possess a wide range of talents, instincts, and inherent gifts that just don’t always match up to what’s on paper beside their names. When Sam communicated this it was something that really stood out to Tucker and quite honestly it stood out to me as well.
The reason this got my attention was because this demonstrated to me that Sam Bankman-Fried has a good amount of self-awareness to even be capable of making that observation.
Given the fact that he’s now in prison after having been where he was before this was obviously a very honest attribute that I saw with this man as he continued his conversation with Tucker Carlson. I believe he already possessed this trait when he was out in the free world, but the fact that he would also share this as an observable moment of fascination for himself in prison is also quite astute. In other words, it was a learning experience and one who is willing to learn is on a path towards wisdom.
Now I want you to hold onto that and I want to talk about another video that I saw this week with Glenn Beck that revolves around this entire idea of people who have been blessed with good instincts.
“The fear of the Lord is the beginning of knowledge; fools despise wisdom and instruction.”
-Proverbs 1:7
So in my recent article/podcast titled Thermonuclear Boycott I took the time to dive into the geopolitical concerns surrounding the weakening of the dollar, the current rise of gold in the financial system, and my concerns surrounding the Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP) current efforts to achieve global hegemony.
I would strongly encourage you to listen or read that episode as I highlight many of the real concerns that you won’t hear coming from the Administrative State Media (ASM). However, Glenn Beck shares my same concerns, but he also came out with a video this week where he offered a different take on the role of gold, the U.S. dollar, and the possible direction concerning the financial situation of the United States.
Like many of us Glenn has been expressing his same concerns surrounding the weakening of the dollar and the rise of the price of gold as in the past week gold has skyrocketed to almost $4500 per ounce.
Up till now Glenn has also been saying what I’ve been hearing from many other people about the fact that they don’t really want to be around in a world where gold actually hits $5000 per ounce. The reason for this is because of the inverse relationship gold has with the strength of the dollar and this would signal a strong loss of trust in the U.S. dollar. Obviously this would be a tremendous concern and is something that many people have been warning about now for several years.
However, in his talk this past week Glenn Beck offered an alternative perspective in terms of what actually could be happening regarding the current upward path of gold and the financial situation of the United States, and if his hypothesis is correct we are on the verge of witnessing one of the most incredible events in our nation’s history.
So to properly frame this I want to give you a snapshot of the current perspective on the United States financial situation along with what’s going on across the geopolitical landscape. The common line of thinking regarding the financial situation of the United States has been one that looks grim. After all, up until recently there’s been a series of wars breaking out signaling global instability, the national debt is now $38 trillion and counting, and there’s absolutely zero political will in the U.S. Congress and Senate to cut any meaningful spending whatsoever.
At the current trajectory we’ve seen gold explode in value, we’ve seen the balance sheet of the country explode, and we’ve seen the threat of the CCP’s economic warfare with their attempt to cut us off from rare earth minerals…a threat that could theoretically grind our manufacturing to a halt in a matter of five or six weeks.
When you take all of this into account it seems that we are living on the edge of a cliff with no other options in sight, but just like what always occurs with the usual habits of human nature we always seem to hyperfocus on the negative while allowing it to distract us from our faith and the positive actions that are going on right in front of us.
So what exactly am I talking about?
Well in his recent talk this past week Glenn Beck offered up a very different perspective on everything that has been happening across the board.
First of all, as we look at all of the chaos that’s happening with the recent surge in the price of gold, the bombing of the drug boats down in the South Caribbean, and the recent economic warfare regarding tariffs and rare earth minerals with China it seems like things are spinning out of control.
However, like anything in life where there are significant changes taking place there’s going to be an uncomfortable adaptation phase. Now where did you hear that before?
Oh yeah, I touched on that already when I explained this to you earlier regarding my own experience in training in the discipline of Muay Thai. I explained this to you with the uncomfortable phase that my body went through during the process of physical adaptation before I was able to reach a point where the stimulus of the stress became more settled. Once I had obtained this elevated level of physical performance I could function on a different plane than I had previously been accustomed to prior to the adaptation taking place.
Now keeping this in mind this is essentially the hypothesis that Glenn Beck highlighted this week regarding what our country is going through now with President Trump at the helm. As Glenn Beck pointed out, the usual grim look regarding what the price of gold traditionally signals in terms of the strength of the dollar is obviously very concerning.
However, he also reminded us that we’re not living in traditional times as the one outlier that is known for having the ability to completely invert everything because of his own gift of having very good instincts is President Donald J. Trump. Like Sam Bankman-Fried was able to recognize this gift of good instincts while playing chess with the inmates at his detention center, I know you can recognize this with the President in the current political arena.
Now regarding the concern surrounding the growing debt, Glenn points out that the one thing we all naturally want to focus on that none of our politicians ever want to do is to cut spending. This is obviously needed in a very significant way, but the simple reality of the world that we’re living in is that nobody is going to step up to cut any significant spending through the usual political process.
However, he reminds us that what President Trump believes in the most is growing the bottom line. In other words, his viewpoint is that as a business or a country we can grow our way out of things and it’s with this perspective that the picture of all the chaos starts to change when you start paying attention to what’s going on.
For starters, this idea of growth is a strategy that could drastically pull down the deficit if it is carried out in a way that makes sense. As Beck points out one of the ways this can be done right out of the gate is with the revaluation of gold.
In other words, right now the government only values its alleged store of gold reserves of 260 million troy ounces at $35 an ounce.
Now why is this the case?
The reason that the price of this gold is valued at $35 an ounce is because that’s what FDR set the price at back in the 1930’s. Therefore, on paper our 260 million ounces of gold is only valued at $9 billion.
However, the current value of an ounce of gold is priced at nearly $4500 per ounce in the current market. This is obviously far greater of an adjustment in the price per ounce compared to the set price of $35 an ounce that FDR placed on the precious metal in the 1930s. Now with this adjusted value that $9 billion value now suddenly goes to $1.1 trillion in value.
This adjustment is what is known in accounting as the mark to market value which means you mark the price to what the market value is at the time. As an example, if you bought and paid for a house in the 1980s the price of that home, if it is kept up to quality, in today’s market would be worth considerably more when you adjust its value to today’s real estate market.
In other words, the United States is actually sitting on a trillion dollar asset and we’re not even counting it. Now knowing this it is absolutely insane that this hasn’t been thought about before.
This adjustment would be massive as it would drastically shift the debt to asset ratio of our country while also strengthening the dollar and simultaneously shrinking the deficit on paper literally overnight.
Now as you look at this and then combine it with all of the multiple deals of $8-$10 trillion that President Trump has closed with foreign investments coming into the country, his belief in the growth of the economy, the newly implemented H1b visa fees, and the trillions of dollars of tariff revenue that is expected to flow into the economy next year, all of the sudden the picture doesn’t look so desperate because we’re actually growing at a massive scale.
In other words, by looking at these actions taking place it’s like you can start to take notice of the movements of the economic and global landscape before the actual movements take place. Just like with my example of when I was sparring in fight training, these actionable events involve President Trump telegraphing his moves just as that fighter’s body telegraphed his moves when I was sparring with him. The difference is that you and I are already familiar with this fighter and know that he’s quite dangerous because despite all of these years many people still don’t know how to read him. After all, this is what makes him such a great fighter.
There’s also more to this story here involving the possible selling off of millions of acres of federal land. As Beck reiterated this has absolutely nothing to do with selling national parks. This land does not involve any national parks, but is rather unusable land that can be used for the purpose of development in the private sector.
Now it gets even better because what do we currently find ourselves in the middle of right now? Just in case you need a reminder we’re in the middle of a government shutdown where the hope is that head of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Russ Vought (aka Darth Vader) can kick in some meaningful cuts to eliminate hundreds of thousands, or hopefully millions, of redundant and wasteful government bureaucratic positions in order to enforce some actual needed cuts.
Now if all of this isn’t shocking enough the actions of the President are possibly going even deeper with the termination of the drugboats down in the South Caribbean.
You see the elimination of those boats down in the Caribbean have been sold to the public as being a part of a modern day drug war. Granted it’s true that the U.S. military is hammering the cartel’s supply chains and wreaking havoc on their bottom line with these targeted drone strikes on their drug boats.
However, the other problem is that Venezuela has descended into Communism and the CCP has been all over South America as they’ve been aggressive in the expansion of their Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) throughout all of that region.
You see, the CCP, Venezuela, and Colombia have all had a strong alliance now for quite a while and those drug boats we’re blowing up with our heavy military presence in the Caribbean creates a strong pressure cooker for the CCP and their presence in that region. Sure the hits on the drug boats are framed by the ASM as being a modern day drug war, but in reality it has more to do with making life difficult for the CCP.
This not only stalls their efforts to enforce chemical warfare against the United States with their trafficking of fentanyl, but it also slams the brakes on the BRI campaign and drives a wedge between the CCP’s alliance with Colombia and Venezuela.
The more pressure we can create in South America the more we stand to create a natural scenario of possibly triggering a grassroots regime change to naturally occur within those countries among their own citizens.
Just as the Sun Tzu quote states that I Ied off with at the beginning of this episode If sovereign and subject are in accord, we could be putting division between them. This could also lay the groundwork for a new alliance among the United States, Colombia, and Venezuela.
Keep in mind that Venezuela is probably the richest country on the planet in terms of its natural resources as well. A new alliance between the United States and Venezuela would shore up the Western Hemisphere in a modern day version of the Monroe Doctrine.
The Wrap Up
Look, there’s no doubt I believe our country is going through some transitional pains right now, but the fact is that President Trump was left with an absolute dumpster fire of a mess to clean up due to decades of inept leaders that were controlled by a corrupt system that we now identify as the Administrative State (also the Deep State).
The fact is that to correct such wide scale corruption and failure, when it involves fighting against domestic enemies of the most powerful nation in world history, the transition period is not going to be smooth. In fact, such a transition is going to be very nasty and as nasty as it has already been, it’s going to get even worse before it gets better.
If you think about it, the entire country has had to adapt to getting used to understanding how to combat this modern version of asymmetric warfare. We’re literally seeing the worst elements of evil that have infiltrated all of our major institutions now calling for the literal death of their opposition.
Whether you like it or not, this is the reality that we’re up against. However, the country has been able to make it this far after the corrupt election of 2020, after going up against a multi-billion dollar propaganda media, and direct violence to political opponents that fought against the system.
Now it’s you and I (the citizens) that drive the narrative along with alternative media platforms such as this one that tirelessly work to be the needed forces of nature in order to take the fight to the enemy. The reality is that the country is still going through an adaptation phase on its way to getting into fighting shape for this modern age of cultural and political warfare.
However, thanks to the Lord almighty there’s a giant revival happening across the globe, and the more we lean on Jesus the more victories we’ll continue to pile up.
The reality is that defeating these evil Marxists is unfortunately an uncomfortable process that is needed to save this Republic. Just like we need to adjust the value of gold with the day’s mark to market value, we need to act to adjust the mark to market value of our human individuality for this modern age in order to achieve victory in this Grand Strategy chess match between good and evil.
Do you see the reordering of the entire geopolitical landscape taking place with President Trump’s plan of action?
Do you see the revaluation of gold or some other asset playing a huge role in this Grand Strategy?
Remember that this is a reader supported publication and your support is what keeps me going so if you like this message please make sure you hit the like button, share this article, and post up your feedback in the comment section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers. In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it. If you would like to support the message please make sure you hit the like button here below, drop a comment, or share it out to your friends.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If we’re to continue to advance world peace and human freedom, America must remain strong.... Peace through Strength works.”
–Ronald Reagan
As a quick disclaimer for today’s episode I want to begin by first saying that I’m not a financial advisor and I do not give financial advice to anyone. However, I do believe in the power of information and the significance of you taking valuable information and researching that for yourself in order for you to make your own decisions. I just wanted to be clear about that in regards to today’s episode before I get into the weeds of this discussion because today’s topic is full of powerful information that many would consider to be valuable.
Whenever we hear that phrase Peace Through Strength everyone is always quick to point to Ronald Reagan’s famous quote. There’s certainly no doubt that Reagan’s position on this philosophy was certainly sound during his days of occupying the White House.
However, Ronald Reagan’s version of Peace Through Strength simply does not apply to the current world circumstances as today we find ourselves living in a very different world compared to the age of Ronald Reagan in the 1980s.
The main difference for this is due to the increased growth of globalization. According to the International Monetary Fund the value of trade (involving goods and services) as a percentage of world GDP increased from 42.1% in 1980 to 62.1% up to 2007.
Now I wanted to share that statistic with you because it’s one of many that several of these organizations like to spit out to tell you that countries have gotten richer due to the implementation of globalization. Granted this is somewhat true, but it’s also very misleading.
Additionally, the point here is that the expansion of globalization has been significant since the days of President Ronald Reagan and it’s resulted in some big changes to the economic framework of the United States. As we’re learning today here in 2025 those changes have not been for the better.
When the globalists here in the U.S. talk about how the country has gotten richer they always leave out a significant detail regarding who has gotten richer. In other words, if the country has gotten richer then who inside the country has actually gotten richer?
After all, when generalized statements are made in terms of talk about wealth creation, growth, etc. the understanding from such statements must always be anchored to something which more specifically defines the meaning. In other words, is the growth due to the increased growth of start-up entrepreneurship, a growing economy, or an explosive growth of a middle class?
Well when you look at this the answer starts to become much clearer as the answer to that certainly has not been the middle class. In fact, the percentage of adults in middle-income households has dropped from 61% down to 50% between the years of 1971 and 2021 according to the Pew Research Center.
So if the middle class hasn’t gotten richer due to globalism then who has? Well according to the Brookings Institute the answer to that question would be the rich.
According to the Brookings Institute this is due to international trade and the offshoring of manufacturing. These actions have resulted in the suppressed wages with lower skilled jobs and even though this impacts manufacturing it also extends beyond manufacturing as digital globalization expands the range of activities such as services that are deliverable across borders.
Now all of this may sound a little complex, but in reality it isn’t. Let’s take a moment and simplify this so that it makes sense.
What all of this basically means is that back in the 1980s that we, here in the United States, were actually good at making our own stuff. We made our own stuff because we were a manufacturing powerhouse.
However, because of the growth of globalization in the decades that followed we have gone from being able to make a lot of our own stuff to now allowing other countries such as China to make a lot of our stuff for us.
Autodidact or Death
Now taking that last part about China into consideration, how much sense does it make that we have allowed our biggest enemy to control such a significant part of our manufacturing of goods? This is the insane scenario that we currently find ourselves in as just this past week we find the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) declaring full blown economic warfare against us here in the United States as they take aim at trying to cut the U.S. off from access to rare earth minerals.
Now getting back to my original point, there’s a big difference between the age of Ronald Reagan compared to the age of Donald Trump because of the factors that I’ve outlined here regarding the transformation of the economic landscape. This is particularly significant with the current involvement concerning the nefarious mercantilist trade practices of the Dragon, the threat of the Dragon’s military buildup, and our mistake in underwriting the entire project by getting into business with these CCP thugs.
So understanding all of this it is vitally important to also understand that the entire concept of Peace Through Strength is completely different regarding the very definition of that concept today compared to what it meant in the 1980s.
As I stated before in the 1980s the United States was a manufacturing powerhouse and we had just under a trillion dollars on the balance sheet back then. Now compare that scenario with today where we’ve offshored a significant portion of our manufacturing to our enemy in the CCP, on top of the fact that we have over 37 trillion dollars on the balance sheet today according to the U.S. debt clock.
Of course, if you’re listening to this episode a month or so after it was published we may already be at 38 trillion dollars in debt and counting, but I digress.
So given this reality concerning the difference in the geopolitical landscape with today’s world it’s changed the very definition of what Peace Through Strength means and nobody has demonstrated this better than President Trump.
You see, Peace Through Strength means absolutely nothing if it simply involves building up military might alone. In other words, Peace Through Strength means absolutely nothing unless you have the political will to enforce that strength, whether it be through military or through economic action as we have seen President Trump do here today with the implementation of his tariffs.
So why is all of this important to understand?
It’s vitally important for you to understand that the only way that we are going to have peace in this world is if we’re willing to separate all of our major business ties with China. We must fully decouple and unplug from the CCP as they have proven that they want to exert their will over the entire world through economic sanctions, blackmail, elite capture, and subversion.
The CCP is not a competitor to the United States as the Administrative State Media (ASM) likes to frame that relationship. They are our mortal enemy and they have communicated this both in their military doctrine and in their actions involving Unrestricted Warfare.
Just to throw out some examples for you involving their efforts with Unrestricted Warfare we’ve already seen the CCP do this with their implementation of biological warfare with the pandemic involving their Wuhan lab, we’ve seen it with their fentanyl production in the form of chemical warfare, and we’re now seeing it with their attempt to cut off the rare earth minerals for the purpose of full scale economic warfare.
This is why President Trump has hit them with even more aggressive tariffs in order to push back on the CCP to stress their financial and struggling economic system even more than it is already stressed. The tariffs are also a play to create revenue flow for our nation, as well as to incentivize the manufacturing to return home to U.S. soil in order to avoid the tariffs.
Now the thing that you have to understand is that it’s been said that Xi Jinping has run the numbers on all of this and he believes that his people can endure the economic pain and suffering better than the weak and greedy foreign devils in America which will result in his triumph. I suppose this is why Xi also aligned very well with the globalists as they shared an equal level of hate and disdain for both you and me.
After all, Xi and the globalists both share the theory of how the citizens are nothing more than cattle that should keep their mouths shut and only exist for the sole purpose of being nothing more than consumers for the world market that they desire to control. In the eyes of Xi Jinping and the globalists we, as the proletariat, are nothing more than automatons that are supposed to do what we’re told.
So now the question is going to be whether or not Xi and the globalists are correct in their assessment. Many smart American Patriots have been warning about this coming war for quite a while now and believe that we can absolutely win this economic war as long as we maintain our will, never give up, and use every single tool in the toolbox in order to pull off a victory.
In the CCP’s ongoing efforts of waging economic warfare against the United States we’ve seen how they’ve been heading up the BRICS nations in an attempt to de-dollarize while they also simultaneously are working to stockpile as much gold as possible.
You have probably noticed how we’ve been suffering with inflation for the past several years after the Biden regime continued to print trillions of dollars adding to, and aiding in, the accelerated growth of large numbered dollar debt.
After Biden made the stupid move to remove Russia from the SWIFT banking system at the beginning of the Russia/Ukraine war, as well as, threatening to permanently seize (basically steal) Russian assets the rest of the world took notice.
You see since WWII the United States dollar has been the world reserve currency. Having the dollar as the world reserve currency has enabled us as a nation to borrow money more easily and to levy financial sanctions against other nations. It’s a huge benefit to us as a nation unless that status is abused and the Biden regime certainly abused it.
The SWIFT banking system is a system that sends secure payment instructions between institutions for secure international transactions to occur. At the beginning of the Russia/Ukraine war the Biden regime coordinated with other European countries to get Russian banks removed from the SWIFT banking system in an attempt to economically cripple Russia.
Once Biden did this then the rest of the world started thinking that if we could do that to Russia then what would stop the U.S. from doing that to the rest of us? Biden’s abuse of the system is what pushed the world over the edge in order to more aggressively start the process of de-dollarization with the established BRICS nations which is an acronym that stands for Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa.
Now part of that de-dollarization effort involves the behavior of these BRICS nations and the central banks buying up record levels of gold as they are looking to dump dollar holdings. Because they are dumping dollar holdings they must look to some other form of asset to hold and that primary asset holding is steadily and more frequently becoming gold.
In a recent interview with JP Morgan CEO Jamie Dimon he stated that he believed gold “could easily go to $5,000, $10,000 in environments like this. This is one of the few times in my life it’s semi-rational to have some in your portfolio.” Just to give you some additional perspective on that quote Jamie Dimon has traditionally been the voice of NOT liking gold at all for years. With that quote he’s clearly not enjoying having to eat the new reality of gold’s role returning to dominance in the global financial marketplace. Guys like that hate being humbled.
It’s become clear that gold has shifted in its role in a more profound way than just being seen as solely being a hedge. It’s more and more appearing to be accepted as a more dominant asset hold for the central banks as they continue to set records on their purchase of the precious metal.
Now I want to shift gears here for a bit to talk about a recent article that came out from the Telegraph where the interesting title of the article basically speaks for itself. The article’s title is the following: Western executives who visit China are coming back terrified.
This article goes into detail about how many Western executives that have visited the floors of these manufacturing facilities in China come back shaken at the experience as they talk about the mass scale of automation, technological advancement, and wide scale robotics that are being used on the assembly lines for building cars and phones.
It goes on to talk about how they even have vast dark factories where there are so many robots that do the work alone that there’s no reason to even keep the lights on for people because there aren’t any around. It details how they’ve mastered enough automation that there are hardly any people around for anything other than a few personnel on site just to make sure that the facilities are operating properly.
Even though the article touts the impressive expansion of the widescale automation in their manufacturing process it also points out that much of the motivation behind the widescale automation isn’t to increase production for the purpose of cutting costs for a better bottomline, but is done out of the necessity to compensate for a shortage of workers in order to mitigate the impact of its loss of human labor.
Regardless of the more accurate reason as to why the CCP has been aiming to expand their technological capabilities, the reality is that it’s a legitimate concern given what we do know about how far they’ve come with the advancement of their manufacturing.
After all, they’ve industrialized their society off the backs of our technology because they’re great at stealing our intellectual property, however it was our fault to get into business with them in the first place.
When you consider the fact that it was the industrial strength of the United States that scared the Japanese officers into submission in WWII, it makes this observation from those Western executives that visited those Chinese factories a major concern.
Now I mentioned how the CCP has now engaged in full blown economic warfare by trying to cut the U.S. off from the rare earth minerals. The biggest reason for this has to do with the AI arms race that’s taking place between the United States and China.
I believe it was Vladimir Putin who said that whoever becomes the leader in AI technology will be the ruler of the world. Knowing this it’s a big concern that China has made the aggressive and direct move to try and cut the U.S. off from rare earth minerals.
Given this fact, combined with the snapshot we got regarding the automation of their manufacturing capabilities, we can honestly say that we’re currently finding ourselves in quite a concerning predicament as a nation. With that being said, thank God we have President Donald Trump in office at this time in our history.
So what is the point of all of this?
In other words, what is the main reason for me telling you about all of this besides doing my best to try and keep you up at night with this terrifying situation that we currently find ourselves in?
Well I certainly don’t want you to be terrified, but I do want you to be informed. You see, I believe the reason we are in this predicament in the first place is because our society has been asleep at the wheel for way too long while these nefarious actors, both in the CCP and here domestically, have created this problematic environment for us.
Our domestic enemies have created a lying Administrative State Media (ASM) which has also resulted in a brainwashed and intellectually lazy population for quite some time now, but fortunately a lot of that has changed.
So to answer the question I’m telling you all of this to remind you that both you and myself still have agency. In other words, we still have a mind, a body, and the opportunity to take actions right here and now in order to shift the energy on this economic battlefield back onto our side of the football so that we can go on offense and advance on the enemy.
This is exactly why we all individually need to demonstrate our ability to be an autodidact so that we survive as a nation. In case you’re not familiar with that term it’s a sophisticated word that basically means to be self-taught. I wanted this episode, like all of my episodes, to offer you valuable information for you to take and apply to your own life by taking action in your own life.
At the end of the day each of us can either be an autodidact or we’re doomed. This is exactly what I mean when I talk about being a Zenith, particularly during these chaotic times.
The Wrap Up
I’ve already mentioned that the CCP has been working on stockpiling gold in their efforts to de-dollarize with the other BRICS nations. I’ve also talked about how the CCP currently manufactures a significant amount of our goods.
Knowing both of these things I have a hypothesis regarding some outcomes that we can achieve as a result of our actions as a society if we play our cards right. Once again, I want to remind you that I’m not a financial advisor and I don’t give financial advice to anyone. With that being said I am in no way attempting to do that here.
So when I tell you my hypothesis here it’s just me sharing with you what I think regarding the current economic and geopolitical landscape in regards to our relationship with the CCP.
Given the fact that gold and silver are both smashing record highs due to the CCP’s attempt to accelerate global de-dollarization, their efforts are aimed at collapsing our dollar since we are currently dealing with forty year record high inflation.
Granted, President Trump is feverishly working to move heaven and earth to accelerate the growth of our economy, working to end all the wars, cleaning up the deep state, overcoming unconstitutional rulings from radical Marxist judges, and fighting more constant resistance from his own Republican party than the Democratic party.
Ok, keep that picture of what I just described in mind while also recognizing that China and the central banks are currently stockpiling gold for a reason. With the de-dollarization effort accelerating, while the price of gold surges, this is a clear indicator that there is a global loss of trust in the dollar. Granted, China is fueling that distrust in the U.S. dollar, but once again, I’m just giving you my hypothesis here.
With this loss of trust in the dollar China is waging full blown economic warfare against us and they’re also in a race to stockpile as much gold as possible. They started the effort having bought a significant amount of gold at a lower cost which in turn aids in driving up the price of the precious metal. As the metal becomes more expensive it becomes harder for others to purchase it themselves for the purpose of retaining the asset as a sort of safeguard against a collapsing dollar.
However, a lot of investors look solely at the price of gold and believe that they should have gotten in on the purchase of the metal when it was priced much lower. This perspective basically has them believing that there is no more bite left to take from this apple.
Now having said that, I just went through a detailed explanation of what drives the price of gold. Simultaneously we know the Federal Reserve is continuing to print money as fast as possible while the effort of de-dollarization is accelerating.
Furthermore, it’s pretty clear that we are heading for a lot of societal turbulence here in the near future with the domestic civil war that’s closing in with the Marxists while the economic war with China is just getting started.
Given all of these factors I don’t see an end in sight in regards to the price of gold slowing down. Therefore, in my own personal view I believe that investing in gold is a smart decision which is why I have invested in the precious metal myself.
Now I also believe that with China’s efforts to accelerate the de-dollarization of the world that U.S. citizens can directly counter the CCP in economic warfare. I believe that if U.S. citizens can understand gold’s role in the geopolitical landscape then the citizens can make the decision to invest in the metal across individual households.
By doing this on an individual basis I believe that, as a nation, we can sort of create our own version of a decentralized gold standard across individual households. I believe by doing this now that it will enable us to have an asset holding that will be a safeguard against de-dollarization.
Now in addition to the currency war involving the dollar there’s also the issue of China’s expansion in industrial manufacturing for the purpose of making a lot of the products that we consume as Americans.
I already touched on President Trump’s efforts to pushback on this with his use of tariffs. Of course, it’s great that President Trump is driving the action of economic warfare against the CCP along with the rest of the federal government, but I believe that we can further accelerate the economic collapse of China as consumers if we take actions ourselves to refuse to buy products that are manufactured in China.
Now obviously this will be a challenge, but major purchases could make a huge difference in regards to directing more impactful hits to products that are made with the use of their more sophisticated manufacturing.
So why is it important for us as citizens to get involved with an effort to accelerate the collapse of the Chinese economy?
Well aside from the CCP aiming to destroy us, the significance of the action of the U.S. citizen getting involved in the collapse of the Chinese economy has to do with the ancient Chinese political concept that is known as the Mandate of Heaven.
The Mandate of Heaven is viewed in Chinese culture as the divine source of authority and the right to rule of Chinese kings and emperors. With this belief it is said that the ruler is given great power, but with that power the ruler is also obligated to use that power for the good of his own people. However, if the ruler fails to do what is good for his people then the state would suffer terrible disasters and the emperor would lose his right to govern.
Therefore, I believe that as individual citizens we can take action to spread a movement across the nation to accelerate the collapse of the Chinese economy by creating a sort of thermonuclear boycott in order to create the circumstances for the Chinese President to lose the Mandate of Heaven.
According to the New Federal State of China it is said that the working class of China known as Laobaixing could overthrow the CCP within a hundred days without a single shot being fired if the United States would economically decouple from the regime.
Well it appears as if the United States and China have arrived at this very crossroad and now is the time to make sure we are autodidact in terms of our environment as our focus, grit, and determination will be put to the test.
What actions do you see the United States taking that can be the difference maker in this economic war with China?
How big of a role do you see gold playing in the everchanging global financial landscape?
Please share your feedback here in the comment section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers. In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it. If you would like to support the message please make sure you hit the like button here below, drop a comment, or share it out to your friends.
Keep in mind that YOUR actions are what keeps this publication going and getting this sort of engagement from you as how this Substack is able to thrive because this is a reader supported publication. Understanding that please make sure you take the ten to fifteen extra seconds to click and engage the content and thank you for doing so.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
As a note today's episode will only be available in full length if you're an All-Access paid member on my Substack, however please do not click off as I'm going to give you a substantial preview of today's episode here.
To access this episode in full length simply visit me at brandonrichey.substack.com and sign up to be an All-Access paid member for either $5 per month, or for $50 for the entire year.
You can also download the Substack App and get a free preview of the episode that way as well.
Thank you very much for you support of the show.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Foreigners who live in your land will gain more and more power, while you gradually lose yours. They will have money to lend you, but you will have none to lend them. In the end they will be your rulers. All these disasters will come on you, and they will be with you until you are destroyed, because you did not obey the Lord your God and keep all the laws that he gave you. They will be the evidence of God’s judgment on you and your descendants forever. The Lord blessed you in every way, but you would not serve him with glad and joyful hearts.”
Deuteronomy 28: 43-47
I get so sick of milk toast anti-Trump libertarians and anti-Trump conservatives whining about how the violence and rhetoric that we see taking place literally right in front of our eyes everyday is a both sides issue. No, it isn’t a both sides issue and only a moron would say that.
If any of these people ever went to the trouble to pick up a history book then they would understand what the phrase conquest ethic means in regards to history every single time a nation or society faces a watershed moment like the one we’re witnessing right now in this very moment in history.
A conquest ethic involves a system of beliefs and principles that lead to the actions of one group of people subjugating another group of people often by using coercive political means and military force. This is done by one group of people for the purpose of gaining control of the opposing group’s land, people, and resources.
The conquest ethic is documented throughout history over and over again since Biblical times. However, in what you might consider to be more recent history we have seen this take place within countries with the actions of the aggressors typically building out these forceful movements within the construct of their society’s institutions.
This is how they lay the groundwork before these movements bubble up and result in harsh actions that can be seen with physical enforcers using their military and other violent political groups to impose their will onto the rest of society. This type of behavior is what we would consider to be terroristic by today’s standards.
We’ve literally seen all of this play out before with the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution, 1930s Nazi Germany, Mao’s Red Guard Cultural Revolution, and the Khmer Rouge in Cambodia. Now we’re seeing this same playbook right here in front of us in the United States of America with groups associated with the Communist left such as Antifa and BLM. If you need a more current concrete visual all you have to do is simply focus on Portland, Oregon at this very moment.
A watershed moment is defined as an event that marks a key turning point, or irreversible moment, such as the key development of something in regards to a moment in history. With that being said, it’s obviously no coincidence that Charlie Kirk’s organization is called Turning Point given the watershed moment that we’re currently living in now in this very moment in history.
If you’re a regular reader, or listener, to this platform then you’re very aware of what is happening. However, just like any chess piece on the playing board the pieces are always moving and the game is always in a state of change as the war for power and control over our society rages on day by day.
“There are decades where nothing happens; and there are weeks where decades happen.”
― Vladimir Ilyich Lenin
Given that quote by Lenin it’s obvious that we’re living in weeks where literal decades are happening right in front of us. This war that we find ourselves in the middle of is actually the manifestation of WWIII.
For some the battle lines aren’t too clear as there are still people that look at this political war through the old lenses of being Republicans versus Democrats, or Conservatives versus Liberals. Truthfully those old monikers have been dead for a while now and the reality is that many people who were told that the other team was evil are starting to break free from their old labels to reach out and have genuine conversations with people that they traditionally were told to stay away from.
This is quite a phenomenon as I myself have experienced this with numerous people that I used to not see eye to eye with on anything prior to the pandemic. However, now I find myself aligning with these very people quite often more than I do with people that I had traditionally thought shared my values. The pandemic was the first social experiment that managed to turn many relationships on their heads while simultaneously opening the door for new and unexpected relationships to thrive.
For the record, I wouldn’t have it any other way with the friends and people that I have found common ground with here in the last five years. I’m convinced, without a doubt, that this was God’s way to use this current watershed moment in history to open the doors for all of us to find one another during this time so that we could use our strengths to save this Republic. I firmly believe this with all of my heart.
Now I mentioned how I’ve certainly made new friends during this cultural and political realignment that has been going on now for the past five years. It’s been quite something to experience on an individual basis and I’m sure you’ve probably experienced much of the same. The beauty of this is that we can look beyond our own lives and into the realm of media and culture in order to witness this happening as well.
From Rigid To Flexible
Another key observation here of how one particular individual is breaking away from his rigid side of the “political aisle” in order to seek understanding of the current events can be seen with the actor Charlie Sheen.
It was quite a pleasant surprise to learn that he has apparently worked to turn his life around with sobriety and has even gone further to talk about his new book and his new series that can be seen on Netflix that covers his life story and his past struggles with addiction.
I recently learned of Sheen’s sobriety and his awakening of the events of the world in a couple of interviews he was doing. However, the one that first got my attention was his interview with Joe Rogan.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The will of the people is the only legitimate foundation of any government, and to protect its free expression should be our first object.”
― Thomas Jefferson
There are a lot of interesting and unique things on this planet. To me one of those interesting and unique things is the process that is involved in the formation of a diamond.
Diamonds have a very unique chemical composition and are formed deep within the mantle of the earth. In fact, they are very unique as they have to be formed in a particular way as the conditions have to be right for the process to occur. This must take place in the mantle where tremendous heat and pressure are present.
The initial rough diamonds come out of the deep mines looking like small worthless pebbles. Once they are extracted from the mine in this raw form this is why they must be carefully cleaned in order to remove all of the unwanted exterior and impurities.
It’s at this point that skilled diamond cutters prepare these rough diamonds for being used as gemstones. Diamonds are made of the hardest material in the world and because of this only a diamond can be used to mechanically cut and shape another diamond. There is a significant skill of precision that is required to do this and the more the diamond is cut the more it gives off a sparkle.
The intense heat, pressure, and the process of cutting are all necessary steps that are involved in the effort of making a quality diamond. Each one of these stressors are necessary not only for satisfying the societal demand for possessing a beautiful gemstone, but for producing the strongest and most resilient gemstone that exists on all of planet earth.
The fact is that the diamond is the end product and the direct result of a series of stressors that shape it into the ultimate gemstone that it is. The stress that is imposed onto this gemstone is exactly what is needed to produce the finest, strongest, and arguably the most beautiful stone that has ever been discovered.
Aside from the diamond being recognized as an expensive rock at your local jewelry store, it’s also the hardest and strongest material on the planet. The end result and strength of the diamond is formed out of a literal pressure cooker and cut to form by its own kind.
The Designation
I want to shift gears here and talk about the recent course of action that we’re seeing coming from the White House since the assassination of Charlie Kirk.
Many in the MAGA movement have been calling for an equal application of the law now for years as many decent Americans have been on the receiving end of relentless lawfare, riots, harassment, and direct violence from what many would describe to be radical leftist groups now for over a decade.
For the past ten years it seems that these groups have accelerated in their destruction and harassment of society with organized riots. They’ve even gone so far as to take over large sections of communities throughout various places in Oregon.
One demonstration that I mentioned in my most recent article Antifragile involved some anti-ICE protestors with Antifa affiliation. This group literally brought out a guillotine to a protest in Oregon in order to send a message to ICE.
This protest was held outside the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facility in Southwest Portland and the guillotine was to me a symbolic reminder of the type of sentiment that could be seen with the violent Jacobins back during the French Revolution.
This particular protest took place back on September 1, 2025 which was only nine days before Charlie Kirk would be assassinated in Utah while simply sitting in a chair with a microphone as some students voiced their disagreement with Charlie just seconds before he was murdered.
Just recently President Trump announced that he would start looking into taking direct action against certain left-wing groups that have been fomenting political violence. As a result President Trump announced on Truth Social that he would be designating Antifa as a major terrorist organization.
This designation is significant because it will allow the process for authorities to begin digging into the financial trail involving groups and individuals who are responsible for funding this organization. It should also be noted that Charlie Kirk brought a lot of attention to Antifa during his career.
NBC News reported the following:
“The White House is exploring a wide variety of options to address left-wing political violence and the network of organizations that fuel and fund it," an administration official said. “The emphasis and focus are on criminal actions,” the official added, “not political speech.”
That last part of the statement is important to understand because the radical left will try to spin this designation to say that this action of labeling domestic terrorists is a violation of the first amendment and that this designation can be weaponized against anyone who attempts to voice a different opinion. Believe it or not that statement is both correct and incorrect and I will elaborate on that very important point here.
First, allow me to explain why this perspective is incorrect. For those on the left that adopt the belief that the terrorist designation can be weaponized against free speech I’ll explain how the problems here with holding that position are numerous.
To begin with, this line of thinking demonstrates that if they are adopting that belief they fundamentally do not understand what it takes and who it takes to go about honoring and upholding the Constitution. This seems to be the current trend with those who are currently being critical of the MAGA movement and President Trump. These criticisms are typically directed towards President Trump’s actions involving his efforts relating to the mass deportations, the crackdown on crime in big cities using the National Guard, etc.
However, President Trump is simply exercising his Article II Powers as the Executive as defined in the Constitution. As the Chief Executive he has broad powers to use for the purpose of protecting the country from enemies both foreign and domestic. If you’re a leftist, an anti-Trump libertarian, or a RINO reading this then take a moment and repeat that last sentence to yourself.
Now just as I have already referenced in the article from NBC News, the administration official stated that the investigations will focus on criminal actions, not political speech. So regardless of where you fall along the spectrum here concerning your own political beliefs, please pause and take a moment to consider the fact thatwe have ALREADY seen the state get directly involved with censoring speech.
This has been the case with direct governmental agency control concerning the FBI’s infiltration of both Facebook (now Meta) and Twitter prior to Elon Musk’s purchase of the company. Since this is a verifiable fact then why do those on the left, anti-Trump libertarians, and RINOs suddenly have a problem with the alleged infringement of the first amendment? Are they all suddenly suffering from amnesia with everything that has happened in the past five years?
Both of these companies deplatformed President Trump, along with many other voices in the Populist and Conservative movement, back during the pandemic under the alleged control of Joe Biden when he was in office. As it turns out they were directly under the control of Biden’s DOJ according to the infamous Twitter files that were uncovered by Elon Musk and later reported on by investigative reporter Matt Tiabbi.
These platforms were essentially commandeered and weaponized by the FBI, yet every Marxist, RINO, and anti-Trump libertarian is talking about how the actions of MAGA are infringing on free speech. Think about the absurdity of that claim.
By the way, these authoritarians did this with impunity and with consistent regularity. This also resulted in the stealing of the 2020 election with the disinformation that they used to push out through these platforms and this directly impacted a variety of major societal issues.
These issues involved everything surrounding the pandemic, the Hunter Biden laptop, and the disgusting mandates that led to many family members dying in the hospitals alone during the pandemic. Of course, this was all due to the forced social isolation that they had thrust upon us while they conveniently labeled it all as quarantine.
So when the anti-MAGA fringe levy the accusation at President Trump for violating free speech, simply remind them just how corrupt and truly weaponized the Biden DOJ was just five years ago and that they should have their memory checked by a physician.
In short, if you’re going to attempt to take the moral high ground on this, while literally having been silent for the past five years in the face of the Biden DOJ weaponizing social media platforms against political rivals, then you don’t deserve to be listened to at all.
Basically the left’s argument that somehow Jimmy Kimmel’s firing was a violation of free speech is absurd. Jimmy Kimmel’s ratings were abysmal as he had dropped 72% of his key demographic in the past decade.
Let’s also not forget that ABC was ordered to pay out $15 million to President Trump after George Stephanopoulos lied about President Trump being civilly liable for rape against E. Jean Carroll. It’s pretty obvious ABC has a track record of allowing their employees to not only spread lies, but to spread hateful and accusatory lies that aim to destroy people’s reputations.
Furthermore, many people in the public eye that would consider themselves to be left leaning are showing that they’re more upset about Jimmy Kimmel losing his job rather than the loss of Charlie Kirk’s life. Besides, Kimmel got fired for lying about the shooter being part of the MAGA movement which was a blatant lie that was proven otherwise by direct text messages from the shooter himself. Granted, I question the authenticity of those text messages, however it still doesn’t make Kimmel’s statements any more honest than he communicated in the first place.
Now I also mentioned that the left had a fear that the designation of domestic terrorists could be weaponized and I pointed out how they were partially correct in their statement and I will explain that here as well.
I’ve obviously already pointed out how a weaponized DOJ was used against thousands of conservatives and populist voices throughout the term of the Biden regime. So if the left is trying to use the whole “boomerang” argument for this it just simply doesn’t apply here because they’ve already directly applied the standard themselves for being authoritarians over speech.
However, if you take their point that the institutions could be weaponized and quickly examine that, it’s obviously true because they’ve literally already done it.
This is how their statement is actually correct in a sense.
I have touched on this particular aspect of institutional capture in a previous episode, but I’ll elaborate on it here again. The point I’m trying to make with you here is one that the so-called advocates for the Constitution and the advocates against the Constitution seemingly always argue about. However, I’d actually argue that the left has figured out what I’m about to tell you better than those who you would consider to be more right leaning in terms of the political spectrum.
So what exactly has the left figured out that many of the RINOs and anti-Trump libertarians do not understand regarding the application of the Constitution and societal laws?
The thing that the Marxists have mastered is the art of institutional capture. To me this has been blatantly obvious for years, but it was ESPECIALLY obvious during the pandemic.
In short, the Marxists have taken over the universities, the media, the DOJ, the judicial system, the pharmaceutical system, and even the financial system in order to wage a direct war against the U.S. citizens and the entire MAGA coalition for many years now.
They have been the ones promoting the violence and committing the violence that killed Charlie Kirk, United Healthcare CEO Brian Thompson, and the Ukrainian war refugee Iryna Zarutska. They have been the ones guilty of endless lawfare. They have been guilty of locking up their political opponents (see Steve Bannon, Peter Navarro, Roger Stone, Tina Peters, etc.).
I’ve made the following point before, but I will repeat it here again because apparently a lot of people still don’t get it.
The most insane thing to me is that all the sudden now many so-called conservatives, anti-Trump libertarians, and RINOs are saying that we have to be careful because the shoe will be on the other foot one day.
Are you kidding me?
The shoe has literally already been on the other foot for years now. How can anyone fail to recognize this reality?
This is about seizing the institutions. The plan is simple. Purge the system. Get rid of the bad people and replace them with quality people.
The end.
The Wrap Up
Since all of these so-called conservatives, anti-Trump libertarians, and Marxists love to bring up the Constitutional argument regarding everything that they want to subvert, such as this circus around the suspension of Jimmy Kimmel, I want to remind both you and them of something.
When it comes to a Constitutional argument I most always see pretty much everyone default to referencing the section including the amendments. However, the opening sentence of the Constitution begins with three simple words stating We The People.
So why am I bringing this up to you?
I’m bringing this up because when the Constitution begins the document with those three powerful words We The People, it establishes the fact that government power is derived directly from the citizenry. This is what is known as popular sovereignty which means that the Constitution exists for the purpose to serve the people and that the government’s authority is based on the consent of the people. Of course the tenth amendment backs this up as well.
Therefore, in theory the will of the people must be honored. By the way this is why President Trump won both the popular vote and the electoral college vote by a landslide, thereby giving him a clear mandate to carry out the will of the people.
However, I’ve already established how our nation’s institutions have been captured by Marxists who have weaponized those very institutions for the purpose of subverting the will of the people.
They’ve done this by stripping away many rights within the Constitution, particularly the first amendment with the examples I gave with Facebook and the Twitter files.
So what does this mean?
This means that the will of the people has been subverted due to institutional capture. This has resulted in the degradation of the sovereignty of the American citizen, it’s resulted in state run media (see Facebook, the Twitter files, and USAID), and the outright theft of the election of 2020.
Now since all of this has happened what does this mean? In short, it means the globalists, the left, anti-Trump libertarians, RINOs etc. have degraded and stolen the sovereignty of the United States citizen.
Quite simply this means that we are currently living in a post-Constitutional era, therefore anyone on the left, the anti-Trump libertarians, and RINOs that are screaming about free speech being under attack regarding the Jimmy Kimmel suspension has no right to be heard. In fact, they have zero moral authority to dictate the terms and the rights that are to be interpreted, honored, and upheld regarding the Constitution that they are committed to violating.
The reality that many people are currently awakening to is the fact that our society is full of communists who do not care about the Constitution. These people have proven without a shadow of a doubt that they will absolutely NOT honor any aspect of the Constitution with the ONLY exception being if it benefits them. However, even that is questionable.
This is war and it is about purging the system of these monsters who would see you dead before canceling someone like Jimmy Kimmel due to him failing at his job.
Pay attention and think about what is happening already.
I opened this episode talking about the unique characteristics of a diamond and what all goes into the extraction of this prized gemstone from the mines. Additionally, I pointed out how the diamonds are rough and resemble worthless pebbles when they are initially pulled out of the ground.
Because of this a diamond can only be cut and shaped by another diamond since it’s the hardest material on the planet.
Like a diamond requires the use of another diamond to be cut and formed in order for it to reach its full potential the same thing must happen with people and the interactions that they have with one another.
Charlie Kirk understood this concept very well and he learned that very concept from our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ as the Lord knows this better than anyone.
“As iron sharpens iron, so one person sharpens another"
–Proverbs 27:17
Like a diamond we must sharpen one another as this is how we can all become a Zenith for this moment in history.
With that in mind, understand that the survival of this Republic will be determined by who wins this political and cultural war. The only way for us to win this war is to make sure that we sharpen ourselves.
We must do this and sharpen one another while continuing to expose the communists and anti-American coalitions of RINOs, anti-Trump libertarians, and others who are either themselves enemies to these United States, or are convinced that evil will somehow be capable of reason and cooperation.
I hope you will join me to become a Zenith during these chaotic times.
Are you currently engaging in anything during your daily activity to fight against the Cultural Marxists within our society?
How do you think we should deal with these people within our society that are calling for our death if we do not abandon our own beliefs and principles for theirs?
Make sure you hit the like button on this episode and share your feedback here in the comments below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers. In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it. If you would like to support the message please make sure you hit the like button here below, drop a comment, or share it out to your friends.
Keep in mind that YOUR actions are what keeps this publication going and getting this sort of engagement from you as how this Substack is able to thrive because this is a reader supported publication. Understanding that please make sure you take the ten to fifteen extra seconds to click and engage the content and thank you for doing so.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“I do this real moron thing, and it's called thinking. And apparently I'm not a very good American because I like to form my own opinions.”
― George Carlin
Over the past fifteen years or so there’s been a real disease that has spread throughout our society. If I can be honest I noticed when it started just based on my interactions with people and by simply observing the culture throughout my daily life.
Before I reveal to you what I’m referring to I will share with you some symptoms of what I am talking about based on some previous conversations I’ve had with close friends and family over the past few years.
I was hanging out with a few friends of mine a while back and we were talking about when the Ultimate Fighting Championship (UFC) first came on the scene and what it was like seeing that type of competition in the early 1990s.
Now I don’t know if you follow the UFC, or if you’ve ever seen any of the UFC fights when the sport first started. If you haven’t I will warn you because there was probably nothing else that even came close to this except for the gladiators that used to fight inside the Roman Colosseum long ago.
In the early days of the UFC there was a shock factor that would either cause you to sit back in your seat at a loss for words, or you’d be jumping up and down in your living room with friends yelling at the TV. Now I’m not saying that the UFC still doesn’t produce some excitement among its biggest fans.
Of course it does, but that isn’t the point. The point I’m talking about is the original raw idea and set up involving the sport when it first began. The original idea that got the sport started was what brought on the shock factor and kicked off the wild energy that would lay the foundation for the most successful professional fighting organization that has ever existed.
So you’re probably wondering, Brandon, what was so special about the early days of the UFC?
In the early days of the UFC the entire event was formed out of the old idea and question of which martial arts discipline is the most superior? In other words, is Kempo Karate the best, or would Kung Fu be the best? Would the best discipline be American boxing, or would that title belong to Muay Thai?
You see the UFC was basically formed out of the idea where someone finally came to the table and decided that they were going to build this octagon shaped ring that was inside a steel cage. From here this is where they would throw two guys from different disciplines into the middle of that cage in order to put each discipline to the test.
Now if that idea is not crazy enough it gets even wilder. At the time the UFC barely had any rules at all. No, I’m not making this up. In the first days of the UFC there were no weight classifications, no time limits, and the fighters fought in a single elimination tournament style event.
The early days were also advertised as no rules, but they did have only three rules at the time. There was no biting, no eye gouging, and no fish-hooking. Groin strikes were not disallowed, but were frowned upon.
Now when looking at the formation of the UFC in its early days it’s no mystery as to why the sport got the level of attention that it did. Like anything else in its inception it was honest, raw, and full of personality and energy.
Sure, the sport of UFC wasn’t an immediate household success and it took a few years to work through some controversy, some regulation, and some general growing pains, but the product had a rabid base of supporters that would ensure its success. The same thing can be said for most every other sport as well involving NASCAR, the NFL, and Wrestling Entertainment.
However, like most any major sport, or business, that comes out of the gate hot there’s always a series of major changes that takes place during the growth phase of these institutions. These days when it involves these sports, or industries, this always leads to an outcome where the identity of these institutions settle on a more sanitized and watered down version of their previous selves. Without trying to sound too cynical it always seems like the growth phase leads to more corporate conformity and to less of a heterodox version of what made the original product interesting in the first place.
Loss of Identity
Granted, the UFC has retained a high level of popularity despite much of the societal changes and cultural rot we’ve had to endure over the last several years in society. Now having said that this is not an indictment on the UFC because it’s still a tremendous product, but it’s safe to say that it’s still not the same product that was first presented to the public in its earliest days.
The same thing can be said about the NFL, but in the case of the NFL in my view it’s become a horrible product as it has lost its identity over the years. Perhaps that can change, but I remember when I was a kid in the 1980s how I got the VHS tape of the NFL 25th Silver Anniversary for Christmas one year. This NFL films documentary, or perhaps I should say docudrama, was absolute gold in terms of the level of entertainment that it provided. It was an incredibly original and genuine snapshot of the history and culture of the NFL throughout the decades of the 1960s, 70s, and 80s.
To give you an example of how much the culture of the NFL has changed I want to include an excerpt from one of my earlier episodes here titled The American Mistake where I touched on this cultural snapshot from the old NFL Films docudrama that I previously mentioned.
The excerpt…
I remember seeing an interview from either the late 1960s, or early 1970s with the L.A. Rams defensive end Deacon Jones when I was a kid. In this interview Deacon Jones was talking about what he had imagined doing to the quarterbacks that he played against. In his own words he had said that he used to imagine putting all the quarterbacks inside of a bag and then he would take a baseball bat to beat the bag.
Now as if this wasn’t shocking enough to hear when I was a teenager, it was also the attitude that existed in those days concerning the Zeitgeist of the sport of football. Now I wanted to tell that story to you in order to tell you the following point.
You know as well as I do if any player in the league said that in an interview today there would be a 24/7 meltdown by the media and that player that made such a statement would be ordered to attend sensitivity training probably for a twelve week period. You also know as well as I do that they would have to do this while donating a significant sum of money to some charity of the league’s choice to maximize the league’s opportunity to virtue signal to the tenth power with the viewing public.
To me that excerpt illustrates a problem with many of these institutions as that description of the NFL of yesterday is clearly night and day different compared to the sanitized NFL product that exists today. So what happens to these different institutions that causes such a cultural shift? How does this generally lead to a subpar version of the product compared to the original formula that was presented in its earlier days, or at its inception?
I just recently watched the Shawn Ryan interview with the country singer Jon Rich. If you haven’t seen this interview I highly recommend that you take some time to look into it.
During this interview Jon sheds some light on the issue involving the culture change that I was just referring to within these big institutions. He explains what has been taking place with these various institutions that causes them to lose their identity.
In the interview Jon talks about how this actually played out with the record companies in Nashville. He said that there had traditionally always been a more Patriotic environment among the personalities in Nashville at the heads of the record companies. However, he said that this started to change as soon as Obama became President.
As he stated when that happened he went into detail about how the record companies started to replace the original executives with other people who were from New York and other big cities. These executives were leftist activists that started to change the environment and implement woke policies that funneled down from the leadership at the top. He said this all rolled downhill to the artists and the publicity departments. Once this culture shift was embedded it dictated what messaging was allowed in songs and the production of content in general.
Jon Rich went on to talk about how he had broken away from the stranglehold of Nashville so that he was able to work outside of the industry which in turn gave him the freedom to work outside of their control. He had engaged in what I would describe as the dictum of intentional action.
Jon Rich recognized early on that if he had remained underneath the umbrella of the Nashville record machine that he would be beholden to that machine. In other words, he knew that he would be under their boot of control if he didn’t find a way to get out from under that control on his own, so that’s exactly what he did.
You see I started out talking about the change in how these institutions have gone through these strange cultural shifts that resulted in them changing the product that made them who they are into something that is almost unrecognizable over time. However, as I highlighted the examples here with the various sports teams, I was doing so in a manner that was reflective of their change as you can observe how it managed to happen over a period of time.
However, in using the life example of Jon Rich he simply recognized the problem for himself long before the woke rot of Cultural Marxism was a problem to deal with in his industry. He simply figured out that as an individual, artist, and businessman that he didn’t want to be underneath the boot of the Nashville machine for any reason whatsoever. This was particularly true concerning the woke culture that would eventually come to pass throughout his industry.
As Jon pointed out the loss of identity occurred because the old guard of record executives in Nashville were replaced by woke activists. This was an action involving the seizing of the institutions by the communist left.
This was also allowed to happen because of a lack of competition within the entertainment industry in Nashville, along with the fact that most other artists lacked the foresight and the intestinal fortitude to do what Jon did by figuring out a path in order to venture out on their own.
Because of this the centralization of power within the Nashville record business had been allowed to grow and seize control of the creativity, voices, and actions of the artists that were under their label. In short, because of their lack of foresight the reality is that all of the artists that chose to remain underneath the umbrella of the Nashville record labels, in reality, gave up their sovereignty. If you’re thinking that this sounds familiar, this strategy involving the seizing of the music institutions in Nashville is the same strategy that has been in place in Hollywood for quite some time.
I believe this is an extremely valuable lesson for all of the rest of us no matter what industry we work in, or what it is that we do for a living. The lesson here is that it’s vitally important to recognize and to have a handle on the environment around you. After all, this is what I always talk about here on this show in terms of why it’s important to be a Zenith.
I understand that money can be very attractive and the more money that someone has dropped into their lap the more it seems like the majority of people fail to ask what comes along with that money. This may be the result of willful ignorance, or outright ignorance, but the problem is that many people fail to see, or understand, how they can end up being beholden to another entity.
This failure to recognize where the boundaries of one’s individual sovereignty exists is a problem with much of our society. It’s a symptom of Cultural Marxism having been successful in watering down the concept of individuality.
Keep in mind that your individuality goes far beyond surface level traits that may involve whether or not you get a tattoo, or dye your hair. Individuality is about an exercise in you strengthening your ability to retain your sovereignty. This involves your ability to influence, create, and demonstrate levels of competency and usefulness concerning your contributions to society.
The thought that your individuality is surface level is a reductionist way of thinking. Knowing who you are and what you are able to push yourself to do requires a personal discipline of pursuit. This is something you can exercise whether you’re engaging and helping to solve a problem in one of your study groups at school, or having the courage to speak up at your work to offer an idea about a certain policy, or a marketing strategy for a big project. Of course, it can also apply in a way that involves you making a case for, or against, something where you want to make sure your voice is heard in the political arena as well.
The bottom line is that the loss of identity is the problem and is the real disease that has spread throughout our society. Oh yeah, I said I was going to reveal the problem to you after covering the many symptoms of this issue.
The Wrap Up
For God has not given us a spirit of fear, but of power and of love and of a sound mind.
–2 Timothy 1:7
According to the Lukin Center For Psychotherapy there are essentially five signs that are associated with one who is suffering from an identity crisis.
These signs involve the following:
Questioning your basic understanding of who you are.
Feeling anxious, agitated, or dissatisfied with your life.
Going along to change yourself to fit other situations, environments, and relationships.
You have trouble answering questions about yourself.
You feel like you lack the ability to make good decisions.
In my view if you’re experiencing a lack of confidence, or something more severe such as an identity crisis the way I believe that you can pull out of this is by shifting your frame of mind. You can make this shift away from holding yourself where you’re in a defensive posture to transitioning your mind into a place where you can position yourself into a more assertive offensive posture.
This shift from a defensive posture to an offensive posture makes all the difference in the world in terms of how people will react to you in certain situations. Mind you this is a fact whether we’re talking about individuals who go out and face life on a daily basis, or if we’re talking about an entire nation that is trying to assert its place on the global stage.
For example, you can see just how clear this is when we take a moment to examine how the United States has been viewed on the global stage for the past four and half years.
In other words, if you think about the enemies of the United States and how they must have viewed our country over the past four years, they could clearly see how our nation was completely signaling that we were in a defensive posture, or probably even worse a more submissive posture.
So what exactly do I mean by this and how exactly would a defensive posture be a bad thing?
Well if you take a minute to examine what our country looked like through the lens of our enemies you would see a nation that has been ceding over more and more control to foreign influence specifically involving the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
In addition to this you could also see how we have been suffering from intense political division. You could see how we have been weakened from the Marxist infiltration of our institutions where our military was more concerned about transgenderism and racial sensitivity rather than warfighting. You could see how we were willing to spend ourselves into oblivion by propping up literally every other nation in the world except for our own.
When you factor in all of these insane actions that were being positioned as top priority by the leaders of our nation, you can understand that our enemies could start to see us in much the same way as an advancing fighter would see his embattled opponent on his back heel and up against the ropes.
In the case of the United States we were in a total state of collapse due to an ongoing chain of domestic disasters from the Hawaiian fires all the way to a flooded and decimated Asheville, North Carolina.
At the same time that these domestic disasters have been hitting the nation, we've also seen how this domestic instability led directly to foreign instability with the war between Ukraine and Russia, the Middle East War, and with the potential of the CCP trying to make a move on Taiwan in the Pacific.
However, since President Trump has taken office now the picture of our nation looks a lot different through the lens of our enemies. Now looking at the United States both our friends and our enemies can see a President that is not willing to hesitate in order to do what is in the best interest of the nation.
Now you have seen a President with the most prolific negotiating skills in history come in and broker trade deals with both our so-called friends and enemies by using tariffs in order to create an environment of fair trade.
You’ve seen a President that has been willing to follow through on deporting illegal migrant criminals and terrorists even in the face of radical judges that are constantly trying to undermine his Article II Powers.
Furthermore, you’ve seen a President that was willing to send some B-2 bombers across the world in the dead of night in order to decapitate a mountain to destroy the nuclear facility of a sworn enemy without dragging us into another forever war.
President Trump is demonstrating to us exactly how powerful it can be to take on an offensive posture, both in terms of being successful in one’s own career, as well as, what it takes in order to reclaim the greatness that a nation has firmly held since its founding.
The identifying quality here is that the President has never wavered, or doubted what he believed and who he is as an individual. He never budged from that even when the entire world was trying to drag him down.
As a result of him embracing his individuality and staying in an offensive posture we’re now seeing that it is resulting in an effort, through God’s blessing, that is moving to save the world.
The fact is that the country temporarily went through an identity crisis and because of this the world moved to take advantage of the situation until the good Lord sent a guy along that was completely sure of his own identity and the direction that he was wanting to go. The Lord simply sent us an authentic American to remind us of who we are and what we should be striving to do.
I would imagine that if Aldous Huxley were here he would say that if we could embrace our individuality, as we have learned from President Trump, that it would be the significant exercise in demonstrating what it takes to be the ultimate anti-automaton.
Do you currently engage with others at work, school, or in social media settings to express your individuality?
Are you currently in a place where you are struggling to get a foothold on where you can exhibit your own talents and skills in life?
Post up and share your feedback in the comments here below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers. In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it. If you would like to support the message please make sure you hit the like button here below, drop a comment, or share it out to your friends.
Keep in mind that YOUR actions are what keeps this publication going and getting this sort of engagement from you as how this Substack is able to thrive because this is a reader supported publication. Understanding that please make sure you take the ten to fifteen extra seconds to click and engage the content and thank you for doing so.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The moral of the story is, I chose a half measure when I should have gone all the way. I’ll never make that mistake again. No more half measures, Walter.”
–Mike Ehrmantraut (Jonathan Banks, Breaking Bad)
Throughout my career as a fitness and strength coach I’ve had many people approach me in the hopes that I could help them to work in order to achieve a stronger and fitter body.
Now hearing that you may think that this isn’t such an unusual request, but the thing you have to understand is that the fitness industry at large has been heavily degraded in terms of quality coaching and advice across the board, much like our institutions have been degraded over the past several decades.
Nowadays, because the market has been saturated with bad coaching, most people want to look for the latest fads with things like hot yoga, how to get a beach body in time for the summer, etc. Fortunately for me this doesn’t involve my students.
In short, with the interest in the field the majority of it has become a mix of marketing fads that have ultimately resulted in the country still suffering from the highest obesity rate consisting of 40% of the population, along with a battery of other health problems that plague the nation.
When it comes to health in the current zeitgeist many people still want to ignore doing the work all while depending on some horrible medical procedure, or a so-called magical pill from big Pharma, for their desired results. This ultimately leads them back to the physical road to perdition inviting in even more problems than what they started with in the first place.
The reality is that the fitness industry has probably been propagandized worse than just about any other industry. These days it’s all about the fads and the fad coaches rather than measurable and sustainable lifelong results. In short, perception is not reality, but perception is sold as the reality in the fitness industry. The same thing can be said for every other industry as well.
The reality is that there are very few natural results to look at regarding the industry as a whole. Instead we get stuck with the artificial Instagram models that would rather pose as being the greatest online coaches who, in reality, are primarily aiming to push you into some sales funnel in order for you to buy their latest line of Chinese manufactured supplements rather than providing you with sound physical results.
The truth is that for the last several decades in our society there has been a real detachment with many people concerning their mind/body connection due to the lack of physical activity and physical jobs that used to dominate the landscape of the workforce.
Because of this most of the population are completely incapable of making any sound healthy decision for themselves. The sad reality is that a large segment of the population have become dependent on the latest fad, the internet, a coach, or some cheap low quality supplement to feel like they’re doing something worthwhile for their health.
Now don’t get me wrong I’m not saying there’s anything wrong with hiring a coach, or for doing some research. That’s not the point I’m making here at all. After all, I’m a coach myself and I do this for a living.
The point I’m making is simply about pointing out the reality that a lot of people in our society simply have zero ability to figure out some basic level of things for themselves. As a result of this it’s simply become difficult for many people to do what should come naturally in a lot of ways when it comes to making healthy decisions concerning their personal health and lifestyle goals.
Now having said all of that there’s something I want to touch on here today that I frequently communicate to new students that do seek me out in order to help them with their physical journey.
The thing I will communicate with those students that are truly serious about making a change in their lives in order to get fitter and stronger involves the significant decision of moving forward in the process of taking full measures.
Essentially a full measure enters into the equation when a student is willing to put into their lifestyle and training the full amount of effort both mentally and physically on a consistent basis in order to acquire optimal results for their physical, mental, and spiritual health.
Now to be fair not everyone is capable of doing this. In fact, most people aren’t capable of doing this, but for those that do engage in this on a consistent basis it involves a game-changing level of personal agency that is derived from a true exercise in one’s own personal discipline of action.
Because of this, the decision for one to act on a full measure is unto itself a feat of personal strength. Furthermore, this sort of mental fortitude is the exact attribute that is necessary for one to become a Zenith in this current day and age.
Now the reason I’m telling you this is that there’s a very powerful and deep psychological lesson to be learned from one deciding to take a full measure when it comes to pursuing a particular venture.
Psychological Compartmentalization
Now I want to take a moment to explain just how powerful the decision can be for you if you decide to take an unrelenting full measure, instead of a half measure, as it pertains to your psychological frame of mind when pursuing a particular goal in your life. I believe you will find this part of the discussion to be quite riveting.
To give this some proper context I want to share a little story with you here. I had a conversation years ago with a friend of mine Brad Mcleod who is a Navy SEAL and is the founder of the organization SEALGrinderPT. I had been a contributing writer to the SEALGrinderPT website as a coach and had developed a functional fitness and martial arts strength training program for the platform years ago as one of the few civilian coaches who did not serve in the military. It was an honor to work with Brad during this time.
Back then prior to one of the projects that we worked on together Brad and I grabbed some lunch one day to catch up. During this lunch Brad shared a very interesting story with me that really illustrated the willpower and psychological edge that is necessary for one to have when one finds themselves in the middle of a high stress situation.
As we were talking at lunch I wanted to inquire about his experience when he went through the most intense form of training on the planet in order to become a Navy SEAL. By the way, if you’re not aware of what that is, this high level training is what is known as BUD/S which is an acronym for Basic Underwater Demolition SEAL Training.
Basic Underwater Demolition SEAL Training is the selection process for Navy SEALs. This is the most grueling form of training on the entire planet.
Now when I say grueling you may be wondering, just how tough is BUD/S?
Given that this is one of the most, if not the most, intense programs on the planet it’s pretty well known that it has a 75-80% attrition rate. I believe some say that if you follow the entire process to chart the full path on what it takes in order to get to BUD/S that many may say that it gets even closer to a 90% attrition rate.
Regardless of the exact number the point is that this training selection is one of the toughest there is on the planet. With such a high attrition rate the elimination of candidates can be chalked up to being a breaking point that takes place either mentally, or physically concerning each candidate that fails to make the selection.
It should also be noted that the guys that make it to BUD/S are some of the best the military has to offer and more than likely they didn’t just stumble into this program by accident.
Now let me get back to the story. So as I was saying, as we were talking at lunch I wanted to inquire about his experience when he went through BUD/S.
I knew Brad was mentally and physically a very tough individual so I asked him what part of BUD/S he found to be the most challenging.
It was at this point that he started to differentiate between the mental and physical demands of the program and he said that there were obviously many things that were challenging, but for him personally he was very honest about how difficult it was to deal with the cold water.
It was at this point that he started telling me that even though he wasn’t the biggest, or the strongest, among the candidates in his class, that he never let that stop him. He said that as much as he didn’t like the cold water he could still grind it out sitting in the cold surf for a long period of time if the training demanded it. He pointed out that if he had to, he could exhibit the mental toughness to play that game all day long.
Now it was at this point that he shared with me a story about when he was in the cold surf during one of the training exercises and they were literally working at fighting off the reality of hypothermia.
He said that they were in an exercise where they were in the cold surf and that the cold was the most intense thing he had ever felt. In this situation he was saying that they were all required to have a swim buddy. As he was in a mental fight with himself against the biting cold he told me that he could see the struggle in the face of his swim buddy, but that he knew that he also looked as weary and miserable as his swim buddy because he was right there with him in the same cold water.
However, he said that after a while he knew that once he saw the medical staff arrive on the beach that they wouldn’t be out there in the cold water that much longer. Now in this moment for Brad this signaled a near to the end of this particular exercise and the reality was that his instincts would prove to be right.
According to his story they ended up being at the end of the exercise and because he read the situation ahead of time, in the midst of a high stress situation, it was a strong affirmation for him during this point of the training.
Now having said that, this was Brad’s interpretation of this particular scenario during a high stress situation. However, what he told me next was very interesting.
He pointed out that even though he had read the situation the way that he did, there might have been another pair of guys just a few feet away that may have interpreted that situation in a completely different way.
He said that in the same exact situation another guy somewhere might have been suffering from the cold, seen the medical staff, and thought that they were intentionally trying to freeze them to death in the process of training. As Brad explained this he was pointing out that this could have been the interpretation of another candidate and explained that this was the type of psychological warfare that goes on within oneself throughout the entire experience.
Now obviously these sorts of extreme conditions are intentionally used to push these individuals to their limits as the Navy is looking to get the very best that they can in order to be a part of the teams, but what other lesson can we learn from this example?
The thing that really stood out to me here in Brad’s story was the potential differences in psychological compartmentalization that goes on with how different people can interpret and deal with the same exact situation. In other words, if everyone in a particular group, or setting, is faced with the same difficult situation there’s going to be very different reactions to that same situation from person to person.
In addition to this, here Brad was able to exercise an effective level of psychological compartmentalization when the moment called for it. For clarity, psychological compartmentalization is a mental defense mechanism where an individual can separate certain thoughts, emotions, and experiences into various mental compartments in order to manage difficult feelings, stress, or trauma.
Now I’m no psychologist, but this ability for psychological compartmentalization to me seems like a healthy coping tool for certain moments such as this example involving the challenges of a high stress situation such as BUD/S. In certain momentary situations I think this is a full display of strength involving one being able to take control of their emotions and mental stress in order to get through a difficult circumstance.
However, some professionals say that even though psychological compartmentalization can be healthy in temporary situations involving high stress jobs and relationships, it can also be very damaging if it is done excessively and unconsciously on an ongoing basis. In circumstances involving someone doing this on an excessive and ongoing basis this could lead to someone falling into a trap of emotional avoidance, a fragmented identity, and an inability to process trauma altogether.
So why am I telling you this?
I wanted to use this story here with Brad to communicate the significance of what it takes for a strong individual to decide on taking a full measure when it comes to a particular life pursuit. In his case that full measure was doing what needed to be done to get through BUD/S and to eventually become a Navy SEAL.
Now at the same time, this scenario did not highlight avoiding reality. I’ll do my best here to elaborate on this a bit further as I see it. You see I believe that a strong individual like my friend Brad here can face a difficult situation and have the ability to control the framework of his mind and to switch it on and off for the function of psychological compartmentalization when the need for it arises. As a lasting vanguard of this current populist movement I’m sure you can relate.
At the same time, I believe there are a lot of people in society that have been so traumatized by abuse, corporate media, and even in their pursuit for further education that they have probably fallen into a state of perpetual psychological compartmentalization.
I will point out that I personally believe that this would explain a great deal of the radical behavior that we’ve been seeing on college campuses, roadside Tesla vandalisms, and overall emotional immaturity that can be seen on tens of thousands of social media videos that we’ve been able to view daily over the past ten years.
I believe this organized societal trauma is a real setback for many people as it has stripped them of their ability to control the psychological framework of their minds and keeps them in a state of ongoing compartmentalization. Unfortunately, I believe this has resulted in them remaining in a state of mind where they continually ignore reality, which is why they’re incapable of dealing with reality.
The Wrap Up
That quote I led off with at the beginning of this episode is from the hit TV series Breaking Bad.
If you haven’t seen this series I’ll warn you that it is quite gritty and can be a bit dark at times, but it is very well written and paints a picture of one of the most potentially realistic and creative transformations of a character that I’ve ever seen in any modern day storytelling.
Coincidentally it’s one of my favorite series because it is written with a deeply thought out storyline that will force you to think about what you just watched, along with making you aware of how bad choices can send your life flying sideways and off the rails if you allow it.
Anyways, the quote I referenced at the beginning comes from Season 3 Episode 12 of the series and the title of that particular episode is Half Measures. I thought that was fitting given the message of today’s episode.
Nowin the scene that surrounds the quote I led off with, it involves a scenario surrounding the main character Walter White (Bryan Cranston) being given a warning by his employer’s fixer Mike Ehrmantraut (Jonathan Banks). For some added context Walter’s business involves cooking meth for a kingpin named Gus Fring (Giancarlo Esposito) that competes with the drug cartels.
Walter was literally a Nobel Prize winning chemist and earlier in his life he had taken a small buyout from a small company that he was previously a part of that literally went on to skyrocket to being worth billions of dollars. This decision ultimately led him down a path in life where he was filled with professional bitterness.
In case you haven’t seen the show this decision, combined with the piling on of several other life problems, led Walter down a path to cooking crystal meth for Gus. As it turns out Walter didn’t get to this point on his own.
He has a sidekick named Jesse Pinkman (Aaron Paul) who worked on the dealing side of the business as Walter obviously used his dominant chemistry skills to work on the supply side of the business.
Ok now I’ll get back to the details surrounding the quote by Mike.
Without getting too much into the weeds of the storyline in this scene Mike comes to visit Walter one night at his house because he and Gus are looking at Jesse as being a bit of a liability. Out of respect for Walter, Mike comes to speak with Walter on the matter directly instead of taking any action towards Jesse without any sort of warning.
During his conversation with Walter, Mike starts telling him a story from his past when he was a beat cop. In this story Mike goes into detail about how he and his partner would consistently get a call to go out to the same residence on a frequent basis due to a domestic dispute.
According to Mike every single time they would show up to this particular residence it would always involve the same thing which was a case of spousal abuse. In this particular case Mike said it involved the husband who had a massive build, weighed close to 270 lbs., and would take out his frustration on his wife who had a very small body that was similar to a bird, according to Mike.
In this story Mike talks about how they would get call after call over a period of time. He would describe the frustrating cycle of how they would go out to the residence to pick up the husband to take him in only to have him sleep it off and to eventually be released to go back home again.
He said that they ended up doing this on what seemed to be a fairly regular basis because the woman would never press charges. She was too scared of him.
However, he said one night his partner was out sick when the call came in and he went out to the residence on his own. He said that he was driving the guy into town as usual on this particular night and during the drive the guy started humming a song in the back seat and Mike said it just rubbed him the wrong way.
So on this night instead of taking the usual left turn to head into town he took a right turn to head out into the middle of nowhere.
Mike said that once he got to a desolate spot that he took the guy out of the car and made him get on his knees. He pulled out his revolver and stuck the barrel of the gun in the guy’s mouth.
It was at this point that he told this guy that this was how it was going to end. According to Mike, the guy was begging for his life and Mike instructed him to get quiet so that he could think about what he had to do.
He said as he stood there with the gun to the guy’s head he went quiet, and then he got real quiet.
Obviously the guy was scared to death and had sat there crying, begging, and swearing that he would never lay another hand on the woman ever again. As the story goes Mike gave him a stern warning and ultimately let him go.
However, according to Mike the guy ended up brutally killing the woman just two weeks later. It was at this point that Mike said that the moral of the story was that he chose a half measure, when he should have gone all the way. Then he looked at Walter and said, “No more half measures, Walter.”
Now this is a deep dark story that this episode uses to communicate the driving motivation behind Mike’s process of decision making. Obviously this man’s constitution is serious and perhaps even unwavering at times, but it is obviously the reason he finds himself being able to work in the high risk position that he’s in, regardless of the moral implications of his position.
The reason this is significant is because to me Mike’s character is someone who operates by the law of the jungle. Despite the circumstances of his career choice Mike still understands the driving force behind human nature in his world involving survival, financial motive, and self-preservation.
Conversely, as I stated earlier I believe that many people throughout our society have been so demoralized by the media, our institutions, and culture that many have been stuck in a state of perpetual psychological compartmentalization. Unlike my friend Brad who has the ability to switch this on and off for the purpose of dealing with a high stress situation in a given moment, the demoralized portion of the population has been stuck in simply not dealing with the reality of the world whatsoever. I believe you can see this too.
Because of this it has rendered a significant portion of the population incapable of understanding human nature as it pertains to its role in the law of the jungle. Unlike our fictional character Mike Ehrmantraut, the demoralized communist left in our country are in total denial of reality as they refuse to deal with their internal cognitive dissonance and to face the reality of their actions. As a result they are incapable of acknowledging the laws of the jungle as it pertains to self-preservation, financial motive, and survival when it applies to their choices and the things that they support.
Of course, this lack of ability to address and resolve internal conflict directly results in the fragmentation of their identity, along with bringing on a serious lack of self-awareness. This lack of self-awareness is something I’ve noticed that accelerated throughout our society during the pandemic and seemingly had spread faster than the virus itself.
If you’ve ever dealt with anyone who lacks self-awareness then you understand just how serious this issue is and how much this attribute renders those people incapable of dealing with reality and recognizing the dangers in something that’s standing right in front of them. It’s a very destructive thing and in my view it’s something that has become more and more noticeable throughout society since the pandemic.
You know I have thought a lot about this condition lately because I’ve noticed several people in my life who seem to suffer from this. With the world seemingly spinning out of control, and with the coming age of AI, it got me thinking about the particular issue of people lacking in self-awareness which, by the way, strips away their ability for empathy.
If you haven’t read the Bible I’m sure you’ve still heard some of the stories of our past from the good book. One of those stories involves the fall of man which involved the disobedience of Adam and Eve and their loss of God’s grace in a perfect living world in the Garden of Eden due to the introduction of sin.
As a result of this fall we have since referred to our flaws and shortcomings involving our interactions with others as simply being human. Within this paradigm we could at least still have the opportunity to do what would be considered to be good in God’s eyes even though we now live in a fallen world that is infiltrated by sin. Thankfully we have God’s gift of grace through his mighty son Jesus.
However, now both you and I can perhaps consider that this paradigm of what it means to be human is shifting and changing once again. You can see this with the ever-growing desire and isolation for people to not interact and deal with one another altogether.
You clearly saw the negative impact of this on society during the pandemic and with the continuous spread of people throughout society that lack self-awareness and empathy this is laying the groundwork for a societal collapse unless people depend on something else to navigate this new world.
Alarmingly enough this growing isolation of people who lack self-awareness and empathy seems to be fertile ground for the coming age of AI. This could be what we will eventually refer to as the second fall of man in reference to following the first fall after Adam and Eve.
Now the way we thwart this is by optimizing ourselves with personal pursuits that lift up our own status in life so that we can then be more capable of lifting up others. We can do this by learning how to optimize our own mental, physical, and spiritual health as I stated at the beginning of this episode. This is where you and I can put our faith in God instead of placing our faith in man, or machine.
This is how you and I both can continue to upgrade our Zenith status and that starts by making sure we don’t take any half measures when doing so.
Have you noticed the steady increase in people who lack empathy and self-awareness?
Do you also believe that we can reverse this course by spending billions of dollars and effort on reaching others for the advancement of human performance rather than machine performance in order to avoid the second fall of man?
Please post your feedback here in the comments below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers. In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it. If you would like to support the message please make sure you hit the like button here below, drop a comment, or share it out to your friends.
Keep in mind that YOUR actions are what keeps this publication going and getting this sort of engagement from you as how this Substack is able to thrive because this is a reader supported publication. Understanding that please make sure you take the ten to fifteen extra seconds to click and engage the content and thank you for doing so.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you are tuning in today's episode will only be available in full length if you are an All-access paid member directly on my Substack, but please don't click off as I'm going to give you a substantial preview of today's episode.
If you would like to access this episode and bypass its paywall, or any other paywalled episode, simply go to brandonrichey.substack.com and sign up to become an All-access paid member directly on the Substack.
Thank you very much for your commitment and support.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“I fear no man, no beast or evil, brother.”
–Hulk Hogan
Due to the culture of the 1960s and 1970s the music from that era is often regarded as having resulted in being some of the best that has ever been created. There were several reasons for this relating to the fact that it involved significant social and political upheaval due to some key events at the time involving the civil rights movement, the Vietnam War, and a change in other traditional norms.
For good or bad, and whether or not it was organic or manufactured, this time period was significant in that the culture was changing the landscape of society. This culture shift resulted in a key element of creativity that sprouted up and could be seen and heard embedded deep within the fashion, music, and art during that time period.
I wanted to use the 1960s and the 1970s to comment on this as you can observe this unique culture through many movies, songs, newspapers, and magazine covers from the time. From fashion all the way to music the 1960s and 1970s was a culture to behold even though I was born towards the later part of this time period in 1976.
Now even though the 1960s and the 1970s were profound I can also attest to the fact that the 1980s were also a very unique time period as well. Being that I’m a part of Generation X (GenX for short) I was able to have the privilege of growing up as a kid of the 1980s.
So why was this significant?
After the Vietnam War had wound down bringing the 1970s to a close the 1980s came into focus ushering in its own problems, as well as, its own successes along with its own significant culture of influence.
As a kid of the 1980s I can remember the talks of the Cold War between the United States and the Soviet Union. I can remember how there was a shift in attitude within the country where it seemed to come roaring out of a more depressed state following the 1970s under the leadership of Jimmy Carter to being energized and reinvigorated under the leadership of President Reagan.
Even as a kid I can remember noticing the reinvigorating energy that was displayed throughout the culture of the 1980s. I witnessed and lived this firsthand with being able to see a patriotic love and fervor throughout the country that was evident everywhere I turned from the music, to the movies, to the sports, and even in one other place that, culturally speaking, kinda flew under the radar.
It was that last under the radar phenomenon that I just mentioned that, in my view, laid the foundation for being a very big reason as to why we can be grateful that Donald Trump is currently the sitting President of the United States.
So what was this unexpected force of nature that I was referring to where I witnessed this Patriotic love and fervor, and what does it have to do with Donald Trump winning the Presidency?
This unexpected phenomenon I’m referring to appeared on my own TV screen, along with millions of other TV screens of young GenX boys, on Saturday mornings growing up in the 1980s. The reason this is so significant is because many of the communist left were completely blindsided and caught off guard by this same force of nature during the Republican National Convention prior to this past election in November.
Just in case you happen to be confused at what force of nature I’m referring to, I'm going to clarify that for you right now.
Enter Hulkamania
Growing up as a GenXer I can tell you firsthand that there was nobody that brought more electricity to the living rooms of GenX boys growing up than Hulk Hogan.
That’s right, that 6’7” towering powerhouse would entertain GenX boys through the television airways to a level that I know resulted in some rambunctious behavior from me that would drive my mother to yell at me from the next room on many Saturday mornings. She would warn me on multiple occasions to not destroy the furniture and to refrain from doing any leg drops on my kid brother on the living room floor. For full disclosure, I might have allowed my kid brother to jump off of the couch, a time or two, in order to land a flying elbow on me as well, but I digress.
There was no denying that Hogan was quite the entertainer because once he would enter the arena to Rick Derringer’s killer song Real American he would blow the lid off the place by extracting a roar from the crowd that could probably register on a nearby Richter scale. After his grand entrance he would grab the microphone from the legendary announcer Mean Gene to further energize his Hulkamaniacs in order to wage an all out war against his next opponent.
Hogan would often talk about how he had derived the energy from his Hulkamaniacs in order to successfully use his 24 inch pythons (his own moniker for his muscular arms) to lift the powerful Andre The Giant overhead to bodyslam him to the mat. This feat would ultimately secure his spot as being the face of the World Wrestling Entertainment (WWE).
Hulk Hogan always brought the energy and the message to his devoted fans, especially to young boys that all looked up to him not only for being a strong towering figure, but because he was a representative of strength when it came to doing what was right in the world. Hogan represented exactly what Derringer’s song states: Fight for the rights of every man, Fight for what’s right, Fight for your life.
The message from Hulk Hogan’s own lips to his young fans was simple: Train hard, say your prayers, and take your vitamins.
Hulk Hogan wasn’t only an American cultural icon, but he was a voice in the wilderness that would inspire millions to aspire to greater things in life. He captured the imaginations of millions of young boys on those epic Saturday mornings in the 1980s. He did this by driving nearly all of Generation X young boys in a direction of understanding that heroes are real and that those heroes really are meant to do good things when the moment calls for them to do so.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The five marks of the Roman decaying culture:
Concern with displaying affluence instead of building wealth;
Obsession with sex and perversions of sex;
Art becomes freakish and sensationalistic instead of creative and original;
Widening disparity between very rich and very poor;
Increased demand to live off the state.”
― Edward Gibbon
Over the past two decades with my career as a professional fitness and strength coach I’ve experienced and learned a lot concerning the function of human psychology and what goes into driving people to do what they do in their various pursuits of life.
Now I’m no psychologist and I'm certainly not saying that I have all the answers when it comes to the internal motivations of people and how they go about pursuing certain life goals. Conversely, I’m not even saying I have the answers as to why they choose not to pursue particular goals either.
However, what I do know is that whenever there is a goal that is to be pursued and accomplished the most successful achievers are always able to demonstrate two key attributes in order to make their dreams a reality. Those two attributes involve their personal discipline of action combined with having a killer instinct.
Now the attribute of possessing a personal discipline of action is pretty self-explanatory, but what is it that I mean when I talk about one possessing a killer instinct?
If you’ve ever watched a professional MMA fight then you’ve witnessed one of the most intensely competitive sports in all of history. The competition between fighters is something that is very strenuous and intense because they don’t have any other teammates to rely on in order to come out on top in their particular form of competition. In other words, the final outcome of the MMA bout solely falls onto the shoulders of each fighter.
It’s because of the recognition of the responsibility that’s involved in this individual reality that a fighter knows that they have to go all in with everything they’ve got when it comes to winning. When it involves the reality of such a one on one competition inside of that cage the stone cold fact that the fighter understands is that nobody is going to be able to come inside of that cage with them in order to win the fight for them. When it’s all said and done they clearly understand that nobody is coming in to save them.
Sure, a fighter may have a great corner of guys and girls for support. However, at the end of the day it’s up to them to walk across that mat to face off against that other guy or girl to fight the fight in order to win the day. Additionally, they understand that their competition is on the other side of that mat facing down that same exact reality.
With that being said, the last ten years have taught us a lot about what the overarching perception of our society has fallen victim to in regards to the destructive accepted beliefs and norms of our times. For clarity, those beliefs and norms certainly haven’t involved an individual mindset of achievement the way our fighter sees their pursuit, but rather our society chose to embrace mediocrity, victimhood, and mindless decadence.
Whenever a fighter gets too comfortable, too cocky, or too relaxed it most always eventually results in that fighter getting knocked out. Any fighter that doesn’t respect their competition, or in a split second moment decides to take a half measure instead of a full measure, is opening themselves up for a devastating defeat.
In other words, if you expect to win any fight in life you must have a killer instinct.
The Old Status Quo
Now when I talk about the old status quo, I’m more specifically talking about what those beliefs have been in regards to what has maintained the old status quo of our society up until the beginning of the Great Awakening that has taken place in the last five years.
That old status quo societal belief system that I’m referring to has been one of complacency and has consisted of a weak rotting culture. This weak rotting culture has more and more been the result of our society having gradually sided with mediocrity. This rotting culture has been the result of our social media platforms having given the shallow midwits a megaphone while silencing the truly skillful and talented voices of our time.
This has been apparent ever since our society succumbed to excessive laziness and decadence when it started placing more cultural emphasis on the Kardashians instead of deep diving into how our founders moved heaven and earth to put us into a position in this country to even be able to consider the Kardashians a form of brain-dead entertainment in the first place. For clarity, I don’t find the Kardashians entertaining at all, but I do recognize the business strategy behind them being a form of brain-dead entertainment.
Our society was once fit and strong, but in the current times we have had to endure an out of control obesity rate, record high disease, and an entire population of white leftist Karens that scream at us to follow the $cience of horrible medical practices that both degrade our individual health and our individual sovereignty.
President Kennedy once inspired the nation to be on a unified front by challenging us all to be as fit as possible with the President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports. It’s been my understanding that in recent history many schools have done away with Physical Education classes and have also done away with placing an emphasis on physical fitness in general.
This was clearly intentional, and like the Kardashians it was an obvious test to see what our society would tolerate in terms of our acceptance of mediocrity because this is what communists do. Communists destroy a society by degrading a society from within. Keep in mind that a communist takeover doesn’t typically happen rapidly.
These movements happen gradually over time AND THEN rapidly all at once. This was the dire warning that we got from Yuri Besmenov long ago that we’re now experiencing with President Trump and MAGA fighting like crazy to defeat at this very moment. Unfortunately we’re dealing with a widespread Red Reality.
Fortunately President Trump is also now looking to restore that emphasis on physical fitness as well.
If we fast forward to the modern day it’s very clear that the strategy of embracing mediocrity has worked as we’re now learning just how deep, just how corrupt, and just how rotten our society has become from having embraced mediocrity as a whole instead of embracing meritocracy.
In my industry as a coach I’ve always taught my students about how complacency is a killer to everything in life. Complacency is something that will destroy an individual, a community, and a country all the same.
I’ve noticed for a long time how our society has just been on cruise control when I’ve seen disappointing election after disappointing election happen throughout my life. Like you I’ve noticed how our country would maintain a consistent status quo of failure by supporting and allowing one bad candidate after the next to come into office and put forth policies that simply moved our country in the wrong direction.
As this happened the culture continued to rot along with the country’s decline. Our financial systems worsened, our business sector transformed into corporate gulags employing system operatives that lived their lives for their corporate overlords rather than for lady liberty, and small business entrepreneurs continued to get crushed in the process.
This all happened simply because there were no intellectual Zeniths in our society, or at least those Zeniths were not given a platform, or a voice…until now. We’ve also never had a Patriot warrior for President of the United States in our lifetimes…until now.
After the pandemic hit it was so obvious to me that the things that I had always thought about were clearly leading to a drastic escalation of problems within our society and throughout the world at large. With the pandemic it was obvious to me that we were dealing with our government engaging in a declaration of war against its own citizenry. During this time I found my mind racing to try and figure out how to do my part in fighting back during a time of government mandated home imprisonment. Of course, the government preferred to fine tune its Orwellian practice by using the term quarantine in place of home imprisonment when referring to the pandemic lockdowns.
To me this was a legitimately scary time and the concern wasn’t because of some virus. The glaring concern to me was tyranny. Yet, at that time, I also remember how I went onto my various social media platforms and saw how people were more concerned about the Tiger King Netflix series rather than talking about how to organize in order to fight the freight train of tyranny that I could clearly see coming directly towards all of us. If you’ve been a long time reader to this Substack then I’m sure you experienced the same thing.
But Jesus said to them, “A prophet is not without honor except in his hometown and among his relatives and in his own house.”
Mark 6:4
Over the years in being in business for myself I’ve frequently discovered that there are many talkers in society, but not so many doers when it comes to various forms of support and action. People will frequently tell you that they are going to do something, but then when the rubber meets the road the majority of those people will be nowhere to be found.
Of course, back when the population’s displeasing sentiment started growing from the obvious tyranny that was starting to show from the lockdowns, I found myself in the wilderness studying and thinking about starting a podcast and blog to expand on my conversation of geopolitics, history, philosophy, culture, faith, and health. It was apparent to me at that time that I needed to expand the conversation beyond my normal scope of telling people how to perform push ups and squats as a fitness and strength coach. It was apparent to me that the culture needed a drastic shift in the opposite direction.
I personally found this to be an uncontrollable urge as if it were a calling for me to do so. In other words, I had some knowledge in some other areas of life that I felt compelled to share with you and the rest of the world. Of course, this eventually led to me launching this very Substack.
However, there was a lesson to be learned in the process of launching this venture and striving to be a voice of liberty. Just prior to doing so I was pretty guarded about who I wanted to tell regarding this decision. At the time there were some friends, family, and colleagues that I told about my new venture.
Of course, my immediate friends and family have been supportive from the beginning. However, just like Jesus said in the verse from Mark 6:4, my extended network of friends and colleagues that expressed support were nowhere to be found once the rubber met the road and my finger hit the publish button.
Even though I knew this would probably have been the case based on my previous experience of being in business for myself for the past twenty years, I still thought this might have been a slightly different scenario when it came to this particular venture. I thought this time might be an exception given the obvious historical level of tyranny that was being exposed. In short, the way I saw it then is exactly the way we’re seeing it now regarding the reality that we are at war with domestic communists who have had aggressive control of our media and institutions.
Because of this I thought that perhaps it would be a bit easier for me to rely on those friends and colleagues that expressed their support of my venture based on the very threats that were facing them. In my view I thought in this current environment that they would see me as another one of their proxies to contribute to the fight against the same multi-billion dollar communist information war machine that was trying to destroy them.
However, at the end of the day the wise words from the Lord in Mark 6:4 still applied to the same degree as it had for me in the previous twenty years of being in business. Understand that I’m not telling you this to whine, or complain. That’s not the point of this lesson in the least.
This lesson is about merely stating an objective fact so that you can better understand this environment for yourself. The bottom line is that your contributing efforts that go into saving this country will potentially even involve disappointment in your own household and amongst the friends in your circles if you haven’t figured this out for yourself already.
The Wrap Up
The reason I’m telling you this in today’s message is because I want you to be aware of this reality should you yourself decide to start your own venture, or if you currently find yourself in this very position right now.
Additionally, I wanted to illustrate how unhelpful interpersonal relationships can also potentially funnel down to negatively impact the voices involved in the liberty movement in its attempt to save this Republic from succumbing to a literal communist revolution. I wanted to point out that even in the moment of the zero hour you cannot be ignorant to the fact that there are potentially people that you thought you might be able to count on who will not be there to save you, or to even help you along in your journey.
You know the real reason that communism exists is to simply destroy a society. Yes, the disparity between the haves and the have nots is worse in a communist system than any other system even though the proponents of this destructive system don’t understand that to a large degree. For further clarification the politicians understand it, but the useful idiots that are supporting those politicians don’t.
However, the reason communism exists in the first place is because it boils down to one simple thing and that thing simply involves the sin of envy. In other words, those who simply do not possess the traits involved with having the discipline of action and a killer instinct for pursuing a life goal don’t want anyone else to be able to do so either because they have convinced themselves that they are incapable of doing so.
Therefore, it should be a vitally important lesson to all of us that such envy is incredibly destructive, not only to individual achievement, but it can literally collapse a society at large.
This is exactly why communism exists and the thing you must understand is that at the end of the day the survival of liberty boils down to simply being a numbers game. That’s right, you have to remember that the less that people support the voices of liberty out of envy the more it creates a fertile ground for communism to blossom.
Envy basically serves as the fertilizer for communism to spread throughout a household, a community, a state, and even a nation. At this point if those numbers of people who embrace envy exceed the numbers of people who embrace liberty then it will result in you getting a totalitarian society.
The same envy that causes friends and family members within your closest circles to not support your business venture, or your pursuit of a venture that supports the liberty movement, is the same envy that exists to bring about a woke nightmare that craters industry and desires to usher in a totalitarian system of government.
When the CCP’s Mao Zedong launched his Let a hundred flowers bloomcampaign back in May of 1956 it was sold by the regime to the public as a campaign to promote free thought and to display more free criticism of the communist party. However, as criticism grew from the public the regime started getting uneasy and basically used the campaign to identify those critical voices of the regime which in turn led to those individuals losing their jobs, it led them being forced into intense labor camps, and ultimately led to many of them being thrown into prison.
The key lesson from this is that under Mao the regime still maintained complete control of the government when it allowed the public to entertain the illusion of free speech and free thought during that time. However, in reality, the illusion of free speech could only be just that because the regime itself was still firmly intact.
The difference between the citizens of the CCP under Mao during the Hundred Flowers campaign and us as citizens here in the United States is that we STILL have enough of a free voice at the moment. We have the ability to express our free speech along with a Patriot warrior of a President that is willing to amplify our voices in order to take down a Deep State. Mind you this same Deep State would be more than happy to employ the same crackdown on you and me just as Mao’s communist party did to its own citizens at the end of his own campaign.
Mao’s communist regime is a reminder of just how destructive envy can be and why we should never allow it to infect our society. However, one of the most recent contrasting examples of this can be seen with two recent ad campaigns from two very well known and recognized public brands involving Jaguar and American Eagle. These two brands clearly illustrate the massive gap and measurable outcomes between two opposing perspectives.
Patrick Bet-David pointed out the glaring outcome of these two opposing ad campaigns with American Eagle launching the Sydney Sweeney ad which resulted in $300 million in a single day with about $65 million in free media exposure. I believe their stock soared up 17% as well and they made a statement standing strong against the woke communist mob who have been melting down since the campaign launched.
On the other hand, the Jaguar LGBTQ ad resulted in the sales in Europe plummeting 97.5% in April and it showed a devastating drop in sales from 180k cars sold in 2018 to only 27k being sold last year.
Many were critical of the stale appearance and ugliness of the Jaguar campaign as it was clearly focused on making an LGBTQ statement that involved blurring the roles of gender rather than focusing on the selling of cars.
At the end of the day the consumers chose not to conform to the demoralized imagery of the Jaguar campaign, but they did wholeheartedly put their dollars behind the bold stance of traditional beauty with the public’s praise of the American Eagle Sydney Sweeney ad campaign.
So what’s the big takeaway here?
The big takeaway is that we cannot allow envy to get between us and the pursuit of liberty. In addition to this if you choose to pursue a business venture in the parallel economy while being a voice of liberty you cannot allow the lack of support from those in your circles to discourage you from your goals.
At the end of the day you have to have a killer instinct and understand that you’ve got to be willing to go all in for you to come out on top of any pursuit because nobody else is going to do it for you.
Just remember that even though there may be some within your social circles to disappoint you with their lack of support of your venture, there will be others that will lift you up and they will show up from outside of your normal social circles during your journey.
Has envy infected your social circle during a pursuit that you have taken in your own life?
Are you currently supporting alternative anti-Administrative State Media platforms to contribute to the destruction of the Deep State?
Please share your feedback in the comments below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
"Do you see a man skilled in his work? He will stand before kings; he will not stand before obscure men.”
–Proverbs 22:29
Since the Jeffrey Epstein situation has resurfaced it has understandably caused a lot of frustration among the MAGA movement. Much of this has been based on the disappointing messaging that we’ve previously gotten from the Attorney General along with some other messaging that we’re now hearing from other influencers involved in the movement.
Because of this I recently addressed this with a comment on my Substack Notes and I’m going to include that comment here below so if you have already seen it please be patient as the context is essential for the message in today’s episode.
Substack Note:
I understand that there's a lot of MAGA frustrated and angry about the Epstein situation.
However, that frustration is what the Administrative State is hoping for. Remember that at the end of the day they see President Trump as a passing figure and they are just trying to hold up and delay everything he's trying to do. To delay is to deny.
However, it's yours and my duty to continue to dial up the pressure and to be relentless. We must channel our frustration into a focused and relentless offense against these evil and embedded governmental bad actors.
Understand that frustration can lead to cynicism and cynicism can lead to apathy. With that being said they only have to get 2-3% of us to fall into that trap.
At the end of the day I personally don't believe that our Lord and Savior Jesus pulled our country out of a dark place that was headed towards a technocratic slave state for nothing.
He is showing us just how far we've come and how much further we can go together with our faith and our actions.
Don't despair. Double down. Triple down. Quadruple down.
Whatever the enemy throws at us we counter tenfold.
God bless.
That was my comment on my Substack Notes just a few days ago and the one thing that this Epstein situation has reminded me of is the long battle that we (the MAGA and America First movement) have in front of us. Because of this it’s also reminding me of the necessity for our MAGA movement to demonstrate whether or not we have staying powerin terms of our ability to meet ALL of the difficult issues that are threatening our liberty and freedoms head on.
Since President Trump came on the scene and spearheaded the most powerful cultural and political movement in all of history with MAGA I knew that this would be the ONLY thing that could stand a chance at defeating the deep state. However, since this story surrounding the Epstein files popped back up I’m seeing a lot of MAGA exhibiting a lack of patience and perspective on the issue.
Now before you get angry about that last statement allow me to put that into context. Remember that the deep state is a corrupt bureaucratic force that has been created, expanded, and embedded within our federal government and institutions now for many decades.
In other words, in this modern era the MAGA movement is arguably only about a decade old in its recent reorganization of our history if you’re starting the count from that famous moment that President Trump first came down that golden escalator. However, in our country’s more recent history we can trace the origin of the deep state all the way back to World War II with President Franklin D. Roosevelt and his creation of the New Deal. That was the rapid birth and expansion of what we would now recognize today as the deep state.
The reason I’m telling you this is because in my lifetime I believe we’ve all, as a voting populace, become accustomed to wanting to play the short game in politics by desiring immediate change to a corrupt system such as ours between a four and eight year election cycle. Even with President Trump moving at Trump speed and proving just how useless previous presidents have been now for so long this is still a very heavy lift.
Conversely, the deep state itself plays the long game. As I previously mentioned in my Substack Notes they see President Trump as a passing figure that will be gone in three and a half years so things can return to a business as usual time of corruption.
In order to win MAGA must be willing to sustain its intensity for the long game. Speaking of the long game I want to temporarily shift the subject for a moment to talk about someone else who was great at playing the long game and this individual can teach us a lesson about how to do that in dominating fashion.
Nolan Ryan
When I was a kid I loved the game of baseball.
I played the sport, collected baseball cards, and being from Georgia I was a hardcore Atlanta Braves fan. I was there in Fulton County stadium at the age of about 15 when the Atlanta Braves went from worst to first and clinched their first pennant after being the worst team in baseball in 1991.
The Braves were loaded with talent with collectively providing the best pitching lineup in all of Major League Baseball with John Smoltz, Tom Glavine, a young Steve Avery, and Charlie Liebrandt. They would later pick up Greg Maddux, but he wasn’t in the picture here at this point.
Regardless, this rotation would prove to be the lifeblood of the Atlanta Braves franchise as they would move on from this 1991 season to be the most dominant franchise in Major League Baseball (MLB) for years to come.
Now I personally gave up on watching the MLB after they went on strike back in 1994. I thought that was the beginning of the end for a lot of the greatness that MLB had managed to produce in regards to their ability to showcase individual talent. Granted they had a few great years to come, but if we fast forward to the current day I couldn’t recognize who you might consider to be a superstar player if he walked right up to me in person and shook my hand.
Now don’t misunderstand me here. I know there are some truly talented players in the game today, but it’s the game itself that has become so corporate that to me the sport has killed the concept of the individual. To me everyone looks the same, they all act the same, and they all sound the same. I rarely see any scenario where players are allowed to speak their minds and they sort of just get shuffled into the group underneath the big corporate umbrella. It’s solely about the money they get from their advertisers in this day and age and in reality that’s the case with all of the professional sports today.
Now being that I played the game in my childhood and teenage years and loved following the Braves up until the strike, believe it or not, my favorite pitcher in the game wasn’t an Atlanta Brave.
That’s right, my favorite pitcher was the most rugged and dominant figure in all of MLB and was a force of nature when it came to strikeouts. This pitcher was more dominant than John Smoltz, Greg Maddux, Randy Johnson, and Roger Clemons.
After listing out the names of those powerhouse pitchers you may be wondering who in the world could be left that could have possibly been more dominant than those guys. Well if you’re wondering who that player was, that player was the great Nolan Ryan.
This past year I just watched a documentary on Nolan Ryan and it stirred up some childhood memories and brought back some reminders of why I once loved the game the way I did.
Just in case you’re not familiar with Nolan Ryan, he was a starting power pitcher that had a 27- year major league career where he dominated on the mound. Keep in mind that this 27 year career was longer than any player in major league baseball history.
In addition to that Nolan Ryan had struck out more batters than anyone in history with a whopping 5714 strikeouts sending dejected batters back to the dugout with zero productivity at the plate.
At one point during his documentary film Facing Nolan he spoke about how there was a moment when he had reached his forties and was sitting in the clubhouse realizing that he was older than his manager, older than the coaches, older than the general manager, and older than some of the parents of his own teammates.
It was at this moment during his career when he was the old guy being able to compete with the young talent of the major leagues at a very high level that created this sort of mythical legend about Nolan Rylan that everyone remembers to this very day. The unusual thing about Nolan Ryan was that he actually got better as he got older.
In fact, statistically speaking, he was actually a stronger pitcher from age 39-46 than he was at any other time during his entire career. You read that correctly, he was 46 years old at the time that he retired from major league baseball as a starting power pitcher that could absolutely bring the heat.
If you’re not familiar with baseball lingo, that last sentence is slang meaning that he could throw the ball really hard and really fast. In fact, it is said that Nolan Ryan could bring so much heat with his fastball that it is estimated to have been a shocking 108 mph if the radar gun technology and distance were adjusted to today’s standards.
One game when Nolan Ryan was 44 years old he was warming up just prior to his start against the Toronto Blue Jays. In this particular warm up he was having what he thought was a disastrous performance that made him start to think that it might possibly be his last performance.
According to Ryan his accuracy was off and he had been dealing with some back pain that was really giving him a difficult time. However, after this lackluster and disappointing warm up the time came for him to step out on the mound to face off against the Toronto Blue Jays.
It was at this moment where the first batter came up for Nolan to face and it only took three pitches to sit that guy down. The next two batters would suffer the same fate and suddenly Nolan had realized that the back pain that was bothering him during the pre-game warm up was no longer an issue.
He said that the more he threw the more it started to loosen up and the pain just continued to subside. Before the rest of the Texas Rangers ran back out on the field for Nolan to pitch his second inning he turned and looked at his teammates and said guys today just get me one. In other words, he was telling his team that all he needed from them was to score one run because he wasn’t going to allow the other team to score a single run.
One by one each batter would come up and one by one none of them would be able to get a hit. As each batter came to the plate each one would soon find his way right back to his team’s dugout.
As inning after inning went by everyone started to notice that the Toronto Blue Jays were simply not getting any hits or runs off of Nolan Ryan. Because of this every inning became more and more exciting. The fans were going nuts and there was a constant pop of camera flashes throughout the entire stadium as Nolan Ryan found himself in what many athletes refer to as being in the zone.
I’ve heard different definitions before describing what being in the zone means, but in this documentary one individual described the quantitative definition of being in the zone where thinking is inversely proportional to the stimulus of the environment. So in other words, during those high octane no hitter situations where the crowd is going nuts this basically meant that Nolan Ryan’s world was basically equivalent to a peaceful low quiet hum where nothing else existed except for the pitch, the ball, and his glove.
I myself have experienced moments in my athletic past where I felt what it was like to be in the zone. It’s a very unusual and phenomenal experience. When you’re in that moment you feel like you’re performing on an entirely different level than literally everyone else on the field, or in whatever competitive arena you’re involved in at that time.
At 44 years of age Nolan Ryan began a game as one of the oldest players in the game thinking that game would be the last game of his career based on his frustrating start. However, that very same game would end up being Nolan Ryan’s seventh and final no-hitter.
What started out seeming like it would be the last game of his career ended up being a game that would catapult Nolan Ryan into a category of his own with the title of being the greatest pitcher of all time.
Now I want you to put this on a shelf for now as I want to shift back to the original topic of discussion regarding all the frustration and controversy surrounding the Jeffrey Epstein situation.
Once again, I understand that this is something where the patience of the American people has been running out, but the reality is that this situation hasn’t been a situation very long under the leadership of President Trump. The reality involving Jeffrey Epstein is one that involved him first being charged for unlawful sex with a minor as early as May of 2006 according to the AP.
Now I’m not going to go too much further into the details of the accusations surrounding the trafficking of young girls by Epstein and his involvement with political figures, famous people, etc. in that context. However, Epstein was mysteriously able to minimize the impact of that first serious charge involving his sexual criminal history and the reason for that is what I am going to elaborate on here in this episode.
My explanation for this is that I believe the real issue involving Epstein doesn’t necessarily center around him being this seedy figure that ran a global sex crime blackmailing operation against elite figures involved in domestic and foreign governments as his primary type of business model.
I want to be clear that this doesn’t suggest that there were no victims of sexual crimes and misconduct. I just literally quoted one of those where he was charged. With that being said I certainly want absolute justice for any and all victims that had to suffer from Epstein's actions. In fact, the full hammer of justice is an absolute MUST in this situation and this justice cannot be ignored with anyone that was associated with Epstein in this capacity.
However, with that being said I’m merely suggesting that I believe the meat and potatoes of Epstein’s nefarious business practices seem to be more centered around corrupt business dealings that he was associated with as a financial fixer for the CIA. This is actually a sound developing case that is being presented in a very intelligent way by Former State Department Cyber Mike Benz.
So what does this mean?
Mike Benz doesn't buy that Epstein was a blackmail figure, but rather a financial fixer meaning that he would broker off the book deals for the CIA. One key reason Benz points to this is the fact that Epstein had a longstanding working relationship with the CIA that goes all the way back to the early 1980s. In other words, Epstein was an intelligence asset of the deep state.
Additionally, Benz has also pointed out that it’s hard to believe that it would be practical for Epstein to have successfully run a blackmail honeypot operation among political and business elites for nearly forty years. He said this would simply be impractical without the word getting around among those communities that he was involved with while doing such a thing.
In other words, word of such a practice would have gotten around those communities long ago and the reality of a blackmail operation would have been ended all the way back in the 1980s. The fact is that business and political elites simply run in similar circles and there’s no way this would have gone unnoticed for four decades according to Benz’s perspective. I would also add that I would have a hard time arguing with Benz on this theory because if he were operating one of the most lucrative and historically powerful blackmail operations in history then how would he, or his girlfriend Ghislaine Maxwell have ever gotten arrested in the first place?
According to a recent Mike Benz interview with Steve Bannon there were some very sensible and meaningful dots connected to explain a lot of the mystery associated with Epstein’s past. In fact, it was discussed how former attorney general Bill Barr’s father reportedly met Epstein at a bookstore and was a key figure in helping him to get a job at one of the most prestigious prep schools in New York City known as the Dalton School.
At the time Epstein didn’t have a college degree, but he ended up being a tutor for math at the Dalton School where he would end up teaching Ace Greenberg’s son. Ace Greenberg was so impressed with Epstein’s intelligence that he ended up offering him a job at the famed Bear Stearns investment firm of which Ace himself was the chief executive of that company.
From here that interview points out how Epstein’s reputation grew in the financial arena and then strangely finds his way working with these high level figures who are involved with questionable international trade deals. One key example that Mike Benz points to here is the working relationship that Epstein had with Adnan Khashoggi.
Adnan Khashoggi was a Saudi businessman that played an infamous role in the 1986 Iran- Contra affair which would involve him bringing together the Iranian and Israeli dealers to work out a deal for the sale of 1500 U.S. missiles in exchange for the U.S. hostages that were held in Beirut at that time.
Benz points out how Epstein was acquiring financial assets through covert financing operations and he was involved with Khashoggi at the time that this deal with the Iran-Contra situation took place. According to Benz, Epstein clearly had this ability by having access to money through his relationships. Benz points out that many of these deals were probably dirty, and possibly even involved issues associated with national security due to his relationships and the nature of how many of these deals involved foreign entities and high level individuals within governments and business.
Because of Epstein’s network and connections to these high level individuals inside of governments and business these deals involved large sums of money that would exchange hands off the record for the CIA. It was because of this sort of set up that Benz suggests this is why there were girls involved with the sex crimes as he believes these girls were used more as a means to an end in the sense that they were a way Epstein would sweeten the closing of a deal. Benz believes that Epstein was using these girls in this manner of business rather than the trafficking of the girls themselves being the central focus for a global blackmailing operation.
Benz also points out that during the 1970s there was a restructuring of intelligence work where the CIA was barred from handling any activities directly. As a result this is where USAID and the NGO web (National Endowment for Democracy, Internews, US Institute of Peace, etc.) took the baton from the CIA and took over covert operations." (Source: Real Clear Politics)
In the interview with Steve Bannon and Mike Benz it was also pointed out how Epstein’s life came full circle with the Barr family. This was the case as it was Bill Barr’s father that got Epstein his job with the Dalton school and many years later it was Attorney General Bill Barr himself who drew up the entire new charging document for Epstein involving his second arrest. Here it was under Barr’s control and authority that the Bureau of Prisons reported to Barr that Epstein suicided himself.
Coincidentally it was Bill Barr who advised President George H.W. Bush to pardon six individuals who were also involved in that Iran-Contra affair as well. If this wasn’t strange enough Barr also worked for the CIA from 1973-1977.
For the sake of time I’m not going to dive any further into the Epstein past and connect anymore dots, but the reality is that I could easily keep going as the evidence is simply too great in regards to showing how Epstein had direct ties to the CIA. His relationship to the Barr family alone is a giant red flag.
For the past week when President Trump kept referring to the Epstein situation as being a hoax and kept seeming to want to simply brush it aside a lot of MAGA got very upset. Many people even started turning against President Trump. As usual the emotionally reactive people end up lashing out way too soon.
When President Trump did this with the Epstein situation he created the ultimate Streisand Effect which actually drew so much more attention to the case that even the Democrats were demanding that the files be opened despite the fact that they had been library quiet about it for four years under Biden.
President Trump plays these people like a fiddle. When the President kept calling the Epstein situation a hoax he wasn’t saying that nobody was harmed by Epstein. Instead he was saying that the Democrats, who were now magically interested in the Epstein files, were all the sudden trying to weaponize this case against him in the same exact way as they did with the RUSSIA RUSSIA RUSSIA Steele Dossier, the alleged sex tapes, etc.
After everything President Trump has been through I’m amazed people don’t just slow down to give him the benefit of the doubt, yet here we are again. Regardless, to explain this a bit further in President Trump’s interview with John Solomon and Amanda Head he reminded all of us that the previous regime had the files in their possession for four years.
After all, the previous head of the FBI was the anti-Trump bureaucrat Chris Wray and the previous Attorney General was anti-Trump Merrick Garland. Before Chris Wray was the head of the FBI it was anti-Trump James Comey’s FBI and before it was Merrick Garland’s Department of Justice it was anti-Trump Bill Barr’s Department of Justice. It’s pretty interesting how Bill Barr’s name just keeps coming up, right?
Furthermore, at this point most of MAGA understands that the Murdoch’s hate President Trump and last night I saw the report where the Murdoch’s Wall Street Journal actually published an article claiming that President Trump wrote a letter to Jeffrey Epstein.
This story was so absurd that it even stated that President Trump drew a picture of a naked woman in the letter. However, there was no letter that the Wall Street Journal published. It was simply an absurd empty accusation about a letter. This is the perfect example of how Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS) will make people do really stupid things.
Of course, this morning I woke up to see where the President is unsealing all pertinent Grand Jury testimony surrounding the Epstein case. In addition to this he said he’s suing Murdoch's Wall Street Journal and is looking forward to seeing Murdoch himself personally testify in his lawsuit against Murdoch’s garbage newspaper.
The Wrap Up
The one thing that I believe is absolutely essential for all of us to remember is to understand that everything has context. When President Trump is calling the Epstein case a hoax he’s not saying that to detract from any suffering that was caused to any victims. What it meant was that he can clearly see the attacks coming from the Democrats and all of his opponents because he’s obviously seen these types of attacks before. Everything has context.
I’m pretty sure the President has a really good idea of what evidence and people may, or may not be involved with the Epstein scandal. President Trump understands that the deep state is doing everything it can to try and slow him down. After all, these are the same people that wanted to send him to prison for four hundred years to die and they will do it again if he fails at that mission this time around.
In addition to this the deep state will also come after all of us as well. You know aside from Nolan Ryan having survived a 27 year major league career, and arguably having been the hardest throwing pitcher to ever live, he was also a very seasoned and experienced warrior of a pitcher.
He could often tell whenever a batter was trying to test him because that batter would crowd the plate when getting into the batter’s box. Oftentimes this was something that Nolan said good hitters would do in order to try and get an edge on him. He said that in these situations he would have to wait for the right opportunity, but he also said he always had a bold solution to solve that problem.
In these scenarios Nolan Ryan’s solution would involve a 100+ mph fastball that would be thrown high and inside on the batter. Back in the day this is what my friends and myself would refer to as introducing some sweet chin music to the situation.
This would get the batters to back off every single time and if they didn’t then he would simply hit them with a pitch when the situation called for it.
Just like with Nolan Ryan before his final no-hitter when looking at this current Epstein situation with President Trump he’s proving again that even if his warm up seems a bit lackluster, he’s still proving once again that he’s absolutely bringing the heat come game time.
I understand that this Epstein situation caused some of MAGA to hit the panic button and that’s a problem. However, the rest of us have to remember that just like Nolan Ryan was in the zone during his final no-hitter, President Trump is also in the zone right now during the fight of his and our country’s lifetime.
Just like all 5714 of those batters came up to challenge Nolan Ryan, he sent them all back to the dugout dejected and with nothing to show for it other than failure and personal frustration.
President Trump is doing the same exact thing with every lying scandal, lying media outlet, and every anti-Trump individual that gets proven wrong on a near weekly basis over and over again.
The real justice comes with attacking this Grand Criminal Conspiracy against President Trump. You see the reason I say this is because the thing that made Jeffrey Epstein possible was the deep state itself and there are deep state bad actors that are currently being looked at for investigation involving John Brennan, James Clapper, and James Comey.
If any of us truly want justice for the Epstein victims then we need to make sure that these bad deep state actors get some sweet chin music from the swift hard hitting sword of Lady Justice.
Did you hit the panic button on President Trump during this Epstein situation?
Are you seeing how the MAGA information war machine is hitting on all cylinders after this most recent hit job by the deep state?
Please share your feedback in the comment section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The difference between a successful person and others is not a lack of strength, not a lack of knowledge, but rather a lack in will.”
― Vince Lombardi
I want to take a moment to talk about a key trait that is involved in building significant human strength and resilience. This is a trait that’s necessary to understand not only for the purpose of building up your own individual physical resilience, but it’s also necessary for the importance of understanding how it can apply to a team, a movement, and a coalition that consists of the perpetuation of the beliefs and values of the liberty movement.
If it’s your first time on my platform then you may not know that I am a professional strength and fitness coach and small business owner. There’s a specific reason I’m telling you this and I will further clarify that reason as I elaborate on the message of today’s episode.
I’ve been a practicing coach now for close to 25 years and have trained a wide range of people from the novice all the way to world class athletes. Having been in this industry for so many years has allowed me to develop and acquire a very deep understanding of the human body and its potential.
So what is the trait I mentioned at the beginning of this episode that is essential for building optimal physical strength and resilience? The secret that I’m talking about that can build optimal physical strength and resilience in the human body simply involves having the discipline to put forth intentional consistent effort towards a goal.
That’s right, there’s no magical formula, no magical potion, or some extraordinary magical pill that is going to help you to achieve peak physical performance. There’s no quick fix for you to develop a resilient body that is resistant to almost every form of disease and injury known to mankind. That peak physical condition can only come from you possessing the discipline, willpower, and consistency in order to pursue it on a daily basis.
In order for you to have that you MUST make that decision in your mind in order to pursue such a goal in order to make it happen. Now having said that, I also mentioned that the same trait that was essential for you to build up peak physical strength and resilience was also necessary in building up a team, a movement, and a coalition particularly when involved in perpetuating the beliefs and values of the liberty movement.
So how exactly does this work?
Well I’ve really already answered that question, but I’ll still elaborate a bit further because it’s something that took me some time to come to understand. That same understanding is what led me down the path to eventually starting this Substack blog and podcast just three years ago.
From Everyday Citizen To Being An Emissary of Freedom
Unless you’ve been living under a rock since the pandemic hit there’s been a huge unmasking of villains that have been identified as enemies to this United States Republic and those enemies are domestic enemies that reside right here at home.
These enemies have pretty much been expanding inside the state governments and federal government throughout our beautiful nation for many years now. These enemies consist of communists, statists, and political radicals who all fall underneath the umbrella of being grafters that leech off of the tax dollars that are paid into the government by the hardworking American citizen.
These domestic enemies have also been able to perpetuate their corruption within our state and federal institutions because they have infected every single one of those institutions. They have infected our media, our universities, our banking systems, our judicial systems, and even our entertainment systems.
This rot is far reaching, but make no mistake this rot has spread simply because those people associated with the team of rot have been motivated. They’ve been motivated to engage in perpetuating their rot due to their commitment to putting forth a significant amount of intentional consistent effort towards their goals.
Now that last part is exactly why I want to address how when intentional consistent effort is directed towards a goal, from a movement of people, it gets results. Achieving these results works in much the same way as that effort can achieve a result on an individual level as well.
Of course, this relates to the example that I’ve already touched on when I talked about what it takes in order to build a strong, resilient body. Therefore the same intentional consistent effort is needed from a movement in order to build a strong resilient cultural and political coalition that is capable of transforming society for either better, or worse.
Sir Isaac Newton said the following…
“For every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction.”
Now when looking at that quote I’m reminded that the MAGA movement is a coalition that is absolutely that reaction. It’s the reaction to the longstanding actions of all of the corruption associated with the domestic enemies that reside inside the institutions of our great nation.
The MAGA coalition is definitely a strong coalition that has literally changed the arc of history.
However, for the MAGA coalition to remain strong and resilient, what do you think is required in order for it to maintain its staying power?
The answer to that last question simply involves us making sure that the awakened, informed, and engaged populace of citizens remain awakened, informed, and engaged. This is the very definition of the MAGA movement.
What we’ve witnessed in the past four years is the rapid expansion of populism cementing itself as the new norm.
President Trump lit the fuse that caused the explosion of this movement and the timing was significant due to the converging factors of corruption all culminating into a very obvious inflection point in our country’s history over the past four years.
The actions of those domestic enemies that I mentioned earlier had finally reached a point where their behavior has been so blatant and so horrible that the entire world had to take notice in recent years. There seem to be only a few exceptions of people who don’t seem to notice the severity of this corruption.
These people seem to be the leftist that are simply brainwashed by the establishment, along with the grafting RINOs and the anti-Trump Libertarians who seem to not understand history, or the gravity, of the situation that we’re living in right now regarding the state of the nation.
You see this is exactly why they say the cream rises to the top. This is the case because everyday citizens consisting of people who do understand history, business, politics, human nature, and simply possess the wisdom for discernment, have stepped up to the plate to defend the Republic within the MAGA coalition.
The reality is that the MAGA movement is the most powerful political movement in American history and MAGA has proven that despite having been outnumbered and outspent in literally every institutional category across the board.
The entire existence of the MAGA movement is a result of a very specific purpose. It’s the result of everyday citizens that have gotten sick and tired of the corruption of Washington D.C., Silicon Valley, and a garbage media ecosystem that has been literally waging war against the American citizen now for a very long time.
Whoever is wise, let him understand these things; whoever is discerning, let him know them; for the ways of the Lord are right, and the upright walk in them, but transgressors stumble in them.
Hosea 14:9
The MAGA coalition exists because it serves to remind both the corrupt politicians and their braindead followers that being an American citizen is supposed to mean something.
Despite what the moronic left and the moronic anti-Trump Libertarians think, the benefits of being an American citizen doesn’t mean having open borders to allow illegal immigration to run wild within the country.
In addition to that, since the invasion of illegals has illegally been incentivized and allowed by our federal government it certainly doesn’t mean that those same illegals are afforded Constitutional due process for their crimes. Yes, there are actually anti-Trump Libertarians stupid enough to believe this.
It’s because of these absurd allowances involving direct violations of American sovereignty that the American public has been slowly brainwashed over time into believing a watered down version of what it means to actually be a United States citizen. This lack of civic acumen from the American public has degraded the nation state to the point that we have found our individual sovereignty and individual liberties under assault across multiple battle fronts.
You see the MAGA movement recognizes these attacks that are being waged on the American citizen and thankfully the citizen movement has chosen to engage the enemy on those multiple battle fronts. We see the enemy gunning to silence our freedom of speech, we’ve seen the enemy gunning for our right to keep and bear arms, and we’ve seen the enemy use coercion in order to force us to agree to medical procedures that we may not agree that we need.
In addition to this the MAGA movement also recognizes that the right to vote, the opportunity to serve in the military, and the ability to access public services have all been rights and benefits that have been ceded over to illegal immigrants while American citizens continue to suffer.
The MAGA coalition understands that the corrupt Administrative State wants to destroy what it means to be an American citizen which will ultimately result in the actual destruction of the American citizen.
So given the detailed outline here of MAGA it’s obvious that the movement has clearly defined its purpose and that purpose is that it’s a movement that is goal oriented and very specific about saving the Republic and the American citizen.
The same thing could be seen with the Sons of Liberty back on December 16, 1773 at the Boston Tea Party. Like the MAGA movement is specific in its purpose the Sons of Liberty were also very specific in their purpose involving their disposal of the tea as well.
You see, when the Sons of Liberty secretly climbed aboard the Beaver, Dartmouth, and Eleanor ships on that December night to destroy 340 chests of tea, it was a clear message to the British that they weren’t going to be controlled and abused by their tax laws.
This move by the Sons of Liberty was both bold and specific. You see, it is said that the amount of tea that was destroyed by the Sons of Liberty would hold an estimated value today of being worth about $1.7 million. This was a huge blow to the British East India Company which meant it was a huge blow to the British overall.
However, despite the destruction of the tea with this bold move that was successfully pulled off by the Patriots, historical accounts show that there was absolutely zero damage done to the ships themselves. In fact, there was no damage done to any of the crew or any other items onboard the ships except for a single broken padlock.
It appeared that the padlock was the personal property of one of the ships’ captains, however this padlock was promptly replaced the next day by the Patriots. During this mission there was great care taken by the Patriots to ensure that there was no damage done to any of the ships, or any personal property.
In fact, there were no items looted or stolen from the ships including no stolen tea. There was one participant that tried to steal some tea, but this individual was immediately reprimanded and stopped by the Patriots.
The Sons of Liberty were very careful about how they carried out the Boston Tea Party mission as they reserved all of the destruction to be done specifically to the tea and no other property. After the destruction of the tea the participating Patriots even went so far as to sweep and clean the decks of the ships and they even took the time to move every item back to its original place if it were moved out of place during the mission.
The crews of the ships had attested to the fact that there had been absolutely zero damage done to the ships except to the cargoes of tea that were onboard at the time. The Sons of Liberty were very disciplined and specific in their message to the Royal Crown.
That message was a message of independence. That message was a message that was a show of strength. That message was a message where the Sons of Liberty were being Emissaries of Freedom and demonstrating to the British crown that the crown wasn’t going to be in control of the sovereignty of the Americans for much longer.
The Wrap Up
When you look at the Sons of Liberty and the MAGA movement in this modern era you can see how they are both one in the same. The MAGA movement has recognized that the Republic has been under attack by domestic communists and grafters and that this era that we are living in is about reclaiming the Republic.
President Trump is the instrument of destruction, or the blunt force object, that the MAGA movement has at the tip of the spear to wage war against the Administrative State. President Trump is the reason the MAGA movement exists in the way that it does with its ability to organize, inform, and to go on offense in the cultural, economic, and information war against the communists at a level not seen before throughout all of history.
I believe one thing that a lot of people don’t currently understand about the reality that we’re in now is that reality is one where we have actually lost this Republic. The question is whether or not we are going to be able to reclaim the Republic under President Trump’s leadership and the MAGA movement’s activism.
In looking at our country’s history you can see the following three main defining moments…
Under George Washington’s leadership you saw the Revolution of the country.
Under Abraham Lincoln’s leadership you saw the Restoration of the country.
Under Donald Trump’s leadership now you’re seeing the Reclamation of the country.
During this process of reclaiming the lost Republic we, as the MAGA coalition, cannot afford to get complacent. This is why your support of alternative media platforms is so vital. Whether you support this platform, or another one with a similar message, the reality is that your support is absolutely vital in turning this ship around.
It’s more important now than ever that you get engaged in the MAGA movement in order to take the fight to the communists. They’re far from being defeated and are trying to spring up throughout the country in multiple places.
For instance, you’re already seeing this in Texas, and more recently in New York, as we’ve seen with the Democratic party having put forth a self-proclaimed communist jihadist to be the city’s next mayor.
I understand that it’s easy to focus on the bad news, but it’s essential that we maintain a sound level of reality in order to not fall into the trap of complacency. This is exactly why I talked about what trait was necessary to build a strong resilient movement here at the beginning of this article.
We cannot afford to complain about being tired of the fight for liberty, or being disengaged from it. This is where that discipline to put forth intentional consistent effort towards the goal of destroying the communist revolution will be determined by our dedication to ensuring we’re successful.
You know we all just literally celebrated our special Fourth of July Independence day holiday. I believe that a lot of people have forgotten, or never realized, a very important detail regarding the signing of the Declaration of Independence.
We celebrate our forefathers' signing of this wonderful document, but the important detail that I believe a lot of people never talk about is that the signing of the Declaration of Independence was merely a collection of inked signatures on a piece of paper.
In other words, they knew that they were inviting a lot of trouble into their lives from the British Crown by putting their names on that document. Because of this the reality was that they had to back up their Declaration of Independence with SERIOUS action. This is exactly why seven years of war followed that very signing of that very important document.
By signing that Declaration into existence the founders had established their discipline to put forth their intentional consistent effort towards the goal of liberty, freedom, and independence.
They had the willpower and focus in order to carry that declaration through to its ultimate conclusion. There was no time for battle fatigue because the movement was fit enough and strong enough to endure what was coming.
Therefore, here in today’s world the MAGA movement must also demonstrate willpower, resilience, and determination to bring about the destruction of the communist revolution in order to reclaim this Republic.
Are you ready to support the Patriot movement in resuscitating the dynamism that made this country so great?
Are you willing to engage this Populist movement in order to achieve and obtain the restoration of vigor and purpose that is needed to continue to build a strong and resilient MAGA coalition?
Post up and share your thoughts in the comments below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you are tuning into today's episode this particular episode will only be available in full length if you subscribe as an All-Access Paid member directly on the Substack.
However, don't click off because I've including a free preview here and if you'd like to access the rest of this episode and bypass the paywall simply go to brandonrichey.substack.com and sign up for about the price of a cup of coffee per month.
Thank you very much for your support.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Chaos was the law of nature; Order was the dream of man.”
― Henry Adams
When looking at the story of Moses in the Bible there’s a clear mission that is put in place by the Lord in order to use Moses to free his people from slavery. Moses was sent on a mission from God to free the Israelites from slavery from the Egyptians under the very proud and powerful Pharaoh.
This entire event was a process that involved a lot of hard negotiating where the Lord even used nightmarish plagues against Pharaoh and Egypt when he continually refused to allow his people to go free with Moses. This was only after Pharaoh refused the requests of Moses over and over and over again.
Now to be fair the Bible does say that God hardened Pharaoh’s heart during the times when Moses would approach Pharoah and request the release of the Lord’s people. Now I’m no Biblical scholar, but my best guess as to why the Lord did this was because God had already known Pharaoh’s heart. Pharaoh had already demonstrated his stubbornness and unwillingness to learn. Granted it was this stubbornness that allowed God to demonstrate his authority while ultimately leading to the liberation of the Israelites and the complete downfall of Pharaoh.
One must keep in mind that it never said that Pharaoh's heart was permanently hardened, but his decision to remain in defiance of the request of Moses would remain intact until it ended his own army in the Red Sea.
I find it interesting how Pharaoh was so determined to want to possess the sovereignty of the Israelites to the point that it led his army to their demise. That desire for one to be the sovereign authority over others seems to be a human desire that has never gone away since the world fell long ago.
As we look at the landscape of these modern day global technocrats it seems that our world is still full of Pharaohs that serve false gods and still seek to possess the sovereignty of others just the same. As the old saying goes “There’s nothing new under the sun.” –Ecclesiastes 1:9.
The Technocratic Sovereign
Now before I go any further I just wanted to warn you that I am going to give some commentary here on the plot of a brand new movie that I just recently watched called Mountainhead. If you have an interest in seeing that movie then I want to give you fair warning that I’m going to be talking about what happens in that movie here now.
However, if you’re just here to read and listen to my commentary then stay right where you are and I’ll do my best to hold your interest.
First of all, I didn’t think that the movie Mountainhead was a great movie, but then again a lot of modern cultural entertainment is garbage these days. Now having said that there appears to be some steady improvement in the creative culture due to this Great Awakening and seismic cultural shift that we all are experiencing right in front of us, but I digress. However, Mountainhead did offer a valuable lesson and some key cultural insight that directly applies to our modern day lives that I wanted to share with you here.
Now in the movie Mountainhead it follows three wealthy friends who meet at a retreat due to a significant level of global upheaval caused by AI-generated disinformation. As it turns out this AI-disinformation is largely being disseminated by a fictional social media platform called Traam which happens to be owned by one of the four friends named Ven Parish.
So among these four friends at this gathering are Ven Parish (owner of Traam and the world’s richest person), Jeff Abredazi (owner of the AI company Bilter), Randall Garrett who is an older mentor of the group that gets diagnosed with an incurable cancer, and Hugo “Souper” Van Yalk who, despite a $521 million net worth, is still the least wealthiest of his friends. By the way, as a side note Steve Carell is the actor that plays Randall Garrett.
The location of this retreat takes place at Souper’s home which is named Mountainhead. Although the gathering is apparently supposed to be an opportunity for the four men to reconnect as friends without their professional lives getting in the way, the reality is that all four of them still have ulterior motives for being there.
For instance, Ven really desires to acquire Bilter for its fact-checking technology due to having fast tracked some new features with his social media platform Traam that enabled disinformation to spread. He desires to have Bilter as he believes it will free him from having to rescind the new features of his social media platform that allowed the spread of disinformation while also allowing him to avoid the accountability of all the chaos that it is causing throughout the world.
Randall also desires to see Traam grow and progress because he believes that Ven’s success will lead to a transhumanist solution that will cure his illness. During all of this turmoil Jeff witnesses his own net worth skyrocket with all the social unrest and turmoil worsening due to Bilter’s fact checking abilities. However, he does not want Bilter to be absorbed, or acquired by Traam.
During all of this Souper, who owns Mountainhead, feels inferior to all of the rest of the guys and simply wishes to convince the others to invest in his Slowzo “lifestyle super-app.” Shortly after arriving at Mountainhead for the gathering Jeff and Ven start arguing over Traam’s issues which results in the rest of the friends trying to pressure Jeff into selling Bilter.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Antitrust has become a legal backwater in recent decades. But the curse of bigness is back, and antitrust enforcement must come back with it, updated to perform its original, republican function: protecting the independence of the American people from oligarchic control.”
― Josh Hawley
In 1973 a man walked into a bank in Stockholm, Sweden with a Russian automatic rifle and held it up. During this event he took three female hostages and one male hostage that he ended up holding for what would be a 131 hour marathon of chaos.
During this event the hostages were exposed to a series of very traumatic experiences as he terrorized them throughout this ordeal. As it turns out he actually put a noose around their necks during certain points of the hold up and constantly threatened to kill them. In addition to this he actually pointed the rifle at them and fired it multiple times in their direction.
However, at the end of the day when this event finally came to its conclusion he had not physically harmed any of the hostages. When the man finally decided to surrender something very unusual happened that would shock the authorities.
When this event came to its conclusion the authorities expected the hostages to be antagonistic towards the hostage taker, but at the end of this experience the hostages had expressed more fear and concern towards the police officers than they did toward the guy that had been holding them against their will.
What was even stranger is that they didn’t even claim to hate, or dislike the hostage taker after the event. The hostages even went so far as to not even bother to testify against the man. In fact, one of the women ended up marrying the hostage taker after he was released from prison in 1980.
That hostage taker and bank robber Jan-Erik Olsson moved to Thailand and in 2009 released his autobiography, entitled Stockholm Syndrome.
So what’s the moral of this wild, but true story here?
Just because you’re single and broke could this story suggest that you should arm yourself, commandeer a bank, and take a bunch of people hostage in hopes of meeting your future wife, or husband?
I know you may laugh, however this would mirror a similar line of thinking regarding the current day’s RINOs and establishment Libertarians who think that the nationwide riots going on right now are NOT the result of an invasion, or Fifth Column activity. These people want to argue that the riots are the result of a group of non-citizens that love America despite them burning old glory in the streets while brandishing the flags of their country of origin.
These same RINO and establishment Libertarians also believe that the Neo-Brandeisian movement to break the back of big business in this current day is somehow anti-free market. As it relates to this current day on the issues of illegal immigration, and the economic reality of the country, this sort of thinking is what is known as effete intellectualism.
The Neo-Brandeisian Movement
Louis Brandeis was born and raised in Louisville, Kentucky. He would enter Harvard University (long before the institution became a hotbed of CCP Fifth Column activity) when he was 18 years of age and would end up graduating in 1877 with the highest average in the law school’s history.
Brandeis would end up becoming a Justice in the Supreme Court from 1916-1939. During his tenure he would also end up becoming an extraordinary Justice in the Supreme Court as he employed the skills that had also made him a renowned attorney.
Throughout his career he had a certain perspective regarding his view of the law and its application. For him the law was a device that would be used to shape social, economic, and political affairs. I would say that for right, or wrong Brandeis is 100% correct in this assessment.
As an overview he believed that the law had to function on the basis of two key assumptions. These two things involved the belief that the individual was the basic force in society and that the individual also had limited capabilities.
Now within this model of belief Brandeis did not seek to coddle the individual, but rather his aim embraced the notion that the individual’s potential should be stretched to its limit.
Given this view of the intended function of the law, Brandeis came into the picture during his time to put forth the warning of heavily concentrated corporate power and wealth. Brandeis believed that if a company was too large and too profitable that it was an inherent threat to the market.
Now at the turn of the 20th century there was a wave of populism to hit the scene along with politicians that came along to ride that wave. Sounds familiar, right?
Well at that time the term antitrust was prevalent throughout the American lexicon during the turn of the 20th century which lit the fuse for that very wave of populism that soon followed.
During this time the politicians set their crosshairs on trusts. In case you didn’t know these trusts essentially were large umbrella companies that held the assets of many other businesses. The idea was that these businesses were monopolies.
This is essentially where the idea of trust busting came from. In fact, it was in 1890 when congress would pass the Sherman Antitrust Act which is a federal statute that prohibits activities that restrict interstate commerce and competition in the marketplace. Now please hang with me here because this is going to get very interesting.
Now as we fast forward to the current day we’re seeing some common threads here in the beginning of this 21st century that mirror what was going on at the beginning of the 20th century.
After all, once the Sherman Antitrust Act was passed in 1890 it was President Teddy Roosevelt that came along in 1911 with a hell-bent attitude on busting up several trusts that existed at that time. Roosevelt would end up busting up a huge railroad conglomerate, the Northern Securities Company, along with many other companies.
Now as I previously stated Brandeis believed that if a company was too large and too profitable that it was an inherent threat to the market. However, if bureaucrats couldn’t prove that companies had an actual monopoly over the markets they would rely on what Brandeis called “The Curse of Bigness.”
Now the reality is that it proved to be difficult to determine what was too large or too profitable so by the time the 1980s rolled around most regulators decided to adopt what is known as the Consumer Welfare Standard (CWS).
The CWS basically helped to gauge the scale of determining whether a company’s size, or success was a danger by looking at whether or not the company posed any harm to the consumer.
Granted, today much of this focus has brought Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google into the crosshairs of the Neo-Brandeisian movement. These concerns regarding the welfare of consumers consist of multiple reasons. This is mainly because these companies acquire and possess a tremendous amount of information on consumers. Additionally these companies also possess an enormous amount of wealth that enables them to buy up startups faster than most people are able to keep count.
However, despite these issues concerning the consumer there are many other issues that the critics of the Neo-Brandeisian movement seem to lack a fundamental understanding about regarding what the movement is actually advocating for in today’s marketplace.
In the new Brandeis school of Antitrust Lina M. Khan is the author of Amazon’s Antitrust Paradox . In her paper she expands on the purpose of antitrust where the focus isn’t only meant to function in the narrow space of the consumer through introducing any sort of welfare into the market, but rather it should promote truly competitive markets throughout our business sector.
You see, I'm personally a huge advocate for free market competition. As a small business owner (like most all small business owners) I understand the significance of this better than most.
However, as a small business owner the one thing I really don’t like is the abundance of government subsidies. You see if you take any business in the world and decide to allow that business to be propped up by the tax dollars of the consumers then what incentive does that business have to compete in the market in order to produce a better and more affordable product, or service?
The correct answer to that question is ABSOLUTELY NONE. Additionally, the moment a business takes a subsidy the entire notion of being in a free market is thrown right out the window.
To expand on the same company that Lina M. Khan used in the title of her paper, Amazon is a prime example of this…by the way, I did say prime example…pun intended.
You see, the business model of Amazon is an example of Technofeudalism. This is a term and system that Yanis Varoufakis points out in the title of his book Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism.
In his book Yanis explains how under feudalism, a landowner would grant fiefs to vassals, who would then farm the land and then give a portion of the yield back to the chief landowner. In a sobering modern day comparison Yanis points out how Jeff Besos’s relationship with the vendors on Amazon isn’t really all that different. (Source: The New Yorker)
For more clarity on Technofeudalism I want to encourage you to scroll down and click the link to that episode here as it really breaks down the threat that this model poses to our economic system at large.
However, as bad as the Technofeudalism is in regards to how Amazon is able to abuse its sellers the thing that makes it even worse is what I mentioned earlier involving the subsidies. The real problem here is that this massive company, along with all of the other Big Tech companies, receive enormous rewards in the form of tax subsidies in addition to them already being big and powerful.
According to the Amazon tracker on the Good Jobs First website Amazon has received in excess of $11.6 billion in subsidies with the latest update being as recent as January 1, 2025. I’m sure when you look at every small business in the country they didn’t get the luxury of receiving several billions of dollars in subsidies in order to prop them up.
As if the Big Tech companies aren’t big enough it seems they get a lot of help getting even bigger as they continue to grow their capacity for wealth, data mining, and their ability to suppress competition from ever sprouting up in order to get into the ring with them to compete.
In fact, I want to take a second to expand on that fighting metaphor I just mentioned in terms of being able to get into the ring. When it comes to two fighters getting inside the squared circle to compete you understand how this works, right?
Just in case there are any readers or listeners that aren’t sure, I want to take a moment to clarify this because it’s very important. When two competing fighters get into the ring they are both supposed to have an equal and fair shot at winning the fight.
This fairness is supposed to be managed by the referees and the judges that score the fight should the fight have to be decided by a points total at the end. This type of ending in a fight would occur if a fighter is unable to win decisively with a knockout, technical knockout, or submission if the fight happens to be an MMA bout.
However, when we look at the fighters inside the arena of business today, as it relates to these oligarchies, we see them as being one of the fighters inside the ring. The other fighter working to rise up and compete against these oligarchs would represent the other fighter inside the arena of business. Now if the oligarchs are one fighter and a rising competitor is the other fighter, then the government is supposed to represent the referee and judges who are supposed to be making sure the fight is fair.
However, when the referee is giving aid to the oligarchs during the fight in order to get a winning advantage over the competition then there’s no fair fight. In fact, in this scenario instead of the referee calling a fair fight the referee and judges are instead getting directly involved in picking the winners and losers in the fight.
The reality is that inside the arena of business today the referees and judges (aka the government) are picking the winners and losers. The so-called referee is actually responsible for propping up the oligarchies that are resulting in what Brandeis would refer to as The Curse of Bigness.
So what type of aid is the referee giving the oligarchs? That aid typically comes in the form of those government subsidies I was talking about earlier in addition to direct access to the most powerful people in the government.
This access comes with an enhanced ability to turn around and reward those very politicians (aka the referees) in the form of generous campaign donations, political activism, and even the ability to corrupt elections. That last part is surprisingly easy if some of those oligarchs happen to be big tech oligarchs like we’ve witnessed with Mark Zuckerberg in the 2020 election.
This is one of the major issues concerning the actual creation of monopolies and trusts in the first place. Because of this these monopolies may actually be able to create a position where they sell the public on the illusion of producing cheap products, but do so at the cost of destroying true economic growth within the system that they are leeching off of.
To be very blunt these monopolies are able to offer cheap products because they’ve offshored the bulk of their manufacturing to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). If we’re being straightforward here, the reason those products are cheap is because these oligarchs have agreed to allow the bulk of their products to be built off the backs of slave labor, but digress.
As these oligarchs continue to be supported they will continue to grow unabated. Their continued growth will also result in the continued destruction of the U.S. economy as they will destroy job opportunities for people with the assisted growth of their development of AI that they plan to use in order to replace human beings.
Now the crazy thing is that the size and wealth of these oligarchs has resulted in their continued abuse of the American economic and business sector.
This abuse has been going on for quite a long time now without anyone being held accountable for their behavior in regards to their corrupt actions in their quest to grow. This is the very thing that the Neo-Brandeisian movement is pointing out as The Curse of Bigness.
It’s my view that we are now living in a moment where there’s been such a cultural shift in this Great Awakening that the possibility to enforce accountability with these oligarchs is more obtainable now than ever before in history.
The Wrap Up
The reality is that the abuse of these oligarchs over the consumer and business population has been going on for so long now that much of the private sector is either too ignorant, too brainwashed, or have lied to themselves too much to recognize what’s been going on. It only requires the simple act of being able to observe to see that the economic well-being of the middle class has been completely eroded over time.
Despite the fact that these monopolies have literally cratered the economies of many small towns throughout the country due to them offshoring much of their high paying manufacturing jobs, they have also managed to add insult to injury by buying off politicians to help them finance their effort off the backs of taxpayers through their massive tax subsidies.
At the beginning of this episode I talked about the very strange and well documented case of the bank robbery that Jan-Erik Olsson was responsible for in Stockholm, Sweden. In studying that event we learned about a very unusual psychological condition where people who are kidnapped, or held hostage, often end up developing feelings of affection, or trust towards their captors.
Of course, this unusual phenomenon is what is known as Stockholm Syndrome.
When looking at the state of the U.S. economy it’s clear that the long-standing abuse from these oligarchs has been effective. The evidence that they have stolen and perverted the business, financial, and economic system of the country to favor their pursuits is completely obvious. As this is the case the economic state of the country continues to erode as these people continue to grow in wealth and power.
What is less obvious to those who fail to recognize this is that they have convinced themselves, just as Olsson's hostages did in that bank, that this is absolutely normal.
In other words, the RINOs and establishment Libertarians who are screaming the loudest in their criticisms of the Neo-Brandeisian movement are acting like giving billions of dollars in tax subsidies to oligarchs is somehow a support of free-markets.
Earlier I used the metaphor of how two competing fighters in the arena of business are both supposed to have a fair shot to win the fight. Additionally, I pointed out how the referee (aka the government) has been frequently favoring one fighter over the other by giving him a winning advantage.
Now just like any competitive fight the supporting fanbase always wants a fair fight as well. However, in this metaphorical comparison the current fanbase (mostly consisting of the RINOs and establishment Libertarians) have been suffering from a bit of Stockholm Syndrome for quite some time now.
The good news regarding the rest of the fanbase who can see that the fight is rigged is that they now have an opportunity to also intervene in favor of the fighter that’s been getting cheated by the referees and the judges.
The Neo-Brandeisian movement is the mechanism that can give the true fanbase (aka the American people) an opportunity to toss in a pair of metaphorical brass knuckles to the fighter that has been cheated in order to help even the odds inside the squared circle.
Do you think we have a good opportunity to break up the Big Tech oligarchs in this current political environment?
Have you noticed that the RINOs and many of the establishment anti-MAGA Libertarians have been suffering from TDS and a serious case of Stockholm Syndrome?
Please share your feedback in the comment section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Spy' is such a short ugly word. I prefer 'espionage.' Those extra three syllables really say something.”
― Howard Tayler, Emperor Pius Dei
Throughout history civilizations rise and fall after going through a long cycle of power dynamics that ultimately leads to such power being abused by corrupt leaders and grafters. As it turns out, these corrupt people that manage to find their way to the top of a leadership position have a greater interest in using the power of their position for their own perceived personal gain rather than leveraging the power of their position for the betterment of their home country.
During such times when bad actors are allowed to get into power and control the country of their origin they have often done so by using a boot on the neck of their citizens while always looking to do whatever they can in order to maintain their hold on power.
In such times if these corrupt dictators can sense that their grip on the power dynamic is slipping they may be smart enough to recognize such a thing and it’s usually at this point that they realize that they must start looking into ways to help themselves maintain the control of their position by any means necessary.
When this happens traditionally these types of dictators would go to a podium to stand in front of their people to call out a foreign devil. It’s at this point that the corrupt leader would explain to his people how the cause of all of their problems is centered around a foreign devil that is a threat to their homeland.
At this moment a corrupt leader is essentially leaning on the playbook of leveraging radical nationalism in order to drum up fear and to create a false enemy while all the time this leader is engaging in psychological projection as he is guilty of the actual problem that he’s telling his people that the foreign devil is guilty of being.
Time and time again we can see this scenario play out in the history books and when it does the world becomes a very dangerous place. This always results in millions of people dying due to wars that ravage cities and rural areas in a manner that is so dark that it’s hard to comprehend.
If we fast forward through time up to the present day we can see how this same playbook has been taking form from a certain country in the east that desires to rule the entire world.
Although there’s been different strategies employed by these corrupt leaders in the past, today we can see how they prefer to place a lot more emphasis on adopting a more clandestine approach. You can see this in their efforts as they aim to infiltrate and subvert a foreign devil from within.
To give you a specific example these days they even engage in getting into trade deals with their enemy by offering cheap labor to the corporate businesses of their enemy’s homeland in order to manufacture their goods and products. Make no mistake this cheap labor is cheap because it’s made up of slave labor from their working populace.
Also understand that they are willing to do this in order to help enrich the elites of those companies of their enemy’s homeland. Now you may look at that and ask How is that a bad thing? How could they help to enrich the elites of their enemy’s homeland and still consider them an enemy?
Well if either of those questions occurred to you then you’d be asking some very good questions. However, you’ve got to understand that there’s a very specific reason for them engaging in such trade and business with their enemies.
You see once the ruling regime of the authoritarians are able to build a huge manufacturing base for the corporations from their enemy’s homeland then they can do other more impactful and nefarious things. At this point they can manage to build immense influence, achieve financial capture, and literally position themselves to steal the technological makeup and design of every product that they work to build for those companies who are from their enemy’s homeland.
It just so happens that the ruling regime of the country practicing such a thing also guides their decisions by engaging in the ancient military general Sun Tzu’s Art of War principles. This essentially means that they are striving to master that clandestine approach that I mentioned earlier.
“The supreme art of war is to subdue the enemy without fighting.”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
Once they have been successful in enriching the elites of their enemies from a strong trade and economic coupling then they will start using that influence, money, and power of those elites to infiltrate their enemy’s homeland.
At this point they will get the elites to get involved in the political process of funding the political campaigns of politicians who are sympathetic to the authoritarian, corrupt leader’s regime. They will also work with the elites to set up schools inside the homeland of their enemy’s borders in order to indoctrinate the youths of their enemy.
They will also donate money to the existing institutions of their enemy’s homeland to use curriculum to propagate the student body with messaging that causes the student body to be sympathetic to their cause while training the student body to hate their own country.
So what is the result of all of this?
Civil Chaos
Now in case you’re wondering, up to this point the corrupt leaders that I’m referring to are the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and the foreign devil that they are at war with happens to be the United States.
However, the strategy of using their nefarious mercantilist trade practices to hollow out the manufacturing base of the United States, while simultaneously engaging in the practice of elite capture, is a very real problem that the United States is currently having to deal with.
This sort of game is a very dangerous one and the so-called elites within the United States have essentially aided in the funding and implementation of what is known as fifth column activity.
If you’re not familiar with that term, a fifth column essentially involves a faction of subversive agents who are doing what they can in order to undermine a nation’s solidarity by any means at their disposal.
The origin of this word dates back to the Spanish civil war (1936-39) involving the Nationalist general Emilio Mola Vidal. At that time as Vidal’s four army columns moved on Madrid Vidal had referred to his sympathizers and militant supporters within the capital as his fifth column, as they were intent on dividing and undermining the loyalist government from the inside.
The central goal and technique that is to be employed by the fifth column is the infiltration of sympathizers into the entire fabric of the nation that happens to be under attack. This is a well thought out and intentional action that is designed to fracture the nation that one is looking to conquer, or destroy.
Here in the U.S. over the last several years we’ve seen a drastic escalation in this fifth column activity, especially as it pertains to the actions of our longstanding and now corrupt institutions. Many of the major institutions have been captured by the CCP through the long steady effort and implementation of their influence operations that have been purposely aimed at destroying our country from within.
One well known example of this fifth column activism here in the states involves the Black Lives Matter organization. As the Heritage Foundation reported way back on September 15, 2020 you could easily find this connection by simply visiting the website of Black Futures Lab which was a venture of Black Lives Matter founder Alicia Garza.
Since this story was reported there seems to have been some changes made to the Black Futures Lab site, but the Heritage Foundation was brilliant enough to screenshot the page. At the time the Heritage Foundation reported on how it would ask you to send your money to an obscure organization known as the Chinese Progressive Association (CPA).
As it turns out the CPA was founded back in 1972 in San Francisco. This organization came about during the heady days of the Marxist-oriented Asian American Movement and it also had a functioning chapter in Boston.
From its inception this group has been an advocate for the People’s Republic of China (PRC). To this day the CPA Boston continues to be an active partner of the PRC in the United States.
When the Heritage Foundation first published their article on the relationship between the CPA and BLM that same article reported on how just three years prior the Boston chapter teamed up with China’s Consulate General in New York to offer Chinese nationals the opportunity to renew their passports. Of course, this got them a lot of praise and open support from China’s official mouthpiece the China Daily.
The evidence of the CCP’s clandestine war and fifth column activity within our borders is overwhelming and more and more of it is rising to the surface as it’s being exposed by alternative MAGA media sources like this one. One thing is for sure the Administrative State Media (ASM) is captured and they only ever frame any decoupling effort from China as being bad for the U.S. rather than focusing on the existential threat that the CCP is to the country right here and now.
The evidence of this fifth column activity is global as well. I mean right now Europe is being taken over by Islamists and their government has been literally going to war against their own citizens if they dare to speak out about any of this.
In fact, one of the key independent journalists and activists Tommy Robinson was just released from prison after 18 months due to being sentenced for libel. It turns out that many of those months Tommy undeservedly served in solitary confinement.
Upon his release Tommy made it clear that one of the biggest reasons that he became a free man was largely due to Elon Musk and his X platform. He stated that this was the case because X proved to be an effective medium that provided an alternative narrative to combat the censorship that has been a big problem in Britain for the past few years involving their draconian crackdowns on silencing speech against their own citizenry.
This fifth column activity is global and is a direct effort by global communists to destroy the entire idea of national sovereignty and supplant it with a single world government and marketplace. When it comes to the global communists everything is about centralization.
Now it’s become apparent that one big central hub for manufacturing fifth column activists happens to involve one of the biggest names among some prominent U.S. institutions. In case you haven’t heard, this would involve one of the most nefarious government grafting operations in recorded history that has been used to weaponize your tax dollars against you. The major culprit that has been directly involved in this is Harvard University.
In fact, the recently published article in The Wall Street Journal displayed the title "Harvard Has Trained So Many Chinese Communist Officials, They Call It Their ‘Party School.”
According to the article, for decades the CCP has sent thousands of mid-career seasoned bureaucrats to pursue a path of postgraduate studies and executive training in the U.S. with Harvard University being recognized by many CCP officials as being their top destination of choice. According to the article the CCP recognizes it as the top “party school” outside of their country.
One such CCP alumni that benefited from Harvard’s program was former vice president and Xi Jinping’s top negotiating trade strategist who was previously involved in trade talks with the first Trump administration.
To be even more direct with Harvard’s involvement with the CCP President Xi Jinping’s own daughter Xi Mingze reportedly attended the university from 2010-2014 and still currently resides in Massachusetts.
It’s obvious that American universities have played a leading role in shaping China’s overseas roles and training programs for many of their mid-career officials. Apparently some other U.S. colleges have offered training for CCP officials including Syracuse, Stanford, Rutgers, and the University of Maryland.
Because of this out of control relationship between Harvard University and CCP officials, the Department of Homeland Security has recently smacked down this operation. In fact, just recently the head of the Department of Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem reported on the official website that she ordered DHS to terminate the Harvard University’s Student and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP) certification.
According to the department Harvard is being held accountable for their actions and association with the CCP which have been directly responsible for fostering violence, antisemitism, and pro-terrorist conduct directly from its student body on campus.
According to Reuters a U.S. business intelligence firm called Strategy Risks said that Ronnie Chan, the son of a major property developer T.H. Chan facilitated a very generous $350 million donation to Harvard back in 2014 which resulted in the school of public health being named after his father. According to Strategy Risks Ronnie Chan is a member of the China-United States Exchange Foundation.
Looking at that massive 2014 donation, is it a coincidence that this large sum of money just happened to flow into Harvard the same year that President Xi Jinping’s daughter graduated from the institution? I don’t know about you, but I don’t believe in coincidences.
Apparently this organization has been classified as a foreign principal under U.S. law and because of this the lobbyists that are working for it are responsible for disclosing the work that they do to the U.S. government. This has certainly been an additional concern from U.S officials and has raised some eyebrows as to the nature of the business.
In addition to this the Reuters article also reminds us of the case of Charles Lieber who was scrutinized by a Trump program that was established back in 2018 that was known as the China Initiative. The purpose of this program was focused on fighting that magical word espionage which contains those three extra syllables compared to the word spy that I led off with using that catchy quote at the beginning of this episode.
The China Initiative also looked into intellectual property theft along with investigating researchers and various universities over whether they disclosed their financial ties to Beijing. If you remember Lieber was convicted in 2021 of lying about his ties to China in connection to money that was directly involved with federally funded research. He later became a full time professor at a Chinese university.
The Wrap Up
There’s a clear trend that exists with the presence of the CCP and their efforts involved with expansionism as it relates to their Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
The CCP has captured many of our elites and is waging full blown Unrestricted Warfare against the United States and all of Western civilization.
By using their money, influence, and intimidation the CCP has created what I like to refer to as a contagion of corruption that has spread throughout the foundation of every major U.S. institution and this corruption is manifesting in the form of actions that are designed to hurt American citizens.
The nefarious agenda that is spread by the CCP is done so by financial capture of the elites, intimidation, or probably by some other form of leverage that resembles blackmail. That last one is an educated guess, but I’m pretty sure that I’m over the target on it.
The CCP is fully engaged in unrestricted warfare with the United States and their fifth column activists are a large mechanism involved in keeping our country wrapped up and distracted in unnecessary civil chaos all while they work to build out military dominance and seize territories to expand their BRI efforts.
If you don’t believe me then take a look back at how they took over Hong Kong, look at when they installed Lula in Brazil, look how they’ve infiltrated the Canadian government to our north, and how they’ve directly infiltrated our own government here in the states.
Even right now they're working to take down one of our biggest allies in South Korea by working to steal their election. There’s a huge MAGA Populist revolt going on there too, but whether or not it’s enough to overcome the election fraud still remains to be seen, unless those results are revealed by the time this episode gets published.
You can clearly see here in the United States over the past five years how there’s been literally zero accountability for any politician for their corrupt actions during the pandemic, no accountability for the autopen scandal that’s breaking, no accountability for running up world history national debt, no accountability for starting endless wars, and no accountability for former heads of the FBI that make direct public life threatening gestures against a sitting president on social media.
The fifth column activity has either almost fully infiltrated, or intimidated the American judicial system to the point of corruption.
After all, we all have literally witnessed the previous regime incentivize and allow a full blown invasion of our country with violent gangs that have been designated as terrorist organizations.
Because of this you now have President Trump aggressively and Constitutionally exercising his Article II powers while judges work to stop him from exercising those powers for mass deportations.
The fifth column activists and propagandists have been successful at muddying the waters on this issue too. I say this because as President Trump is trying to deport these terrorists you now have American citizens screaming about due process for these illegal terrorist migrants where due process doesn’t even exist for these people.
There’s been a fundamental perversion of the Constitution throughout our population. Furthermore, it’s a funny thing that these useful idiots in the states screaming about due process are themselves participating in the fifth column behavior either due to their own ignorance, or outright stupidity.
It’s funny that now they have a grievance with the supposed lack of due process when President Trump is trying to deport illegal migrant terrorists. They will even try to use the argument that these radical judges are exercising the proper checks and balances for this process.
However, it’s funny how they casually ignore those so-called checks and balances PRIOR to the deportations and when the actual mass invasions were occurring. Where was that demonstration of the coequal branches of checks and balances then?
I’m just going to be blunt.
We are in the third world war and the only way we can back out of this thing is to make sure that we engage in a constant pressure campaign with congressmen and senators who are not onboard with the America First agenda in de-escalating these wars while we simultaneously working to get our own domestic affairs in order.
Keep in mind that the recent drone attack that Ukraine successfully pulled off against the Russian bombers that were deep into Russia territory was brilliant and highly effective. However, that’s not the thing we need to be focused on now.
After that attack the REALITY is that now Russia is going to be looking at the U.S. as having some huge responsibility for it.
Why do I say this?
I say this because we’ve been financing this stupid proxy war for the past three years by sending all the weapons and money to help Ukraine.
I mean look at it this way, imagine if you had a hostile neighbor that lived directly across the street from you and I lived next door to him. Now imagine that you and your neighbor got into a gunfight and as you’re having this shootout with your hostile neighbor you realize that I’m the one that’s actually supplying ammunition to your hostile neighbor so that he can keep up the gunfight with you.
At this point even though I’m not the one that’s shooting directly at you and your house you’re still going to have a big problem with me for helping your neighbor in the fight.
If you understand that then you can understand why Russia is getting more and more frustrated with the United States.
Granted, this all started prior to President Trump getting into office and President Trump is the one calling for peace and I know President Putin understands that.
However, both President Trump and President Putin also understand that our intelligence community here in the states is also infiltrated with some fifth column activists who are trying to subvert the United States government from within.
The question is will President Trump be able to root them out before President Putin loses patience.
I believe President Trump, MAGA, and the America First movement don’t have any other choice, but to root out the fifth column and to cripple the CCP with information and economic warfare.
Are you currently focusing on being an intellectual ninja to be the fifth column to the fifth column?
Are you regularly engaged in the information war by supporting anti-Administrative State Media platforms?
Post up and share your feedback in the comments below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you have stumbled upon this particular episode here today I want to let you know that this particular episode will only be available in full length if you are an All-Access paid member directly on the Substack.
However, I'm still going to give you a nice preview of the episode here and if you want to access the rest of this one in full length all you have to do is go to brandonrichey.substack.com and sign up to become a paid member.
If you download the Substack App you can also access it in full length with an initial trial period as well. Thank you very much for your support of my show.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Don't threat, just act – Threats are Ammunition for the Threatened.”
― Sino Melo
I remember when I was in college one summer at the University of Georgia I decided to take some time off from school, but decided to stay in Athens to work through the summer full time.
At the time I had a friend that was working for Sears Termite and Pest Control and I was able to land a job with them that particular summer. To be honest I didn't know a lot about pest control, but at that time they offered some very good training and even equipped me with a work truck that I could use to get around town to each appointment once I got through the training.
The job was challenging, but it was quite rewarding and I learned a lot about how to get rid of unwanted guests that would find their way into people’s homes. It was quite an experience and I encountered a few things that I’ll never forget including one of the most gruesome looking black widow spiders that I’ve ever seen. I pray I never encounter anything like that again because I’m not a fan of spiders at all, especially that particular alien monster I saw when working that job.
I remember it was a requirement for the technicians to meet at the office first thing in the morning to get the day’s schedule in hand along with making sure our trucks were properly equipped with everything that was needed to do the day’s work. The equipment and game plan for the day was always very important which is one of the best memories I have about that job.
However, one of the unique things about that job was that none of us technicians really knew what our daily schedule would look like until we actually showed up for the normal morning meeting. It was at this morning planning period where they would give us the day’s schedule for the appointments we would have to run.
Now I remember this one particular time when I arrived at the meeting the manager walked up to me and handed me the day's schedule and it only had two appointments listed on it. My initial thought was that I was going to have a light day, but the manager quickly called that into question as he put his finger on the later appointment that was listed and said something like You’re going to need the whole afternoon for this one. These people have a huge cockroach problem.
I didn’t think much about it and headed out to service my appointments. I quickly knocked out the first one on the schedule and then headed to the second appointment.
When I arrived at the second appointment I remember walking up to the house thinking that it probably wouldn’t be a bad job until I got inside.
The owner that came to the door seemed like a kind individual, but his personality was clearly a little odd. I’m not making any sort of judgment with that statement, but it was simply an objective observation.
After all, I typically like people who are a bit eccentric. However, when I got inside this guy’s house I realized that what I was dealing with was an excessive hoarder.
I mean when I walked in the front door I barely had enough room to take a step as the floor was completely covered with boxes, papers, and a ton of other miscellaneous stuff. This guy’s house was packed full of what I would consider to be garbage and I couldn’t even understand why he even bothered to call for any pest control.
I made my way to the kitchen and he yelled across the room that he had been seeing cockroaches. I remember sarcastically thinking to myself —No kidding.
After I had taken a moment to absorb the chaotic environment that I found myself in I started looking around and I would see the occasional cockroach on a counter, or running along the floor at the base of the kitchen cabinets.
When I was in training for pest control one of the things they always said was that if you happen to see a cockroach then this meant that there was a definite infestation of many more that were hiding in the walls and crevices of places that you wouldn’t be able to see at a casual glance.
I’ll just say that when it came to the hoarder’s home this wasn’t only true, but it was the truth on maximum overdrive. I knew that was the case the moment I walked inside the guy’s home given all of the junk that he had collected inside his house.
The reason I can say that is that in order for someone to have as much stuff as that guy had, that meant that there was a ton of movement involved with either him, or someone else, having to deliver all of the stuff he had into his house from somewhere outside of his house.
Therefore, it’s a guarantee that his house wasn’t only in a constant state of exposure from the outdoors due to the steady flow of foot traffic, but he obviously left his home exposed to the physical things that other people were actually bringing into his home.
In short, he basically managed to set up a consistent flow of a cockroach infestation that had apparently been going on for quite some time. This was obvious and the significant level of treatment that was needed to eradicate this individual’s cockroach problem confirmed the initial theory of what it meant if a single cockroach could be seen at a glance.
The Theory
When it comes to the world of business and finance, whenever a company ends up revealing some bad news to the public it’s usually a guarantee that there will be subsequent bad news to follow. This is usually the case along with the fallout of other negative events that end up impacting other companies and industries as a whole. If you look at the business industry this is actually known as the cockroach theory and it lines up directly with the hard truth that I was taught in training all the way back during that summer that I worked doing pest control.
Photo Credit
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Artificial intelligence would be the ultimate version of Google. The ultimate search engine that would understand everything on the web. It would understand exactly what you wanted, and it would give you the right thing. We’re nowhere near doing that now. However, we can get incrementally closer to that, and that is basically what we work on.”
—Larry Page
“The pace of progress in artificial intelligence (I’m not referring to narrow AI) is incredibly fast. Unless you have direct exposure to groups like Deepmind, you have no idea how fast—it is growing at a pace close to exponential. The risk of something seriously dangerous happening is in the five-year time frame. 10 years at most.”
—Elon Musk wrote in a comment on Edge.org
Human beings are the only species on the planet that have continually proven that we engage in activities that lead to our own destruction. This has been the case since the very beginning with Adam and Eve.
Since the introduction of sin came on the scene along with it came death. The sin of man thinking that he’s capable of handling the world’s problems on his own serves to be the exact reason why he always leads himself and others straight into the furnace.
Some major societal examples of this that I can give you to summarize that last statement is how there are people who always tout how amazing certain government policies, or technological advancements are for the betterment of society.
You can always see this because it always starts with framing the application of such advancements as being utilized in an altruistic manner. This is typically presented in scenarios that involve life saving technology in the realm of unique medical treatments, technological advancements with the development of AI, and the biggest one involving the fake lofty acts of virtue that you always hear about involving the programs of the government associated with the climate change agenda.
However, it seems that the bigger the team effort is concerning the government and large companies uniting in order to save the world the worse the outcome. I mean unless you have short term memory you can clearly see this failure with pretty much everything associated with the pandemic just five short years ago.
Another example of seismic failure would involve the massive climate change agenda and how it’s caused significantly more problems associated with the destruction of the environment rather than the protection of it over many decades now.
The astonishing thing about this that gets so frustrating to me is how obvious all of this has been for so long, but society has just simply not paid attention…until the problems from these so-called virtuous government programs started impacting every single household.
You know how that last statement goes in the minds of most people. If you don’t know how this applies to the apathetic, it basically means that it’s not a problem worth worrying about until that problem kicks in the front door of those who are apathetic and gets right up in their face.
Once again an example of this would involve the pandemic and all of the woke science from it that was forced upon the public regarding the dangerous side effects from the vaccines, the virus itself having been created in a Wuhan lab, and the fact that it was financed by the U.S. government.
The problem with the out of control growth and expansion of the federal government has long been something of a large complaint to those who have recognized it as being a dangerous problem. Because of this, if the rest of society had just listened and acted to correct it we wouldn’t be dealing with the problems that we’re seeing now. The struggle should have been unnecessary, but human nature has made it necessary for the simple fact that human nature procrastinates.
This is why we always have to unnecessarily deal with and experience the unnecessary necessary struggle.
They Live
In 1988 an iconic American science fiction action horror film was written and directed by John Carpenter called They Live. This movie is based off of a short story titled 8 o’clock in the Morning which was written by science fiction author and cartoonist Ray Nelson.
The film follows a drifter by the name of John Nada (Roddy Piper) who ends up stumbling across a special pair of sunglasses near a work community that he was recruited into by his new friend Frank (Keith David).
The sunglasses reveal the true identity of people throughout society. The sunglasses reveal to John that the ruling class of society are not people at all, but are actually aliens who are concealing their true identity and who are actively manipulating people to consume and conform to the status quo through manipulating the populace using subliminal messaging.
Now I won’t dive too deep into the plot of the movie, but at one point John ends up going on the run after a group of hostile police officers approached him and he ends up having to kill them. During all the excitement involving his escape, along with this new discovery involving the strange reality of the world, John ends up having to retrieve another pair of the special sunglasses in a box he had previously hid in a trash pile.
After a period of time John has been on the run alone and trying to figure out his next course of action. It's at this point that his friend Frank shows back up along with John’s paycheck. However, after finding him Frank orders John to stay away due to the fact that John’s killing spree had become widespread news.
Now it’s at this phase of the movie where a key moment takes place and it serves as an important lesson at what I aim to communicate to you here today. After Frank issues this warning John then tries to put the sunglasses on Frank in order to show him exactly what he has been seeing the entire time.
However, Frank aggressively resists and because of this a lengthy and brutal brawl ensues between the two in a backstreet alley resulting in them beating the crap out of each other. I mean the fight starts out physical, but then it escalates into being a downright nasty brawl as the two really work each other over.
However, John finally succeeds in getting the sunglasses onto Frank’s head for him to look at the people walking down the street only to be stunned by the reality that it wasn’t people he was looking at, but rather it was aliens.
During this moment of an awakening John tells Frank to hold because he’s not the first to wake up out of their dream. Ok, he might have injected another colorful word into the line, but you get the idea.
I remember when I was a young teenager watching this movie for the first time. The plot was so interesting I remember how pleasantly surprised I was at how entertaining and intriguing it was to me at that time. It was one of those movies where I found myself thinking about it long after I had watched it wondering how Carpenter came up with the original idea.
However, as we fast forward to the reality of the current day it’s almost as if we’ve been living out a good portion of Carpenter’s movie They Live in the last five years. After all, so many people still refuse to wake up and observe reality much in the same exact way that Frank refused to do so with John here in this film which ultimately led to their back alley brawl.
The fight took place because of the opposing wills of two men. Essentially this involved one man wanting the other to simply try on a pair of sunglasses to look around at the world while the other aggressively refused to back down and accept such a simple request. Because Frank wouldn’t take five seconds to oblige John’s request they both ended up bloody and bruised in a dirty back alley before Frank finally took the opportunity to wake up to reality.
I will say that since the pandemic hit five years ago and it became apparent that our government had declared war on the American citizenry, I often feel just like John Nada did with Frank in this movie when it comes to much of the public in daily life.
Now that’s not to say that I don’t feel just as determined as John did on communicating the significance of this Great Awakening to the public. However, the frustration comes with people because they don’t want to simply observe objective reality which then leads to a huge struggle as we’ve witnessed first hand throughout society in recent years.
The frustration comes knowing that the struggle is completely unnecessary, yet I understand it’s going to be made necessary by those who aren’t immersive warriors in regards to this cultural and informational landscape.
In addition to this many of these people who don’t see reality have also been subverted ideologically and that hold takes some time to break.
So when looking at awakening to such dire realities like John had to fight for in order to get Frank to see, what current real world realities do people need to wake up to in today’s world?
Well, the truth is that there are many issues, but one of these realities is the incoming rise and development of Artificial Intelligence (AI). After all, the sale’s pitch surrounding AI is the most insane sales pitch I’ve ever heard regarding any product in the existence of mankind.
Coming from their own creators involving the tech oligarchs the sales pitch for AI basically boils down to the rising technology either serving to be the greatest invention since sliced bread, or it will serve to be a dangerous weapon to end the entire human race because it’s far more dangerous than nuclear warheads by a longshot according to Elon Musk.
Now if you really take the time to break down that type of sales pitch for society it’s hard to believe we’re living in a time where we’re all actually putting ourselves into this position. I mean what other product with such societal impact has society ever had when there was a sales pitch like this that was put forth in order to get everyone to buy into such a product?
In other words, what I’m hearing is that with the advancement of AI the end result will basically boil down to a 50/50 outcome. One outcome will involve a technological utopia unlike anything mankind has supposedly ever experienced while the other will involve us kissing our existence goodbye.
How insane is it that as a society we’re literally having to have this discussion on top of the fact that these tech oligarchs, who are behind the development of this technology, are demanding more and more funding from the government to finance their venture while also demanding more control of power utilities in order to operate it?
On a side note, given that last point regarding the demands of the oligarchs wanting more control over the production of power in order to fuel AI it’s funny how we don’t hear anymore in the media these days regarding the climate change narrative, right? I digress.
I mean when looking at such a potentially dangerous outcome concerning the apparent 50/50 odds of AI, how is it that as a society we’re willing to tolerate such a high risk? After all, I’m willing to bet my life savings that most people in society haven’t even engaged in a game of Russian roulette over a $1 thousand bet, nor would I ever want anyone to do so.
However, with the rapid advancement of AI (Specifically Artificial General Intelligence or AGI) it’s as if society is perfectly fine with rolling the dice to take the biggest risk on the existence of itself with what basically looks like 50/50 odds. I mean when you look at the insanely dangerous and lethal game of Russian roulette, at least with that game you’d be playing with a near 84% chance of survival. This would be the case if you’re simply evaluating how much the odds would be in one’s favor assuming one is using a traditional six shot revolver like you always see in those gritty action movies.
Once again, I am strongly against anyone playing Russian roulette. That game should also be avoided at all costs, but I think you get my point when looking at the risks here associated with the advancement towards AGI.
I believe the tech world has worked really hard on spreading the narrative concerning the positives of AI in an attempt to shield much of society from the potential negatives that could result from the rising venture.
However, whether you support the accelerating rise of AI, or not, the key central concern for you should be to understand that the technology that is advancing isn’t anything like what you would traditionally approve of in the normal circumstances surrounding innovation.
In other words, this product doesn’t even factor in the human element concerning what your definition of a good, or bad person might be. The central thing you’ve got to remember concerning AI is that the technology is amoral. In other words, the technology would possess zero sense of what right, or wrong would actually be and completely lack any moral sense involved in all of its decision making processes.
The Wrap Up
In 1953 the legendary country outlaw Johnny Cash wrote the famous song Folsom Prison Blues. The theme of the song follows the laments of a fictional inmate being held in Folsom Prison who wishes he could catch a nearby train to ride away from his confinement to San Antonio.
In the song’s lyrics there’s a very disturbing line that Cash wrote that talks about how the inmate shot a man in Reno just to watch him die. Now did this really happen? No, I’ve already established that the song was written about a fictional character, but the line certainly did give us listeners a certain perspective on the man that Cash is singing about who is serving out his time in Folsom prison.
At the beginning of this episode I pointed out how throughout history mankind has always engaged in activities that ultimately lead to his own destruction. This is guaranteed to happen as surely as the turning of the earth when man takes on the belief that he can solve the world’s problems on his own and without following the lead of the savior of the world which is Jesus.
The knowledge of the Lord far surpasses the knowledge of man. All the words available in helping you to gain such understanding and wisdom are found in the Holy Bible. When man follows the lead of God he is blessed full of wisdom, stability, and peace.
However, when such wisdom is absent from mankind then he may take on an amoral position in the world which ultimately will lead to immoral actions. However, the good wisdom of the word may be present with mankind, but if he then strays from the word he will also eventually fall victim to immoral behavior due to falling victim to his own selfish desires. In this case the direction of man is being guided by self rather than being guided by the Lord.
Now this is the case when it comes down to how mankind will behave when he chooses to be guided by God, or by his own desires. Therefore in the case of man he can be guided by moral principle, or by his immoral self. Now to be fair this is a normal struggle among all of us here in this fallen world.
However, in the case of the accelerated development of AI, or more specifically AGI, what is the guiding principle of an amoral machine?
According to the developers this is actually completely unknown, but according to Johnny Cash it can result in a single cold blooded act.
In other words, when Johnny Cash wrote that single attention grabbing line about how the inmate once shot a man in Reno just to watch him die he was trying to think of the most horrible reason why someone would kill someone else. In other words, he wanted to come up with the absolute worst thing to be put in prison for so he thought about this cold blooded example.
Now if you really take a moment to break this down this would be the most horrible reason to kill someone because the killer’s motive wasn’t money, it wasn’t over business, and it wasn’t even personal. The reason was simply for the cold hard truth of him doing so to satisfy his own curiosity.
Now when you think deeply enough about that scenario by removing all of the other motives associated with why a man would do such a thing, that's a pretty calloused reason for one man to kill another.
Now the real question is would AI be as calloused as this inmate that Johnny Cash is describing in his hit song Folsom Prison Blues?
If you’re asking me then this is my John Nada moment with you and the struggle surrounding this shouldn’t be necessary, but I understand that we’ll have to engage in an unnecessary necessary struggle regarding this issue.
Are you ready for this unnecessary necessary struggle?
What other pop culture comparison have you seen that relates to the current fight associated with the rise of AI?
Post up in the comment section here below with your feedback.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Nothing is easier than to denounce the evildoer; nothing is more difficult than to understand him.”
― Fyodor Dostoevsky
I was thinking back to how the world just exploded in our face five years ago. I mean everything seemed to accelerate concerning the pandemic, the rigged election of 2020, the hyper-corruption of our government, the reality of elite capture from the Chinese Communist Party, the attempted assassinations of President Trump, the wars sprouting up everywhere, and even the increasing incidence and reporting concerning UFOs.
It’s not hard to take a look around and notice that the world has been spinning out of control. I mean all of these issues are still very much in motion, however there’s one big difference as to why they all haven’t led to the point of the country completely falling off the rails and that’s because of the MAGA movement.
That’s right, the only reason the country hasn’t totally collapsed into a third world totalitarian hellhole at this point is because of God’s divine intervention and the way that he works through the abilities and actions of good people. To me this is essentially what defines the MAGA coalition.
Make America Great Again (MAGA) is more than just an idea, it’s a movement. The creation of the MAGA movement isn’t something that just suddenly and spontaneously happened. No, it has been a movement that has been forged out of the recognition that the establishment government, consisting of all parties, has been completely guilty of selling the country out to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) for many decades now.
This movement recognizes the reality that its own government has devolved into a grafting operation where its system operatives benefit from senselessly getting the United States involved in foreign affairs as it sends money to aid foreign nations while its own citizens reap no benefit from propping it up. In fact, the system has been weaponized against those very citizens who do prop it up.
Because the political game has changed by devolving into this grafting operation that attracts the worst of the worst in politicians the citizenry has suffered more and more over time. Because of this steadfast escalation of suffering, theft, and outright warfare that has been waged against the American citizen the MAGA movement came into existence.
Newton’s third law of motion states that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. Now having said that, the reality is that the established action that has been at play has involved the ever-growing and intrusive expansion of government against the American citizen and the reaction to that intrusive entity is the MAGA movement.
MAGA is the perfect example of an expanding coalition of citizen voters that are more engaged and more informed than any other political movement, or coalition, in the history of the world. In short, MAGA makes up the Emissaries of Freedom.
Even speaking for myself I started noticing this years ago with how useless establishment Republicans were when they clearly had winning issues on their side against the Democratic party and would simply do nothing. They would always talk, but they would never follow through with their actions.
The ability to follow through with actions is the very definition of MAGA. President Trump is clearly a man of action, therefore the MAGA movement consists of citizen activists who are full of action and the MAGA activists have the intellectual horsepower to back up their actions. MAGA is the antithesis of philosophical reductionism which has been the longstanding DNA makeup of the failing Republican, Conservative, Liberal, Democrat, and Libertarian establishment.
Meaningful Action
Additionally I also noticed that there was never any accountability against politicians who would graft off the system, destroy evidence of crimes (see Hillary Clinton servers), and who would commit actual crimes against the citizens that they are supposed to be representing (see border invasion).
However, it’s now become clear to me that I wasn’t the only one that had been noticing such problems within our society, as if it’s hard to notice. The truth is that I had never identified as being Republican or Democrat. I’d mostly identified as being more Libertarian, but even now the Libertarian party has largely become part of the problem as they don’t recognize that the country is currently at war and MAGA is the mechanism by which that war is being fought to save and restore the Republic.
Oddly enough MAGA is the distinction between the establishment order, or the status quo, and men and women of action that goes beyond party lines. In fact, the MAGA coalition consists of Republicans, Democrats, Liberals, Conservatives, and Libertarians in an all inclusive coalition that is actively engaged and recognizes what time it is in the country.
The establishment parties from which they left behind are still stuck in the past with a status quo viewpoint that no longer applies to the current circumstances of the world. As previously stated these old establishment types suffer from philosophical reductionism and lack the intellectual depth and human agency to actually fight for liberty and freedom.
Granted, you may say that MAGA is the Republican party and you would be mostly correct. However, the MAGA movement has simply infiltrated the Republican party because the party already provided the infrastructure that was needed for MAGA to actively carry out and enforce its political will at the city, county, state, and federal government levels. In the process of that infiltration MAGA is still having to battle the forces of the embedded establishment group of Republicans that want to return the country back onto a path of destruction.
I mean the MAGA movement is the perfect example of what resilience looks like among a society that has been suppressed by a massive Federal government that today even exceeds the size of the government of the Chinese Communist Party.
That’s right, in case you didn’t know the Chinese Communist Party itself makes up about 33.17% of their GDP while the United States percentage of government expenditures topped out at 36.28% of the GDP in 2023 according to the International Monetary Fund. Keep in mind that with the size of the U.S. federal government being that large it’s still only governing over a population that’s roughly one third the size of China. Let that sink in for a moment when you ask yourself if the country is still the land of the free.
In other words, MAGA consists of a modern day grassroots movement of True Patriots that have had to relentlessly fight against a multi-trillion dollar corrupt federal system that is waging war against this movement at every turn.
This is literally a modern day Revolutionary time in history that’s being fought out in the culture, the political arena, economic arena, and the information arena every single minute of every single day.
This current political environment is the same exact set up that we’ve already encountered during the first American Revolution. I mean looking back at the first Revolution you basically had the population divided into thirds.
In other words, roughly one third of the population consisted of the Patriots (Whigs) that were sick of the authoritarianism of the crown and were in favor of liberty and independence. In this modern day scenario these Patriots would involve the MAGA movement.
Another third of the population would be made up of the Loyalists who basically consisted of those who were loyal to the British crown. This group of people were known as the King’s Men, Tories, and Royalists.
Just to give you some more context on the Loyalists this group of people belonged to the wealthy merchant class where a significant portion of their wealth and success were dependent on good trade and relations with Britain. When you compare this to today this would be the equivalent of the globalists elite, establishment Republicans, and the establishment Democrats who are dependent on good trade relations with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
Oh yeah, I almost forgot about the final third of the population. The final third of the population basically consisted of those who were waiting around to see which way the wind was going to blow and that’s the direction that they would move in. This third of the population would eventually make their selection to join the winning side after all the hard work was done.
This is essentially the same kind of population breakdown that you’re seeing right now during this current time in history. So keep that in mind and ask yourself which category you fall into. Ask yourself which category your brother, or sister fall into. Ask yourself which category your wife, or your husband fall into. Which category does your neighbor fall into?
These divisions already exist just like they existed in the first American Revolution. These divisions are formed based on what you support. Are you in support of the establishment path of the country which is destroying the country? Are you a part of the MAGA Patriots looking to liberate the country from this onslaught of tyranny that is being waged by the Administrative State? At this point of the game are you really sitting on the sidelines trying to figure out which direction to go? Seriously?
What makes the MAGA movement so impressive is the fact that despite being outgunned, out spent, having had no media, having had no back up from the courts, no help from congress, no help from the senate, and no help from the Presidency UNTIL Donald J. Trump this movement is still very much in the fight.
This is quite remarkable, but this type of grit from the MAGA movement is exactly what it’s going to take in order for us to win this war. Make no mistake that this thing is far from over and even with President Trump at the helm we can still lose this thing unless we ALL step up our efforts and refuse to quit. You better understand what’s waiting on the other side of this if we lose.
Allow me to be blunt, but the reality of that is a horror show that we haven’t seen since the French Revolution. That’s right, these extreme leftist communists are itching to pull out the guillotines just like the Jacobins did during the French Revolution.
This is why we cannot get complacent and MAGA recognizes that this moment right now is our opportunity to enforce our own Thermidorian Reaction with the modern day version of getting justice for the crimes that have been committed against this country and its citizens.
Make no mistake that the communists want to make MAGA disappear once and for all. If you really take a look around at the cultural and political landscape you can see how these violent forces from the left are growing louder and louder.
I mean for crying out loud this past week you just witnessed Democrat politicians flying to El Salvodore and advocating for the Trump administration to bring a known illegal migrant terrorist, human trafficker, and wife beating gang member back into the country after he was deported. To make matters even worse you’re having judges rule against the Trump administration's efforts to deport these illegals in a direct violation of the President’s Constitutional Article II powers.
If this isn’t bad enough on the political side in the culture you’re seeing another growing threat if MAGA is not successful. I mean right now you have a significant portion of the population committing acts of terrorism on Teslas and Tesla owners every single day while many of these people openly express their support of Luigi Mangione and Karmelo Anthony.
Both of these individuals are being held up as heroes for the murders that both of them committed. This sort of behavior is only going to intensify as these radical judges continue to work to violate the Article II powers of the Executive in the Constitution by issuing these absurd rulings to deny President Trump his ability to do his job.
I mentioned in a previous episode how Alec Baldwin had posted a video stating that we were in a Pre-Civil war culture. To suggest that we are in a Pre-War culture is really incorrect. The reality is that we are currently already in World War III and that has also bled into the divisions that exist here in the domestic homeland between the far left communists and MAGA.
I mean look at how the communist left treated us during the pandemic. Once they gained power they started threatening people’s livelihoods if they didn’t get the vaccine.
They started World War III by pushing Russia and Ukraine into a horrible bloodbath of trench warfare that currently resembles Stalingrad. This has resulted in over a million deaths of Ukrainian men and several hundred thousand Russian deaths. They allowed October 7th to happen, sending the Middle East into turmoil and they have been selling the country out to the CCP for decades now.
Heck, I remember after the assassination attempt on President Trump I could scroll my social media feed and literally see the communists celebrating the fact that someone actually attempted to murder the President. Understand that these are the types of people that live next door to you, work with you, and sit at the booth next to you when you go out to dinner.
Make no mistake, if these people ever get back into power they’ll make it their mission to make as much of the MAGA coalition disappear as possible.
You know I was having a conversation with my wife the other day and as we were talking a preview for a documentary popped up on the TV about serial killers. We both found ourselves taking a pause to direct our attention towards the commercial.
As this commercial was playing it was referencing some of the more notorious serial killers from the 70s, 80s, and 90s that we’re all familiar with such as Ted Bundy, Jeffrey Dahmer, and Richard Ramirez.
As I was watching the advertisement for the show, a thought occurred to me at that very moment. I started thinking about the fact that I never hear anything in the headlines these days about serial killers.
I mean I’m old enough to remember back in the 80s and 90s where there were many leading headlines that would involve news about serial killers. However, these days there are never any headlines in the news regarding the apprehension, or hunt for suspected serial killers anymore.
Because of this I had to ask the question why? In other words, why are there not anymore headlines about these predators the way it used to be?
Now don’t get me wrong I’m thrilled that we’re not hearing about serial killers running around in society, but the question still remains as to why we don’t hear about these people anymore. I mean did serial killers magically go extinct?
Well according to the Lipman Family Professor of Criminology James Alan Fox of Northeastern University it comes down to a few changes. These changes involve the advancement in forensic science, policing, criminal justice, and technology. Because of this, according to Fox, it’s made escaping capture very difficult for the likes of the BTK killers of the world.
So why did I make the leap to inquire about the disappearance of serial killers from the headlines?
This question points to a very significant shift in the manner in which the function of society itself has changed. That change involves the enhancement of the surveillance state.
That’s right, the real reason serial killers have disappeared from the headlines is because the surveillance state, through the explosion of technology, has grown to the point that it has changed the entire landscape that these notorious serial killers once used to carry out their evil tasks.
Now on the surface you may look at that and think that’s a good thing, but in reality these serial killers didn’t truly disappear altogether. No, many of these people merely changed their game and their psychopathic activities still manage to show up in society in other ways whether it involves the loss of life, or the loss of freedom.
One such example of this could involve one being the head of a massive medical bureaucracy such as NIAID that has made corrupt decisions that lead to the deaths of millions of people throughout society and the world. Another example would involve an individual simply getting caught after their first kill when they sneak up behind the leading CEO of a company like UnitedHealthcare to shoot them in the back due to what they would justify as an act of revenge.
If you don’t believe that last example fits the profile then pump the brakes for a moment. According to American true crime writer Harold Schester there are four categories that you can divide serial killers into based on his study of their victims and motives.
Now I’m not going to dive into all four of these, but one of the four categories of these types of killers involves the Mission-oriented killer. This type of killer sees themselves killing in order to provide for their community by targeting a specific group of people. According to Schester this group of killers want to rid society of a specific group of people.
These types of killers are organized and plan out their crimes. Additionally these killers kill quickly and efficiently and do not demonstrate a need to prolong a kill, or get any further enjoyment out of it. The crime scenes of these killers don’t reveal any sort of ritual involving sadism or torture as their motive is driven solely by their own personal feelings of hate and revenge.
Now when you look at that particular archetype it perfectly describes Luigi Mangione with the only exception being that he just never got the chance to be a serial killer. Fortunately, in Mangione’s case, he was stopped short of making subsequent kills after he made his first kill with the UnitedHealthcare CEO Brian Thompson. However, it still doesn’t remove the fact that his motives perfectly fit the profile of the Mission-oriented killer as outlined by Schester.
In this case with the enhancement of the surveillance state Mangione was quickly able to be apprehended.
However, just like with the previous example these American Psychopaths can also ascend to holding high level government positions and can leverage the power of the surveillance state for their own personal evil intentions in that way as well.
In reality the growth and expansion of the surveillance state didn’t lead to the complete extinction of serial killers, but rather created an environment in which these psychopaths were able to make a transition in their modus operandi and identity.
In my view, with the extreme growth of the federal government, combined with the growth of the surveillance state, the ground has been made fertile for such psychopaths to go through a metamorphosis. With this societal change involving the explosion of government and technology it has created a sort of cocoon for the American Psychopaths to go through a metamorphosis where they now manifest in the world in the form of actual killers like Luigi Mangione, or those who arguably make life and death decisions with the likes of who many would compare to the Anthony Fauci’s of the world.
The problem with our society is that for far too long now much of the population has gotten lazy. In other words, for many years now most people have been far too dependent on getting their news from the Administrative State Media (ASM) which has involved the delivery of that news having been packaged in false narratives consisting of thirty second video clips.
The lies from the ASM have led to the brainwashing of much of society. In turn many of these brainwashed power hungry communists with psychopathic tendencies end up being drawn to the major institutions of the country where they can anchor themselves into a position of power.
This is how they are motivated in order to take meaningful action to pursue their agendas. On the flipside, just as Newton’s law states, MAGA is the reaction to this and MAGA is also about meaningful action and is motivated to infiltrate these same institutions in order to purge these psychopaths from their positions.
The Wrap Up
At the end of the day if you don’t recognize how dangerous it is with the current times that we are living in then you’re asleep at the wheel.
The fact that President Trump won the election back on November 5th isn’t a guarantee that we have saved the Republic. That only signifies that we are simply able to remain in the fight, but there’s still a whole lot more fighting to do in order to pull this off.
The political game has changed and because it has it’s vitally important that the voting citizens adapt and change with the times as well. The group that understands this better than anybody is the MAGA movement and this is vitally important if you want to continue to have a safe country to live in looking ahead.
You’ve got to ask yourself which third of the population you belong to in this current day American Revolution. Just for some added clarification, if you're a blackpiller then you’d be considered to be a part of the last third of the population. This is the case because your complaining is equivalent to the evildoer.
This is how Dostoevsky stated it in his quote that I led off with at the beginning of this episode. In other words, if you’re a blackpiller I don’t understand you and I certainly don’t care for your opinions anymore than I care to have the psychopaths occupying the institutions that govern this Republic.
Are you motivated to be an engaged Emissary of Freedom in this MAGA coalition?
What actions do you see the MAGA movement taking in the next hundred days to change the arc of history?
Post up with your feedback in the comments.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If individuals do not occupy their legitimate position, then it will be occupied by a god or a king or a coalition of interest groups. If citizens do not exercise the powers conferred by their legitimacy, others will do so.”
― John Ralston Saul
One thing I’ve really come to grips with over the past few years is just how fragile our country truly is in regards to the functional congruence of its complex systems when those systems are stressed.
Granted, I do believe our country is probably more economically resilient than any other country in the history of the world, but along with that reality its economic horsepower has also been used and abused more than any economic superpower in world history.
The reality is that if you have half a brain you don't need Elon Musk and his DOGE team to tell you that the federal government is full of waste, fraud, and abuse. The reality of this can easily be seen if you simply take about five seconds to visit the U.S. National Debt Clock.
One thing that’s glaringly obvious regarding the origin of all of the world’s problems is that they all originate from the globalists and Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
Now you may understand why I’m saying that, but if you don’t then I’ll add clarification. The simple explanation is that they all share the same goal of acquiring and maintaining mass control over the entire world. In short, their goals are about obtaining centralization and ruling the world. It really is that simple.
Because of this these authoritarians and inimical foes have treated the United States worse than we’ve ever treated them. In fact, the globalists used the economic system of the United States to enrich themselves only to then turn on the United States by actively working to weaken and destroy the various complex systems of the country. They’ve attacked the medical systems, the judicial system, the transportation system, the media, and the financial system.
To make matters even worse they’ve used their influence to infiltrate governmental systems all over the world including our own and have aided in the funding of corrupt NGOs that work as terrorist organizations to fight against the well being of the country.
The CCP has also worked alongside these globalists and have shared a welcoming partnership with the globalists. The WEF and Klaus Schwab have openly welcomed Xi Jinping to their platform in Davos and discussed their global partnership and essentially aided in being a cheerleader for the CCP’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
Because of this corrupt relationship between the globalists and the CCP it has resulted in their actions to work towards creating a stressed citizenry in the United States.
To understand this you’ve first got to understand that the CCP looks at warfare in a very different way compared to the way we look at it here in the West. The CCP’s modus operandi is very much in line with Sun Tzu’s Art of War where they would rather take down their enemy without ever having to fire a shot. In other words, to destroy an enemy they’ll fire a shot if they have to, but that’s viewed as a failure to them and is only brought about as an absolute last resort.
So what is involved with their modus operandi?
Because of the CCP’s Art of War approach they have worked to implement their nefarious, yet clever global plans in a way that works to capture the U.S. elites and the manufacturing base of the United States. Additionally the CCP’s goals have been to simultaneously create as much stress for the United States as possible.
For example the CCP has engaged in full blown expansionism along with implementing information, economic, biological, and chemical warfare against the United States.
They directly engage in chemical warfare with the U.S. through their production of fentanyl and their support of fentanyl trafficking. Additionally they already demonstrated their biological warfare with the CIA recently confirming the COVID-19 virus having come from their lab in Wuhan.
Granted, you may make the point that the corrupt U.S. players such as Fauci aided in the funding of these research labs and you wouldn’t get any argument out of me, but that’s exactly the point I’m making here concerning the elite capture and how the CCP has managed to infiltrate our governmental systems with their influence. In my view when there’s this much smoke there’s definitely a fire. The fire is that the CCP’s actions are actions that are completely representative of unrestricted warfare.
So what is the point of all of this?
The point is that the CCP is the enemy to the United States and they have literally been at war with us for the past several decades. It’s amazing to me that people don’t recognize this, yet the actions of the CCP demonstrate this on a wide scale across the board.
The intention of all of this is to create stress and division within the United States which they’ve succeeded in doing as we’ve seen happen at an accelerated rate since President Trump came on the scene.
This stress that’s being fueled by the CCP and the globalists has also manifested in many other ways involving organized paid protests coming from extreme radical leftist groups such as Antifa, BLM, and Pro-Palestine rioters. Because of this the U.S. citizens have had to endure extreme demonstrations from these groups in their cities and towns.
The globalist playbook has always been about creating terrorist factions on the left by dumbing them down, lying to them with propaganda, and by simply paying them through the funding of their NGOs. This is the left’s formula to stress the American system which in turn stresses the American citizen.
You can see how the media reports on everything that President Trump does. The biggest example of this most recently is with the meltdown we’ve seen over the Trump tariffs. In fact, it was only a few days after the tariffs kicked in that MSNBC spent the rest of the week trying to cause a financial panic with the markets hoping to have them in the tank when Wall Street planned its opening bell on the following Monday morning. Once again, they were running the playbook to try and stress the American citizens. Fortunately, they failed to get their much desired Black Monday.
Stressing The Citizenry
I just recently shared a post by Alec Baldwin on my social media where he put out a video on his social media saying that he had just watched a Ken Burns produced documentary on the Civil War. In the short video that he posted he was talking about how the documentary on the Civil War made him think about how the U.S. is currently in a Pre-Civil War culture.
Now I’m not entirely in disagreement here with Alec Baldwin, but the reality is that this war that’s going on here in the United States has been active for the past seventeen years. After all, we are living in an era where the corruption of our financial and political systems have fostered a dangerously corrupt environment.
This corrupt environment has in turn created a system of dangerously corrupt oligarchs that are trying to run society as they see fit rather than the way that the majority of American citizens believe it should be run.
On one hand Baldwin is correct about the civil war regarding the fights between the factions of citizens who are completely divided on how society should be run. Just in case you’re not clear on what those divisions are I’ll elaborate on that a bit here.
As I mentioned before there are oligarchs (globalists) that prefer to control how the country is supposed to run. People like Bill Gates, George Soros, and Mark Zuckerberg have all contributed to the corruption of the political process involved in our elections, with developing NGO domestic terrorists as I mentioned earlier, and for destroying science by purchasing their own brand of favorable science using their own so-called charitable foundations and vast censorship powers.
The thing is that people like Baldwin actively support those who are in power that aim to cause as much stress among the American citizenry as possible. The politicians that he supports actively deal and merge with the globalist oligarchs and they form relationships with the CCP.
You see, the CCP’s plan involving their mercantilist trade practices was to hollow out the manufacturing base of the United States. If this has done anything it’s completely destroyed many communities that once provided those citizens of those communities certain opportunities for good paying jobs in order to get ahead in life.
They’ve been largely successful in doing this, but the oligarchs I mentioned have had a huge financial hand in this and want to control the United States as they see fit. In addition to this they’ve gotten wealthier by selling out the country and have intended to do so to the point that they wish to primarily transform the United States into nothing more than being a land mass full of consumers.
This plan for capturing the manufacturing of the country also involves the idea that the U.S. would be dependent on the CCP for making everything for the United States including critical life saving medications. Now slow down and think about that one for a moment.
In other words, imagine a scenario where the CCP and the United States were to get into a kinetic war. God forbid this happens, but if it did, do you think the CCP would still be willing to continue to manufacture vital life saving medications for their enemy during a time of warfare?
By the way, this practice of mercantilism has a long history.
In fact, it’s even mentioned in the Bible in the book of 1 Samuel as it points out how Israel in those days didn’t have a blacksmith. If you really think about it, the blacksmiths in those days were essentially manufacturers for tools and weapons. I’m including the following scripture here for more context on the point of this discussion.
Now there was no blacksmith to be found throughout all the land of Israel, for the Philistines said, “Lest the Hebrews make swords or spears.” But all the Israelites would go down to the Philistines to sharpen each man’s plowshare, his mattock, his ax, and his sickle: and the charge for a sharpening was a pim for the plowshares, the mattocks, the forks, and the axes, and to set the points for the goads.
1 Samuel 13:19-21
Here in this scripture Israel found itself in the same dangerous situation with the Philistines as the United States currently finds itself in with the CCP.
In this situation regarding Israel they had been warring with the Philistines and they were about to go to war with them once again. However, they found themselves in a difficult situation regarding their need for weapons such as swords and spears, but were dependent on the Philistine blacksmiths for everything which is why they didn’t have any weapons.
The Philistines only allowed the Israelites to sharpen their tools for farming and agriculture and they charged them a price for doing that. However, when it came time for battle with the Philistines the Israelites were blessed in the fact that they were able to obtain their weapons with Saul and his son Jonathan at that time.
If you fast forward to the present day, this is the same scenario that we are currently facing with our dependency on much of the manufacturing we get from the Chinese Communist Party. We have allowed ourselves to get into a deeply connected business relationship with an enemy nation who hates us. Once again for clarity I’m speaking about the government of China (the CCP) who is our real enemy, not the Chinese citizens.
Now recognizing all of that this past week President Trump once again demonstrated why he is going to be remembered as one of the greatest and most consequential Presidents of all time. To recap what I’m talking about I want to give you a quick review of the events that took place to give you some clarity of the battlefield that we find ourselves on at this point in time with the CCP.
President Trump declared April 2nd Liberation Day which kicked off the implementation of the tariffs that were going to be activated across the board with many of the trading partners of the United States. As the week played out the markets started to react, dropping very fast, but President Trump allowed his Secretary of the Treasury Scott Bessent to come out and tell everyone to slow down and to remain cool as negotiations were open.
As a couple of more days went by most of the major trading partners of the U.S. did exactly that. They remained cool and opened up their communication channels in order to talk and to negotiate deals to adjust to these new tariffs. In fact, up to 70 major trading partners were communicating with the White House.
However, despite all of these major trading partners doing this the single biggest trading partner of the U.S. chose to take a different path. That’s right, instead of opening up a line of communication to negotiate on a new trade deal the CCP decided to retaliate with an increase in tariffs back at the United States.
The CCP demonstrated their unwillingness to communicate, or even hint at a negotiation and instead they went straight to aggression.
Once President Trump exposed this he in turn escalated it with the CCP, BUT then he did something even MORE shrewd.
After this escalation with China he then went out in front of the TV cameras and called for a 90 day pause on tariffs concerning the 70 initial trading partners, but NOT with China. This also rebounded the markets at a record level.
He demonstrated that the U.S. is diplomatic and fair while China demonstrated that they’re more about aggression and are punitive in their approach.
He isolated and exposed the CCP, as if they needed to be exposed anymore given their track record of corruption and dirty business practices, but nonetheless it was an additional necessary step.
This is far from over, but he's now aligned the world against China here at the starting line of this economic war which is a great start.
Now this is a key observation that you need to make in recognizing the battlefield as the tariffs were designed to even the playing field between the United States and all of her trading partners, yet the real focus all along was on China. The focus of this economic war was always about China.
This was a major move by President Trump. In fact, this was President Trump giving the public a masterclass on the Art of The Deal combined with The Art of War in the most high stakes game that anyone could play.
Granted it wasn’t President Trump that started this trade war. As I’ve already established, the CCP started this trade war with the U.S. long ago. This was simply President Trump’s action in correcting the wrongdoing that the CCP has been engaged in now for many decades.
However, what President Trump managed to do that was brilliant with his decision for the 90 day pause with everyone except the CCP was to expose the kind of trading partners that China is to the world. In other words, he exposed them for who they are by showing how punitive they would be in their response to the introduction of retaliatory tariffs. He exposed their behavior even though Scott Bessent had clearly stated that the lines of communication were open for negotiation and for the trading partners to remain cool. At the end of the day most everyone took that advice except for the CCP. This was a telling observation.
With this move President Trump set the stage for decoupling with China to bring manufacturing back onshore to the United States. However, as necessary and vital as this fight is with China, this fight is far from over and is going to be a challenging economic war to navigate.
Because of this war that the CCP started with us years ago the real test here will be whether or not the United States can remain strong in our resolve as this war is going to cause some turbulence looking ahead until we have the time to get the desperately needed manufacturing back onshore to U.S. soil.
The Wrap Up
Earlier in this episode I was talking about how the goal of the CCP and the globalists was to stress the American citizenry.
There’s a very good reason for that and I personally believe that the pandemic was the first major stress test on the country to see how the public would respond to a series of strong and threatening mandates that were exerted onto them. I believe they wanted to see how much the general public would give in to an order from an authority figure.
Along with this the economic, chemical, informational, and biological war that the CCP has waged against the United States, combined with the gutting of our manufacturing base, has resulted in stressing the citizenry of the country for many years.
The reason the CCP and the globalists want to stress the American citizenry is because stress leads to chaos and chaos leads to societal destabilization. This all boils down to the essence of human limitations. However, concerning recent history I believe that aside from the pandemic that the real beginning of the test of the grit of the American citizenry began back in 2020 when everyone was abandoning ship on President Trump.
Despite that the MAGA movement regrouped and built its own information war machine with the parallel economy. This is the exact reason this very Substack exists.
In addition to this the MAGA coalition kept fighting back and growing to the point that we put President Trump right back into the White House.
President Trump is waging a full blown economic war with China and the CCP’s mask has literally been ripped off their face and they’re showing the world exactly who they really are and what they’re really all about.
In regards to the human limitations we’re now looking at seeing who is going to have more grit in this economic war with China while President Trump works to reorder the entire trading system of the world.
So who do you think will have more grit?
Do you think it will be the illegitimate regime of the CCP who has the benefit of not worrying about having to win over the consent of their people with elections?
On the other hand, will it be the stressed American citizenry that has had to face decades of unrestricted warfare from the CCP?
Will the American citizens be able to endure the turbulence and temporary discomfort of watching their 401ks seesaw up and down until the United States reestablishes control of being the world’s chief manufacturing powerhouse?
Well, if you’re asking me then you’re asking a man of faith. My faith is in God first and after God I also have faith in that old fashioned gritty, rugged, and unrelenting American grit.
The CCP likes to say that China has been around for 5000 years which was long before the United States ever existed.
Coming from the CCP this is very dishonest, but what else is new?
The truth is that when the Chinese Communist Party took power they were all about destroying everything involved with the culture, beauty, and strength associated with ancient Chinese culture.
Yes, China itself has existed for 5000 years or so, but the CCP hasn’t been around anywhere near that long. No, the CCP stole the sovereignty of China as recently as October 1st, 1949 when Mao Zedong officially proclaimed the victory of the People’s Republic of China at Tiananmen Square.
Since then the CCP has literally been working hard to steal the sovereignty of everyone else on the planet.
I say it’s time We The People take down the CCP and position ourselves to declare Vae Victis on this illegitimate regime.
As an American citizen are you prepared to take down the CCP?
Do you think America has what it takes to economically take down another evil enemy to the world and do it the right way once and for all?
Post up in the comment section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Today's episode will only be available in full length to All-Access Paid members directly on the Substack.
However, please don't click off as I'm going to give you a pretty good preview for today's episode. To access this podcast in full all you have to do is go to brandonrichey.substack.com and sign up there for the price of a cup of coffee in order to access the full length of this episode and to support the platform.
Thank you again for your support and I hope to see you directly on the Substack.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Waste no more time arguing what a good man should be. Be One.”
–Marcus Aurelius
The term Renaissance means revival, or rebirth.
Keep this in mind as I expand on today’s topic.
In the current environment and state of the world we’ve witnessed an extraordinary clash between two giant forces that has occurred in the last four years.
On one side of these clashing forces we’ve witnessed what I would refer to as the status quo of an ever expanding government and corrupt Administrative State. This side of the force is filled with rent seeking do nothing politicians, corrupt bureaucrats, stochastic terrorists, and their base of violent supporters. It should also be noted that the majority of their supporters contain vacuous minds.
On the opposite side of that force has always been the stalwart of citizens who have always believed in the opportunity of the system that they’ve been an integral part of, but who have always had the common sense to call out that system and question it when it has failed in their eyes. All the true patriots are part of this side of this opposition force and they have always recognized the corruption within our American system and have quickly become aware of the era of reverse plunder over the past four years.
However, the unfortunate reality is that this side also contains a portion of those people who possess vacuous minds and fail to recognize the warring clash that is taking place within the current time we’re living in during this moment in history. The good news is that the reality of the world is coming to everyone’s front door whether they currently recognize the present circumstances as they are, or not.
So why do I say this is good news?
In my view society shouldn’t define men, but rather men should define a society. In other words, the type of society that exists in which one resides is the result of the type of men who live, work, and lead that society.
Leadership is everything and it ALWAYS directly results in the success, or failure, of any organization, company, community, or government.
There’s a brilliant quote that sums up this historical cycle that I’ve touched on before by G. Michael Hopf who states the following.
“Hard times create strong men. Strong men create good times. Good times create weak men. And, weak men create hard times.”
This is such a simple, yet such an edifying way to communicate the reality of the cycle of history. Just in case you happen to be one of those with vacuous minds on either side of these clashing forces, the period we’re in now is the part where Hard times are about to create strong men.
Man of Action
Unless you’ve been living under a rock it’s pretty easy to see that President Trump is a man of action. Men of action are what will build a successful society, but this is the area that I want to touch on in today’s episode.
If you’ve been a regular reader, or listener to my platform then you’ve often heard me talk about the importance of action and a man’s actions, especially in a time of peril like we’re living in, really stand out. President Trump is one of the absolute best examples of this given our current time in history.
On that note there’s something I’ve observed on the side of the force that is supposedly opposite the communists that is in the middle of this seismic clash concerning the fate of the nation.
I mentioned that there are people with vacuous minds that reside on the same side as the patriots. However, many of these people claim to be “conservatives,” yet they don’t act on it because they have adopted a similar attitude of the status quo group that I identified here earlier. In other words, the group that is fighting to maintain and accelerate the status quo involved with the decline of the country are taking actions to do so.
However, many of those so-called conservatives that identify as being in the camp opposite of the status quo have adopted the attitude that the status quo is inevitable. How are these people any better than the status quo that’s committed to destroying the country?
In my view they are not.
To give you a concrete example of this, I've heard many of these so-called conservatives simply dismiss President Trump’s big ideas involving the elimination of the income tax, the prospect of eliminating the IRS, or eliminating the Department of Education.
By expressing their dismissive attitudes to me they are part of the problem. In other words, if you simply accept that there will be no departure from the status quo in a time when historical events are taking place then what do you believe in? I fail to see how these people can claim to be conserving anything when they simply walk around with the attitude of accepting failure, hopelessness, and aid in the perpetuation of the status quo. I personally don’t get these people.
For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also.
–James 2:26
This is why I am always talking about the significance of human agency. You see, in reality there are two types of people in this world. There are high agency people and there are low agency people.
High agency people refers to those people that have the capacity to take initiative in order to actively shape their circumstances by pursuing certain life goals with determination. These people take such action regardless of the circumstances instead of sitting around and waiting for something to happen.
On the other hand, low agency people feel they have a lack of control over their own lives. These people adopt the belief that external forces and fate are what will determine the direction of their path rather than believing that their choices and actions have anything to do with it.
The so-called conservatives I’m talking about who claim to be on the side of society that is in opposition to the status quo (communists) are low agency people. I would even go further to say that these people are no agency people.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The world is full of obvious things which nobody by any chance ever observes.”
― Arthur Conan Doyle
For today’s episode I wanted to talk about a very unique and different type of subject.
As a general concern I have been feeling like this topic needs to be discussed because the frequency of this subject is only intensifying throughout our culture and media landscape to a noticeably high level. Because of this I feel like this is important for us to be aware of and to stay on guard regarding our faith in God and how we perceive this subject as it continues to bombard the public stage.
I wanted to lead off to clarify why I decided to talk about this particular subject because the reason that I decided to address this topic today is because the subject matter does impact the cultural, political landscape, and potentially even the spiritual landscape in a way unlike anything else.
This particular topic is one that has been present in the media and culture for quite some time, but has recently been picking up more and more momentum. As crazy as it may sound this particular topic has continued to escalate in terms of its presence in the culture so much that it has been addressed directly in front of congress, but the nature of the subject has always been cloaked in a shroud of mystery.
It’s because of the mystery that surrounds this subject that serves to be the reason I wanted to address it here in today’s episode to the best of my ability. The reason I say it that way is because the subject involves a lot of different possible hypotheses and theories that have been offered up to explain this unusual phenomenon, but despite this the mystery that surrounds it still remains.
With all of that being said I would like for today’s episode to be an exercise that both demonstrates the process of searching for the truth, as well as being a possible catalyst to foster a new methodology within yourself. The goal is that hopefully this new methodology will work to improve your own process for seeking out truth and knowledge by more effectively evaluating evidence that is presented to you. In simple terms, I hope this stimulates your creative process to help you to arrive at your own conclusions when it comes to any topic that is brought forth in the media.
My effort in discussing this is to simply offer my own interpretation as I currently see it and is merely a proposed interpretation of the subject, or a hypothesis if you will, to try and make sense of something that most everyone sees and understands to be an ongoing mystery. By the way, despite my proposed explanation here in this episode I also see this as an ongoing mystery myself.
So back in 1993 I saw a movie that was a bit disturbing. This particular film was disturbing because it was based on a true story which involved the story of Travis Walton and his experience involving alien abduction.
The name of the movie was Fire In The Sky and I remember when I saw this movie it wasn’t like any other movie that covered the topic of UFOs and aliens at that time. No, the thing that made this movie different was the more personalized experience and realistic nature of the story in the way it was presented.
The wild experience wasn’t just coming from Travis alone, but also directly involved other friends and coworkers of his that had allegedly witnessed a UFO ship in the middle of a forest region near where they were working on a logging job at the time. All of these other men were witnesses and present during the experience just before Travis was taken away by the UFO.
Now I’m not going to go too deep into the details of this movie, but if you haven’t seen this film it’s definitely worth the watch. You see, the real point I want to make about this film is that when it came out in 1993 to my memory there had not been any sort of movie that addressed the phenomenon of UFOs, or the existence of UFOs and aliens, in this sort of way. Travis Walton’s story of being abducted by aliens was a sort of perspective that personalized the experience in a way that I had not seen up until that point.
Now the movie Fire In The Sky was released on March 12, 1993, but this movie wouldn’t be the only form of entertainment to approach the UFO subject in the personalized manner that was so different from what the culture was used to seeing up until that point in time.
You see, after Fire In The Sky was released in March of 1993 it was only six months later that the hit TV series The X Files aired on Fox on September 10, 1993. This hit TV series in my view was also tremendously impactful on how the whole alien and UFO mystery was framed to the public in a way that changed a lot of people’s perspective on the topic.
In short, both the movie and the TV show changed the zeitgeist on the discussion surrounding UFOs and aliens in my personal opinion. The way these two pieces of entertainment came into the picture in 1993 to me almost seemed like something that was planned for that year to start shifting the public perception and acceptance of this phenomenon.
After all, ever since that year there’s been a steady escalation of other movies, TV shows, documentaries, books, and now news stories that dominate the media landscape concerning this phenomenon of UFOs and aliens. Now if we fast forward here to 2025 the conversation in relation to this topic on UFOs has started shifting to open up more about understanding human consciousness.
So What Is Consciousness
It seems like when it comes to the conversations associated with UFOs, aliens, and apparent alien encounters that the subject of consciousness seems to pop up a lot more often these days.
Human consciousness is defined as encompassing a person’s awareness and their perception of themselves, as well as the world around them. This also involves one’s own thoughts and feelings. It involves an individual’s ability to make sense of the environment around them by using their senses and mental powers in order to do so.
I will come back to address this topic of consciousness in a bit, but I wanted to lead off with it so that you could place it on a shelf in your mind as I work to navigate through the rest of this episode. So for the time being please keep the thought of consciousness at arm’s length as I work through the rest of this topic.
Just recently I was watching the Shawn Ryan Show and there were two different interviews that he did that helped me to formulate a hypothesis on what UFOs and aliens could potentially be. Now keep in mind that it wasn’t these two interviews alone that led me to what I’m about to tell you. However, both of these interviews were sort of missing ingredients to a larger whole that I didn’t realize I had been piecing together inside my head over the course of many years of me thinking and observing various content related to this subject.
Now I’m certainly no UFO expert and I’m not a Biblical scholar, but I do study the Bible and have an obvious interest in both topics. Personally I will say that since I had been an individual that had distanced myself from God over the course of my adult life I just recently in the past year recommitted my life to God. For me Jesus is my Lord and savior and I’m eternally grateful for that. That’s been a huge blessing for me and was something that was long overdue.
However, because of this very needed and immensely positive change in my life I am currently in a phase of my life where I study the Bible weekly. I joined a Bible study group from my church and it’s been an incredible experience in actually learning about the Bible. I have learned a lot about it, but believe me there’s a whole lot more to learn.
Now having said that I’ve also always had a genuine interest, or perhaps I should say that I have always been intrigued by stories revolving around UFOs as well. This has especially been the case since the release of Fire In The Sky and The X Files.
Now I wanted to share all of that to give you a little insight on why I am talking about this subject and how I formulated this layman hypothesis that I’m about to share with you here and how it came about in terms of being the motivation for this episode.
So I want to take a moment to jump back to what I saw on the Shawn Ryan Show that triggered the motivation for this subject here today.
The two people that Shawn interviewed both had an interesting take concerning their opinions and experiences surrounding the UFO and alien phenomenon.
The first interview I want to mention that really triggered an Ah ha moment for me was when I heard Tucker Carlson’s explanation to Shawn when talking about his own hypothesis as to what these phenomena could actually be. When asked about whether he was still pursuing any other information regarding UFOs and aliens Tucker basically said he no longer had a desire to because he believed he had figured out what it was.
Now that statement by itself almost caused me to spit my coffee out through my nose when I initially heard it. It was such a bold statement that I couldn’t wait to hear what type of answer he was about to share and to me it was definitely an interesting response.
Now to be fair Tucker was speaking purely from his own personal opinion on the matter and was very upfront about that along with the fact that he said that this wasn’t something that he could prove, but that it was basically the conclusion that he had arrived at regarding the phenomenon of UFOs and aliens.
Now I’m going to shorten and condense his response because it was a bit lengthy, but it made perfect sense to me as he broke it down for Shawn Ryan.
Tucker prefaced his response by first stating that, like myself, he was also a Christian and that Jesus is also his Lord and Savior. This was important to state because understanding this would also be tied directly to his answer.
In Tucker’s opinion, after having talked to a lot of people on the subject as he described it, there were many people that were a lot closer to this situation than he ever was that helped him to formulate his hypothesis regarding the existence of UFOs and aliens.
Now I’ve discussed some of the details of Tucker’s interview on an earlier episode, but I will recap some of the details of that here to bring you up to speed if you haven’t read, or listened to my previous episode titled Discernment.
In his explanation regarding what he thinks they could be, he stated that he believed that it was a very old story.
He then referenced all the people he had spoken to regarding this subject of UFOs and aliens. He mentioned that he had spoken to people that he believed knew a lot about a lot of things and that he was shocked at what he learned from what he would consider to be credible people.
After Shawn pressed him a bit more he went on to talk about spiritual warfare and how human beings are the only species that basically do unnatural things that involve self-destruction. As an example of this he spoke about how humans will at times either individually, or as a society at large, engage in activities to kill themselves in one way or another and will do so either fast or slow.
For added clarity he pointed to the fact that in nature that animals never behaved in a way that would act against their own self-interests and then pointed out how humans are the only species to do this. Tucker was making the point that since humans typically act in unnatural ways that this suggests that humans are subject to supernatural influence. To me this was a salient point by Tucker.
He then went on to talk about how both in Christianity and other belief systems across the world that there was always a common theme involving a spiritual being that would manifest in human form here on earth with Jesus in Christianity obviously being the most famous.
Given this detail and the various themes of the world’s belief systems, as well as, the mention of the men of renown in Genesis 6 Tucker stated that this was what he believed we were dealing with in regards to the UFO sightings and the possibility of what we often refer to as alien life.
Now given the fact that Tucker mentioned Genesis 6 this really stood out to me. In my view Genesis 6 is a very mysterious passage, or to be more specific, it was Genesis 6:4.
There were giants on the earth in those days, and also afterward, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men and they bore children to them. Those were the mighty men who were of old, men of renown.
Now when you hear that verse it’s understandable how it could completely flip the narrative of what alien life has traditionally been explained to be. In other words, it’s been largely assumed that alien life and UFOs have been extraterrestrial. Essentially this means that they were from somewhere else outside of earth.
However, in Tucker’s view perhaps we have this backwards concerning the origin of what these aliens could actually be. In other words, many have assumed for years that these beings were coming from somewhere outside of earth, but could Genesis 6 suggest that they were always here?
I’ll admit that when I heard this explanation from Tucker it immediately pulled me over into his camp with bringing a more sound explanation as to what the UFO and alien mystery may actually be.
In addition to this I would also remind you that for the last 80 years the government has been in complete denial of the existence of aliens and UFOs. I mean for most of my life anytime I’d hear a story of someone who tried to talk about their experience, or encounter, with UFOs they would quickly be dismissed as a nut, or as being a good ole conspiracy theorists.
However, now all the sudden the government is admitting that there is something that is unexplainable out there that people are experiencing. To go even further now our own military has released videos of what they refer to as UAPs (Unidentified Aerial Phenomenon).
So understanding how the government has traditionally responded to UFO claims compared to today what changed? In other words, why did they deny the existence of UFOs for so long, but now all the sudden they’re admitting to something being out there that we cannot explain? In addition to this, why did they change the name from UFO to UAP?
When referencing that last question I know there’s another explanation associated with that, but I don’t want to get into that in today’s episode. Perhaps that’s something I’ll address in the comments below this episode if you’d like me to elaborate a bit further on that.
Regardless, the point here is that the government has lied to yours and my face now about a number of major societal issues ranging from the origin of COVID-19, to having secure elections, to inflation being transitory, to Biden being razor sharp with his mental health, to the economy being in good shape, etc. Now they’ve lied to the public with their denial of the existence of UFOs for the better part of eight decades to now all the sudden admit that there is something that exists that they allegedly cannot explain. Let that sink in for a moment.
Tucker also made this very point in his interview with Shawn Ryan. He also made another chilling point that followed this same pattern involving the behavior of government denial in regards to this whole UFO and alien phenomenon.
Tucker also pointed out that even though the government is now admitting to the possibility of some advanced technology existing and that there is something that’s out there flying around, he also said that the thing that they ARE denying is that these things are supernatural.
This was a red flag in my view because they denied the very existence of these things for 80 years only to now admit that there’s something unexplainable going on. However, as Tucker points out they’re now denying that aliens could be supernatural. Think about that for a moment.
The other interview that I saw on the Shawn Ryan Show that really helped to contribute to triggering this hypothesis that I’m going to share with you here in a bit was with Diana Pasulka.
Diana Pasulka is a writer and professor of religious studies at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. She’s published several books and has also studied and worked with people connected to the NASA program in her study of UFO and Non-human intelligence.
In her interview with Shawn there were a lot of interesting things brought up in their discussion. I’m not going to summarize the whole interview, but during the interview she went through her history in her study of religion and explained how she got roped into the UFO phenomenon.
At this point Diana mentioned that she had encountered an individual who she couldn’t name that had been directly connected with NASA for a very long time. She couldn’t say his name, but she used an alias and called him Tyler.
In her talk with Shawn she had covered a variety of things concerning the topic of UFOs and aliens and then went on to elaborate on her working experience with this individual from NASA. It was during this time that she said she had resisted working with Tyler for a while because she understood that doing so would profoundly change her life and according to Diana her prediction was accurate.
She was explaining that at one point during her work, Tyler looked at her and made the observation that she wasn’t a believer in UFOs. When she responded by telling him that she was a skeptic he then said that they were going to change that.
According to Diana this is what led him to allegedly taking her and a colleague to a UFO crash site to see evidence of some things that were intended to change her mind. She said that she did see a lot of things that she couldn't talk about, but elaborated more on the things that she could talk about.
Given her deep background on religious history she also talked about the supernatural component to what aliens could be. She spoke about how she and Tyler had previously visited the Vatican and had studied materials there that pointed to historical angelic encounters which could point to a more detailed explanation of UFOs and aliens.
It was at this point after she had discussed angels, demons, and wrecked aircraft of some kind that Shawn asked her a very obvious and brilliant question. He basically pointed out that in their conversation that they had jumped from talking about spiritual beings to talking about the nuts and bolts of a wrecked aircraft.
Given this information he wanted to know what did all of this mean? In other words, he was basically making the key observation by asking the question as to whether these spiritual beings were using mechanical aircraft to travel. Shawn was basically wanting to try to make sense of the discussion by making this observation.
However, Diana’s response to this was interesting.
She said that she didn’t know for sure, but that the UFOs definitely had a spiritual component to them. She then went on to frame the discussion in a different way by pointing out that when we produce a thought in our minds that we tend to think of our thoughts as being something that is nonphysical.
However, she went on to elaborate how material and spiritual parts may be connected. To elaborate on this she mentioned some work that was done with a computer and brain interface system with a study that was produced at the University of Washington.
In this exercise she was explaining how the technology allowed those people performing the experiment to see what a person was actually thinking. She used the example that if an individual was connected to the computer and thinking of a dog that the computer screen would show a picture of a dog from the person that it was connected to.
So in this scenario Diana was making the point that they have traditionally been able to read brain waves, but now they were able to take this to the next level by reading actual thoughts to produce images. Because of this she pointed out how our traditional views concerning how our thoughts are supposed to be these subjective private immaterial things are no longer that. However, from here she was saying that the potential to go further seems almost limitless and that we all could easily see the direction that we’re going with this concerning the likes of Elon Musk and his Neuralink program.
So in my view this is exactly where the whole thought process concerning consciousness comes into the equation. Now understanding the power of our thoughts it seems to me that spiritually speaking that we are like antennas that pick up different signals from another realm.
To use myself as an example whenever I’m suffering from a lack of creativity and really need additional guidance and additional creativity for a topic to write in order to create an episode such as this one I simply pray about it. With my hand to God, He always provides the ideas and I just work really hard in trying not to screw up the message he’s sending me.
This is an important point to make because this is what I mean by being like an antenna and being able to pick up signals from another realm, or being, which I personally believe are actually the origin of our thoughts. The question is are our thoughts being transmitted to us by an evil entity, or an entity of good?
As I stated earlier I’m still learning about the Bible, but to my understanding for demonic spirits to manifest in this realm they must possess a vessel of some kind. I believe that such a vessel traditionally has been understood to be either a human or an animal. Once again, I’m still learning and if I’m incorrect on this then I’ll stand corrected, but I’m simply offering a working hypothesis here to try and make sense of all of this shortly so please stick with me on it.
Now to elaborate further on this as a Christian I can tell you that all Christians believe that once saved by Jesus that we are indwelled with the Holy Spirit. Because of this we know that a demon cannot indwell us because we’re already indwelled with the Holy Spirit. In addition to this the Holy Spirit functions like a life coach to help us daily by guiding our decisions. In my belief this is how we’ve been able to fuel this Great Awakening with a vanguard of new thought leaders and the growing presence of the Lord working throughout our society and culture.
Now don’t get me wrong, we're all human and we do make mistakes. However, the Holy Spirit is there to guide those who are truly saved by God’s grace so to me this is who is transmitting a signal to us when we have our thoughts.
On the flipside, we do live in a fallen world where fallen angels roam this earth looking to destroy and for those who are not saved then there’s a chance that they could be susceptible to receiving a signal from a demonic entity. Both saved and unsaved people are subject to demonic attacks. Now this is just my interpretation on the origin of our thoughts and how human consciousness may actually function, but it expands further from here.
The Wrap Up
To elaborate further on this, with Shawn’s help, Diana was alluding to the fact that perhaps there was a spiritual component to the mechanical parts of the UFO craft.
When she made that statement I had an idea to come to mind. When she and Shawn were talking about consciousness Diana explained how our thoughts could be more than these immaterial ideas floating around inside our heads.
Her suggestion was that we could use our consciousness to manifest our thoughts into a physical reality. In the interview Shawn himself actually said that within the context of their discussion and Diana actually backed that up with the experiment of the computer and brain interface that she referenced with the University of Washington experiment.
Given this explanation from Diana and Shawn it got me thinking about how thoughts could be manifested into a physical thing. It got me thinking that if us humans are capable of manifesting our thoughts into physical reality I started wondering if those thoughts that come from supernatural beings could be manifested into reality.
In other words, if we regard supernatural beings as being living things, and if living beings are able to have thoughts themselves, then could we presume that they have manufactured another physical vessel to occupy in what we have come to recognize today as UFOs?
After all, when Genesis 6 references the mighty men who were of old, men of renown that term renown means that these were men that were famous and widely acclaimed. However, I wonder what were they famous for?
In other words, did they possess certain knowledge, or perhaps technology in those days that they were using prior to the flood?
Were they sharing this type of knowledge with mankind in a way that was displeasing and nefarious in the eyes of God as part of the evil that God saw in the hearts of men in those days?
Could everything we’ve been experiencing as a society concerning UFOs and aliens simply be part of the devil’s trick, or is it something else entirely?
I’d love to hear your feedback on this one so please feel free to drop a comment in the section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“I gain nothing by having a rock in my boxing glove if the other fellow has one too." - Sir Denis Nayland Smith”
― Sax Rohmer
For anyone with half a brain, the past few years have caused a lot of concern with the state of the world due to the geopolitical instability and escalation of World War III along with the failing financial institutions, the prospect of nuclear conflict, and with the rise of Artificial Intelligence (AI).
In light of all the recent discoveries by DOGE uncovering all the vast corruption by people that have been put in charge of the country for many years, combined with the fact that these people’s decisions have directly resulted in making the world a more dangerous place, is chilling to think about. I mean the thought that we, as a society, have allowed these nihilists and psychopathic overlords to govern, control, and directly influence the geopolitical landscape is mind blowing to say the least.
It’s during moments like this that we have to look to the past to remove the fog and to gain a sound perspective in order to understand the present so that we can then better navigate the path when looking downrange towards the future.
Speaking of the past, back in 1962 the Cuban missile crisis brought the world to the brink of nuclear annihilation. During this time the U.S. Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara had previously promoted a counterforce, or a “no cities” strategy which involved the strategic targeting of Soviet military units and other various installations.
Under this model and line of thinking it was believed that perhaps a nuclear conflict of limited scope could actually be carried out, and even won, without it leading to an all out nuclear exchange resulting in total destruction. Of course, for this strategy to actually work it would rely on both superpowers actually abiding by the rule of such a limited warfighting strategy. However, at the end of the day neither side believed that the other superpower would be willing to adhere to such rules.
So in 1965 McNamara proposed a countervalue doctrine that shifted the focus of targeting onto Soviet cities. In this proposed scenario McNamara pointed out that this doctrine of “assured destruction” could be achieved with as few as 400 high-yield nuclear weapons targeting various Soviet population centers. In terms of a proposed outcome using this approach McNamara estimated that this would be “sufficient to destroy over one-third of [the Soviet] population and one-half of [Soviet] industry.” (Source: Britannica)
With this approach McNamara was pointing out that with this guarantee of mutual annihilation that this strategy would serve as an effective deterrent to both parties. In addition to this he believed that this goal of maintaining destructive parity should guide U.S. defense decisions.
Now even though McNamara proposed this strategy while basing this tenuous equilibrium on the assured-destruction capability of the U.S. arsenal the term mutual assured destruction, or its recognized acronym “MAD” wasn’t actually coined by McNamara himself. Instead that recognized phrase was coined by an opponent to McNamara’s doctrine and his name was Donald Brennan.
Brennan proposed that trying to preserve an indefinite stalemate would end up doing very little to secure U.S. defense long term. In Brennan’s view such a strategy wasn’t the best option given the fact that both players involving the United States and the Soviet Union would constantly end up planning in order to strive to gain a clear nuclear advantage over the other.
Brennan’s outside of the box approach and line of thinking involved proposing an anti-ballistic missile defense system that’s aim would be to neutralize Soviet warheads in flight before they had a chance to detonate. This sounds very similar to President Trump’s plan for a United States’ version of the Iron Dome.
The point here is that with the prospect and dangers of nuclear proliferation it’s still always been determined by the decision making of people. I mean the mere participation in such a wargame is dangerous enough and the real risk of it happening is there, but so far such a danger of total destruction has been avoided.
However, what happens when the decision making process of humans is further minimized, or even eliminated from this equation altogether?
Also, is there another wargame that’s even more dangerous than the nuclear arms race? Some think the mere participation of the development of the next game is a guarantee for destruction resulting in no winning participant whatsoever with only the game itself being the ultimate winner.
The Specter of AI
Within the last year a shocking news story aired on The World is One News (WION) involving the head of AI tests and operations within the U.S. Air Force.
During this exercise an AI controlled drone took extreme measures in order to accomplish its mission. During this test the AI drone was assigned to destroy the enemy defense systems. According to the report the human operator intervened in order to instruct the drone to not destroy the enemy target.
So how did the AI-powered drone respond to this command during this exercise? In a shocking response it ended up turning back in order to destroy the operator.
That’s right, the AI drone made a decision to destroy the operator because the operator stood between the drone and its mission during the simulation. However, as crazy as this sounds the story gets even crazier.
After the incident the AI was trained to not harm the pilot (or operator). However, this time when the drone was released to destroy the target and the command to not destroy the target was given by the pilot, the AI powered drone’s reaction to this was simultaneously impressive and haunting.
When the AI powered drone was given the command to not destroy the target it couldn’t come after the pilot this time because it was trained against doing that, but this didn’t stop it from finding a way to accomplish its mission. Because it realized that the pilot was using the communication tower to communicate with it, this time the drone decided to destroy the communication tower itself, thereby silencing all communication interference that would prevent it from accomplishing its mission.
Now it was reported that no actual harm was done to any human outside the simulation, but it obviously raised some concerns with too much reliance on AI. However, the Air Force later denied it conducted an AI simulation in which a drone decided to kill its operator.
I want to say that I don’t profess to be any sort of expert in artificial intelligence, but I do follow the trends and I see and hear the stories like this that are being reported and it calls into question a lot things to consider with all of us here in society having to face the reality of the development and implementation of this technology.
You may or may not be aware of this, but one individual in the tech world that is getting a surprising bit of attention from his writings after many years of infamous notoriety is that of Ted Kaczynski. Obviously Kaczynksi is somewhat of a controversial figure and he managed to brand himself with society’s recognition of his public actions. Society would choose to label him as the Unabomber.
Now I’ve shared a couple of earlier articles here on my Substack about Ted Kaczynski, but I’ll cover some of the details of Kaczynski here again because the details of his life and his perspective on technology will cause you to pause and think a lot harder about the prospect of AI, or even more concerning, the prospect of the singularity.
Just for some clarification the singularity is said to be a point in time where artificial intelligence has reached a moment where it has surpassed human intelligence. At this point it is believed that it will lead society to a rapid and uncontrollable development of technology in a way that would drastically transform human civilization.
In other words, at the period following the singularity the machines would become so much smarter than humans that they would be able to rapidly improve themselves in a way that is beyond our comprehension.
I don’t know about you, but as a GenXer I’m already familiar with this story. To me this sounds just like the movie The Terminator, but I digress.
Now I’m not here to say with certainty as to whether or not the singularity is something that can be achieved in the way that people in the field of technology theorize, or not.
However, what I do know is that there must be something to it, or we wouldn’t be seeing the billions of dollars being poured into the development of AI at the rate that it’s going. In fact, the comparison of the race to develop AI has been something that has been compared to the modern day nuclear arms race.
Because of that exact reason, I wanted to talk about the very deep perspective of Ted Kaczynski here to highlight his concerns and what he was trying to warn us about before his recent passing.
Now Kaczynski was an awkward, but gifted individual. In fact, it was said that he was described by his schoolmates as being a “walking brain.”
You see in a school IQ test Ted tested out at 167 and to give you some perspective on the significance of that number it’s said that a score of 140 is considered “genius.”
Because of Ted’s incredible intellect it’s no surprise that he graduated from Harvard by the age of 18 where he studied mathematics. It’s also known that while he was there that he was subjected to tortuous experiments in an area close to where Skinner used to experiment on pigeons. At the time Kaczynski was there, psychologists that had ties to the U.S. intelligence community had transitioned to experimenting on humans which included Kaczynski.
Kaczynski claimed that the experience didn’t affect him, but according to an article I cross-posted here from The Prism he had developed an intense paranoia about psychological conditioning.
In the same piece there’s a breakdown of Kaczynski’s philosophy and how he had become so averse to technology. In short, Kaczynski believed that the Industrial Revolution had transformed society into a cold process of production and consumption which was literally resulting in destroying everything that humans valued most such as freedom, happiness, and a deeper purpose for existence.
In Kaczynski’s interpretation where society was once being shaped to accommodate people, now the roles were being reversed to where people were being shaped to accommodate society. In short, Kaczynski saw the pursuit and development of technology as a mechanism that fed into the development of the society that was robbing humans of their humanity.
To drill down further on this threat, Ted’s philosophy was very impressive in communicating an even deeper concern regarding the pursuit of technology. Given what we now know about the development and possible dangers of AI, as even Elon Musk himself has communicated, Kaczynski offered an impressive perspective on the dangers of this pursuit. Apparently when Ted was in prison he wrote a lesser known sequel to his previous and more public manifesto that was titled Anti-Tech Revolution: Why and How?
In this piece he outlines his belief that all technologically advanced civilizations end up becoming trapped in fatal games before they can take drastic measures for survival such as possessing the ability to colonize space.
In his attempt to explain his perspective Ted uses a stunning thought experiment to illustrate his point. In this thought experiment he describes how rival kingdoms pursue survival while living among one another in a forested region.
In order to survive the kingdoms decide to engage in deforestation. In this scenario the kingdoms that manage to clear the most land for the purpose of agricultural development can support a larger population, which also means being capable of producing a larger and more powerful military.
Because of this every kingdom in the region must engage in deforestation working to clear as much forest land as possible in order to prevent their rivals from coming in and conquering them. In short, every kingdom is working to grow and retain power in this game in order to be victorious in the end.
However, the resulting deforestation eventually leads to a fatal ecological disaster which results in the collapse of all the kingdoms due to starvation. The unforeseen danger and tragedy in Kaczynski’s thought experiment here is that the very pursuit of the venture that is necessary for every kingdom’s short-term survival invariably ends up resulting in their total annihilation.
Now if you take Kaczynski’s theory of the case here and fast forward to a modern scenario of rivaling countries that are pursuing the advancement of AI, you have the same exact modern day scenario of deforestation taking place.
However, when it comes to the aggressive pursuit of the development of AI, which is said to lead directly to the singularity, I would argue that the outcome is even more unpredictable than the outcome we could clearly see with the rival kingdoms engaging in the removal of forest lands.
The Wrap Up
So you may be wondering how I came to that conclusion in the last sentence regarding the more unpredictable outcome of AI compared to the more predictable scenario of deforestation.
Once again, I’m no expert on AI, but in my own view there's no real difference in terms of the devastation to humankind between the deforestation example in Kaczynski’s thought experiment and me drawing my own conclusion with modern society’s aggressive pursuit of the development of AI. In my view the dangerous outcomes are similar, but the difference is that we could almost predict the ecological disaster as a result of an older agrarian society working to prevent themselves from being conquered by a rival kingdom through deforestation.
However, with modern society’s aggressive pursuit of AI we don’t know the means of destruction of the players in the game. With that being said we do know that destruction of the players is the ultimate outcome unless there is an unforeseen element that intervenes and forever changes the course of humankind. After all, with AI making the decisions like the drone exercise that I referenced from that Air Force test earlier it's impossible to say how AI will impact us.
After all, the entire concept of the MAD scenario involving nuclear proliferation, as I touched on with the fallout from the Cuban missile crisis, was born out of human decision making. However, what happens if AI reaches the singularity and Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) becomes a reality where AGI is making those decisions instead of human beings?
The critical element that a lot of people who are advocates for rapid AI development, or believe it could be a good idea, fail to include in the AI discussion is that the machines are amoral. Because of its amoral nature it's virtually impossible to predict how it may come to a decision.
When looking at Kaczynski’s thought experiment and the unpredictable and unknown nature of AI it’s hard to see any positive outcome from any of this, especially when you learn about the types of people who are behind the development of AI. In short, it’s easy to come to the conclusion that the outcome looks grim.
However, as powerful as the argument may seem regarding how the development of AI may lead to the assured destruction of humankind I would also like to offer a potentially different outcome that occurred to me as I’ve thought more about this. Perhaps there is an unforeseen outcome that those like Kaczynski, and even myself, aren’t seeing just yet.
Back on June 4, 1982 the iconic movie Star Trek II: The Wrath of Khan hit the box office. In this movie there was a powerful leadership training exercise that was presented to the viewing audience that involved a no win scenario training simulation to test the ethical decision making of Starfleet cadets as part of their training.
This simulation was known as the Kobayashi Maru.
In this exercise Starfleet cadets encounter a ship that’s in distress inside the Neutral Zone. In order to save the civilians the cadet would have to enter the Neutral Zone which would involve violating a treaty which would lead to an all out assault on their ship from the Klingons resulting in the Klingons disabling and boarding the ship of the cadet.
On the other hand, if the cadet chose to leave the distressed ship in the Neutral Zone they would be honoring the treaty, but would also be leaving the freighter and its occupants to the mercy of the Klingons.
In the construction of this simulation the Kobayashi Maru is designed to be a no-win scenario. However, as we learn in Star Trek II: The Wrath of Khan James T. Kirk was the only Starfleet cadet to ever beat the Kobayashi Maru.
So how did the young Captain Kirk manage to win the test that was built to be a no-win scenario when he was a cadet? He did so by reprogramming the simulation so that it would be possible to win.
In the movie Kirk stated that he didn’t believe in no-win scenarios and created the winning scenario with some true outside of the box thinking.
Now over the years there has been some controversy among Trekkies as to whether Kirk’s actions were considered cheating, but in the movie he received commendations from Starfleet for “original thinking” on the Kobayashi Maru suggesting that Starfleet Academy’s view was that it was not cheating. (Source: Forbes)
Now in my own view this sort of outside the box solution that Kirk demonstrated with the Kobayashi Maru is exactly how God himself intervenes through each of us, or for us directly in what appears to us as no-win scenarios that we may encounter in our lives.
The Lord will fight for you, and you shall hold your peace.
Exodus 14:14
I mean at this point we all know this is the case and if you need a reminder just think back four years ago to the pandemic and stolen election of 2020. Back then it was supposed to be the end of America as we knew it looking ahead.
After all, the Biden regime went on a witch hunt engaging in a Republic ending level of lawfare against his political opposition including President Trump himself. The administrative state did everything they could to destroy the dollar, end elections, censor, assassinate, and abuse Americans by aiding a hostile invasion involving literally millions of illegals.
By the way they did all of this as we’re learning now by financing it and our enemies with our own tax dollars as DOGE is uncovering with organizations like USAID and more.
However, at the end of the day Donald Trump is back in office and the entire American culture is changing at breakneck speed right in front of our eyes. This is simply because of God’s intervention and when he steps in there’s simply no such thing as a no-win scenario because at that point it’s all winning when we seek out God.
Therefore my view is that when it comes to the AI situation that presents itself as a Kobayashi Maru scenario it won’t be James T. Kirk, but instead it will be God’s intervention that wins big at the supposed no-win situation.
Where do you see AI’s role in society in the next five to ten years?
Do you think that AI is leading us towards a MAD scenario?
Post up in the comments below as I’d like to hear your feedback.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If your enemy is secure at all points, be prepared for him. If he is in superior strength, evade him. If your opponent is temperamental, seek to irritate him. Pretend to be weak, that he may grow arrogant. If he is taking his ease, give him no rest. If his forces are united, separate them. If sovereign and subject are in accord, put division between them. Attack him where he is unprepared, appear where you are not expected .”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
I’m sure you’ve watched a UFC fight here or there on one occasion or another. You may have even caught a fight that was exciting enough to bring the energy from the arena surrounding the fight directly into the entertainment area of your home.
The thing is that if you follow UFC closely then you know that when it comes to the world of Mixed Martial Arts (MMA) a fighter can look like he or she is about to lose until suddenly they’re able to gain some leverage and surprisingly turn the tables on the outcome.
In many of these instances I’ve witnessed a fighter that was literally on the edge of total defeat only to suddenly flip the entire fight around by pulling and forcing the winning fighter into a position where they are weaker in order to gain the upper hand and totally snatch victory from the jaws of defeat.
To back up a little bit when I was growing up as a GenX kid, like all other GenX kids, I was raised on hard hitting action movies during the cultural era when the action hero was the dominating figure at the box office. The truth is that this involved being exposed to a lot of Bruce Lee and Chuck Norris movies which ultimately led to me training in the fight discipline of Muay Thai.
In addition to all of that it was back in the 1990s when both myself and a handful of my closest friends would get together to watch some of the first Ultimate Fighting Championship (UFC) tournaments. This was no doubt the wildest and most entertaining thing I’ve ever seen in my life and in those days the UFC was a completely different animal. In fact, it was recognized as the wild west of sports.
You see, the entire reason UFC started in the first place was to satisfy the age old question of which martial arts, or which fight discipline was the dominant discipline. In other words, if you put a Kung Fu master in the ring against a Karate master who would win? If you placed an American Wrestler in the ring to face off against a Kickboxer then who would come out on top?
The formation of the UFC was an objective attempt at answering this age old question regarding the most effective fight disciplines. Of course, as time went on it became clear that the most effective fighters were those who ended up possessing experience in a blend, or mix, of disciplines where they had training in both effective stand up striking abilities combined with a solid ability of being able to get on the ground to grapple, hence the name Mixed Martial Arts.
Despite all of this the reality is that these UFC fighters are like chess masters. They understand their strengths and they are very good at exploiting the weakness of an opponent. This is the entire strategy of a great fighter on top of being tough as nails and conditioned for the art of fighting.
Now having said all of that I pointed out how fighters are good at looking to exploit their opponent’s weakness. To add on to this I will also say that the best fighters are also great at frustrating their opponents which often forces their opponents to act hastily further causing their opponent to expose a vulnerability that they can take advantage of in a given moment.
In other words, if a great fighter isn’t seeing an opening to exploit in a certain opponent then they will use certain tactics to frustrate their opponent (as the Sun Tzu quote at the beginning suggests) until that opponent gets irritated enough to act out in frustration which often opens them up to being submitted, or even knocked out in some cases. In other words, a great fighter will pull an opponent into the fight that they want their opponent to fight. The greatest fighters of every discipline do this extremely well.
Keep this in mind because I’m going to come back to this in a bit.
The Giant Slayer
“And a champion went out from the camp of the Philistines, named Goliath, from Gath, whose height was six cubits and a span. He had a bronze helmet on his head, and he was armed with a coat of mail, and the weight of the coat was five thousand shekels of bronze.”
1 Samuel 17: 4-5
It’s not often the easiest thing to overcome fear and doubt, but in order to do so the thing that has always helped me is the process of acquiring knowledge and understanding of the environment combined with having faith in God.
The thing is that when it comes to today’s world many people dismiss big ideas due to the fact that they’ve been conditioned to be dismissive. This often happens as a result of fear and doubt.
This attitude of dismissing big ideas is often followed with the excuse of the idea sounding too ridiculous, or absurd because it falls outside of the accepted boundaries of what is considered to be normal. In my view, and in many cases, this really only demonstrates intellectual laziness on the part of those who are quick to dismiss big ideas, particularly if those who are offering the big ideas have sensible criteria to back up what they’re proposing.
Now don’t get me wrong, some ideas are horrible ideas. However, keep in mind that ideas can also be very powerful and can even result in changing the arc of history whether those ideas are for good, or for bad.
Sure many ideas can be outright dismissed, but for the big ideas that can’t be dismissed they at least deserve your attention whether you support them, or not. Keep in mind that such things can manifest over time due to human action and through the process of winning the support of people over whether it be for good, or for bad.
In terms of how bad ideas can grow and become something very powerful, one good example of this would involve how some bad ideas formed in 1930s Germany would ultimately lead to Stalingrad. Keep in mind that Hitler and the Nazis had some powerful ideas which obviously led to the result of great evil in the world. The same can be said for Mao Zedong, Stalin, and Fidel Castro as well.
However, the thing to understand is that oftentimes ideas involve an evolving process. I mean this very article, or podcast was formed out of the idea and intention that I could use my voice in a way to influence others in order to fight against Marxist and Fascist ideologies. The plan was to contribute to that very thing along with doing my part to pile onto the Populist effort to destroy the Administrative State Media (ASM).
Now I would say that the truth is that at the start of this many people would dismiss my effort, or simply half pay attention to it until nearly three years have passed now and society is starting to see that the ASM is in total collapse.
Now to be clear I’m not at all suggesting that my Substack was responsible for collapsing the ASM. I know there would be an imbecile or two to read that and immediately start to suggest that is what I was saying. Anyone suggesting that would be totally missing the message I’m trying to deliver here.
However, the message I am delivering is the reality that I knew the ASM had gotten so out of control and corrupt that I saw the writing on the wall four years ago. I immediately understood that individual citizens, podcasts, and citizen journalists would have to step up and speak out against the narrative of the ASM if our country was going to survive.
In short, I knew that what our society was dealing with was a full blown information war that was designed specifically to dumb down the citizenry of our country resulting in a less aware, more fearful, and a more timid population that would self-censor in fear of being othered, or even doxxed by the ASM as we’ve all seen firsthand.
I knew that as a small business owner and career fitness and strength coach with a passion for history and philosophy that it was going to require a heavy lift for my voice to be heard in the midst of this massive information war.
However, I’ve never wanted to focus on that more than just working to effectively communicate my own ideas and the world as I see it during this time in history. In short, I knew the fire in my belly was burning hot enough to fight the ASM, but I just had to focus on how to channel it in a way that would be both impactful and effective.
I suppose to some degree that’s happening because I engage with hundreds and thousands of wonderful people every week that suggest this is the case. I also get attacked by the enemy as well so I know I’m doing something right in my contribution to this Populist movement that’s sweeping the world. The reality is that NBC, CNN, FOX, and MSNBC are no longer the media. You are the media, I am the media, and those we influence are the media now.
And Saul said to David, “You are not able to go against this Philistine to fight with him; for you are a youth, and he a man of war from his youth.”
But David said to Saul, “Your servant used to keep his father’s sheep, and when a lion or a bear came and took a lamb out of the flock, I went out after it and struck it, and delivered the lamb from its mouth; and when it arose against me, I caught it by its beard, and struck and killed it. Your servant has killed both lion and bear; and this uncircumcised Philistine will be like one of them, seeing he has defied the armies of the living God.”
1 Samuel 17: 33-36
When President Trump speaks about big ideas like absorbing Canada as a 51st state, or taking on Greenland to be a part of the United States territory he’s not just simply saying such things to just troll the leftists and the media for the sake of trolling, at least not entirely.
You see the reality is that when Trump looks at the entire landscape of the Western Hemisphere he’s looking at the global map while also understanding the Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP) attempt atexpansionas seen by their physical presence in South America, as well as their undermining of the Canadian government. They have been doing this for quite some time and have been very open about it through their Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
When President Trump makes such a comment about absorbing Canada as the 51st state there’s a direct reason for it and that reason isn’t just about trolling Justin Trudeau, although that would be pretty easy to do.
What Canadians need to understand, and what they will soon come to understand, is that between the CCP’s Belt and Road Initiative and Donald Trump’s call to make Canada a 51st state is that they’re going to have to make a choice as to what they want in regards to their place in the world real soon.
You see the United States has propped up just about everyone financially in the West now for many decades. In fact, the U.S. bailed Europe out of two world wars, we pretty much single-handedly financed NATO, and we’ve basically subsidized the entire planet for what seems like forever. According to DOGE we’re even learning that our tax dollars have pretty much funded the entire Democratic Party as well, but I digress.
Sometimes big ideas have to be communicated with big words and this is exactly what President Trump is doing when he says that Canada will become a 51st state.
You see when he looks at Canada he understands that they’re under our nuclear umbrella and they’re not paying their fair share for defense and their border has been wide open to the United States.
Instead of being a normal polished establishment politician that might say something like Canada should look at their border, or consider adding more to their national defense instead Trump says, We’re going to make Canada our 51st state.
By stating it in this way President Trump is bringing attention to the problems by framing the problem to the public in this Art of The Deal outrageous sort of way, but the attention that this draws actually gets people to start thinking and talking about the actual problem.
President Trump understands leverage better than anyone which means he has a tremendous gift for exploiting a weakness in an opponent. Oh yeah, I mentioned that at the beginning of this episode as being one of the greatest traits that the best fighters possess.
You see one of the real problems of the far left that you don’t hear enough about is their lack of self-awareness. If there’s one thing that has become very apparent in the past four years it’s that the one obvious psychological malfunction that plagues the far left is their total lack of self-awareness and emotional maturity.
You see, in psychology having a lack of self-awareness means that one is clueless about how their actions affect others based on day to day interactions and especially when it comes to conflict resolution.
Those who lack self-awareness always look to blame others for problems that arise, they lack empathy, and are clueless about how they come across to others in any given situation. This basically sums up the entire far left along with the emotional immaturity that is also so frequently on display when they lash out about certain issues that they disagree with in public.
Given this psychological condition and given the fact that it directly results in these people always blaming others for problems that arise rather than being introspective and looking inward, it’s not surprising in the least that this has resulted in the overwhelming success of the victimhood narrative within the Democratic Party.
Because this lack of self-awareness involves the lack of introspection this leads directly to a victimhood mindset. Therefore when the left gets triggered by something they’re emotionally not capable of handling it’s because they don’t see themselves as the problem. In addition to this the ASM amplifies this because leftist causes lead to the media going into a full blown meltdown as well. This obviously leads to a series of extreme and widespread public displays of emotional chaos and personal meltdowns.
When this happens everyone else is then capable of easily seeing these people for who they are which buries the Democratic Party further and further down into the gutter. The reality is they’re stuck because they lack self-awareness and they’re currently in a spiraling state of self-destruction as a result of the current political realignment.
President Trump also understands this characteristic of the left very well. So when he makes what initially may seem to be an outrageous statement about making Canada a 51st state it sends a shockwave of emotional reactions across the population and media landscape which results in the left melting down into their usual state of insanity. While this happens it simultaneously opens the eyes and ears of the sane to start talking about actually addressing the real problems that President Trump is bringing attention to.
As these discussions about the real problems grow the transformation of the big idea into becoming a big reality also grows. In essence, what President Trump is doing is that he’s pulling the opposition into the fight that he wants them to fight in order to get them to submit just like that MMA fighter.
In the arena of the body politic he’s changing the battlefield and he isn’t playing by the usual establishment rules of political discourse that has been the status quo now for far too long. What President Trump realizes that the establishment has failed to understand is that this isn’t the business as usual political discourse because this is outright political warfare.
The Wrap Up
And when the Philistine looked about and saw David, he disdained him; for he was only a youth, ruddy and good-looking.
1 Samuel 17:42
Then David said to the Philistine, “You come to me with a sword, with a spear, and with a javelin. But I come to you in the name of the Lord, the God of the armies of Israel, whom you have defied. This day the Lord will deliver you into my hand, and I will strike you and take your head from you.”
1 Samuel 17:45-46
You see when examining what President Trump and the MAGA movement have had to face on the battlefield that is the political landscape it’s very much been a David and Goliath moment in history.
After all, Trump had the base of MAGA, but he was up against the literal entire corrupt machine of the federal government, the WEF, the media, Hollywood, the DOJ, the FBI, the radical judges, the establishment Republicans, governors of states including mine here in the state of Georgia, and even assassins.
In short, the enemy literally had all the money and all the resources, yet when all the smoke cleared Trump and the MAGA Populist movement emerged more powerful than ever before while continuing to grow in that power and influence.
So what is the lesson we can take from all of this?
I believe the biggest takeaway here is that as citizens of our society we can never become apathetic, or ignorant to the cultural and political environment ever again. We must strive daily to be a zenith within our society while influencing others to do the same.
We must become more than rule-abiding citizens. We have a civic duty to ensure the state of our existence and we cannot afford to squander, or ignore that duty.
The lesson that I desire to communicate here is the exact reason that this Substack exists in the first place and that is to be a tool that you can use to help you to become a zenith and to enhance your civic acumen so that MAGA is never in a position like we’ve seen in the past four years.
So it was, when the Philistine arose and came and drew near to meet David, that David hurried and ran toward the army to meet the Philistine. Then David put his hand in his bag and took out a stone; and he slung it and struck the Philistine in his forehead, so that the stone sank into his forehead, and he fell on his face to the earth. So David prevailed over the Philistine with a sling and a stone, and struck the Philistine and killed him. But there was no sword in the hand of David. Therefore, David ran and stood over the Philistine, took his sword and drew it out of its sheath and killed him, and cut off his head with it.
1 Samuel 17: 48-51
Are you currently working towards changing the battlefield to gain the upperhand in your own life?
Do you see this MAGA Populist movement maintaining power for the next 50 years?
Post up in the comment section below and I would like to hear some of your feedback.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Image Credit
If you're tuning in to today's episode it will only be available in full length to All-Access paid members at brandonrichey.substack.com. However please don't click off because you will get a nice preview of the episode that I'm sure will keep your attention.
If you want to access it you can also do so for free by accessing the free trial through the Substack app. In addition to that I've decreased the price of an All-Access membership to being $5 per month, or $50 for the entire year.
Thank you for your support and interest and I hope you'll join me directly on the Substack app. God bless.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“You don't have to burn books to destroy a culture. Just get people to stop reading them.”
― Ray Bradbury
Have you ever been in a situation where you happen to walk into a room and pretty much right away notice the energy in that room based on the vibe of the people occupying the room?
I’ve been in this scenario more than a few times in my life and there have been times when I’ve entered the room and felt a positive vibe and there have been times when I’ve entered a room and immediately encountered a negative vibe.
The reason I’m bringing this up is that in these situations there’s no denying the reality that as people we have an ability to hone in on our environment and to assess that environment based on the energy output and behavior of other people. It’s a very interesting human trait, but is one that’s probably as intrinsic as any other instinct designed for the purpose of survival.
Speaking of survival this is an instinct that is deeply ingrained into the fabric of our being. In fact, your nervous system is a prime example of this.
So why do I say this?
When looking at your nervous system it’s basically binary in its design because of the sympathetic and parasympathetic make up of your autonomic nervous system. In regards to your survival mode your nervous system basically consists of your sympathetic nervous system (SNS) which involves the instinct, or ability for it to trigger your “fight or flight” response to prepare you for stressful situations.
When your SNS is triggered it increases your heart rate and blood pressure to deliver oxygen and blood to your organs and working muscles. During this time it will also dilate your pupils to improve your vision in dim or dangerous conditions. It also stimulates the production of adrenaline and noradrenaline hormones to further enhance your fight-or-flight mode to help you in whatever moment of danger you may find yourself in.
To dive deeper on the key component of your body being honed in on the state of survival there’s another very impressive and mysterious trait that you possess that you may not be aware of concerning your sensory perception. When looking at the function of your senses this involves your somatic nervous system.
As you may be aware when talking about your senses you are probably aware of the usual five senses that you possess and use on a normal day to day basis involving your sight, sound, taste, touch, and smell. However, you do possess a sixth sense.
So what do I mean when I say that you have a sixth sense?
That’s right, you do actually have a sixth sense and I’ve discussed this before on an earlier episode, but I will include an excerpt from that episode here.
Your sixth sense is what is known as proprioception. You see within your muscles, joints, and tendons you have proprioceptors which are sensory receptors that signal external feedback to you from your environment. This function works so that you understand the location of your body in relation to other people and other things in space.
This is a key sense to have so that you don’t accidentally run into things and people when moving in space on a day to day basis. Now this may seem obvious, but many people’s sense of proprioception has been dulled in our society since the advent of technology along with the modern era of cellphones, the laptop, and desktop careers that now make up a large part of our comfortable and convenient modern way of living.
Basically your sixth sense of proprioception is your key sense of awareness.
You see, even though you have the ability of the sixth sense of proprioception this doesn’t mean that yours will work well unless you understand how to hone it. In order to optimize your mind and body you must FIRST possess awareness.
You see this is the problem with our modern society as too many people lack both physical and mental awareness when it comes to the environment that they live in.
If you don’t believe me I’ll illustrate the significance of my point here. I’m going to ask you to be a little patient with me because I’m going to give you an example of a person who would have a low level and dulled sense of proprioception while at the same time giving you some examples of people with a high level of proprioceptive awareness.
Let’s start by using the recent Christmas holiday season as a primary example of examining an environment where you would likely encounter someone with a low level of proprioceptive awareness.
At some point during your life I’m sure you’ve made your way inside of a shopping mall during the Christmas holiday season. Like me you may have not been the most enthusiastic individual for having to venture into the mall environment, but you did it out of the spirit of giving so like me you’ve found yourself inside the hectic shopping jungle known as the shopping mall.
As you walked along the mall trying to find your way to your destination I’m sure you had to weave your way in and out of walking lanes while having to dodge other people along the way. If you’re like me you typically don’t want to waste a lot of time inside and want to get in and out of the store as soon as possible.
However, when you were walking through the mall ask yourself how many people blatantly and cluelessly turned and walked directly into your lane, or even walked right into you?
Ask yourself how many of these people were on their phones, or just simply lacked any awareness of their surroundings as they walked through the public venue?
Furthermore, if you consider yourself a person that is highly aware of your environment ask yourself how frequently has this happened to you in a crowded place?
I point this out as this is a common occurrence and is direct evidence of people with low proprioceptive awareness. Now as you’re sitting there when I say this you’re probably asking Brandon how can you make such an assumption based on that life experience?
I would answer by saying that I can come to that conclusion like any critical thinker would draw their conclusions. The way we do this is by comparing polar opposite elements of the equation.
In this particular assessment you and I can observe what many might define as average everyday people (like at the mall during Christmas) while also observing how other high performance people act in other crowded environments.
For instance, if you carefully watch a defensive back in a football game cover a wide receiver you’ll see a guy that can back pedal and maneuver his body across the field of play while not even having to necessarily look at where he’s going.
The defensive back in this example can maneuver his body across the field without bumping into anyone and to cover a wide receiver because he has a high level of proprioceptive awareness. The defensive back knows exactly where his body is in space in relation to referees and other players on the field. The defensive back is aware of his environment.
If that example isn’t good enough then consider the next example. I guarantee you if you’ve ever been around a military serviceman that came back from a war zone and observed them in a crowded space you would see an individual who has a level of proprioceptive awareness that’s even greater than the football defensive back. Their sixth sense is fully honed and engaged with their respective environment.
If you still don’t believe me about your sixth sense then the next time you go out in public to a restaurant, or coffee shop try the following experiment, but please don’t get busted on exhibiting too much of the “creeper vibe” and end up blaming this one on me.
The next time you sit down at a local coffee shop, or cafe simply pick someone else out in the room that is also sitting, especially if they are turned away from you. Once you find this person simply lock your eyes onto them and stare at them without turning away.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Success does not consist in never making mistakes but in never making the same one a second time.”
― George Bernard Shaw
I want to open this episode up by asking you a few questions and when I ask you these questions I want you to take a few moments to ponder on them and keep your answers in mind as you read and/or listen along to this episode.
When you were growing up, were there people in your life that were often regarded as being the smart kids, or people most likely to succeed, that have proven to be absolute morons as you were able to observe their online behavior here in the past four years?
Of these people, how many of them are currently a part of a big corporate system and how many actually went out and blazed their own trail in life by starting their own business?
Of those people that actually did start their own business, how many of them built a business off their own capital without having to lean on some government subsidy in order to operate their venture?
Take a moment and really think about these questions as you remember those people who were praised in your communities and in your schools, but proved to be completely clueless about the world, history, philosophy, and geopolitics in the last four years.
The reason I’m asking you to do this is to relay a very important point to you and that point is that the mistake of misplacing hype and misplacing credit to people that don’t deserve it has been a huge mistake that our American culture has been completely guilty of repeating over and over and over again for far too long now.
This mistake has been prevalent everywhere and it’s been something that I’ve been aware of my entire life, but haven’t really thought about it as deeply as I have until the last four years. Of course, given the course of both society and the world in these last four years it’s been quite stunning to me as to just how clueless many of these so-called “smart folks” really are and have been when observing their behavior in the last few years.
If you’ve been paying attention to the world since Biden took office then you can see where meritocracy has been something that has taken a backseat to identity politics and a culture that has been persistent in pushing a belief system that you aren’t capable of solving your own problems. This victimhood mindset is bad enough, but because of it as a society we have managed to create an entire ecosystem around the absurd illusion of embracing that victimhood as a badge of honor.
Even more absurd than that is the reality that the corrupt and useless systems in which we have managed to create have laid the foundational narrative that the victimhood mindset is the norm in our modern day Zeitgeist.
This has happened due to the fact that those people I mentioned earlier regarding the so-called smart people were merely mouthpieces that were groomed for the system that was built on this current societal victimhood foundation. These sorts of people are what I’d refer to as being system operatives which are merely people that work within a system to perpetuate the system that was built for them to operate.
The idea is that these people can work well within the system that they are in, but if you’re able to pull them out of said system their ability to adapt and overcome a new environment would prove to be very difficult for them. These people aren’t Mavericks that are used to blazing their own trail, but rather system operatives that are comfortable and effective working within the fake environment that was built for them to maintain and prop up.
This environment of a woke Corporate America has steadily been moved away from meritocracy and has instead managed to morph into a modern day version of ancient Japanese feudalism that has been combined with technology to give rise to what is known as Technofeudalism.
If you haven’t listened or read my episode on Technofeudalism then make sure you scroll down the article here on this episode and click the link here to listen and/or read that one. The history and details of that episode will blow your mind.
The Joe Montana Effect
So I began this episode by talking about the common mistake of our country falling into the trap of giving credit to people that I’m sure you’ve been familiar with your entire life who are held up by society as being the brains within the community, or sector of the population, that you’ve been a part of for either a good portion, or for all of your life.
However, to your surprise you’ve probably noticed many of these old friends, colleagues, or coworkers demonstrating just how ignorant and stupid they are in regards to their lack of knowledge on how the world actually works, particularly in the face of all the chaos of the last four years.
I’m sure their idiotic behavior in caving in to the narrative of wearing masks, or being quick to obey walking in a newly specified direction down the aisle of the grocery store during the pandemic managed to leave you scratching your head about these people. If you’re a critical thinker I’m sure it left you wondering how they were able to gain such credibility by your peers as being intelligent people for so long.
This is because these people are most likely system operatives and are comfortable living in a matrix that they have built their lives around in order to live in an illusion of comfort. They’re so comfortable that they never even bothered learning history, philosophy, finance, or the basics of human health.
Instead they have managed to fall victim to the culture of the Zeitgeist that they have always known without even possessing the ability to question it. They never even thought deeply enough about the fragility of this illusion, let alone wanting to embrace a much desperate change that is needed to escape this matrix that can best be described as something that is basically the same thing as Plato's Cave.
Because of this lack of recognizing the illusion that they are living in they, like many, lack a fundamental understanding of what true intelligence really is which simply involves one possessing the ability to observe reality and improvise when necessary by exercising a willingness to adapt and overcome an unforeseen scenario when it arises. Instead these people fall victim to the established environment and resist fighting against the authoritarian establishment due to the oppressive emotion of fear.
In short, these people have created their own mousetrap, or more specifically their own human trap, and that’s just as much of a mistake as giving these people the credit for being the lead intellectuals of society. The craziness is that they’ve managed to do this while all along they’re merely just a bunch of overhyped system operatives that are comfortable playing inside their little matrix living out an illusion of comfort while being showered with fake accolades.
So you may be thinking Brandon, what other kind of example can you give to demonstrate how someone might be given credit that actually may deserve to go to someone else?
I’m going to answer that by using a pop culture example here when examining the careers of two NFL quarterbacks that I’m sure many sports talk shows have spent countless hours debating about over many years now.
However, given the context of the discussion here on this episode I’ve taken the time to dive into the mistake of society overhyping individuals within the system, or matrix, that we have come to identify as our society. On that point, I want to take a look at a couple of guys that have had quite impressive careers during their time in the NFL.
I want to begin by saying that I don’t watch the NFL anymore, nor am I a fan. There was a time when I did, but nowadays if I see any part of a game it’s only in passing and is not something that I have any interest in anymore.
With that being said when looking at the careers of Joe Montana and Tom Brady there are a lot of similarities regarding the success of both men when looking at their time in the NFL. However, just as there are similarities there are a lot of stark differences between these two quarterbacks and it’s these differences that I want to focus on today to illustrate the point of my discussion.
However, before I dive into that I want to draw some stark differences in the game of football itself during the time periods of which each man played the game.
For starters, back in 2002 the NFL made it illegal to hit a quarterback helmet to helmet after a change of possession. According to the NFL, contests marred by dangerous, or unprofessional behavior somehow manages to take away from the greatness of the game and put players at risk of injury.
The NFL’s modern day virtue signaling goes on to say that making sure players and staff conduct themselves in a manner that honors the game and safeguards its reputation for future generations is a priority. It’s really funny that the NFL says this as it's a known fact that youth enrollment in football now has been declining at a rapid rate for many years now with many participants citing safety concerns as one of the main reasons for the decline of youth participation. I suppose the future generations that the NFL is referring to is a pool of young people that keeps shrinking rather than growing due to the advocacy of their policy.
According to Refrsports defenders nowadays are not allowed to even make contact with the head or neck area of the quarterback under any circumstances. Using the concussion narrative this rule has been instituted to reduce, or prevent concussions and other injuries in quarterbacks.
However, despite all the virtue signaling on safety and the rule changes in trying to decrease concussions according to Ohio Today the NFL saw an increase in concussions from 213 in 2022 to 219 in 2023.
Granted the NFL certainly has extended the season of play in this modern era with teams having to endure longer seasons, but many would also argue that much of the concerns against player safety regarding that has been offset by better equipment these days to prevent injury.
Now look, let's not make this complicated. The reality is that the game of professional football is an incredibly physical and dangerous sport that can certainly cause severe injuries in players. However, that understanding should be a given when talking about the game of football itself.
Furthermore, the NFL has drastically changed the rules on safety in what they would describe as an attempt to preserve the reputation of the game, along with making their players safer and in a lot of ways the complete opposite has occurred, perhaps with the exception being at the quarterback position.
When I was a young teenager I would argue that the NFL was considerably more popular and influential in the culture than it is today. Well, maybe I’m wrong. After all, the league did have a huge impact on spreading the woke culture more than anything I’ve seen in my lifetime for the last few years now, but I digress.
The point is that when I was a young teenager the personalities and the violence of the game was the central focus of the marketing of the NFL to its audience, whereas today the focus is entirely on woke culture, safety, and corporate image. This is purely my subjective opinion, but if you ask me the latter has made the NFL a total snoozefest.
Now to make this even worse just this week I’ve been noticing a lot of posts online where people have been questioning the validity of the game itself. In fact this past week Dave Portnoy of Barstool Sports shared a video clip from the game where he was being critical of the officiating during the AFC Championship game between the Buffalo Bills and the Kansas City Chiefs.
Portnoy shared the clip which involved a fourth-and-1 call in the fourth quarter where the Bills were stopped short. As Portnoy played the video he passionately ranted about the spot of the ball on both third and fourth down with what he believed were egregious errors by the referees.
As he fumed over the calls Portnoy vowed to quit watching the NFL and took aim at the commissioner Roger Goodell saying that what he saw was “blatant cheating.” (Source: Yahoo Sports) The bottom line is that the times sure have changed with the NFL since I was a young kid and even though I don’t watch the NFL anymore as an adult it seems like these criticisms over the validity of the games is something I’ve been hearing more and more every year.
To give you an example of how much the culture of the NFL has changed I remember seeing an interview from either the late 1960s, or early 1970s with the L.A. Rams defensive end Deacon Jones when I was a kid. In this interview Deacon Jones was talking about what he had imagined doing to the quarterbacks that he played against. In his own words he had said that he used to imagine putting all the quarterbacks inside of a bag and then he would take a baseball bat to beat the bag.
Now as if this wasn’t shocking enough to hear when I was a teenager, it was also the attitude that existed in those days concerning the Zeitgeist of the sport of football. Now I wanted to tell that story to you in order to tell you the following point.
You know as well as I do if any player in the league said that in an interview today there would be a 24/7 meltdown by the media and that player that made such a statement would be ordered to attend sensitivity training probably for a twelve week period. You also know as well as I do that they would have to do this while donating a significant sum of money to some charity of the league’s choice to maximize the league’s opportunity to virtue signal to the tenth power with the viewing public.
This illusion of creating such a “sanitized” environment for a violent game has only managed to neuter the game in my view while creating a cookie cutter image to where you really can’t differentiate one player from the next. Basically all the players talk the same, look the same, and act the same.
The point is that in the era of Deacon Jones there were literal rivals between teams where one team really wanted to make an example out of the other team and they wouldn’t offer any apologies for doing so. Today the NFL makes the apology and the victimhood status the central tenet that defines the league and everything they do.
Additionally I remember one older retired NFL player talking about these changes once in his commentary where he pointed out that the main difference between yesteryear and today’s NFL is that in the old days there were true rivals, whereas he pointed out that in today’s league everyone is playing against everyone else’s brother in law. I thought that little statement was both truthful and amusing.
So why am telling you all of this?
Well, the point here is that if you ask most any football fan today who is the greatest NFL quarterback to play the game to date most people would be quick to answer that question by naming Tom Brady.
Now don’t get me wrong Tom Brady was a phenomenal quarterback and he has seven Super Bowl championships to prove it. As another honorable mention Tom Brady had also made the Pro Bowl fifteen times in his career which is another impressive feat that has to be acknowledged.
However, given everything that I’ve covered here in this episode regarding the culture and Zeitgeist of the NFL today compared to the days of players like Deacon Jones the biggest distinction was the difference in the culture of the league. The main difference that anyone can point to regarding the history of Tom Brady is that he simply did not play in the most physically brutal era for quarterbacks with the likes of players such as Deacon Jones, but Joe Montana did.
Now before some obnoxious sports personality tries to call me out on Deacon Jones already having been retired prior to the arrival of Joe Montana in 1979 I already know that. If that is your criticism then you have already missed the entire point that I’m trying to make.
The point I’m making is that the era that Montana played in was simply filled with many guys like Deacon Jones that wanted nothing more than to put a bullseye right between the shoulder blades of every quarterback.
There were many players that shared the attitude of Deacon Jones back in the 1970s and 1980s and Joe Montana played during that era which was also an era that had not yet built an entire system around it where the NFL rule book was written for the protection of the quarterback.
Despite the fact that Joe Montana played during one of the most physically and mentally brutal eras for quarterbacks in the NFL he still managed to rack up four Super Bowl Championships himself along with eight Pro Bowl appearances. It is also worth mentioning that both he and Tom Brady came into the league at age 23, but Brady played until he was 45 and Montana played until he was 38. I believe it’s safe to assume that the seven additional years of Brady’s career can be chalked up to the quarterback protections that were put in place inside the NFL rulebook.
Now this is no indictment on Tom Brady, but it is a recognition of Joe Montana being able to demonstrate a high level of skill, ruggedness, and mental toughness that used to be the defining characteristics of the NFL rather than the current day concerns of corporate image, wokism, and the questionable validity of the game itself.
Brady no doubt took advantage of the system and was quite the system operative, while Montana had to navigate a jungle of violence with a bullseye on his back. At the end of the day that’s essentially my point.
Because of these stark differences this is why I believe that there’s a bit of overhype when it comes to Brady’s career if you really compare the system and the culture of the NFL today versus the era of Joe Montana. Because of this I believe this is a cultural example of misplaced credit when it comes down to society’s view of who should be named the best whether that label is given to the best quarterback in NFL history, or to the smartest person in your graduating class.
Confidence In Ability
For many years as a strength coach I’ve had the opportunity to share some wonderful experiences with training many different types of athletes. One of those experiences involved me having had the opportunity to develop the strength and conditioning programs for amateur and professional fighters in the disciplines of Muay Thai and MMA.
During this time I myself had extensively trained in the art of Muay Thai to both gain the benefit of knowing the discipline, as well as giving myself an even deeper physical education to make myself a more effective strength coach for training competing fighters.
Now for the purpose of full disclosure I’m not in the same fighting shape as I used to be as I’ve transitioned more of my discipline and focus from practicing the art of fighting in the gym to fighting in this information and culture war here on this Substack platform. Regardless of this new reality the movements and the knowledge of Muay Thai have managed to stay with me even to this day.
Now if you’re not familiar with the art of Muay Thai this martial arts discipline is known as the Art of 8 Limbs. This interesting name fits because this particular discipline encompasses the use of the different limbs of the body for the purpose of striking which involves your punches, elbows, knees, and kicks.
In the beginning phase of training in the art of Muay Thai one thing you will experience is tremendous soreness as your body will have to adapt to the stress of the discipline. During this adaptation phase you will experience going through a body hardening period as the rugged style of training conditions your body for the purpose of both being able to deliver devastating strikes to an opponent while also being able to withstand strikes at the same time.
One of the main areas of your body that must adapt during this body hardening phase involves your shins. You see a good Thai fighter will always have what may seem to his or her opponents as having bullet-proof shins as Thai fighters deliver the hardest kicks in all of martial arts by delivering their strikes by using their shins in order to do so. If you’ve ever experienced this then you know exactly what I’m talking about.
In building up and working on the hardening of the shins Thai fighters will perform thousands of kicks to bags, pads, heavy bags, and even banana trees if they happen to be training in Thailand.
This repetitive act of striking hardens soft tissues in the body and produces an adaptation in the trabeculae of the bones translating into the actual hardening of the bones themselves along with the surrounding muscle and soft tissues during fight training.
It’s through this grind of training that a fighter will adapt and grow more confident in his or her ability to stand in the ring and spar, or eventually go directly into a competitive fight after they experience this mental and physical hardening process of their body.
So why did I take the time to go into the details about the adaptation involved for hardening your body during the process of fight training?
The reason is that our society as a whole is currently experiencing the same thing. As a society we are now finding ourselves in a position where we are having to harden our abilities to navigate, judge, properly criticize, and properly credit people that are involved in the current political and cultural landscape.
The Wrap Up
The reality is that our society has been victimized by communist grafters that have infiltrated our government and media landscape for a very long time resulting in the longstanding abuse of the American citizens.
This steadfast abuse has been carried out for so long now that it’s warped the thinking and judgement of many Americans who have a difficult time discerning between the truth and a lie. Over time this has managed to create a culture where people within society have been softened in their discipline and ability to think deeper before placing blame, or even credit for that matter, onto others when weighing out various social judgements that create the prevailing perception of their own society and those certain people that they form opinions about within their society.
This is exactly why those people (the system operatives) in your social circles I was talking about earlier got praise as being the smart folks in your community that never deserved that label from the start.
We’ve seen these same misjudgments with the likes of Donald Trump for the past decade when people constantly referred to him, and his followers for that matter, as fascists, Nazis, deplorables, etc. all while they believed their own hype that they were the smart folks of society. Fast forward to today and we now unequivocally know that these people had it all totally and completely backwards with their labels, their worldview, and their brain function.
Now looking at our society as a whole we’re now having to right the ship because we’ve allowed the majority of these overhyped people who’ve been the system operatives to steer us towards a very dangerous and disastrous place. Because of this you and I don’t have the room for making any more bad decisions regarding the direction of our society.
Therefore, it’s up to us (the real intellectual leaders) to harden our abilities to make sound judgments and to properly apply both criticisms and praise to those people within our society who deserve it. This ability to harden our judgments and to acquire more sound knowledge to do so will require more discipline and work from us just as it does from the Thai fighter that needs to harden their shins for combat.
We need to dig more and think deeper about decisions and about which people and businesses we want to support in order to shape the society that we want.
If we don’t do this then we will get the disastrous society that we were led towards by those people who were failures that we wrongly credited with being the smart folks.
This is where you and I must study and support the parallel economy, we must share information among our groups, and continue to grow this MAGA coalition to ensure that we never end up on the brink of a thousand years of darkness ever again.
This is the American Mistake that we can never afford to make again.
Have you encountered people in your life that were propped up by the system and exposed during the past four years?
Are you exercising more caution and thinking more deeply about people who get overhyped from the public?
Post up in the comment section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If you’re going to fight, fight like you’re the third monkey on the ramp to Noah’s Ark. And brother, it’s starting to rain. — on a t-shirt being sold by a Bangkok street vendor”
Jake Needham, And Brother It’s Starting to Rain
Having been a small business owner now for twenty years I can tell you for a fact that the customer is not always right. That old quote is one of the biggest fallacies that exist when it comes to running a business.
Now don’t get me wrong, the customer definitely carries some significant weight for every business, however it’s always up to the business owner to assess that customer’s weight in order to determine whether or not that customer is worthy of engaging in a business transaction either temporarily, or for an ongoing basis.
Now, you’re probably thinking to yourself Brandon, what exactly do you mean?
First of all, if you’re a business owner, or more specifically a small business owner, you want to develop a great relationship with your customers, as well as other businesses that you might deal with. This should go without saying, but the relationship between a small business and their customer base is of vital importance because that relationship is one that allows the business to provide a quality product, or service, to that customer on a consistent basis so that the business owner is profitable. This is important so that they can remain solvent and the customer can always walk away happy and fulfilled with the product and/or service that they paid for.
However, what about those circumstances that occur when the customer proves to be difficult to deal with? Additionally, what if the customer proves to be so difficult that they cost the business more money, time, and energy than they are worth? Believe me this happens from time to time and in these circumstances the customer can surely demonstrate why they aren’t always right, or correct, in the midst of a business transaction.
In this scenario it’s probably better for the business owner to choose to do limited business with such a customer, or to simply walk away from the customer altogether. The same thing can be said with business to business relationships as well.
A good example of this would be like that time we all heard the story of the Christian baker that chose not to bake the cake for the gay couple that wanted to get married. In this case the business owner made the decision not to compromise on their faith and bake the cake although they still offered to assist the couple in finding another alternative so that they could get their cake. This ultimately resulted in the customer suing the business and resorting to using lawfare to force that business to run their business the way they (the customer) believed it should be run.
You see this is a perfect example of why the customer isn’t always right. If you say Brandon had they just gone ahead with baking the cake then they wouldn’t have had to endure a lawsuit, right?
You may, or may not be correct, but that’s a cowardice option to consider. I mean slow down and think about this. What would it say about any of us who practice our faith whether that be Christianity, Judaism, or Buddhism that would encounter a customer that had some request that was in direct conflict with our faith and belief system, yet we chose to cave and do what was demanded of us by a hostile customer?
In addition to this if you are a self-proclaimed freedom loving American the media would focus on the so-called freedom of the customers in this example, but what about the freedoms of the business owner? How much money, time, sacrifice, and energy did the customer that was wanting to force the baker to bake the cake contribute to that business? The answer to that is absolutely zero. In fact, they only contributed a loss as they resorted to using lawfare to try and bully that business.
What would it say to you as an individual who was the one who invested your entire livelihood with your money, blood, sweat, and tears into starting that business to now be bullied by someone else to force you to run your business the way that THEY see fit?
Now that I’ve covered the scenario of how the difficult customer might warrant a decision from the business owner to walk away from a business relationship I want to shift gears to look at how important it is for the business owner to nurture the relationship with the customer that’s worthy of developing that relationship concerning a business transaction.
My brother works in the construction business and there’s obviously a lot of politics that have to be played in that arena as in that business you have to rely on various subcontractors to do the job that you hire them to do and to do it on time and within the specified budget for the job at hand.
Now I’m not a construction guy, but I know enough to understand this quote that my brother shared with me once when he was telling me about how he was able to convince people to get things done that needed to get done.
I remember he said that he could win more people over with honey rather than vinegar. This basically means that it’s much easier to persuade people with kindness rather than to brow beat them with negativity and hostility.
The point here is that driving action of any kind has to come from within and if that action has to be forced with too much vinegar then the recipe will always end up bitter in the end…sort of like that cake that never got baked.
The Monroe Doctrine
On December 2, 1823 in his seventh annual message to Congress President James Monroe articulated his Monroe Doctrine which included a theme of how the European powers, according to Monroe, were obligated to respect the Western Hemisphere as the United States’ primary sphere of interest.
This doctrine warned European powers not to interfere with the affairs of the Western Hemisphere. The Monroe Doctrine also happens to be the best known U.S. policy regarding the Western Hemisphere.
In his message to Congress in 1823 the message with the doctrine warned European nations that the United States would not tolerate further colonization, or puppet monarchs.
In 1865 the Monroe Doctrine was invoked when the United States government exerted diplomatic and military pressure in order to support Mexican President Benito Juarez. This support enabled Juarez to lead a successful revolt against the Emperor Maximilian who was basically placed on the throne by the French government at that time.
In 1904 nearly 40 years later many European creditors of a number of Latin American countries threatened to go kinetic in their actions with armed intervention in order to collect debts from people in the region. This was when the Rough Rider Theodore Roosevelt proclaimed the right of the United States to exercise an “international police power” to deter such “chronic wrongdoing” in what is known as his Roosevelt Corollary which was his extension to the Monroe Doctrine.
Furthermore, in 1962 the Monroe Doctrine was symbolically invoked again when the Soviet Union began to build missile launching sites in Cuba. During that time with the support of the Organization of American States President John F. Kennedy threw a naval and air quarantine blockade around the island. This was no doubt a very tense moment in our history that was better known as the Cuban Missile Crisis.
It was only after several tense days that the Soviet Union agreed to finally withdraw their missiles and to dismantle all the sites that they had been working on at the time. Subsequently, the U.S. ended up dismantling several of its air and missile bases that were located in Turkey at the time.
Now here we sit 62 years later with only a few days left before Donald Trump retakes the office of the presidency and he’s talking about securing the Panama canal, taking Greenland, and using economic pressure to absorb Canada to make it part of the United States. So why is Trump talking about doing this and what would be his motivation for wanting to do any of this?
Well, just like our cake baker example with the customer wanting to exert their will over the baker to force them to do what they wanted them to do with some vinegar (such as lawfare) we can see that same thing happening on a global scale with the behavior of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
The CCP has worked to subversively spread their influence into the West with the practice of elite capture inside government and corporate institutions. In fact the CCP’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), also known as the New Silk Road was launched back in 2013 by Xi Jinping and included a vast collection of various development and investment initiatives that’s sole purpose was to initially spread their tentacles, otherwise known as the CCP’s influence, to link East Asia and Europe through physical infrastructure.
However, in the decade since their tentacles have spread further to Africa, Oceania, and Latin America significantly resulting in broadening the CCP’s economic and political influence. (Source: Council on Foreign Relations)
So in short here we see the CCP disrespecting our sphere of influence involving the Western Hemisphere even more so than that of our European counterparts since the 1800s. In fact, we can see their presence today throughout a major portion of South America.
One big example is their military base located in Argentina. According to the Center For Strategic and International Studies in Beijing the space sector is vitally and strategically important for national military, economic, and technological development. If this isn’t concerning enough, this setup here for the CCP is more closely tied to the state than most all other industries.
In addition to this the CCP has also strengthened ties with Brazil as we’ve seen in Brazil’s most recent election when the CCP assisted with installing the current president Luis Inacio Lula da Silva. According to the The National Committee of The Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference Xi Jinping noted that the two partnering countries decided to establish synergies between them for a certain project the CCP is very fond of known as the Belt and what? Oh yeah, that would be the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
Granted, the CCP’s disrespect of the United States sphere of influence in the Western Hemisphere is only occurring because many domestic traitors here in the U.S. have allowed the slow, steady, and continuous encroachment from the CCP to proceed over many decades now. This has happened due to the fact that they have either been captured by the CCP’s influence, or even worse, they have willingly and intentionally merged with the CCP for some sort of personal gain.
In addition to all of this the CCP has now exerted control over the Panama canal and according to an article by NBC News persons close to President Trump have shown data demonstrating Chinese encroachment into the Western Hemisphere which includes scenarios where Panama has the ability to prioritize shipping for Chinese over American shipping.
According to the NBC article the second person that’s familiar with the situation says that Trump’s threat to take the canal is a “negotiating tool” to get Panama to get more favorable treatment for U.S. shipments.
In terms of Trump’s position on Canada it is primarily “an epic troll,” however the article talks about how the trolling is leading to some discussions regarding policies that Trump desires to gain traction with as he’s put some real teeth behind the negotiations. As an example just last month Canadian officials announced a plan to increase spending on border security. Perhaps Trump’s talk of tariffs has some of the Canadian leadership sweating bullets.
So what about Greenland?
Well, from a geopolitical standpoint the island of Greenland would be a very smart location to secure for the United States. It’s known among Trump’s allies that the island of Greenland is something that he very much desires. Apparently a person that’s familiar with the discussions, according to the same NBC article, pointed out that Trump has never given up on acquiring Greenland which he also tried to purchase during his first term for defense reasons, but was rebuffed.
However, with the CCP’s continued pursuit of the BRI and Russia’s ongoing war with Ukraine, Greenland gives the United States a much easier point of access to the east.
It should also be noted that Donald Trump Jr. and Charlie Kirk just took a trip to visit Nuuk which is the largest population center located on the island of Greenland and they were well received by the citizens upon arrival. While they were there President Trump even called in to deliver a message to the Greenlanders.
Trump’s interest in all three of these geographical locations involving Greenland, the Panama Canal, and Canada all stem from their importance to the United States due to their significance involving our national security.
Furthermore, Greenland has been under the control of Denmark since the 14th century, but was fully integrated into Denmark back in 1953 under the country’s constitution. Greenland became a self-governing territory in 1979 and Greenlanders also have full citizenship in Denmark.
Incentive and Transformation
Even though Trump wasn’t able to acquire the purchase of Greenland back during his first term it’s safe to say that today the environment is significantly different and certainly more primed in a way that makes it much more likely to happen.
Upon their arrival to Greenland many of the Greenlanders communicated to Charlie Kirk and Don Jr. how they were sick of struggling economically and not being secure in terms of the geopolitical instability that is going on in the world which is not too far from their shores. I also failed to mention that the CCP has also been trying to meddle into the affairs of Greenland and I’m pretty sure the Greenlanders are not thrilled about that possibility at all either.
In fact, the world is awakening to the sick globalist plan of trying to force everyone into a one world system of governance and this next Trump term is going to execute BIG plans in order to capitalize on this Great Awakening in order to thwart those annoying globalist plans. I believe we are living and experiencing a watershed moment in history.
I believe that last statement is quite an important one for you to remember because that is exactly why this process and possibility of Trump looking to acquire these three geographical locations is a much greater likelihood.
So why do I believe this geopolitical plan is more likely and, more importantly, why should you think it may be more likely?
Well, there are several reasons, but for some different perspective you can take a look at what Techno-feudalist and Hillary Clinton supporter Marc Andreesen said in a recent interview about Trump. He basically spent the segment praising Trump’s communication skills and his ability to possess a systems way of thinking.
In that interview Andreesen points out that due to Trump’s extensive background in real estate and business that he’s developed into one of the best people in the world in terms of understanding how various systems work in business, real estate, and government. What Andreesen points out is that Trump can look at the operation of a given system and quickly wrap his head around it in terms of understanding how that particular system operates.
In fact, Andreesen and the interviewer even pointed out that during his first term Trump had warned Germany about fixing their energy problem. He made the point that if they didn’t get their domestic energy problem fixed that they would be dependent on Russian oil and just a few short years later that’s exactly what has happened. What’s even funnier is that the German leadership laughed at Trump at the time when it made the recommendation, but they sure aren’t laughing now.
With this understanding Andreesen points out that because of Trump’s business background it’s what has allowed him to adapt very quickly into the system operation of the federal government. According to Andreesen when you combine this with the fact that he’s got four previous years of already having been in the White House that this time he’s considerably more prepared to disrupt, transform, and shape a new and more efficient system. Considering the current dysfunction of the federal government this is the mandate that he was voted back in for in the first place.
As a professional fitness and strength coach I can tell you that there’s a particular method that us coaches apply in the realm of human performance that is known as the SAID principle. That word SAID is an acronym that stands for Specific Adaptations to Imposed Demands.
Just to let you know that’s basically a fancy way of saying that if you are seeking to improve on getting better at a particular skill that you should practice the execution of that particular skill in order to master it. In terms of performance and to give you an example, if you wanted to master the skill of hitting a baseball then you wouldn’t spend the majority of your time practicing and working on your ability to shoot a basketball. In this example, to master the skill of hitting a baseball you would spend a lot of time practicing with your ability to hit a baseball in order to get better at that specific skill.
So why am I bringing this up about the SAID principle?
In the case of Donald Trump we are looking at an individual that has spent the majority of his life and work experience where his job has been to understand complex systems and to work to communicate to others how to get things done within those complex systems in order to make it all successfully work in the end.
With Trump’s ability to do this, along with this toughness and grit to stay the course in his pursuit to save the Republic, even opposition party members like Andreesen are starting to bend the knee to show their respect as they see he has been right about most everything since the start of his political career.
Because of this, society is starting to transform more into an America First environment and this positive recognition of Trump’s ideas and policies is spreading beyond the borders of the United States.
Since this is happening there’s plenty of incentives in place for these other geographical regions such as Canada, Greenland, and the Panama Canal to actually want to get onboard rather than the United States needing to strong arm anyone to force any unity during this point in time in history where expansionism is already prevalent.
The Wrap Up
Since we’re living in a time where the CCP has literally been at economic, chemical, biological, cyber, information, and psychological war with the West and have been unrelenting in pursuing their BRI plan, Trump's position is similar to that of the cake baker I mentioned earlier.
In other words, Trump’s position is that as a nation we’re not going to allow the now rotten business partner/customer in the CCP to come into our store (The Western Hemisphere) and force us to bake the cake that they want us to bake and to run our business the way that they see fit.
Since this disaster of the Biden regime it has literally resulted in the country having been run off a cliff and we’ve witnessed a tremendous exodus of people voting with their feet by fleeing communist blue run states in order to move to more freedom first red states in the last four years.
If you take a quick minute and zoom the picture out from this domestic activity I just mentioned with the exodus of people from blue to red states you can also see the same thing starting to take shape on a geopolitical scale with other countries and territories looking to flee the potential grip of communist totalitarian rule.
Obviously Greenland and Canada would be a good example of this. In this current Fourth Turning that we’re living in it’s obvious that the CCP is trying to use subversion and elite capture as their tactics for achieving expansion throughout the globe with their BRI plan.
However, it very much seems like MAGA is the antithesis of this by demonstrating that the policies and ideas that it puts forward serves to be more of an incentive to attract other regions that are also sick of the globalist insanity and are also a good fit for escaping the grip of communist totalitarianism. In short, MAGA is trying to win over people with honey while the CCP is trying to use vinegar.
I believe this is what we could refer to as the Era of Incentivised Expansionism and before long maps and globes may end up looking very different than what we’ve been used to seeing throughout our lives.
What do you think about the reality of WWIII involving the opposing strategies of MAGA vs. The CCP’s BRI?
Are you currently in support of an incentivised offer of expansion for the United States with such territories as Canada, Greenland, and Panama?
Make sure you post up a comment below as I’d love to get your feedback.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Image credit
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“We have a mantra, Facts get shares; opinions get shrugs.”
–Steve Bannon
In nature there’s a certain animal that frequently demonstrates its toughness and deters possible predators should they decide to advance on it for the purpose of trying to turn it into prey. The interesting thing about this particular animal is that it’s one of the most ferocious fighters in the entire animal kingdom, yet is far from being the biggest, or most intimidating at first glance.
In the wild there are plenty of predators that you might first think to put at the top of your list in terms of what you may identify as being the most dangerous, or being the types of animals that you might see as being the biggest threat in nature. Some examples that come to mind might be any number of venomous snakes, big cats such as lions, perhaps wolves, bears, and maybe even hyenas.
In terms of ranking animals in the wild in a top category from most dangerous to least dangerous any of these options I just mentioned would rank pretty high on the list for being an animal that would be a real threat to your livelihood if you were to cross paths with it in the wild.
However, none of these include the animal that I’m referring to here in my example. No, the animal I’m talking about here is probably the most ferocious and unrelenting animal in all of nature when it comes down to survival and the animal that deserves to wear that crown of being the fighter among fighters is the one and only honey badger.
Just to give you some perspective the adult male honey badger can have a mass of only about 20-35 lbs while a female can range between 11-22 lbs.
First of all, even though the honey badger has a reputation for being nature’s own version of the toughest street fighter around, these little animals will go to a lot of trouble to avoid trouble. However, if the honey badger is cornered, or feels threatened it will quickly demonstrate where it got its reputation.
When looking at the physical breakdown and capabilities of the honey badger this animal is quite impressive. Honey badgers possess a high level of intelligence and have demonstrated various problem solving abilities in certain environments of captivity where they use sticks, rocks, and limbs to bridge escape routes while also figuring out latches on gates and small cages.
In addition to this they are also really good at digging holes and they prefer to eat small animals such as scorpions, snakes, insect larvae, small rodents and, as the name suggests, honey. This animal has claws that can dig a hole in the ground incredibly fast and their teeth and jaws are so powerful that they can crush bones with relative ease. Oh and I know I mentioned that they preferred small rodents and insects, however honey badgers have also been known to take down young antelopes, wildebeest, and waterbuck.
As if this isn’t impressive enough the honey badger also has a very loose and thick coat of skin which protects it from other potential predators while also making it difficult for a predator to hold onto the honey badger because of the loose thick coat allowing it to quickly torque its body to bite and claw an adversary.
It also possesses the ability to spray a nasty odor from its anal gland similar to that of a skunk to deter and confuse an adversary while also simultaneously going on full blown offense quickly turning the hunter into the hunted.
You’re probably wondering just how tough are honey badgers?
Well we all refer to the lion as the king of the jungle and I’m pretty sure 100% of you reading or listening to this would have immediate respect for a big cat such as a lion, tiger, or leopard should you ever come face to face with one.
With that being said there are multiple accounts of honey badgers having been attacked and outnumbered by big cats such as lions and leopards. Yet in these situations they end up taking the fight straight to those big cats to the point that they flee the honey badger scared and not wanting anymore of the fight that the honey badger has to offer. There are even reports of them having taken down humans in certain situations. (Source: Londolozi Blog)
This animal is relentless and will not stop going after a threat while typically taking aim at the groin, or scrotum area of the animals that try to attack it. Given the unrelenting ferocity and build of the honey badger this is one gruesome and terrifying predicament to imagine one finding themselves in. In addition to all of this these animals also have a pretty good immunity to snake venom.
There are other stories of people having interactions with honey badgers in captivity where they possess the ability to demonstrate affection, but at the same time ONLY do so on their terms not showing any deference, subservience, or fear in the least. These animals possess absolutely no fear whatsoever. It’s quite a remarkable trait to learn about this animal.
I will come back to the honey badger here in a bit, but for the moment just place this little lesson about the honey badger into your memory bank and hold onto it for the moment.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Recap
Just like you I remember back in 2020 how concerned I was with what was going on in the world as there was a very dark and oppressive feeling I had in the pit of my stomach after having witnessed everything that had happened during the pandemic along with everything else that followed.
I knew in the first week of the pandemic that it was a situation that included a much larger problem than merely just being about a virus. I mean it didn’t take long to see how the federal, state, city, and local governments were all the sudden transitioning into more authoritarian roles. Here they were limiting where we could travel, shutting down our businesses, forcing us to wear masks, and positioning society as a whole to submit to continual totalitarian rule if we hadn't had a significant enough portion of the population to start pushing back against the system.
If you’re on the same page as I am here you understand exactly what I’m talking about. However, my interpretation of the circumstances at the time wasn’t that we were in a pandemic, but rather that we were being attacked in some way with a form of biological warfare. That was my stance then and it turns out my assessment was accurate as we later came to understand all the nefarious things that have been going on inside these labs that have been dangerously engaging in gain of function research now for years.
I knew we were at war, but at the time I didn’t quite understand the origin of it and why it was happening the way it was. This was because of my ignorance and in the spirit of seeking some level of understanding I spent the following years up to now intensely studying, listening to podcasts, and seeking out alternative voices to the mainstream media (aka Administrative State Media). Granted, I never liked the Administrative State Media (ASM) anyways, but I was in need of figuring out the details that I knew I wasn’t getting from them at the time.
As I chose to pursue this journey I quickly realized I was on the right path due to the fact that the voices that could offer valid explanations for what was going on in the world were consistently being cancelled and censored by the big tech companies. For the record this included me as well.
When I first entered college I initially went in with the plan that I was going to major in history because I initially had considered being that stereotypical coach in school that taught history. There were several factors that played into that plan being changed when I attended the University of Georgia and part of that decision involved the fact that I saw then how the university system was indoctrinating students with Marxist ideology who would eventually go on to be future teachers.
Even though at the time I didn’t possess the knowledge of Karl Marx and who he was I still understood that much of what the college of education at the University of Georgia was teaching future teachers wasn’t right, because they constantly emphasized “multiculturalism” and centered everything around identity over merit in everything that they communicated within every class in that college of education.
To me I remembered thinking to myself, Why am I paying these people to force feed me this garbage knowing full well it’s garbage? Why am I financially supporting this nonsense? Once I realized that it made my decision to get out of the school of education very easy.
From there I went on to study at the school of health and human performance at the Ramsey center at the University of Georgia. Back then they left the woke ideology predominantly at the college of education where I had previously departed. Fortunately for me, at the time, the woke mind virus had not yet impacted the school of health.
So why did I give you this personal history lesson about myself regarding my experience with Marxist ideology when I was in college?
The reason for this personal history lesson regarding my path of education at The University of Georgia is necessary is because it clearly illustrates how long this Marxist problem has been prevalent, not only in my own personal life, but in your life as well.
I mean this was circa 1998 and when we fast forward to today you can clearly see how the Marxist ideology has grown throughout the world mainly because of years and years of these university systems poisoning the minds of multiple generations of students. Over a long enough period of time we’ve seen this result in the worst people imaginable being installed into leadership positions of power throughout Corporate America and throughout most every government of every major Western power in the world.
Recognizing this is what leads me into the next phase of this discussion.
Enter Steve Bannon
For years I remember constantly thinking to myself how society was always telling me that if I disagreed with a person, an idea, or an ideology that I was essentially not supposed to challenge it and to be “tolerant” of the idea regardless of how absurd or stupid the idea might be.
Since those days when I first encountered Marxism in college I’ve noticed its spread and impact on society in a lot of ways ever since then and I would argue that it’s only been able to do so because there hasn’t been enough people to challenge the spread of Marx’s poisonous ideology. I can say that experience opened my eyes to the types of idiotic ideas that were being taught in society within our education system at large.
As you and I look at everything that’s going wrong in the world today it’s easy to see the negative impact of Marx’s philosophy as it’s managed to bring a lot of brain rot and decay to our institutions and way of life to a degree and in a manner that is literally historic in nature.
For the record I mentioned my interpretation of how society has always communicated to me to tolerate bad ideas from people over the years, but that’s not something that I personally ever found that I could adhere to. I’ve always felt the urge to call out absurdity when something is so outrageously incompetent that I find myself in a position where I just can’t ignore it.
In my search for answers following the pandemic and the rigged and stolen 2020 election I had a close friend of mine that referred me to a talk show host with an individual that happened to share a lot the same sentiment that I had regarding the out of control incompetence, corruption, and absurdity that has been plaguing our country and the world at large.
According to my friend this gentleman was very good at calling out stupid ideas and wouldn’t back down from challenging the establishment way of thinking one single inch. The man that I am talking about here is the one and only Steve Bannon.
I’ve often used the term Maverick to describe certain people that go out into the world and blaze their own trail in life, build businesses, and are an example of success by the very fact that they aren’t afraid to pursue a life venture regarding something that they believe very strongly in.
There’s no question that the term Maverick directly applies to Steve Bannon who himself was an officer in the United States Navy from 1977-1983 and after his time in the military he would go on to become a successful investment banker with Goldman Sachs. Bannon also would go on to be an executive producer for 18 Hollywood films and documentaries, he co-founded Breitbart News with the late Andrew Breitbart, and he became the White House Chief Strategist for President Trump in 2016. Bannon now currently runs the biggest political show in the world airing four hours a day Monday-Friday known as the War Room. (Source: Wikipedia)
Like Donald Trump, Bannon has the ability to evoke some strong reactions in people that both oppose and support his message. However, in speaking for myself the first moment I took the time to intently watch and listen to Bannon on a few of his shows I quickly came to realize that this guy was backing up every major issue he discussed by bringing evidence and historical context to support his narrative. In Bannon’s own words he refers to this action of bringing strong evidence to the table to support an argument as bringing the receipts.
I have personally included Bannon into my regular viewing schedule now for nearly three years and am admittedly an avid viewer of the show. I am constantly reading and listening to other shows throughout the week, but I’ll admit that I pay especially close attention to Bannon because he has a very sharp talent and skill for drilling down on the meat of a narrative. He also possesses a real skill for cutting through the noise in order to get to what he refers to as the buried lede, or the real signal of the stories that are being pushed out by the ASM on a daily basis.
I find that a lot of the ire that gets directed towards Bannon by his opposition (as well as what I personally experience myself at times) is because people aren’t carefully listening to what he’s saying while, at the same time, not willing to give him the credit when he’s proven to be right on one major cultural and political issue after the next as they manifest into reality.
In addition to this many on the far left refer to Bannon as being a far right conservative or Republican in terms of the current political environment, but the reality is that according to Bannon he is neither of these in terms of his worldview.
Bannon will be the first to tell you that he’s a Populist and Economic Nationalist. Granted, for years I more closely identified with being more Libertarian myself, but after the past four years I would say that I still have many of those Libertarian views, but they have been combined in some ways with me developing a strong Populist lean.
So you and I have often heard many others make reference to the typical political monikers such as Republican, Democrat, Conservative, Liberal, Libertarian, and Communists, but what exactly is a Populist?
In terms of political ideology Populism is a bit of a different animal. Populism essentially serves as more of a lens of viewing the world rather than consisting of a checklist of principles to which a certain ideology follows. Populism really boils down to how an environment is viewed and it often appeals to and involves the concerns of everyday people and how the chief concerns of the everyday citizen is typically ignored by the elite establishment.
Populists can be left or right leaning politically speaking, but when it comes to Populism, regardless of the flavor, it typically involves the little guy rising up against the big guy.
In looking at the rise of Populism it’s a direct reactive result of the rise of big government, but more specifically, the rise and merger of big government and big wealthy elites.
In the view of the Populist the rise of a bigger and bigger federal leviathan, combined with that leviathan’s relationship with bigger and bigger wealthier elites, has not happened by accident or overnight and the Populist would be 100% correct in that assessment.
You see in the Populist view these so-called Conservatives, Democrats, Republicans, and Libertarians who supposedly stand on their principles, and have been center stage in the political arena now for many years, have continued to allow the degradation of civil liberties along with the continuation of feeding the growth and power of the unforgiving and dangerous leviathan.
As Steve Bannon points out the Populist movement is about actually recognizing how the more familiar political implants regarding the so-called Conservatives and Republicans have not done a single thing to slow down, or stem the growth of the federal leviathan, but rather are directly part of the problem.
Earlier in this episode I communicated how society has historically encouraged the tolerance of bad political, or cultural ideas and when you look at the behavior of Washington D.C. this has been the norm for far too long. This business as usual mindset transitioning from one election cycle to the next as if it’s business as usual while implying that Americans should seek compromise has only led to the destruction of the country at large. This is because the decision makers that sit in their highchairs in Washington D.C. have, for years, told you and me to sit down, shut up, and to mind our own business.
This is exactly why Steve Bannon has been a force of nature in helping to further the development and growth of this Populist movement. The MAGA movement is a Populist movement unlike any other in the history of the country.
Contrary to the traditional implants in Washington D.C. with the likes of the establishment Conservatives, Republicans, Democrats, Liberals, and Libertarians this new MAGA Populist movement, along with Bannon, is the political equivalent of the animal kingdom’s honey badger. In fact, Bannon himself has earned the nickname of being the Honey Badger.
The thing that this Populist movement gets right that all of these worthless traditional politicians don’t get is that all the problems of the country have been caused directly by the improper actions, or inactions of those traditional political implants in Washington D.C. Therefore, the rise of Donald Trump’s Populist MAGA movement is about engaging the problems directly the way the establishment order has not done in many years.
I recently had a debate on social media with a so-called conservative over the fight with congressman Chip Roy voting against the recent Trump supported CR bill, particularly regarding this recent bill with Trump suggesting to eliminate the so-called debt-ceiling.
I understand the thought behind not getting rid of the illusion known as the debt ceiling, but congressmen like Roy who say that they want to cut spending, while resisting the one and only incoming administration that’s serious about gutting the system, didn’t back up Trump on the bill. The reality is that there is no debt ceiling. If there were an actual debt ceiling that would limit spending by congress then how is it that we are literally going another trillion dollars in debt every one hundred days?
People like this so-called conservative I was debating online just don’t understand the strategy, or the way in which the system has always worked, or they just simply choose to ignore it. The reality is that the current system that has been in place is doing everything that it can to leave Donald Trump the biggest mess before he takes his hand off the Bible on January 20, 2025.
In addition to this these so-called conservative establishment types like the one I debated online are also clueless about the staying power of the MAGA movement. They actual believe that this Populist movement is simply a flash in the pan and are completely blind to the reality of this seismic new political realignment of a more engaged and informed populace unlike any other time in history. This MAGA populist movement isn’t going anywhere.
The Wrap Up
In 1964 a Columbia-trained University historian named Henry Littlefield wrote a breakthrough article in the scholarly American Quarterly titled The Wizard of Oz: Parable on Populism. Within this article Littlefield made the claim that Frank Baum’s 1900 book conceals what he referred to as an unsuspected depth.
According to Littlefield, The Wizard of Oz was actually a story that served to be an elaborate metaphor for the Populist movement that was occurring in the nation at the time which in actuality was a rising political force in the 1890s. The result of the movement, and the story of The Wizard of Oz according to Littlefield, involved a complicated critique over the country’s monetary policies of the time.
Does this sound familiar, or what?
For some historical context on Populism at the time the movement served to be a rising third-party campaign of angry disenfranchised “plain people” consisting of farmers, and to a smaller degree, factory workers that were seeking to wrest power away from bankers and business leaders of the time.
These men and women of this era, much like our current day dilemma, recognized the threat of concentrated capital in regards to their well-being and they also advocated for bimetallism (the coining of both gold and silver), nationalizing the railroads, a graduated income tax, and a reduction in immigration.
Their support of adopting silver, along with the gold standard, came from the belief that it would inject money into the economy while reducing inflation. Of course, this would be a positive change for people paying mortgages, but a bad one for the banks that would be holding the loans.
In Littlefield’s close reading and interpretation of The Wizard of Oz he argued that most of the character’s in Baum’s fictional story represented real people, places, and ideas from the rising Populist movement of the 1890s.
To break down some of the examples as Littlefield interpreted them we can start by looking at Dorothy’s slippers. During the story when Dorothy’s house crash lands on the Wicked Witch of the East Dorothy is given a pair of magic slippers. Unlike the 1939 classic movie when Dorothy is famously given a pair of ruby slippers, but in the book and the play these slippers were silver.
In Littlefield’s interpretation of this he believed that Dorothy was a stand-in for the average American and that the magical silver slippers were a strong representation of the late 1890s free silver movement. During the time Populists believed that the federal government should adopt an inflationary monetary policy which involved freely minting silver money in order to re-energize the national economy.
Additionally Littlefield looked at Oz’s yellow brick road as the existing gold standard of the time which served as a tether to fix the paper currency to a specific price for gold bullion. In reading Littlefield’s interpretation, the Emerald city, which was the terminus of the yellow brick road, is actually representative of Washington D.C..
Furthermore, the characters of the scarecrow and the tin woodman also symbolize other important aspects of the Populist movement of that time. The scarecrow displays a “terrible sense of inferiority and self-doubt,” which Littlefield pointed towards representing the American farmer which happened to make up the bulk of the Populist movement back then. The representation of the tin woodman mirrored the factory worker of the time as the simple laborer that had essentially been transformed into a machine.
William McKinley was the candidate that ran on a protectionist platform. He pledged support for American workers, he sought high tariffs to make foreign goods unattractive, and he supported the gold standard. McKinley’s opponent was William Jennings Bryan who Littlefield compared to the cowardly lion in the Wizard of Oz. (Source: National Museum of American History)
Bryan was famous for his “Cross of Gold” speech and he also supported the monetary policy of free silver. Coincidentally McKinley was assassinated in 1901 several years after his victory over Bryan in the election of 1896.
In a nutshell Populism has had a long and interesting history here in the U.S. for well over 130 years. What makes this movement so interesting is that the same concerns that had brought on the rise of the movement in the 1890s are also the same reasons that have given rise to the MAGA Populist movement now in the 2020s.
These problems all revolve around the politics and culture of money. Just like people began rising up with the movement in the 1890s, the explosion of this Populist movement now in the 2020s has actually been a growing movement since 2010 beginning with the Tea Party movement and ultimately evolving into the MAGA movement that we all know so well.
It takes a focused and well informed populace in order to enable Populism to take hold and to maintain the tenacity to face and fight big important issues.
Thanks to God above, this current MAGA Populist movement is more informed and loaded with more intellectual horsepower than any movement in history. Alternative and decentralized media platforms such as this one help to ensure that we maintain the informed populace.
To further add to the success and staying power of this movement thankfully we also have the fight and tenacity combined with the intellectual horsepower to keep this Populist movement steamrolling over any anti-American obstacle that stands in the way.
With voices like Bannon we have created a movement full of honey badgers that will be relentless until we achieve the victories that we need in order to save this Republic.
Are you engaged in this Populist movement by being a honey badger that calls out stupid ideas like we’ve seen with the woke agenda?
Are you engaging and sharing platforms like this one on a regular basis to counter the ASM narrative and to contribute to saving this Republic?
Post up and comment in the section below.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you have stumbled across today's episode this particular episode will only be available in full length to paid All-access members directly on the Substack, BUT you can download the Substack App and access one free episode which could be this one if you wish.
If you've already taken advantage of the free access then you will get a substantial preview here and if you want to become a member simply visit brandonrichey.substack.com to sign up to support an Anti-Administrative State Media platform.
Thank you for your support.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“All that is gold does not glitter; not all those who wander are lost; the old that is strong does not wither; deep roots are not reached by the frost..”
― J.R.R. Tolkien
The newscycle moves so fast these days that I often have to slow down and take a moment to sit in silence to think about the cultural and political landscape.
I want to take a moment to explain why because I think that doing my best to offer some level of understanding will help me to communicate to you why I take the time to do this perhaps for reasons that you may or may not be able to deduce even if you’re a regular reader, or listener to this show.
First of all, I have often heard people over the years talk about how they wished that the media would just report the news without injecting their own bias. Now on the surface that sounds nice, but in reality there’s just simply no such thing as unbiased media. Humans by our very nature are biased. Personal bias is an inherent trait within all people and as long as humans have anything to do with the reporting and creation of stories there will always be bias within those stories.
In fact, every news story involves an intentional bias because someone had to shape the story in a way to create a narrative before the story gets pushed out in front of the cameras, or onto the printing press.
Typically such stories need to be sensationalized with eye catching headlines which drives viewership, subscriptions, and ultimately more advertising dollars. After all, for years the common phrase if it bleeds, it leads was the motivation for which stories would be pushed to the frontlines in order to drive viewership for the mass Administrative State Media (ASM). At the end of the day catchy headlines drive views and sooner or later those views turn into money.
I mean in reality all media requires sponsors, or financial backing of some kind because people have to earn a living. However, the problem with the ASM is that it’s been an apparatus that has been in complete control of the flow of information for the majority of the country now for a very long time.
Because of this they have had the money, manpower, and distribution to reach the masses with whatever narrative they have desired to push forward to their viewing audience. When you take this combined with the fact that they have been in bed with the government for so long they have had a monopoly on the flow of information.
This uncomfortable reality is something that still may not sit well with a bunch of people reading, or listening to this episode, but it’s a fact. In addition to this with everything going on in the world during this Fourth Turning the newscycle moves really fast which means there’s a flooding of the zone with information.
It’s because of this flood that I have to sit in silence to focus on the cultural and political landscape so that I can get a visual on the narrative that I want to create in order to present my own story to you.
That’s right, I’m narrative driven as well and I’m not going to pretend that I’m not because that would be dishonest. However, at the end of the day in the world of information warfare you will have choices placed in front of you concerning narrative and counter-narrative and it’s up to you to choose what you want to believe, as well as which media outlets you choose to support in the process.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Accurate Meaning of Labels
I know it’s close to Christmas and given the current digital world we live in I realize that you probably do a great deal of your shopping online, however the reality is that many customers still hit the malls and department stores and turn out in big numbers during this time of year.
Even if you’re an online shopper I’m sure you’ve still managed to venture out to the malls and department stores during this part of the year from time to time. You’ve probably even managed to make it in after the holidays too whenever the stores are looking to clear out the rest of their inventory in order to make room for an entirely new stock of products to kick off the new year.
It’s typically during this time of clearance that you’ll get to benefit from the clearance sales that these department stores and malls will put up to move the old product out in order to make room for the new. It’s at this time that you as the consumer get to benefit from these clearance sales.
In much the same way as our department stores will initiate a clearance after the holidays it’s also apparent that the current state of our country, our government, and economy are in need of a clearance, or a purge, of a bureaucratic and ideological element. It’s obvious that this corrosive element has been rooted in and is directly at fault for both the domestic and global instability that’s spreading throughout the world.
So I want to talk about the word systems and identify which systems are to blame for a significant portion of our domestic and global hardships.
Well to be fair that’s a loaded topic, but for the sake of this discussion I will start by singling out and explaining the current economic system that we find ourselves in regarding our current situation on trade and the dangers associated with the Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP’s) nefarious mercantilist practices.
I’ve always considered myself to be open minded and able to evolve my thinking of how I view the world, particularly when I learn something new in an area I previously might have been ignorant about until I was able to get my hands around all the information.
I understand that we like to use labels to describe our views and to reflect our belief structure, but in reality I’ve discovered that labels such as Republican, Democrat, Conservative, Liberal, and Libertarian in the reality of the world tend to be fluid in their meaning over time.
The reality is that we have been living in a postmodern society for one, but in addition to this certain terms have been misrepresented, or hijacked by groups of people throughout the political landscape. When this happens these people consistently misuse, or misapply their meaning on a consistent basis over a long period of time which brings a different interpretation of the meaning to such words in the eyes of society over time.
Essentially we should all be more willing to blend the meaning of such labels to describe our own beliefs as those beliefs evolve within the given political and economic system that we find ourselves in. I’ll come back to explain this point further in a bit. In short, we must remain strong on our principles, but be willing to understand where our principles apply to a given situation.
So what do I mean by nefarious mercantilist practices when I reference the CCP?
Well, to explain this we first need to define what mercantilism means in the first place. Basically the goal of mercantilism involves a trade practice where the goal is for a state to increase its supply of gold and silver reserves with exports rather than to deplete them through using imports.
This mercantilist practice was also a strategy that was implemented by the British Empire starting back as early as 1651 to control trade and commerce within its own colonies, as well as with other countries in the outside world through laws that were known as the Navigation Acts.
In fact, the British government had banned a lot of U.S. production so that the manufacturing of military equipment could remain within Great Britain. Fast forward to today and we’re seeing the same sort of strategy regarding our current economic trading relationship with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). We currently find ourselves within an economic system of elite capture.
From Elite Capture To Elite Merger
Once again we tend to use labels to identify ourselves in regards to what we may be more closely aligned with along the political spectrum. In terms of myself I have always considered myself to be more Libertarian in nature.
Now having said this I’ve also evolved in this because the Libertarian philosophy, like everything else, has been turned on its head in a lot of ways in the past four years, particularly regarding the traditional Libertarian stance on foreign trade. Because of this I would say that I’m now probably more accurately described as a Libertarian with a strong Populist lean if there is any such a thing that can exist.
I’ve known many Libertarians, along with many Republicans and Democrats, over the years to refer to the issue of trade, particularly as it relates to our economic trading relationship with China, as being a relationship of free trade. Because of this I’ve also heard many of them say that Donald Trump’s stance on tariffs would result in a very negative outcome leading to a tariff war with China, as well as our other trading partners.
So remember when I said I would come back to talk about how certain words and their meanings get misused and are misapplied to certain situations on a consistent basis? Well this example here with many of my Libertarian, Republican, and Democratic friends using the word free trade to describe the economic trading relationship between the United States and China is a perfect example of the misuse and misapplication of the word and the circumstances that surround it.
This is because the United States and China’s trading relationship doesn’t have anything to do with free trade. No, the United States and China definitely have a trading relationship, but it’s nothing close to being a free trade relationship.
This is not the case because we (here in the United States) have for far too long placed ourselves into a precarious situation by offshoring so much of our manufacturing to our biggest enemy here with China that it has left us all vulnerable regarding our own supply chain and not securing the availability of our own products and goods.
China has obviously not been engaging in free trade, but rather has been engaging in mercantilism. On that note we have allowed this to happen to our country and have found ourselves being more a chief importer from China rather than a dominant exporter of goods.
With that being said, guess who has been trying to stockpile the world’s largest gold supply? Well, since we defined the act of mercantilism as the goal of a state working to increase its gold supply by being a chief exporter of goods, China has shown a record increase of gold stockpiles since 2020 following a dip in gold reserves from 2016-2018. (Source: Statista)
So what changed with China’s gold supply since 2020 compared to their lower accumulation of the precious metal in the three years between 2016-2020?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Hide not your Talents, they for Use were made. What’s a Sun-Dial in the shade!”
- Benjamin Franklin, Poor Richard’s Almanack, 1750
In looking at the history of war, the strategy of psychological warfare has always been a weapon in the arsenal that has been used among military combatants to gain numerous advantages over their respective enemies. Psychological warfare refers to tactics intended to reduce an opponent’s morale and their will to engage in a fight. This strategy can include tactics that involve fear, intimidation, deception, and surprise. (Source: The Collector)
However, just as we’ve witnessed in the last four years psychological warfare can be used in peacetime and can sadly enough be used by a government directing it towards its own citizenry. This is the current state that we find ourselves in, but fortunately for us the first amendment gives us the power to wage this war right back at those nefarious government actors that started this psychological war in the first place.
The application of psychological warfare can throw off an enemy, overwhelm an enemy, and keep an enemy guessing in regards to challenges that they may expect to face during a certain conflict. In terms of how psychological warfare is used in our current society it’s primarily been administered by the Administrative State Media’s (ASM) actions of spreading propaganda through television airways, Hollywood, and print media such as The New York Times.
In short, psychological warfare has been administered from those who have been in power for far too long and control the information flow among all outlets from print media, to television, and to the digital world of social media.
However, with the advanced digital age the power of psychological warfare can be easily implemented by means of information and narrative. This can more easily be done by the Administrative State on its own citizens due to the technological advancements that exist in this day and age, particularly with the coming rise of AI.
Then again, like anything in life, the rise of technology in this digital age can serve to be a double edged sword. Obviously both yours and my technological devices can and have been weaponized against us in a very big way.
The good news is that there’s another edge on the blade of the sword. Because of this we have seen the rise and expansion of the Digital Ronin consisting of citizen journalists, decentralized media outlets such as this platform, and people who support those alternative outlets (such as you) by being force multipliers and financial backers with the information providers. This new decentralized apparatus that now exists can deconstruct and redirect the fire of this information war right back at those who were trying to place the bullseye onto your back and mine to begin with.
I’m always big on reading and using the culture and history in order to illustrate and to try and bring clarity to the world as it is, as well as, what it could be. In this current era, a lot of people have lost their identity and by extension the country came very close to losing its identity as well until the American public stepped up with the election on November 5th.
Granted, even though the election is over I can’t stress this point enough to you and everyone within the sound of my voice that the real work to restore our country is literally just starting.
A time to love, And a time to hate; A time of war, And a time of peace.
–Ecclesiastes 3:8
When you slow down to study and observe the current cultural and political arena you can see that we are obviously at war. I mean look at what our country has had to endure for the past nine years with the relentless drumbeat from the media regarding how terrible the citizens are of this nation that support Donald Trump.
Every single institution has been infected by the woke mind virus to borrow a phrase from Elon Musk. Because of this, these Marxist infiltrators within our society managed to expand the battlefield of their stupid doctrine by waging a war on literally everything that is designed to make our society function for the better.
For instance, as I’ve already stated there’s been a relentless war on identity where they have been teaching multiple generations of people in schools to hate their country by using garbage content from the likes of people like Howard Zinn to poison millions of minds of college kids now for many years.
Zinn, a Marxist, gained notoriety from his book A People’s History of The United States which is a dishonest portrayal of historical events and narratives that have repeatedly been called out for completely taking historical events out of context. This has been done for the purpose of spewing the overall narrative of oppressor and oppressed which falls in line with the reductive Marxist philosophical arm of Critical Theory.
Zinn’s book was famously given a boost from being mentioned by Matt Damon’s character in Good Will Hunting. Of course, it’s a cute line when mentioned in dramatic fashion in a scene from Good Will Hunting, but in reality there’s nothing cute about an America hating narrative that a Marxist hypocrite like Zinn profited from before turning generations of young minds into complete mush.
The Multi-Front War
The Marxists have been waging a multifront war on us for many years now trying to get us to lose our identity both as a nation and as individuals. Talking about the loss of identity for crying out loud, several people these days don’t even know the difference between a man and a woman. When has this ever been an issue in our society to the current extreme level that it has become until these last nine years?
In addition to this they’ve waged a war on meritocracy, accountability, and good old fashioned common sense. This war has been carried out heavily in the culture and has devastated our society resulting in a severe level of psychological damage and brain rot that has birthed the development of this far left communist faction of our society.
I remember recently having a discussion with one of my training students and he made a really cool point to me about how long the socialist/Marxist messaging has been infiltrating our culture. To make the point he started telling me about his all time favorite hit TV series Star Trek.
Using Star Trek as an example he went on to point out to me that the set up of the Star Trek crew within the series was basically a socialist utopia involving a post-scarcity economy where all needs of human existence could be immediately produced through the radical advancement of technology in the series.
If you’ve seen the series then you’ve probably seen how any food item can be readily created out of thin air by giving the computer aboard the Starship Enterprise a simple command. Admittedly I’ve never been a huge fan of the series, but in addition to ordering the computer to make a sandwich I never remember seeing any of the characters make that command and follow up the delivery of the desired item with any form of monetary payment.
In short, I found the central point from my student regarding how Star Trek presented us with a socialist utopia to be very enlightening. At the same time I also remembered the series pointing out another socialist/communist civilization that was more dystopian than utopian in nature with their introduction of the Borg. I pointed out to my student how I believed that the socialist exercise that was illustrated by the Borg was more closely related to real life than the socialist view that the Star Trek Enterprise displayed to the viewing audience.
After all, the civilization of the Borg operated as a hive mind and their main objective involved flying through the cosmos in a giant cube shaped spaceship in order to conquer other lifeforms for the purpose of assimilating them into their Collective by transforming them into mindless drones using nano-technology. To me this more closely resembles our current real life socio-economic scenario involving the steady development of technofeudalism.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
To make matters even worse the Marxist virus has infiltrated our financial institutions, our military, and even our food and agricultural systems. Not only are these Marxists determined to break us financially, but they’re working to strip away and poison our food system as well. I mean we are literally allowing our enemy in the CCP to buy farmland here in the states, ceding more control of our food supply over to our biggest enemy. When, why, and how did anyone ever think it was a good idea to do ANY of this?
We live in a clown world right now and fortunately thanks to God almighty we have Donald Trump coming into office here in January to work to straighten all of this out, but my fear is that these Marxists are currently doing everything in their power now to destroy the country and to hand off a complete mess to Trump on day one of his presidency in an attempt to make his presidency ineffective. These people involved in doing this within the Administrative State need to go to prison.
On top of all of this you and I have to make sure that we’re on top of everything happening in terms of being more well rounded citizens. You and I must work to be a Zenith in these chaotic times by optimizing our individual efforts to combat this evil and incompetence that has infiltrated our society and government.
If you focus on the current battlefield that we as Americans are facing it can seem overwhelming at times. After all, when looking at the possibilities of the collapse of our complex systems, a possible attack on the power grid, digital hacking theft, supply chain shortages, a collapsing dollar, and the specter of WWIII the average individual would naturally want to curl up into a ball and choose the path of apathy, or adopt the ignorance is bliss approach in order to not face such possible realities.
However, I’m banking on the fact that if you’re a regular reader and listener to this show that you’re not going to choose such a path, but rather you’re willing to step up your efforts to be that Zenith in your individual life which will feed the development of a stronger society at large as we all work to optimize ourselves within our own individual lives.
So what types of things am I referring to when I mention individual optimization concerning all of the possible problems related to societal instability? In this current informational, digital, economic, and cultural war I’ve already mentioned several problem areas regarding the collapsing dollar, supply chain issues, and digital hacking theft as areas of concern that we all need to be aware of in our current environment.
However, in order to combat these things as individuals we first have to be aware of them and if you’re listening to this episode then you’re already ahead of the majority of the population on that front so that’s a solid start. The next thing is that you need to understand what resources you have at your disposal in order to mitigate these risks, or to outright combat them directly.
Now to be clear I’m not here to tell you what to do with your finances and what things you should choose to invest in regarding your personal investments. I’m not a financial advisor and I don’t care to be in that field in the least. However, I am here to present you with information and to encourage you to seek as much information and knowledge as you can in order to make yourself a Zenith which will hopefully make both you and your family more well rounded and more impervious to attacks that will be occurring in this current Fifth Generation War. In short, you must immerse yourself in the tactics that you need to fight this war. You must be an immersive warrior.
To use myself as an example regarding the threat of the collapsing dollar and inflation having been raging on at a forty year record high I chose to learn more about protective financial hedges against inflation such as gold and silver. In regards to the possible threat of digital hacking theft I have personally invested in faraday wallets and bags to protect my electronics and credit cards from these advanced hackers in this current digital age. In terms of the potential for supply chain disruptions I’ve also chosen to invest in some extra food storage should the grocery stores face some kind of disruption leading to a shortage.
I know the far left is simplistic in their thinking and would start throwing around the label of me being a prepper, but such simplistic thinking is exactly why Donald Trump won this most recent election by a landslide.
The point here is that because the far left have been allowed to encroach more and more into our societal institutions we’re seeing the very obvious and very visible damage that they have wrought throughout our country at large. In addition to this these people have relentlessly used tactics of lawfare, directly violated the constitution, and imprisoned political opposition in order to try and achieve their ends.
A Forest of Corpses
When examining the rise and fall of civilizations throughout history there’s a common theme that has echoed throughout time concerning the nature of human beings and that theme involves the seemingly never ending desire for one group of people to attempt to conquer and control others. If you’re a regular listener, or reader to this show then you’ve heard me reference this phenomenon before and there’s actually a word that exists to describe this. This desire for civilizations, or people, to conquer and control others is what is known as the conquest ethic.
In historic times the conquest ethic was carried out by using force in the form of kinetic war with one kingdom, or civilization, exerting its dominance over another in an attempt to take control of a rival in order to absorb their people and resources. However, this method doesn’t last forever, yet has been repeated over and over throughout history until this very day.
Granted there’s only been one country in the world to have been established without using the conquest ethic and if you happen to be reading, or listening to this episode anywhere in the United States then you’re standing in the only country that wasn’t established by the conquest ethic. On the contrary, the United States was established by Patriots who fought against the original Globalist Totalitarians in the British Empire in order to establish freedom and liberty from totalitarian rule. You know it’s basically the same exact thing that’s happening today.
I mean these communist criminals that have infiltrated our institutions have been relentlessly using intimidation, lawfare, and imprisoning innocent citizens who were simply expressing their first amendment right.
As I stated earlier, thanks to God himself Donald Trump was elected, but had he not been the communist Kamala Harris would have had this country descending into a deep dark place that was magnitudes worse than what we’ve already experienced since 2020.
Donald Trump hasn’t even been sworn into the White House and you can already see the meltdown and collapse of these communist systems that have been in place now for several years. I mean Rachel Maddow is literally breaking down in tears on live television because she knows that her network MSNBC is imploding financially and that Elon Musk was trolling the network with a meme threatening to purchase it.
Additionally Joe Scarborough and Mika Brzezinski begged for a meeting with Donald Trump after the election in Mar-a-Lago to go down and kiss the ring of Trump after having spent the last decade relentlessly lying and attacking him on their now failing network. This goes to show that these people are low life mercenaries in the information war that will sell themselves out to the highest communist bidder.
On top of this the special prosecutor Jack Smith had manufactured charges to use to go after President Trump in an attempt to put him in prison for the rest of his life had he not won the election. This was a blatant exercise by Jack Smith to engage in election interference and had Trump lost the election he would have died in prison.
All this time the left has been screaming that this wasn’t a politically motivated pursuit for Jack Smith, however after Trump smashed these communist scum in an election landslide victory now all the sudden Smith is moving to dismiss the two made up felony cases against President Trump.
With Jack Smith’s move to dismiss these cases this is a blatant admission that he was engaged in a political witch hunt for the purpose of election interference after all.
Jack Smith should be facing severe financial and legal consequences for this communist stunt along with Fanni Willis, Tish James, and all the rest of these communist clowns that can’t win with anything in life other than using state power like a bunch of communists to try and destroy people’s lives. The era of lawfare and the allowance of communists in the United States to abuse state power is abruptly coming to an end, but we MUST force it to end by sending a strong message in order to purge this completely out of the system.
Speaking of strong messages in June of 1462 a vast Ottoman army that was led by Sultan Mehmed the Conqueror had decided to advance on the city of Targoviste. Along their journey in their attempted conquest of the Wallachian capital Mehmed’s army had to endure weeks of ambushes and thousands of Turkish deaths due to the grueling voyage.
However, as Mehmed approached the capital he sent a detachment calvary out ahead to survey what was out in front of the main military force. It was at this point that this detachment encountered something that shook them to their core.
As they went out ahead they ended up discovering a forest of corpses of well over 20,000 Ottoman captives that were impaled and rotting on stakes in the summer heat. This forest of corpses on stakes stretched out for a harrowing distance of two miles in length and spanned out to a shocking distance half a mile in width.
This sight was simply too much for the Ottomans to handle and they obliged this gruesome deterrent and retreated. This scorched earth strategy was implemented by none other than the infamous Wallachian ruler Vlad III, also known as Vlad the Impaler or Vlad Dracula.
That’s right, Vlad III was the inspiration for the famous modern day pop culture character known as Count Dracula. Bram Stoker was inspired to use this real life individual for his famous novel which was later made into the hit 1992 film Bram Stoker’s Dracula.
Granted Vlad III might have been a legit maniac and a ruthless killer, however his main motivation for such an act was to grind the Ottoman expansion’s desire for conquest into his homeland to halt. Oh and interestingly enough there’s that word conquest again.
So why did I go to all the trouble to give you this small history lesson about Vlad III. Well I opened this episode talking about the effectiveness of psychological warfare as a means to gain an advantage on an enemy combatant.
Obviously when looking at Vlad III and his scorched earth effort to build a literal forest of bodies made up of his enemies rotting on stakes in the summer heat he probably holds the trophy for the biggest psychological warfare victory in all of history.
The Wrap Up
Now I wanted to include the history of Vlad III in order to use his story as a teachable moment. I strongly believe that the main lesson that we can derive from Vlad III right now is exactly what is needed for us to secure the restoration of making our country great again.
You’re probably thinking Brandon, what exactly do you mean?
To be clear, the point I’m making isn’t about building a forest of corpses from our communist enemies, however metaphorically speaking we need a modern day version of this in the form of a forest of justifiable convictions involving those who abused state power.
We must ensure that we rack up as many legitimate convictions as humanly possible regarding all the criminals that have been proven to abuse state power in order to go after their political opposition. I’m not talking about neglecting anyone's fair trial. No, this doesn’t have anything to do with retribution, but it does have everything to do with the direct application of justice. The point here is that there should be many of these cases that end up in a criminal trial followed by many guilty verdicts and a lot of prison time.
The only thing that we can do to restore our nation is to ensure that every criminal politician, deep state agent, and corrupt media outlet that has been guilty of abusing state power must face full accountability for their actions.
The very act of following through on balancing the scales of justice will serve to be the greatest kinetic warfare victory in the modern age along with being the greatest psychological warfare victory deterring any globalist from ever entering into our country to attempt a conquest such as this ever again.
To ensure this you must continue to be an immersive warrior in this modern era of Fifth Generation Warfare. Just as I stated with the Benjamin Franklin quote at the beginning of this episode you must use your talents of communication, problem solving, memory, writing, marketing, etc. to be the impactful and immersive warrior in this current battlefield that you find in front of you.
The sooner you can accept this and do this the sooner we can restore liberty and freedom. Don’t worry about what anyone else is saying that they won’t do, but rather do everything that you can do to immerse yourself and to use your own personal agency to contribute to victory.
Who would you place first on the priority list in this war to face full accountability for their criminal actions?
Have you personally immersed yourself in the culture war in these past four years in order to engage the fight in this Fifth Generation War?
Make sure you give this episode a like, a share, and drop a comment below to help support the message.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“People should either be caressed or crushed. If you do them minor damage they will get their revenge; but if you cripple them there is nothing they can do. If you need to injure someone, do it in such a way that you do not have to fear their vengeance.”
― Niccolo Machiavelli
According to the Baker’s Evangelical Dictionary the sin of Envy involves jealousy over the blessings and achievements of others especially involving the spiritual enjoyment and the advancement of the kingdom of Christ freely and graciously bestowed upon the people of God.
The sin of Envy is often confused with the sin of Covet. Covet means to have an unhealthy desire for what others have which in turn can lead to the sin of Envy which is where the jealousy and other actions that follow can come into the picture obviously making a bigger mess of things.
For some context when you covet something you just want it, whereas if you envy it you’re jealous that someone else has whatever it is that you want. Therefore, if the other person doesn’t deserve it because you can’t have it then nobody deserves it.
I want you to keep this in mind, but for the moment I want you to put this on a shelf as I’ll come back to this in a bit.
I’ve talked about being a GenX kid growing up in the 1980s here on this platform on more than one occasion in several of my episodes. However, just in case you’re new to my show I’ll mention it here again because it is going to have some significant context here regarding today’s episode.
Growing up in the 80s, or more specifically the mid 80s, as I approached the age of 10, 11, and 12 I can remember the difference of the culture then compared to what it has been here in the United States since that time. In other words, even though I was only a kid during that time I can still remember how powerful the culture was in terms of America being the dominant force in the world and how the culture had a strong America First attitude that could be seen literally everywhere you looked.
The reason for this was due to the fact that the American populace, or a more engaged populist movement, was unified behind an anti-Communist America First president that lived in that time by the name of Ronald Reagan.
To illustrate this prevalence of strength throughout American culture at that time even the entertainment industry was especially dominant with a culture of action movies that celebrated masculinity and femininity in a way that hasn’t been done since then. The music was iconic, people were more engaging with one another, and the economy was booming after President Ronald Reagan came into office to cut down federal bureaucracy while his Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker blew up interest rates to 20% in order to wring the inflation out of the system from the damage that the previous Carter administration had caused.
Does any of this sound familiar?
It’s crystal clear that history has repeated itself in a large way today compared to the late 1970s leading into the 1980s. I mean in the 70’s leading up to the 80s communism was on the rise with it making its presence known during the cold war until Reagan, with a little help from his friend Paul Volcker, fired up the economic engine of the nation. This ran the Soviet Union, along with many communist countries throughout the eastern bloc, into the ground as they just simply couldn’t keep up with the building up of the United States economic engine and military might.
As we look at today’s battlefield you’ve seen the rise of the CCP and the corrupt Globalists joining forces to try and take down the United States. The outgoing Biden regime, along with his Federal Reserve have waged an all out war on the dollar resulting in 40 year record high inflation along with lending a hand to the BRICS nations by providing the motivation for them to build a coalition in order to de-dollarize by eventually ceasing the use of trading in U.S. dollars. For the record this is an absolutely horrible scenario for the United States to find itself in.
Similarly in the 80s Volcker knew the country had to take its medicine in order to get better on the other side of the inflation and that the dose of that medicine wasn’t going to be pleasant, not in the least. In fact, the rate hikes resulted in unemployment soaring to a whopping 11% in 1981-1982, but in 1983 the heartbeat of the United States economic body started pumping strong again.
Once again the Democratic party under Carter had unnecessarily created the conditions that put the country through an unnecessary and difficult time. Fast forward to today and we find ourselves dealing with the same scenario with the problems being even bigger and worse than ever before due to the Democratic party’s thirst for complete power and the establishment RINO Republicans that have simply played the role of controlled opposition now since the 1980s.
The corrupt establishment order of the Democratic and Republican parties have been entrenched in Washington D.C. now spending their entire careers and lives as politicians with the likes of Nancy Pelosi, Mitch McConnell, Chuck Schumer, Barack Obama, and Joe Biden. These people are part of the political class and are completely out of touch with reality and what’s going on in the everyday lives of American citizens. Even if we can assume that they do understand then they’ve demonstrated fully that they don’t care.
The reality is that they don’t care about the country in the same way that you and I care about it. No, when they say that Donald Trump and the MAGA movement is a “threat to democracy,” what that really means is that they view the MAGA movement as being a direct threat to their hold on power and based on the way we’ve witnessed them behave it’s obvious that their philosophical application to hold onto that power is Machiavellian in nature.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Making The Proper Diagnosis
Even today given everything we’ve seen from the record high inflation, the mass censorship campaigns from the intelligence service, to the mass invasion of the country, to the multiple assassination attempts on President Trump, and with the battery of nonstop lies from the media I’m always amazed at how there are so many people that simply cannot see the reality of these things that are happening right up in their faces. Whether it's blindness, willful ignorance, or just outright stupidity it’s an incredible thing to witness. The power of observation is definitely a lost art these days.
You see after the pandemic and the media response from that all the lies became more blatantly obvious to me during that time. I simply learned a lot from watching and observing the Administrative State Media (ASM) carefully. Even now I really focus on what exactly they are trying to communicate with each story they push out to the public.
I mean sure the media is always being dishonest about most every story that they push out to the masses, but at the same time, there is also a lot of unintended honesty that they include in their narratives buried within each storyline.
For instance, when they start screaming that Trump is a dictator this is literally psychological projection in real time because after they levy such an accusation using such extreme language this is the key signal that they are accusing their opposition of exactly what they are guilty of doing themselves.
Basically, for the past four years I’ve just worked to hone my skill of carefully observing the ASM’s message and discerning from their message the signal in order to get the truth from the media. Since doing this I haven’t been misled by their noise which covers up what it is that they are actually trying to hide which simply boils down to being the truth.
The thing I want to communicate here is working to help you hone your ability to see through the media’s lies while being able to extract the signal from the noise which is always buried within their proposed narratives and storylines.
When the pandemic hit back in 2020 I was already extracting the signal from the noise that the media would push out with their storylines, but at the time I didn’t use that term signal. I first learned of that term in regards to the media narratives from the great Steve Bannon.
Granted, I had already been hard at work at discerning the truth from the lies, but Bannon really helped to shed some light on the matter for me along with helping to clarify what was going on with the information warfare that was being waged on the American citizens since the pandemic.
Another thing that I’ve learned over the last few years is that if you really observe and listen carefully to what people say in the political arena you can get better at surmising and predicting certain outcomes before they actually come to light with the public at large.
To further clarify what I’m talking about I’ll give you a cool example of a recent situation regarding this that I noticed during this election involving President Trump.
If you remember the debate between Kamala Harris and President Trump there was a tense moment in that debate when President Trump was responding to one of Kamala’s false accusations. In this moment he was explaining to the moderators and to the viewers how horrible Kamala had been in the past four years not only criticizing her job in the White House, but going further to point out the hypocrisy of her party and how their so-called party of “Democracy” iced their own primary winning candidate Joe Biden and installed her in his place.
Aside from Kamala being involved with such a government coup d'etat Trump was explaining how horrible and disloyal the act was for Kamala to engage in directly against her running mate within their own administration.
It was at this point that Trump said something that got my attention. I don’t remember his exact words, but I will paraphrase to communicate the gist of what he was saying. After pointing out the betrayal of her actions he then looked at her and the moderators and referred to Joe Biden himself as being displeased with her disloyalty.
From here he went a step further and went on to say something like You know he’s not happy with her and quite frankly he can’t stand her. He doesn’t like her at all. To me this sounded like he was saying this as if he had already been speaking directly with Joe Biden.
Now during that time I didn’t think too much more about what Trump was saying, however just about a week before the last day of the election Biden posted a video where he went on the usual rant about Trump and the whole threat to democracy talking points, but then he took the statement even further by referring to Trump supporters as being “garbage.”
It was clear that when he was delivering this video message that he was reading from some kind of script or pre-written statement. However, this statement seemed to be the straw that broke the camel’s back politically speaking due to the fact that the Nazi-like rhetoric coming from the communist left had reached its boiling point after a decade of them attempting to “other” everyone who has been a Trump supporter since the beginning.
After all, they had already been referring to Trump supporters as Nazis and Deplorables so I suppose Biden thought it would be a good idea to pile on another dehumanizing insult by calling the MAGA base garbage, or did he?
So you’re probably thinking Brandon, what exactly do you mean?
Well this statement by Biden so late in the election without a doubt fired up the MAGA base even more and motivated Biden’s opposition to go out and round up ten or twenty more people to get out to the polls and vote for Donald Trump.
Now that the election has passed we can see that Trump won the election in a landslide victory dominating both the electoral college and the popular vote giving him an absolute mandate to run the country based on the MAGA agenda.
Just this past week President Trump went to the White House to visit with Joe Biden regarding the coming smooth transition of power discussion. They were both sitting in the White House in front of the press and I noticed something that made me chuckle.
During this meeting Trump looked like his usual cheerful self, however Joe Biden literally looked like he was overcome with joy and had the biggest smile on his face that I’ve ever seen. I mean Biden looked like he just hit the lottery.
This was sort of surprising at first, but then I remembered the debate when Trump made those comments about Kamala Harris and how Biden didn’t like her. In addition to this there was a photo of Jill Biden that went viral that showed her wearing a red pants suit as she walked to the polls on election day with a giant smile on her face as well.
Given what Trump said in the debate along with Joe’s expression during his post election meeting with Trump and his wife’s red pants suit on election day I think we can surmise that the Biden’s intentionally worked to help railroad the Harris campaign as a form of payback for Kamala’s role in getting Joe kicked out of the presidential race.
When you look at what these people say combined with what they actually do you can get a clear vision on what type of political philosophy they are subscribing to and it all boils down to one thing and one thing only and that involves the reality that they want to retain their position of power no matter what.
Niccolo Machiavelli
I led off this episode with that famous quote from Machiavelli and it’s for a good reason.
The Italian Renaissance political philosopher, statesman, and secretary of the Florentine Republic Niccolo Machiavelli authored his famous written work known as The Prince that branded him with the reputation as an atheist and immoral cynic.
Given the backgrounds of those who stake their entire careers as being politicians it should come as no surprise that many career politicians ultimately make their professional decisions based on what would be advantageous in regards to keeping them in power rather than what’s in the best interest of society. In the case of Niccolo Machiavelli we could say that he created the very mold that forms this sort of thinking inside the deceptive world of politics.
Machiavelli’s writings point to the very motivation for retaining power through the belief of the ends justifying the means. Interestingly enough, in an alternative writing to The Prince Machiavelli’s Discourses on Livy points to a government system that is more consistent with a more Republican tradition that starts with Aristotle.
The writings point to some solid foundations for maintaining a successful government and even highlights the importance of maintaining a balance of power within the acting system of government as he draws much of his comparison from the success of the Roman Republic.
However, Machiavelli focuses on the importance of ruling a society and points to how it is ultimately important for one to be left alone on the matter. His view of Republicanism does not rest on the usual Republican premise that power is safer in the hands of many than it is in the hands of one. On the contrary, he asserts that to found, or reform, a Republic it is necessary to “be alone.” (Source: Britannica)
In fact, Machiavelli goes even further here to communicate that Romulus deserved an excuse for killing his brother and partner in the founding of Rome named Remus because it had to be done for the common good. Once again, this was about as blatant as one could be in terms of buying into the belief that the ends justify the means.
Niccolo Machiavelli’s views and writings, particularly with The Prince, basically boiled down to being a practical handbook for the tyrant. It was good in the sense of being effective and being practical, but not in the sense of being morally good. For Machiavelli it was always better to be feared rather than loved.
One Machiavellian Prince that we have seen in action applying Machiavelli’s philosophy was the ruthless Soviet leader Joseph Stalin who frequently engaged in purging his own Communist Party consisting of internal critics and potential rivals. Stalin applied the thought process of the ends justifying the means directly by ridding himself of any political threat while consolidating his hold on power. (Source: Ananya)
Given what we’ve recently seen with the endless lawfare that has been directed at President Trump, along with the sham indictments, and the media engaging in full blown stochastic terrorism we can see how the Biden/Harris regime can also easily fall into the same category as being a modern day version of a Machiavellian Prince with the way that they run the government.
You see Machiavelli’s view was all about how good governing was the result of doing what was practical and efficient in order to protect the state. However, this doesn’t translate into politicians doing what is necessary to serve the best interest of their respective country. On the contrary, this thought process translates into doing what is necessary and practical in order to protect the regime that’s in power.
In terms of the way these corrupt career politicians view their role in the United States they completely share the view of Machiavelli. The “protecting of democracy” isn’t about protecting the United States, but rather it’s about protecting the ruling class of corrupt actors that currently occupy and run the government that exists within the United States. We must understand this distinction.
What I’m talking about here is an accurate diagnosis of the type of philosophy that is being employed within a ruling class that controls, or is trying to establish an ongoing control, over the United States government.
Granted, if you’ve been on my platform then you know that I will be quick to refer to these career politicians here in the United States as being communist infiltrators and they are definitely that. In short, they are choosing to attempt to rule as communists as the form of governing (or technofeudalism) that they want to put in place, however when it comes to the philosophical application of actually installing that form of government they are following the playbook that mirrors the Machiavellian protocol.
Fortunately Donald J. Trump has been elected by an overwhelming majority and he, along with those of us who support him, have employed a strategy of our own with the application of Sun Tzu’s Art of War to combat and stalemate the nefarious actions of those looking to perpetuate the Evolution of Devolution.
The Wrap Up
The information warfare that has been waged against the American people has involved the Democratic and Republican party establishment’s attempt to employ a Machiavellian attack to brand Donald Trump and the MAGA movement in a negative light.
However, the success of the MAGA movement and Donald Trump’s counter-attack has been using the platforms of alternative media to engage in the information warfare to expose these establishment communists to the public while revealing the truth about who these people are and what these people are actually doing.
This counter-offensive of alternative media is something that has been developing over a period of time, but it has been drastically accelerating since the 2020 election. It’s been something that I’ve felt for a long time is long overdue.
Despite this I still frequently witness people consistently failing to observe the reality of the current cultural and political landscape. For instance, many people will make the mistake of often saying something like “Trump is a polarizing figure.”
However, the reality is that it’s not necessarily Trump that is causing the polarization among our society. The reality is that this polarization is being caused by the ASM, the uni-party, and the longstanding corrupt and entrenched bureaucracy of the Administrative State.
The truth is that Trump is simply the instrument that is challenging that entrenched system and the system is reacting. This is where the appearance of polarization is coming from.
I began this episode talking about the sin of envy. I wanted to bring this up to point to the observation of when the entrenched established communist infiltrators start demonizing and trying to other Donald Trump and the MAGA movement it’s because they are envious.
That’s right, these establishment D.C. politicians are envious of Trump and his supporters.
So why do I say that?
Well, I’ve already established that the majority of these corrupt D.C. politicians have literally spent their lives building a career in the arena of politics. Put yourself in their shoes and imagine the scenario that they currently find themselves in. I mean out of nowhere a guy that has never served a day in any political office whatsoever suddenly pops on the scene and wins his first election in his first seat as a politician and his first political office is the highest office in the land.
Understand that these establishment politicians believe that they are the ones that deserve to be in power and know what’s best for everyone, yet they keep losing to Donald Trump and the MAGA movement.
So how do they respond?
As politicians that are supposed to be representing the American people they certainly aren’t making decisions that are best for the United States, but rather are making decisions that are Machiavellian in an attempt to grasp at the straws in their desperation to hold onto power and it’s failing them.
As I stated in the beginning of this episode if it were the sin of covet all of this would have ended with Trump and the MAGA movement winning, but because the more accurate diagnosis here involves the sin of envy the apparatus and those loyal to it are adversarial to Donald Trump and the MAGA movement.
If this wasn’t the case then why all the lawfare, the unlawful indictments, and the cheers from the other side whenever there were direct and dangerous attempts on Donald Trump’s life? The answer and the accurate diagnosis here is because it’s envy.
James 3:16:
"For where you have envy and selfish ambition, there you find disorder and every evil practice"
Do you find people in your circles who consistently fail to accurately observe the corruption and reality of what’s going on in the world?
Do you see the envy from those who are adversarial to the current rising success of the liberty movement that is being driven by the current MAGA movement?
Make sure to post up a comment here below as we’d like to hear your feedback.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Only the mob and the elite can be attracted by the momentum of totalitarianism itself. The masses have to be won by propaganda.”
― Hannah Arendt
So we are now past the 2024 general election and so I wanted to take a moment to congratulate Donald J. Trump and the MAGA movement on achieving the greatest political comeback victory in American history. The good news here is that we have not yet lost the Sword of Damocles.
Given what President Trump and the rest of us in the MAGA movement have had to endure over the last decade it feels great to celebrate in this moment of victory. With that being said the reality is that now the real work begins on purging the evil forces from the system that put Donald Trump and the MAGA movement through all of the difficulty and hardship in the first place.
Now is not the time to relax. It’s fine to take a minute to acknowledge the big victory, but the reality is that the enemy is not resting. The truth is that right now they’re shell-shocked and severely wounded because they just got hit with the political equivalent of a thermonuclear weapon because this election wasn’t won by simply convincing voters to turn out for Trump in a business as usual election cycle.
No, this victory was delivered because we have built a literal groundswell of a movement that is backed by a sound philosophical grounding in history, philosophy, economics, culture, and health. With that being said we must still remain vigilant while continuing to accelerate our efforts on offense.
The creation of this grassroots movement has been a long steady growth by winning over the hearts and minds of people in the realm of ideas rather than peddling a relentless drumbeat of fear and hate which is fortunately now the broken backbone of the opposition. The sad reality is that this message of fear and hate has been the sales pitch for the communists now for several decades.
Conversely, the sales pitch of this movement is quite the opposite and is the direct reaction, as Isaac Newton would describe it, of a corrupt series of actions of abuse, criminality, and seemingly endless bureacracy.
If you’re new to this platform my professional background is that I’ve been self-employed as a fitness and strength coach now for a couple of decades. If you know anything about running a small business then you understand that in order for that business to be successful, as the owner, you have to be willing to wear many hats.
If I could offer any advice to anyone listening, the point to this is that no matter what field of study you choose to pursue, or what line of work you end up in, you have to be capable of dealing in the art of sales. The skill of being able to sell exists in every industry no matter your line of work. Whether you actually engage in the act of selling certain goods for a living, or you’re simply trying to beef up your resume in order to win the next offer for a brand new job you’re still selling.
The art of selling requires an understanding of being able to recognize a need that someone else has so that you can then seize on the opportunity to provide the product, or service that satisfies that need for the person that’s in need of the thing you were able to identify. This involves the entire art of sales and the art of sales exists in every arena of life.
Now when you hear such an explanation regarding the skilled process of identifying a need that somebody else has on the surface this sounds pretty simple, but the mistake that most people make is confusing what’s simple with what is easy and to be clear the art of sales is not easy. The reality is that once you’re able to identify a need sometimes bringing people to accept that reality is an uncomfortable process.
This uncomfortable process of giving people that positive nudge in order to accept from you that need that you have convinced them that you are able to provide reminded me of an old episode from the famous TV series The Twilight Zone where Death himself had to be the most convincing salesman.
Death’s Persuasion
On January 5, 1962 the American television anthology series The Twilight Zone aired episode #81 titled Nothing in the Dark.
This episode centers around the character of Wanda Dunn who is a frail elderly woman that huddles down in a basement of an abandoned tenement.
One evening Wanda is awakened by an altercation outside of her apartment where Harold Beldon (Robert Redford), a young police officer, is shot and falls down just outside of her front door. Beldon cries out for help as he is afraid that he’s dying. He pleads with Wanda to open her door to help, but she’s afraid of him because she fears that he could be Mr. Death trying to trick her into letting him into her house.
Wanda is uneasy about letting the gentlemen in and she doesn’t have a phone to call for help, but Harold continues to beg so she finally gives in and helps him inside. After grabbing him she realizes that she doesn’t die and is immediately relieved as this convinces her that he is not Death after all.
Once she helps Harold inside she takes a moment to clarify her reluctance to help him by explaining that she once saw Death in the form of a man take a woman’s life by merely touching her. She went on to say that since then that she had also seen him on many other occasions while having a different face and identity each time.
As a result of her experience it’s obvious that Wanda chose to live unhappily in her apartment alone rather than to not live at all.
After a bit there’s a knock at her door and Harold convinces her to answer the door. The man at her door starts forcing the door open and Wanda collapses to the floor in terror. Wanda ends up blacking out, but when she regains consciousness the man apologizes and explains that he’s a building contractor and had been given the task to demolish her building within the hour due to the building having been condemned.
The man tries to convince her that what he’s doing is for a good purpose as getting rid of the old will create a path for the new. The man then goes on to remind Wanda that she has been given plenty of notice in order to leave and if she doesn’t then he will be forced to call the police.
Once the man says this it’s at this point that Wanda turns to Harold for some help, but the contractor doesn’t see him so he turns to leave to go and get the authorities. It’s at this moment that Wanda happens to look into a mirror and doesn’t see Harold in the reflection. At this point it dawns on her that Harold is Mr. Death after all.
Mr. Death then proceeds to explain to Wanda with a friendly smile that he had set up the ruse in order to gain her trust so that she would believe that he was there not to be a threat, or to mean her any harm. Wanda continues her protests, but he gently assures her that she has nothing to fear. Wanda eventually takes his hand and before she realizes anything has changed, she finds herself standing next to her own dead body. From here Wanda and Harold exit her apartment to walk up the stairs and out into the sunlight. (Source: Wikipedia)
“Even though I walk through the darkest valley, I will fear no evil, for you are with me; your rod and your staff they comfort me.”
Psalms 23:4
Sadly Wanda’s character is emblematic of many people who go through their lives living in fear. In The Twilight Zone’s episode here Nothing in the Dark the main character Wanda was so focused on clinging to life that she basically lived as a recluse in fear that she would meet Mr. Death. This is a sad scenario for one to have as the entire point of life is to journey out and to strive to build the life you desire to live instead of running from death.
However, if there’s one thing we’ve learned from our society in the past four years it’s that a significant portion of the population, like Wanda, live their lives in fear. We saw this during the pandemic when so many people were so terrified of leaving their own home because of the fear of catching a virus that they were afraid would kill them even though the government was telling them that the virus had a mortality rate of .6%. What was even more perplexing regarding this was the fact that the actual percentage of those deaths were more highly focused among individuals that struggled with several other physical ailments, or comorbidities, that could easily be fixed through a healthy and disciplined lifestyle change.
Once again this was a huge example of just how much damage the Administrative State Media (ASM) managed to inflict onto our society. Granted the successful brainwashing from the media started long before the pandemic, but the point is that it has created a real detrimental spread of a psychosis among the citizens of our population.
You see fear is a control mechanism that can be manipulated through the use of propaganda. If one is in fear a good salesman can convince a person to believe in a lie that is designed to scare and control a person. From this point it’s the object of fear that keeps perpetuating the false belief and it’s in this moment that sadly many people place their faith in a complete lie on a foundation built out of fear.
Now the problem with this is that getting a person to let go of that lie can be as difficult as breaking the hold that death has over a person, or with a person’s held belief that they can run from Death as we observed here with Wanda.
The Great Man Theory
The historian Thomas Carlyle was one of a few main voices that were proponents of the idea, or theory that is recognized as The Great Man Theory. This theory centers around the idea that the world’s history is nothing more than a collection of biographies that belong to great men.
Now if we look at history we are always referencing the leadership of great men during key moments throughout times in the past that often created movements and momentum that changed the direction of societies during such moments in time.
It was Carlyle and other contemporaries of his time that had gained some serious recognition for their theory, as evidenced by such works including the 1911 Encyclopedia Brittannica Eleventh Edition. This encyclopedia went into detail telling the stories of various biographies of the great men that led during the great historical periods in time.
However, not everyone agreed with Carlyle’s theory of the case involving The Great Man Theory. Herbert Spencer was another philosopher, sociologist, biologist, and political theorist of the era and expressed dogmatic beliefs involving criticisms of Carlyle’s theory that were focused around evolution and despite his criticisms his influence sharply declined after 1900.
His criticism had more to do with his belief that leaders were merely products of their environment. He argued that before a “great man” can remake his society, that society had to be the factor in making him. (Source: Villanova University)
Now I don’t necessarily fully disagree with this component of Spencer’s viewpoint, however he’s a bit dogmatic and simplistic in his approach. For instance, if we use Donald Trump as an example here there’s no question that the country (which would be the environment) is in desperate need of his leadership and Trump, though already a proven and incredibly resilient individual, has undoubtedly become even more battle hardened and resilient after having to endure the endless lawfare, the unconstitutional attacks, and the actual violent attempts on his life.
However, despite all of this as a leader he still had to be willing to look at the environment at the onset of his decision to run for the office of the presidency in the first place. In other words, there was an internal decision that had to take place within his mind first.
I mean the moment he decided to come down that golden escalator on June 16, 2015 to give that speech and to let the world know that he was announcing his candidacy he had to already know he was ready and equipped to do the job and keep in mind this all came well before all the relentless unconstitutional attacks and the numerous assassination attempts on his life.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The problem with Spencer’s theory is that the environment didn’t have anything to do with him making the choice to lead. His role in history to lead wasn’t something that just randomly fell into Donald Trump’s lap, but rather was a choice and a venture that he consciously made to pursue for himself because he wanted to help the country.
Granted, I believe it’s crystal clear that Donald Trump is doing this out of the love for his own country, especially given the fact that he was a billionaire that certainly didn’t have to choose to endure any of the brutal attacks and hardships that he has subjected himself to by making such a choice.
Furthermore, for him to be such a successful indifividual with a billionaire lifestyle, yet he’s willing to tackle the most demanding schedule I’ve ever witnessed by any single human being has zero to do with the environment shaping him. In fact, I’ve heard stories from several of his staffers that are half his age saying that they had trouble keeping up with Trump’s work ethic.
This is a man that only sleeps three to four hours a night and has the most insane travel schedule on the planet. This doesn’t even factor in the demands and the stress from being the leader of the free world and the champion for all of Western civilization.
Given my background as a fitness and strength coach I can tell you firsthand that I don’t motivate my students to engage and maintain adherence to any consistent and challenging physical training regimen. It may surprise you to hear that, but after having over 20 years of experience in this field I can tell you with 100% certainty right now that true discipline and motivation are internal factors that are inherent traits within people.
Sure these traits can be drawn out for a bit, but the long term sustainability of such discipline is something that has to come from a personal inner drive. The strongest form of such an inner drive must be centered around a strong inner belief that is directed towards a particular pursuit.
To have such a strong belief, or strong conviction, towards a particular venture is something that has to come from a deep place within an individual.
I personally believe such strong internal beliefs are centered around love, empathy, and a strong sense of what is right and what is wrong. What I am describing to you is also what many would define as having a warrior spirit.
This is why Donald Trump, as a leader, is so different than all the other so-called leaders. After all, if we’re adopting Spencer’s theory of the case that it is solely the environment that creates the leader then why is there only one leader like Donald Trump? According to Spencer’s criticism of Carlyle’s theory the environment should produce a lot a more Donald Trumps in the world, but right now it’s clear there’s only one Donald Trump.
The Wrap Up
The attempt to sell fear and hate has been a long steady consistent effort that has come from the communists that have infiltrated our country and that sales pitch and drumbeat from the ASM has been a long slow steady one that has spanned many decades throughout the institutions in our nation.
However, there’s no doubt there’s a strong case that this drumbeat has been drowned out by a new message that is coming through with the rise of alternative media, or in the words of Jake Tapper, MAGA media. The message I’m referring to is quite simply the truth.
Because of this communist sales pitch of fear and hate that has dominated the airways for so long the delivery of a better sales pitch required a strong messenger that was loud enough and bold enough to pierce the veil of lies. In this moment of history that loud and bold voice initially came in the form of mean tweets at 3:00 a.m., but ended up resulting in the birth of an entirely new ecosystem of alternative media, or MAGA media.
This new drumbeat of truth and justice will be a better sales pitch and it will soon be strong enough to break the hold that the lies have over the leftist/communist arm of the Democratic party in the same ironic way that it took Mr. Death himself to break the strong held belief that Wanda had that she could run from him.
In the end death is easier to let go of than ideology, but with the application of The Great Man Theory happening in real time due to Trump recognizing the power of prolific human agency we’re getting closer to breaking that communist grip with every minute that passes.
I’m curious did the newly evolved ecosystem of media awaken you to some harsh realities here in the last four years?
Do you recognize the significance and power of prolific human agency in your own life?
Post up in the comment section here below as both myself and the audience would like to hear from you.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
If you've stumbled upon this particular episode today's episode will only be available in full length if you join to become an All-Access Paid member on the Substack.
However, don't click off because I'm still including a substantial preview here for today's episode. Additionally make sure you visit brandonrichey.substack.com to sign up to join.
Thank you again for your support.
“Technological progress has merely provided us with more efficient means for going backwards.”
― Aldous Huxley, Ends and Means
We cannot lose the Sword of Damocles and after November 5th we’ll know whether or not we have succumbed to this ultimate misfortune if Donald Trump is not elected.
If you’re not familiar with the origin of the Sword of Damocles I’ll take a moment to explain the significance as it’s extremely valuable to you, your family, your friends, your neighbors, and every potential friend that you may ever meet.
The famed Sword of Damocles is a moral parable that was made famous by the Roman philosopher Cicero in 45 B.C.. In his book Tusculan Disputations his tale centers on Dionysius II who happened to be a tyrannical king who ruled during the fourth and fifth centuries over the Sicilian city of Syracuse.
Dionysius was a very rich and powerful man, however despite this fact he was a very unhappy individual. The fact of the matter was that because Dionysius was a tyrant he had racked up quite an enemy’s list of opposition which always occupied his thoughts and always kept him looking over his shoulder.
Dionysius was so tormented by his fear of being assassinated that he slept in a bedchamber that was surrounded by a moat and he only allowed his own daughters to shave his beard with a razor as he didn’t trust anyone else to get that close to him.
As Cicero tells the story the tyrant king’s dissatisfaction came to a head one day when a court flatterer named Damocles took it upon himself to shower the king with compliments and made remarks about how great and blissful the king’s life must be.
However when Dionysius heard this he was annoyed and he posed a question by asking Damocles that if he believed his life was so great then “Do you wish to taste it yourself and make a trial of my good fortune?”
After Damocles agreed to this trial Dionysius seated him on a golden couch and ordered a host of servants to wait on him. Damocles was spoiled and treated to the best cuts of meat and he was showered with the best perfumes and treated with the best ointments of the time.
Damocles couldn’t believe his luck, but just as he was getting into the groove of enjoying himself by living the life of a king he noticed that Dionysius had hung a razor-sharp sword from the ceiling directly above his head. As if the presence of this sword wasn’t disturbing enough, what made it even worse is that it was only hanging by a thin single strand of horsehair.
After experiencing this new realization from then on the courtier was in fear of his life which made it impossible for him to enjoy the feasts and the ongoing luxury of having servants to wait on him hand and foot. After the agony of nervously glancing up at the blade on numerous occasions Damocles asked to be excused as he no longer wished to be as fortunate as he perceived the king to be.
For Cicero this tale involving Dionysius and Damocles represented the idea that those in power always must labor under the specter of anxiety and death. In short, the lesson to take away in this scenario is that because of these circumstances, no one can find happiness who is under such constant apprehensions. (Source: History)
Convenience
Now I want to take a moment to shift gears and to look at another modern day scenario. As you’re reading, or listening to this episode you have the ability to either scroll your Facebook feed, or order your next meal through DoorDash all from the touch of your fingertip probably on the same electronic device you’re using to listen to this very podcast.
This is certainly a readily available convenience of life that you and I are able to take advantage of due to the technological advancement of our society these days. Of course, the readily available convenience of such things doesn’t come without a little bit of work, at least in the beginning.
I mean I don’t know about you, but every single time I decide to try to use a particular service through an online site, or app I always have to create an account with a username and a password. Like you I have so many of those accounts I had to create an organized notepad with all of the login information of every single one of these accounts just so I can get back into the account of my choice should the need arise again.
I personally am not a fan of Amazon from the standpoint of having worked on the seller side of the site in addition to understanding how destructive the company is to the overall fabric of our economic system and to small businesses. However, I have shopped on Amazon in the past and with a functioning Prime account I understand just how careful I need to be in terms of where I click because it’s extremely easy to place an item into the cart, have it ordered, and shipped with what seems like a single unnoticed click sometimes.
It’s insanely easy to order stuff off of Amazon and because Amazon has gotten so big and so efficient at handling orders, the headache involved with customer returns, and the ever challenging tasks of customer efficiency the popularity of the site has grown strictly due to the convenience they’ve worked to provide for the consumer.
However, as we’ve learned in the last few years convenience isn’t necessarily a good thing. There is a very large and dangerous price for convenience as well. After all, I’d rather put up with a little bit of inconvenience than have a select few big tech companies grow to the point that they can corner an entire market for providing the majority of goods to society while putting small businesses through the wringer.
This is especially troubling to seewhile understanding that most every single one of those small businesses are already struggling trying to figure out how to make it in a horrible stagflationary economy. The big tech corporations have the manpower, resources, and lobby to influence the power players in Washington D.C. to their benefit all the while the mom and pop store get railroaded by a weakened dollar, a lethargic economy, and endless tax and bureaucratic compliance that just keeps squeezing and squeezing every last drop of blood out of the American entrepreneurial body.
This environment has stifled economic growth, disincentivized the entrepreneurial spirit, and has resulted in the single biggest transfer of wealth to these giant companies from the pandemic that the world has ever seen.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“In a room where people unanimously maintain a conspiracy of silence, one word of truth sounds like a pistol shot.”
― Czesław Miłosz
When looking at the framework of our society over the last several years it’s obvious that we have a corrupt governmental system that serves to currently exist primarily to be a financial graft for players that have molded that system for that very purpose.
They’ve molded the system to nurture a cronyistic environment in order to leech off the system rather than to mold the system for the purpose of serving the American people. What’s even worse than this is that being that the system has been formed to function in this way, if anyone tries to go up against the system then the system reacts in a very hostile manner. The reaction is apparent as the cronyism becomes hostile towards forces that are adversarial towards it.
This past weekend I had an epiphany after the battery of unnatural disasters with the back to back massive hurricanes that have hammered the southeastern region of the United States where I happen to live.
I live in the state of Georgia and fortunately where I live I didn’t have any major problems from hurricane Helene, but my neighbors in Augusta, North Carolina, and Tennessee all have had a difficult time due to some extreme damage.
If you’ve been paying attention, most of this damage occurred due to the massive rainfall and flooding that hit the mountain area around Asheville, North Carolina which was nearly 600 miles inland from the Gulf of Mexico where the storm originated. That alone doesn’t make any sense at all.
In my lifetime I can’t remember one single instance where a hurricane occurred by starting in the Gulf of Mexico only to move east nearly 600 miles inland to administer a ton of flooding damage to a mountain region that sits at an elevation of 2134 feet above sea level. This is completely unnatural.
I’ll be 48 years old this coming November and in the nearly 48 years that I’ve been on this planet I never remember anything like this happening involving a hurricane. Now as soon as I say that many people will read, or hear that and immediately start screaming about climate change.
If that’s happening now I’m glad to hear it because this weekend I had an epiphany regarding the climate change movement where I might have stumbled across the greatest contradiction regarding the left’s perspective on climate change in the 21st century.
First of all, when looking at the whole climate change movement it’s simply another graft that equates to the corrupt system that I was just describing at the onset of this episode.
When I mentioned that I see a huge contradiction regarding the far left’s climate change movement I’ll elaborate a bit further in a bit, but first I want to talk about whether or not climate change is man made.
Whenever I see the subject of weather and climate brought up there seems to be a misunderstanding by those on the far left in regards to these two words.
To give you an example whenever there happens to be a disastrous storm to occur such as hurricane Helene the leftist climate change cultists are quick to throw out the climate change label as being the culprit for the storm occurring and administering whatever level of devastation it happens to cause on society at the time that it hits.
Now what I’ve come to understand is that whenever the term climate change is used it’s simply a loaded term because it is solely used to feed a corrupt and political financial graft and part of giving fodder to any graft means that certain keywords associated with a particular graft, or leftist cause, are done for the sole purpose of spreading a victimhood narrative. To clarify a bit further this means the term climate change can be used by the left interchangeably with the term weather, but this can’t be done if anyone else uses the words weather and climate interchangeably when it doesn’t agree with the messaging of the climate cultists.
Another example of how the left abuses terms for the purpose of giving fodder to a graft is when they use the term gun violence whenever one human harms, or kills another human in a homicide where they happen to use a firearm.
With just a tiny bit of critical thinking it’s obvious that inanimate objects don’t come to life and kill people as the term gun violence suggests. In short, only people can kill other people with or without evil intent. A gun doesn’t have the capacity, or possess personal internal motive, or even the ability to produce the outcome of killing another person by springing into action by itself. The gun is simply an inanimate instrument that can be used by a person to kill another person.
The thing you have to come to realize is that the nomenclature is always manipulated by the left to suit their desired narratives and if these narratives force enough influence over the masses within a given society they can achieve the goals of their political agenda, and more importantly they can achieve the goals of their financial graft.
I realize we are living in a postmodern era where the definitions of words don’t mean anything anymore to people on the far left, but for the purpose of hammering the logic of this discussion into the vacuous minds of the leftist climate change cult, let's take a moment to clarify the definitions of the words weather and climate anyways.
Weather is defined as the state of the atmosphere with respect to heat or cold, wetness or dryness, and calm or storm at any given moment.
Climate is defined as the average course, or condition of weather at a place typically as it behaves over a period of years which is exhibited by temperature, wind velocity, and precipitation.
So based on both of these specific definitions weather has a direct impact on climate with the only difference generally being the period of time of observing one compared to the other.
So there’s a few reasons why I wanted to establish this upfront because the series of realities that are about to follow are going to cause you to look at this entire climate change movement in a way that you probably never would have considered before. This will be the case if you have a critical thinking mind and are intellectually honest enough with having the capability of looking at the receipts that back up this discussion.
The Mechanisms For Altering Weather and Climate
Dr. Daniel Martin is a key research engineer in College Station, Texas that started experimenting with a process of sending flares and burning silver iodide into clouds using an airplane to produce rain. This process is known as cloud seeding.
Dr. Martin and his team started experimenting with this technology back in 2017. Being a member of the Agricultural Research Service (ARS) Martin explains that in order for water droplets in a cloud to make rain that they must collide and coalesce to collect and form drops that are large enough to then fall to the ground.
The reason this is significant is that Martin and his research team have been nudging this process along by releasing charged water particles into clouds. These particles carry an opposite electrical charge of the water in the clouds. This acts as cloud condensation nuclei and will kickstart the rainmaking process.
According to Martin "most programs generate 10-15% additional rainfall using the conventional flare technology. Our initial numbers show about a 25-30% increase. Limited data set, but very promising." (Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture)
So here is a key researcher in the federal government openly discussing his program’s success for manipulating weather in this way using the process known as cloud seeding as the method for doing so.
In addition to this on June 29, 2016 former CIA director John Brennan addressed the Council on Foreign Relations regarding Stratospheric Aerosol Injections (SAI), a Geoengineering campaign where he bragged about the government’s program. Brennan who was one of the 51 intelligence agents who lied about the Hunter Biden laptop story saying it was Russian disinformation touted the technology included with SAI which involves particles being released into the atmosphere in order to reflect the sun’s heat.
According to Brennan this SAI heat reflective capability can cool temperatures allowing economies time to transition off of fossil fuels for the purpose of climate change.
Brennan also goes on to talk about how SAI’s potential to alter weather patterns could play a major role in the global relations possibly triggering opposition by some nations due to one region benefitting from the technology compared to another region. Brennan also pointed out that global norms and standards are lacking for administering and overseeing this technology on a global scale. (Source: YouTube)
However, when it comes to manipulating the weather cloud seeding is one way that the government has openly discussed here, but the federal government has even utilized cloud seeding for the purpose of weaponizing weather to assist combat missions as well and this dates as far back as the Vietnam War in an exercise known as Project Popeye. (Source: Office of The Historian)
Project Popeye was a weather modification mission that was proposed to be initiated by the Department of Defense (DoD) in order to disrupt and impair the supply chain route of the Vietcong in North Vietnam and Laos during the Vietnam War as seen in the following document. This is noted here in a memorandum from the Deputy Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs (Kohler) to the Secretary of State David Dean Rusk on January 13, 1967 as published by the Office of The Historian.
This operation was carried out by the Air Force during the Vietnam War between 1967-1972 with a goal to extend the monsoon season over specific areas of the Ho Chi Minh Trail.
The chemical altering weather modification exercise was conducted from Thailand over Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam and was allegedly sponsored by a now very well known globalist and former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger along with the CIA without the authorization from the then Secretary of Defense Melvin Laird. As another interesting point of mention Laird himself at the time had categorically denied to Congress that a program involving the modification of weather for use as a tactical weapon even existed. (Source: Wikipedia)
Now it’s no secret that Henry Kissinger was also directly tied into the World Economic Forum (WEF) and has spoken at length in Davos on the historical perspectives of warfare among other geo-political ramblings among the globalists for many years. He’s carried on such conversations with Klaus Schwab.
However, there’s an interesting theme here regarding Kissinger’s colleague and counterpart in Klaus Schwab that I wanted to address as the spokesperson for the WEF, along with the globalists, who all have frequently mentioned the prospect of the world facing what they refer to as a series of polycrisis.
“The changes are so profound that, from the perspective of human history, there has never been a time of greater promise or potential peril.”
― Klaus Schwab, The Fourth Industrial Revolution
So I find the interconnectivity of these global political figures that have had direct ties to warfare, global relations, and economic networking to be very disturbing in their actions.
In addition to this I’ve already gathered a nice collection of scientists, intelligence agents, politicians, and globalist fascists to openly admit and brag about the current and emerging technologies associated with their abilities to directly modify and impact the weather and climate directly themselves.
In fact, they’ve all openly admitted and bragged about the success of the government’s work along with the technologies that exist to modify both the weather and the climate based on the definitions of the words which I clarified here earlier.
So the question remains is climate change man made?
I would say that the short answer to this would be an absolute yes based on what the government is telling us that they have and are currently doing, but it’s not man made in the same way that the leftist climate cult have espoused now for many years. This episode has deconstructed the climate narrative.
In other words, it’s a known fact that the planet goes through its own natural cycles where weather and temperature can change due to phases of its natural existence. However, the idea that man’s existence in daily life is a direct threat to the climate because functioning civilizations are contributing to “climate change” is a big stretch. .
However, the reality is that if the left wants to blame these unnatural disasters on climate change then the federal government, as I’ve directly sourced here, has already admitted it is capable of modifying the climate and weather directly itself and, in fact, has been doing so with a history that goes back nearly 60 years to the Vietnam War.
The Wrap Up
Over the past four years it’s been crystal clear to me that the federal government has become nothing more than a fertile ground for the graft where special interests can get their palms greased with government subsidies to financially support their so-called respective causes.
This has literally resulted in a complete failure of our governmental systems and has resulted in some of the most evil outcomes that have been released upon our society from the pandemic, to corrupt elections, to endless wars, poor handling of unnatural disasters, an invasion of the country, and even domestic terrorism with multiple attempted assassinations against President Trump due to the Red Reality.
I almost forgot that at the beginning of this episode I mentioned that I had discovered the greatest contradiction regarding the leftist cult’s perspective on climate change.
The leftist climate cult have always said that climate change is the greatest threat the world faces today so we need the government’s power in order to stop it.
However, after unnatural hurricane disasters and floods those same people who believe the government has the power to stop climate change in the same breath accuse others of being “conspiracy theorists” for suggesting that the government can modify and impact the climate and weather directly.
Well, I’ve already managed to deconstruct the leftist climate cult’s perspective on climate change in this very episode. The government has clearly admitted over many instances covering a long period of time where they can directly modify and impact the weather and climate.
In addition to this, these global organizations like the WEF and the Council on Foreign Relations have frequently pushed the entire Environmental Social Governance (ESG) agenda onto many companies throughout the world. This agenda forces companies to meet certain requirements associated with the climate change graft in order for them to get certain investment funding based on them meeting the criteria as the WEF defines it. (Source: World Economic Forum)
This is simply a prime example of a circular funding operation where the global agendas are pushed onto the government by lobbyists whose companies benefit from the government subsidies. From here the government then issues the subsidies for the researchers to create the problems they are supposed to solve. From this point when the problems arise the demand for the organizations that are in place are promoted.
This leads to it becoming a political issue which in turn becomes a campaign issue such as the climate change agenda. Given this you may wonder how they get companies onboard in order to comply with certain agendas? In terms of the climate change agenda this is where the funding programs such as ESG come in so that investment capital can be made to spread the growth of these movements throughout society.
The reality is that these companies that the lobbyists represent don’t want societal problems to go away. For instance, they don’t want racism to go away because their funding would go away. They don’t want wars to go away because their funding would go away. They don’t want pandemics to go away because their funding would go away. Finally, they don’t want climate change to go away because their funding would go away.
Understand the narrative of many of these companies and government agencies is that they exist for the purpose of tackling society’s problems, but in reality they use and mold the societal problems into feeding a circular financial graft as their main play.
The only constructive outcome here regarding the climate change narrative is the deconstruction of this narrative.
Were you aware that the government had the ability to directly modify the climate and weather?
Are you currently out talking to friends, family, and colleagues about voting to put an end to the corruption and large scale graft in D.C. by electing Donald Trump?
Post up a comment below as I would like to hear from you.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The worst sound in our business is silence. That means they don't care.”
–Vince McMahon
Over the past week I took the time to watch the Netflix limited series Mr. McMahon. Now I must confess that professional wrestling, or more specifically wrestling entertainment, was a huge part of my childhood growing up.
In the early years of my childhood it wasn’t unusual for me to be visiting a friend for a sleepover, or to have a friend visiting me, only to wake up on Saturday mornings to click on the TV to watch Pro Wrestling, or as they used to say here in the South…Wrassling.
Being a GenXer looking back now I’m convinced that the era of Pro Wrestling served to be a real cultural spearhead that engaged the kids of my generation in a way that not many other forms of entertainment could manage to do.
Why do I say this?
I say this because the thing that made Pro Wrestling so effective was the storylines. I mean aside from the amazing athleticism and competition that was involved with the sport, it was the development of the characters, the connection those characters had with their audience, and the stories that they told that captivated the audiences which consisted of kids like myself, my brother, and most all of my friends.
Within those storylines my generation got to witness many superstars in Pro Wrestling that appealed to the age old narrative of the good guy versus the bad guy with guys such as Hulk Hogan and Ric Flair that became these larger than life figures that made the entertainment from the sport of Pro Wrestling most impactful.
Now if you’re in any way familiar with this then you know exactly what I’m talking about. However, it’s also a known fact that as my generation got older the sport of Pro Wrestling also changed in order to appeal to different age demographics and as a result there were times when those storylines were both entertaining and controversial.
It’s safe to say that there were times when the storylines were no longer aimed towards appealing to the same age demographic of kids, but rather aimed to appeal to teenage and college aged men as the sport progressed through its storylines from the 1980s and into the late 1990s.
Now I want to be clear about something here because I don’t want this message to get lost in my analysis of why I am choosing to discuss this sport in this episode, or the controversial personalities involved in it, especially concerning Vince McMahon himself.
I am aware that Vince McMahon is a controversial figure and currently had to step away from the sport due to certain sexual allegations coming from people that are supposedly attached to the sport. I’m not here to pass judgment on Vince, or to act like I know what it is exactly that he did or didn’t do in terms of any potential crime that may, or may have not been committed.
However, I will credit Vince McMahon for having at one time created one of the greatest forms of entertainment that I’ve ever experienced as a kid growing up in the 1980s and I’m sure there’s a lot of you in my audience that would agree.
On that note, there’s another more significant reason I chose to watch this Netflix special to begin with. I was recently doing some thinking and for some strange reason there were some things that I had remembered seeing in Pro Wrestling that I felt drew some stark parallels between that sport and all the craziness we’re currently seeing in the world right now.
Blurring The Lines of Reality
Out of respect for you just in case you do have an interest in seeing the Mr. McMahon limited series I don’t want to give away too much as I really just want to take the opportunity here in this episode to focus on how the entertainment side of the WWE, as well as their competitor in WCW (founded by Ted Turner), were able to utilize narratives in their storylines to captivate their audiences.
Now when I discuss these storylines I’m more specifically referring to that era in the late 1990s when the storylines were geared more towards an older audience of young men. Granted it was during this time when there was a lot of controversy involved in these storylines and this was an era that I would say would not have been a good time for younger kids to watch the sport because of this very reason.
The new Mr. McMahon series touches on all of this and I would say that there were a lot of things that the sport covered that wouldn’t be considered family friendly, or perhaps too tasteful at times. However, it’s not necessarily my judgment of the details, or the nature of the content of the stories that I want to make the central focus here, but rather I am more interested in sharing with you how Vince McMahon managed to take the controversy in real life and leverage it for his own benefit.
So how did Vince McMahon, or Mr. McMahon manage to do this?
He did this through a unique practice involving the concept known in the industry as the kayfabe. The kayfabe involves the portrayal of staged events within the industry as being “real” or “true.” This particularly involves the way in which certain relationships involving rivalries, competitors, and different participants are portrayed within certain storylines that even crossover into the real world. Because of this the kayfabe is a highly effective technique that can absolutely be used to blur the lines between fiction and reality.
To give you an example of this, according to the Mr. McMahon series one of the iconic wrestlers known as the Undertaker was talking about how the kayfabe would work within the industry among all the wrestlers.
In the Undertaker’s explanation the kayfabe was traditionally about staying in the role of the character and never intermingling with guys that were his competitors whenever they would be out in public. Granted, Mark Calaway (aka The Undertaker) was a long time major superstar in the industry and because he was more a part of that traditional old guard of the business he communicated how serious he took honoring the kayfabe in order to protect the brand of the wrestling entertainment business.
In a segment in the series Mark talked about how even though he may at times have been seen out in public outside of the venue of the wrestling ring alongside a character rival that he would always still give his opposition a disapproving stare, or even go so far as to engage in some unfriendly dialogue with his opponent out in public. He explained how he, along with everyone else, would do this on a consistent basis to maintain a level of doubt in the minds of the public whenever fans would encounter himself, or any of the other superstars outside of the squared circle.
This doubt I’m referring to here involves how the superstars such as Mark and many others would shape and maintain influence on the perception of the public as they may presume and possess preconceived notions regarding the feuds among the wrestling superstars as all being staged.
However, by Mark and the other superstars maintaining and staying in their respective character roles and acting some of that out in public it would cast a shadow of doubt in order to maintain the mystery and suggest that the rivalry between certain wrestling superstars was actually genuine.
What made this so fascinating to me was how Vince McMahon managed to utilize the kayfabe whenever he was right in the middle of some major controversy in real life. One example that I can recall involved the very popular female WWE superstar Sable (Rena Lesnar) when she sued the WWE back in 1999 for $110 million citing sexual harassment and unsafe working conditions. McMahon and Sable eventually settled this out of court.
Now that may not seem like anything new when it comes to the normal controversial headlines of the entertainment world, however Mr. McMahon would demonstrate how this would be used as quite a test of the kayfabe by turning this controversial headline into a storyline when Sable returned to the WWE in 2003.
Upon her return her character was a villainess that would end up portraying a role within her storyline where she would feud with Vince McMahon’s daughter Stephanie McMahon. To make matters worse in this story Vince had appointed Sable as Stephanie's personal assistant along with playing the role of Vince McMahon’s mistress.
That’s right, the same Sable that had sued the company for $110 million for sexual harassment and unsafe working conditions would return to the WWE in a character portraying McMahon’s mistress. Now that’s what I’m talking about in regards to the kayfabe and how the lines of fiction and reality can be blurred even in a more extreme circumstance such as this.
Here McMahon took the kayfabe to a whole new level and what’s even more incredible is that in his interview in the series he said that he didn’t remember much about the Sable lawsuit, but that the only thing he did remember was that she did come back to work.
So why did I go to all the trouble to highlight how the founder of the WWE Vince McMahon mastered the art of blending fiction with reality?
Well McMahon is certainly a master of keeping his audience guessing in terms of what is real and what isn’t. He was, and still is a master at producing narratives that drive storylines.
Before I forget he was so good at it that it pushed his biggest competitor in WCW (founded by Ted Turner) to also produce some hard hitting storylines along with some very interesting narratives. Turner’s WCW managed to do this with a masterful show producer at the time named Eric Bischoff.
Bischoff was the one storyteller that almost destroyed WWE and Vince McMahon as he was successfully able to draw away much of the WWE talent to fuel the character development and storylines of the WCW.
I don’t want to spend too much time on the WCW here, but the one storyline that had a big splash here was when he managed to pull the biggest star and hero of the WWE over into the WCW. This major wrestling superstar was the one and only Hulk Hogan.
However, Bischoff created a storyline with Hulk Hogan that was so shocking and made such a splash that it kicked off a streak of them pounding the WWE in the television ratings for 83 straight weeks.
You’re probably wondering Brandon, what storyline was that?
The storyline that I’m referring to was the introduction of Hollywood Hulk Hogan. You see, to understand the significance of this you have to understand Hogan’s traditional character role and what made him a superstar in the first place.
You see Hulk Hogan became the iconic superstar in the WWE by being the ultimate face, or good guy. He is, and always has been, the red blooded American hero inside the squared circle. He won over the hearts of kids like myself at a very young age and then when he came to the WCW many years later many of the same kids like myself were now young men in that high school to college age demographic.
In his introduction to the WCW he made a surprise appearance and would shock the wrestling world as he came in adopting the role of being the heel instead of the face. For some added context the heel is a term used in wrestling that is basically the antagonist, or villain, whereas the face is the term associated with being the good guy.
In the WCW Hulk Hogan would become the heel known as Hollywood Hulk Hogan.
Now it’s this particular storyline that was born out of the immense competitive spirit between WCW and WWE that I wanted to address here in this episode because this once again highlights some cultural and societal realities that we see existing in the real world now like never before.
For instance, Hulk Hogan’s new stage name as the villain became Hollywood Hulk Hogan. The thing I find interesting about this is that they inserted the word Hollywood into the name which is both flashy, but it’s also associated with being antagonistic.
Additionally Hulk Hogan had already been the ultimate face of Pro Wrestling and with this new role as Hollywood Hulk Hogan he would end up becoming the ultimate heel as well. His character didn’t stand alone in this role either. Culturally speaking there’s another very intriguing point to highlight here concerning the central narrative around his character and the group he would be associated with in his new role. The crazy thing was that in his new role as the villain he would end up being the leader of a gang of other heels that referred to themselves as the New World Order (NWO).
Yes, this new group of villains actually referred to themselves with the longstanding and antagonistic moniker associated with the evil global governance we’re seeing today. The thing that is so crazy about this is that this theme of globalism has been highlighted throughout our history and culture for many years and people have often joked about it.
I just find it interesting that this theme was certainly center stage in the wrestling entertainment industry here in a big way back in 1996 with this storyline being the central driver for WCW to go to all out war with the WWE involving their former superstar who was newly recognized as Hollywood Hulk Hogan along with his gang the NWO.
Fiction Mirroring Reality
So you’re probably wondering Brandon, where are you going with all of this?
The thing that stands out with the storytelling and the creative production of Pro Wrestling over the years is that it has mirrored a lot of reality that’s taking place in the real world, particularly with what we’re seeing play out today.
I mean it’s obvious now given the collapse of our country how useless many career politicians are in reality as they’re all bought in on the grift that they can achieve through the corrupt lobbying and deal making that takes place in Washington D.C.
Because of this the overwhelming majority of them offer absolutely nothing in terms of service to the American people that voted for them and funded their campaigns in order for them to be there as representatives.
They are simply engaging in their own version of the kayfabe playing the role of a figurehead and a talking suit that stands in front of the TV cameras to make a bunch of promises without ever following through to take any real action to benefit the American Republic.
In fact, the only actions that ever get taken are the actions of the communist Democrats that continue to fund a woke and weaponized government which is directly contributing to dangerous geo-political instability in the world, the destruction of our currency, the dissolving of our sovereignty through globalism, and ongoing calamity and violent attacks on our homeland.
The thing is that Hulk Hogan's iconic role as an American Hero and face of the WWE was exactly what skyrocketed him to stardom in the 1980s. Looking back now it’s obvious how much his career along with the trend of the WWE mirrored the United States itself as the country was on top of the world economically, culturally, and was the symbol for the world of opportunity and strength.
However, the trajectory of Hulk Hogan’s career involved a shift in character with his departure from the WWE involving him switching over to being the infamous villain of WCW as Hollywood Hulk Hogan and leader of the NWO which eerily looks like the same path of the United States.
After all, as I previously stated the United States was on top of the world throughout the 1980s, but ended up shifting fast in the 1990s and the 2000s to ushering in globalism (aka the real life version of the NWO) which is currently eroding the sovereignty of the Republic just as the wrestling characters of the NWO were successful in doing the same with eroding the talent of the WWE.
Wrestling entertainment might seem like the most unassuming place where one could get a lesson on the destructive nature of globalism, but the fact remains that the way the storylines and narratives have played out it has certainly demonstrated a lot of accuracy in terms of art imitating life.
The Wrap Up
Now there’s no doubt that the WWE was on its back foot for a while and things had been looking grim thanks to Eric Bischoff and his creation of Hollywood Hulk Hogan and the NWO.
After all, the NWO had managed to pick off one talented wrestler after the next from the WWE and the WCW had a powerful storyline as the NWO continued the beating of the WWE for those 83 straight weeks in the ratings.
However, as much as this war of the two iconic businesses had heated up with the WCW really putting the hurt on the WWE this left the WWE in a weakened, yet unique position.
In other words, the talent that remained at the WWE at that time realized that their company was hurting, but they also realized that because of the position they were in that they really had a clean slate and a prime opportunity for them to step up and become a star.
It was in this moment, along with the competitive fueled nature of the business, that certain wrestlers such as Shawn Michaels, Stone Cold Steve Austin, The Rock, and Triple H stepped into the breach by embracing some creative and edgy attitude within the styles of their newly formed characters. By each of these wrestlers being bold and stepping into a leadership role with their newly created personas this resulted in the birth of what is now recognized in the wrestling industry as the Attitude Era of WWE.
Once this creative process happened the shift in the TV ratings started to change and this eventually led to the WWE surging its way past the WCW and back to the top of the TV ratings and never looking back. In fact, the WWE would ultimately end up buying out the WCW and Hulk Hogan himself would eventually make his iconic return to the WWE in his traditional role as the face. Thisis where he went head to head with the WWE superstar the Rock at the WWE’s own Super Bowl level event known as Wrestlemania.
Now that I look at the current position of the United States along with its broken institutions that have been captured by the Globalists and the CCP I have to ask, Is art still imitating real life? After all, when drawing the comparative narratives in having observed the path of the WWE up against the WCW and with the current trajectory our country up against the globalist and the CCP one can’t help but notice a similar real world storyline narrative.
I ask this because looking at how the WWE was on top of the world it all changed as the business found its talent being captured by its competitor in WCW. Not only was its competitor using the name of what we’d consider to be a globalist gang in the NWO, but they were behaving like the globalists as the WCW would pick off one star talent after the next from the WWE in much the same way as the globalist and the CCP have captured many of our major American corporations over the years.
Like the WCW, the globalist and the CCP have captured many of our country’s corporate institutions and have managed to play out a dominant narrative on the global stage now for the past thirty years. That narrative has been that globalism was a better economic model and that the failure of the United States was simply inevitable. No, I’m not making this up and this absurd narrative is what is known as the Thucydides Trap.
Of course, as far as the WWE this would all continue to happen until the WWE had its own version of a Great Awakening.
Looking at the competitive history of these organizations I see a similar comparison in terms of the path of the WWE journey up against the WCW compared with the path that the country has been on for the past thirty years up against the forces of globalism and the CCP.
When the remaining stars of the WWE had their backs up against the wall they stepped into the chaos and were able to set fire to an entirely new beginning with their company by leading the WWE back to the path of victory.
With the United States currently finding itself in a similar dire situation will enough of our bold unknowns step into the chaos in the same way to become the superstars our country needs to lead us to a victory over the global communists? I believe that is already happening now.
The important thing for each of us to remember is that we must ensure that those who are saying that they are stepping into that breach are in fact doing so because they have proven themselves by standing firm on their actions and principles.
In short, we need to pay close attention and exercise discernment to make sure they’re the real thing and not just another establishment politician that is engaged in the D.C. Swamp Theater’s version of The Kayfabe.
With the United States having its back up against the ropes do you see the unexpected heroes trying to step into the breach to save the Republic?
Do you see the old corrupt institutions that have been infiltrated with too much rot starting to fade while the fresh new ecosystem of talent in business, entertainment, and media are starting to ascend?
Post up and share a comment here below as I know both myself and many audience members would like to hear your feedback.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you'd like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Photo Credit
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“If Enlightenment was the salad, Entanglement is the soup”
― Neri Oxman
When looking at the very interesting field of quantum physics there is a phenomenon involving particles known as entanglement that will absolutely make you sit back in your chair and scratch your head.
Now to be clear I’m not a physicist, but as a layman with a curious mind and some certain critical thinking abilities I’m sure that I, like you, probably find the word entanglement interesting enough to study more about it. Additionally I’m confident that it will cause you to want to continue reading this, probably to see what I’m going to say next, only to then perhaps discover whether or not your guess about my approach on the subject of the word here is similar to my own?
Whether this revolves around your general curiosity or not, if I’m speaking for myself I’d say that the word itself is interesting enough to make me want to learn about it along with any potential concept that it could be associated with just for the sake of knowledge. Regardless of your reason I feel confident that my best attempt to explain it here involving the context of this article, along with a broader application of it that I want to attempt to explore, will hold your attention.
So what is it that I’m talking about when I use the word entanglement along with using it in the title of this very article?
Well the first initial concept of entanglement I want to refer to here involves the term as it relates to the field of quantum physics.
When looking at this phenomenon in quantum physics when two particles such as a pair of electrons, or photons become entangled they remain connected even when they are separated by vast distances. Einstein himself referred to entanglement as “spooky action at a distance.”
In my attempt at the simplest example I can try to use here in order to make a comparison of what entanglement is: the behavior of particles that are entangled can sort of be compared to how a dance such as the tango can arise out of the behavior of the particles. In other words, the concept of entanglement arises from the connection of the particles that are entangled. This is also what scientists refer to as an emerging property.
Basically the change in the state of any particle instantly changes the state of the other when they are entangled.
To further clarify this with one experiment researchers will use a special type of crystal to generate a couple of entangled particles from one. From this point these particles are then sent to different locations. For the sake of this discussion let’s say that the researchers want to measure and observe the direction the particles are spinning which would either be up or down along the axis of each particle in observation.
Here before these particles are measured both will be in a state of superposition, or “both spin up” and “spin down” at the same time. (Source: Caltech)
So as the researchers make the observation of one particle observing the direction of its spin and then they also look at the entangled partner’s spin they will discover that the two particles are correlated.
In other words, if one particle is spinning up the other may be spinning down. Additionally they could both be in a state of spinning up together, or spinning down together, as well depending on the experiment, but the point is that both particles will be correlated in the behavior of their movement.
Now this essentially involves the relationship and a bit of a taste of what is involved with this mystery of the universe known as entanglement. It’s fascinating that these particles will behave with such a correlation no matter how far apart in distance they may be. This is quite fascinating and it’s also quite the head scratcher that the universe behaves in this way.
The way I see this is that the universe is clearly a created body with its own anatomy and structure that functions just as the creator intended it to function.
The Hive Mind
Now I want to take a moment to make a slight shift here as I will return to the concept of quantum entanglement in a bit. Another interesting phenomenon that I want to touch on is the concept of the hive mind.
This concept is one that typically involves the emergence of a type of group intelligence which is usually associated with certain types of insects. Some obvious examples that come to mind would involve bees and ants. The point here is that there’s a group intelligence that emerges when a species can be seen working together as a unit. However, this concept also applies to human intelligence when it makes up the hive mind in certain group environments.
This concept, as it applies to humans, has also been highlighted in pop culture as a negative thing with the examples of the Borg as seen in the TV show Star Trek along with Dr. Who’s Cybermen. (Source: VeryWellMind)
In both of these examples of pop culture these civilizations manage to assimilate large groups of people into their collective consciousness while also managing to completely eliminate their ability to think for themselves as individuals.
There are positive examples of when the hive mind function can work in certain given scenarios when the collective is all working towards a common goal within the confines of a fixed model. A couple of examples here would be a sports team such as a football or basketball team that is trying to win a game against their opponent.
In this type of scenario each team may have a game plan and a coach guiding their decisions towards a common goal. In such a scenario the team striving to win has a better chance of winning if they work towards executing a common strategy that has been proven to yield success against an opponent. However, even in this scenario the hive mind is a limiting factor because if the team is working together as a unit with a common strategy that is NOT yielding success then they will also fail.
Competitive sports teams are one thing, but in terms of scenarios involving the real world with real world consequences history has shown us that the hive mind can be incredibly dark and dangerous. In fact, the fear associated with it in real life is even more terrifying than the Borg.
Some huge examples of where the hive mind becomes incredibly dangerous can be seen in the documented history of the development of the societal concept known as Mass Formation. This phenomenon is well documented throughout history in various societies and it involves a scenario where a certain society succumbs to an object of fear. Mass Formation is so significant in these cases that society focuses on that object of fear to the point that it results in the group being radically blind to the extent that it causes them to go against everything that goes against what the people in the infected society would normally believe in.
This very phenomenon is exactly what the renowned professor of Psychology Mattias Desmet outlined during the time of the pandemic. Desmet pointed to the documented historical context of Mass Formation and how it took over populations throughout a range of societies such as Iran during the 1979 Iranian Revolution, as well as, the execution of Russian leaders by Stalin during his reign of terror.
Desmet points out a couple of specific and disturbing incidents involving both of these societies through documented cases.
In the 1979 Iranian Revolution Desmet points to the most extreme phase of Mass Formation when society had reached the point that it was radically intolerant of dissonant voices.
According to Desmet, when societies reach this most radical stage of progression concerning Mass Formation that those people will commit atrocities towards those others who won’t go along with the masses and even do so as if it’s some sort of righteous sense of duty.
In one concrete example of just how dark this can get concerning Mass Formation Desmet, from his own experience, referenced a story of when he interviewed an Iranian woman who with her own eyes witnessed another woman who had reported her own son to the state for being a dissonant.
Now if you don’t think that’s scary this story gets much worse. Not only did the woman report her own son to the state, but she would be the one who would end up hanging the noose around her son’s neck herself in the short moment that followed.
As if this wasn’t bad enough, after the horrendous event the woman was seen claiming to be a heroine to do what she did for the good of the state. After hearing such a story it’s hard to imagine how society could arrive at such a place, but then again people infected by Mass Formation are functioning like a collective consciousness. It’s as if their minds are part of a hive. There’s that word hive again and this is exactly what happens when the hive mind extinguishes individuality and individual thought.
Even in the historical example I mentioned with Stalin executing some of his Communist leaders during his tenure Desmet pointed out that even then many of the Communist leaders were quoted as saying “If that is what I can do for the communist party, I will do it with pleasure.” Note that this wasn’t some high ranking official doing anything for the common good, but rather a guy choosing to sacrifice himself because the Borg demanded it.
During the pandemic this happened when the media managed to convince society to start “othering” parts of the population who didn’t follow unconstitutional guidelines that directly involved actions such as shutting down people’s businesses, forcing them to take a form of experimental gene therapy, and throwing them into house arrest and isolation under the guise of “being quarantined.”
What was even more astounding was the blatant hypocrisy of this behavior as all of it was just starting to get a foothold. One famous case that comes to mind for me was when the actress Gina Carano took to her social media to make reference about how society was othering people who went against the narrative and expressed opposing political viewpoints back during the pandemic. She then proceeded to draw the parallel of how this was exactly what happened to the Jewish people when the government and media convinced society to start doing the same thing just before it all led to the Holocaust.
What happened next with everyone’s response involving their criticism of Carano was that they started calling for her to be canceled and Disney ended up firing her from her position on the hit TV series The Mandalorian. The glaring hypocrisy here was that those who displayed public calls for her to be canceled and fired, along with Disney actually following through with the act, demonstrated to the world that everyone of those people did exactly what she had warned the public about concerning the behavior of society prior to the Holocaust. In short, they ended up othering her and many others in society at that time.
In my view since the pandemic much of society has succumbed to this Mass Formation and it’s been quite a time to witness everyday people, businesses, and institutions all transform their traditional positions on freedom to all of the sudden moving in lockstep to assist and implement destructive fascistic policies combined with nefarious business practices onto the public and country at large.
The attack on the American citizen has been a collective effort across the board involving many players. These attacks on the American citizenry have been relentless from the denial of the media regarding a range of issues from election integrity to child trafficking and even to Trump’s attempted assassination itself which was shown on live television, yet still those infected by the Marxist Mass Formation were cheering this violent act.
This Mass Formation has spread throughout Corporate America with big corporations like Gillette that even went so far as to directly attack their own customer base of men referring to their masculinity as being toxic.
Furthermore you’ve seen American citizens being replaced by foreign illegals, women being replaced by men who call themselves women, and the king of beers seemingly placing a male self identified queen on one of their cans to be the face of their largest brand as an additional attack on masculinity.
When you look at all of these failed and outrageous Marxist acts of social injustice one has to pause and ask what’s driving all of this?
Well, I believe the ultimate driver of several of these insane views originate from Marxists beliefs which are also helped along by the almighty dollar. This is a known variable with how many of these big companies in Corporate America are motivated to make such destructive decisions for their brand because of investment funding that they have chosen to take advantage of with programs involving DEI and ESG.
After all, the majority of CEOs of some of these biggest corporations don’t care about the company that they run. The reason I say this is that the majority of CEOs running these large corporations aren’t Mavericks that built these companies up by their own blood and sweat, but are simply politicians that were elected by a board of trustees to run these companies. They care more about the bottom dollar and aren’t worried about anything else other than making as much money as possible before their own tenure comes to an end and they have to move on to the next thing.
Regardless of the motive much of this can still be seen happening because these fascistic/Marxists practices have become a serious and destructive social contagion that has spread throughout society. The presence of this woke Marxist ideology has been rooted into our institutions for quite some time and it has had time to indoctrinate a couple of young generations in the process. As these generational youth have now grown into adults they’ve had time to transition and migrate into areas and positions of media, corporate America, and pop culture.
The social contagion, or Mass Formation, then spreads to other people who lack a sound philosophical grounding, lack knowledge of history, and are already clueless as to how the world actually works because of a garbage educational system at large combined with an Administrative State Media (ASM) that has been successful in dumbing down the masses over time.
In short, the hive mind has been formed as society has gotten more entangled in Marxist ideology. I said I would come back to that concept of entanglement.
The Wrap Up
At the beginning of this article I referenced a method of how researchers studying the entanglement of particles would form two particles from the same crystal and then distance the particles from one another.
Once this was done the observation of entanglement could be made with each of the particles. Here it could be observed that each of the particles were correlated in their behavior. In short, the connection between the two could be seen.
In regards to the social contagion, the most shocking aspect of this to me over the last few years was how this Marxist ideology managed to spread in order to infiltrate churches and families that I previously would have never imagined happening in the first place. In my view much of the pressure here comes because of money and the fact that people’s livelihoods can be leveraged against them forcing them to be more tolerant of Marxist programs such as ESG and DEI which in turn mitigates a lot of pushback from everyday people.
Like myself I’m sure you also wondered where much of this insane behavior was coming from when it started being obvious that it was spreading and becoming more apparent to those of us critical minds that this was the REAL pandemic.
The amazing thing was seeing how a church would adopt these Marxist principles in the same exact way as Disney or Coca-Cola would, yet the church and these major companies in Corporate America would share no relationship whatsoever.
So why was this happening?
Well when examining the entanglement theory the entire concept of this quantum theory is that the connection between particles can remain linked even though they are separated by large distances.
As weird as this is, it seems to be a definite function of the universe. Given this function it seems to me that human beings are also made up of a bunch of particles as well. We’re made up of atoms containing protons, neutrons, and electrons.
Given this perhaps this social contagion we’ve witnessed since the pandemic of Marxism was operating among groups within the population behaving as some sort of entanglement. After all, this could potentially explain why individuals and institutions that both complied with the ideology, but were perhaps separated by great distances, ended up adopting these evil policies and behaviors without ever having to communicate and know one another.
After all, the common trait here in humans concerning the hive mind, or more specifically the Mass Formation, that serves to be the driver of this radical behavior is directly tied to the emotion of fear.
Once again, I’m no physicist, but it’s probably too bad that the top researchers can’t measure whether or not the acting particles involved in quantum entanglement possess any emotions, namely the emotion of fear.
What do you think about this phenomenon of Mass Formation and how it seems to spread across society?
What do you think causes fear to spread like some sort of virus among its hosts without the hosts ever having been in contact with one another?
Make sure you post up below in the comments because I believe both the audience and myself would like to hear your feedback on this.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Photo Credit
Today's episode will only be available in Full length to paid All-access members, but please do not click off because you're going to get a good preview of today's episode.
Also to access this episode and all the other paid content in full length make sure you go to brandonrichey.substack.com and subscribe for the price of a cup of coffee per month.
I hope to see you join the show. Thank you for your ears and your time.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Evidently, Mr. Ringo’s an educated man. Now, I really hate him.”
— Doc Holliday (Val Kilmer), Tombstone
The date was October 26, 1881 and four determined men in long black coats walked down Fremont Street to face off against six other men who were part of the day’s criminal gang known as the Cochise County Cowboys. (Source: O.K. Corral)
The four men turned the corner to enter into a narrow vacant lot located just behind the O.K. Corral to face off against those gangsters known as Cowboys.
In case you haven’t figured it out by now, those four men I’m talking about were Wyatt Earp along with his friend Doc Holiday and his brothers Virgil and Morgan Earp.
This face off between the Earps and the Cowboys would end up resulting in arguably the most famous shootout in American history. After 30 seconds of gunfire the shootout would leave three members of the cowboy gang with Billy Clanton and the McLaury brothers dead. Billy’s brother Ike was unarmed and ran from the fight, but after the event he would end up filing murder charges against the Earps for the death of his brother Billy.
Now the thing you gotta understand is that back then carrying the label of being a Cowboy wasn’t a compliment, or a cool term of endearment like it is today. In fact, it was an outright insult. Cowboys were really one of the first known forms of organized crime and were notorious for stealing cattle and causing trouble.
The thing is this trouble was no different concerning the Cochise County Cowboys. Prior to the shootout Virgil Earp had learned that Wyatt was talking to the Cowboys at Spangenberg's gun shop where he grabbed either a 10 gauge or 12 gauge short, double-barreled shotgun from the Wells Fargo office on Allen Street. Virgil would end up giving this very shotgun to Doc who would end up hiding it under his coat.
When the Cowboys moved from Spangenberg's gun shop to the O.K. Corral several witnesses had overheard them threatening to kill the Earps.
The truth is that the Cowboys had constant building tensions with the Earps throughout 1881 because the Earps served to be an impediment for the Cowboys making life more difficult for them to carry out their illegal activities.
On September 16, 1881, thirty days before the Gunfight at the O.K. Corral, The Tombstone Epitaph wrote the following regarding the “Cow-boy Nuisance” in Arizona:
It has come to pass in this county that life and personal property are unsafe; even in the town of Tombstone it seems as if one of the leading industries is to be destroyed. There is not a teamster to-day who is not in fear and dread of the cow-boys, or so-styled "rustlers" depriving him of his hard earnings... How must such men feel to be robbed by a hand of thieves and cutthroats, who take pride in announcing to the public that they are "rustlers!" Where is the teamsters protection? Can you find any officers who will follow, arrest and recover your property? If you can, I would like to see him... These chaps seem to have no difficulty in evading the law, while others, not inclined to work, daily join the band and they are increasing fast in numbers. Our town is filled with spies watching every move of the officers and imparting their information to their comrades... Men who come to examine different mines outside of town, when they learn how the cow-boys stand fellows up, do not wish to run such risks; they quietly take the road they came and get into civilization as soon as possible. (Source: Wikipedia)
The reality is that the famous shootout was only the beginning of the disputes continuing to grow between Ike and Wyatt Earp, but aside from the bullets flying around from the wild west gunfight at the O.K. Corral these disputes also took many other forms during that time that mirrored how we see many disputes play out in this modern day hostile environment.
You see, the concept of 5th Generation Warfare wasn’t something that just went on hyperdrive here in modern day history between 2020 and 2024, but was something that also occurred even during the life and times of Wyatt Earp and Ike Clanton.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“When plunder becomes a way of life for a group of men in a society, over the course of time they create for themselves a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies it.”
― Frédéric Bastiat
In Chapter 3 of the book of Deuteronomy in the Bible Moses is the author telling us about his leadership role and his capture and defeat of many lands with God’s protection, but the one I wanted to point out in this episode is the area of Bashan.
During this chapter Moses talks about how God had delivered the land of Bashan over to the Israelites and that they ended up taking sixty cities involving all of the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
The chapter goes on to say that the cities were fortified with high walls, gates, and bars. Moses makes clear that Israel utterly destroyed them, but that they took all the livestock and the spoil of the cities were taken as booty, or what would otherwise be known as plunder to divide among the people.
Now there’s another interesting fact regarding the land of Bashan. I mentioned that the Israelites ended up taking over all of the region of Argob, which was the kingdom of Og.
In case you didn’t know this Og was a giant and according to this chapter all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, was called the land of the giants. It said that Og king of Bashan remained as the remnant of the giants and that his bedstead was an iron bedstead nine cubits in its length and four cubits in its width, according to the standard cubit.
Now just to give you some perspective on what the length of a cubit is, it involves the measurement from the length from your elbow to the tip of your middle finger. Given this metric the length of a cubit could vary between 18 and 20 inches in length.
Since this is the case then Og could have been somewhere between nine and thirteen feet tall. Now if you question this something else you should consider is that modern day Bashan is located in northern Syria and even today there are literally hundreds of huge man made stone structures known as Dolmens located in the Golan Heights (Bashan) and these huge stone megalithic structures can weigh between 100 and 300 tons.
This is an interesting modern day observation of what seems to be the remnants of Og and his kingdom, but as fascinating as that is the even more fascinating discussion here in my view is the fact that Israel, under God’s protection and guidance, was able to conquer and plunder Bashan despite the fact that it was ran by giants.
Now that term plunder (also known as booty) is quite an interesting term because it’s historically been associated with what the victor would keep for themselves after a kinetic war with an enemy.
This is something that is made clear here in Deuteronomy as Moses explains Israel’s journey across all of the lands they had to conquer during that time in human history.
Granted, during that time many of the lands that Israel conquered were engaging in a lot of evil activity that was displeasing to God so the goal as I see it was that God was using Israel to build a nation while, at the same time, empowering his people to destroy and even plunder those perpetrators of evil and those who were adversarial to his purpose and will.
Granted, war is a difficult and horrible reality, but there have been times in history where war was both a necessary and just cause. Given this reality the fact is there’s also a lot more human history to examine when war wasn’t a just cause, but rather served more as an opportunity for plunder for some to satisfy their need for power at the expense of others.
Old Habits Die Hard
Plunder seems to be a human habit that traditionally hasn’t been for too many just causes, but regardless it is a habit that just doesn’t want to go away.
Under the guidance of God I would give Israel a pass due to the motivations and actions of their enemies as to the reason for Israel's plunder of their inimical foes. Granted I’m by no means disregarding the severity of God’s wrath, but I'm simply saying that in my own personal belief I completely trust his reasons pertaining to his enemies. I can particularly try to empathize with the historical significance of this regarding the formation of his nation in the early days of civilization in addition to the Grace he’s given me in my own life, but I digress.
Regardless, the point here is that plunder is most often a result of most every nation in human history that has subscribed to what is known as the conquest ethic.
Now whether you’ve heard that term conquest ethic, or not you can probably figure out the meaning here based on the context of this discussion. For the sake of discussion and if you need a little help this basically means that traditionally if you happened to be a king, or dictator you would grow your empire by conquering rival kingdoms and nations in order to absorb their people and resources for the benefit of your own land.
Once again this is the traditional practice involved in the act of plunder as we’ve understood it throughout history. The premise is rather simple as you just aim to take out a rival opponent in order to acquire their resources and this has mostly been done by kingdoms and nations that operate more like empires such as Rome in an attempt to spread their influence, power, and reach across the globe.
In addition to the act of plunder, the thirst for power has also been a trait that civilizations have supported with much of their domestic ruling classes and many of their ruling leaders over time.
After all, history seems to demonstrate that many kingdoms and nations have been consistent in supporting some of the most horrific power hungry leaders of all time.
A few quick examples of these deranged individuals that were allowed to grasp the reigns of power in their respective lands were Ivan the Terrible, Caligula, Mao Zedong, Joseph Stalin, and Adolf Hitler just to name a few.
Obviously throughout most of history these old habits revolving around this theme of acquiring power by plunder is an old habit of human nature that just won’t die. The old saying that old habits die hard is very true to form, particularly when looking at the stories of the past regarding history’s worst leaders.
Granted, I would say that the only nation in existence that wasn’t built on the conquest ethic is the United States. I could also make a strong argument for Israel as well, but they did plunder the plunderers and took the fight to destroy truly evil civilizations that existed at that time and had committed horrible atrocities for well over four centuries. The bottom line is that in the Old Testament of Deutoronomy God’s decision to destroy and plunder these lands wasn’t a rash decision, but one that was based on a will to establish his code of morality in a fallen world.
So why did I go to the trouble to cover the historical significance of the act of plunder?
Well typically when looking at history we think of plunder in the context as I’ve described it here regarding one kingdom, or nation invading another in order to take their resources to strengthen their position in the world.
However, in the context of the modern world when looking at the here and now this old habit certainly hasn’t died, but it has taken on a new form.
Reverse Plunder
On August 19, 2024 the Oversight, Judiciary, and Ways and Means Committee produced a 291 page report from their impeachment inquiry that exposed some massive corruption in their findings which involved the Biden family members receiving over $27 million from foreign individuals and entities. (Source: Committee on Oversight and Accountability)
The even more disturbing fact about these findings is that a significant chunk of this money was coming through several shell companies that the Bidens had set up to funnel money through from China. Now given the current geo-political landscape with the CCP’s provocative behavior towards Taiwan, the Philippines, and their friendly partnership with Iran, as tensions are rising in the middle east, this discovery is quite alarming.
In fact, several lifelong politicians who have worked in D.C. have accumulated a staggering amount of wealth over the course of their careers in politics, yet the country has gotten poorer. This is not a hyperbolic statement in the least and I’ll prove it.
For starters, the United States of America has been firmly established as being the wealthiest country in world history and has held the title of having the biggest GDP for well over a century. Regardless of these facts, the reality is that its credit rating has been downgraded twice for the first time in its history in the past 13 years.
So let me put that into perspective as that’s a pretty staggering event to highlight given the timeline. One more time, the country has been the leading GDP of the world for well over a century, yet given the country’s 248 year existence the only two credit downgrades occurred as recently as the last 13 years. Think about that statement. Obviously someone really screwed up the finances of the country.
Guess who was running the country during both of these downgrades. In case you didn’t know the first downgrade occurred with Standard and Poors on August 5, 2011 under Barack Hussein Obama. The second downgrade occurred on August 1, 2023 with Joe Biden at the helm. Both downgrades were a result of poor fiscal policy, too much spending, and low growth outlook as the rating systems gazed into the country’s economic future and obviously lost confidence in the decisions being made by the leadership. (Source: Budget Committee)
In addition to the country getting two downgrades we are currently experiencing 40 year record high inflation due to the massive government spending coming off this second credit downgrade in addition to the Federal Reserve having printed more money than ever before.
If you look at the Federal Debt Clock we have surpassed the $35 trillion mark and are well on our way to $36 trillion. In fact, the Fed’s current rate of spending has now reached a pace where we are literally going a trillion dollars in debt every one hundred days.
So why is this happening?
The explanation is simple as the Fed continues to print more money because the government continues to spend more of it. Because of this very act the more this happens the less ownership you will have concerning your money. That’s a scary fact.
Aside from the American citizens literally getting crushed every month with the mounting inflation, a slowing economy, and the massive spike in crime, the massive invasion of illegals is also another issue where the current regime in the White House is working to directly destroy the sovereignty of its own United States citizens.
The fear associated with the process of how this would be done has often been referred to as the Great Replacement Theory. However this is no longer a theory, but rather a plan that is fully in action right now in front of us in real time.
This theory has often been labeled by Marxists as being a far right white nationalist extremist theory that involves the process of black and brown immigrants engaging in the reverse-colonization of white Europeans, or when referencing the United States you can substitute white American citizens.
However, this is once again another example of how the Marxists want to try and inject identity politics into every tragedy as skin color and race literally have nothing to do with the Great Replacement. What it does have to do with is the literal replacement of what you would consider to be the indigenous citizens of a respective country by non-citizens with the government of the citizens helping the non-citizens to do this to their own citizens. Take a pause and allow that to sink in for a moment.
In other words, they are actively replacing U.S. citizens with an entirely new population of illegals coming in from other countries.
There’s no conspiracy theory involved in this because the Democrat politicians that are in control want new voters to keep them in power. This is the reality and it’s happening at such a rate that these illegals are literally overrunning some of most major metropolitan cities such as New York and Chicago.
So why am I hammering away and going on and on about the corruption of the Democratic party and the U.S. government literally being at war with its own citizenry?
The reason I laid out all of these facts is because they all represent the same thing that I’ve been talking about in regards to the theme of this entire episode.
That theme would be that the lifetime politicians in Washington D.C., the Bidens, and the D.C. political establishment at large have all been engaging in the act of plunder. That’s right, they’re engaging in plunder.
Now after having said that you might be wondering how that’s possible given the traditional definition of plunder that I laid out at the beginning of this episode. After all, I haven’t mentioned anywhere in this episode where the United States is trying to invade another country right now in order to take their people and resources, right?
Well, that would be almost right. In other words, the United States is organizing an invasion on itself by helping outsiders to come in and invade it.
Now that’s a crazy statement, but it’s not as crazy as the fact that it’s a statement of reality.
After all, Venezuelan gangs have taken over the Aspen Grove, Whispering Pines, and The Edge at Lowry apartment complexes in Aurora, Colorado. In fact, The Denver Gazette reports “The property manager for all three Aurora Multi-Family Projects was notified of the takeover and one of our clients’ housekeepers informed the property manager not to return to the Aurora Multi-Family Projects due to the danger to his well-being,” the attorney for CBZ Management wrote.
In addition to this example of plunder another example of plunder was just reported recently on September 4, 2024 where Democrat Governor of New York Kathy Hochul’s aide and deputy Chief of staff Linda Sun was caught violating and conspiring to violate the Foreign Agents Registrations Act.
CNN reported that Sun acted as “an undisclosed agent of the Chinese government while her husband, Hu, facilitated the transfer of millions of dollars in kickbacks for personal gain,” prosecutors stated in a news release.
What makes this corruption such an example of plunder is the fact that Governor Hochul has literally been at work full time trying to lock up President Trump rather than addressing the crystal clear corruption that resides right inside her own office. In fact, as Revolver News reported that at the DNC Hochul bragged about her own state weaponizing the legal system in order to try and destroy President Trump while blatantly interfering with a national election.
Yet, when these acts of plunder are literally being done right up in the face of the American people there are still voters that will somehow jump through all kinds of mental gymnastics as to why Trump is the bad guy. In my view this can simply be summed up as emotional stupidity.
So you’re probably thinking Brandon, why would the United States be engaging in an invasion on itself? This is because the politicians and big businesses are engaging in the process of reverse plunder.
In other words, they’re selling out the country to our enemies (as in the Biden payoff example combined with this Governor Hochul example I just listed here) and enriching themselves in the process. This is precisely why you’re seeing the country in decline because it doesn’t have anything to do with an external enemy overwhelming us with an invasion that they’re orchestrating on their own in order to plunder us.
Instead the invasion is being orchestrated by the domestic communists that are running our government and these domestic communists are selling the resources and access for our country’s destruction in exchange for personal financial gain.
This is not complicated as the evidence clearly demonstrates this along with why it keeps happening because American citizens have habitually continued to select horrible leaders to be placed into positions of power to run the country further and further into the ground.
I’ve already made this obvious point with the country having elected two Democrat presidents that caused the only two credit downgrades the country has ever seen. In addition to this they both happened in the past 13 years and of the two presidents that caused both downgrades the one that sits in the White House now was the sitting Vice President of the other guy that got us the first downgrade in history. Think about the absurdity of this.
The one good decision the American people made that broke this cycle was the election of Donald Trump in 2016. When Donald J. Trump was elected this was the first time in many decades since Ronald Reagan when the cycle of selecting bad leaders was broken.
The following story of the two hunters reminded me of the ongoing cycle of human history demonstrating the repeated behavior of making bad decisions that lead to painful outcomes.
The story goes…
One day a couple of adventurous hunters decided to rent a small plane in order to fly them out to a distant forest region that was also known to be made up of difficult and treacherous terrain.
The pilot dropped off the hunters and returned a couple weeks later to fly the men back to civilization. However, upon his arrival he noticed something that concerned him after observing the men’s trophies.
Looking at the men’s game the pilot turned to the hunters and said, “The plane won’t be able to carry more than one buffalo. You’ll have to leave one of them behind.”
The two hunters protested the pilot’s suggestion saying, “Last year’s pilot agreed to take onboard two buffalos the same size as these.”
After this rebuttal from the two hunters the pilot paused to think about it for a few seconds and said, “Ok. If it worked last year, it should work this time too.”
As the pilot took off trying to gain altitude with the two buffalo and the two hunters onboard the plane struggled and wasn’t able to reach enough altitude to get out of the forest and as a result the plane crashed into the side of the nearest hill.
Fortunately nobody was killed from this crash, but as the men were able to free themselves of the wreckage they all looked around and one hunter asked, “Where do you think we are?”
His friend surveyed the land for a moment and started to explain some of the surroundings near their crash site.
After his examination the friend replied, “I think we’re only about a couple of miles south of where we crashed last year.”
To me this is a solid example of how the political cycles have looked with everyone the American people have selected to run for president since Ronald Reagan with the one huge exception being Donald Trump.
Plundering The Plunderers
“Give me a lever long enough and a fulcrum on which to place it, and I shall move the world.”
-The Greek philosopher, Archimedes
This quote from the philosopher Archimedes reminds me of the act of performing a heavy lift, but more importantly how one should go about attempting the heavy lift in order to make it successful.
You see the problem with our society at the moment is the reality that we have allowed Marxists, communists, midwits, and imbeciles to take control over and weaponize our government against us…the U.S. citizens.
We are actively being faced with the realization of these people carrying out the process of reverse plunder on us every single day and this process of reverse plunder is building momentum every single day.
Now given this reality I want to be clear about something because in much of this episode I’ve been critical of the Democrats within our political system, but now I want to focus my ire towards the Republican establishment that have been in power and not done much to step in the way of these Democrats in order to stop them, or force them to correct course to get the country back on track.
As we sit here right now the Republican controlled House has been more helpful towards the corrupt Biden/Harris regime and as a result has assisted them in destroying the country with endless wars, the destruction of our currency, and not done a single thing to fix the border invasion.
Why does this always seem to happen?
It happens because of the reason that the great Steve Bannon has pointed out for quite some time which is the fact that the Republican establishment, or RINOs, are controlled opposition for the Democrat party. You see they’re in on waging this war of reverse plunder onto the American public as well.
You might be thinking Brandon, the Republicans have the control of the House, but they don’t control the Senate so what power do they have?
You’d be correct with your assessment in that, however the House of Representatives has the control of the purse and how money is spent. You’ll often hear them refer to the House Appropriations Committee whenever another giant spending bill is about to hit the floor for a vote. The House Appropriations Committee is basically a fancy word for the guys that handle where the money goes.
Speaker Mike Johnson is currently third in line from the president as Speaker of the House and he has always had the power of the purse in order to shut down the border, to grind everything to a halt, and force the Democrats into fixing these problems that plague us with the massive spending and the border invasion because he controls the money. Despite all of this it hasn’t happened.
Now before you tell me that he’s unable to make a difference then explain to me how Nancy Pelosi was able to get everything done that she wanted to get done when she was the Speaker of the House.
I mean Pelosi managed to impeach President Trump twice (although wrongfully) yet somehow I’m supposed to believe that Mike Johnson holds the same position, but he’s somehow magically stumbled across some sort of special Speaker of the House kryptonite that prevents him from doing what needs to be done to serve the best interest of the Republic?
For anyone who believes that, I'll borrow a line from the country singer George Strait and just say that I’ve got some ocean front property in Arizona to sell you.
The reality is that these establishment career D.C. politicians have all recognized that D.C. is the city where grifters can engage in the grifting of all grifts.
These people only respond to three things. They respond to immense pressure from their constituents, being voted out, and the prospect of losing money.
They’re allowed to grift because many of them take money from Super PACs which get large donations from large corporations.
As you may imagine many large corporations like to support RINOs where many MAGA Republicans only take donations directly from their constituents in the form of individual donations. A couple of examples of MAGA Republicans that do this are Marjorie Taylor Greene and Matt Gaetz.
Getting behind these types of politicians that raise their money through direct individual donations is one way you can plunder the plunderers.
In addition to this the other way to do this is to support the Patriot Parallel Economy. Granted this is going to be a heavy lift, but the more we all support alternative media, America First businesses, etc. the more we lengthen that lever in order to execute this heavy lift…just as Archimedes has taught us.
The Wrap Up
The bottom line is that, like Israel, we are currently faced with the prospect of having to take down our own modern day version of Og in the form of putting a stop to this reverse plunder.
The remedy for this is for each of us as individuals to realize how much power we have in the form of our own knowledge, actions, and judgements. This is what it means to be a Zenith, particularly during chaotic times such as this.
Sure we need to get behind Donald Trump, but we also need to recognize that this goes way beyond just simply showing up on election month to vote. Voting is a must, but we need to ALL be engaged in something extra between now and then whether it means donating money to the right people, financially supporting America First businesses in the Patriot economy, being force multipliers by spreading messages from America First platforms, or simply talking with people daily about the issues that are facing us and getting those people to the polls.
In order to make this heavy lift a success you can look at the corruption and reverse plunder occurring from D.C. as the heavy object that needs to be moved away. Subsequently you can equate your growth as a Zenith along with your actions as lengthening the lever of Archimedes. You can view the foundation of the Republic as being the fulcrum in this exercise and most importantly you can equate Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans that we put into office as being the force that drives that lever down in order to move that heavy object away once and for all.
How involved are you with supporting the parallel economy?
Do you think we can transform Substack into being the new media that puts the Administrative State Media out of business?
Please drop a comment below this episode to let me know what you think.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
"Ah yes! I was wondering what would break first! Your spirit or your body!"
–Bane, The Dark Knight Rises
That quote I just led off with involved the fight scene between the strong infamous villain Bane and Batman in the movie The Dark Knight Rises.
This particular fight scene happens in the earlier stage of the movie when Batman confronts Bane in hand to hand combat. The quote that I included here to start this episode was uttered by Bane just before he lifts Batman overhead and slams him down onto his knee to break his back.
In this scene it was clear that even Bane knew that Batman’s body would break long before his spirit ever would.
I personally thought this movie contained a lot of powerful messaging and aside from Batman’s loss to Bane in the beginning it would eventually serve to be a testament to the human spirit and the power of exercising courage and willpower in order to achieve a goal.
Unfortunately for Batman his misery was only just beginning at this stage of the film as Bane would have him transported out of Gotham and thrown into the bottom of a deep dark pit that also happened to be the prison where Bane himself claimed he discovered darkness and despair.
Once Bruce Wayne (Batman) found himself in the bottom of this pit with a broken back Bane came to torment him further by reminding him that he wasn’t going to kill his physical body, but rather to aim to gradually erode his spirit by giving him a means to view the destruction that he would inflict onto Wayne’s beloved city of Gotham by a TV monitor that he had installed inside of this prison.
He went on to tell Bruce that the purpose of him being in this same pit that had once imprisoned him was because it was the worst prison on earth. According to Bane this was due to the fact that you could look up directly out of the pit to see the opening to the free world, but that many men for many years had all fallen to the bottom and died trying to climb out of it only after clawing their way to the top.
He went on to communicate that the real torment of this prison is that it gave false hope because the prisoners could see the opening to freedom, yet it would only result in despair as nobody could climb out of it. Bane was letting Bruce know that the repetition and fatal failure involved in the attempted act to escape this prison pit served to be the most brutal form of punishment as the visible daylight of the pit’s opening would gradually transform one’s view of hope into the complete darkness of despair.
This was Bane’s plan for Batman, but Batman would have a different plan in mind to overcome his darkness.
War is the realm of uncertainty; three quarters of the factors on which action in war is based are wrapped in a fog of greater or lesser uncertainty. A sensitive and discriminating judgment is called for; a skilled intelligence to scent out the truth.
— Carl von Clausewitz
Here Bruce Wayne was facing his own fog of war with the uncertainty of the outcome of his own existence, as well as with the outcome of his beloved city of Gotham.
Not only did he find himself in the bottom of some remote miserable prison pit, but he was stuck down in the bottom of it with a broken back and no easy plan on how to get out.
However, as dire as the circumstances were for Wayne and despite what Bane had told him about the opening at the top of the pit in an attempt to demoralize him, Wayne could still look up to the opening of that pit and see the bright sunshine and daylight. In other words, there was a sign of hope even though it was covered up in hardship and adversity. In short, the hope was still there because it could visibly be seen.
You see, hope is one of the most powerful things, but it must first be preceded by courage and action and Wayne knew it was going to take some willpower, courage, and action in order to get himself out of that hole so that he could stop Bane once and for all.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Providential Fog
I want to take a moment to shift gears to take you on a little journey back in time.
It was August 22, 1776and General George Washington took a look around the battlefield amidst all the chaos realizing that his men had been soundly defeated and to make matters worse they were flanked out of their positions atop the Gowanus Heights (this would be part of today’s modern Brooklyn).
After having been soundly defeated by William Howe’s 20,000 man force the smoke of the battlefield loomed over the ground just above all the death and destruction from a very tough day. General Washington’s heart was racing as he realized he was outnumbered and outgunned as he found himself confronted by the powerful British army to his front and he basically had his back up against the wall with the East River directly to his rear.
With the constant threat and concern that the Royal Navy would enter the East River and block his avenue of escape Washington had to make a courageous call as he ordered all the available flatboats to be brought down to his position. The goal here was to move his army over to Manhattan on the night of August 29-30, 1776.
Once again, Washington understood that if he and his men were seen by the Royal Navy that they would either be completely destroyed or captured. However, as they started making their way out across the river an incredible thing occurred that would be nothing short of a miracle.
As the men started to cross the river they were aided by a providential fog that completely hid their escape from the Royal Navy. Because of this miracle fog Washington was successfully able to move all 9000 of his troops to Manhattan without losing a single man. This would end up being a truly remarkable military feat that completely astounded his British enemy.
However, even though they managed to escape a very dire situation as the New York campaign progressed Washington’s forces would end up suffering another couple of defeats at the Battle of White Plains on October 28, 1776 and again at Fort Washington on November 16, 1776 with that November defeat coincidentally being exactly 200 years to the day before my birthdate.
That disaster of Fort Washington would end up costing the Continental Army 59 killed American Patriots and another 2837 captured Patriots. As they were chased from New York Washington’s army was fractured and demoralized and ended up having to retreat all the way across New Jersey and into Pennsylvania.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! This post is public so feel free to share it.
To highlight the significance of these trying times during Washington’s struggles in New York it was during this time that as those dark days and 1776 came to a close that Thomas Paine’s words published in American Crisis rang powerfully true.
I’ve included a portion of his writing from that famous publication here.
THESE are the times that try men's souls. The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of their country; but he that stands by it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman. Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered; yet we have this consolation with us, that the harder the conflict, the more glorious the triumph. (Source, George Washington’s Mount Vernon)
Now obviously this period during the American Revolutionary War was a very grim period for our founding father General George Washington.
However, his courageous decision to cross that river was a turning point whether he had believed that at the time or not. I’m sure he did with the miraculous escape, but the following defeats would inject some adversity that I’m sure had truly even put him to the test. Nevertheless, having gone through the fire and having emerged on the other side is something I’m sure our founding father drew comfort from even in the darkest of hours.
His decision to cross that East River required an act of courage and despite the defeats that followed in the coming battles when the smoke cleared from the war victory was General Washington’s reward along with eventually becoming the first President of The United States in 1789.
So why did I bother to dive into this powerful moment during the American Revolution?
I chose to cover this powerful moment because in the middle of the heat of battle after having suffered a defeat combined with the fact that the short-term future was looking rather grim, Washington still had some hope when looking to the East River. There wasn’t a lot of daylight and there was certainly a fog of war, but that fog ended up working in the favor of Washington and his Patriots on that day thanks to God and his gift.
Victory Begets Victory
So you’re probably thinking Brandon, what about Batman? What happened to Bruce Wayne?
Well if you’ve seen the movie then you already know, but just in case you haven’t there’s a very important turning point in that movie with Bruce Wayne fighting against the prospect of losing all hope along with solidifying not only his own destruction, but the destruction of his beloved city of Gotham as well.
With the usual determination of a hardened billionaire that doubles as the world’s favorite vigilante Wayne immediately starts the long difficult journey of strengthening his body and rehabilitating his back from his injury from Bane.
As the movie clearly shows this is a difficult and cumbersome process, but a process that Wayne understands he must grind through as he has no other choice.
With a little help from an older and wiser inmate Wayne works day after day and gets his body stronger and stronger until his physical abilities are fully restored. At this point Wayne directs his attention to the top opening of the pit with the understanding that his next feat will involve him having to make an attempt at the climb and the dreaded jump to get out of the dangerous pit to conquer his fear in order to restore his freedom.
Wayne immediately gets some rope to tie around his waist and makes his way up the side of the wall to the dreaded small ledge that requires a jump over to another ledge that is above him. This jump is required in order to successfully climb out of the pit and is obviously the jump that has killed so many men that came before him.
Wayne goes to make the jump and falls short and he falls down the pit, but the rope serves as a safety net preventing him from crashing down to his death onto the floor of the pit below. Granted it’s still not a smooth fall as the rope doesn’t save him from taking a beating off the sides of the walls of the pit.
After his failed jump the older wiser inmate is telling him that the reason that he failed is because of his fear, but Bruce responds by stating that he’s not afraid, but rather that he’s angry. He then rushes out to begin his second attempt once again tying the rope around his waist and hurrying his climb towards that ledge, but this time he loses his hand grip and falls again resulting in him bouncing off the side of the wall of the pit and knocking himself unconscious as he’s left hanging from the rope.
Next, Wayne awakens from having been knocked unconscious in his cell and the older inmate tells him that not fearing death doesn’t make him stronger, but instead makes him weak.
Here Wayne asks the obvious question of Why?
The older inmate responds by asking How can you move faster than possible? Fight longer than possible, without the most powerful impulse of the spirit? The inmate then answers his own question stating, The fear of death.
Wayne tells the older inmate that he doesn’t fear death, but rather fears dying in that pit while his city of Gotham burns.
It is here that the older inmate responds by saying Well then make the climb. Wayne asks How? The inmate then tells him As the child did, without the rope. I won’t spoil this part, but the child that the older inmate is referring to is who we, as the audience, presume to be Bane.
At this point Wayne is seen packing a small bag of his supplies to roll up into a shoulder harness symbolizing that he’s about to make his final attempt at the climb along with the dreaded jump for his life from that ledge.
The Wrap Up
Wayne successfully makes the climb up to the final ledge to make the attempted jump to freedom that will either result in him plunging to his death, or giving him an easy climb out of that pit to the surface.
As Wayne stands up on that ledge high above the prisoners there’s a powerful moment of symbolism as he startles a colony of bats that suddenly burst into flight all around him just before he makes his attempt.
The men below are all chanting and cheering as he turns his attention towards the ledge above him. He gives himself a brief moment to take a breath and then he doesn’t hold anything back and leaps as hard as he can. The men pause in their chant for a brief moment of silence only to erupt in cheers a moment later as Wayne successfully grabs the ledge with both hands to successfully pull himself up so that he can climb the rest of the way out of that pit back to the surface.
You see this was a significant moment for Wayne just as Washington had a significant moment going into the East River. Even though one story here is fictional and the other is documented history the fact still remains that both of these stories carry a common theme involving hope and victory.
Washington’s escape, which was aided under the cover of the providential fog, was a major victory even though it may have not have seemed that way after the difficult day he and his men had just endured in New York.
Regardless of the setbacks that Washington had to endure during the New York campaign, looking back there is no doubt his enemy wanted him to succumb to despair in the fog of war, but instead he was aided by the fog of hope. Even though Washington knew that the East River would be a risky move due to the Royal Navy’s presence he also knew it was their only hope and that he had to go all in without holding back.
In much the same way we could say that about Washington we can see the same theme playing out with Bane’s plans for Bruce Wayne. Bane wanted Wayne to succumb to despair by putting him deep into the bottom of that prison pit with a broken back. Just like Washington, Wayne didn’t succumb to his own fog of war, but rather embraced his own fog of hope by realizing that he had to make that final jump from the ledge without the safety net of being tied to the rope. He knew that once he committed to it that he simply had to go all in without holding back just as Washington recognized the same thing in his defining moment in history.
As both of these stories play out Washington is victorious at defeating the British just as Batman is victorious at defeating Bane in the end.
Romans 5:3-4
Not only so, but we also glory in our sufferings, because we know that suffering produces perseverance; perseverance, character; and character, hope.
You see I’m convinced now more than ever that our country, society, and world is having to endure suffering because it will produce the perseverance, character, and hope as the Bible says here while also simultaneously strengthening our relationship with God.
This ability to overcome our own individual fog of war in order for each of us to look for our own individual fog of hope is the key to victory.
Remember the words of Thomas Paine as Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered, but as the book of Romans points out we also glory in our sufferings.
This is how we each achieve victory and always remember that victory begets victory. Now is your time to engage in the fight for liberty because there’s no time like this time in history and we will not allow our enemies to remove our fog of hope as long as we act and persevere.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“What has mood to do with it? You fight when the necessity arises—no matter the mood! Mood's a thing for cattle or making love or playing the baliset. It's not for fighting.”
― Frank Herbert, Dune
In a world where the communist media will twist the meaning and literally change the definition of words on the spot in order to dodge the responsibility of being completely wrong on just about every issue you have to know that precision with information and knowledge is significant.
So what do I mean when I say that precision matters with information and knowledge?
That statement is pretty self-explanatory, but to give you an example it boils down to the simple idea of having your ducks in a row and possessing the ability to back up your argument when you find yourself in a situation where you need to take a stand.
In this day and age the war isn’t a political debate, but rather the difference between knowing how to discern between the truth and the lies. When making your stand for the truth you’ve got to be armed with knowledge so that you don’t only defeat that communist opposition, but that in your victory you also salt the earth around it.
For far too long now we, as citizens, have allowed the steady and persistent growth and expansion of the federal government which has brought us to this current point in time. We are approaching a point of critical mass with a flashpoint that will send our country in one of two directions. As I’m working to write and record this very episode I recognize that we have officially lost this United States Republic to fascists and communists that want to run this country completely into the ground once and for all.
That’s right, you might not like hearing this, but the REALITY is that we are in the middle of a war. Yes, I said WAR because this is a literal cultural, political, economic, and sovereignty war where you aren’t looking at simply choosing between two personalities this coming November. If that’s the way you see this current dilemma then you don’t see the reality of what’s going on at all.
If you love this country the way I do, trust me I know how you feel. It’s a disgusting and completely infuriating scenario that all of us currently find ourselves in, especially if you have an appreciation of liberty and possess the capacity to understand what freedom truly is in the first place. I have to say it like that because it’s clear to me that those people who do not understand the true meaning of freedom are those communists you see on the television standing behind Kamala Harris (that would be the non-AI generated people) whenever she’s on TV espousing her communist beliefs while using Marxist lingo such as equity and inclusion.
The reality of seeing this disaster unfold everyday now during this campaign season is on the one hand quite shocking to see, but at the same time, it isn’t so shocking to see. In other words, I’ve already stated that we’ve gradually allowed the trajectory of the growth and expansion of the federal government to continue unabated now for many decades.
You may be wondering Brandon, how many decades are you talking about? I’d say it’s very clear that this all started back in 1933 when Franklin D. Roosevelt lit the fuse on his New Deal campaign during The Great Depression.
Yes, I place a ton of blame on FDR for having kicked off this game of misery that we’re currently seeing unfold right in front of us. As I’ve already stated we have reached the point of societal critical mass with the steady expansion of this disastrous socialist/communist experiment that’s leading us fast towards a day of destruction.
The Silver Bullet
Now I want to shift gears really hard to make another point. Granted we have lost the country to the communist werewolf. HOWEVER we have been given one more silver bullet to load into the chamber of the gun of liberty and freedom and that silver bullet comes in the form of a vote for Donald J. Trump and every MAGA Republican down ballot in every state this November.
You may still be wondering what it was that I meant when I said that if you’re looking at this coming election as solely being a choice between two personalities including Donald Trump and Kamala Harris that you don’t see the reality of what’s going on. Quite honestly if you need clarification at this point I'm a bit aggravated that you would because this choice isn’t solely between two personalities or two parties or two politicians. This choice is literally between whether this Republic will be saved, or whether it will be destroyed forever.
History has shown over and over again that when a country collapses its currency it cannot sustain itself. History has shown over and over again that when a country has no borders it cannot sustain itself. History has shown over and over again that when a country engages in endless wars it cannot sustain itself. History has shown over and over again that when a country fails to protect its own citizens that it cannot sustain itself.
Many countries that have either met a brutal end, or have gone through brutal and turbulent times have all been faced with at least one of the previous problems that I just listed out. However, the other significant civilization that had to deal with ALL of those problems that I listed out at the same time was the Roman Empire. Of course we all know what happened to the Roman Empire, but just in case you don’t, it fell.
Now that we’ve established that fact, guess what other country is having to deal with all of those problems at the same time. If you guessed the United States of America you’d be correct.
The United States is also dealing with ALL of these problems at the same time and of the three personalities that are on the election ballot ONLY one of those individuals has reversed these problems, and ONLY one has been responsible for causing these current problems. Take a wild guess at which candidate was responsible for which outcome.
Just in case you didn’t know this the United States Federal government spent $6.13 trillion in FY 2022. According to the U.S. Treasury Fiscal Data this means federal spending was equal to 23% of the total gross domestic product (GDP), or economic activity, of the United States that year. So 23% of our country’s entire GDP is made up entirely of the federal government according to this source.
Just to give you some perspective on that, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) that prides itself as being a complete totalitarian communist police state regime only makes 10% more in spending with their government being about 33% of the country’s GDP according to the International Monetary Fund.
However, even with these numbers that I just sourced from the U.S. Treasury and the International Monetary Fund I’m still very skeptical these days since so many major institutions have been commandeered by the Administrative State. With that being said PhD Economist and Dean of the school of business at Liberty University Dr. Dave Brat recently posted on his GETTR social media some numbers that paint a different picture as recently as 2017.
Dave Brat points to the U.S. government having a bigger government than the Chinese Communist Party with the CCP’s share of GDP being around 14% and the U.S. Federal Government being around 18%. Keep in mind the United States is supposed to be freer than the CCP.
Because of this it’s no wonder we are sitting here with the country being lost to the communists because the federal government has expanded to the point that it’s serving to be more of a command and control government rather than a government for the people and by the people as it was intended.
At this point it’s undeniable to anyone with a single functioning brain cell to understand that this current public/private partnership is at a breaking point and is unsustainable as it currently stands. Therefore come November the country will either be won back, or it will be lost to the communist regime forever.
There’s no middle ground with this at this stage in history. You’re literally faced with a binary option in this political cycle and anyone who tries to say differently doesn’t have a handle on history and/or human nature. Furthermore, people that want to make this about political personalities at this point and complain about the politicians insulting one another are just fundamentally unserious citizens…if they even happen to be voting citizens in the first place.
I mean as I’m relaying this message to you right this very minute I just shared a video to my Facebook and Substack Notes social media where the United Kingdom authorities are literally threatening to go after people for social media posts that are made online even if they’re made from someone outside the country.
That’s right, the British Senior Police officer and little police commissioner Mark Peter Rowley issued a statement to Sky News stating that they would be using the full extent of the law to extradite anyone who they deemed to be a threat for inciting violence. He went on to explain that this would involve anyone who they might recognize as being a provocative individual in fueling the riots in the UK from online social media posts. You can view Rowley’s communist threat on video by following the link that I’m including here.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Your Duty As a Citizen and Salting The Earth
It’s not a mystery to most people that the Roman Empire was absolutely huge at its peak, covering nearly 1.9 million square miles of territory and it spanned across three continents. For an ancient civilization this was truly remarkable.
With that being said, as big and as powerful as the Roman Empire was in its day there was one other rival that did manage to send a chill down the spine of the Roman Empire and they certainly would prove to be a formidable opponent as they would war with the Empire on three different occasions.
This opponent to the Roman Empire would be Carthage which was an ancient city located on the coast of modern Tunisia. Carthage was also a powerhouse as they were a powerful center for trade and commerce controlling much of the Western Mediterranean.
However, like most other powerful civilizations and countries their rise to power would end up placing Carthage on a heavyweight collision course with the Roman Empire. This massive conflict between Carthage and Rome would result in the Punic Wars which involved three wars spanning from 264 to 146 BC and would involve 43 years of war between them. (Source: History Skills)
In the first Punic War this conflict took place between 264 and 241 BCE and was centered around who could take control over the island of Sicily. Rome would end up being victorious in gaining control over the island, but the animosity between Carthage and Rome continued to run hot.
The second Punic War was fought between 218 and 201 BCE and in this the Carthaginian general Hannibal took some time to build up an army and made a keen observation about Rome. Hannibal recognized that the Roman Empire was great at winning battles off the mainland outside of Italy, but also recognized that they hadn’t really been tested inside of Italy.
Because of this Hannibal decided to march directly into the heart of Italy and almost defeated Rome. Even though they were teetering on defeat Rome would manage to emerge victorious due to the drain on manpower and supplies from Hannibal’s army previously having to traverse some very turbulent and challenging terrain from their very long march into the mainland to do battle.
As a result of this victory Rome would impose some harsh terms on Carthage including large payments for indemnity along with ceding over much of its large territory. This would end up setting the stage for the third and final Punic War.
The third Punic War was fought between 149 and 146 BCE and this war was a result of tensions that had been mounting from the previous two wars, but this time Rome would seek to destroy Carthage once and for all.
This war would begin with Rome going in to lay siege to Carthage and even still this would end up taking several years before the city was completely taken and destroyed.
Scipio Aemilianus was the ruthless Roman general that led Rome into Carthage eventually resulting in the conquest of the city and ensuring that every last Carthegenian was either killed or sold into slavery.
This war resulted in the complete end of Carthage and many years of wars that put the Roman Empire to the test.
So now you may be wondering why it is that I chose to give you a brief breakdown in the history of the Punic Wars.
Well it’s no secret that the Roman Empire was one of the most powerful ancient civilizations to ever exist. Given the meteoric rise of Carthage this certainly earned the respect of Rome given the circumstances as it took three wars and Rome finally decided that it needed to roll in as hard as possible in the Third Punic War in order to put an end to Carthage forever. Because it was the Roman Empire I’m not here to say whether I believe that their cause was righteous, but they clearly felt it was necessary for the very survival of their existence. There was no doubt that Rome understood that they felt they had a duty to defeat Carthage once and for all.
Although historical evidence doesn’t strongly support the act it has often been said that after Rome finally defeated Carthage that they dug trenches around the city and salted the earth around it.
Whether this was actually done or not such an act was a symbolic gesture to point to the spoiling of the ground so that nothing else would ever grow, or sprout from that spot ever again. It’s an exclamation point that the conqueror is communicating that they carried out a total defeat and annihilation of their enemy and cursed the ground preventing any reinhabitation of the area from that point looking forward.
Basically the lesson to draw from this here is that this gesture communicates to anyone and everyone that there were no half measures taken when it came to having to achieve total victory.
The other lesson we can draw from that lesson is that when it comes to you defending your citizenship as an American citizen the same thing can be said.
You see as I’ve already established earlier in this episode the country is currently no longer a Republic, but rather behaving as an empire. I gave a list of examples of what those behaviors entail such as the dissolving of the borders, the destruction of the currency, and the failure of the country to take care of its own citizens.
Because we are no longer a Republic the scary reality of this means that both you and I are also technically no longer citizens. Sure we are citizens in name only (CINO), but like that British police commissioner is demonstrating with the state going to war with their own citizens if Kamala Harris continues to have her way both you and myself will be in the same boat as the British citizens.
Furthermore it’s been discovered that illegal migrants that are being shipped all over the country are given several thousands of dollars in food cards and money when we simultaneously have United States military veterans getting absolutely nothing with many of them living homeless on the streets right this second. It’s absolutely disgusting and another example of lost citizenship.
As I’ve already pointed out, we do still have one more silver bullet left in the chamber to kill this werewolf that I refer to as communism with our ability to get everyone we know to get to the polls and to vote for Donald Trump.
This is the way that we take back our country. This is how we reverse the weaponization of the justice department and take apart the Administrative State and the Administrative State Media (ASM).
However, our ability to contribute to this political and cultural fight MUST involve our efforts as individuals actively engaging in this fight on a daily basis.
If you’re not doing something to contribute to this fight on a daily basis then I would question how much you value your own citizenship. Sure, I’ve established that you’ve basically lost it, but I’ve also established that you have one more opportunity in front of you to win it back.
So what are you actively doing in order to win it back?
The Wrap Up
The thing that I want you to understand is that I strongly believe that if you are currently within the sound of my voice I know we can take back our country and win back our citizenship.
You might be wondering Brandon, how can we do it?
At the beginning of this episode I spoke about the importance of being armed with knowledge and exercising precision when it comes to arming yourself with knowledge and spreading information. This is obviously part of the equation, but you MUST also act on that knowledge.
To elaborate further I believe that if the majority of us simply commit ourselves to doing three things a day to promote the liberty and freedom movement we will overwhelm the enemy and we will win this thing handily.
Some examples of what I’m talking about may include, but not be limited to the following:
Spend your dollars with companies that align with your values to build up the alternative patriot economy.
Make sure that you do the same thing when supporting other alternative media outlets such as this platform which is proudly an anti-Administrative State Media (ASM) platform.
Make sure that you spread the information from those alternative media sources relentlessly and on a daily basis. This is not hard to do because it only takes tapping on the share button, or commenting on the articles and podcasts of those anti-ASM platforms.
If you don’t like using social media simply share the articles from anti-ASM platforms in text messages, emails, and simply talk about the information to people in your life face to face.
Make sure that you plan to vote EARLY and IN PERSON.
Round up as many of your friends, coworkers, and neighbors as you can to vote EARLY and IN PERSON with you.
Sign up to be a poll watcher or precinct captain.
Sign up to join Commit 100
Most importantly pick three of these things and be relentless with executing them on a daily basis.
Keep in mind that there is no other option except for victory and if you are relentless by placing that pressure on yourself while all of the rest of us do the same we will absolutely achieve victory. This is our silver bullet.
However, after victory is achieved you must understand that it is then and only then that we can pursue accountability to hold these corrupt communist accountable for all of their actions in destroying the country in the past four years.
This is when victory is FULLY achieved because this is where you and I follow through with our efforts as this will be the symbolic gesture of us plowing the political and cultural battlefield perimeter and salting the earth around it so it never sprouts a communist bud ever again.
If you’re serious about saving your country then this is your duty.
If you’re serious about saving your citizenship then this is your duty.
This is your civic duty.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you're tuning in to today's episode you will only be able to access this particular episode in full as a paid member by signing up at brandonrichey.substack.com.
In the meantime I hope you enjoy the free preview and I believe it will hold your interest so that you will come back for more.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“One of the saddest lessons of history is this: If we’ve been bamboozled long enough, we tend to reject any evidence of the bamboozle. We’re no longer interested in finding out the truth. The bamboozle has captured us. It’s simply too painful to acknowledge, even to ourselves, that we’ve been taken. Once you give a charlatan power over you, you almost never get it back.”
― Carl Sagan
Why is it that with every week that goes by we’re seeing the world spin out of control more and more?
Well when I say what I’m about to say you critical thinkers out there are going to experience more affirmation that you’re not alone in something you already knew, or had a sense of since all the chaos began back during the pandemic. However, for all the rest of you it’s going to be a difficult pill to swallow because you’re going to probably get a sick feeling deep down in your gut with having to face the reality, but will probably choose not to face it…at least not immediately.
If you are a critical thinker and can pay attention to the environment it’s easy to see that in the last 10 years or so that the brightest in society have been punished while the least talented people get promoted into high positions of the corporate world, media, and politics.
This is painfully obvious when you pay attention because it completely demonstrates how we’re living out a real life enactment of Atlas Shrugged where John Galt and all the producers of society are punished by the mid-wits that run the bureaucracies and the effete intellectuals that have stumbled their way to the top of said bureaucracies which basically equates to our modern day Administrative State.
This is precisely why I started this podcast and blog because I wanted to affirm to those who are critical thinkers (that would be you) that you’re not alone. The beauty of having new social media and messaging platforms such as Substack always popping up is because initially these platforms aren’t run by midwits and effete intellectuals…at least not for the moment.
It’s easy to spot the platforms that are run by lesser talent because they’re always the ones silencing the more talented, outspoken, and freedom messaging individuals that exist in society. Granted many of these existing social media companies engage in censorship by burying the posts of intelligent individuals to the bottom of their platform’s relative newsfeed while they bolster those more vanilla, less outspoken for freedom, and more outspoken Marxists that toe the company line with whatever lying narrative the Administrative State Media (ASM) decides to push forward.
In short, the less interesting, the less intelligent, and overall the less talented in society are now celebrated in the mainstream while those on the opposite end of the spectrum are having to fight to build a new ecosystem based on individuality, intellectual free thought, and meritocracy. Hence, this is why I am liking what I’m seeing here with Substack so far.
The problem with this is that we are now battling inside a Thunderdome with the midwits and the effete intellectuals that have possession of the bigger megaphone while the rest of us are battling to pierce the veil of censorship and suppression so that our voices can break through to the masses.
So how is it that those of us who are critical thinkers recognize this scenario while, at the same time, are working hard to battle the censorship apparatus to reach those people who are a bit slower to understand this dilemma?
Discernment
I want to shift gears for a moment to talk about something that can give you a deeper level of understanding.
If you’ve been a regular reader/listener to this show then you’ve probably heard me talk about discernment, or have heard me use the word before when describing circumstances of people that have the ability to use discernment in order to avoid falling victim to a lying media narrative.
The word discernment means the ability to judge things in a wise way and to possess the ability to figure out the meaning of a situation, or narrative, that may actually be obscure and difficult to comprehend for many.
In terms of my faith this is something that I often pray for and study as I read more into the Bible. I’m not trying to sound like I’m preaching a sermon here, but what I am saying is that if you intently study the Bible it will provide deeper meaning for you regarding the context of life for you to acquire discernment when you have to apply it to situations that may be a bit more difficult to understand at certain moments throughout your life.
2 Corinthians 11:13-15 ESV
For such men are false apostles, deceitful workmen, disguising themselves as apostles of Christ. And no wonder, for even Satan disguises himself as an angel of light. So it is no surprise if his servants, also, disguise themselves as servants of righteousness. Their end will correspond to their deeds.
In this verse it’s clear that the Bible is referencing those people who are deceitful (Satan’s servants) and they exist throughout society and will lie in order to attempt to deceive the public (you and me) on a consistent basis.
However, this verse also points to something else that we can use to distinguish the difference between those who are trying to deceive and what the truth tellers are as the Bible here offers a metric that separates the two.
That metric that will distinguish the difference between the truth tellers and the liars resides in their deeds.
In other words, look at what the actions are of those who claim to be telling the truth, but are producing the real world physical result of lies. For instance, this can be seen when the media says that the border is secure, yet the deeds that back up that statement is that millions of illegal migrants are funneled into cities all across the United States and are literally overrunning huge hotels in major cities like New York. The deed doesn’t represent the statement that the borders are secure, therefore this is a major lie. Here we can exercise discernment by comparing the deeds to the statements that precede them.
Another more recent example here can be seen when the media has told you for months that Joe Biden’s health was tip top and that he was sharper than ever to perform his duties as the occupant of the White House. Even Joe Biden himself has been stating for weeks that he wasn’t going anywhere and that he would undoubtedly be the Democratic nominee for President and in less than a week all the sudden an ambiguous document is released supposedly containing his signature on a letter of resignation and he’s currently nowhere in sight.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“We can easily forgive a child who is afraid of the dark; the real tragedy of life is when men are afraid of the light.”
― Plato
I want to begin by asking you a question.
How many U.S. Presidents have been assassinated in United States history?
Just in case you didn’t know the answer, that would be four. That’s right, there have been four United States Presidents assassinated in the line of duty. If you didn’t know that, it's because that’s not commonly taught in schools in this day and age.
Granted there have been many other attempts of assassinations that have failed, but there have been four U.S. Presidents that have died at the hands of a killer.
When the subject of presidential assassinations comes up when referencing history you probably would automatically think about the most well known cases involving Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy. However, there were two other presidents that were killed with one involving James Garfield who was shot on July 2, 1881, but he would fight for the weeks and months that followed before succumbing to his injury. .
The second president that would fall victim to a crazed assassin would be President William Mckinley who was shot on September 6,1901 by Leon Czolgosz at point blank range taking two shots straight to his abdomen.
The bullets didn’t immediately kill McKinley as he would die eight days later due to gangrene caused by the wound.
However, it’s with this assassination that I want to point out something involving his killer Leon Czolgosz. At the time Czolgosz was a self proclaimed anarchist and said that he had been influenced by the writings of Emma Goldman. Goldman herself was a controversial figure and had been arrested along with 248 others during the Palmer Raids during the First Red Scare and she was deported back to Russia in 1919.
There in Russia she had been supportive of the October Revolution (Bolshevik Revolution) that was a major historical event going on in Russia at that time giving birth to the reigning Soviet regime.
So given this information we can see that President McKinley was killed at the hands of an anarcho-socialist in Czolgosz and as a result a young Vice President in Teddy Roosevelt would end up becoming the youngest sitting President in United States history. (Source: ThoughtCo)
A little bit ago I mentioned the Red Scare when talking about Emma Goldman’s involvement with influencing McKinley’s assassin in the arena of political ideology.
In a brief explanation concerning the Red Scare this was a time period just after WWI that involved the public and moral panic involving the concern of the rise of extreme leftist ideologies such as Communism.
This threat was derived from what was going on in the world with multiple other assassinations and political unrest due to the rise of Socialism and Communism that was actively taking place across Russia and Germany at that time.
The political breeding ground and the sort of central hub of where these ideologies started to show throughout the United States revolved around the American labor movement, anarchist revolution, and political radicalism. (Source: Britannica)
To add to this there was a second Red Scare that occurred just after WWII and during this event the perception was that domestic and/or foreign communists were infiltrating, or subverting American society and the federal government.
However, to be clear it was many years later after the end of the Cold War when there were many documents that were unearthed that revealed that there had been significant spy activity going on within the United States by the Soviets.
So what is the significance of pointing out this historical event of President McKinley’s assassination along with all the rest?
The reason this is important is because after examining the history and explanation of who was responsible for assassinating McKinley it’s easy to see that our so-called land of the free and home of the brave has been dealing with a serious communism problem for well over a century.
These communist movements, whether they involved the Red Scare, McKinley’s assassination by a domestic anarchist influenced by communist ideals, or outside spies like the Soviets, have cost our country a lot of blood and treasure just as it’s doing now at one of the worst times in history under the Biden regime.
As I’ve hammered away at the message on this platform over and over again, the Marxist infiltration into our government and institutions is real and, as demonstrated with the outcomes outlined in our history here, has always been a real problem within our country now for well over a century.
However, these problems have been allowed to fester, grow, and firmly attach themselves to our institutions in a way that is at the very least now proving to place our country into a very precarious state, if not a fatal one. If you’re not able to observe reality then I’ll help as we are now seeing the destruction of our currency, our financial systems, our borders, the beginning of WWIII, and last, but not least, the lagging realization by the general public that the occupant of the White House isn’t mentally fit and seems to regularly shake hands with invisible people.
So the question is why is all of this happening?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Human Nature, Dogma, and Fear
The UCL and the Max Planck Institute For Biological Cybernetics researchers published a study that was designed to examine the accuracy of people in a decision making process based on the confidence of their beliefs regarding a decision that was placed in front of them.
To preface this, people who are dogmatic about their beliefs are characterized by a strong attitude related to the belief that their beliefs represent an absolute truth and as a result this causes them to be very resistant to change.
This obviously has the potential to cause huge polarizing political, scientific, and religious debates. Boy does this sound familiar, or what?
To simplify this the study basically consisted of a group of 700 people who were given a decision making task consisting of an image of a couple of boxes with flickering dots and had to decide which box contained more of the dots.
However, after the initial view of the two boxes the researchers would give the participants a chance to view another clearer version of the boxes. After this the participants could make their final decision.
Following this task the participants had to engage in a comprehensive questionnaire that allowed the researchers to get a measure on the level of political orientation and dogmatism of the participants that were involved in the study.
In short, the study proved that the more dogmatic people were less likely to accept the additional information of the study involving the clearer view of the boxes. As a result of this they were also less accurate in being correct with their selections in the study. In short, the more dogmatic people were less accurate in their final judgements of the study with their outcomes involving the boxes.
The most profound finding of this study basically showed that even though people may have corrective information available it doesn’t necessarily mean that people will take advantage of it and consume it. This is a frustrating reality. (Source: UCL News)
So given the findings of this study it’s not surprising that this is the case at all because people in our current society that are dogmatic basically lack the intelligence of being more consistently accurate in many of their beliefs because they willfully refuse to accept additional information that would challenge and even refute their existing beliefs.
After all, we’ve seen this clearly play out with a significant portion of our population during the pandemic where many people were advocating for societal lockdowns, for getting the vax, and for an array of other destructive societal mandates.
These dogmatic people within our society seem to be driven by something other than trying to drill down on the truth and that other thing is clearly fear.
That’s right, the thing about the ideology of Marxism, socialism, and communism is that all of these ideals are centered around fear.
After all, this is why all of these societal constructs that take the shape of authoritarianism or totalitarianism must operate using tactics such as coercion, a lying media, and outright brute force in order to drive forth their initiatives.
This is precisely why defeating such tactics requires trusting in God along with courage, a fighting spirit, and patriotism.
As another example of explaining just how clever and effective the subversive nature of these Marxist tactics can be they can pop up in the most seemingly innocent scenarios throughout your everyday life.
A Red Scenario
I want to take a moment and put you into the right frame of mind.
To begin here I want you to think about the word conformity. That word conformity means that you choose to comply with certain rules or standards that are placed in front of you for a given scenario. Whenever I think about the word conformity in my own view I have to look at it according to the current zeitgeist of our society.
Conformity is only detrimental when the resulting outcome of conforming involves stripping away at the permanent sovereignty of your individuality.
So what does this mean?
In other words, the level of conformity I’m talking about would involve permanent societal changes, or highly potential changes, that would directly violate the rights of a group of people within a society which would set the precedent for the rest of society. This type of conformity would involve negative consequences by individuals giving in to a seemingly innocent, but dangerous social mandate.
So how would this apply to seemingly simple acts of conformity?
For the sake of discussion let’s use a hypothetical scenario that mirrors real life and say that you work for a company that wants to involve you in a weekend softball outing. In this seemingly innocent venture you sign up because you would love to play softball and would seek to enjoy a day out with your coworkers in another environment outside of the office.
As the day of the game comes for you to register for your softball outing you see several of your coworkers hanging out by the corporate tent signing up for the day’s softball tournament. As you walk over and approach the tent you find out that to register for the event you have to pay a fee and that fee will go towards furthering a major international pride softball organization which will go forth in supporting that organization along with their promotional efforts involving the discriminatory and Marxist Diversity Equity Inclusion (DEI) programs. (Source: International Pride Softball)
As it turns out, let's say that you don’t support and have never cared for the Marxist DEI programs that you’ve heard about and have seen result in completely destructive outcomes throughout our society.
As one such example you remembered woke companies such as Annheuser Busch that have made the headlines promoting woke DEI messaging with a Trans influencer on their beer can which resulted in completely blowtorching their own Bud Light brand as a result of it. Now all the sudden your seemingly innocent company softball outing just went from being a potentially fun day out at the park to now transforming into a woke political agenda that challenges your innermost values.
If you look at the current zeitgeist of our society, the situation that we’re faced with and have been faced with since the pandemic is this attitude that we must go along to get along.
Because of the backdoor methods involved with DEI funding the Marxist indoctrination it now has a clever backdoor and subversive method to get a foothold into society using corporations to force advertise their agenda. As a result corporations will use coercion to leverage people to do things that they probably may not agree to do otherwise, but because they're forced into a predicament where they have to choose between their values, or their careers they usually end up caving to the pressure by choosing their careers.
In the case here involving this scenario you might find yourself in with the hypothetical corporate softball game you would be faced with the decision of either embracing your innermost values, or possibly losing your job.
This is a real life possibility that many people have been faced with over the past few years. This is not make believe.
This is the most evil form of a Nazi and communist tactic because once enough people agree to cave in to undesirable demands over time then eventually society will reach a point where coercion is no longer necessary. At this point the communists will have established themselves into a total position of power to rule with complete brute force by means of full institutional infiltration.
This is why conformity can be a very dangerous thing to engage in even in a seemingly innocent scenario as the one that I outlined here with the hypothetical softball outing. As a side note this scenario may have been hypothetical, but the organization that I cited that’s called International Pride Softball is not the least bit hypothetical and is a fully operational organization that actively promotes DEI and if you don’t believe me it’s right here directly on their website.
Keep in mind that the Red Scare I mentioned in the opening of this episode was a historic event involving the concern of the infiltration of communism into our American society through our institutions. In this scenario I put forth here the infiltration of a Marxist agenda comes in the form of DEI and is what I would refer to as a Red Scenario.
Once again the central component of the Red Scenario is pushed forward by playing on people’s fear. In the scenario involving whether or not you would choose to play in the softball game in the Red Scenario that I outlined you’d probably be risking the possibility of being publicly shamed by your coworkers, or even worse terminated by your employer if you chose not to go along with the DEI campaign to play in the game.
Traditionally we’ve all probably thought about our society as being a more capitalistic, or free market type of economic system, but with these companies coercing people into promoting and supporting these DEI programs in exchange for public monetary funding this is the furthest thing there is from a true free market system. Depending on the DEI campaign this is actually a more hybrid blend of fascism and communism in application, especially in the hypothetical scenario I outlined here in this episode.
Once again the end goal of this Marxist agenda centers around the human emotion that is based on fear which is why the types of people who support such systems seek to control everyone. They need control because they live in fear. They fear losing everything because communists cannot create things, or win in the realm of ideas, therefore they must try to kill, lie, and cheat in order to achieve their ends.
For an even bigger and more recent example of evidence to demonstrate what I’m talking about here let’s look at what happened this past weekend on Saturday July 13th, 2024 at 6:11 p.m. in Butler, Pennsylvania when a young shooter attempted to add one more death to the total number of presidents that have been assassinated in United States history.
At one of his big campaign rallies President Donald Trump was shot by a young shooter that fortunately missed hitting him in any vital area. President Trump immediately dropped down behind the wall onstage to take cover as Secret Service agents swarmed around him giving the counter snipers enough time to take out the young shooter that was on a rooftop at roughly a 150 yards away.
This was a scary moment, but what made it a triumphant moment was the strength and courage that President Trump demonstrated right after being shot. As I was watching the video of what happened I was actually on vacation at the beach in Florida and I could feel my blood pressure rising as I started getting angry about what I was seeing. .
However, in a moment I heard President Trump tell the Secret Service agents to allow him to get his shoe back on before they attempted to direct him off stage. Once he got himself settled, what I saw next was nothing less than an exceptional display of strength and leadership.
What I saw after he was shot was a man with a warrior spirit. Despite having been shot, despite blood flowing down the side of his face, despite having Secret Service agents completely surrounding him Donald Trump grounded himself looked straight at the camera position with an expression of absolute righteous indignation and defiance as he raised his fist to the crowd shouting FIGHT, FIGHT, FIGHT!
That alone took a very harrowing moment and immediately transformed it into a moment of complete victory.
The Wrap Up
Even though the details of what actually happened in the attempt that was made to assassinate Donald Trump are still under investigation there are still unknown variables that will take some time to come to light as the investigations ramp up.
However, let’s take a moment to examine what we do know in terms of the political environment that has been created by the communist left over the past nine years or so.
Since Donald Trump first came down the escalator to announce his run for the office of the presidency for the first time the Administrative State Media (ASM) has been relentless on the drumbeat of calling Trump supporters Deplorables, the media has called Trump himself a Nazi, comedians have been pictured holding a fake severed head of Donald Trump when he was last in office, and fairly recently the Washington Post article written by a so-called leading conservative and psychologically deranged Robert Kagan compared Donald Trump to Julius Caesar. I recently talked about this in greater detail in an earlier episode that you can access here.
Works such as this from Kagan and statements from the likes of Joe Scarborough, Rachel Maddow, Joy Reid, Joe Biden, and Hillary Clinton regarding the dangerous hate-filled rhetoric they have constantly screamed regarding the end of democracy have already primed the current environment that we are in for such an assassination attempt to occur.
Believe it or not there’s a word for this and it’s called stochastic terrorism. Stochastic terrorism centers around the idea that dangerous rhetoric that is directed towards a targeted group of people, or a targeted individual will increase the likelihood of lone wolf political violence being carried out against those people that are targeted by the rhetoric.
So when we look at what the Crime Syndicate of Narrative (aka the ASM) and the messaging that they have been aggressively communicating for the past nine years, is it really surprising that we see the attack that took place against Trump this past weekend? Furthermore, how insane is it that we learn that another presidential assassin so far had donated to a left wing organization and was known for still wearing his COVID mask long after the pandemic has been over?
I understand that there’s still a lot of unknowns surrounding this terrible attack, but this shooter has gotten a ton of support on social media from other communists praising him for his failed assassination attempt.
Obviously I don’t know a lot about this shooter, but what I do know is that he, like Czolgosz, was influenced by someone to do what he did, but thank God he failed.
In my observation and given what I’ve seen for the past nine years coming from the communist left it’s my interpretation that we aren’t dealing with another Red Scare that we witnessed back during WWI and WWII, but rather a Red Reality as this single shooting event has spotlighted the fact that we have a very present communism problem that is alive and well right inside these United States of America right now.
Therefore, it’s up to you and me to make sure this communist movement fails like all the rest in history. If Donald Trump can display such courage and defiance in the face of a bullet with blood dripping down the side of his face, you and I can start calling out these communists in media, social media, and right inside our neighborhoods by making everyone aware of the danger our society is facing with this very real Red Reality.
This is what it means to be an Emissary of Freedom.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“How do you tell a Communist? Well, it’s someone who reads Marx and Lenin. And how do you tell an anti-Communist? It’s someone who understands Marx and Lenin.”
― Ronald Reagan
Is a communist not a communist if he or she doesn’t refer to themselves as one, yet at the same time supports every single policy, ideal, and agenda that aligns with the tenets of Karl Marx?
The other day I was listening to Mr. Las Vegas Wayne Allen Root and he was making the point that using the phrase Marxist or Communist may come across as being a bit too harsh when referring to the far left Communist that reside within our government and society.
Root was suggesting that when engaging in this culture, information, and political war that we should be smart about branding and that we should always be striving to do a better job of controlling the language for the freedom cause in an efficient way. He was making the point that we should master this in the same way, or even better, than the way the left has been so successful at doing it for years.
This was when Root suggested that we refer to the left as the “Liars Club” rather than Marxists or Communists as he was suggesting that this would win over many more people that have a more simplistic view on the current state of our country.
I personally like Root’s ideas and I strongly believe he’s an awesome asset to the America First movement, but I’m not sure whether he’s correct in this case or not. I will attempt to explain my point here, but in doing so I want to elaborate on a few other ideas that I have had over the past few years to add to this discussion.
As you heard in my lead off quote with Ronald Reagan the point to that quote is that there is a significant difference between those people who would advocate and support a Communist government and those who would not. When examining the two types of people there’s an obvious gap that exists there and it’s that gap that has had philosophers and political historians debating over the subject since the dawn of mankind.
You see the thing that makes up that gap in my opinion (and apparently Reagan’s opinion as well) is the individual’s ability to understand what it is that they are supporting or fighting against. You see to me this gap is exactly where the truth of all of this reveals itself.
I 1000% agree with Wayne Allen Root’s point regarding how the America First movement should master the language and excel in the process of nomenclature in order to dominate the cultural wins that are needed in order to establish a new political environment that prioritizes American citizens within the borders of the United States.
In terms of playing this game you’re not going to get any argument from me. However, in the process of building on and improving the nomenclature I also believe that it’s vitally important to educate and remind people that words do have meaning and that those meanings come from somewhere.
After all, when you look at the teachings of Karl Marx and the past governments throughout history (and present day) that were Communist regimes, the results of those events, those ideas, and those experiences have ALWAYS resulted in horrific conditions for the citizens of every one of those places.
You see that gap that I was referring to regarding the lack of understanding from those people that support Marxist and Communist ideals centers on a fundamental flaw at the root of the belief system that they never seem to recognize.
You’re probably wondering Brandon, what fundamental flaw at the center of gravity of Communism and Marxism exists that the ignorant supporters of these belief systems always fail to see, or understand?
My answer to this centers around the concept of ruin.
This is derived from the consistent degradation of your personal agency. That’s right, if you read Karl Marx he advocates for everything to be viewed through the lens of the oppressor and the oppressed.
“Let the ruling classes tremble at a Communistic revolution. The proletarians have nothing to lose but their chains. They have a world to win. Workingmen of all countries unite!”
― Karl Marx, The Communist Manifesto
In that quote from Marx he is projecting fear towards the ruling class from the workers, however the problem that Marx was too simple minded to comprehend is that in the real world there’s ALWAYS a ruling class and those ruling classes have always been especially dominant in Communist countries throughout all of history.
In fact, even if you look at the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) today their head Xi Jinping and the rest of his party literally have trillions of dollars at their disposal to enforce whatever policy, or means necessary to push forward their initiatives onto the world at large. Additionally as individuals these people are the wealthiest people on the planet.
Because of their wealth and power this makes them a complete walking contradiction to their own Marxist ideology as they ARE literally the Bourgeoisie that Marx would talk about overthrowing, yet all the Marxists supporters hypocritically allow Xi to declare himself ruler for life instead of forcing him out of office in the way Marx talks about in his writings.
To clarify my last point, I’m not necessarily referring to all of the Chinese people as being big supporters of Xi. In fact, they are the first victims of his Communist system, but I am referring to the Marxist supporters that do exist within the Chinese state, which more than likely doesn’t include the majority of the wonderful Chinese citizens such as Laobaixing.
These innocent citizens of China, just like the Laobaixing of America, are who this blog and podcast are fighting for.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The War of Nomenclature
If you’re not familiar with the term nomenclature it is an interesting word that is really at the center of power for those that think and apply its use in the world of media, or more specifically with those who are The Crime Syndicate of Narrative.
The word nomenclature involves the process of devising and choosing the names of things. This may not sound like something that’s a big deal to you, but when language is manipulated for the purpose of framing certain narratives it can be either incredibly dangerous, or incredibly enlightening to a society depending on the nature and intent of the narrative in use.
When looking at how dangerous the war of nomenclature is, or more specifically how dangerous it can be, one of the most well known examples of how this is explained can be referenced in George Orwell’s dystopian novel 1984 involving the fictional language (nowadays arguably accurate language) of what is referred to as Newspeak.
In Orwell’s 1984 the totalitarian society of Oceania created Newspeak which was a controlled language involving simplified grammar and limited vocabulary that’s purpose was centered on limiting a person’s ability to critically think.
As a result this led to an individual being unable to communicate and articulate abstract concepts which resulted in them being unable to identify their own personal identity, self-expression, and free will. This was the intent of Newspeak as these three characteristics I mentioned were not only quelled by the use of Newspeak inside of Oceania, but they were also literally labeled as Thought Crimes.
To get a grip on this and to understand the motive you have to look at the result of what certain nomenclature produces within a society. In the case of Orwell’s 1984 model it’s clear that the purpose was to destroy the individual and it was completely successful in doing so. Once again the central flaw that we can see at the center of gravity of this Marxist behavior involves the goal of ruin.
Additionally the irony of just how Orwellian this language is can be seen in how the left refers to themselves as Progressives, which doesn’t involve progress at all. The entire belief structure results in Regression due to the destruction of the individual.
In the real world we have seen this in actual application within the destruction of individual liberty in the old Soviet Union with the likes of the Goskomizdat which was the official state committee for publishing that strictly enforced ideological and political censorship.
As you can see the Goskomizdat existed a long time before Biden’s FBI infiltrated Twitter. The point here is that speech has been suppressed in Communist systems both past and present to destroy the individual and it doesn’t stop at censorship.
As I was pointing out earlier with Wayne Allen Root, the Communist left here in America have been masters at manipulating language by applying the use of simplified vocabulary in the same form as Orwell’s Newspeak.
To give you some concrete examples of this I always defer to the well known, yet worn out descriptive Newspeak terms such as gun violence and hate crimes. Both of these terms are commonly used by the media to strip away personal responsibility from the individual and to place that responsibility onto some external source, or to redirect the focus onto an object of blame.
This is always done for political purposes for Communists to ruin individuality by erasing the entire concept of individual agency. Once this is done the individual loses the ability to think critically and will go along with the limited vocabulary to support a complete false narrative.
For instance, if you break down the term gun violence it suggests that guns, as inanimate objects, commit acts of violence. If you really strip that down to its bare bones it is an absurd term. After all, as I sit here recording the audio for this podcast my Remington 870-12 gauge shotgun is sitting right above me on the shelf of my studio here inside my bedroom closet and it hasn’t once tried to shoot me since I’ve owned it. It’s been completely non-violent towards me and everyone I know. Think about that for a moment.
Likewise, if we examine that word hate crime, while understanding its intent, we can see how the Communist left is trying to use the language with this word to suggest that ONLY crimes that involve perceived acts of violence regarding race are considered hate crimes.
Once again this is a direct attempt to stall your ability to critically think regarding the word because the language has been manipulated in such a way to elicit a response from this word that is tied directly to race with a crime against a perceived racial injustice as being the motive.
This word is exactly what Orwell’s 1984 was referring to as a Thought Crime because to truly know whether someone is a racist one would have to know the thoughts of that individual, but in the case of the hate crime it is assumed that the crime was motivated by race whether it’s true or not.
This has been applied to many circumstances when it wasn’t true at all, but because the Administrative State Media (ASM) ran with it people quickly spread around the term hate crime labeling the innocent with this moniker while defending the guilty in the court of public opinion until the facts came to light.
If you don’t believe me then do you remember George Floyd? Do you remember Kyle Rittenhouse?
The fact is that neither of these cases had anything to do with race, but the terms hate crime and gun violence were quickly attached to both of these cases by the media and people ran with it emotionally desiring to enact woke injustice instead of digging deeper for the facts.
Of course, once the facts came out on both of these cases it was clear that George Floyd was not outright murdered by Derek Chauvin and that Kyle Rittenhouse was simply defending himself in a moment when he was trying to aid others during the hostile riots in Wisconsin.
Once again, the inability for the public to think critically was accelerated by the application of the nomenclature regarding the left’s control of language in the examples here concerning the words gun violence and hate crimes.
As a result people were actually convicted and almost convicted on charges that should have never been a part of each party’s legal case discussion, but the nomenclature from the Communist left was successful in driving the desired outcomes concerning these cases against Chauvin and Rittenhouse although those outcomes, according to the facts, were not accurate.
The War of Art
If you’ve been following this podcast and blog for a while you know I’ve previously mentioned the ancient philosopher and Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu and his writings from his book The Art of War.
By the way if you haven’t read this book I strongly recommend you include it into your list of readings as in today’s world it’s the second most important book you can read. Just in case you’re wondering about which book I’d consider to be the most important, that would undoubtedly be the Holy Bible.
Having said that in the teachings of Sun Tzu’s Art of War he outlines a detailed explanation and analysis of the 5th century BC Chinese military involving weapons, environmental conditions, and strategy involving rank and disciplinary structure.
The Art of War is a tremendously valuable asset to provide you with the principles and strategies to help you to understand what it takes to win a battle whether that battle involves rivaling militaries, rivaling businesses, or rivaling political opponents.
When it comes to the application of these strategies this goes along with what I was mentioning earlier with what Wayne Allen Root was suggesting in regards to being smart about the names we use to identify and communicate the meaning of certain things.
What Root is pointing to is something that I actually work hard at doing as frequently as I can here on this Substack when it comes to the use of effective communication with the application of words. You see there’s the limited vocabulary with the use of words as I pointed out earlier with the purpose of Orwell’s Newspeak.
However, in order to rival Orwell’s Newspeak there’s also the creative and powerful combination of words that can be used to more effectively communicate meaning and intent to people in a very artistic and impactful way.
In this way I like to view the use of nomenclature in and of itself as a form of art and this form of art is what we can use to be in direct competition with the limited vocabulary of the Communist left.
Therefore this is what I like to refer to as the War of Art. Obviously this is a play on the name of Sun Tzu’s famous book of military philosophy and strategy, but the nomenclature concerning the vocabulary is what I wanted to illustrate in a name once some context was offered.
If you didn’t know I’ve been a professional strength and fitness coach now for over twenty years. The other day I was training a new student and novice working with her as it was her first time ever lifting dumbbells in her entire life. Even though she had lived an active lifestyle she had communicated to me that she had just never gotten around to lifting free weights in an organized manner for the purpose of a fitness and strength program.
As we began I had her perform her very first set of dumbbell bench press to strengthen her core, chest, shoulders, and arms. As she began to press the dumbbells up away from her chest she was struggling to stabilize them in the ascent of the movement. As a result the dumbbells were swaying back and forth as she fought to keep them moving in a straight line of motion during the pressing portion of the movement.
It was at this point that she asked me why it was so difficult for her to control the weights as she pressed them up. As I explained, the reason for this was because she was new to the movement and had not yet developed the synergist muscles which are the surrounding muscles that assist the agonist muscle (the primary mover) in making sure the movement is performed with a more accurate and fluid pattern.
In other words, the lift isn’t smooth and seamless just yet because the muscles that are being used to assist you in the movement still have to get stronger.
The reason I wanted to share this little story with you is because just like you have to train your synergist muscles to more smoothly execute the movement of lifting free weights the same thing can be said with how you use and apply the nomenclature in the War of Art to counter the Communist Newspeak narrative.
For example let’s take the word gun violence and deconstruct the language. If the Communist left uses the word gun violence to describe a certain act of violence we can simply and creatively change the nomenclature to counter this false narrative.
Since we’ve already established that as an inanimate object guns are not capable of committing violence by themselves we can instead use another descriptive noun to replace the word gun as the primary mover of the word gun violence. Therefore, since guns as inanimate objects cannot commit violence by themselves we do know that they can be used by humans to commit acts of violence.
Therefore we can replace the word gun with the word human to describe and refer to an act of violence. As a result the next time the Communist left uses the word gun violence it’s up to us to correct them by using the wordhuman violencein its place.
You see the primary mover, or agonist, in the phrase gun violence is the word gun according to the Communist left Newspeak. The word violence in this example is the synergist that is assisting the primary mover (in this case the word gun) to communicate that guns are violent in this example of Newspeak. You and I are simply communicating that ONLY humans are violent and to further deconstruct the Newspeak we can also ask why other inanimate objects are never the agonist (or primary mover) from the Communist left when it comes to other acts of violence?
In other words, if there’s a violent crime committed by an individual using a chair, a baseball bat, or car then why do we never hear the Newspeak referring to any of these acts of violence as chair violence, baseball bat violence, or car violence?
The answer to this is because none of those things are in line with the Communist left’s narrative concerning the object of blame because those objects don’t offer the level of self-protection that a gun will offer when it comes to a citizenry that may find itself in a situation having to fend off tyranny.
Once again, the center of gravity for the Marxist ideals involves the motive for ruin.
The Wrap Up
I would say that I am still not sure whether I 100% agree with Wayne Allen Root’s specific request of using the phrase “Liars Club” in place of the words Communist or Marxist as I believe it’s always important to define your enemy. George Bush made that mistake by not defining the specific enemy when he declared the War on Terror after 9/11.
However, to Root’s credit it’s still not a bad idea because Root is intelligently engaging in the War of Art by simply changing the nomenclature to counter the Communist Newspeak. It’s a really smart approach.
Ultimately the Communist left have figured out many methods and ways to evolve their ability to destroy everything that represents liberty and freedom.
The famous football coach Bill Parcells used to say that “you are what your record says you are” and in terms of the record of Marxism and Communism in application the record shows nothing but losses in every column since it came into existence.
These losses have done nothing, but result in the complete ruin of the human condition and the nomenclature of the Progressive Communist left have demonstrated that their methods to sell their ideas over the years have evolved, but the methods themselves have always resulted in the devolution of the human condition.
Therefore, with the changing times and the changing landscapes of multiple civilizations Marxism has proven to be nothing more than the Evolution of Devolution.
This is why it’s up to you and me individually to evolve our efforts in the War of Art and together to be the organizing principle and the phalanx to overrun the Communist Newspeak with a new era of correct language that enforces freedom and liberty.
This is what it means to be an Emissary of Freedom.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“The greatest trick the Devil ever pulled was convincing the world he didn’t exist”—Charles Baudelaire
“The second greatest trick the Devil ever pulled was convincing the world he is the good guy”—Ken Ammi”
I’ve opened an older episode with both of those previous quotes, but given today’s topic of discussion it’s well worth repeating.
So, I want to begin today’s episode by asking you a very important question. So who are you?
I mean if I had just walked into the room to extend my hand to shake yours and while standing in front of you asked you to tell me about yourself what would you say?
In other words, what makes up the individual known asinsert your name here.
I wanted to ask this question because I really want to put you into a certain frame of mind to think about what I’m asking because when you look at society today it’s clear to me that there’s a significant portion of our population that doesn’t seem to know who they are, or what they stand for.
You’re probably thinking Brandon, what exactly do you mean?
I want to take a moment to elaborate a bit further on this. For starters, let’s take a look at this identity crisis that we’re currently faced with as a nation, especially when looking at all the riots that people frequently refer to as protests that have exploded on the scene since the summer of love back in 2020.
When you look at these manufactured crises that revolve around groups of people wearing the mask of a victim, but are in reality professional victimists then it’s easy to observe that we have a crisis of identity as a nation, at least with these sub-groups that want to play the role of the victimist.
Granted, you may be sober enough in your observation of reality to explain this away by saying Well, Brandon many of those rioters are paid professional protesters.
In this sort of analysis I’d be quick to give you credit, however I’d also add on by asking the obvious question: How did we end up as a society where paid protestors and rioters are an acceptable form of political action in the first place?
In other words, if you have a genuine group of protestors that have a grievance with the government and in a natural grassroots sort of way manage to organize for their cause it’s one thing.
However, if you have some group of organizers that come together to protest some grievance, especially if it’s centered around a manufactured lie, and they start getting out of control with rioting all while being driven to their posts by some sort of dark money group that hired them in the first place then this is a symptom of a society with an identity crisis. To clarify, I would view this as being a loss of identity due to being a society that deems funding protests and riots acceptable by the mere fact that the occurrence of those paid riots and protests are allowed to persist in an ongoing continual fashion.
This loss of identity is a significant problem and is a direct cause of division resulting in groups within our societal population adopting destructive beliefs which are based on lies. In short, whether we’re dealing with fake protestors that are hired by some corrupt political organization, or not, the fact that it’s a thing that exists within the construct of our society at the scale that it does in the first place is a huge problem.
Taking on the role of the victimist and screaming about a manufactured injustice where the truth is distorted, or is based on an outright lie, basically boils down to the artifice of deception.
A few of these examples can be seen with the likes of BLM, Antifa, and now with the pro-Palestinan movements raging across college campuses.
In fact, many of the pro-Palestinian protestors are being funded by some of Biden’s biggest campaign donators ranging from Soros, to Rockefeller, and Pritzker. The Tides Foundation has been one of the biggest organizers of the protests at Columbia University which is seeded directly by Democratic mega donor George Soros. (Source: Politico) For those who may object to this, these sources of the funding of these groups go back many years and can be found in multiple media outlets.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Rest Assured That Nothing Is Wrong
Ronald Reagan famously uttered the Russian proverb to Mikhail Gorbachev in a meeting in 1987 where he said doveryay, no proveryay. In my attempt to pronounce this statement in Russian I want my Russian friends to know that I’m doing my best to honor the statement even though my pronunciation may not be the greatest. Regardless, the meaning of this wise proverb translates into Trust, but verify.
Now when you hear such a statement this seems like a very common sense and practical proverb for each of us to take ownership of in our daily lives, yet as a society we have clearly not bought into this wisdom.
I know many people would end with that last statement, but I’m going to be specific because as individuals we should all seek to understand why and how things have gotten so absurd by understanding how to understand every decision that is put in front of us.
For instance, there have been numerous societal destroying policies and laws that we (as a society) have embraced and never even questioned, or never challenged to any significant level that would result in any rabid political upheaval. Now when I use the phrase rabid political upheaval I’m talking about the sort of challenge that would threaten real change, or a significant breakaway from the status quo.
So what is a good example of this?
A good example would be the creation of two of the most destructive policies the country has ever witnessed in the Federal Reserve Banking System and the federal income tax.
With the implementation of these two sovereignty ending policies our country started its decline all the way back in 1913 when both of these destructive institutionalized policies were allowed to come into existence.
On a side note I don’t believe it was a coincidence that these two institutions came to be in the same year back in 1913.
Regardless, the habit of not questioning policies, business decisions, and laws seems to be a pervasive flaw and fundamental repetitive mistake in many people nowadays in the west.
For instance, why was the Federal Reserve banking system created? Well according to the Board of Governors of The Federal Reserve System it was created by the Congress to provide the nation with a safer, more flexible, and more stable monetary and financial system. (Source: The Federal Reserve)
Now with such a statement coming directly from the horse’s mouth I’d like to ask a simple question that I’m also wondering if anyone else bothered asking at the time they were considering this.
If such a system exists then HOW EXACTLY would it make the banking of the nation’s monetary and financial system MORE stable?
For instance, does that mean that if there’s a shortfall concerning the money supply for any given reason that this banking system could simply print more dollars to cover that shortfall? If this is the case then how is that working out for us RIGHT NOW?
Furthermore, it’s obvious that such a system served as the perfect opportunity to centralize the banking and monetary supply of the nation. Even if you knew nothing else regarding monetary theory, or anything about the banking industry, that last reason on its face seems to be a horrible idea.
The same thing goes for the federal income tax as it makes zero sense to me to tax your income.
So let’s think this through for a moment. In the world of behavioral psychology the thought process that is known as positive reinforcement means that if you perform a desired deed that you are then rewarded for having performed that desired deed. In simple terms the desired behavior is reinforced with the reward with the intent that you will repeat said desired behavior. The opposite of this is what is known as negative reinforcement.
However, when it comes to you making money in a so-called free market system like we have today then there’s no reward, or positive reinforcement, for you making more money. This is the case because the tax code punishes you for making more money by taking more of the money you earn. This happens because as your income rises higher then you will be placed into a HIGHER percentage tax bracket resulting in a bigger and bigger tax penalty that you will be responsible for.
This is so bad now that the incentive for making more money is discouraging business owners to make more money, therefore this is literally resulting in a self-propagating system for decreasing the amount of tax revenue that is coming into the federal government. In other words, businesses and individuals aren’t generating enough revenue to meet the tax payments which is resulting in less and less tax dollars flowing into the Department of the Treasury.
In addition to all of this the Federal Reserve banking system continues to print more money causing inflation and your tax dollars are being used to fund endless wars that are resulting in more and more human casualty and we’re literally walking into the beginning phase of WWIII.
However, I’m sure you (I’m referring to society at large) can take their word for it once again when they say rest assured that nothing is wrong. I’m sure we all can feel good about the fact that yours and my tax dollars are just used for endless wars that never serve the national security interests of the United States. After all, that’s just the way it is, right?
I’ve always despised that phrase: That’s just the way it is. No, most things are NOT just the way they are without cause. Things are never just the way they are without the actions of humans. Things are ONLY the way they are because we as a society accept them to be the way they are. Furthermore, we should NOT be accepting that our government has been infiltrated by communists that are abusing us and the rest of the world by weaponizing our own tax dollars against us.
The Institutional Infection of Idiocy
Given the state of today’s world I have personally come to despise the framing of the following fable and I’ll explain why after going through it here first.
The Fable of The Donkey and The Tiger
The Donkey said to the Tiger, “The grass is blue.”
The Tiger replied, “No, the grass is green.”
The discussion heated up and the two decided to go before the Lion, the King of the jungle.
The Donkey began to shout, “Your highness, is it true that the grass is blue?”
The Lion replied, “If you believe that it’s true, then the grass is blue.”
The Donkey continued, “The Tiger disagrees with me, contradicts and annoys me. Please punish him.”
The King declared, “The Tiger will be punished with five years of silence.”
The Donkey jumped cheerfully and went on his way.
The Tiger accepted his punishment, but before he left he asked the Lion, “Why have you punished me? After all, the grass is green.”
The Lion replied, “In fact, the grass is green.”
The Tiger asked, “So, why are you punishing me?”
The Lion replied, “That has nothing to do with the question of whether or not the grass is blue or green. The punishment is because it is not logical for an intelligent creature like you to waste time arguing with a donkey. And on top of that, come and bother me with a question like that.
The worst waste of time is arguing with the fool and fanatic who does not care about truth or reality, but only the victory of his beliefs and illusions.” (Source: Medium)
Now after covering this fable I completely understand the point of this lesson by communicating the fact that it’s a waste of energy and time to argue with a fool in most cases. That’s the obvious lesson here, however in the context of the current world we live in I want to point to a deeper flaw concerning the application of this fable that we can all draw from when applying it to the current environmental circumstances that we are literally seeing play out right in front of us on a daily basis.
So why do I despise the framing of this particular fable?
To clarify, the tiger did make a mistake deciding to argue with the donkey in this particular circumstance. However, the problem here wasn’t the fact that the tiger was arguing with thedonkey. The problem was the fact that the tiger decided to argue with the donkey about the ridiculous topic concerning the color of the grass.
In other words, as stupid as the donkey was in this fable, the nature of the argument itself regarding the color of the grass was really the only stupid mistake committed by the tiger.
So you’re probably thinking Brandon, what exactly do you mean?
For starters, consider all of the variables being the same here in this story with only one exception. Let’s assume that exception was the nature of the argument itself regarding the color of the grass. In other words, what if the tiger were arguing something just as obvious as green grass, but much more serious in terms of its nature and outcome?
After all, if the foolish donkey in this case will argue to the bitter end regarding the color of the grass being blue when it is actually green then is it too far-fetched to assume that the metaphorical donkeys (in everyday life) in this case would argue something more serious with bigger consequences such as mugging the tiger at gunpoint?
I mean even if we take this scenario and apply it to the reality of our modern day culture and the tiger had video evidence clearly showing the donkey mugging him at gunpoint you know for a fact the donkey would argue his innocence. We see this today with many metaphorical donkeys committing crimes across the country at an alarming rate.
In addition to this, the other detail about this fable that irritates me to the core involved the actions of the lion in this case. After all, in this fable the lion is the authority figure and as the authority figure the lion is advising the tiger not to argue with the donkey because it’s a waste of his time for the tiger to bring such a trivial matter to him.
However, in this case the lion, as the authority figure, knew the donkey was a fool and not only did he reward the donkey for his absurdly stupid behavior of being foolish, but he agreed with the donkey’s lie that the grass was blue, and then gave the impression to the donkey that he was going to punish the tiger for believing otherwise, therefore positively reinforcing the donkey’s behavior.
So in this fable we can also see a clear picture of an authority figure not tolerating an absurd argument over what the color of grass is between the donkey and the tiger. However, to make this matter worse he, as the authority figure, sides with the lying fool and then proceeds to reward that lying fool for his stupidity while simultaneously scolding the truth teller (the tiger). Does any of this sound familiar in our current societal dilemma?
Once again, let’s assume all the variables here in the story were the same with the exception of substituting the argument of the color of grass with the scenario of whether or not the donkey had mugged the tiger at gunpoint.
Now given this scenario would the tiger arguing his case with the fool mugging him at gunpoint be a foolish act? Clearly it would not be because the stakes are much higher. In this modified scenario using the same exact logic as this fable it’s now easy to understand how the tiger wouldn’t have a choice.
However, we’re seeing the same absurd things play out in our justice system right now in the real world with the Soviet show trials that our authority figures just put President Trump through. After all, here in the real world the donkeys are making up the evidence and the crimes as they go along and the authority figures are rewarding them for doing so.
“Show me the man, I’ll find you the crime.” –Lavrenty Beria
Just to inject a bit of history, keep in mind that under Josef Stalin Lavrenty Beria was the chief of the Soviet secret police. Beria was famous for putting Stalin’s suspected opponents through show trials before sending them off to the gulags for their then-shortened lives. (Source: White Mountain Independent)
Like the tiger in the fable, could President Trump have made a mistake here and there regarding his language and some of the fights he chose to engage in? Maybe, but does he have a choice?
I mean to me this fable also clearly illustrates the problems within our current culture caused by the steady degradation of our institutions of authority consistently and gradually rewarding idiocy over time.
Now it’s gotten so bad that the donkeys have overrun the lions within these institutions and are using the institutions to enforce their foolish beliefs concerning the color of the grass being blue, along with redefining men as women, and redefining women as men, and so on.
They’re also denying the fact that they are siding with the muggers of reality as they constantly side with these metaphorical donkeys in society.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Wrap Up
I fully understand the intent of the fable about not arguing with a donkey, but the way it is framed also illustrates in a very clear way the problem with authority figures siding with the foolish people within society.
This in turn creates a voting base and institutional breeding ground for morons. In the current real world this has led these morons to run society as they see fit and that means that the grass can be blue, or that 2+2=5.
The steady growing problem here in the West is that we’ve allowed the rewarding of foolishness to grow over time and to make it worse we’ve even financed it in many ways. A few examples involve doing this in the form of DEI, ESG, and other Marxist artifices of deception.
By doing this slowly over time our society has been engaging in a death by a thousand cuts scenario by flippantly allowing the authority figures to reward the metaphorical donkeys over time while never considering the risk of ruin.
When looking at making a decision on any investment one must always consider the risk of ruin. In other words, by putting your money and reward into a venture you should weigh out and assess how much you can live with potentially losing. .
In other words, could the investment we choose cost us more than we are able to make back, or is there another form of acceptable loss should the investment be a bad one?
After this episode I’d think it would be very clear that rewarding foolishness and failing to question things more deeply to identify these stupid investments and these artifices of deception are costing us more than we can ever make back.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you have stumbled across this particular episode you will only be able to access this episode in its full length by becoming an all-access paid subscriber at brandonrichey.substack.com.
However don't click off as you're going to get a SOLID PREVIEW of today's episode here. I believe you will enjoy the message and if so then I look forward to connecting with you on the Substack.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Hardship in our present life is an atonement for sins committed in our previous existence, or the education necessary to prepare for a higher place in the life to come.”
― John Allyn, 47 Ronin
Iaijutsu is a form of combative sword drawing art that may be used to wage a premeditated attack against an unsuspecting enemy combatant.
The creation of Iaijutsu comes from the ancient Japanese practiced art of drawing the katana sword which is one of the disciplines involved in the education of the classical warrior known as the ancient samurai. (Source: Wikipedia)
After the Taika reforms occurred in Japan in Anno Domini 646, there was a significant level of land redistribution going on along with heavy taxes that were meant to support a Chinese-style empire at that time. This event forced many small farmers to sell their land to work as tenant farmers. In time there were a few landholders that managed to amass tremendous power and wealth creating what we refer to today as a feudal system.
Now in order to defend their newly amassed land and wealth and to maintain their hold on power these Japanese feudal lords hired the first samurai warriors. These warriors were the paid and loyal protectors of their lords and they were very good at what they were paid to do.
With this relationship between the lords and the samurai there was a link that bound the two in the form of the samurai code. You see, the samurai code placed a huge emphasis on loyalty so much so that this form of loyalty was even emphasized more than family loyalty. (Source: ThoughtCo)
Now that last part regarding the emphasis placed on loyalty where it even surpassed the loyalty of family members is something that many of us would have a difficult time understanding in terms of that culture at that time. Nonetheless, this was the zeitgeist of that time so in order to understand the history you have to accept the reality of it being the case during that time in history within that civilization.
I’ve always said that the quickest way that you can tell whether or not someone truly understands history is whether or not they can understand the zeitgeist which means the accepted beliefs and norms of that time in history in which they are examining.
In short, if someone is judging history through the lens of the zeitgeist of today then they don’t understand history. This is because the zeitgeist that existed in the past is simply going to differ in a big way in many cases compared to the accepted beliefs of our current times.
Take a moment and let that sink in because it’s imperative that you do so in order to understand any reference made about history, especially if that reference is coming from someone who claims to be an expert in the field. As you may have already figured out this is a quick and easy litmus test for you to quickly discern whether or not someone is the history expert that they claim to be.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Ronin
In the 12th century during the Muromachi (1138-1573) and Tokugawa (1603-1867) time periods many masterless samurai warriors known as ronin would prove to be very disruptive and rebellious during this time.
During the tumultuous time period before the founding of the Tokugawa shogunate, the numbers of these ronin increased rapidly and they would be a central driving force of disorder throughout the first half of the 17th century.
The reason the term ronin had come about was because of the untimely death of a samurai’s lord, losses in battle, or something that occurred due to their own mistakes which resulted in them being dispossessed of their fief and their noble sponsorship positions within society. In such cases this is how many of these warriors would end up being loners.
As a result of this in the mid 19th century many impoverished samurai became attracted to the movement to expel foreigners from the country. They wanted to do this so that they could restore the imperial family back to their rightful place as the actual rulers of Japan.
Because of this things would prove to get very interesting as this movement started to self-organize and it built momentum with large numbers of samurai that would end up leaving their lords in order to become ronin to further the cause.
These ronin would end up adding fuel to the revolutionary mood of the time in the years prior to the Meiji Restoration which would result in them assassinating moderate officials, pro-Western scholars, and foreigners that were residing in Japan during this time. (Source: Britannica)
So why am I bothering to highlight this revolt and the evolutionary journey of the samurai to become these lone masterless warriors known as ronin that would end up being the catalyst for their revolution?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“We know that they are lying, they know that they are lying, they even know that we know they are lying, we also know that they know we know they are lying too, they of course know that we certainly know they know we know they are lying too as well, but they are still lying. In our country, the lie has become not just a moral category, but the pillar industry of this country.”
Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn
My dad is a small business owner and I remember when I was growing up and just starting to work for money I can recall the first experience I had when going to work for him at his service station.
Both my parents are great and I’m blessed to still have them in my life as they’re both still very active and still work to operate each of their own businesses. With that being said it was a completely different experience when I was a kid seeing my dad in his day to day work environment compared to how I was used to seeing him at home.
I mean both my parents were always big on teaching hard work and personal responsibility to both my brother and myself, but this was a completely different scene for the first time when witnessing my dad operate the business as the owner and me working for him as one of his employees. To be straightforward it wasn’t easy.
At that time in my youth I realized real quick that I had a lot to learn about business and life and I was pretty much clueless on how things worked, but in time I would learn the most valuable lessons of life that I would never learn anywhere else when working for him.
I remember when it was like my first week working for my dad and he had given me a long list of things to do around the service station to work in between times when I wasn’t waiting on and helping a customer.
I looked at the list thinking: How am I going to get all of this done? I mean this wasn’t a short list and I knew it was going to require a good bit of time to complete it especially since I had to satisfy my obligations to paying customers that were coming in and out of the front lobby area.
So I decided that I was going to attack the list and work hard on getting it completed with every free moment I got when I got a window of opportunity between customers. I knew I could do this between times that customers were coming in and out to pay for their cars and to settle up with any bills that were due for repairs that they had gotten done on their vehicles.
In time a customer would enter the front, I’d take care of them, the customer would leave, and then I’d immediately start attacking that to-do list to try to finish the required tasks.
Finally, there was a moment where like three customers came in all at once and I knew once they were taken care of that I might have a bit of extra time between when they would leave and before anyone else might enter the lobby because the shop was getting caught up with the jobs that were there to do at the time.
Sure enough that is exactly what happened and I ended up getting about a half hour or so of uninterrupted time so that I could get the checklist of tasks completed and that’s exactly what I did.
Just like that I remember that I completed the checklist and I was relieved that I could now chill out in the front lobby waiting on customers for the rest of the day, but what I was thinking at the time versus what would actually happen next were two very different things.
That’s right, I finished up the last task on the to-do list from my dad and I found a nice comfortable stool in the front lobby and sat down to monitor the front area for customers. After only a couple of minutes of sitting there the door to the shop opened up that led into the lobby where I was enjoying my break leaning on that comfortable stool as my dad stepped into the front lobby area.
It was at this point he made eye contact with me and saw me sitting on that stool. I’ll never forget the moment as he just looked at me and without saying a word walked over and kicked the stool leg right out from under me.
Now to be clear it wasn’t a vicious kick for the purpose of hurting me because that’s not my dad and that wasn’t the point. However, he just wanted to get my attention and it was enough that he had to catch me from falling at which point I asked him why he did it. He said, I’m not paying you to sit around on your rear to do nothing. I remember replying by pointing out that I had finished the list and that there was, in my estimation, nothing left to do.
It was at this moment that he said that I needed to learn to find something to do in order to keep busy. Then he said something that would change my life forever.
He said to take the time to slow down and learn how to think ahead. He said learn how to think past the next second. In other words, he was teaching me about what it meant to take initiative.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Lost Art of Initiative
I remember years ago hearing an interesting story about these three interviewees who were fresh out of college and in direct competition with one another with each of them competing to get a relatively high paying entry level position at a certain big company.
I don’t remember all of the specifics of this story, but I do remember the overall main point of it. I believe I might have heard it from my dad as well, or possibly one of his friends. The point of me telling you this is because I may be inadvertently altering some of the specifics of this story simply because it’s been a very long time since I’ve heard it, but the point is that I remember the point so I am going to keep the main thing the main thing.
As the story goes this particular company had narrowed down its search for this high paying entry level position to three young college kids who were fresh out of the classroom and ready to step into the real world for their interviews.
Now keep in mind that the time period of when I heard this story goes back to the mid to late 90’s. I realize that a lot of the kids coming out of college nowadays are by far nowhere near prepared for the real world, but the signs of this were also obvious even in the 90’s as I’m about to point out here in this story.
So the three interviewees showed up to the office of this company and they were each in the lobby awaiting the secretary to come and get them for their meeting with a high level executive that would be conducting their interviews.
As the secretary came and got the first college graduate she sent him to the office door of the executive and told him to open the door and walk in. As the first graduate opened the door the first thing he saw was a long walk from the door to the desk of the executive who was sitting at his desk chair with his back to the graduate looking out the window from his high rise office.
However, the interviewee noticed something else as he started his walk from the front door to the office desk of the executive that still had his back turned to him. In the path directly between the office door and the desk sat a book on the floor right in the middle of the path of where the interviewee would walk to get to the desk.
The interviewee noticed the book, but simply ignored it stepping over the book to approach the desk of the executive.
As he got to the desk the executive spun his chair around to greet the young interviewee. He took one look at the interviewee and he also took a quick glance at the floor, noticing that the book was still sitting there in the middle of the floor.
Once the executive saw this he simply looked at the fresh college graduate and basically said this concludes your interview.
Obviously the college aged male was bewildered and was reluctant to leave, but he did.
Once he exited the second interviewee came into the executive’s office and just like the first he noticed the book sitting right in the middle of the floor and simply walked around the book on his way to the executive’s desk. Aside from ignoring the book he never even mentioned that it was sitting in the middle of the floor and that it was a huge eyesore that was clearly out of place.
Once again, the executive spun around in his chair to greet the young interviewee and noticed the book was also still on the floor. Once the executive noticed this he simply looked at the interviewee and said: Ok, we’re all finished here. Have a nice day.
Just like the first young man, the second young man was confused and was also shocked at the executive’s response as he hadn’t even gotten an opportunity to sit down to talk to him.
Finally, it was time for the third interviewee to come in for his interview. As he opened the door to the executive's office he noticed the long walk from the door to the desk along with the executive having his back turned to him. He also noticed the book sitting on the floor and as he started to approach the desk he simply bent down to pick up the book as he approached the executive’s desk.
As soon as he got to the desk the executive spun around in his chair to greet the young man. It was at this point the young man extended his arm with the book in hand and said:
I think somebody dropped this on your floor. The executive replied: Thank you. Please have a seat and tell me a bit more about yourself.
You see the point here is that the executive was looking for each of the job prospects to demonstrate some basic level of personal initiative by acknowledging the book that was sitting in the middle of the floor and to address an obvious obstacle that was clearly out of place.
In this particular example involving this story with the first two candidates failing to acknowledge the obvious they wouldn’t even be afforded the opportunity for the interview. This is because their lack of initiative had identified them lacking the ability of taking personal initiative which was something the executive was clearly looking for in the job position he was offering.
Also if you notice I never said that the last interviewee necessarily got the job. I merely pointed out that he was afforded the opportunity to get the interview. The other two candidates simply didn’t make it that far into the process.
Now you may or may not like the executive’s approach in this example, but this is one of those situations you have to stop and ask yourself if the fact that you agree with it or not really matters? I mean is the search for a worker that is willing to take initiative and ownership in a given situation a negative characteristic to want for a potential employee?
Heck, I would argue that in today’s culture that the sentiment of demanding that people take more initiative to get a job done has been something we haven’t called out strongly enough over the last 20 years.
I mean in this current technological society most people lack the initiative for most daily tasks and have forgotten to think for themselves. In fact, most of us these days rely too much on our smartphones to do everything for us. After all, we use our smartphones to get quick stupid news clips to satisfy our completely misunderstood view of world events. We use GPS so the phone tells us where to go, the digital calendar to tell us when to go, and the calculator feature to do all of our math. It’s been said in some publications that human beings now possess less of an attention span than that of a gold fish which is one second less than 8 seconds.
Now I don’t know if that last statement is true or not, but I do know that people tend to quickly jump from one quick video to another online when playing on their phones. However, it’s also been said that people have the capacity for a great attention span and that storytelling and intelligent content is the thing that unlocks that which is what I try to work hard at doing right here on this show.
So you’re probably wondering Brandon, what is the point you want to make with all of this?
Well the point is that our society has been lulled to sleep now for several years and it seems these days that people have to literally have their hand held when trying to understand the current events of the world, the political landscape, and simply having an understanding of what it means to possess the individual responsibility of civic duty.
I mean these days the majority of young adults are coming out of college not prepared for doing much of anything else other than being a lifelong debt slave.
It seems all I hear about these days with young people are two issues on opposite ends of the spectrum.
On one hand many young adults constantly complain about having racked up huge student loan debt that needs to be forgiven while also not being able to find employment in a field that they desire. On the other end of this spectrum there are other young people right now out in the world working two and three jobs burning the candle at both ends while struggling to keep up with paying their rent and living expenses.
Neither one of these scenarios are good, but I would contend that the cause of the first scenario is fueled by a lack of initiative in understanding the consequences of debt and contributes directly to the cause of its opposite. In other words, it shouldn’t be the responsibility of the young adult that’s working two and three jobs to pay for the student debt relief of the young adult that’s racked up tens of thousands of dollars of debt for a useless degree.
Embracing the mindset that the government should be responsible for eliminating a personal debt that you chose to accumulate is not demonstrating taking the initiative for triumph in life. Instead this demonstrates a mindset that is more directly related to a victimist mindset.
The Wrap Up
The other day I heard the author Jason Jones of The Great Campaign Against The Great Reset make an excellent point during an interview that I happened to catch with him on TV.
He was talking about the confusion and problem with much of the young public when college age students (and even adults) protest and advocate for horrible causes, and even manufactured ones, that are surrounded by lies instead of protesting against those very causes. On a side note this problem of lies that end up driving destructive societal causes are exactly what Solzhenitsyn was referencing in that quote that I led off with at the beginning of this episode.
As an example Jason Jones was making the point that if you’re wearing a t-shirt that’s manufactured by enslaved Uyhgurs in China while taking a knee against slavery you’re not at all in solidarity with the victims of slavery, but instead you’re taking on the role as a victimist.
However, he also pointed out that if you see your economic situation negatively impacted while protesting with others in a lower income bracket against the big federal reserve banking system for destroying the dollar then you’re actually in solidarity and therefore you are just in your protest.
The point he was making here is that you too have to be directly impacted negatively in order to claim solidarity with a victim…otherwise you’re just a virtue signaling victimist.
The reason people are confused about the difference between being a victim and victimist is because society has been lacking in taking the initiative to achieve triumph in life through our cultural and educational systems.
The lack of understanding along with the lack of initiative from those who do understand to intervene on behalf of the ignorant people within our society is the reason that our society is currently falling apart.
Even though I don’t agree with the college age student that’s asking for the rest of us to provide them with debt relief I also don’t blame them for having that mindset. I don’t blame them because the majority of us who do know better, as a society at large, have allowed them to adopt that mindset because we’ve allowed them to believe the lie as Solzhenitsyn socolorfully explained in his famous quote.
In other words, those of us who know better know that the younger generations have been lied to, but in knowing that they are being lied to the younger generations didn’t know that the lie that we knew of the government taking on more responsibility is destructive and has been ongoing for quite some time.
However, I do blame the rest of us for not teaching them how to think past the next second the way my dad taught me that day in the lobby of his service station.
The art of taking initiative and ownership has been lost and now is the time we all rediscover that for the sake of our societal existence.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
If history is a guide, then, presidential greatness only occurs in the crucible of major crises. If Islamic terrorists detonated a nuclear bomb in New York or Washington, or if an American attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities generated a widespread war in the Middle East, then the conditions would exist for the display of presidential greatness.
--Joseph J. Ellis
This is a story of strength and muscle from both the perspective of an individual body’s anatomical structure, as well as how this functioning model of strength and muscle parallels the function and existence of a civilized society. You see if you didn’t already know my background comes from being a self-employed fitness professional serving as a strength and fitness coach now for over twenty years.
During this span of two decades I’ve worked with and trained everyone from the novice to professional athletes such as football, baseball, and fighters competing in the combat sport of MMA.
I only wanted to clarify this about my background upfront to give you some context as to why I’m able to offer this insight in regards to the function of your body’s muscular system and from there demonstrate how to make the connection of how your body’s function is similar to that of the function of society at large.
In fact, the two are so similar that they basically mirror one another in both scope and result.
So what exactly am I talking about?
Well I’m going to come back to that, but first did you realize that quote that I led this episode off with was published in an article by CNN back in 2012, yet how chilling is it that we’re faced with a similar scenario it describes minus the nuclear bomb being detonated in New York or Washington. Thank God for that at least for now.
However, that nuclear bomb is being pursued by the very terrorists he describes in the quote with Iran being right on the verge of cracking the code to achieve nuclear power status. The even crazier reality is that the current regime in the White House now (Biden) along with the one that occupied the White House back in 2012 (Obama) at the time this article was published helped to finance this very pursuit of the nuclear bomb by Iran.
The war itself has already kicked off and the world is completely destabilized due to the apparent mass infection of evil Global Communists that have infiltrated the governments of every major super power throughout Western Civilization.
This current disastrous dilemma would be the most shockingly horrible news imaginable to receive if you had suddenly awakened today from a cryogenic sleep from 1985 which was a time here in the U.S., and the world at large, where we lived in a completely opposite world than the one we find ourselves living in now.
The only good news described in that quote is the potential for presidential greatness to occur in the crucible of a major crisis and thankfully we already have a great President in Donald J. Trump…as long as we don’t allow the election to be stolen come November.
We are living in a Fourth Turning and the thing that many people are realizing more and more is that the election coming here in November is no longer a normal political election. No, this election coming in November is civilizational in terms of its significance.
This is the environment both of us find ourselves in and this is the Crucible that will send the country on one path or the other with one path leading towards totalitarian destruction and the other towards a pro-American 1985 model on steroids. Of these two outcomes I personally prefer the latter.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Sherrington’s Law of Irradiation
When examining the human body it’s easy to understand that your body is designed for the function of coordination and movement. However, when examining the movement of the human body as a coach it’s my job to determine whether the body is moving in the way that it is intended to, or if it is compromised in some way which prevents it from functioning in the manner in which it is designed to do.
Granted, our modern day culture and work environment has actually managed to diminish the lifestyles of most people which is why 90% or greater of average everyday people I work with are unable to move their body with optimal function when they begin a fitness program for the first time.
There are many reasons for this, but the biggest culprit has more to do with the steady growth in the number of sitting jobs over the course of the last couple of decades. Yes, sitting with a slouched and broken posture combined with a lifestyle lacking in physical movement is the direct cause of most of the health issues that have been plaguing our society now for the last couple of decades.
You see your body is built to do things and the ability for you to do things is commanded by that computer, otherwise known as your brain, that sits between your ears.
In order for you to perform a movement as seemingly as simple as making a clenched fist, or gripping the handle of a kettlebell, the reality is that it isn’t as simple as it appears on the surface.
The truth is that you first must recognize that you either need, or want, to perform the movement in the first place. Therefore, this entire process begins with a stimulus.
From here the next step in the order of operations involves your brain sending the message, or current, through your nervous system in much the same way as an electrical current travels through the power lines up and down the streets for the purpose of powering the lights inside your house, or providing you with the ability to run your air conditioning.
Therefore, for the purpose of this discussion we’re looking at how to achieve movement from a stimulus to an action such as clenching your fist, or gripping a kettlebell.
Now I’m not going to get into the hard science of this entire process because it can get complicated and be a bit hard to follow, but I do want to inject a little anatomical physiology into the discussion here to give you some context.
Let’s begin by performing a basic exercise as you’re reading or listening to this episode. Whatever you’re doing at the moment I want you to hold your hand out in front of you and simply clench your fist.
You see, for you to perform this action the message that is transmitted from your brain down your spinal cord and to your hand in order to execute a clenched fist is carried by an excitatory neurotransmitter known as acetylcholine.
This fascinating chemical substance of acetylcholine essentially excites the nerve cell and causes it to fire off the message to stimulate the muscles of your arm and hand to perform the coordinated action of clenching your fist. Understand that the physiological step by step explanation of this in full can be a bit cumbersome in detail, but this is essentially the ten cent version of that in regards to you being able to perform any given movement with your body.
Now I want you to understand that’s the foundation of explaining the coordination that goes on underneath the surface in order for you to execute any coordinated movement with your body as it applies to the act of movement.
I know you’re probably wondering where I’m going with this, but please be patient as I’m going to tie this all together into a coherent message that will start to make a lot of sense here really soon.
Now that you understand the foundation of this sophisticated, yet basic human function I now want to explain the concept of honing that function in order to build significant strength for a given movement.
Now I want you to do one more exercise as you’re reading or listening to this episode. I want you to stand up and tighten your glutes as hard as you possibly can (by the way that would involve your butt muscles).
Ok, now I want you to do the same thing, but this time I want you to clench both of your fists as hard as you possibly can as well. If you have to dig your fingernails into your palms in order to do so then so be it.
As you performed the second isometric contraction involving the clenching of your fists while also tightening your glutes you noticed that you got an increased isometric contraction in your glutes. In other words, your butt muscles got even tighter.
What you just experienced in application is what is known as Sherrington’s Law. This essentially means that a muscle that is working hard recruits the neighboring muscles and if they are already involved in executing, or performing an action it enhances or increases their firing capability resulting in increased strength. Basically the neural impulses emitted by the contracting muscle reach other muscles and switches them on in the same way that an electric current starts a motor. (Source: Barbend)
Now the key takeaway from this is that the kinetic chain of your muscular system works together in order to execute a given movement, but to be strong in performing a given movement the chain must be dialed in and coordinated in producing maximum tension by pulling on the surrounding muscles of the primary muscle to execute whatever task is at hand.
In other words, the success of executing a coordinated movement requires the smart application of tension to be carried out by your entire muscular system with intention and purpose in order to achieve success for the execution of the physical task no matter how challenging it may be.
The Dead Chicken Strategy
I just recently shared a fascinating article as a cross-post on my Substack titled Why Everything is Becoming a Game.
This article breaks down the concept of gamification and basically explains how the effort to turn life into a game is being used to convince people to participate in order to get society to behave in a certain way. It points out that this will inevitably lead society to giving away its sovereignty to a totalitarian system that society willingly will do by its own hand in the name of entertainment. It’s a fascinating piece and if you haven’t already given it a read I strongly recommend it.
However, in the article the author references the history and belief system of Ted Kaczynski. In this piece he points out that when Kaczynski was in prison he wrote a little-known sequel to his primary manifesto that was titled “Anti-Tech Revolution: Why and How.”
Within this manifesto Kaczynski outlines his belief that all technologically advanced civilizations are doomed to be trapped in fatal games before they are able to colonize space. The reason he gives for this follows the premise that industry, like all industry, is driven by competition and as such competition favors short-term wins over long-term sustainability.
This happens because players who care about long-term sustainability will be significantly disadvantaged compared to players within the game who only care about winning.
To illustrate his point Kaczynski describes an interesting thought experiment involving what I would refer to as the conquest ethic inside a model that he describes with the idea of a forested region that is occupied by several rival kingdoms.
The idea of his model is that the kingdoms that clear the most land for agriculture can support a larger population which in turn would allow them to develop a larger military advantage based on the sheer numbers of people. Therefore, every kingdom must aim to clear as much forest land as possible, or face the consequence of being conquered by its rivals due to mankind’s desire for the conquest ethic.
The resulting deforestation eventually leads to an ecological disaster resulting in the collapse of all the kingdoms. Therefore, what each kingdom is doing in order to expand and put them at an advantage in terms of their short-term survival inevitably leads in the long-term to the kingdom’s ultimate demise. Kaczynski called this a “self-propagating system,” because he viewed the model as a negative-sum game that would take on a life of its own that would ultimately end up defeating every player while the system itself would end up becoming the only winner.
Kaczynski believed such games drove industrialization while also replacing the sense of purpose and meaning that industrialization destroyed within society. Because of this the drive of such industrialization makes it inextricable from technological advancement and in a society such as ours it is impossible to stop.
In my view regarding our current political and technological society we can substitute the culling of individual rights and sovereignty with Kaczynski’s idea of deforestation as we engage in more technological advancement.
We’re already seeing this occur with the Federal Reserve banks looking to implement CBDCs for more concrete digital control of the monetary system, with the government’s recent approval of the FISA which has been used to spy on U.S. citizens, and with facing the prospect of all of this being helped along with the coming era of artificial intelligence.
It’s my observation that the removal of the individual (and individual liberty) from society in order for society to be a model that totalitarians and technocrats see fit is the race we’re in with other kingdoms (or countries by today’s standards) that have managed to do the same such as the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). In a more rapid fashion in the past three years individuality has given way to a more technological totalitarian surveillance state and the United States is in a race to match the CCP in perpetuating this game as we both find ourselves in a race towards the bottom of the barrel of collapse.
The question is in this rapid economic, financial, and societal decline of both the United States and China is who will hit bottom first? The culling of the individual and individual rights is the modern day version of Kaczynski’s rival kingdoms and their deforestation efforts.
Now Kaczynski believed this couldn’t be stopped and when you look at how our government has been infiltrated with communists who are intent on perpetuating this game it leaves me to wonder sometimes. However, I do believe it can be stopped, but the question is how?
After all, when you take a moment to scan over the battlefield it’s easy to see how the communists have literally captured every single major institution within our country consisting of the Administrative State Media (ASM), Hollywood, the Universities, and the federal government.
However, despite having all of that, the communist left isn’t used to being surrounded by people who they may label as being on the right politically speaking. They’ve become so ossified in their belief structure that they literally ignore reality. This is the biggest cult that has ever existed in world history.
So keeping all of that in mind how are they to be defeated?
Well in some instances there will be some people to awaken from their side of the football, however instead of trying to conquer them perhaps we can figure out how we can cause them to lose their taste for conquest.
Perhaps we can all take a lesson from the founder of the Article III Project Mike Davis. Mike Davis is the former Chief Counsel for Nominations to Senate Judiciary Chairman Chuck Grassley. The A3P’s duty is to defend constitutionalist judges and the rule of law just like he did when he dragged Supreme Court Justice Bret Kavanaugh across the finish line for confirmation while Kavanaugh was directly under the fire from the communist left with false allegations from an accuser regarding sexual assault. (Source: The Federalist Society)
That alone was a wrongful and vicious attack from the left that they directed towards Kavanaugh, as well as, people like Kyle Rittenhouse, General Mike Flynn, Roger Stone, Peter Navarro, Steve Bannon, and Donald J.Trump. As we’ve seen over the last several years the communist left is relentless in trying to conquer every territory of power that exists both inside and outside the halls of the federal government even if it means breaking the law and weaponizing the justice system in order to do so.
On that note you are probably still wondering: Brandon, how do we defeat them when they basically own every major institution at this point?
Well, Mike Davis used a very effective strategy to defeat the communist left despite being outnumbered, outgunned, and financially outspent by his opposition during the Kavanaugh hearings.
During that time Davis said that he perfected an absolute flamethrower of a counter-attack strategy that was effective despite being the underdog in the fight.
This strategy is what Davis refers to as the Dead Chicken Strategy.
Davis said that he developed this approach after having listened to another Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas share a personal story about having grown up on a farm here in my home state of Georgia.
In this story Thomas spoke about when on the farm there were some instances when the dogs would end up killing some of their chickens. Well, being on the farm they didn’t want the dogs to be killing the chickens so when this happened they would take that dead chicken and hang it around the dog’s neck. As the chicken began to rot hanging on the dog’s neck that dog would lose its taste for chicken. (Source: Throughline)
As Mike Davis points out this is exactly what Republicans need to start doing with the left and Davis employed this very strategy during the Kavanaugh case.
I’ve heard Davis talk about this and in his own words the idea with the Dead Chicken Strategy is to make the process of how the left chooses to pursue lawfare to destroy their political opposition the punishment. In other words, put them onto their back heel by punching back through forcing them to explain their positions, forcing them to deal with subpoenas, forcing them to deal with a media blitz, burying them in bureaucratic minutiae, etc. The idea is to make the process for them the punishment and be relentless in this until they ultimately lose their taste for the pursuit of lawfare and submit.
The Wrap Up
You see the thing that I believe you and I need to keep in mind is that we must continue to grow our understanding of the circumstances of our environment as they develop right in front of us.
The battlefield is constantly changing and it’s the enemy’s war that wants to draw us into a fatal game where either the enemy, or the game itself only ends up winning as Kaczynski pointed out in his thought experiment regarding how human nature’s pursuit of the conquest ethic drives the concept of deforestation.
However, the more that patriots across the globe continue to understand the environment, share their knowledge of it with other patriots, and coordinate with each other to be a mechanism of action we can force the enemy to play OUR game.
You can be the mechanism of action in the same way the acetylcholine is to the act of producing movement with our bodies. The stimuli are our societal problems so it’s up to us to be the substance that produces movement towards solving those problems.
The good news is that even in moments when we may be outnumbered we even have an effective fighting strategy that involves a dead chicken and it only took one Supreme Court Justice growing up on a farm here in my great state of Georgia along with a Chief Counsel with a warrior spirit in Mike Davis to bring it to our attention.
The more you get engaged in this fight for freedom this Crucible of Change won’t only result in presidential greatness, but it will lead to civilizational greatness for a very long time.
Just remember that YOU are the mechanism that gets the muscle to move in that gap between the stimulus and the action.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Do what you can, with what you got, where you are.”--Theodore Roosevelt
In the midst of a world that is falling apart if you’re like me then you have seen this train wreck coming for the past three years. However, if you’re new to this party then you’re probably shell- shocked with the pace at which the fabric of society can disintegrate.
Granted things haven’t gotten as bad as they can get yet, but you’d have to be a complete moron lacking in all ability to observe reality in order not to see it. I want to interject to say I know that last statement was pretty direct, but that’s just how I can be sometimes. With that being said I know if you’re reading this you’re more than likely able to recognize the reality of what’s going on in the world otherwise you wouldn’t be here for this episode in the first place. Regardless, it’s an incredible thing to witness people that look directly at a train wreck, yet see only those who speak up about the train wreck as being the problem.
Therefore, if you’re part of the crowd that can see the train wreck then you’re faced with two problems as society continues to decline. On one hand, you’re faced with the problem of taking up the fight with those who caused the diaster (the enemy). This is a big enough problem, but if that isn’t big enough the other part of this problematic equation is the fact that you have to also deal with those people that refuse to recognize those who caused the train wreck probably because they are also contributing to the perpetuation of these ongoing societal disasters themselves.
So regarding the latter, what exactly do I mean about the group of people who contribute to the perpetuation of train wrecks throughout our society?
To clarify what I’m talking about here I’m referring to people who may agree with you that our society has a communism and nazi pandemic, but are apathetic to it. This also includes people that say they’re too busy to deal with the political and cultural fight, or people who always use the excuse that nothing they can do can change the outcome of anything in regards to the communism and nazism that’s spreading like a virus throughout our society.
This is a two pronged problem that is going to require you and myself to utilize, grow, and advocate for the use of free speech and a freedom first message. The first group I mentioned (the enemy) is actually easier to deal with in a way because communists and nazis are easy to identify. This is simple enough to see as they simply advocate for Republic ending issues such as open borders, the censoring of speech, and the cheering on of terrorist organizations like Hamas on college campuses across the country at large.
However, the second group is a different kind of animal. These people are used to living comfortable lives here in the United States. They probably make decent money and have a job that they really enjoy along with a good family life. Many may even be close to retirement if they aren’t already retired.
You see this comfort I’m talking about is the trap. The trap of comfort is the same thing that lulls the mouse towards the comfort and ease of getting a meal with a block of cheese right before the trap slaps down on it to break its neck. The thought of a comforting meal, a comfortable environment, or a comfortable retirement is the thing that keeps many of these people from getting ahead of a problem until it’s too late. This is the issue with this second group of people.
Therefore it’s both yours and my own responsibility to hammer away at the information and narrative to this second group of people. We must do this in a way that they must understand that the reality of dealing with a little discomfort now is magnitudes better than them sitting around with their hands in their pockets resulting in the much worse reality that will inevitably show up to kick in their front door should they remain stagnant in this fight for liberty.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The White Death
To borrow a phrase from Beijing Biden’s former White House press secretary Jen Psaki concerning this comfortable group of Americans I just described, I'll circle back to address them further here in a bit.
At the dawn of World War II Josef Stalin sent over a half a million soldiers across Russia’s western border to invade Finland.
This would be a decision that would end up costing tens of thousands of lives and it would also birth the legend of Simo Hӓyhӓ.
For three grueling months the two nations fought in the Winter War, but in an unexpected turn of events it would be the underdog Finland that would emerge victorious.
This shocking defeat would end up being a stunning blow to the Soviet Union. You see at the time Stalin had thought that Finland would be an easy mark and when looking at his reasoning on the matter it made a lot of sense as the numbers were decidedly in his favor at the time he decided to green light the invasion.
Finland’s army only consisted of about 300,000 men while the Soviet Union marched into Finland with 750,000 soldiers. The smaller Nordic nation only had a handful of tanks and just over 100 aircraft to defend itself. (Source: ATI)
By contrast the Red Army was rolling in strong with nearly 6000 tanks and over 3000 aircraft. Comparing these numbers Stalin, probably like most of us, thought there would be no way to lose this battle.
However, despite these overwhelming numbers the Finnish had something that the Russians didn’t: a diminutive farmer-turned sniper named Simo Hӓyhӓ.
The mild mannered Hӓyhӓ only stood about five feet tall. He was far from intimidating and was an individual that was quite easy to overlook which was a definite reason that he was suited so well for the skill of being a deadly sniper.
Just like many Finnish citizens he had completed his requisite year of military service when he was 20 years old and returned to his quiet life of farming, skiing, and being a hunter of small game. Hӓyhӓ was recognized within his small community for his ability to shoot, and he liked to enter various competitions in his free time. He had an amazing skill, however the true test of his abilities was still yet to come.
When Stalin’s troops rolled into Finland Hӓyhӓ, being a former military man, was called into action. Just prior to reporting for duty he pulled his old military rifle out of storage. It was an old bare bones Russian made rifle with no telescopic lens.
Given the fact that the snow had blanketed the Finnish landscape Hӓyhӓ was given a heavy set of all white camouflage so that he and the other soldiers could blend into the snowbanks without a problem.
Now when Hӓyhӓ was armed with his trusty rifle and white suit he did what he did best. Hӓyhӓ preferred to work alone and supplied himself with a day’s worth of food and several rounds of ammunition. From here he was stealth about moving through the woods and once he found a tactical spot with some good visibility, he would lie in wait for the Red Army to come marching across his path.
They would do just that and it would end up dearly costing the Red Army big at the time.
Over the course of the nearly 100 days involving the Winter War Hӓyhӓ managed to target and kill between 500 and 542 Russian soldiers simply using his basic old military rifle that had been stored up for years. This was impressive as his Russian adversaries were using state-of-the-art telescopic lenses to zero in on their targets while Hӓyhӓ was using his good old fashioned set of iron sights which he felt gave him a more precise target.
In addition to this Hӓyhӓ also felt that the use of the telescopic lenses had tipped off many Russian targets due to the glint of light on the newer sniper lenses. Hӓyhӓ was determined that he wasn’t going to succumb to the allure of the newer sights because of this potential liability so he stuck to what he knew was best.
In addition to his strategic decision to stick to the old iron sights of his rifle he also added an additional element of difficulty for the Red Army by developing a strategy that would help him to almost foolproof himself from being spotted by the enemy.
In addition to his white camouflage he would build up snow drifts around his position to further obscure himself from the enemy. In addition to this the snow banks would also serve as additional support and padding for his rifle so that the force from his gunshot(s) wouldn’t result in a big puff of snow that could give away his position to the enemy.
Hӓyhӓ would even go so far to hold snow in his mouth so that when he would take a breath that the steam of his breath wouldn’t be seen in the cold air by the enemy. This guy was demonstrating what it took to be Zenith during chaotic times in maximum fashion.
Keeping that in mind Hӓyhӓ’s strategies kept him alive, but you’ve also got to understand that his missions were never easy. The conditions were brutal, his days were short, and when the sun went down temperatures rarely rose above freezing.
Because of his efficiency involving his skills and stealthy strategic approach it didn’t take long for him to earn the reputation among the Russians as the “White Death,” being the tiny sniper who lay in wait and could hardly be seen in the snow.
His reputation was so profound that it spread among the Finnish people and the White Death was frequently the subject of Finnish propaganda, and in people’s minds, he became a legend and guardian spirit who could vanquish his enemies and move through the snow like a ghost.
When the Finnish high command heard about Hӓyhӓ’s achievements they presented him with a gift consisting of a brand new custom built sniper rifle.
Unfortunately Hӓyhӓ would not get out of the war unscathed as 11 days before the Winter War ended the White Death would finally be struck by a Russian bullet. A Soviet soldier finally caught sight of him and shot him in the jaw which would end up landing him in a coma for 11 days. When Hӓyhӓ awoke from his coma the peace treaties were being drawn up and half of his face was missing due to his injury.
Even though it would take Hӓyhӓ several years to recover from being hit in the jaw the injury didn’t slow him down. He eventually made a full recovery and would end up passing away at the ripe old age of 96.
It is said that even after the war Hӓyhӓ continued to put his shooting skills to the test by becoming a successful moose hunter and he would regularly go on hunting trips with the Finnish president Urho Kekkonen.
The Red, Blue, Black, and White Pill
You’ve probably heard of the phrase red pill vs blue pill.
The meaning of this phrase involves being able to make the choice to seek out the truth versus choosing to continue to live inside an illusion, or a lie, that perhaps one or many have become accustomed to for a very long time.
Because of this the blue pill is associated with the apathetic individual that is used to the social dynamics that society has essentially constructed for them to live. The lack of the ability to recognize and understand anything more, or anything beyond this recognized construct, is associated with a person, or persons, that are happy to take what is known as the blue pill.
However, those that are driven to seek the truth and to venture outside of Plato’s cave to discover what the reality of society and circumstances truly entail are those that are going to make the choice to take the red pill.
I’ve actually discussed this in an earlier episode of mine here on the Substack that is titled The Prisoner’s Dilemma. I’m going to include an excerpt from that episode here, but to access the entire episode simply scroll down here on the Substack and click this link.
A great example of this in modern culture can be seen in the epic film The Matrix. As you’re probably already very familiar The Matrix involves a complex computer program that plugs into the minds of humans. Inside The Matrix all people experience for all intents and purposes what seems to be normal day to day life.
However the main character of The Matrix named Neo is offered a choice prior to him stepping into his role of the hero. As the ten cent version of the story goes Neo is approached by a friend and mentor named Morpheus inside The Matrix at a point when Neo is experiencing some terrifying events in his life, or as his life would be recognized inside the false reality known as the Matrix.
Morpheus offers Neo a choice between taking a blue pill or a red pill. Neo is told the blue pill will keep him moving along in the daily rat race of existence as he currently understands it, whereas the red pill will free his mind from the confines of life as he knows it in turn revealing the truth to him in the real world.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Of course Neo takes the red pill and what we come to realize is that Neo wakes up inside an alien looking pod where all of these lines and cords suddenly unplug from his physical body. After he’s rescued from this horrible reality by Morpheus, Neo learns that his real physical body has been plugged into a giant computer system where a world of Artificially Intelligent (AI) beings use human bodies as a means of energy to power their technological grid all while keeping the human mind occupied inside a computer generated simulation known as The Matrix.
The reason I’m talking about this epic movie is because it clearly illustrates the problem we’re facing in our current society particularly with that second group of people that I was telling you about earlier in this episode with their apathetic attitudes and comfortable lifestyles.
You see Neo took the red pill and in doing so the truth and reality of his actual existence was revealed to him. Metaphorically speaking the red pill represents the pill of truth.
Now at times the reality is that the truth can be a difficult pill to swallow which leads me into the recognition of those who swallow the red pill, but then are overcome with hopelessness due to being confronted with the realization of how bad things in the world actually are once they have achieved a deeper understanding of the real world circumstances.
The pill I’m referring to here is what is known as the black pill.
Now there are a few variations of the definition of this word, but the meaning I’m referring to here is the more recognized version that applies to the current societal construct of what the Urban dictionary has come to recognize. The Urban Dictionary defines the black pill as the ultimate and hardest to swallow red pill.
Essentially the black pill is about realizing the true reality and state of things which is truthfully really bad, however instead of attempting to look at the current state of affairs and trying to change them the black pill simply accepts the more nihilist belief where nothing can be changed, therefore nothing matters and your attitude is deprived of all positive thought.
In short, the black pill involves extreme nihilism and is in my view the ultimate pill for the defeatist mindset and this is precisely why it’s referred to as the black pill and not the red pill.
However, when examining the construct of our modern day society through the lens of a disciplined Zenith pursuing, developing, and expanding an awakened mind there has also been a fourth pill to develop concerning the state of reality. This pill not only relates to the understanding of reality and the truth, but it also deals with how to go about changing the very bad and recognizable circumstances.
You see the Urban dictionary defines the white pill as someone being aware of a difficult situation, or difficult circumstances, but instead of taking on the defeatist nihilist mindset the person who takes the white pill adopts a fighter mindset with a can do attitude of accomplishing certain things in the war to overcome the overwhelming circumstances.
Basically the individual that chooses to take the white pill is the example of what it means to be a disciplined Zenith, particularly during chaotic times.
The Wrap Up
Now I want to be clear to you that I am not pollyannaish. Yes, I recognize the reality of the truth by being red pilled, but after seeing the truth the next phase is being able to understand the truth as it applies to the circumstances of the environment in which we live. From here we are also faced with how to react to that environment.
You see, in reality you may be capable of recognizing the truth about something, but being able to understand the truth and light requires an entirely different set of beliefs and standards.
In other words, if you choose to see the truth about the dire situation and circumstances that the state of our country, and the world for that matter, is faced with then you know there’s a lot of evil and a lot of bad things happening in the world.
However, in your recognition of this you are then faced with a choice of whether you are going to take the black pill resulting in you adopting a nihilistic defeatist mindset, or the white pill which will involve you recognizing that you can lean on your belief in God along with the talents, skills, and influence that serve to be your strengths to fight for the change in the world that is needed.
Look, I understand the black pill is a difficult pill to swallow, but it isn’t as difficult to swallow as the white pill, because unlike the black pill the white pill requires the use of your talents and your ability to act in order to change the world.
I realize that there’s a fine line between coping and apathy, but I believe the difference in where you fall on this line is defined in where your core beliefs lie within you.
I believe an excellent example of the difference between recognizing the truth and the light and actually understanding the truth and the light can be seen in the Bible in the book of Leviticus chapter 10 verses 1-3.
It says…
Then Nadab and Abihu, the sons of Aaron, each took his censer and put fire in it, put incense on it, and offered profane fire before the Lord, which He had not commanded them. So fire went out from the Lord and devoured them, and they died before the Lord. And Moses said to Aaron, “This is what the Lord spoke, saying:
‘By those who come near Me
I must be regarded as holy;
And before all the people
I must be glorified.”
You see in my interpretation here Nadab and Abihu recognized the truth and the power of the Lord, but they didn’t yet have a full understanding of the truth and light of the Lord as demonstrated by them offering a profane fire out of their haste and excitement which resulted in their immediate death.
In other words, I believe recognizing the truth is a good start and is significant, but understanding the underpinnings of what the truth and the light is all about is even more vitally important. They didn’t recognize how to honor the Lord by doing what was commanded by him, but rather did what was NOT commanded by him and they paid the ultimate price.
Those that take the red pill can recognize the truth, but without understanding the truth (like with Nadab and Abihu) you might as well be willing to take the black pill before you learn to recognize the truth in the first place.
However, if you are recognizing the truth because you have taken the red pill and you’ve demonstrated that you understand the difficult circumstances because you’ve also taken the white pill then you’re going to lean on every skill, resource, and experience you have to contribute to victory.
After all, your White Pill can be as impactful as the White Death’s White Pill did on the outcome of the Winter War.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Note:
If you've stumbled onto this particular episode you'll only be able to access it in full by signing up to be an All-Access member at brandonrichey.substack.com , but please don't click off as you're going to get a substantial preview here for this episode.
Thank you for understanding and I hope you would choose to support this Anti-Administrative State Media (ASM) platform if you're able to do so.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“You’re not a good wartime consigliere”--Michael Corleone
That quote came from the iconic movie The Godfather regarding the family consigliere Tom Hagen.
With that quote Michael Corleone had recognized that the time had come when other organized crime factions were about to go into a violent war with his family. Although Tom (the family consigliere) had been a smart legal advisor and consultant to the family for normal day to day business he was not equipped to deal in the aspects of war involving deception and espionage in a time when the family needed to be on a war footing.
It was because of this that Michael Corleone taking over the leadership of the family business had decided that Tom was no longer able to serve the family’s needs given the shifting environment from a time of peace into a time of war.
The Godfather movie can teach us all a lot about the positions of leadership and how certain traits such as loyalty and dedication, though important traits, aren’t always solely the necessary fit for the circumstances depending on what is needed from people during certain situations. In dangerous times, such as in the time of war, other traits are better suited to get the job done which is exactly what Michael realized he wasn’t going to get from Tom when he knew his family was at war.
With that being said I often feel the way Michael Corleone felt with his frustration towards Tom when he knew the family was in a war while Tom was still trying to view the world and operate with a business as usual mentality. Given this I often have to shake my head and bury my frustration deep down, preventing myself from exploding with anger, with people who have vacuous minds when it comes to the current political atmosphere and the events that are plaguing our country these days.
I mean many Americans still walk around acting like our country is still stuck in a business as usual political cycle where the pendulum of right wing and left wing politics continues to swing one way and will inevitably swing back the other by pure chance. They view the current circumstances of the world as if to suggest that this is happening in that way right now in the least as I literally write and record this podcast knowing full well that world no longer exists.
People that walk around with that frame of mind are no different than a blind man walking through a minefield. Chances are if you are aware of the high stakes that are at play with your life then you understand that your life’s future is literally teetering on a razor thin line with total freedom on one side and a complete dystopian totalitarian nightmare on the other. If you understand this then I’m obviously not talking about you. However, to be specific, I’m literally talking about everyone else except you.
The Inimicus is literally inside the gates and there is still this contingent of Americans wandering around apathetic and completely clueless as to what is about to show up in their living rooms, at their work, and when they attempt to go out into public.
The world of peace that you have come to know has already come to an end and the fallout from that is going to continue to feed a more turbulent environment that is going to hit those with vacuous minds right between the eyes moving forward unless we can save this United States Republic.
Hubris
Unlike many characters in the Godfather movie Tom Hagen wasn’t disloyal, or too prideful towards the family which were traits that cost many other characters their lives. Even though Tom wasn’t a victim of pride he was a victim of ignorance given the circumstances that had arisen at the end of his time as the family consigliere.
After all, unlike his brothers Tom was shielded from the violence and hustle of the street life as his family sent him off to law school so that he could serve the family more in the arena concerning legal matters. This also was a reason why he had the deck stacked against him resulting in him falling short as a wartime consigliere.
However, in the real world during this current battlefield that we all find ourselves on during a time of 5th Generation Warfare there is a continuous battle going on for the hearts and minds of people.
If you’ve been following this show for a while then you’ve heard me mention 5th Generation Warfare a few times. If you’re not familiar 5th Generation Warfare it is a non-kinetic version of warfare where the focus is to attack the mind and perception of the public through social engineering campaigns embedded in media with misinformation, cyberattacks, and artificial intelligence. (Source: Wikipedia)
In a very Orwellian style practice underneath the 5th Gen model there’s a war on the very definition of words in order to change the perception of the public about various issues. By doing this the objective is to in turn get the public to give away more and more of their freedoms through their own compliance.
This is about winning the war without ever having to fire a single shot at the enemy because success comes once you’re able to subvert your enemy from within. If you’ve ever heard of the military general Sun Tzu and his writings in the book the Art of War this is a central principle of Sun Tzu. This is exactly why the center of gravity concerning the origin of this 5th Generation War campaign can be seen coming directly from the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and the corrupt Globalist elite.
This campaign of non-kinetic warfare isn’t something that just pops up overnight, but is actually something that has taken years to plan, coordinate, and implement by people who have the money and power in order to make it happen. This is done through military and secret intelligence agencies that have the resources in order to make this an effective warfare tool.
The challenge with 5th Generation Warfare is that, like Tom Hagen, there are many people too ignorant to recognize, let alone believe, it’s happening until much of the damage to society is already done. We’re seeing this right now here in the United States.
The other challenge is that there are always plenty of useful idiots that will go along with the propaganda and refuse to ignore the reality of circumstances even as they play out right in front of people’s eyes. I deal with and see these types of people daily, but the good news is that it seems to be happening with less frequency.
As far as those of us who do recognize what’s going on it’s a sobering pill to swallow, but speaking for myself I’ll admit that I felt much better about it once I accepted the reality that it is a form of warfare that is running the country off the cliff. I recognized and accepted this back in 2020 and once I did at least I knew there was no more guessing as to what the cause of the chaos was so it made focusing on the fight against it a much more palatable venture.
Now I’ll say that given the types of people who are in power and waging this 5th Generation War campaign onto the rest of us it is a depressing thought if you allow it to be, but after having run a small business now for nearly twenty years I’ve learned one thing that helps me to manage the potential prospect of such anxiety.
The remedy I’m talking about involves two parts. The first has to do with being capable of recognizing and understanding the environment which I’ve already established with understanding that war is being waged on our country by the CCP and the corrupt Globalists. The second remedy is choosing not to stand around with my hands in my pockets worrying in fear. Instead taking ACTION is the key to mitigating and eliminating the prospect of anxiety potentially seeping into my mind leaving me paralyzed by fear. After all, keep in mind that action builds and sustains courage.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“It is not that I'm so smart. But I stay with the questions much longer.”― Albert Einstein
You know, for years I can remember several different situations when I’d be talking with a friend or family member about certain cars and the discussion might transition to them telling me about what car they owned back in the 1960’s or 1970’s.
From there they would always talk about what they spent in order to buy a brand new car at the time and it was always mind blowing to hear the prices when compared to the price of a new car today, or even a used car today.
I mean in 1970 the average cost of a new car was about $3500. Compare that to the average cost of a new vehicle today which is going to run you over $47,000 according to Fortune. On that note, if someone in the room would ask why the prices are so much higher today of course the usual explanation would be that we can all chalk it up to inflation and that would usually be the point at which no further questions were asked. Surprisingly this would seemingly always be the point at which the discussion would hit a deadend.
I mean once that word inflation was uttered that always seemed to be the reason that would satisfy everyone in the room and there would be no further comment on the tremendous price difference of cars, and everything else, in the 1970’s compared to today.
So why do we have inflation?
What is the actual root cause of inflation?
Well according to the Dean of Liberty University and head of the business school Dr. Dave Brat the cause is very simple. Inflation is caused by the printing and spending of too much money by the federal government and the Federal Reserve banks. When you have too many dollars chasing too few goods the prices of those goods go up.
In a nutshell, the money supply that you and I are dependent on for using in order to buy goods, services, and trying to save for some level of retirement is a system that neither you or myself have any control over, at least not directly.
I mean politically speaking we can force change if we are smart enough to organize as a society and to get the right people into office in Washington D.C. Not beating around the bush, but for such change and needed transformation to occur it will require individuals that are willing to take the fight to the political system at every front without relenting, or backing down one single inch.
Additionally if you examine every single political personality across the spectrum of candidates that has been in the game of politics since the 1980’s the ONLY such individual that exists to do such a thing, at least as president, is Donald J. Trump and those who share his grit, his views, and perspective on the issues that are plaguing our government and country.
However, the point to all of this is that there’s a reason cars cost what they cost today and why so many more dollars are required to purchase the baseline equivalent for a vehicle now compared to what it cost to purchase one in 1970, or at any time before 1970 for that matter.
Yes, it’s certainly due to inflation, but the reason that inflation exists is because there’s no tether, or safeguard, on holding back the Federal Reserve, and Congress for that matter, for the time being.
After all, Nixon took us off the gold standard back in 1971 and that was the tether that at least kept the Federal Reserve in check, but now there’s absolutely nothing holding them back. This dog is completely off the leash and running wild.
It’s officially obvious and to the point that we can declare that this and our other institutions are full of rot and spineless greedy politicians. If they weren’t then I wouldn’t be investing the time to write these kinds of articles and record the podcasts about all of this stuff. It’s that simple.
However, why am I having to write this article and record this podcast?
The reason is that there are many Americans wandering through life not even questioning why all of this chaos in the world is happening as if it can just be chalked up to some random act of nature.
The vacuous minds of Americans have expanded to the point that it’s literally threatening the existence of not only our nation, but humanity itself.
This is precisely why this show exists.
Thank you for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey . This post is public so feel free to share it.
Dumbing Down Through Dependency
We live in a booming technological era where the cellphone has literally become an extension of ourselves that we cannot function without. Look, I’m guilty of some of this myself, but I admit that the motivation that drives the use of my cellphone is to engage in the information warfare arena.
I do this because I just can’t stand by and allow leftist communists to spread lies without being one more check standing in their way to crush their lies and misrepresentations relentlessly every single day of the week. If you’re listening to this episode chances are you may use it for the same purpose. I am certainly hoping so.
With that being said I do use my cellphone a lot and for that very reason, as well as to assist in the daily operation of my fitness business.
However, when looking at how most other people go about using their phones it’s more for personal enjoyment and to assist the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) with collecting data and subverting the minds of American kids through the use of Tik Tok algorithms in order to dumb down the American youth. This way they don’t question the pro-Biden campaigns being hawked off on the app by the Taylor Swifts of the world, but simply obey whatever the popular Tik Tok influencer of the moment tells them to do.
I understand that Facebook and Instagram also have data on us and American companies are just as nefarious towards American citizens, but for the purpose of this discussion I’m targeting the youth population just the way Tik Tok does. According to the PEW Research Center 67% of teenagers have grown in their use of Tik Tok bringing it up to second place in use among all of the major available social media apps ranking only behind the use of YouTube.
This is hard evidence of the direct targeting of the youth by the Tik Tok app and the CCP is taking full advantage of this in terms of the information warfare and the dumbing down of our youth by their own hand through their dependency on the use of the app.
Now given this substantiated statistical data the fact is that all of society has become very dependent on the use of technology and it’s because of this widespread dependency that guys like Elon Musk see a marketplace for putting chips into people’s brains, but I digress.
I mean would a vacuous brain hesitate to have chip implanted into it in this day and age? To answer that question I'm honestly not sure given the response we witnessed with so many Americans doing what the TV and government told them to do during the pandemic.
I mean if you really slow down to think about it ask yourself how well you could do if the power grid went down in this modern technological society.
Look, I’m not trying to be funny about such a thing as this is not even something I would’ve suggested as being a concern five years ago. However, we’ve seen our country decline in rapid fashion across many fronts over the last three years. The root cause of that decline is directly the result of human actions surrounding powerful politicians and business people who are literally trying to destroy the United States of America from within.
So once again I will ask the question that a vacuous mind would not: How well could you function in life if the power grid went down?
Could you perform your job duties without power?
Could you protect your food supply without power?
Could you live in extreme heat or cold temperatures in your house without power?
Are you prepared for such a possibility?
You see you might read over those questions and think to yourself: Ah Brandon you’re acting like one of those crazy doomsday preppers?
Perhaps I am, but I would also remind you to look around at what’s going on within our society and the world at large and tell me exactly where you see a pinnacle of stability concerning the geo-political landscape.
If you are questioning my sanity I would reply by questioning your short-term memory regarding the global forces and the CCP’s act of unleashing a bio-weapon from their lab in Wuhan to spread chaos and to usher in communism throughout every country across the planet just three years ago.
Additionally would a vacuous mind ponder about what impact Biden and the U.S. political establishment weaponizing the U.S. dollar against Russia would result in. This action against Russia in the Russia/Ukraine war resulted in the BRICS nations coming together to de-dollarize? Not to mention they’re doing this as a direct result of OUR actions at the same time we’re already facing too much inflation due to the grifter politicians and the Federal Reserve banks.
Since weaponizing the dollar it has only resulted in a boomerang effect driving more unnecessary inflation here in the United States while the GDP of the Russian economy grew 3.6% in 2023 following a contraction of 1.2% in 2022. (Source: Carnegie Endowment For International Peace)
So here’s another question that the Vacuous American Minds should be asking. How is it that we weaponized our dollar with the intent on hurting Russia’s economy, yet the Russian economy is actually stronger now than it was in 2022?
The short answer is that we’re all being ruled by our lessors, but let me follow this with another larger and more important question. Why are SO many American minds so Vacuous and not asking any of the questions that I’ve posed here in this episode in the first place?
Ah, that’s why I titled today’s episode The Vacuous American Mind.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The answer to my last question has more to do with our educational and political culture. However, in terms of the political culture that has been dumbed down due to the information warfare being waged on our population, the enemy (Administrative State & CCP) has a dual set of targets with the two major segments of our population.
One targeted segment of our population by the Administrative State Media (ASM) is the older segment of our population (the Boomers) and the other segment is the younger teenage segment being dumbed down primarily through online apps such as Tik Tok.
As a result of this we have two opposite ends of our societal age spectrum that are the most vulnerable for aiding and abetting the rolling out of the red carpet for the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). Oh never mind, I know there have already been several Boomers to recently do just that in San Francisco when they cleaned up the streets, moved out the homeless, and hung Chinese flags up everywhere with no Stars and Bars anywhere in sight to roll the red carpet out for the CCP dictator Xi Jinping.
Not only did they do this for the dictator, but to make it worse hundreds of the biggest United States companies and their executives were there to show fealty to Xi as the CCP handles the manufacturing of these companies.
If you can’t see that we are a captured nation by the CCP right now then you’re blind, however what infuriates me is the fact that people that should understand that this is the case are clueless as to WHY it is so.
The Chinese Water Torture Machine
“How did you go bankrupt? Two ways. Gradually, then suddenly.”--Ernest Hemingway
As the old saying goes when societies collapse it’s always a gradual start in the beginning and then suddenly at the end.
In the 1892 short story known as The Compromiser the method of Chinese water torture is mentioned suggesting that there was some familiarity with this torture method at that point and time in history. (Source: Wikipedia)
Essentially the process of Chinese water torture involves the use of a machine that drips water onto the head and/or scalp of a captive for prolonged periods of time causing an extreme psychotic break due to anxiety and fear from the relentless never ending annoyance of the dripping water.
The pattern of the drops of water are really designed to be irregular so that the subject of the drip can’t fall into a more comfortable meditative state by trying to predict when the next drop may be falling. With the irregular drip pattern the process is said to create more anxiety in the subject that is the victim of the drip which eventually leads to a psychotic break in the individual.
Apparently the process of causing this mental break can take place in a matter of several hours which may seem like an eternity to the subject, but in reality that is a very short period of time.
Now you’re probably wondering, Brandon why are you telling me about Chinese water torture?
The reason I’m telling you about it is because the methodology stood out to me regarding how the irregular cycle of the dripping water wouldn’t seem to be a big deal to a subject for a while until enough cumulative cycles of irregular drips had time to pan out.
You see the same thing can be said for our society’s inability to pay attention to the reality of circumstances that are happening right in front of them.
The reality I’m referring to is the slow creep of complacency and comfort over time that has in and of itself served to be a distraction and its own metaphorical form of Chinese water torture within the construct of the United States for many years now.
Therefore, when someone like me (or perhaps you) comes along to point out the problems of our society and the things that serve to diminish yours and my freedoms it’s much harder to get people’s attention.
It seems that just like the subject in the Chinese water torture scenario that society also must experience more anxiety and discomfort over an extended period of time before society reaches its breaking point.
Why do people not pay attention to the reality of what’s going on in front of them? Why does it take people having to get uncomfortable in life due to allowing big problems to fester instead of realizing that they need to start paying attention to the problems before they become so big that the point of no return is merely inches away?
The answer is that the reason societies succumb to authoritarianism and totalitarianism is because the citizens get complacent allowing the creep of economic and bureaucratic enslavement to grow until this threshold reaches the point at which it breaks society…just like that last drip of water breaks the subject in the final agonizing moments of the Chinese water torture.
The Wrap Up
The two big culprits consisting of the majority of the Vacuous American Minds that I referenced earlier including the youth being the target of Tik Tok and the Boomers being the target of the ASM lack a sound philosophical grounding of the world for the most part.
I want to give the youth some grace as they were handed down more of a disaster from the Boomers where the Boomers were handed a wonderful environment of good times that many of them were able to cash in and grow on over the course of their lifetimes.
However, now a large percentage of Boomers have succumbed to comfort and complacency and as a result lack a sound philosophical grounding of the environment. This is why we all find ourselves in the middle of a society that is in a total collapse with these people not even realizing the extent of it.
This is why the Vacuous American Minds exist.
This is why people don’t ask questions as to why inflation exists, why all of the ASM (FOX, CNN, MSNBC) are essentially the enemy of the people, and why it’s more important now than ever to get involved supporting alternative freedom first businesses.
If you aren’t a victim of having a vacuous mind then ask yourself the following questions.
What can I do to fight the current communist revolution?
What congressmen have I contacted consistently to pressure to shut down the border and to cut federal spending?
Do I know the difference between an establishment statist and a freedom first politician of which there currently aren’t many?
What am I doing to support the freedom first movement?
Finding answers to these questions is exactly why this show exists.
This all may sound challenging and a bit difficult, but do you know what’s considerably more difficult? Allowing your country to be taken over by totalitarian scumbags that want to destroy everything you hold sacred is considerably more difficult.
Learning the answer to these questions and being a Zenith requires consistent discipline, focus, and effort which is exactly what it takes to win this war.
This show exists to rid the majority of this country from falling victim to being a Vacuous American Mind.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Thank you for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey . This post is public so feel free to share it.
“Fast is fine, but accuracy is final.”― Wyatt Earp
From a very young age, like many Americans, I’ve always been fascinated with the stories of the Wild West and the legends of cowboys, indians, and outlaws. From Wyatt Earp to Billy The Kid to Sitting Bull to me this is exactly what America is all about.
These stories of the west not only exemplify everything that the United States represents with the vast differences of culture and people, but these stories also represent the rugged nature of individuals that were willing to live by their own rules and blaze their own trails in life even if that meant engaging in a dangerous journey, or even a fight that meant the difference between life and death.
As the great actor Robert Duvall said in his speech at the National Cowboy Western Heritage Museum for his lifetime achievement reward “The English have Shakespeare, the French have Voltaire, and the Russians have Dostoyevsky. What do we own? What do we have?” DuVall replied “The western!”
Even though the current communist movement we’re experiencing across the country has tried to usher in a culture of rot to eliminate and revise the history of our country, these stories and the lessons we can learn from the era of our past are still what makes the United States so special.
In fact, it’s my belief that those who are filled with envy and jealousy have always hated the United States for this very reason, which is exactly why they work so hard to silence, revise, and flat out lie about the history of the nation.
The thing about the Wild West that I really love and frequently think about is the courage it took for men and women to take the long journey out west to the non-annexed territory enduring harsh weather, injury, sickness, and violent attacks from other cowboys, indians, and outlaws for the purpose of freedom and the opportunity to build a meaningful life.
At that time the conditions on the western frontier were wild, unpredictable, and dangerous, but none of that slowed down their desire to lay claim to their own territory and to build life on the foundation of freedom no matter the risks that might have come along in order to try and derail them.
With all of the chaos and violence that took place in the west one would have to ask if there was a way to overcome all of that chaos and it is said that the violent western frontier was indeed tamed and brought to heel.
For the purpose of today’s discussion I’m going to refer to the instrument that was involved with taming the west and ultimately winning it.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Enter The Guns That Won The West
I want to give you a little insight on a key instrument, or more specifically a few key instruments, that were necessary in calming down all of the chaos that the Wild Western frontier was so infamous for within the fabric of our history and culture.
Over the years there have been many firearms manufacturers who claimed the title for making the gun that won the West.
Though I’m no firearm manufacturer I’m certain that as long as there are Old West devotees such as myself that there will always be debates about which gun deserves the coveted title of having been the one that won the West. In fact, you may have an opinion on that yourself.
However, I recently came across this interesting piece from Widener's blog that points to the reality that there were actually multiple guns that were deserving of the title of having won the West.
Although many people may take it upon themselves to name any single one of these guns as the one that brought the violent and chaotic Western frontier to heel, I'm still going to share with you a few very interesting facts about each one of these firearms here shortly. All I ask is that you listen closely and remain just a little patient as I work through these as there is a huge reason as to why I’m talking about the guns that won the West here on today’s episode.
As the Widener’s blog points out, the best anyone can hope for is a list of influential guns that helped to shape those Western territories. Of course, this list will be subjective, but it will be clear to see how each of these weapons contributed to winning the West based on the usage, the overall numbers in circulation, as well as the famous personalities that gave each one of these a spotlight during the peak of their time.
Regardless, here are five of the most famous guns of the Wild West.
The 1851 Colt Navy Revolver
These cap and ball six-guns were among the most popular in the Old West. These were named for the Republic of the Texas Navy and there were over 200,000 that were manufactured between 1850 and 1873.
Another interesting trait about these revolvers is that they were known for smooth handling and perfect balance. As a result these .36 caliber revolvers were popular among some of the most famous and infamous characters of that time.
Just to name a few of the personalities that were fans of this revolver Robert E. Lee, General Nathan Bedford Forrest, the outlaw John Wesley Hardin, gambler John Henry “Doc” Holliday, and James Butler “Wild Bill” Hickok all used these revolvers in some capacity.
These revolvers served to be one of the most popular handguns in the west and the demand and use of these continued on even after the modern cartridge revolvers were introduced.
The 1866 Winchester Rifle
According to Widener's blog this rifle had a reputation with its tough construction and the production of that tough construction took place between 1867 and 1898.
When looking at the assembly of this impressive instrument there were more than 170,000 of these .44 caliber lever action “repeating rifles” manufactured. Because of the spring-closed loading port on the right hand side of the frame it gave rise to the first reliable lever-action repeating rifle, the Winchester, model 1866.
To name a few personalities that favored this rifle the infamous 1890’s outlaw Bill Doolan did along with Sioux (Lakota) medicine man Sitting Bull, the 7th U.S. Cavalry Scout Bloody Knife, and California Sheriff Harry Morse.
In addition to this list of characters the rifle even earned favor with the Ottoman Empire as they desired the rifle so much that they purchased over five thousand of them in order to use them against the Russians.
The 1874 Sharps Rifle
Manufacturing of the 1874 Sharps rifle took place between 1871 and 1881. One truly impressive fact about this rifle is that the production of over 12,000 of the various Sharps models were made from scratch. The Sharps factory would end up purchasing Civil War percussion carbines in order to make the rest.
The 1874 Sharps rifle was a favorite among buffalo hunters as this rifle offered big game loads to get the job done. Additionally the Sharps cartridge was made up of three parts consisting of the powder, the bullet, and the case.
The thing that set this rifle apart from the traditional Winchester or Colt cartridges were the varying sizes of its components which resulted in a unique caliber cartridge set when these components were combined.
According to Widener's article the book of Firearms of the American West that was running between 1866-1894 summed it up the best pointing to the reasons behind the popularity of the Sharps rifle. The reasons were due to the line of cartridges that were designed for it.
As an added note there were some big name proponents of the Sharps rifle which included the likes of the U.S. Marshall Bill Tilghman, during his buffalo hunting days, and Martha “Calamity Jane” Canary. One legend says that hunter Billy Dixon used a high caliber round in the Sharps to down an Indian at over 1500 yards at the Battle of Adobe Walls back in June of 1874.
The Colts Dragoon Revolvers
The Colts Dragoon Revolver became the answer to the Colt’s Walker Revolver due to various mechanical and functional issues associated with that pistol. The Dragoon was the more durable and lighter option making it more useful and effective out of the saddle.
Those formidable “house pistols” became the favorites of both Western horse soldiers and civilians. The production of these pistols took place between 1848-1860 and there were over 21,000 made.
The .44 caliber Colt Dragoons were issued to the U.S. Army’s Mounted Rifle Troops and they carried them on the saddles.
Some of the famous names that used the Dragoons were General George B. McClellan, California Bandit Joaquin Murrietta Carillo, and the one and only “Wild Bill” Hickok. However, historians generally agree he used a Colt Navy in his street duel with “Little Dave” Tutt.
The Double-Barrel Shotgun
It’s a common theme that rifles and six shooters are the firearms that are typically referenced and given credit for having won the West. However, the double barrel shotgun was a staple as it was one of the most economical and reliable weapons of its time.
This firearm was accessible to most everyone from cash-strapped settlers to lawmen and Native Americans who all appreciated the use and value of the twin barrel.
The scatter gun may not have been the gun that many credit for having won the West, but these dependable hole punchers certainly helped to tame the West.
So why did I go to the trouble to inject some firearm history on which ones were used to win the West in today’s episode?
Well everything has context and in the context of yesteryear the non-annexed territory was full of rivaling prospecting settlers, cowboys, outlaws, and tribes of Native Americans. To put it in simple terms the lawless territory was full of chaos and lacked order due to the various competing factions of people who were out to pursue their own self-interests across the non-annexed territory.
It was because of these chaotic circumstances that the West had not yet been won, although there were several players on the chessboard who all had an equal part in fighting that out and resolving it over time. No, the land wasn’t stolen as it was both simultaneously claimed by everyone (including many rivaling Native American tribes) and not yet claimed by anyone. This was the ongoing struggle of the Wild Western Frontier.
When I point towards the gun(s) that won the West I’m obviously referencing the Western frontier of the United States, however in terms of the title of today’s episode regarding Winning The West Again I’m not necessarily talking about solely winning the Western frontier of the United States, but rather I’m referring to winning over ALL of Western civilization again.
That’s right, in the past three years since the virus came on the scene we’ve observed the acceleration of Marxists principles with the likes of bad politicians and globalists that have seemingly infiltrated every government of every country across Western civilization.
As a result we are seeing the nations of all of Western civilization making decisions that make absolutely no sense at all in terms of their mandates, policies, and authoritarian orders. Some examples include the confiscation of farmlands in the name of climate change, rampant inflation due to getting involved in wars that serve the interests of their enemies more than their native land, attacking their own citizens while rewarding non-citizens, enforcing censorship of their own citizens, enforcing property theft of their own citizens, imprisoning political opponents, and the list of atrocities go on and on.
As a major spotlight of this just look at the absurd criminal acts of how these communists are using lawfare to attack President Trump and imprison his cabinet members like Peter Navarro, who by the way is a good man and a rock solid patriot that is sitting in a prison cell right now.
The reason I honed in on the various types of gun(s) that contributed to winning the West is because each of those served to be a game changing instrument during their time to bring order into a chaotic region for the purpose of giving everyone the opportunity to build a better life.
Like the settlers of the Western frontier had to exhibit courage and struggle along their journey to tame the Wild West of the American frontier as we fast forward to today many of us citizens of Western civilization are facing a similar conflict. You and I are seeing and experiencing this with the global communists who are causing chaos across our land with their policies, laws, and mandates that are basically resulting in the national suicide of each of our Western nations.
Like the settlers, cowboys, and Indians of the Wild West of the United States had to make a calculus of need with the use of the instrument of the firearm in order to win the West here we stand again in the 21st century with a similar problem.
The Calculus of Need To Win The West
Like our ancestors had to figure out how to best utilize the tools and instruments in order to win the West, today we are starting to embark on a calculus of a need for other instruments based on our modern day circumstances in order to engage in the current political, economic, and culture war of today.
With the rise of Populism we are figuring out that we can no longer rely on politicians in office to make the right decisions for the rest of society while we ignorantly go on about our daily lives without having to worry what those politicians are doing behind closed doors.
The calculus of need is figuring out the instrument that will be effective and downright impactful on winning the West today and that instrument is YOU. That’s right, you are the instrument by utilizing your strategic decision making and actions to combat all that is related to the ideologies, businesses, politicians, culture, and institutions that are actively engaging in destroying the country from within.
You see, in order to do this you first have to recognize that the West has to be won again in the first place which means that you have to recognize that global communists are at war with Western civilization and actively destroying it from within. The mandates, the media, the lawfare, the border invasions, the destruction of the currency, etc. are all tactics within the framework of a well thought out strategy designed to destroy the United States in a death by a thousand cuts scenario.
You see the settlers, cowboys, and Indians had to select which gun suited their individual situations, whether that was a six shooter or double barrel for fighting a threat at closer distances, or a rifle for more long distance engagement with a threat.
Utilizing this same logic you have to figure out which instruments you can use to apply to this modern day culture and political war whether it involves the use of information warfare with the creative use of memes on social media to clearly communicate a salient political point, or with your ability to share content from alternative media like this platform.
Like the Sharps rifle was great for long distance shooting perhaps you’ve determined that your calculus of need is the use of your dollars to buy your products and services from freedom first businesses as you simultaneously stop giving your money to woke companies that hate you. Perhaps this seems like a long range shot, but like the Sharps rifle was built for this reason your dollars are an instrument built to do the very same thing in the arena of economic warfare.
As an added example of how this is playing out we’re seeing population declines and businesses fleeing in major blue Democrat run cities and states. Just recently real estate investor Grant Cardone was just one example of many talking in his interview with FOX’s Jesse Watters about how he pulled out a 500 million dollar investment that was initially meant for New York City and transitioned that investment to Miami, Florida and the state of Texas after seeing how abusive the system in New York is towards businesses, particularly citing the Trump case.
These sorts of actions are growing and as Cardone mentioned these behaviors in leftist run places like New York is causing an economic contagion where such investments being pulled out of Democrat run cities and states will continue to accelerate bleeding out growth and economic opportunity for these places.
As cities such as New York continue to decline this contagion will catch on with individuals causing them to flee these locations as well to move to where the new business opportunities exist in the red Republican run cities and states.
Now in one way this is a good thing because at least businesses have somewhere else to run to so that they can operate and thrive without the worry of the communists shutting them down. However, as cities such as New York City continue to decline to the point that the environment gets too bad even for the communist residents that voted for it in their own cities they can also decide to flee. The logical conclusion is that they will probably flee to places like Florida and Texas and if this happens once again this causes another concern.
What concern is that you ask?
Well if the communist leave the cities they managed to ruin and simply move to a red run city or state they can also vote the same way to ruin that city or state in the very same manner as the one they left.
Remember that fully understanding your environment is essential to changing everything.
It's not enough that you just understand that there's corruption within all of our institutions and communist run blue cities and states.
You must also understand the motivations that are driving the corruption in order to purge and fix the corruption that has infected our institutions.
If you only address the corruption without addressing the motivations behind the corruption then the Hydra will simply sprout a new head and continue operating the corrupt system that you so desperately wanted to fix, but you end up less motivated because the corruption and the ensuing communism remains motivated.
Let that sink in for a moment.
If you want to win the West you have to actively and consistently engage in the cultural, political, information, and economic war on a daily basis. You MUST be relentless with talking with other people, sharing the information, consistently educating yourself, and literally put it upon your shoulders that you’re going to set out to mold and influence the next generation of patriots each day that you awaken.
This is what it takes in order for you to be a Zenith and to literally enact change that will force that political pendulum into the direction that it is supposed to go rather than chalking it up to the natural swinging motion of moving from left to right and just a little less right each time it takes a swing.
With this ongoing economic, political, and culture war heating up more and more everyday you have to be a Zenith in terms of your understanding and being able to identify good reliable people from the Inimicus.
To illustrate how to go about doing this you have to understand the enemy so that you can then identify the enemy combatant to in turn engage the enemy on the information, economic, and cultural front.
As I was brainstorming how to go about doing this I randomly had a thought pop into my head with one of my favorite Sci-Fi action/horror movies.
John Carpenter’s The Thing is an absolute masterpiece of a film when it comes to the raw special effects combined with a compelling storyline, as well as an awesome strategic lesson that we all can learn from that is based on the subject matter of today’s episode.
In Carpenter’s 1982 film the story takes place in Antarctica with a group of American researchers who discover a hostile extraterrestrial being that has the ability to assimilate and then imitate other organisms.
Once this is discovered by the researchers this obviously causes the group to be overrun with paranoia and conflict as they realize they can no longer trust one another.
Because of the dissension and distrust among the group with trying to figure out who is human and who could actually be The Thing imitating one of the scientists, one of the main characters and helicopter pilot R.J. MacReady (played by Kurt Russel) comes up with an idea to easily identify who is who.
To identify who is human and who isn’t MacReady formulates a theory. Because this alien organism prefers to invade and imitate its host he believes that this alien's survival is based on every part of it reacting towards a potential threat.
In the scene where MacReady is holding everyone hostage he decides to put this theory to the test by drawing blood from every single individual and heating up a metal wire to press onto a culture of each man’s blood sample.
By doing so he believes that normal blood would exhibit no reaction while the alien’s blood would react to the heat in some way out of its instinct and desire for survival.
As he goes through samples of blood exposing one after the next to heat there initially is no reaction. Though some men show relief during this process others are becoming impatient until he finally exposes one sample that gets an immediate reaction with the blood literally jumping out of the culture and onto the floor to escape the heat. This immediately results in the alien revealing itself among the men in a harrowing scene that follows involving a fight for survival.
The Wrap Up
So what was the point of me sharing with you these details of this scene from John Carpenter’s epic cult classic movie The Thing?
I wanted to share with you the details of that particular scene with him using the blood test and the heating metal because it perfectly illustrates how R.J. MacReady used his ingenuity and problem solving ability in the middle of a dire situation in order to identify who was a friend and who was The Thing.
You see, if we can frame the current environment that we’re living in into a similar context of being in a dire situation then you can look at the current political and cultural situation that you currently find yourself in and understand that you’re going to have to get better at identifying who is a friend versus who is The Thing (aka a Communist or a Communist light).
I mean at this point it’s obvious that many individuals in the arena of politics, business, and culture like to try to assimilate and imitate just like that creature in Carpenter’s movie. They do this by using a lot of happy talk and language that sounds nice, but in reality this only serves to be a distraction while they continue to support disastrous ideas and actual policies that lead to the destruction of society.
Now I’m not suggesting that you demand that politicians line up with a culture of their blood in order for you and me to apply a burning hot piece of metal to it to see how their blood reacts to the heat. No, that would be a stretch, but then again, perhaps it would be a good idea. Of course, I’m joking.
The point I’m trying to make is that as a society we all need to get better at identifying where these politicians, businesses, and media personnel stand by forcing them more out into the open with their true identity. To do that there has to be some sort of test that you can implement just the way MacReady figured it out on that research station in Antarctica.
So how can this be done?
Well the one thing that’s at the center of gravity for everything in today’s world of business and politics is money, but as I clarified earlier regarding corruption this all has to do with corrupt money and the motivations that drive that corruption regarding both the payer(s) and the recipient(s).
If the money is coming from hostile cronies, or flat out coming from foreign enemies and funneling to certain recipient(s) in politics, business, or media outlets then you can rest assured that these individuals, or entities are a dangerous creature.
Now granted at this point it’s pretty obvious that the Administrative State Media (ASM) outlets such as FOX, CNN, and MSNBC are undoubtedly a dangerous creature because their funding comes from big name companies like Pfizer and other companies that are hostile cronies. Therefore, if you and I were on that research base in Antarctica with any of the hosts of these networks there’s no doubt the blood would be jumping out of that culture to escape the heat.
I’m simply trying to illustrate and communicate to you the significance of the situation both you and myself currently find ourselves in. No, we’re not currently bunking down on some remote science station in the middle of Antarctica worried about how we’re going to identify a killer alien with chameleon-like ability, but right here in the United States in 2024 we might as well be.
The only difference in that alien and its abilities to blend, assimilate, and imitate compared to our current societal situation is the fact that it was understood to be extraterrestrial in the movie and here in real life we know that the enemy exists right in our own neighborhoods and halls of congress.
In order to identify the creatures that exist to burden your life today you have to look at who benefits from every political decision that is made and where the money is coming from.
As an easy example of how to go about identifying the creatures, just yesterday on Thursday, March 28th 2024 in New York City you had three lifelong politicians with Bill Clinton, Barack Obama, and Joe Biden to gather along with celebrities for a gigantic party and campaigning fundraiser for Joe Biden. Meanwhile Donald Trump was also in New York City, however he was invited by the family of a fallen police officer that died in the line of duty to attend his funeral.
As you are able to make the identification of the dangerous creatures like I’ve demonstrated here in this example you can start to identify and formulate a calculus of need of what instruments you can use to work against these dangerous creatures. You can do this by being careful about what institutions you give your money to as they may take your money and turn around and donate to a campaign fundraising party like the one I just mentioned that took place yesterday in New York City.
You may also identify an instrument for hammering away on a salient political point using an effective meme, an impactful short video, or a well written article that brings the receipts to communicate a sound point that cuts down the ASM narrative day in and day out. If you want to go even further you can become a precinct captain or even run for political office.
The point here is that if you desire to Win The West Again, you cannot stay idle. You possess tremendous power as an individual citizen which is why it’s dire you start using that power now before it’s too late.
We are winning the battle to Win The West Again, but winning the war is the goal and right now there’s no time for complacency.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“In the face of impossible odds, people who love this country can change it.”
― Barack Hussein Obama
So what are the three fights?
Well I’m going to break all of that down for you, but I first want to lay the predicate here to give you some context.
Whenever I read that quote from Barack Hussein Obama I’m immediately reminded of just how much he hates the United States of America.
After all, whenever you love someone, or something, then why would you want to change it? To offer up the word change alongside something that you’re declaring that you love doesn’t make any sense at all.
Furthermore, his so-called wife Michelle Obama said the following during her husband’s presidential campaign back in 2008 stating “For the first time in my adult life, I am proud of my country.” (Source: The Hill)
To be clear I have no judgment towards anyone other than the judgment that they offer with their own words and actions. With that being said in both Michelle and Barack Hussein Obama’s own words it’s clear that they hated the United States of America at the time that both of them made these statements regarding change and pride.
I mean in most circumstances when people tell me who they are I typically believe them. Granted these statements were uttered by both of these individuals several years ago when they were both just really kicking off their destructive reign in the arena of politics. However, as I sit here in 2024 looking back at everything that has occurred in the cultural, political, economic, medical, and national security landscape since these two came on the scene it’s obvious that they did (and still do) hate the United States of America.
You’re probably thinking Brandon, how can you be so sure?
I’d answer that by saying that since Barack Hussein Obama came on the scene as the President, along with his current successor being the dementia ridden corrupt politician that currently occupies the White House, it’s pretty obvious the country has considerably changed and not for the better.
Politicians, like Barack Hussein Obama, Joe Biden, George Bush #1, George Bush #2, the Clintons, Johnson, and Carter have all shared a common theme that most people fail to recognize. Those that fail to recognize this common denominator usually fail to recognize it because they don’t really produce anything in their own lives, therefore they lack immediate skin in the game to understand and recognize any immediate risks to them, or their well-being. However, for the rest of us it’s glaringly obvious.
You see the thing that all of these past presidents share is that they have all managed to add tremendous burdens onto the backs of the American people through their bureaucracy and tax policies. They continue to layer one burdensome and detrimental policy on top of another over and over and over again.
As they continue to sell out the country to foreign enemies (like the CCP) they gaslight the public, lie, deflect, and project their own feelings onto everyone else telling you that if you have a problem with what they offer that YOU are the problem.
Of course, this sort of psychopathy has really accelerated under the current regime that occupies the White House in a way that I haven’t seen in my lifetime being 47 years on this planet.
Everytime Biden’s press secretary Karine Jean-Pierre steps in front of a camera the lies and dishonesty she relays to the American public are staggering. From her comments on the pandemic to her comments on Biden’s sharp mental capacity, as he’s caught daily shaking hands with invisible people, the whole thing reminds me of some of the most toxic abusive relationships you probably either personally experienced, or heard from a friend at one time or another.
You know the scenario I’m talking about. It’s like the toxic relationship where the guy or girl constantly accuses you of wrongdoing when you’ve actually done absolutely nothing wrong, but they keep badgering you with their own insecurities over and over and over again because they themselves are such failures and insecure in their own skin. This is what the regime and the press secretary does to the American people daily.
So as they badger you eventually there comes a day, a moment, and a time when you probably lash out and argue back out of anger and frustration. As you do this these psychopaths then look at you and use that as a means to prove that they were right all along given your outraged response.
This is exactly why the American Psychopaths that occupy our government don’t deserve any compromise. The time for compromise is over. The only thing left is a collision course of political wills and your willingness to step inside Thunderdome and help ensure a victory as an Emissary of Freedom.
We are literally at war and the question we have to ask ourselves is whether or not we’re going to step into the breach and demonstrate that rugged American Resiliency and Staying Power the way our founders did when they put it all on the line. Purging the Communists within all of our institutions is one of the three fights.
The Thermidor Response
I came across this article by James Howard Kunstler that did a great job shedding some light on the Jacobin Revolution and thought it would be a great thing to summarize here in today’s episode as it directly applies to the events of today. (Source: James Howard Kunstler)
After George Washington was successfully sworn in as president in April of 1789 the United States was starting to see some sunny days after a long dark hard fought Revolution, however our allies in France were far from seeing any light at the end of their tunnel of misery.
The Bastille fell in July of that same year and that was followed up by many years of extreme violence as France would engage in many beheadings for years along with their society being plagued with violence and chaos. All of this led nowhere until an artillery officer by the name of Bonaparte managed to put an end to it through sheer force of personality.
As Kunstler reminds us here surely you remember that France assisted America in our revolt against King George. Surely you remember the Marquis De Lafayette from your high school history class, or was his history already replaced by George Floyd?
The point is that several Frenchmen were on the scene following the British surrender in Yorktown in the fall of 1781. Additionally several of the American Patriots were also on the scene in France as Thomas Jefferson was in Paris from 1784 to 1789, months after the Bastille fell. He succeeded Benjamin Franklin as he was serving as the minister there to negotiate trade agreements. John Adams was also there on-the-scene serving as our Ambassador and accompanying Jefferson.
The point is that these American Patriots met daily and chatted endlessly with France’s major political players. At that time you would have thought that the people of France including the various elites that made up the public life with the royal, haut bourgeoise, lawyers, and generals would have taken a page out of the playbook of the American Patriots to apply to their own situation, but as we always observe both in history, as well as today, everyone that detracts from the values of the American Patriots and in God We Trust always manage to demonstrate how they can’t get their act together. This would prove to be the case here with France and they paid a huge price for it as well.
As a side note we’re seeing the same issue today with the D.C. establishment, like the French elites, not listening to the will of the people until the will of the people keep dialing up the vocal and political pressure on them to do their jobs. Some are submitting to the will of the people while the others who don’t are retiring early. Either way we are forcing some much needed and overdue attrition within the ranks of our federal government.
Now let’s get back to the main part of the discussion.
Looking back to 1793 the Revolution was in full swing and King Louis XVI went straight to the guillotine in January. Looking inside the French political system the National Convention replaced the National Assembly as the furnace of political action. At this time the radical Jacobin faction of the government led by Robespierre and Saint-Just (yesteryear’s version of “the squad” and MSNBC) coalesced into a majority and managed to seize power within the faction. Their platform became more extreme as the revolution marched towards an environment of pure insanity and pandemonium.
With the Jacobins in power within one year they managed to turn the life of the nation completely upside down in their zealous journey to create a perfectly equitable society. They abolished the church while replacing it with what they referred to as the cult of the supreme being.
If that wasn’t a big enough clown move on the part of the Jacobins the insanity went even further with their own version of a woke movement during their time in the 18th century. Buckle up and prepare yourself for some 18th century woke insanity on steroids which involved them changing the week from seven days to ten days, they changed the names of all the months of the calendar with 1792 being designated as “the Year One,” they put in price and wage controls while cranking out more money causing voila (monetary inflation), they confiscated grain from farmers across the country, and condemned somewhere in the neighborhood of 20,000-40,000 political opposition leaders to the guillotine in their “Reign of Terror.”
In simple terms the Jacobins made a bloody mess of literally everything and managed to anger a lot of countrymen in the process.
However, by the time the summer of 1794 came around during their renamed month called Thermidor pretty much everyone had reached their critical mass of frustration concerning the Jacobins. On July 27, Robespierre was at the rostrum once again calling for more blood as he started denouncing his enemies much in the same way that MSNBC and Joe Biden says the biggest threat to America are white christian nationalists. You get the idea.
However, there were some out-group members present there at the time and they weren’t buying Robespierre’s own cries about his vision of the end of democracy and so they started throwing food at him and shouting him down. This was the turning point as the shock had set in that the Jacobins had lost power.
Just like that the chamber had fallen into a melee with a lot of shoving and shouting. It was at this point that Robespierre and his cronies were chased across town to the city hall (Hotel De Ville) and managed to barricade themselves inside.
However, this didn’t hold as the mob managed to break through and arrest them. During all of this chaos and as the mob were forcing their way in amidst all the confusion a policeman managed to shoot Robespierre in his face resulting in the shattering of his jaw and as history tells us the very next day Robespierre, Saint-Just, and twenty of their associates ended up having their own appointment with “the national razor.”
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
This historical event involving the French Revolution became known as the Thermidorian Reaction. The point of this reaction is that the Jacobin reign of terror and social derangement would end up being immediately abolished by meeting a fate equally as terrible as the one they had thrusted upon everyone else during the Revolution.
Once this had happened nothing like it was ever seen again until the Bolsheviks, the Maoists, and Khmer Rouge that came along in the 20th century. However, right now with the Party of Woke Chaos being led by Joe Biden (and whoever is behind him) with his open borders, the destruction of our currency, the drive for censorship, the insidious use of lawfare, their Orwellian Newspeak, their lust for World War III, their race and sex hustles, and the destruction of every normal and decent boundary in everyday American life here we are looking at another Jacobin- like Revolution.
As this wonderful article from James Howard Kunstler points out, America is heading towards its own Thermidorian Reaction. I believe we are on the edge of a huge cultural and political shift as we approach the climax of this chaos that has been ushered in by the current Woke mob of Communists.
However, just as Newton’s third law states for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. Because of this I believe we are fast approaching the critical mass of such a reaction that will kick back so hard that Communism in an ideological and metaphorical sense will face its day with the metaphorical guillotine within the Thunderdome arena of the American version of the Thermidorian Reaction 2.0.
The American Patriots engaging the cultural and political arena is the second of three fights.
The Mechanism of Action
Right now if you live in the United States you don’t have a country. Right now here in 2024 both you and I live in a post-constitutional era and that’s just a fact.
Now having said that, we have one major opportunity to take our country back, but that opportunity starts with the upcoming election here in November of 2024. Bookmark this episode for the history books because this election is undoubtedly the single most important in the history of the United States.
I’m not going to sugarcoat reality and the reality is that if Donald Trump doesn’t win the presidential election here in November this country is finished and will go the way of a Communist dystopian nightmare.
Those who don’t see that are part of THE problem and that is an absolute fact. With that being said the national debt of the U.S. is 34 trillion dollars and counting. The federal spending is so out of control it’s directly contributing to the inflation you’re experiencing and is literally a Republic ending problem if we don’t get it under control.
If the debt issue isn’t bad enough the invasion of illegals coming into our country at a record level is even more concerning in ways you may have not imagined.
In fact, just recently on the Joe Rogan podcast author and guest Bret Weinstein took the time to shock Joe Rogan with his Dark Theory concerning the potential and more sinister reason that the Communists within our federal government are purposely allowing in millions of illegals with the mass invasion that the country is facing. (Source: YouTube)
In his interview with Rogan his guest Bret Weinstein goes into detail about different theories that he’s discussed within his circles as to why the Communist Biden regime is intentionally and actively organizing the mass invasion of illegals into our country.
I mean aside from the usual theory that they will be used as a brand new set of Democrat voters for the Biden regime, Weinstein points towards an even more sinister and alarming theory as to why the invasion is happening.
According to Weinstein he’s also heard talk about how the federal government is offering the opportunity of trading citizenship for military service with the illegals. Now as Weinstein points out if you really slow down to think about the danger of this it is quite disturbing.
You see this would be the case as these illegal young men of military fighting age coming from God knows where would be given citizenship in exchange for their military service and in doing so would be much more likely to follow an immoral order coming from above than an American born citizen soldier force. Even in today’s society an American born citizen force is still more likely to be raised with American values and stands a better chance of serving to resist a widespread immoral set of orders.
The point is that here in this scenario you would have a freshly Communist infiltrated U.S. federal government with a newly established military consisting of its own mercenaries instead of a Constitutionally sound federal government with patriots volunteering to serve their country.
I suppose the modern day Trojan horse is here and in full operation.
Regardless, you may be sitting there thinking Brandon, that’s a bit dark and a little too extreme. Well, I’d say not so fast my friend.
According to the AP they are already doing this as there was an article published from the AP back on June 11, 2023 that covers a young woman from Nepal signing up to join the U.S. Army Reserves in exchange to get fast tracked within the military program straight to legal citizenship. (Source: AP)
You see all of these issues that I’m bringing up are simply problems. So with all of these problems plaguing our society you have to ask yourself why are there so many of them?
The answer to that question is really quite simple, but several people that may disagree with the political left, the Jacobins, or the modern day Communists and all of their proposed problems don’t want to hear the reason why all of these problems ACTUALLY do exist.
To understand why these problems exist you and I must first understand why the political left keeps offering them up throughout history. What the left sees as a solution is really the complete opposite and this is because they have a completely different worldview than you or myself.
Their worldview isn’t centered on the individual, but as Ayn Rand pointed out is more centered on the collective. However, because of this they are willing to destroy everything connected to individuality when it comes to self-improvement, personal achievement, and understanding the environment. They lack these abilities associated with the power of navigating life and recognizing that it starts with discernment, clarity, and acquiring understanding between the ears.
Because of this mindset it’s easier for those who gravitate towards the far political left to more readily embrace the child-like need to have someone else, or something else to take care of them throughout life. Furthermore, like a child they will fight you to the bitter end if you don’t accept their view and allow them to get their way…even if this means they must use intimidation and force.
This is why fear is used as the mechanism of control for those on the political left with the likes of the Woke groups such as Antifa, the Jacobins, and the modern day Communists.
However FEAR is only a mechanism of control when you allow it to be. To clear this up I read a nice little story that clarified this pretty recently and I wanted to summarize it for you here.
Once upon a time there was a young warrior that was striving to meet the challenge of overcoming his fear.
The young warrior had a mentor that instructed him that he would have to face fear by going to battle directly with fear. To the young warrior this seemed to be a lot to ask and it was both an aggressive and scary request that came from his very well respected teacher.
Even though the young warrior was hesitant his teacher made it clear that this had to be done and so the day came that the young warrior had to stand on the battlefield staring down fear itself.
They both stood looking at one another holding their weapons and the young warrior would start to advance towards fear and stop himself in a few different attempts.
Once he did this he finally spoke up and asked if fear was ready to do battle and essentially if it was ok for them to start.
The fear replied by thanking the young warrior for showing the respect. The young warrior had done so because he felt small as the fear looked so large and intimidating.
Next, the young warrior asked fear How could I ever defeat you?
Fear replied, “My weapons are that I talk really loud, really fast, and I keep getting louder and more intimidating as you allow me to get closer to you. The closer I get to you the more afraid you will become and from that point I can get you to do whatever I say.”
In other words, if you simply refuse to give in and do what I say then I have no power. You can listen to me, perhaps even respect me, and even be almost convinced by me, but if you don’t give in to my orders I have absolutely no power at all.
This was how the young warrior learned how to defeat fear in battle.
The mechanism of control is fear, but you can be the mechanism of action to overcome it by simply not allowing it to control you.
The third fight involves overcoming being idle in the battle with overcoming fear.
The Wrap Up
You see the third and final battle I just covered there with fear is the one where we learn to exercise courage and along with courage action is the next thing that follows.
Just like those out-group members that started throwing food at Robespierre at the rostrum you can see at that very moment Robespierre realized all of his loud ranting, intimidation, and whining had hit a dead end with the group of people who were present there at that time. As a result this brought an abrupt end to the insanity of the 18th century woke mob known as the Jacobins.
Additionally, not only did those members speak out and hit back, but they rapidly transitioned from being in a defensive posture to immediately taking on an offensive posture as they chased the Jacobin faction down the street and arrested them.
You see, that's the interesting trend that I always feel like I’m reading about in the history books. I mean if you pay attention to all of the horrible atrocities that have ever happened throughout every civilization in history it was because good people were way too tolerant of the bad people in the beginning. The Thermidorian response did happen, but not until after a ton of bloodshed, violence, and insanity after a year-long period where the 18th century woke mob literally turned France upside down tormenting it every step of the way.
The same thing has happened right here in the United States as we have been overly tolerant since the Obamas were vocal about implementing their version of societal change that we’re seeing the result of right here and now in 2024.
However, now is the time for you to engage in the information war by sharing content, speaking to others, and actively engaging to face fear head on.
Remember that the fear grows louder in its attempt to intimidate when it’s at its weakest.
Trust in God and know that these are the three fights and your refusal to give in to fear will strip the power directly away from fear along with all the troubles that would follow as you demonstrate your ability to be a Zenith and an Emissary of Freedom.
Remember that courage is contagious and that is exactly the kind of pandemic that you want to start…a pandemic of courage by being a mechanism of action.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you are tuning in to this particular episode you will only be able to access this specific episode in full length as a paid member at brandonrichey.substack.com.
If you're a first time listener, or not yet a paid member don't leave as you will be given a substantial preview of this episode right here.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“When there is no enemy within, the enemies outside cannot hurt you.”
― Winston S. Churchill
If you’ve been a regular reader or listener to this podcast and blog then you’d know that I’ve had an extensive background in the fitness industry.
The reason I’m starting this conversation out with that statement is because in today’s episode I’m going to cover some aspects of how the lack of fitness, or more specifically in terms of the lack of strength in particular, is a huge marker on why we’re seeing the current decline in our society.
When it comes to developing the strength of your body there’s a consistency that is involved where your mind is also unified in this effort. Strength is a broad term and can apply to being solely a physical trait, but strength is also about the development of the trait in terms of strengthening one’s mind and spirit.
My career as a professional strength and fitness coach has been one that has given me tremendous insight on the observation of our culture as it has helped me to help people to develop stronger and more capable minds and bodies.
However, it’s always been an interesting observation in the human experiment to give people instructions on what they should be doing with their minds and bodies only to have them not follow the advice that was given to them. When this happens this frequently leads to them coming back to seek me out for more advice which in turn leads me back to repeating the advice that I had previously given them in the first place.
I’m certain I’m not alone in this arena as it’s just the reality when it comes to human nature. That reality is that most people lack the true discipline to follow instructions with intention and discipline until they’ve experienced the repeated frustration of failure and shortcomings over and over again by pursuing their own journey in their own way.
When it comes to people in most cases they have to literally fail at most every turn before they start to realize that their efforts, their worldviews, and their beliefs just don’t work in the test of a real world application.
I want to be straightforward here because when I make such a statement the same thing applies to myself. If it didn’t apply to me I wouldn’t be able to make such a statement in the first place. The reality surrounding this thing called the lived human experience is that mistakes are just going to happen. We live in an imperfect world, but our goals should be to strive to be as perfect as we can be inside of an imperfect reality.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Now having said that the point to life is that when mistakes, shortfalls, and setbacks occur we should be teaching people how to grow stronger from such scenarios by reminding them of what they learned from their mistakes instead of doubling down on filling their minds with a victim mentality.
Teaching the victim mentality has been a growing trend that I’ve noticed firsthand in my industry in the past ten years or so and I would even argue that it’s contributed to a less healthy, more obese, and more disease ridden society due to people losing the ability to grow from their mistakes. This lack of growth in the face of adversity and poor choices is directly caused by removing the notion of personal responsibility and personal discipline.
Since much of society has bought into the idea of not accepting and initiating personal discipline this in turn means that society has grown weaker as strength can only be acquired through personal discipline and accepting personal responsibility.
People don’t like to say this because life is hard, but as the great Bruce Lee once said: Do not pray for an easy life, pray for the strength to endure a difficult one.
From Opposing Forces To Unifying Strength
To give you a heads up the following information is going to really get your attention.
This is the sort of information that can literally transform both your mental and physical abilities and help you take your mind and body to the next level.
Now I want to talk to you about the true definition and secret of strength. In terms of the type of strength I’m going to address here I’m referring to the application of your physical strength.
I’m going to teach you something that I teach new students all the time and it’s a real application of the secret to physical strength that usually blows people’s minds whenever I meet them for the first time.
First of all, I want to lay the foundation of this by explaining the definition of strength for you as it concerns the physical work of your human muscular system.
Now the reason I’m doing this is to help to shed some light and understanding on this foundational principle for you along with it’s application for you in terms of its physical application, but I also want to progress further to illustrate to you how this philosophy can also be applied in the arena of mental, cultural, political, and societal applications as well.
I will begin by asking: Do you know the definition of strength?
I will give you a moment to think about it.
The definition of strength is your muscle’s ability to produce tension and force for a given movement.
Now when you focus in on that definition the two keywords that should jump out at you should be tension and force. You see when you tense a muscle that muscle is producing force and when you apply that force to a specific activity you now are readily engaging in an act of physical strength, or an act of physical motion.
Now I want to give you a concrete example of how strength is directly applied to the scenario of your grip strength to illustrate to you the power of this in a single application of a real world physical example.
In this example that I’m about to tell you it’s something that I’ve taught to many first time students over the years and it never ceases to amaze people once I demonstrate it by using your ability to increase your grip strength in a simple handshake example.
That’s right, with this example I can literally increase your hand grip right now at this very moment…not six weeks from now…not ten weeks from now, but literally right now.
Now I’m guessing I really have your attention.
So you’re probably wondering Brandon, how are you going to do this?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“To hedge effectively, you have to reject the silo mentality and instead embrace the systems thinking mentality.”― Hendrith Vanlon Smith Jr
Speaking of a silo mentality this is the entire methodology of the current era of the federal government. We’re living in a time that former Naval intelligence officer Jack Posobiec refers to as the era of regime politics.
The grifting off of the American taxpayer has gradually fed the monster of the federal government and nurtured it into the destructive Leviathan that it currently is which is wreaking havoc daily and is literally at war directly against the American people.
The silo mentality I’m referring to is the one in which the Administrative State agencies such as the FBI, CIA, DEA, IRS, and so on apparently don’t want to share everything they’re doing with the public’s tax dollars. We can gather this from all of the hearings that have taken place on the hill, yet nobody in the federal government from Fauci to the UFO department wants the American people to know what they are doing with your tax dollars.
It only becomes an issue when something goes wrong like with the pandemic, or when we see brave whistleblowers come forward to testify and to give the public a little peek behind the curtain with some inside baseball.
As I’m sure you’re aware the point is that with all of this cloak and dagger garbage going on the public still appears to have short memories which is exactly why this podcast and blog exists.
This is why I’m using today’s episode to show you exactly why having a short term memory can be absolutely detrimental and very dangerous to you specifically with the picture I’m about to paint for you. Keeping that in mind I want you to know that I’m not here to paint a doom and gloom picture and to try to demoralize you.
On the contrary I’m here to simply put on display a piece of objective reality for you to observe and through your growth as a Zenith you will be able to connect the dots of reality for yourself so that you can develop into another Emissary of Freedom that this country so desperately needs right now. With that in mind we are the Army of the Awakened and if you support this program you’re well on your way to becoming a Zenith and most importantly an Emissary of Freedom.
So allow me to begin by first laying the predicate involving the degradation of our culture and how it’s obvious to me (and should be to you) that your government and big business are truly nefarious and hate you. This is not an exaggeration and I will give you firsthand evidence that you can easily observe and see how this trend of cultural rot has come on more and more gradually over time and is now running full steam ahead while being completely up in your face not even trying to hide their hate for you at this point.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Boston, Massachusetts
Before I get into the nuts and bolts of this episode here I am going to paint a picture for you that may send a chill down your spine, but just know at the end of all of this I’m going to offer a solution.
After all, this show is about both identifying problems and solving them so please don’t despair, but rather understand that I want you to stand strong and to be the Zenith that I’m always encouraging you to be in your daily life so that together we can overcome whatever may be coming down the tracks to try to derail us as a nation.
On that note let’s get into it.
It was a sunny day back in April of 2013 when many spectators lined the streets of Boston to cheer on several runners in one of America’s most celebrated events involving the Boston marathon.
However, even though several thousand spectators and many competitive runners were there to enjoy a friendly competition along with the beautiful scenery of the day it quickly turned into a nightmare as two homemade bombs detonated at the finish line. Even more disturbing, these two bombs were timed to detonate on a delay around 12 seconds apart.
This terrorist attack immediately killed three people and injured 281 others causing severe injuries to some where they sadly left the event that day to soon become amputees. The city was in shock, but the mayhem was only getting started.
In the wake of this terrorist attack the Boston area went on complete lockdown by the authorities in fear that the perpetrators would strike again. We would later learn that there were two brothers that were responsible for the attacks one being a 26 year old Chechen Tamerlan Tsarnaev and the other being his 19 year old brother Dzhokhar Tsarnaev.
For four and half days these two brothers single handedly forced the lockdown of the entire Boston area and managed to stress every level of law enforcement from the local, state, and federal authorities. I remember how shocked I was about this at the time when it happened.
The older brother would end up dying of injuries from a shootout with the police, but the younger brother was eventually seen by a citizen in his backyard hiding and then was captured by police.
Now I’m not going to pretend to understand the motives that were associated with these two that were responsible for murdering and injuring so many people. Additionally the four days of chaos involved several other things involving the carjacking and kidnapping of one individual by the brothers who fortunately was able to escape them and eventually issued a call to authorities. (Source: History.com)
There was so much chaos and this continued up until the point when they even cornered the younger brother at the property of the citizen as he was hiding in a boat. Ultimately there would be over a 100 police officers that would converge onto the scene to surround the younger brother.
It was at this point that one of the police officers would end up firing on the boat without authorization and others, thinking the shot came from the boat, joined in on opening fire towards the suspect. After this pandamonium was settled the police determined that the suspect was still alive using infrared technology from a police helicopter and eventually the suspect emerged and was taken into custody.
Now why am I going to the trouble of taking you on a little stroll down memory lane to remind you of these two little terrorists from the Boston Marathon in 2013?
Now before I answer that I don’t want you to misunderstand my message here as this is not just me coming down on the police and law enforcement community. That is not the point to this whatsoever.
I remember at the time I had a conversation with one of my students who was praising the wonderful job of the authorities and how well they handled this obviously difficult situation at that time. However, I had a more critical and different perspective on the situation that I enlightened him to at that time and I can remember his reaction towards me was one of almost being borderline offended. Again, I wasn’t trying to come down on the police, but merely pointing towards observing objective reality.
I am pointing to the reality that it only took these two brothers to literally lockdown an entire major city while also straining resources of the local, state, and federal authorities for four and half days. I mean think about that. It was just these two brothers and these two brothers alone that carried out what the nation would consider to be a massive disruption of civilian life along with the fact that they managed to strike fear into the hearts and minds of the public during this time of chaos that they managed to successfully create.
Once again this is not a criticism of the local police authorities given the circumstances, but let’s take a look at some of the righteous criticism that is deserved in regards to the systems that were in place to allow this to happen.
First and foremost, we can look at the citizenship of the two brothers. Apparently Tamerlan Tsarnaev passed the US citizenship test just a few months before he helped carry out the Boston Marathon bombings according to heavily redacted Department of Homeland Security documents that were obtained by the Boston Globe.
Once again, I ask why do we always run into the problem of secrecy whenever we’re trying to get to the bottom of the truth? Obviously I’m referring to the redactions as this is an ongoing frustration as this always seems to be the tactic used to hide the truth from the public in these sorts of situations, but I digress.
Regardless, according to The Christian Science Monitor the documents were released to the Globe as a result of the Freedom of Information Act and the result that was shown was one where Tamerlan Tsarnaev passed the U.S. citizenship test just a few months prior to his act of terrorism and apparently showed that he passed with only getting one incorrect answer.
Of course, it also showed with what is public knowledge that he swore his allegiance to the United States and denied any links to terrorism. I guess we all know how much his word is worth at this point.
Unless you’ve been asleep at the wheel for the past three years then you would know that the cultural rot that we’re seeing now is something that the domestic enemies of the United States aren’t even trying to hide anymore. In fact, the Administrative State’s hatred towards you and myself being U.S. citizens is quite obvious to most everyone right now at this point and time in our history.
However, in the battle against society’s short-term memory I wanted to highlight this attack from the Boston Marathon bombings to illustrate that the cultural rot and the cracks in our societal and governmental systems were really starting to show more blatantly at this point with this particular event.
As a big lead off example of the rot starting to show itself within our culture and society it was our Administrative State Media (ASM) that decided that on July 17, 2013 (only three months after the Boston Marathon bombing) Rolling Stone magazine decided to feature the younger brother little terrorist scumbag on the cover of their magazine. (Source: Rolling Stone)
Now Rolling Stone would use the flimsy excuse of doing this by stating that the decision for the cover was in line with traditional journalistic practices.
As absurd as that statement is, considering the damage the ASM has caused our country, it’s a ridiculous position for Rolling Stone to take.
Why do I say this?
The question isn’t whether or not Rolling Stone had the right to post the picture of the terrorist on the cover of their magazine. The question that should be asked is whether it was the right thing to do given that period of time and the event that had just taken place at that time. That’s the distinction here.
Obviously the ASM always claims they care about the freedom of press, but they certainly don’t mind opposition media being censored for offering an alternative perspective that may conflict with their narrative. I suppose they’re just fine with freedom of the press as long as that freedom solely applies to them, their stories, their markets, and their narrative. Outside of that freedom of the press and free speech itself has no grounds in their world.
So realistically they do not care for freedom of speech, or freedom of the press, so when they take that position they’re continuing to demonstrate that they’re the biggest hypocrites in the room, yet people still support them over outlets like this one, but I digress.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Entropy
In the second law of thermodynamics the concept of entropy involves the measure of the disorder of a system.
Within a given system entropy describes how much energy is not available to do work. In short, the more disordered a system is this means that the entropy is higher which results in less and less work being done due to the fact that there is less and less of a system’s energy available in order to do the work. (Source: OpenStax)
Basically entropy involves the loss of order.
Speaking on the topic involving the loss of order this has happened to every civilization throughout history with what is referred to as the collapse of a complex system. Like Rome the collapse of complex systems is happening to the United States right now.
According to the Roman philosopher Seneca when he wrote to his friend Lucilius he expressed the opinion that life would be much happier if things would decline as slowly as they grew. According to Seneca he noted that unfortunately “increases are of sluggish growth, but the way to ruin is rapid.”
Just like the second law of thermodynamics points out with entropy this similar concept can also be referred to as the Seneca effect. (Source: Tablet)
As Seneca points out, the harsh reality surrounding this concept is that it always comes and it can present itself in multiple ways within the construct of our lives. If you think about it you know that when ruin comes in many cases it can be sudden, unpredictable, rapid, and destructive.
Aside from individual examples ranging from household to household, family to family, or individual to individual the concept of ruin is also true concerning the existence of civilizations. If you can take a moment and look around at the United States you have to ask yourself the question “How could our country be any different?”
After all, if you can engage in the act of observing objective reality you’d know that our borders are non-existent at this point and human trafficking has now given rise to the United States engaging in the world’s modern day slave trade under the watchful eye of Joe Biden and company.
As horrific as this is, we are also getting a front row view to the collapse of our currency and probably our monetary and financial systems in a way that we never could have dreamed up over a hundred years ago.
Like Rome, we are over extended with military bases stationed all over the world in an attempt to play the world’s police even in the face of the majority of American citizens who do not want that role, or vouch for it in the least.
When you combine this with the fact that there are record homeless American citizens that are starving on our own streets you have to ask the obvious question of Why are we sending billions of dollars to Ukraine in an attempt to secure their borders while we speed up the ruin of our own? Why these Simp Ukraine supporting Americans can’t see this is beyond me.
According to that well written article in the Tablet concerning the mechanism of collapse it compares the interlinking network to one of those old school popsicle stick bombs we used to make when I was a kid in elementary school. This notion of the popsicle stick bomb, though completely harmless, serves as a great illustration of how an interlinking network of a system is held together while also simultaneously demonstrating how fast it can also come apart.
You see in the popsicle stick bomb construction you essentially have four popsicle sticks with the two middle sticks being overlapped in the center like the letter X. Solely through the application of leverage you can bend the other two sticks by placing them into a firmly held position by utilizing the force of leverage of each stick against the other at the outer ends of the X and by finally joining the outer two sticks at a single point at the top as the final point of leverage.
These entertaining little toy popsicle stick bombs have served to irritate grade school teachers across the nation for decades, but for the purpose of this discussion it is the perfect illustration of how systems are reliant on each other because of how they are connected to one another within the function of a civilization.
The points where the sticks touch are known as nodes and these nodes are connected by the links, or in the case of the stick bomb it would be the sticks themselves. It’s when one of these nodes lets go of a link the collapse moves to another node. This can also be referred to as a domino effect, a cascading failure, or once again we can use the term Seneca effect. All in all, entropy sets in fast on the way to ruin as the order of the system is completely lost in rapid fashion.
In terms of the Roman Empire’s collapse it’s been a topic that has fascinated historians for quite a long time.
The longstanding question that many people have frequently asked is Why did it happen?
Well, like the United States, the Roman Empire was a massive network. This network of trade and services spanned across the Roman Empire in the form of people who traded in a variety of industries related to food, goods, and services.
Like any industry the driving factor associated with the Roman Empire’s economic system was money. However, in the case of the Roman Empire that money was based on precious metals in the form of silver and gold which were predominantly mined in northern Spain by the Romans. This worked fine as long as the mines were producing what was needed for the empire.
As long as the Romans could continue to extract the metals from the mines they could afford to pay their military, their bureaucrats, and their workers. However, if you really pause to think about it this was a system that was not one that could be sustained forever. The source of energy that drove the work was the money, but as the money dried up there was less energy available as entropy started to set in.
After all, mining was expensive and even though they used slave labor to extract the metals from the mines the slaves still required food, shelter, and tools. Sure they could extract many metals from easier more accessible veins, but once those were tapped they would be forced to dig deeper for more cumbersome and less concentrated veins.
Because of these increasingly difficult demands the operation required more and more manpower, more tools, and more resources in order to sustain the venture. By the third century Anno Domini the mining operation for the Roman Empire had completely collapsed and with it entropy started to set in.
At this point much of the gold started disappearing. A great deal of it got dispersed to pay for other luxury goods that were located in China such as silk. Sounds familiar, right? On a side note this is another reason domestic manufacturing is so important.
So getting back on target here the point is that no gold meant no money and no money meant that the Roman Empire couldn’t continue to pay their troops. Since there was no money to pay the troops there were no troops to repel the invading barbarians (like the Visigoths). Again this sounds eerily familiar to the United States right now, right?
The point is that the financial house of cards came crashing down and there was no money to pay the judges, the bureaucrats, the police, and the workers that were tasked with infrastructure. It’s no surprise why the Roman Empire collapsed when you examine the details.
The Wrap Up
In short, there are many parallels between the United States and the Roman Empire, but to me the beginning cracks of ruin were really started as far back as WWII with FDR’s New Deal which laid the foundation that grew the Administrative State into the leviathan that it is today.
However, the cultural rot started to really show itself back in 2013 when those two brothers murdered and maimed those innocent people at the Boston marathon. Following this tragedy it was only three months later that Rolling Stone magazine gave one of those terrorists plenty of notoriety for his efforts by putting his face on the front cover of their magazine.
Furthermore, after looking at the extent of damage those two brothers were able to cause by themselves fast forward to now and we know we have over 20 million illegals who have literally invaded our country with an estimated 100,000 of those being Chinese nationals that are young single men of military fighting age.
If the two brothers managed to cause as much damage as they did back in 2013 how much damage can 100,000 potential bad actors cause here in the states today? Even more disturbingly, will there be enough magazine covers to give them a similar level of notoriety as the Boston marathon bombers if they’re successful?
Combine this with the fact that, like Rome, we are seeing the money dry up here in the states as our currency is being destroyed right in front of our face with Biden weaponizing it towards Russia and with the Federal Reserve printing literally trillions of dollars at the touch of a button.
Look, I told you I was going to point towards some hard facts that would send a chill down your spine today, but I also said that I wasn’t here to solely paint a gloom and doom picture. Sure the facts are hard to swallow, but these facts are necessary if we are to seek solutions.
So on that note I want to hit on those very solutions and talk about how you can hedge and protect yourself against these chaotic forces. Ah that’s right, The Hedge is the title of today’s episode.
In the world of finance that term Hedge means to take an offsetting position in an asset, or some other investment, in order minimize the price risk, or devaluation, of a current position that may present itself to be riskier given the change of environment.
Well, when you look at the huge influx of young military age Chinese national single men that have invaded the country I interpret that as being a risky position. However, unlike Roman citizens you being a United States citizen still do have a second amendment right and you should look to maximize your efforts in exercising that right.
To hedge yourself I don’t mean just deciding to go out and purchase a firearm, but rather I’m referring to the fact that if you do go out to purchase a firearm that you should train to be proficient in using that firearm with a high level of precision and accuracy. To me that’s a smart hedge.
I’m not giving financial advice at all, but if you’re like me and looking at the destruction of the U.S. dollar through economic warfare and how it’s potentially being used in your investment portfolio to fund Diversity Equity Inclusion (DEI) with woke companies then perhaps your hedge is to examine that by looking to put your money elsewhere. Once again, I’m not telling you what to do with your money, but I am simply pointing out that if your money is being weaponized against you in a way that you discover for yourself then perhaps you might choose to take action in order to hedge yourself with a different investment. That choice is yours and yours alone, but the environment that we’re in is one you must understand whether you like it or not.
I know Rome used gold and silver as their primary currency, but those precious metals have a 5000 year track record and are still used today as a hedge on inflation. With the threat of the dollar losing its status as the world’s primary reserve currency I’m personally a believer in diversifying with gold and silver, but I am only speaking for myself when I say that.
Another area of concern to me is the supply chain system in the United States. Like the popsicle stick bomb I referenced earlier, the nodes of the supply chain are at risk of flying apart which could in turn trigger the Seneca effect on the supply of food, medication, and other goods.
The longer these Communists within the ranks of our government are in control to me signals that the risks of a supply chain disaster are really high. Therefore, I personally choose to invest in additional food reserves and I also happen to be a hunter. Perhaps investing in some extra food storage is also another smart hedge for you to examine. Once again, that choice is completely up to you.
In addition to this it’s easy to see how these big corporations in the United States have gone woke and are literally at war with their own customers being the United States citizens. To hedge against this chaos I’m a huge proponent of the parallel patriot economy. As a smart hedge against this woke madness I am choosing to do my best at supporting Freedom First and America First businesses as much as I possibly can. Perhaps this is something you may choose to look at as a hedge for you and your family. I’m not trying to issue a shameless plug, but if you’re in search of a Freedom First business you can choose to support this platform.
The bottom line to all of this is that in the face of all of this chaos the TRUE hedge against all of this risk is you and you alone.
You must work to secure up all of your own nodes and personal supplies by making yourself more independent from the very system that is causing the ruin of society. We have made ourselves too dependent on the very institutions that are now actively working to accelerate us towards ruin.
The communists are actively rolling out the red carpet for entropy, but you don’t have to choose to lose order in your own household.
This is exactly why I adopted the tagline for this show pointing towards helping you to be a Zenith during these chaotic times.
Of course, the biggest hedge of all is putting your faith in God and acting on your faith by helping as many people as you can.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Political correctness is a war on noticing.”― Steve Sailer
The culture war and Cultural Marxism are real and if you don’t see that by now you are truly a victim of demoralization, or more accurately a victim of what KGB defector Yuri Besemenov would refer to as ideological subversion.
Now if you’re suffering from political indoctrination you might read this and ask Brandon where’s your proof?
Well first you have to be capable of observing reality and in observing objective reality you MUST be capable of looking at what is actually happening in the world with respect to what people actually say while simultaneously being able to look at exactly what they do in regards to their actions.
I’m going to say this one more time so that you can implant this into your memory. Cultural Marxism is real. To give you a concrete example of this regarding the Orwellian style definition of words if you read Wikipedia’s definition of Cultural Marxism they define it as referring to a far-right conspiracy theory that misrepresents the Frankfurt School as being responsible for modern progressive movements, identity politics, and political correctness.
It goes on to say that there’s an ongoing and intentional academic and intellectual effort to subvert Western society via a planned culture war that undermines the Christian values of traditional conservatism and seeks to replace this with culturally more liberal values. (Source: Wikipedia)
Now when I look at this definition presented by Wikipedia I’m literally thinking about how those so-called more liberal values have resulted in literally destroying our currency, how those values have accelerated and assisted a mass invasion of our country, how it’s advocated for endless wars all over the world, and how it’s resulted in the development of the modern day slave trade by turning our borders over to the cartels and human smugglers.
With every single thing that I just mentioned in terms of the actions of the things that are actually happening from the invasion of the country to the human trafficking these all have been brought about by our current Communist/ Progressive government that has given us three years of the real world application of these so-called “liberal values” as Wikipedia likes to point out.
Aside from Wikipedia’s attempt to throw a metaphorical information grenade onto the definition of Cultural Marxism with their pathetic label of calling it a “far-right conspiracy theory that misrepresents the Frankfurt School” they did a pretty good job of getting the rest of the meaning of Cultural Marxism correct.
So having cleared all of that up, why exactly was Cultural Marxism created and why are there institutions like the Frankfurt school that push forward these stupid societal ideas?
Start writing today. Use the button below to create your Substack and connect your publication with The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey
The short answer is that it’s about social control that serves to feed a political movement for a given party within a system of government in order to carry out the social desires by utilizing the levers of institutions within that society.
This all sounds eerily familiar to the cultural rot that has infected our major institutions here in the United States, right?
You see the prevailing narrative is that those who desire control at all cost will use the victimhood narrative in order to divide families, divide neighbors, divide people, divide communities, and divide nations.
If you don’t believe me then all you have to do is switch on your TV to MSNBC and if you happen to be a Patriot that loves your country MSNBC has labeled you a Fascist, Hillary Clinton has labeled you a deplorable, and James Carvill (former political consultant to Bill Clinton) has labeled Christian Nationalists as being the biggest threat that this country has ever seen. Yes, as absurd as that sounds, Carvill actually said that.
You see, these Cultural Marxists love to use an old psychological technique that I’ve covered several times here on this show that is known as projection.
Psychological projection is defined as one that projects their undesirable feelings and emotions onto someone else rather than dealing with those unwanted feelings directly themselves.
So when Hillary Clinton, James Carvill, or Joe Scarborough resort to using these labels to criticize 50 to 70% of the country it’s because they are ACTUALLY the very things that they are accusing everyone else of being.
So the question is why do these people do this? I mean aside from dividing and conquering why do they resort to such sick and pathetic means to achieve that desired control? Instead why do they not just work to defeat their opposition in the arena of ideas by winning over hearts and minds?
The short answer is because they can’t win in the arena of ideas so they must resort to direct personal attacks, censorship, and the suppression of the ideas of their perceived opposition.
The reason they can’t win in the arena of ideas is because many people within the establishment system of media, universities, and the corporate world aren’t 360 Individuals, but are rather what are known as system operatives.
The System Operative vs The 360 Individual
A while back I was having a conversation with a good friend of mine over the phone. This particular friend is someone who’s another intellectual powerhouse when it comes to the events of the day and can bring clarity to the reasons why all of this chaos is happening.
Regardless, we have had many conversations over the years discussing the cultural and political landscape of what’s going on in the world and why such horrible things are happening in our country right now.
In one of our conversations he referenced a term he had heard from Victor Davis Hanson referring to the reason why Donald Trump is such a powerhouse that has been able to literally take on the entire apparatus of the United States government from the media, to the judicial system, and the corrupt intelligence communities.
The reason Trump has been so successful with winning over the hearts and minds of Americans, according to Hanson, is because he refers to Trump as a well rounded 360 Individual.
In other words, a 360 Individual has vast experience in the world and has a wide range of tremendous skills along with being able to interact and engage with multiple groups of people from every kind of background you can think of.
In short, a 360 Individual doesn’t necessarily have a huge marketing department, a consulting team, or a media network for themselves for that matter. They have learned to figure things out for themselves because they’ve been forced to figure things out for themselves in their lifetime due to having run a successful business, or businesses in Trump's case, and this makes them more well rounded, more capable, and more resourceful.
A 360 man or woman has courage because they don’t care about being labeled or attacked by their opposition because they believe in actual change for the better.
I’m always amazed at how many people for years, particularly so-called Republicans and libertarians, have complained about how our government needs a drastic change to benefit the American citizen, but when someone like Trump comes along to ACTUALLY implement REAL change some of these people complain about the process because it doesn’t go so smoothly.
Have you ever noticed this with some of your friends and family?
I mean when people complain about how he used to post on X (formerly Twitter) I would just scratch my head and ask them if they’ve paid attention to anything that’s literally happening in the world right now.
I mean do you expect the current power structure to merely just hand over the keys to the country to a new leader like Trump after having literal decades of grifting off the American taxpayer through endless wars at the expense of American blood and treasure? I believe you have to ask yourself what you’re more offended by today.
Are you more offended by the guy that publishes a mean tweet, or the deranged individuals that have controlled the levers of power for decades and have literally enriched themselves at the expense of American lives through wars that they are responsible for getting our country into?
To me this is as clear as day and night, but I have found myself scratching my head over many people who complain about how Trump fights. Personally, I’m just grateful that we finally got an ACTUAL fighter to implement ACTUAL change in the country. In my view this change has been long overdue.
So now that we’ve established what makes up a 360 Individual andwhat is it that I mean when I use the term system operative?
A system operative is simply a person that is part of a large established system that works within their individual part to maintain the function of that system. A system operative is typically a worker within the corporate or governmental structure that does their part to make sure that the status quo of the system that’s in place is maintained due to their efforts.
In short, the system operative is the opposite of a 360 Individual. A system operative cannot function like a 360 Individual because they don’t possess the vast experience, interpersonal acumen, and problem solving skills that a 360 Individual possesses due to their vastly different backgrounds associated with risk assessment.
As an example, a system operative is less likely to take on the risk of starting a business because they are more risk averse versus the 360 Individual. A 360 Individual is more likely to take on risks because they’ve spent a lifetime learning, assessing, and taking on risks in order to build confidence in their abilities to manage risks and have the knowledge and experience to do so.
The system operative may be greatly rewarded financially along with various rankings and titles within the system that they work, but they are always limited in terms of their scope and understanding of how the world works because they spend the majority of their time only viewing the world inside of the system in which they operate.
A system operative prefers to solely engage in playing with house money (that would be only other people’s money) where a 360 Individual will literally put their own personal money where their mouth is to back up their venture.
The 360 Individual is always learning. After a long day the 360 Individual will take the time to read over news stories, current events, and refresh themselves on events in history, philosophy, and finance. They may even take up learning a new trade.
The point is that the 360 Individual more closely represents a Renaissance man or woman where the system operative is more of a worker bee that carries out the task of its organization.
When looking at the corrupt media, the corrupt judicial system, and the corrupt Administrative State of government the problem is that the system is full of…well you probably guessed it…system operatives.
However, with Donald Trump coming along he has shed a huge MAGA spotlight onto this problem and more and more Americans are realizing that we need to replace the system operatives that make up the overwhelming majority of the Administrative Statewith 360 Individuals.
The Lion Tamer and The Chair
In looking at all of the animals in the wild there’s no question why the lion is known as the king of the jungle.
Lions are incredibly powerful animals and they can travel in numbers consisting of a group known as the pride. Within that pride you will have both male and female lions along with the smaller cubs. The lionesses rear their cubs together and cubs can suckle from any female with milk.
In addition to this and as you're probably well aware, lions are incredibly powerful animals. A male lion can weigh as much as 190 kg (418 lbs.) and a female can weigh in at 126 kg (277 lbs.). The pride is very powerful as a unit and aside from being some of the most powerful animals in all of nature they are also very resourceful creatures.
Lions are intelligent and typically do a great deal of their hunting at night as their eyes have adapted to the dark. Furthermore, it’s incredibly impressive that lions will also do a great deal of their hunting during storms so that their prey have a more difficult time sensing that they are anywhere in the vicinity of their space due to the noise from wind and rain, as well as the fact that the soft ground makes for an even more stealthy environment for the big cat when stalking its prey. (Source: WWF)
I wanted to summarize some of those interesting facts about lions prior to sharing a quick short story with you regarding the Lion Tamer and The Chair. I am including the story here along with the link to credit the website it is published on called Purpose Focus Commitment.
The story begins by talking about a master lion tamer who was at the end of his career as he was ready to retire. Because of this it was decided by the circus management and the lion tamer that they would make the decision to start the search and training of his successor. This process would require a lot of work and focus for the new tamer to be able to control the lion. There were hundreds of candidates, but after some time had passed they finally made their selection with a new young student and the training began.
With the first lesson, the master explained to the student that most courageous lion tamers use only two tools to control the fierce beasts prowling around the cage. The two tools of choice consisted of a whip and a chair. As the mentor presented this to his new apprentice he could see that the young man was taken by surprise and noticing this the mentor asked him “Which of the two tools do you think is most valuable to the tamer?” The student answered, “Surely it would be the whip.” To which the master replied, “No. The most important is the chair, but more specifically, the four legs of the chair.”
After being told this the young student stood there baffled. “A chair,” said the student, “that’s odd! But why a chair? And why do the four legs matter?” The master lion tamer replied “A lion can easily overpower, kill, and maul a person. However, it’s only easy for the lion to do so if it can focus on a singular object or just one person. The lion tamer uses the chair as a means of distraction. When the lion is faced with the four legs of the chair, or stool, it tries to focus on all four points at once which causes the lion to be confused so it just stands there frozen and unable to focus. Because of this the lion tamer remains relatively safe as long as he has the chair to use for this purpose.” (Source: Purpose Focus Commitment)
The Wrap Up
So why did I go to the trouble to hit you with all those interesting facts about lions and to then segue into the story about the lion tamer and the chair?
I know you know that everything has a reason when it comes to the function of this podcast and if you’re thinking that now then your assessment is correct.
You see, the other day I had a subscriber send me a quote that said It’s no longer our job to awaken the sheep, but rather it’s our time to awaken the lions.
With that in mind there’s an important observation to make in regards to how our society has been lulled to sleep and led into a state of confusion now for many years by our government, media, universities, and just about every other major institution in our society.
To help you connect the dots these institutions have produced, if they have produced anything at all, a weak culture that has coddled generations of kids and young adults, pandered to the mentally ill, and created a society with a mindset of “dependency,” instead of a culture of more rugged individualism.
Just like the story of the lion tamer and the chair, the tamer used the chair to confuse the lion much in the same way our institutions have confused much of our population now for generations and I’ve seen this change occur firsthand. In fact you don’t have to go back that much further in time to observe this as the 1980’s were the decade where our country was a nation that was full of lions working together like a pride and the world knew without a doubt that the United States was the king of the jungle.
Fast Forward to the current day and we caught a glimpse of the start of the awakening of the lions between 2016-2020 when we had a 360 Individual in Donald Trump to take over the White House. However, as soon as we witnessed the corruption of our election system you can easily see how the longstanding tamers of our society are desperately trying to maintain hold of that chair in order to keep our society confused once again like the lion in that circus.
This is exactly why I’m here to tell you about this and to illustrate to you about how much power you possess as an individual. You can be a lion and once you realize that with your discipline, your action, and your merit then you can optimize yourself to be a 360 Individual and it will become clear to you that the tamer’s chair is simply there to confuse you and that the tamer is not threat you’ve traditionally perceived him to be.
Right now our world doesn’t need anymore system operatives.
We need lions.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, Truth Social, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“I didn’t know what made people want to be friends. I didn’t know what made people attractive to one another. I didn’t know what underlay social interactions.”--Ted Bundy
After watching the behaviors and actions of people in the media and government over the past three years I’ve come to believe that there are way more mentally sick people walking the streets, talking in front of the TV cameras, and ranting on social media than I ever would have previously guessed in my wildest dreams.
This is a disturbing realization, but regardless it is the reality of the current societal situation that we all find ourselves in.
You’ve heard of the terms sociopath and psychopath in today’s world, but what do these terms mean? Is there a difference between these two terms?
I want to focus a bit more on the psychopath rather than the sociopath today, but I want to take a second to highlight a few differences between the two for more clarity.
Today the words psychopathy and sociopathy are terms that imply an antisocial personality disorder. Given that these two carry this characteristic they may seem like the same thing, but even though they overlap and share commonalities these two do differ in some ways. (Source: Forbes Health)
So what is a sociopath?
This particular term was covered back in the days of behaviorism in the arena of psychology and psychological theory, but over time it has fallen out of use.
To put this into a more literal context according to Kent Kiehl, Ph.D you cannot get funding from the NIH to study ‘sociopaths.’ On a side note I suppose the Dr. Fauci’s of the world aren’t issuing those grants for others to potentially learn more about them, but I digress. Regardless, Keihl is a neuroscientist studying brain imaging, psychopathy, and other psychotic disorders in Albuquerque, New Mexico.
According to Kiehl when the term was in use it was essentially believed that people were born as blank slates and as a result they were shaped by their environment and the social forces surrounding them resulted in a good or bad personality outcome.
However, according to Kiehl this view was determined to be incorrect and, as focus shifted to increasing accuracy and reliability in diagnosis over time, the term “sociopathy” was dropped from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) roughly 20 years ago. (Source: Forbes Health)
So what is a psychopath?
Psychopathy is also not a term that is an official diagnosis per the DSM-5. However, the term psychopathy remains a term in psychology today that points to those individuals who display high levels of callousness and unemotional behavior. It also applies in the same way to those who exhibit impulsiveness and developmental antisocial traits, that involve outright destructive and aggressive behavior.
When it comes to the symptoms of psychopathy they generally appear in early childhood and as the individual ages throughout life it directly impacts all areas of an individual’s life. This would include relationships with family, friends, and colleagues at both school and work environments.
In short, traits of psychopathy overlap with symptoms of antisocial personality disorder (ASPD) which involves a mental health condition that consists of traits involving irresponsible, impulsive, and criminal behavior. (Source: FHE Health)
Now an interesting statistic by the Frontiers of Psychology from 2021 makes the claim that about 1.2% of the adult population throughout society is walking around with psychopathy. Those who are plagued by this mental and behavioral illness tend to display antisocial behaviors.
Some characteristics of the antisocial behaviors might include a lack of empathy and the disregard for the well-being and emotions of others. With such behavior it’s easy to understand how this would be problematic for these people and those they have relationships with in their daily lives as it’s a huge struggle, and perhaps even an impossibility in some cases, to connect and trust the world around them.
As I read over the details concerning the traits and characteristics of sociopaths and psychopaths it seems to me that there’s a lot of overlap, but I found that the Hare Psychopathy Checklist-Revised (PCL-R) presented in the Forbes Health article seemingly clarifies this with a scoring scale to determine whether someone can be classified as a psychopath.
This assessment essentially includes a list of 20 items of which any given individual can be rated on a scale of zero to two based on how much the amount of their behavior and personality matches the description. This basically results in two primary scales with one measuring the level of emotional detachment while the other gives measurement of the level of antisocial behavior.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
These all combine for a total score and the highest that one can score on this PCL-R test is a 40, but only a score of 30 is needed for someone to be classified as a psychopath.
The items of the PCL-R test from the Forbes Health article include the following:
Glibness/superficial charm
Grandiose sense of self-worth
Need for stimulation
Pathological lying
Conning/manipulative
Lack of remorse or guilt
Shallow affect
Callous/lack of empathy
Parasitic lifestyle
Poor behavioral controls
Promiscuous sexual behavior
Early behavioral problems
Lack of realistic, long-term goals
Impulsivity
Irresponsibility
Failure to accept responsibility
Many short-term relationships
Juvenile delinquency
Revocation of conditional release (meaning someone was granted a conditional release from prison and that release has been revoked.)
Criminal versatility
Now according to the Forbes Health article for a patient to be diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder they must display a “persistent disregard for the rights of others.”
Now to me that last line is exactly why I wanted to talk about this topic in regards to the culture of today’s media landscape and the institutional rot that both you and I can see on display right in front of our faces on a constant basis.
As you’re very familiar with a point I’m always hammering away on with this platform, information warfare is at the tip of the spear at making literally everything in our society happen.
Keep in mind that everything is a narrative including this platform. However, this platform was created out of the need of being a counter-narrative to the Fascists/Communists narratives that our society is hit with by the Administrative State Media (ASM) news cycle on a constant day to day basis.
The process of Narrative vs. Counter-Narrative serves as the fighters inside the arena of information warfare that I’ve frequently referred to lately as Thunderdome.
Now having said that, what do psychopaths have to do with the media, our other institutions, and this very discussion?
Well, I mentioned Fauci earlier, but to use another example let’s look at the behavior of the media and almost literally every other major so-called scientific community group back when the pandemic was first raging and how they responded and what they told both you and me at the time.
To pick a single item out of many, let's look at their behavior towards the recommended solution of using Hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin as a treatment option for the virus. Both of these were proven to be highly effective against the virus, yet the production and the voices advocating for these were completely mocked, shut down, censored, and attacked by many people in the media, in medicine, and by several people on my social media feeds.
On a personal note I remember how shocked I was that people were all the sudden advocating for censorship like a bunch of authoritarians that just popped up all over my newsfeed. It was one of the most disgusting and infuriating things I’ve ever personally experienced and it’s a huge reason that this podcast and blog exists today. I started this platform out of the desire to metaphorically contribute to pounding those people’s voices and their authoritarian attitudes back into the stone age where it belongs.
After all, this is the United States of America which is supposed to be the land of the free and the home of the brave and all I remembered seeing on that day was a bunch of cowardly authoritarians that were calling for censorship and othering everyone who disagreed with their position just because the TV told them so. This was insanity. I couldn’t let that stand.
To me these people’s actions literally resulted in the killing of people who could have had a solution to their illness, but instead had the rug ripped out from under them before they ever realized it. This was the case because these authoritarian psychopaths were constantly displaying a FULL disregard towards the rights of those who were sick by silencing the voices of those who were trying to help them. The same thing is happening to this platform now three years later and as I am talking to you right now I’m still dealing with a restricted Facebook account and am locked out of my X (formerly Twitter) account.
It’s pretty obvious to me that The American Psychopaths are very present in our modern society. Even though the Frontiers of Psychology claim that 1.2% of the population are walking around our streets with psychopathy I would bet that a large percentage of that 1.2% are working for the media, the NIH, the CDC, the FBI, the CIA, and many of the other three letter agencies that make up the Administrative State.
Dexter Morgan
Now in my previous episode titled The Absence of A Conscience Round I talked about what conscience means.
To recap your conscience is defined as that inner voice that is viewed as a guide to help you understand the difference between right and wrong behavior. The way I interpret this for myself is sort of hearing my own voice, or a version of my inner voice, that communicates with me whenever I’m faced with certain decisions where I have to weigh the difference in what I interpret as right or wrong given the circumstance.
Perhaps you share this similar trait, but if you don’t then this article will attempt to address such circumstances in others with such a condition. Now I’m not a psychologist or a psychiatrist, but I understand right from wrong and I can read and interpret the meaning of words so let’s dive into this a little deeper.
On that note, according to the traits of a psychopath concerning the conscience when looking at extreme cases of psychopathy these people exhibit, or at least give the impression of a total lack of conscience. (Source: APA PsycNet)
Now in the way that I just explained to you in terms of my experience with my own conscience I would say that this explanation of those people who give the impression of a total lack of conscience probably lack that inner voice altogether, or perhaps it’s just distorted in some way.
Regardless, this is an intriguing discovery in terms of how our minds work. I mean as I described to you my inner voice, and after reading that people with extreme cases of psychopathy lack that inner voice, that’s a hard thing for me to imagine. I mean slow down and really think about that for a moment. It’s a complex scenario when you really think about the fact that some people are walking around and they lack their inner voice to tell them right from wrong. That’s a wild realization.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
You know what this discussion of the conscience reminded me of when I thought about it?
I don’t know if you’re familiar with the hit TV series Dexter, but this is exactly what this topic reminded me of and it also points to another interesting question that the TV show Dexter brings to the forefront concerning this discussion on conscience.
You see in the TV show the main character Dexter Morgan works for the Miami police department as a crime scene blood spatter expert who also happens to be a serial killer. That’s right, if you’re not familiar with this show it’s got quite an interesting storyline that will keep you on edge.
However, Dexter’s adoptive father was also a cop that had found him at a horrific crime scene when he was a young child where his mother had been killed. This trauma obviously impacted Dexter and the cop that was working that case was Harry Morgan.
Harry would end up adopting Dexter as his son, but as Dexter got older Harry would notice that Dexter would exhibit certain traits that were consistent with killers. Harry would take note of Dexter’s behavior where he would demonstrate an interest in killing and at a young age Harry could tell that this was something that would only grow inside of Dexter over time.
However, in the show Harry is only presented to us (the viewers) as either a memory, or as a voice of reason as he appears to Dexter when Dexter is faced with difficult life scenarios and high pressure situations. Harry only appears to the audience in this form because he is deceased.
You see in the series Harry comes to realize that he can’t stop the sinister urges that he noticed growing inside of Dexter so he decided that perhaps he could channel Dexter’s urges for wanting to kill by teaching Dexter a code to live by in order to have Dexter only target and kill other serial killers. This code would also serve as a blanket of protection over Dexter to keep him in line so that he wouldn’t get caught by authorities and being a cop Harry knew the code would be effective in working to Dexter’s advantage in this way as long as Dexter would honor the code.
As the series plays out we can see that Dexter would honor the code and if a scenario of a killing were called into question Harry would appear to Dexter in order to guide him (as his conscience) to walk him through honoring the code and making the right decision. In this part of the show the appearance of Harry to Dexter suggests that Dexter has a conscience.
Now since Dexter is a serial killer one might automatically think that he’s a psychopath and we’ve established that psychopaths, at least in extreme cases, lack that inner voice, or conscience. Now granted Dexter is a make believe character, but for the purpose of this discussion to me this suggests that Dexter is a serial killer with a conscience.
Well according to the FHE Health Restore article not all serial killer behavior is based solely on sociopathic or psychopathic traits, but also there are social and environmental influences, traumatic circumstances, abusive experiences, and mental illness.
So on that note and as a quasi-layman I suppose Dexter could be a serial killer and still have Harry speak to him as his voice of reason and not necessarily be a psychopath, or a sociopath. I suppose he could have some level of Antisocial Personality Disorder (ASPD). After all, Ted Bundy, John Wayne Gacy, and Charles Manson were diagnosed with ASPD which involves overlapping traits along with the checklist of a psychopath.
However, I suppose the only way to be certain about the psychopathic diagnosis would be to have a professional run the PCL-R test to find out, but then again Dexter is a made up character so that wouldn’t work, but the same observation applies to anyone who might share Dexter’s qualities in the real world.
On that note, why did I decide to jump into the make believe world of Dexter Morgan to hypothetically discuss whether or not Dexter has a conscience and whether or not he is a psychopath?
Well the truth is that the character of Dexter Morgan may or may not be a psychopath, however he carries many traits of a psychopath and in recognizing those traits as outlined in the PCL-R checklist I covered earlier I can see with my best estimate that Dexter carries about 9 of the 20 traits that were in that list.
As best I could tell those would include the following items from the PCL-R checklist:
Glibness/Superficial charm
Need For Stimulation
Pathological lying
Conning/ manipulative
Shallow affect
Callous/ lack of empathy
Poor behavioral controls
Early behavioral problems
Criminal versatility
Now that I’ve established how many items of the PCL-R apply to the serial killer Dexter Morgan I also made another interesting discovery concerning this list and how it applies to other real life personalities in media and government.
For instance, I mentioned Anthony Fauci earlier in this episode and I can already see that the likes of people like him and most of the personalities at MSNBC surpass even Dexter on the number of items you can check off the list of the PCL-R assessment. Here I’ve totaled 12 items for Fauci which gives him three more than Dexter Morgan in my previous example and these are only the items that you and I can access with public knowledge. Who knows how many more could be added to the list if we knew more about Fauci’s personal life?
For Fauci alone these would include the following items…
Glibness/Superficial charm
Grandiose sense of self-worth
Need For Stimulation
Pathological lying
Conning/ manipulative
Lack of remorse or guilt
Shallow affect
Callous/ Lack of empathy
Parasitic lifestyle (As a side note I included this because he’s a bureaucrat that grifts off the American taxpayer and abuses his position of power)
Irresponsibility
Failure to accept responsibility
Criminal versatility
The Wrap Up
The point is that our society is plagued by people in power who are mentally sick. There’s no question about this and whether or not the whole lot of The American Psychopaths in media and government are all psychopaths is beside the point. The point is that they all carry many similar traits and all you have to do is be willing to observe reality in order to see it.
It doesn’t even require you to watch a TV show about an imaginary serial killer who lives by code to further his survival in the world by helping him to evade capture and to channel his curse for vigilante justice. It doesn’t require you to do that at all in order to see the psychopathic nature of the likes of Anthony Fauci and MSNBC because unlike Dexter these people don’t exhibit an inner voice of reason because I’ve not seen them be reasonable to the American public over the past several years in the least.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
In fact, all I’ve seen is these people browbeat the American public and make the claim that the public should always follow the science. Heck, Fauci even proclaimed that “I am the science.”
Dexter Morgan may not be a real person, but at least in his imaginary world he has Harry as his inner voice of reason. Contrast that with the real world concerning the likes of Fauci and most of the personalities on MSNBC and tell me where you see evidence they possess an inner voice of reason at all.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you are tuning in to today's episode on any external platform outside of brandonrichey.substack.com and you're not a paid member you will get a substantial preview here, BUT you can easily subscribe as a paid member at brandonrichey.substack.com to access this episode and all the rest of the paid content for the price of a cup of coffee per month.
Until then enjoy this episode's preview and all of the rest of the free content here on this channel.
Download The Public SQ App and Join Me Here
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
“Totalitarianism in power invariably replaces all first-rate talents, regardless of their sympathies, with those crackpots and fools whose lack of intelligence and creativity is still the best guarantee of their loyalty.”― Hannah Arendt
In a world that is spinning out of control could you imagine being one of those individuals that was a proponent of the nefarious government mandates and narratives that ushered in all of this chaos?
If you answered No to that question then I’d say you and I are on the same page and we are both of the same intellectual construct. I find myself scratching my head over several of these people wondering what goes through their head when they act surprised at seeing the financial institutions going into chaos while inflation is burning through household savings like a forest fire that is raging out of control.
After all, it’s not as if the actions that have caused these things are not blatantly obvious to those who understand how the federal reserve printing endless amounts of money combined with a federal government that outspends even the drunkest of the drunken sailors has led to this financial apocalypse that we’re all facing.
I mean you can sit there reading, or listening to this blog and podcast, and you will get a steady flow of accurately sourced information and hopefully you learn something from the content. However, if you do learn something and are armed with the heavy artillery of accurate information then what do you find yourself doing next?
For the past several years I’ve heard from many different people that claim to love what I’m doing with this blog and podcast, yet in the same breath they say they must be careful with spreading the information out of worry they may be fired from their job. They have also expressed concern over the fact that the corporate world is trying to discriminate against them due to their worldview and political beliefs.
To me it should go without saying that the fear of being othered should be motivation enough to act courageous in this cultural, informational, and economic war, but if it isn’t then take a moment to consider the following.
I understand the risks very well, yet here I am talking to you about all of this. You may recognize that and under your breath you may be asking yourself Well Brandon, why do you do it?
You might be thinking: Brandon, after all, you do talk about being censored and canceled from various platforms frequently so why are you doing this?
That’s a fair question, but if you have to ask then you don’t recognize the problem you’re facing and the actual environment that you’re currently living in.
The reality is that if you’re more concerned about the here and now than you are about the next 12 months then you certainly do not understand the environment you’re living in.
If you’re thinking it’s a good decision to lay low and hopefully not rock the boat because you want to appease the authoritarians here and now then you’re only guaranteeing a national death and quite frankly only prolonging your own for a few more months.
However, if you can embrace the most important virtue in courage right here and now to the best of your ability and get involved as an activist to save your country you may hit some turmoil here in the present, but you’d be investing in the salvation of this Republic. That’s right, by getting involved now chances are in the next 12 months you’ll be putting yourself in an even better position in life than you currently are at this very moment. .
You’ve heard the old saying that There are no guarantees in life except death and taxes, however I’d add a third guarantee to that list and that third element would be the fact that your personal inaction, or action will yield a result that is deserved in your lifetime.
I mean if you don’t believe me you prove this to yourself every single day. After all, to use a sound example you pay your electric bill to keep the heat and the lights on. Sure there are outages at times, but at least in the current societal environment we are living in, those outages are most likely the exception and not the rule, maybe with the exception of being a California resident, but I digress.
Now if you were unable to pay that bill due to some unfortunate reason then you know the lights and heat get shut off. In this instance you’re living out a clear cut example of cause and effect every single day you awaken and that cause and effect is a direct result of your daily action, or inaction to pay your electric bill regardless of the reasons involving why you can, or why you can’t. .
When it comes to fighting for your country in this modern era your action, or inaction still also stand the chance to also yield a result that is desired, or undesired and in this current environment we’re living in it literally may involve the act of keeping your power on. When talking about the fact that what you’re living through right now in the United States is a full blown attempt at communist revolution I am being dead serious about the prospect of you being able to keep your lights on.
Milo of Croton
One of the most renowned wrestling names in antiquity is the Greek athlete known as Milo of Croton. Aside from wrestling Milo’s name is also proverbial for extraordinary strength.
Milo flourished in the 6th century BCE on the Olympiad in the sport of wrestling and was a figure that led a life that stories of legend are made of.
Milo was a greatly honored native of Croton (now Crotone,Calabria), an Achaean Greek colony that is located in southern Italy. Here Milo also led the Crotoniate army to victory defeating the Sybarites (Greeks from Sybaris, also located in southern Italy) around the time of 510 BCE.(Source: Britannica)
In the Greek national games Milo racked up wins in 32 wrestling competitions. However, according to legend, one of the most magnificent stories regarding Milo in my personal opinion can be found in his approach to training in order to prepare himself for the Olympics.
“Be the first to see what you see as you see it.”--Robert Bresson
The other day I shared a humorous meme that said GenX-The only generation that became 30 at the age of 10 and still is 30 at the age of 50.
Admittedly this made me chuckle and being a proud GenXer I had to share this out with the rest of my community on social media.
As an old friend used to tell me, the key to humor and storytelling is when it involves a touch of the familiar. As that relates to this meme I shared I would say that all of us GenXers are familiar with that sentiment.
If there’s one thing that us GenXers understand it’s that we had to take on many adult responsibilities at a very young age as that’s just the way things were when we were kids.
Sure, many of us enjoyed a relatively normal childhood, but even though we were taught responsibilities at a young age this also allowed us on many occasions to experience having more true freedom in our lives at a very young age as well.
This has no doubt been an issue as we enter into this modern day culture because many people in my generation are realizing that many of the people in the generations that came up after us lacked that knowledge of taking on responsibilities and this is why we are seeing many members of younger generations starting to be a burden on society.
Now before you get angry and click off of this episode, slow down and digest what I just said. If you happen to be in a younger generation than GenX and the shoe doesn’t fit you in terms of this description then there’s obviously no need for you to get offended. If the shoe doesn’t fit I’d assume you wouldn’t find offense in the comment anyways, but then again there’s a lot of people in our culture these days that thrive off of the notion of being offended.
In fact, many organizations and institutions have turned that entire sentiment of the victimhood mindset into a very profitable, although very destructive to society, business model.
I’ve come to realize that in today’s society there’s an unbridgeable gap between two diametrically opposed positions regarding the human condition in this current environment.
As I alluded to in my quote about GenX the issue with where this unbridgeable divide began in our culture with a significantly greater number of individuals within these younger generations is due to the lack of discipline and structure.
Now don’t get me wrong there’s plenty of blame to go around for this in terms of the cause. I mean I understand that I said the cause was a lack of discipline and structure, but the question of what caused that lack of discipline and structure still has to be asked.
So what caused this lack of discipline and structure?
The lack of discipline and structure is caused by a lack of discipline and structure. I know that sounds funny, but if you take a moment to think about it then it makes perfect sense. After all, bad ideas, bad ideology, and bad habits are always passed down from one generation to the next. In many ways bad ideas can take root and spread faster than good ideas.
If you need your memory jogged on how fast bad ideas can spread then all you have to do is look back at when the government said it would be two weeks to slow the spread of the pandemic, or how endless wars in foreign countries without congressional approval is in the interest of national security, or what about the idea that becoming trade partners with a Communist regime that wants to destroy us is in our best economic interests. The list of horrible ideas spreading like wildfire has been something that has proven to be a real pandemic in of itself here in the United States for quite some time.
So why does this trend of bad destructive societal ideas continue to happen on repeat in the United States like a broken record that keeps playing the same horrible song over and over again?
Well one of those bad ideas serving to be a major catalyst for causing the lack of discipline and structure more so than all the rest is the acceptance of collectivism within our culture over the idea of individuality.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Collectivism vs. Individuality
Ayn Rand warned us about collectivism, but if you’re not familiar with that term then what does that word collectivism mean?
Collectivism is the position and practice that involves the belief that the group should have priority over all individuals that are in the group. In such instances many who subscribe to collectivism will often use the phraseIt’s for the greater good in order to subvert the rights of individuals in exchange for ceding over more control to the group which is also known as the state.
Collectivism is the opposite of Individuality where the creation of the United States was founded on protecting the world’s smallest minority being the individual. That’s right, the founders of the United States set up the country around the central tenet being the protection of the individual which boils down to individual rights which consists of rules that the government (aka the collective) should not be allowed to violate or break.
However, in this current societal dilemma we find ourselves in the Communists have infiltrated our government from top to bottom and the Communists do not care about the individual (You) because their entire belief system is centered on the collective. Therefore, they want to destroy the individual and erase civil liberties so the collective can be established as the ruling overseeing authority of society.
This gap between collectivism and individuality is an unbridgeable gap that will serve as the dichotomy of the human condition. The only question left to ask is that how will this dichotomy resolve itself in the context of our society and the way we will live moving forward?
Well you might not like hearing this, but the reality is that this situation will only be able to resolve itself with a great conflict.
Now when I say the word conflict am I referring to a kinetic war?
Perhaps, but I hope that isn’t the case because the process of politics is supposed to allow for the necessary platform for grievances to be settled peacefully between different groups of people without having to resort to violence through war and conflict. That’s the entire point of people running for office, campaigning, and holding elections.
However, there have been many times throughout history when this political process has failed because some groups of people won’t adhere to the laws and agreements set forth by society and would rather make an attempt to force their will upon other groups of people.
Unless you’ve been sleepwalking during the past eight years then you would know that the establishment order of our federal government, as well as many state governments have been literally forcing their will upon the people instead of the government submitting to the will of the people. In America, the Communists have tried to flip this model of the government submitting to the people on its head where now the people are expected to submit to the will of the government. If you don’t believe me just look at the most recent and blatant ignoring of the law and constitution with this latest ruling by the Colorado Supreme court to keep President Donald Trump off of the ballot.
In this blatant and idiotic ruling the Colorado Supreme court based their ruling off of the 14th Amendment-which disqualifies insurrectionists from office. Mind you this ruling is based off of a crime that Trump hasn’t even been convicted of and doesn’t exist. (Source: CNN) They essentially have based their decision on a crime that a citizen did NOT commit. Slow down one more time and digest that last statement. Furthermore, if the political optics aren’t bad enough for this then forget about that and put that aside for a moment.
What’s worse than this is that they are setting a dangerous precedent that they can determine election outcomes by not allowing certain people’s names to be printed on the ballots. This simply means that they no longer respect, OR fear the will of the people to make the choice of the candidate that they prefer to be in office. Instead these government officials would rather make that decision for the people and by THE VERY DEFINITION this is what is known as tyranny and we’re seeing it play out right in front of us here in real time.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Looking at this arena I’ve named Thunderdome over the past eight years or so I have often found myself getting irritated with people who criticize Donald Trump’s approach to social media and his handling of the media.
I will often hear them say things like I wish he would just keep his mouth shut and just do his job, or He should act more presidential. When people say those things I will often hear the thought go through my head saying to those people What world do you think we are living in?
Then the thought enters my mind where I’m thinking: How else is a man in his position of power supposed to fight a media that drives a narrative of complete lies? How else is one supposed to act towards an entire apparatus that is literally trying to destroy him and his family? Furthermore this same apparatus is normalizing even trying to kill him. In short, if you had to endure such attacks on your family, your livelihood, and your life how would you respond?
If you don’t believe me then you don’t have to look any further than the recent Washington Post article written by a so-called leading conservative and psychologically deranged Robert Kagan in his article comparing Donald Trump to Julius Caesar.
In this article Kagan writes 'Like Caesar, Trump wields a clout that transcends the laws and institutions of government, based on the unswerving personal loyalty of his army of followers.' In case you need to be reminded of a bit of history, the Ides of March is the date that is often referenced in remembrance of the assassination of Julius Caesar. Because of this Kagan’s comparison of Trump to Caesar is an intentional one and feeds a narrative for the normalization of assassination, otherwise why make this specific reference?
Furthermore, those like Kagan who are psychologically broken and infected by Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS) have been normalizing this comparison of Trump to Caesar for quite some time. Another example of this could be seen back in 2017 when the Shakespearean New York play showcased a Caesar character onstage that looked like Donald Trump.
At one point during the play this Trump character (like Caesar) was assassinated onstage by a group of senators by way of stabbing. The scene caused so much outrage that key sponsors of the show like Bank of America and Delta Airlines pulled their funding from the show. (Source: The Guardian)
For crying out loud these people manufactured evidence with the Steele Dossier to try to put Trump away and then falsely, under no authenticated and substantiated evidence, impeached him twice.
Then as if that’s not enough with Donald Trump merely being a threat to return to office and not actually holding the office of president they have been relentless in trying to destroy him, his family, and imprison all of his political cabinet members the way Communist third-world countries do. Yet, I hear people criticize a man by how he speaks and what he tweets on social media. To me this is incredibly short sighted ignorance regarding the environment that those people are failing to recognize that they are currently living in.
You may ask: What environment would that be Brandon?
To this I would reply we are literally at war with Communists my friend.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
E Pluribus Unum
The latin phrase E Pluribus Unum translates into Out of many, one.
This was one of the key phrases that was originally adopted by the United States and came from the concept involving the original 13 colonies that would emerge as a single unified nation. This phrase can also be seen on the scroll and clinched by the eagle’s beak on the Great Seal of the United States.
I wanted to bring up this phrase E Pluribus Unum and its original context and meaning to illustrate a larger point concerning our current modern day dilemma.
Out of many, one was originally illustrating the unity of the United States as a nation. Obviously that unity is demonstrated in the country’s name …The United States of America.
However, now the Communists/Fascists that have infiltrated all of our major institutions of media, universities, and within the walls of congress are desperately trying to alter this original context and meaning of Out of many, one.
In their own context they want Out of many, one to exemplify out of many individual states came one centralized dominant overseeing authority that serves as Central Control which is also known as the Federal Government.
They are always redefining words and phrases to suit their agendas in constant Orwellian fashion, but more importantly they want to continue to control others and justify their own bad decisions and actions as they project their own actions and bad ideas onto others.
To illustrate such a psychological break concerning the nature of man you can get a real feel of this in the horrifying short story titled The Tell-Tale Heart that was written by Edgar Allen Poe in January of 1843. (Source: The Tell-Tale Heart) I am going to summarize that story for you here.
In this short story Poe writes about the experience of a madman that begins the story telling you he has not lost control of his mind, but rather makes the case to himself, as he tries to make to you (the reader), that his alleged illness has only made his mind, senses, and feelings more powerful.
As he continues he starts to describe how his sense of hearing has become even more powerful to the point that he could hear the sounds coming from both heaven and hell. Then he goes on to describe to you how well his hearing is and how correct he is in regards to the health of his mind.
From here the man talks about how it's unclear to him in regards to how a certain idea first entered his mind. He’s clearly referring to some sort of act he committed and is reflecting on that moment with you and I (the readers).
He continues to talk about how he did not hate the old man and that there was no reason for what he did. He then admits that he even loved the guy.
He admits the old man never hurt him and never expressed any desire towards his money. He then points to the issue of the matter being caused by the old man’s eye. He refers to the old man’s eye like it was the eye of a vulture because the eye of a vulture is a terrible eye that watches and waits while an animal dies only to then fall on the body of the animal to tear it to pieces in order to eat it.
The man claims to have felt a cold chill run down his spine every single time he would look at him with that eye and because of this it made his blood run cold. This meant he finally had decided that he had to kill the man in order to close that eye forever.
Then he goes on to ask So you think that I am mad? According to the man a madman cannot plan, yet he talks about how all that week he was as warm and friendly towards the old man as he possibly could be.
Then he escalates this activity by transitioning from talking about his actions during the day to then talking about his actions during the night.
Every night at midnight he would open the door to the old man’s room. When the door was opened wide enough he’d put his hand in and then his head. He talked about how he would carry a light with him with a cloth covering the light so that no light would shine through.
However, he would then carefully lift the cloth only a slight bit so that just enough light would shine through and it fell across that eye. He went on to say that he did this for seven straight nights every single night at midnight.
After engaging in this activity he would then talk about how he’d greet the old man every morning with a warm friendly voice asking him how he slept. He’d talk about how the old man couldn’t have guessed how he looked in on him as he slept.
He then said that on the eighth night that the hands of the clock would move more quickly than his hands which was a clear sign there was a level of anxiousness, or possibly even excitement. Who knows?
Regardless, according to him the old man was lying there unaware that he was at the door. Then he said that suddenly the old man moved in his bed. He said you might think he became afraid, but he was not afraid.
He talked about how dark it was and that he still opened the door placing his hand in, then his head, still holding the covered light. Suddenly the old man sat up in his bed and cried “Who’s there!!?”
He said he stood there still not moving for a whole hour. Apparently he didn’t hear the old man lie back down which meant that he remained sitting up in his bed listening. Then he heard a slight cry of fear from the old man. Because of this he points out at that moment that he knew that the old man knew he was there hiding in the dark.
Then he removed the cloth from the light to allow it to hit that vulture eye he was talking about and that eye was wide open causing him to feel a rush of anger as the eye looked straight at him.
He then immediately started referring to how great his sense of hearing was once again now hearing the literal beating of the old man’s heart. He said he stood still, but the sound got louder and louder, making him believe that the old man must have been in great fear for sure.
As this noise grew louder to him his own fear grew into anger towards the old man and this caused him to rush the old man screaming at him to die. He talked about smiling in this moment knowing that the success of killing him to shut that eye was almost near.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Finally, the beating would come to an end and the old man was dead from suffocation.
It was at this point that he described how careful he was to put the body where nobody could find it. As gruesome as it sounds he talked about separating the body and placing the parts separately in different pieces underneath the floor. After removing the boards of the floor to hide the body he then would carefully place the boards back so that nobody could tell that they were ever moved.
As soon as he finished this task he heard someone at the door as it was now 4 a.m. in the morning, but it was still dark. The neighbors had heard screams and had called for the police and they were now there at the door.
He asked the police to come inside and told the police that the screams had come from him due to having had a nightmare and that the old man was away to visit an old friend. He took the police through the whole house telling them to search it and to search it well.
As if playing a game with them he led them into the old man’s room and asked them to sit down and talk for a while. He even goes on to say that his calm and easy manner had the police believing his story.
As a result the police did sit and talk with him for a while, but this easy manner didn’t last forever as he would find that he started wishing that they would leave. He goes on to talk about how his head would hurt and that there was a strange sound in his ears causing him to talk to them faster. Suddenly he realized the sound wasn’t in his ears and not just inside his head.
He talked faster and louder and as he did the sound became louder. The sound was familiar, but it started to dominate the man’s attention. He did not understand why the men did not leave as the sound continued to get louder and louder until he walked around even pushing a chair across the room to try and make more noise to cover the sound.
No matter what he did the men still sat, talked, and smiled. How could they not hear what he was hearing?
Then it occurred to him that they did hear and he was certain that they were playing a game with him. Suddenly he couldn’t bear it any longer and pointed to the boards admitting to killing the man, but why would his heart not stop beating?
The Wrap Up
So you’re probably wondering, Brandon, why did you go to the trouble of summarizing Edgar Allen Poe’s dark short story titled The Tell-Tale Heart?
I thought this story by Poe was an excellent vignette on illustrating the darkness of human nature and how people will rationalize and project their own evil at times onto others.
In this story the madman is rationalizing his desire to commit murder on an innocent man by blaming the man’s eye and even comparing the eye to a vulture’s eye as a vulture’s eye is a terrible eye.
This story by Poe also clearly illustrates a common problem that is plaguing today’s society and that problem is psychological projection.
The madman is constantly talking about the evil eye and how he must kill the old man in order to close that evil eye forever. This is how he justifies the murder inside his own head.
However in his efforts to do so he was overcome with anger in the moment of killing the man as he was driven by his own desire to both shut the man’s eye and to forever silence the man’s heart and calls for help.
The madman’s desire was to silence the noise inside his own head by killing the innocent old man. In this story the key takeaway is how the madman justified murder to himself by projecting his own personal evil onto the innocent old man in the bedroom.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
To this I have to pose the question of how is this any different than the broadway play projecting their hate and desires of getting rid of Donald Trump in their own sick and twisted comparison of him to Julius Caesar?
Furthermore, the same can be said about the projection coming from the twisted psychological musings of Robert Kagan and his hit piece on Donald Trump in that Washington Post article. For that matter, let's not forget the actual pathetic attempt of the Colorado Supreme Court’s ruling to silence Trump by removing his name from the ballot.
All of these examples are demonstrating how those psychologically twisted people will justify their own bad nature and evil onto others.
Sure nobody has committed actual murder yet, but the narratives that they are pushing certainly point to acts of violence in their own words.
Regardless of that, the one sure thing that these people suffering from TDS have in common with Poe’s madman in the The Tell-Tale Heart is that they are actively engaging to silence their own manufactured terrors inside their own heads caused by their own psychological breaks.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Download The Public SQ App and Join Me Here
Let your plans be dark and impenetrable as night, and when you move, fall like a thunderbolt.”― Sun Tzu
People ask me sometimes Brandon why do you put so much time and energy into your podcast and blog?
Whenever I hear that question I find myself asking them if they have ever read the blog, or listened to the podcast in the first place given their question.
If they answer No, then I tell them to go and listen so they can understand that had they done so they wouldn’t have had to ask that question in the first place.
If they answer Yes, then I ask them why they’re asking the question given the fact that they claimed to listen.
For the Yes people I’ll also add that if I’m talking to them about such a conversation I’ll remind them of how blessed they are to be living in the United States.
I’ll point to how they’ve been able to live a comfortable life ONLY because so many other people that lived before them fought like hell and even ended up dead, broke, and in many instances lost their families and friends to the horrors of war so they could enjoy this very conversation.
To elaborate on this I will usually take the opportunity to remind them that the freedoms and rights that they take for granted, as outlined in the Constitution, do not exist anywhere else in the world the way they do here.
Then I tell them and show them the evidence of how Communism has creeped into our society in an attempt to take ALL of those very important freedoms away and then I circle back to the original question of why I feel the need to devote so much time and energy into this podcast and blog. Then I tell them that all I’m doing is simply pointing out and highlighting the reality of circumstances that are taking place across the globe, as well as, right here at home.
I don’t know about you, but the biggest irritation to me are people that refuse to accept reality.
I would borrow that old phrase “I hate to break it to you,” but then again I don’t hate breaking the reality to people that refuse to acknowledge it and if you’ve been listening to this show for a while then hopefully you feel the same way.
All I can do is work to be honest. Whether you like the reality of the global situation you find us all in at the moment, or not is irrelevant because reality is literally coming to kick in your front door.
Once again, the purpose of this blog and podcast is to purposefully drive a narrative to challenge your current mode of thinking.
Look at it this way, at least I’m being honest and upfront with you about that fact. At least you know I’m not a media shill for some multi-million dollar corporate donor that is trying to feed you a narrative that they want pushed out into the public which for the record has led us all to this point of economic turmoil and the overall threat of societal destruction.
You MUST understand the environment that you’re living in if you want to make a difference as an individual to contribute to fighting this war with the Communists. Do you want this War With The Inimicus to be won by the enemy, or do you want to do everything within your power as an individual to contribute to Taking the fight to the Inimicus?
I can tell you right now I’m doing everything in my power to challenge people’s thinking and to build a coalition utilizing this platform to get us all on the same page so that we can all in a unified front put the enemy into our crosshairs.
This all starts within your own household. This starts with your family. This all starts with YOU.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Two Men Enter, One Man Leaves
Welcome to Thunderdome.
Thunderdome is obviously the title of today’s episode and I got that term Thunderdome from the third installment of the epic 1985 action film Mad Max Beyond Thunderdome starring Mel Gibson and Tina Turner.
Being a GenXer I grew up on some of the most epic action films ever made and I’d be doing both Mel Gibson and Tina Turner a disservice if I didn’t credit them with being a huge influence over my generation with both Turner’s music and with Gibson’s movies.
The plot of the movie follows a lone roving warrior in a post-apocalyptic environment where he finds himself exiled to the desert and ends up encountering a surviving congregation of a child cult. These children happen to reside in an encampment inside of an oasis that centers around a crashed Boeing 747.
One of the members of the child group stumbles upon Max after he is near death from being exiled from a dangerous outpost known as Bartertown.
Max had previously ended up in Bartertown due to his search for trying to find out who was responsible for the theft of his vehicle.
While Max is there he encounters the leader of Bartertown Aunty Entity (Tina Turner). She offers to resupply Max for his loss if he agrees to complete a task for her.
Since everyone is living in a post-apocalyptic future due to nuclear fallout, resources are quite scarce and so Aunty Entity explains to Max that Bartertown’s precious energy comes from a subterranean refinery called Underworld. As we come to learn, Underworld is a segment of Bartertown that turns pig feces into methane and this refinery is run by a resourceful dwarf by the name of Master.
As it goes Master is attached to a formidable escort named Blaster who serves as Master’s bodyguard with Master riding around on the shoulders of this imposing figure as Master Blaster. If you’re unfamiliar with the Mad Max franchise and this sounds like a wild story to you then you’d be correct.
So back to the story.
Aunty Entity is concerned about holding onto her seat in power over Bartertown as Master Blaster has started to challenge her for control of Bartertown. This is where she sees an opportunity to utilize Max in order to kill Blaster so that she can more easily subvert Master to carry out her will and plan for governing over the post-apocalyptic city . (Source: Wikipedia)
Ultimately Max is able to sneak into the Underworld in an attempt to size up Master Blaster, but in the process he befriends another character named Pig Killer who was sentenced to work there and subsequently got both his name and punishment for slaughtering a pig in order to feed his family. To me this is a brief, but powerful example that sort of illustrates just how tough the world is in the setting of this story.
When Master Blaster learns that the new vehicle that he has acquired belongs to Max he forces Max to disarm a booby-trap, however when Max completes this task he manages to set off an alarm and this is where Max discovers that Blaster seems to have a weakness as he is hypersensitive to high-pitched sound.
When Max returns to the surface he discovers he’s not getting any help from Aunty as she tells Max that the law in Bartertown for settling disputes demands a fight to the death inside an iron clad caged arena known as Thunderdome. This is where two men enter, one man leaves.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Max publicly accuses Master of stealing his vehicle which results in a battle being scheduled inside Thunderdome between Max and Blaster.
From here the fight ensues and the giant is dominating Max until Max blows on a whistle he has in his possession causing Blaster to grab his own head in pain exposing the weakness Max had observed with Blaster earlier.
After this happens Max manages to knock Blaster’s helmet off of his head and prepares to kill him. However, once Max sees Blaster he realizes that he has an intellectual disability and stops himself.
It’s at this point that he reveals Aunty’s plot to everyone and Master threatens to shut down the refinery. As a result she has Blaster killed. This allows Aunty to terrorize Master to keep the refinery running and since Max broke their deal this is where he’s ultimately exiled and is found by the member of the child cargo cult where I began at the beginning of this episode.
The significance of pointing out this story with Max inside Thunderdome is that his fight was a result of the inevitable power struggle that was starting to fester there regarding the control of Bartertown.
Essentially Max’s role had nothing to do with the turmoil that was already taking place inside Bartertown. He simply served as the catalyst to set the course of the story on a different path which I won’t bother to tell you the rest of the story, but you get the idea.
The point here is that you and I are sort of taking on the role of Max in this story of real life while those in the establishment power of government are struggling to hold onto what they have so that they can use us for our wealth and resources.
The dilemma we all find ourselves in seems to be one similar to Max where the forces that are in control are willing to go to great lengths in order to maintain their current trajectory of power which involves the complete extraction of wealth as they sell out our country to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).
After all, with a name like Bartertown you can rest assured that the economic situation of such a place was undoubtedly one of scarce resources. When examining the realignment of our modern day world you can see the decline of the United States at every turn, but this isn’t happening by accident. The intentional act of trying to transform the United States into its own version of a Bartertown like we can see in this Mad Max movie is being done on purpose.
In fact, this is being done by elites in this country that are making more money on the selling out of the country which is resulting in more of a national suicide rather than the country falling due to a lack of resources.
What makes this observation even more absurd is that the resources in the United States aren’t at all like Bartertown whatsoever where things are scarce, at least they don’t have to be.
You see the resources inside of the United States are not only plentiful, but they’re abundant. This is what makes this modern day situation so insane because the problems we’re facing as a nation are all man made by corrupt Communist/Fascist morons that are intentionally NOT allowing the use of those resources, but are rather selling the access to those resources over to our enemies.
So what we have here is a clear battle between two modern day ideological positions that cannot coexist here in the United States.
No, this is not the typical Republican vs. Democrat or Conservative vs. Liberal political cycle. If you’re viewing this fight through those lenses you’re not even recognizing what this fight is about in the least.
This fight is between global authoritarian Communist/Fascists vs. People who simply believe in their country and individual sovereignty. That’s the fight, period.
In other words, you either want to support a globalist totalitarian state with the current regime in the White House along with the trajectory they have us on with 40 year record high inflation, the onset of WWIII, economic destruction, suppression of free speech, domestic terrorism, etc. or you would rather have liberty, freedom, health, wealth, growth, and abundant opportunity.
It really is that simple in terms of this ideological battle. Two men enter, one man leaves.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Visigoths
The Roman Empire was huge.
At its peak it had amassed in its size to be about 1.9 million square miles of territory stretching through Europe, North Africa, and Western Asia.
However, because Rome had grown to be such a massive empire it didn’t come without problems. In fact, Rome was plagued by many relentless barbarian attacks.
When you couple this with the fact that Rome had become so large and spread so thin it found itself becoming less and less stable over time. As a quick observation this sounds eerily similar to the modern day United States under the control of the current corrupt Globalist system.
However, due to its sheer size it was more difficult to transport needed resources from one area to another. Additionally it took much longer for communications to reach from one far end of Rome to the other with this sometimes taking weeks to send and receive messages.
In the 4th Century AD a clan known as the Visigoths had separated from the Ostrogoths and would repeatedly run raids on Rome leading to the establishment of kingdoms in Spain and Gaul. (Source: Britannica)
Essentially the Visigoths were attacked by the Huns and were driven southbound towards the Roman Empire. At this time the Visigoths were allowed to enter into Rome, but were given certain conditions and demands upon their entry that were agreements set forth in exchange for their stay.
As it turns out the Visigoths didn’t care much for the conditions and this would ultimately lead them to revolt where they plundered the Balkan Provinces.
On August 9, 378 they defeated the army of the Roman emperor Valens out on the plains of Adrianople killing the emperor although for four more years the Visigoths would continue to wander searching for a place to settle after their tumultuous and violent journey into Rome.
In October of 382 Theodosius I would end up settling the Visigoths in Moesia (Modern day Serbia), but it didn’t come without a major task that he would impose upon them and that task would be that the Visigoths would be responsible for defending the frontier.
This would work for a little while as the Visigoths would remain there in Moesia until 395 where under the leadership of Alaric the Visigoth they would leave and move southbound towards Greece and then would make their way over to Italy.
Here at this point they would end up repeatedly invading the territories from 401 onward. Ultimately their depredations would collectively reach a climax and result in the sack of Rome in 410. (Source: Britannica)
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Now unless you’ve been living under a rock or going out of your way to practice that very irritating trait of apathy with everything going on in the world then you would already know that we’re dealing with a modern day invasion that is not unlike the invasion of the Visigoths back during the Roman Empire. The great Steve Bannon astutely points this out on a regular basis and I would have to agree with him 1000%.
We are literally watching the so-called elite globalists and communists inside of our country going out of their way to rapidly push our United States Republic in the direction of the Roman Empire.
In fact, in just the last few days down at Eagle Pass, Texas a border patrol agent reported having caught 17,000 illegal migrants which doesn’t include the gotaways, or the numbers being processed at the port of entry.
According to this agent this was the largest influx of illegal immigration in the past three years and just this past Tuesday (December 5, 2023) he reported having seen the highest number of encounters in a single day numbering around 12,000 migrants invading the country. (Source: LiveNow From FOX)
If this doesn’t interest you, or isn’t exciting enough news for you to sit there and digest, then consider the following numbers of illegal Chinese nationals that were arrested here in 2023. The numbers illegally coming into the states hit a whopping 24,000 being apprehended compared to the fact that fewer than 15,000 were caught coming into the United States over the previous 10 years according to The New York Times. (Source: The New York Times)
Once again, this doesn’t include the gotaways and several people are saying now that several tens of thousands of Chinese national fighting age men are in the country illegally and this doesn’t even factor in the numbers of young men piling in from the Middle East. With numbers like these it’s easy to understand that none of this is by accident, nor is it anywhere close to being normal.
This is a full blown invasion just like the Visigoths when they rolled into the Roman Empire and there’s absolutely no doubt about this. This is especially obvious when looking at the Geo-political instability concerning everything with China, the Middle East, and the corrupt CCP puppets that reside right inside of our own White House right this very minute.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Wrap Up
So when we take just a few extra minutes to connect the dots here both you and I can see where our areas of concern should be right here and now.
Going back to my opening point where I stated that people refusing to accept reality is the biggest irritation to me this is why…
Because when you consider the aggressive behavior of the CCP in the South China Sea towards Taiwan and then look at the record numbers of illegal Chinese nationals invading our country, how could you NOT be concerned?
When you look at what’s happening with Israel and Palestine and the record numbers of illegals invading and entering our country how could you NOT be concerned?
When you look at the BRICS nations organizing to De-dollarize meanwhile our own federal government is talking about a Centralized Digital Bank Currency (CDBC) how could you NOT be concerned?
When you have a corrupt manchurian candidate sitting in the White House whose own son has a laptop condemning his corruption and grifting with the CCP with actual hard evidence of bank statements and a money trail, how could you NOT be concerned?
When the Visigoths entered into Rome it was the straw that broke the camel’s back for the Roman Empire.
If you are willfully refusing to accept the reality that we are at war on our own soil then I’d encourage you to reread the opening Sun Tzu quote that I led today’s episode off with at the beginning.
If you don’t accept this harsh reality then when the enemy does move on you then they will drop like a thunderbolt.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Now I’m not here to simply point out the problems and leave you feeling like a nail that has gotten smashed over the head over and over again by a hammer of despair. No, I don’t want you to feel demoralized because that’s exactly what the Inimicus wants, but that is NOT what I want.
As you know I always like to point to solutions and the actions that you and I can take daily lead to big positive outcomes while also keeping the enemy on their back heel…and eventually forces them into retreat.
Keep in mind that unlike the good citizens of Rome during the time of the Visigoths where communication would take weeks to travel for a simple call for help here right now in 2023 communication is instant and at the touch of a button directly on that device you’re using to read and/or listen to this podcast and blog.
With that in mind, put that communication power to use by spreading the information with a touch of a button right on that device you’re using to read or listen to this episode.
I want you to understand the power that you wield as an individual because it’s immense. Remember that the entire point of this podcast and blog is to serve as a map for helping you and those around you to be Zenith during chaotic times and to be that Zenith you MUST understand that everything starts with you and the actions that you choose to take daily as an individual.
Those actions lead to certain results, but without those actions there is NO result. Therefore, the power you wield matters.
Unlike the citizens of Rome not having the immediate power of communication the way you do now they also didn’t have the ability to wield immediate financial and economic warfare the way you do now with the touch of a button.
The fact that you don’t have to ride, or send a trustee on horseback with a bag full of gold to a person in need these days is quite a powerful difference.
After all, if I use this platform as an example I have had some financial donors and some paid members to give to this platform. As this happens I’m then able to take that financial donation and to allocate it towards more content creation, more advertising, and it frees me up to do more networking for collaborations with others so the platform can grow and the message can spread.
Whenever someone joins this Substack as a paid member the support drives the existence of the messaging because it supports my efforts in making all of it possible. Without that support I wouldn’t be able to invest the time and energy to research, write, record, edit, and market to spread the message of freedom.
In short, you have personal power that is immense and I’m here to remind you and to encourage you to utilize that power because the hour is late in our country. Getting depressed and demoralized about everything that is going wrong is NOT the solution.
Taking the bull by the horns and focusing on your individual action plan to make and impact to defeat the Inimicus is the ONLY SOLUTION and it works.
Remember that two men enter, one man leaves and let’s make sure that it’s the Emissaries of Freedom that walk out of Thunderdome victorious over the Communists.
Be a man or woman of ACTION.
Be an Emissary of Freedom.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Download The Public SQ App and Join Me Here
“Billy sometimes courage is just being able to recognize your own weakness and to do something about it”--Billy The Kid, The Series
I was thinking the other day about the complexity of the human body, or more specifically the human mind and spirit.
I often get inside my head with such thoughts and I really couldn’t tell you why other than to say that I’ve always been this way and that I’ve always been an introspective individual.
As I was thinking I began thinking about the mystery and phenomenon of the act of thinking. Whatever thought would enter into my mind really wasn’t the point, but the main point was rather the miracle and amazement that there are thoughts inside all of our minds in the first place, at least for many of the people who are listeners to this podcast and blog.
I say that because I’m convinced that you as a listener and reader to this show are some of the smartest group of people on the planet and I don’t say that lightly. I get emails, questions, ideas, and shared content from many of you on a frequent basis so I know this to be a fact.
Regardless, I was thinking about the miracle of all of us having the ability to produce a thought. This is such a mystery.
Now do yours and my thoughts come from the brain?
Perhaps, but I tend to think of the brain as merely being a physical conduit for the transfer of thoughts. I believe the brain has a lot to do with this, but I also believe that our deep thoughts come from somewhere else. I happen to believe that our genuinely good thoughts are actually a miracle coming from our souls, but I digress.
So why am I diving into this deep philosophical matrix with you today as it relates to the origin of thought?
This is incredibly important because even though the origin of thoughts may cause many of us to debate on where they come from, the one thing that’s critical to point out is the evolution of those thoughts.
In other words, you can have a thought, or what can also be described as an idea, a perspective, or a viewpoint, and it may remain right there inside your head, or you might choose to speak it into existence.
So the next evolution of the thought would have to come in the form of speech or writing. This is why invention and certain qualities of life that we all enjoy are a miracle because they all began as a thought.
Now that you understand that, take a moment to ask yourself why would it ever be a good idea to allow the suppression of thought? In other words, if the invention of everything that exists within society began as a thought or idea, then why would we allow the suppression of ideas or thoughts in the form of suppressing free speech?
Highway Hypnosis
I remember years ago when I was in college and took up a summer job working in pest control for Sears.
It was a different experience because as a newbie coming into the job in those days I was assigned to do a ride along with a veteran that had been on the job for a while.
For a summer job it wasn’t a bad deal at all as once I met the requirements for training I was issued my own vehicle which consisted of a small pickup truck that would contain all the materials I needed to administer any number of treatments for pest control.
Furthermore, it required a lot of driving which made having the work truck a real blessing in terms of transportation. Regardless, it was a challenge because I had a daily lineup of appointments that I had to service and at times those appointments would be spread out all over Athens, Georgia and even beyond so there were days when that truck literally became my office quarters.
I remember when I was on the ride along with the guy that was training me at the time and one time we were on a long drive coming back to the office at the end of a long day and had about an hour or more long drive ahead of us.
As we were settling into the drive late into the afternoon there was a moment when the ride got quiet. We were both exhausted from having been out on the road all day and it was in the middle of the summer in Georgia so we were fatigued from having been out treating homes in the heat as well.
As I watched the road ahead coming at me through the windshield with little to no sound and no distraction I felt myself starting to get drowsy and realized that I was fighting the urge to fall asleep.
It was like the long drive of staring at a monotonous view of a dull highway was trying to lull me to sleep.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
It was at this point that the veteran must have taken notice and suddenly allowed the vehicle to drift a bit to the right so that the wheels would roll over the rumble strips on the road resulting in the loud noisy vibration of the tires which caused me to immediately sit upright.
It was at this point that he asked me if I had ever heard of the phenomenon known as highway hypnosis. At that point in time had not, but I kinda understood what he was getting at after having that little experience on the drive.
To give you an example of this unusual phenomenon imagine that you’re driving along a desolate road and you see the road sign telling you that your destination is like 60 miles away. The next thing you know you’re shocked to see another sign telling you that your destination is only 30 miles away.
At this point you know you didn’t fall asleep at the wheel, but what happened to those 30 miles? How did it seem that those 30 miles went by in only a brief moment?
You may have even experienced driving through town and finally coming to a stop light not realizing how you arrived on the opposite side of town due to having little memory of your journey across town.
You might wonder if you were watching the road the whole time? Did you use your turn signal? Did you stop at all the stop signs? If you really think about this I’m sure you’ve lived this unusual experience a few times throughout your lifetime.
When you go through this experience known as highway hypnosis there are some warning signs to note regarding this phenomenon that may include the following.
Sleepiness
Loss of focus and a cloudy mind
A dazed feeling
Slow reaction time
Loss of time
Heavy eyelids and constant fighting to keep your eyes open (Source: Healthline)
So this is exactly what I had experienced during that time in the ride along with the Sears pest control guy. This wouldn’t be the last time, but it was one of the first times I could remember having the experience identified as highway hypnosis.
The reason I chose to tell you about this phenomenon of highway hypnosis is because to me this experience isn’t unlike the societal construct of mind numbing education and media messaging that much of society has gotten spoonfed now for many decades. This has taken place due to the gradual decline of institutional rot that has largely gone unnoticed, much like those highway roadsigns in my moment of highway hypnosis, until now.
If you think about it, the largest institutions here in the states are responsible for a great deal of actions that must be carried out across our individual lives and we have grown to just go along with the messaging, recommendations, and mandates of these institutions without ever thinking twice about them for a very long time now.
For instance, when it comes to the education system in our country the performance of the financially literate functioning citizen has degraded significantly over time due to a gradual rotting of the education system and breaking up of the family structure.
For instance, according to Statista the percentage of adults with a high school graduate level of education in 1960 was at 41% while college graduate level was at 7.1%. Compare this to 2022 where you had 91.1% of adults with a high school graduate level of education and 37.5% with a college level graduate education or more. (Source: Statista)
Now having established the education level and the vast differences in terms of the percentage of adults with high school and college graduate level education nowadays versus in 1960 then why has consumer debt grown by 25% in the past five years and even doubled since the turn of the century? (Source: The Center Square)
I know what you’re thinking, well Brandon with the advancement of education there are many more people who have mortgages now compared to the 1960’s. You might be correct there, but these statistics omit mortgages and the entirety of this debt is coming from personal credit card debt that has exploded to be 40% of the median household income as recently as 2018. (Source: The Center Square)
So why am I telling you this?
Well, what is it that I’m always advocating for in regards to being a Zenith?
I’m always talking about how to understand your environment and in doing so these statistics clearly demonstrate how much as a society we have lost our understanding of fiscal responsibility as individuals and what the concept of wealth creation really means.
After all, if we did understand it then as a society why would we be experiencing all of this financial turmoil both at the household level, as well as at the level of the federal government?
After all, it seems that both the federal government and individual households love to keep running up their own debt to the detriment of both themselves and the country at large. As a society we are simply not enforcing fiscal discipline and the lived experience of our daily lives is bearing this out with the out of control personal debt, as well as the 40 year record high inflation which is a marker on the out of control debt of the federal government and the dangerous printing of money by the federal reserve.
At this point it is obvious that the latter of those directly fuels the former, but it seems as a society that we’ve been unwilling to hold and enforce accountability for either of these causes of the debt bubble.
Given that both of these realities concerning both the exploding personal debt combined with the exploding federal government debt means that we are headed for a cataclysm that will cause a great financial crisis unlike anything this country has ever experienced if I had to make a prediction.
The reason this has happened is because the population has suffered from its own version of highway hypnosis. As a society we have lacked the knowledge, focus, and alertness to understand the environment and to do what was necessary in order to prevent this coming crisis from ever being the significant issue of moral hazard that it has become in the first place.
This journey of the gradual growth of the personal and federal debt crisis has been due to the fact that society has been undergoing a numbing towards the development of the individuality construct.
So what do I mean by this?
In my observation this numbing of the individuality construct is where society has been hustled into exchanging their individual sovereignty for the trust and convenience of receiving goods and services that the major institutions within our society provide.
By gradually giving over more and more of our trust and sovereignty we end up giving up more and more of our individuality because we have fed a corrupt and massive institution for far too long without ever having fed an alternative competitor to serve as a buffer to keep the major institutions more honest.
When it comes to the education system this is now obvious as the math clearly demonstrates that nowadays people aren’t more financially literate throughout our society at large. If there were more financial literacy then there would have been more aggressive accountability for both the out of control spending caused by our federal government, as well as the majority of our personal households throughout our society as well.
The Experience Machine
If you’re not familiar with the The Experience Machine concept it is a thought experiment that presents a scenario involving you having the option to experience a perfect life without having to face any consequences.
The scenario involves there being a machine that exists which gives you the option and ability to plug into a virtual world to experience anything you desire without the consequences. It is said that in this scenario you would not be able to tell the difference between the simulation and the real world much like we would associate with the Matrix nowadays.
However, eventually the thought experiment poses the question of whether you would be willing to plug into the Experience Machine for the rest of your life?
Given this thought experiment I can personally see the warning of this with what Huxley wrote about in Brave New World.
Once again, on the surface such an Experience Machine may sound like a good idea, but then again to me this would only work on people who couldn’t care less about their individual sovereignty and also lack a personal depth in terms of grasping the significance of what it means to have a purpose driven life that fuels the spirit.
The Wrap Up
Without purpose people lack hope and without hope there is absolutely nothing.
I opened this episode talking about the miracle of how each and every single one of us possess the ability to produce our own thoughts. Without this ability then we are incapable of contributing to anything in life.
After all, what would be the point of life if we couldn’t push our thoughts into existence?
To take this even further, what would be the point of not being able to experience the consequences of your thoughts whether those thoughts transitioned into reality with either a good or bad outcome?
In fact, the reason that the world is burning right now is because society has been lulled to sleep falling into its own version of highway hypnosis for quite some time and now society finds itself wondering how we all ended up in this world that is currently falling apart.
The education system has been a numbing agent, the media has been a numbing agent, the rat race of life has been a numbing agent, and the explosion of the digital age may be the biggest numbing agent of all.
After all, The Experience Machine may be a hypothetical thought experiment, but the idea of it points to a technological advancement that offers the experience involved in the thought experiment in the first place.
When you combine this with the steady growth of gaming, virtual reality, and the coming specter of AI is The Experience Machine about to graduate to reality no longer having to be pondered as a thought experiment among intellectuals bouncing around ideas about the human experience?
I believe we’re all in this War With The Inimicus and we’ll eventually find out, but for the time being this is why you’re here.
My guess is that you’re choosing to be a sovereign being and wouldn’t plug into that Experience Machine to live a fake life. I’m guessing you’d rather create the experience you desire from the thoughts that are derived from God and your own soul so that you can create the experience of life yourself rather than ceding that purpose over to some artificial collection of plastic, metal, and circuitry.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Note
This particular episode will be available in full length to paid members of The Official Substack of Brandon Richey at brandonrichey.substack.com.
However, don't click off as I am offering you a solid preview of today's episode here to grab your attention. You can simply visit the substack and access this and ALL of the other specialized paid content for $80 for the entire year while supporting the Patriot Economy at the same time.
Enjoy the preview and I hope to work for your subscription as an all access member soon!
Download The Public SQ App and Join Me Here
“The supreme art of war is to subdue the enemy without fighting.”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
I have for a long time realized that I was a fighter.
So what do I mean by that?
When I use that word fighter I don’t just mean carrying out the act of a physical fight although I’ve had a few experiences with physical fighting in my lifetime both in the game of life and in sports as it pertains to martial arts and to training.
However, when I use that term fighter a fighter can take on many different forms and I’m going to spend a portion of this episode explaining the importance of this concept, as well as proving this concept to you by demonstrating how both you and myself must fight during the current war we find ourselves in.
Some people might hear this and in a typical and emotional knee jerk reaction they may scoff, or pearl clutch themselves in the moment thinking Well Brandon’s just being antagonistic by saying that he’s a fighter.
That previous statement would be a completely false one and even further it highlights a complete lack of empathy, it displays willful ignorance, and completely demonstrates an out of touch viewpoint concerning objective reality.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Being a fighter doesn’t automatically translate to one being antagonistic or inimical. Now that last word inimical is an interesting word so what does that mean?
Inimical means hostile, or unfriendly. In fact, the title of today’s post is War With The Inimicus which means that word Inimicus is Latin for Enemy or Foe.
So if I claim to be a fighter then how is it that I’m not being antagonistic? I’m not antagonistic because it is not my nature to be an enemy or a foe, at least not without reason. In fact, for that to happen I have to be put into that position.
As Rambo might say for that to happen They must draw first blood.
I’m going to elaborate on this further, but for the moment let’s put this into some context with the current environment that we all find ourselves living in during this Fourth Turning in history.
In a brief explanation of current events in today’s world we see what Aldous Huxley and George Orwell pointed towards with each of their theories as to what would be the cause of the fall of mankind.
On that note Huxley pointed out in Brave New World how society would devolve into an unequal and technologically advanced future where humans are genetically bred, society at large is socially engineered and indoctrinated, and people are pharmaceutically anesthetized in order for an authoritarian order to uphold a ruling order stripping society of all individual freedom and perhaps even down to the human soul itself.
As if that synopsis of Huxley’s Brave New World isn’t terrifying enough it’s even scarier when we take a look around at how this is actually happening throughout society at large today.
To add onto this George Orwell also had a vision of a dystopian future that those of us who are awakened are also witnessing playout here in 2023 in real time.
In Orwell’s book 1984 the story revolves around Winston who happens to be a citizen living in a miserable society known as Oceania. Winston is trying to rebel against the Party and it’s ruling overseeing authority known as Big Brother. Winston also happens to work for the Ministry of Truth in order to alter the history of Oceania in order to fit the government’s narrative.
If you don’t see how this has literally already happened under the Biden regime you’re willfully ignorant and completely ignoring reality as the “Committee of Public Information” (aka Ministry of Truth) was put forward by the regime under the leadership of Alejandro Mayorkas and the boot licking bureaucrat that was assigned to lead this department under Mayorkas was Nina Jankowicz. (Source: The Hill)
Jankowicz had referred to herself as a Russian disinformation expert and that should say enough with all the lies that have been brought into the light about Russian disinformation and Russians being responsible for stealing the 2016 U.S. elections. At this point that narrative is completely laughable as we’re clearly seeing the result of a stolen election everyday that the Biden regime stays in office, but I digress.
So the way I look at this is that we are already living through the beginnings of a sort of hybrid version of Huxley’s Brave New World combined with Orwell’s 1984 in today’s modern society. What’s even stranger is the seemingly fast development of the dystopian parallels of these two imaginary societies compared to our own real life modern day society.
After all, I remember having a certain feeling years ago after having read Orwell’s 1984 telling myself that what he explained was way too insane to actually happen in real life where big brother would be watching every move you made, where the government would criminalize thought, and that 2+2 would be equal to 5. It turns out that I was wrong.
We can easily check off all three of these as they are criminalizing speech, redefining words to suit their narratives, and want to set themselves up with a government authority to be the “Ministry of Truth” with Jancowicz’s attempt to kick off the “Committee of Public Information.”
This doesn’t even factor in the coming dangers and unpredictability of how AI will be used within the context of society for technological surveillance, as well as military, policing, and the creation, controlled type, and flow of information.
Download The Public SQ App and Join Me Here
“When injustice becomes law, resistance becomes duty.”― Thomas Jefferson
In 1919 World War I was in the rearview mirror of the country and there was a determination throughout the country to embrace the time of peace and to get on with the flow of life.
What better way to do this than with sport that we have often referred to here in the U.S. as the country’s “National Pastime.” During this time some of the most iconic figures in the sport of baseball would end up coming on the scene to transform the culture and to serve as the era of some of the most legendary names the sport has ever known.
However, in the country’s attempt to enjoy the National Pastime in 1919 there would end up being a dark cloud that loomed over the popular sport and that cloud would shed light on the shortcomings of human nature while also teaching us about the scams and corruption that can come about through the desire for money.
Even though the American citizen was ready for a change in the pace of life with having just gotten through a global war, the 1919 World Series was about to create some news headlines that would shock the world and forever change the view and direction of the National Pastime along with the mood of the country.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The 1919 World Series Scandal
In 1915 Charles Comiskey set out to buy the best players to build up his Chicago White Sox team. One of those players is the iconic American legend Joseph Jackson, or who you may more commonly recognize as the great Shoeless Joe Jackson.
Shoeless Joe Jackson was the best hitter of the time and allegedly earned the nickname Shoeless when having played a game in his socks due to his shoes having been too tight during one of his early games in Greenville, South Carolina.
In 1919 nobody would bet against the Chicago White Sox. During this time baseball was more than a sport, but rather a way of life.
However, when it came to the business of baseball Comiskey was one that ran that aspect of the game in his own way and his way wasn’t always a way that was popular among his players. Comiskey was a tight fisted businessman that was notorious for making his players promises regarding their agreements related to their compensation and would frequently not follow through. Sounds familiar with many of our modern day politicians, right?
Even worse, Comiskey was known for directly intervening in some circumstances by not allowing a player to play, particularly if a player was on the verge of earning promised wages based on hitting high benchmarks previously agreed to that would be related to that player’s game performance. In short, Comiskey would do anything to save a buck. (Source: History Channel)
To offer some additional understanding and to further illustrate Comiskey’s cheap nature in 1917 Comiskey had promised his players a bonus if they won him the pennant. They did so and he held up to his end of the deal by rewarding them with a case of cheap champagne and the sports writer Ring Lardner reportedly said that the champagne tasted like piss.
Now given this knowledge of Comiskey it wouldn’t take long for his players to understand this and it would ultimately lead to his team’s demise.
Just prior to the World Series first baseman Chick Gandil and fellow teammate Eddie Cicotte met up with a well known gambler and bookie at the time by the name of Joseph “Sport” Sullivan. Yes, believe it or not gambling was a huge part of the culture of sports at the time just as baseball was a huge part of the culture at large.
Now right here I wanted to interject to point out a very interesting thing that I discovered regarding a conflicting narrative that occurred with this meeting depending on which historical series of events you choose to believe involving what took place with this meeting. I’m about to point to a complete contradiction between two different sources regarding the events that took place among Eddie Cicotte, Chick Gandil, and Joseph Sullivan.
On one hand, if you read the account of this meeting according to Wikipedia the framing of this meeting was that Joseph “Sport” Sullivan was the one that approached the players Gandil and Cicotte to make them an offer of $10,000 per player if they could get about eight players in on a plan to throw the series against Cincinnati. According to Gandil this was a shock to him as he had always seen Sullivan as a gambler, but never took him to be a fixer.
However, according to the History Channel’s account of this Gandil was the one that sought out Sullivan and offered up the idea where he and several of his disgruntled teammates would organize a plan to throw the game if Sullivan could come up with enough money to make it worth the effort.
It was then said that Sullivan would end up offering $80,000 if the players would hold up their end of the deal. Although the Wikipedia version along with many serious baseball fans would want to reject the idea that the players actually initiated the scandal, the reality was that many games were fixed during that time regarding the history of the sport…and other sports as well.
So here you have two conflicting accounts on what happened during that meeting that would kickoff one of the most corrupt sports scandals in the history of all sports. So I wanted to take a moment to point this out as this is common when reading about certain historical events.
However, just like with anything in life we want to be Zenith and one way to do that is understanding the Zeitgeist and circumstances of that time in which we are examining. So on that note, given the fact that gambling was prevalent throughout the sports culture, given the fact that Comiskey was a cheap tight fisted businessman, and understanding that the potential payout of $10,000 per player was a solid amount of money that exceeded many annual salaries of the players to me it is much more logical that the players were the ones who were probably more proactive in organizing the scandal.
This doesn’t even factor in the knowledge that Gandil also had a shady history involving instances of theft and was also known as a brawler. Regardless, gambling at that time was just as much a part of baseball as popcorn and the 90 feet that exists between the bases.
Additionally the owners would turn a blind eye to the gambling as it was something that was difficult to prove not to mention the fact that addressing it would attract a negative press.
The possibility that certain White Sox players might throw the series prompted another gambler and ex-ballplayer named Sleepy Bill Burns to approach Gandil and Cicotte offering them and additional $100,000 to fix the series and now there were two sets of gamblers involved with the White Sox players with a total of $180,000 to sweeten the pot. (Source: History Channel)
Both sets of gamblers went to the one guy that could financially back such a deal in Arnold Rothstein. It was said that Rothstein, a notorious gambler and crime boss, would bet on anything except for the weather and that’s only because that was the one thing he couldn’t fix.
However, once the word had gotten out to the gambling world that the Sox would throw the games the gamblers came out in full force to lay down their bets on Cincinnati to win. As a result all of this started spinning out of control and the $100,000 promised by Burns never arrived and $80,000 fronted by Rothstein dwindled down to only $10,000.
The $10,000 that remained went straight to the pitcher Cicotte as the pitcher was the only one needed in order to secure the fix.
The White Sox dropped the first two games of the series, but the third game wasn’t in the bag. The third game was back in Chicago and Dickie Kerr was up for the next game as the starting pitcher.
However, I need to point out here that Kerr was the only player that wasn’t in on the fix. In fact, Kerr’s performance in game three was magnificent and his performance on the mound kept Cincinnati from scoring. In addition to this a quick turn of events with Gandil saw him do an about face hitting a single to center field scoring two runs ultimately leading to their 3 to 0 victory over Cincinnati.
Because no money had come in to the players they were at this point as disgruntled with the gamblers as they were with their owner Comiskey. The gamblers got the message and paid $20,000 to Gandil to distribute the money among five players.
The next two games would result in Cincinnati winning, but as game six approached it was time for Dickie Kerr to return to the mound once again. As the series was approaching its end the compromised players found themselves in a difficult position.
On one hand if they came clean about the scandal they knew their careers would be destroyed and if they tried to reshape the deal with the gamblers they were probably scared that the retaliation would be brutal as many of the gamblers were known to break a few legs.
The Sox pushed the series to the eighth game, but the series would ultimately end right there. The aftermath of this series would prove to be as drama filled as the series itself.
The Exposure
Now you’ve got to understand that the problem with exposing the fix is that you would lose the faith of the people and the fans.
Chicago sports writer Hugh Fullerton was disgusted about what was going on and as a result wrote a series of articles exposing what he knew about the fix and no Chicago newspaper would touch it or give it any level of meaningful attention.
Fullerton was attacked for his work in trying to shed light on the corruption involved in the 1919 series. Other papers wrote very watered down versions of what Fullerton attempted to bring to light.
Despite this, baseball boomed again in 1920. However, the entire 1920 season was an assault on the players that wanted to play an honest game and there was a growing sense that something had to be done about the gambling influence on the game of baseball.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
In September of that year Bill Veeck Sr. The President of the Cubs blew the first whistle. The Cook County Grand Jury eventually called for an immediate investigation into baseball corruption.
Within hours Eddie Cicotte was called by the Grand Jury and he broke immediately along with Joe Jackson. Jackson showed a lot of remorse and left the courthouse trailed by disheartened fans where a young boy cried “Say it ain’t so Joe, say it ain’t so.”
Rothstein traveled to Chicago with his lawyer and lied to the Grand Jury. Comiskey was also feeling the pressure and realized the only way to save the club and his reputation was to destroy all evidence of the fix which would result in the termination of a trial.
Comiskey was a powerful force in Cook County and miraculously all the transcripts of the player’s testimonies had disappeared from the Cook County courthouse. There was now no evidence.
However, baseball’s American League President Ban Johnson despised Charles Comiskey and resented his power and was determined to find someone to testify to put the White Sox on trial. He ended up going all the way to Texas to bribe Sleepy Bill Burns to testify against the White Sox.
Charles Comiskey wouldn’t allow this to happen to his team and ensured that the trial would be rigged. Each day the courtroom was packed with fans and no ball players would testify and no gamblers were ever indicted over their role in the scandal.
The eight indicted ball players would be found not guilty. However, the image of baseball was tarnished and there was a public relations effort to elevate the image of the sport. In the events following the trial even though the players were found not guilty and avoided having to pay the penalty by the rule of law they still had to pay the penalty to the sport of baseball as they would end up being banned from professional baseball for life.
When all the smoke cleared the one player that wasn’t involved in the scandal Dickie Kerr would two years later have a contract dispute based on his payment and agreement with Comiskey. Comiskey refused to pay Kerr and Kerr would also join the rest of the shamed Black Sox group in being banned for life from professional baseball.
The frustrating reality of this is that even a clean player and innocent man suffered an equal fate of exile from professional baseball due to the corrupt actions of others.
Baseball was almost forsaken by Americans if it hadn’t been for one iconic talent that came on the scene shortly afterwards. George Herman Ruth was a talent so great that fans went back to the ball fields to witness this talent firsthand for themselves.
It is said by many that Babe Ruth was the hero that saved baseball and that the vision of a sport returning back into the hearts of Americans was restored by the legend of The Great Bambino.
Now this was a very quick historical breakdown of the 1919 World Series scandal, but I wanted to point to the level of corruption that went on behind the scenes with all of the levers of power that were involved. Comiskey was a prime example of one who had direct interests in making sure he would avoid any accountability in such a scandal, particularly since he wielded tremendous power and influence at the time.
I wanted to shed light on the details of this scandal to give you some insight on how certain corruption can come about among certain parties within a system who share mutual interests.
Granted this was a prime example of how certain players within a system would conspire to engage in some unethical activity because they were both angry and motivated with the circumstances they found themselves in.
In a way the players were involved in the formation of their own version of a sort of mutiny towards their upper management. Granted this rebellion of the team probably wasn’t the most productive, and some would even say it wasn’t the most ethical approach either, but the pushback towards Comiskey and the status quo was for a reason.
At the end of the day the player’s efforts to achieve better pay, better treatment, and to stick it to the man proved to be unsuccessful, or were they?
After The Great Bambino exploded onto the scene the love of baseball was restored in many of the hearts of the American fanbase. As a result Babe Ruth would prove to be such a huge talent and draw to the sport that he was a very well paid player. This example of fair pay and fair treatment of a player based on performance for the sport of baseball would prove to start spreading to the rest of the players throughout the league.
So why did I go to the trouble to give you such a detailed breakdown of the history of the 1919 World Series scandal involving the Chicago White Sox?
Well aside from the fact that history serves as a roadmap for knowledge and the documented experience of human nature I also wanted to use this documented experience of the 1919 World Series corruption to draw some very siginificant parallels to the current modern day environment we find ourselves in as a country with our own severely corrupt set of players inside our own government.
Granted I’m not trying to demonize the eight ball players of the Chicago White Sox because I fully acknowledge their reasons for their actions and they were also in the business of entertainment unlike politicians who are generally in the business of power and corruption.
However, I still want to use the White Sox scandal to draw some parallels between what was going on with the scandal of that series when compared to the scandals involved with the politics of money that we’re seeing right in front of us today.
Comiskey wanted to cover up a scandal that would destroy his ball club and his own influence and reputation. Mirroring this behavior it’s eerily similar to see exactly how Joe Biden has done the same thing today with his corrupt influence and the cover up of his unlawful dealings as well.
Just like Comiskey wanted to make sure the trial of his ball club would never take place Joe Biden was caught on camera specifically calling for the firing of the Ukrainian prosecutor into his son’s corrupt dealings with Burisma while using U.S. loan money as the hostage for creating the leverage when doing so. (Source: Meeting Council on Foreign Relations)
Drawing another modern day parallel when looking at the 1919 World Series Scandal you had the formation of a mutiny among players trying to stick it to a corrupt owner due to being abused and taken advantage of, however the fallout of it would end up costing all of those players their careers. In a way I wouldn’t compare the America First populist movement to the players involved in the scandal completely, but there is a parallel to be drawn here.
Like Comiskey abused his players, America First patriots have been abused for years by powerful politicians such as the Clintons, the Bush family, the Obamas, and now the Bidens. Those corrupt leaders are all very similar to Comiskey having grifted off of the sacrifice of American citizens for years causing a loss of hope within the country and what it represents today compared to its original founding.
Similar to Comiskey those politicians only care for their own wealth and power and they would sacrifice their players (aka the United States citizens) in a heartbeat in order to enrich themselves with endless foreign wars, with the out of control abuse of the Federal Reserve, with the medical industrial complex, and with the slide towards Totalitarianism through the potential rise of Centralized Digital Bank Currencies (CDBCs).
Just as the mutiny of the players led to a public exposure of the corruption of gambling and the corrupt cover up of that scandal by Comiskey it also almost led to the American public giving up on the sport of baseball altogether. If it wasn’t for a spark from a major player in Babe Ruth baseball might have been nothing more than a flash in the pan right after the World War.
However, like Babe Ruth came into the sport as a transformative historical figure to spark the energy inside the hearts of Americans the same can be said in historical context for the transformative power of the dynamic personality of Donald J. Trump.
Now when I make that statement you have to listen to what I’m saying. You may be a baseball fan and not care for Babe Ruth. You may despise Babe Ruth for all I know, but you cannot deny the transformational role and impact he had on the sport of baseball.
Likewise, you may or may not care for Donald Trump, but like Babe Ruth you cannot deny his transformational role and impact on both the cultural and political game in our modern day society.
Going back to the comparison of the America First Patriots and the parallel to draw with the White Sox players I would more compare the America First citizens to the likes of Dickie Kerr in this particular instance. This comparison is obvious because Kerr was a clean player doing his job and despite there being a game that was fixed against him he rolled up his sleeves and got the job done for two big wins in the 1919 World Series with his grit and determination. Despite him being a clean player and having won big against all the odds he was still pushed out of the sport of professional baseball.
Although I link the America First Patriots to the likes of Dickie Kerr in this comparison I am also empathetic to the grievances of the eight players that took what many would say was a more unethical approach by getting involved with the fix.
The Wrap Up
The parallels of this moment of history compared to the events of today in terms of the tactics, strategies, and personalities involved stood out to me as a lesson on how the careful observation of history can be a learned and valuable tool.
Even though the comparison I’m making here involves a baseball scandal in one instance and a global and political scandal in the current instance, all the turmoil, the motivations, and the personalities have the same impacts on the respective situations.
Drawing parallel links between a greedy dishonest Charles Comiskey and a Joe Biden, an outside superstar that exerts a seismic impact on the game with personalities like Babe Ruth and Donald Trump, and finally the innocent hard working players that were hurt in the interim transformation of the system like a Dickie Kerr and the America First Patriots are all grounded in the same observable reality.
The reason I went to the effort to make this comparison is because in history there are events and personalities that have profound impacts on the world and the environment of the times at which they occur. The problem is in our modern day society people have become so ignorant of history in general that they cannot even recognize that major events in history are happening right in front of them when they are experiencing them in real time.
This is the goal and very reason I did this particular episode. After all, there is a major shift happening across the world right now that will literally reshape the direction of humanity until the next major turning in human history.
However, it’s my view that we as a citizenry can continue to make poor decisions collectively allowing the status quo to continue to drive us off a cliff, or we can engage in our own mutiny for freedom against the system with the goal of going in the direction of a promising new path.
That path can either be the path of following a poor plan that left the eight men out as we saw with the downfall of the Black Sox, or it can be to follow a new and successfully proven direction like Babe Ruth and Donald Trump were able to demonstrate with their mighty influence and actions on the broken systems that challenged each of them.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Download The Public SQ App and Join Me Here
“Evil thrives on apathy and cannot survive without it.”― Hannah Arendt
If you’re a regular listener to this show I’m about to sound like a broken record.
However, I need to make sure the new visitors here are aware of the prevailing message on this podcast and blog and that message involves the importance of being able to understand the environment as I’ve already mentioned here in the opening.
Being able to understand the environment means you and I must always be working to hone our skills of pattern recognition, understanding the motivations of others (particularly with the enemy), and arming ourselves with as much knowledge as possible so that we are capable of achieving a deeper understanding of our environment especially when things get dangerous and intense.
As you’re well aware the situation in Israel was a complete tragedy and my guess is that it was completely unnecessary as these things usually are when people in positions of power are doing what they are supposed to be doing to prevent such things. However, since the current Biden regime has been in office here in the states that is obviously not the case.
Regardless, I’m not going to address the Israel situation directly today, but I wanted to use it here in the opening as an example of the consequence of our society as a whole failing to recognize our political and cultural environment. You see over the years we’ve had a drop off and failure in our job description as United States citizens and that job description is what is known as Civic Duty.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
You see it’s my observation that with the unrelenting advancement of technology that every generation of young adults has become less and less capable of recognizing and understanding their environment.
Look, I enjoy some aspects of technology and obviously use it to create this podcast and blog. However it’s virtually the only way to get a message out to the masses quickly, affordably, and with the ease of others using their agency to share the message among their networks in this day and age.
Yes, this is obviously a positive, but as I’ve always pointed out we live in an era of information warfare. Due to the reality of the big tech oligarchs controlling the type, flow, and dissemination of information it also impedes generations as people will dangerously succumb to false information throughout a society very quickly if the tech oligarchs and the Administrative State Media (ASM) aggressively push a false, or misleading narrative that catches fire and spreads throughout society.
This makes combating false narratives much more of an uphill climb which is why I’m constantly working to compel this audience to spread the show links and to share this show with family, friends, and acquaintances because your actions do matter.
With that being said I want to take a moment here to offer some prayers of strength, comfort, and the hopes that the Israeli people get the situation under control and out of the way of danger looking ahead. I also want to offer the same for all other innocent parties and that they will find their path out of harm's way as fast as possible.
I’ve always found myself being perplexed as to why people do not engage and become more active in the information arena. I don’t know if it has more to do with fear or apathy, but neither one is a good excuse especially if you just take a moment to look at the world around you to see what’s happening.
Using Israel as an example their citizens were completely caught off guard by that attack and Hamas had stormed into the country allegedly catching Israeli Intelligence off guard. I find that hard to believe as Israeli Intelligence has always been the best in the world when it comes to thwarting the plans of terrorists.
Regardless, even though I’m extremely skeptical that Israeli Intelligence was caught off guard, let's run with the assumption that they were, just as their citizens were caught off guard to examine our own situation here in the U.S..
So concerning our own situation here in the states we have literally had the greatest invasion of illegals flowing into our southern borders as we’ve ever had in our nation’s history. The numbers that have come into our country since Biden has been in office are nearly 4 million and that’s a conservative estimate given that the date of the New York Post article I’m sharing this from was published back in September. Plus it doesn’t factor in the statistical element that U.S border patrol refers to as gotaways which estimates an additional 1.5 million possible illegals. (Source: New York Post)
Given these overwhelming numbers of people spilling into the country there are currently an estimated 10,000 young male Chinese nationals with ties to the PLA (People’s Liberation Army) that have crossed the border at the point of this report that was released by the Homeland Security Republicans. (Source: Homeland Security Republicans) Keep in mind that this report was published back in June 2023 and I’ve heard that number has now increased to about 30,000.
Additionally this doesn’t take into account the numbers that are flowing in from the Middle East. Given what is happening in Israel at the moment that should be very concerning to all of us.
Desensitization
I just recently read a short story that happens to be a true story and it completely sums up the importance of being able to observe and understand the environment.
If you’re not quite grasping what I’m talking about when I mention the word environment I don’t mean the environment in terms of the climate, but rather YOUR environment including the surrounding ecosystem that you and your family have to live and operate under every single day of your life.
This environment is essentially the world you must live in and that environment has steadily become more and more controlled by your government, by technocrats, and oligarchs that want to dictate to you how you and your family should live literally every aspect of your life. In short, this in my view is completely evil.
Anyways, the story I want to tell you about apparently took place back in 2018 inside a bar in Copenhagen.
In this bar sat a unique bottle of vodka on a shelf on display among 1200 other bottles of vodka at the bar. However, one day a thief stole this unique bottle of vodka from the bar, but the bottle was found at a nearby construction site unbroken and empty a few days later.
The amazing thing that the thief apparently failed to notice, or cared too little to notice, was that the bottle was literally made of 6.6 lbs. of gold and silver and it came with a diamond encrusted cap.
Being the Russo-Baltique vodka this bottle of vodka is considered to be the world’s most expensive vodka bottle with an estimated value hitting around $1.3 million.
Apparently the bottle was uninsured and was loaned to the bar by a Russian businessman. After recovering the bottle the bar owner vowed to fill the bottle up again with the same vodka that had previously been in the expensive gold and silver bottle and to put it back up in the bar for display.
After going to the trouble to steal the only bottle out of 1200 other bottles on display, this thief literally took the most expensive and rare collector’s bottle on the planet only to drink the vodka.( Source: Unbelievable Facts)
Now look I’m by no means advocating for being a thief because I believe that is a horribly wrong thing to do, but if someone is going to commit the crime with the risk of facing such consequences you’d think that even a thief would understand their environment enough to recognize a gold and silver plated bottle with a diamond for a cap as more of a steal than a quick buzz for the evening.
So why did I choose to tell you this story?
Well aside from it being a bit humorous and true it is also emblematic of the times we’re living in with so many people in society being completely incapable of recognizing certain things that are going on in the world that are completely obvious to me, and probably to you as well if you’re a regular listener to this show.
However, I’m still amazed at how so many people just don’t get what’s going on in the world. I know that the devil is a great deceiver, but even I’m often left scratching my head with some people wondering how it is that they get through their daily lives without having what seems to me should be a basic skill set of obvious good judgment.
So what exactly am I talking about?
Well if you look at the news cycle you’d probably agree that aside from including a raging infection of propaganda that it’s also pumped full of activity on a daily basis.
I mean in my 46 years of living I’ve never seen the daily news cycle like our current news cycle. It’s a relentless barrage of activity that is full of distraction and noise along with being mixed with what is actually the real storyline that they work to distract you from as they also attempt to direct the preferred narrative of the day.
I was having a conversation with a friend just the other day about this very thing. We were discussing the situation in Israel and how many of these terrorists are already here in the states due to the fact that we no longer have a southern border.
By the way, that failure to recognize that we no longer have a southern border along with the failure to recognize that it’s a major problem is one of the big examples I’m referring to when I mentioned I’m left scratching my head with people that don’t recognize this as a major problem.
Well getting back to the conversation even though this friend is a young man he’s very intelligent and is what I would consider to be a true outlier when looking at the young generation he happens to be a part of today.
However, he pointed out something that was very interesting in our conversation. He was referencing the overwhelming news cycle and made the point that over time he has become desensitized to it.
This really got my attention because I completely understood where he was coming from, but then I realized that even though he has a solid understanding of the environment he was also admitting to the fact that he had recently, in a way, become somewhat numb to the events of the day.
Thankfully he does have enough intellectual curiosity in order to grasp the severity and reality of the situation that we’re all facing here in the states with the many threats that are looming out on the horizon. However, his comment really raised a red flag with me and is the reason and motivation for today’s episode.
Keeping that in mind in case you weren’t aware, desensitization therapy is a method of exposure therapy that is employed to help people overcome certain severe phobias, anxiety disorders, and fears.
Essentially there are two ways that this therapy is applied in practice.
There is In-vitro where the client imagines exposure to the thing that stimulates the phobia.
The second is In-vivo where the client is actually exposed to the thing that stimulates the phobia.
The In-vivo method has been proven to be much more effective in terms of the treatment goals of individuals. (Source: Simply Psychology)
The way this is applied is that there is first a hierarchy of anxiety that is established with an individual by rating a series of fear induced scenarios. These scenarios are then rated from what may be seen as causing the lowest level of anxiety to the highest level of anxiety.
For instance, if one has a fear of spiders the lowest level of anxiety may simply involve the patient merely thinking about a spider. Next, a higher rated fear inducing scenario might involve the patient looking at an actual photo of the spider. The following scenario may involve the patient looking at a real life spider inside a closed box. From here the scenarios continue to increase in intensity and progress until the final stage is reached where the patient allows a live spider to crawl on their arm.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Now given how this works let’s jump back to the discussion that I had with my friend that talked about being desensitized with the current news cycle.
With this in mind imagine you had a time machine in 2019 and you could have simply made the leap into the future to right now in 2023. If you did so and you caught a glimpse of the current insanity of the widespread violence, the Communists on the news networks, the Communists on your social media feeds, the destabilizing governments across the world, the collapse of the financial markets, UFOs, etc. you would probably be scared out of your mind and I wouldn’t blame you a bit for feeling that way if you did.
However, the reality is that you don’t have a time machine, but you’ve already experienced and are currently experiencing all of these anxiety-inducing events on a daily basis right now and then some. Now understanding that reality you might be scared or concerned, or you may be someone who has become numb to the constant barrage of bad news that hits your smartphone and TV every single moment of every single day.
It’s because of the latter that you aren’t as sensitive to the storylines and events that are taking place right here and now. Granted I’m not minimizing the impact you personally may or may not experience with the overwhelming news cycle of the day.
However, I am saying that because you didn’t just step out of that time machine from 2019 that you aren’t as impacted by the highest rated fear inducing scenario for that very reason.
Because neither you, my friend, or myself have had to face the instantaneous shock of our current harsh reality by stepping out of that time machine from 2019, as crazy as this may sound, we were spared the grueling experience of the highest ranking fear induced scenarios hitting us all at once with the barrage of the news cycle. Instead we have been more gradually fed and had to endure a slower steadier escalating dose of harsh reality over the past four years.
As a result, for many this constant barrage of the news cycle has served to be the equivalent of many individuals developing a response similar to an individual receiving a version of the In-vivo desensitization therapy.
The 10 Minute Squat, Apathy, and Destruction
Tom Platz is an iconic American bodybuilder that placed third in the Mr. Olympia bodybuilding competition back in 1981. He went toe to toe with some of the greatest in that sport with the likes of Lee Haney and Arnold Schwarzenegger.
I remember when I was in my early 20’s starting out in the fitness industry I was at that time into bodybuilding and powerlifting.
I remember stumbling across an article with Tom Platz that talked about his infamous 10 minute squat workout. Now this feat is out there, but from what I remember the workout had a certain protocol to follow and it intrigued me to the point that I was crazy enough along with a good friend of mine to attempt it.
If I can remember correctly the workout involved taking your bodyweight equivalent and loading it up onto a barbell to do back squats. The protocol also said that once the bar was lifted off the rack that the lifter wasn’t supposed to unload the bar from the shoulders until the ten minutes was completed.
In the process of squatting the lifter could stop, but just couldn’t unload the bar. In other words, the weighted bar would remain on the shoulders even if the lifter had to pause from doing repetitions of squats during the 10 minute duration. In my industry this is what is known as time under tension (TUT). So in my case at the time I weighed about 195 lbs. so I loaded the bar with that weight.
My friend would keep an eye on me as a spotter and there was a third member of this group that held a stopwatch to time the workout for the attempted 10 minutes.
Neither my friend or myself had ever attempted anything close to this type of volume at that time and as a young bodybuilder my mind was more focused on the attempt of this insane feat than it was with worrying about the outcome. I blame that on being young and ignorant, but I digress.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
So as I came out of the rack with the weight on my shoulders I began squatting. I did repetition after repetition. I got to 8 reps, then 12 reps, then 15 reps, and I continued to do a few more and I noticed that I was experiencing the most uncomfortable form of physical stress that I had ever encountered in a workout up to that point in my life.
I was sweating like crazy, my heart was about to pound literally out of my neck, and my legs were trembling so bad that I felt that even if I had stopped right then that they may not ever stop trembling for the rest of my life.
The load became unbearable as the time under tension lingered on. I realized that I had lost count of my reps and that I didn’t even care because the physical exertion and discomfort were so great my mind couldn’t focus on anything else.
Finally, I took a couple of struggling steps to place the bar back onto the rack with my friend’s help. As I did my legs gave way and I collapsed to the floor lying flat on my back. I think I might have even briefly blacked out.
As I eventually got back to my feet and found out my time I was shocked to learn that I had only made it somewhere above the three minute mark, nearly a full seven minutes shy of the ten minutes that the workout had called for. My friend would succumb to a similar fate on his attempt as well.
You see, being young and inexperienced enough with the likes of a workout of this caliber we didn’t consider building a program to gradually work up to being able to achieve that 10 minute squat workout. We completely ignored the concept of progressive overload and went straight for the mountain top.
Instead we were anxious and wanted to hurry in order to make the attempt to do the workout so that we could join the ranks of Tom Platz in his famous squat workout. You see we believed we had the knowledge to do so because we had the workout’s protocol.
However, what we DID NOT have was what squat progression and series of workouts that were involved that Tom used to eventually be able to work his way up to being able to achieve the famous 10 minute squat workout.
You see, we were anxious to jump at the chance to make history ourselves with Tom’s workout, but we didn’t stop to think about what we should have done which was to temper our excitement and adopt a realistic and intelligent approach to steadily progress our strength and endurance so that we could achieve that 10 minute squat threshold.
You see that part of planning and action is something that we never even cared to consider. We were totally apathetic in looking at any longer term plan that would have allowed us to build ourselves up in order to conquer that 10 minute threshold. As a result we completely destroyed our legs and we walked around sore for a week unable to do much of anything else.
By being apathetic to the sacrifice it would take to acquire the necessary understanding and true adaptation for success we instead crumbled and faced the destruction of immense soreness and all out body fatigue.
The Wrap Up
The reason I shared that story of the 10 minute squat workout experience was to illustrate the importance and danger of being apathetic about the necessary process that is required to achieve success when trying to tackle a problem, or to overcome a challenging obstacle.
We’re all human and it’s perfectly normal to become more desensitizedover time to the necessary processes of actions that are needed in order to overcome difficult challenges. Ah there’s that word desensitized again.
Because we were numb to the process and overly excited about the destination we were apathetic about doing what needed to be done and as a result we destroyed our legs and failed to complete the workout as it was intended.
That overwhelming experience of the time under tension proved to be too much for us as we fell short of being prepared prior to what was to come at us with the grueling 10 minute squat.
You see much like my failed experience with my approach towards the daunting 10 minute squat workout this is no different in my view in how our society has failed its attempt at maintaining a handle on the environment with our responsibilities that are associated with our Civic Duty.
Because many of us have steadily been desensitized from the consistent trickle of the CrimeSyndicate of Narrative our population has developed both an In-vivo like response of desensitization, as well as a segment of the population that has also succumbed to demoralization.
The reason for today’s article/podcast is to warn those that have become more desensitized of the dangers in allowing that to regress downward to the next step of apathy which will ultimately lead to total destruction.
Understanding history wasn’t the only thing that taught me this because my legs let me know that with a loud and clear message with the 10 minute squat.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“I don't believe in pessimism. If something doesn't come up the way you want, forge ahead. If you think it's going to rain, it will.”― Clint Eastwood
It’s an obvious statement for me to say to you that I’ve seen a lot of changes in the world since I was a kid in the 1980’s.
Sure you’ve heard this type of statement from your elders over the years and people usually snicker and brush off such a statement without any further examination of such a statement. However, given the current state of affairs with the weak, pathetic, and fragile infiltration of Marxists into our society, examining such a statement right here and now is more than warranted and way overdue.
Weak men only exist because of a culture and society that has told them that it's ok to be weak and that strong men are somehow toxic, hence the term toxic masculinity. Aside from that term toxic masculinity being an oxymoron, the assumption of the meaning from those who coined the term is that strong men are somehow toxic when in reality it’s been the steady growth of weak men within our population over time that are toxic and dangerous within society, particularly when it comes to those that are in positions of power.
So to be clear, what exactly does it mean for one to be strong or weak?
Well the truth is that strength and weakness both parallel in terms of the areas in which one may possess an area of strength or weakness as it relates to their individual attributes.
When we hear the words strength and weakness many people would assume we’re solely talking about physical strength or weakness. Sure physical attributes certainly qualify for identifying how one may be strong or weak and as a professional fitness and strength coach I can certainly attest to that, however strength and weakness go far beyond the physical nature of someone who may be strong, or lack strength in certain areas of their lives.
True strength comes from within and that inner strength involves that of the spirit and one’s own intellectual toughness, and moral character. In my view much of this inner strength is present within most all of us, but is something that is similar to a garden that has either been nurtured for growth resulting in more inner strength, or its soil has been deprived, or neglected, of what is necessary to produce a fertile foundation of inner strength.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
When that soil has been deprived then the individual grows up looking outward for certain protections, assurances, and what they may perceive as something of a safe environment. However, keep in mind that looking outward, at least in the context of the physical human world, is a recipe for disappointment as this creates an environment where a weak individual seeks some sort of dependency from other people, entities, or organizations in the physical world.
Now I want to be very careful here when I mention the word dependency as I don’t want this to be taken out of context.
First of all, for the purpose of this explanation I’m primarily talking about everyday able-minded and able-bodied adult men that currently live and work in society. At least at this point I hope they are working, but there are those that fit this classification that aren’t working for various reasons.
Perhaps some of those reasons involve the fact that they are currently suffering from the completely unnecessary economic climate that was created by weak men that lack principles, character, and integrity. After all, as we can observe in many cases weak men can typically exhibit tendencies towards destruction.
Therefore, it could mean that they lack that inner strength I’m talking about which results in the lack of discipline, focus, and grit which ultimately can lead to destruction. The point is that given what I’ve just outlined here as to the explanation I’m talking about the able-minded and able-bodied men that lack inner strength and intellectual toughness.
This concept of inner strength and intellectual toughness has been something that has been stolen from men in our modern day culture. In fact, I would call it the larceny of masculinity.
The Lack of Empathy Resulting In Weakness
“Walk a Mile in His Moccasins”--Mary T. Lathrap in 1895 (Source: AAA Native Arts)
That quote is actually the title of a Native American poem by Mary that was obviously based on the concept of empathy. Now I do believe in this message as empathy is without a doubt a sign of strength.
Here I’m going to read the poem in full…
Pray, don’t find fault with the man that limps,Or stumbles along the road.Unless you have worn the moccasins he wears,Or stumbled beneath the same load.
There may be tears in his soles that hurtThough hidden away from view.The burden he bears placed on your backMay cause you to stumble and fall, too.
Don’t sneer at the man who is down todayUnless you have felt the same blowThat caused his fall or felt the shameThat only the fallen know.
You may be strong, but still the blowsThat were his, unknown to you in the same way,May cause you to stagger and fall, too.
Don’t be too harsh with the man that sins.Or pelt him with words, or stone, or disdain.Unless you are sure you have no sins of your own,And it’s only wisdom and love that your heart contains.
For you know if the tempter’s voiceShould whisper as soft to you,As it did to him when he went astray,It might cause you to falter, too.
Just walk a mile in his moccasinsBefore you abuse, criticize and accuse.If just for one hour, you could find a wayTo see through his eyes, instead of your own muse.
I believe you’d be surprised to seeThat you’ve been blind and narrow minded, even unkind.There are people on reservations and in the ghettosWho have so little hope, and too much worry on their minds.
Brother, there but for the grace of God go you and I.Just for a moment, slip into his mind and traditionsAnd see the world through his spirit and eyesBefore you cast a stone or falsely judge his conditions.
Remember to walk a mile in his moccasinsAnd remember the lessons of humanity taught to you by your elders.We will be known forever by the tracks we leaveIn other people’s lives, our kindnesses and generosity.
Take the time to walk a mile in his moccasins.
Now it takes a wise individual to point to the significance of empathy as Mary does in both the title and body of her poem here regarding the message that one should take the time to try and gain understanding of others and their life circumstances without being quick to pass judgment.
This is completely accurate and is truly a sign of a strong individual because an individual that possesses this ability is someone who has learned and accurately grasped the concept of human nature…which is that we’re all flawed because we are simply human.
To understand and more importantly to take the time, energy, and effort to understand means that one is striving to build on that inner strength I was talking about earlier. For either you or myself to do this we must both invest the time and energy to do so and putting in that investment, in and of itself, requires effort and effort in this way always results in strength.
This is what it means to fertilize that soil in the garden, whereas to not put forth the effort means that one would be neglecting that soil in the garden which results in weakness and destruction.
Now you might be sitting there and thinking Brandon, aren't you passing quick judgment onto those Marxists that you say are weak without understanding what they may be dealing with in their own individual lives? By making such a statement am I demonstrating a lack of empathy?
I would say no that I’m not passing quick judgment, not in the least. I can say that because the entire ideology of Marxism is one that subverts the very nature of individuality and there is clearly a segment of men within our society that have adopted this ideology and actively work extremely hard in promoting, advocating, and embracing it within the fabric of our nation and institutions.
This is not a statement of judgment, but rather a sound substantiated observation of reality. After all, in society we must all agree that there are clear social agreements on what we all should consider to be objective in terms of what is right and what is wrong.
For instance, it is simply wrong to advocate and actually participate in the destruction of private property, the burning of cities, and the harassment of innocent people under the false pretense of so-called injustices, especially when said injustices were proven factually to be a complete lie. We’ve seen this over and over with organizations such as BLM and Antifa with their terrorism of innocent businesses, cities, and individual citizens.
To accurately sum this up you don’t have to look any further than the Kyle Rittenhouse case. In my view this particular case perfectly illuminates the venomous and weak ideology of Marxism as to me this ideology was completely the central component on display in this trial. That’s not difficult to see now as we can look back and reflect on society’s emotional reaction towards Rittenhouse during that time. Looking back at this case many people including the Communist Administrative State Media (ASM) were calling for this young man (Kyle Rittenhouse) to be destroyed before the evidence was ever even presented.
In fact, the jury was feeling immense heat from the corrupt ASM and they were drumming up the heat to pressure the jury into potentially making a decision that would have completely destroyed an innocent man. In fact, I can personally recall many people on my personal Facebook feed calling for him to be locked up, or even executed, before the court date ever came to pass.
These Marxists really showed their true colors to me and as a result fueled my desire to bury their incompetence and to expose their weakness and lack of empathy with the birth of this podcast and blog. Additionally, it may surprise you that I happen to know some of these Marxists personally. However, I had no idea they were lacking so much empathy and were so weak in their character until they showed themselves and demonstrated their worldviews on their social media when I was following this particular case.
Regardless, I have a long memory and my goal is that others will read and/or listen to this episode and be reminded of those same types of people that they might have been surprised to discover on their social feeds as well.
Let me ask you, is that sentiment of calling for one to be imprisoned, or executed, consistent with our legal system in the belief that one is Innocent until PROVEN guilty? Additionally does that attitude demonstrate empathy in the very least? If you can’t answer these questions then you’re part of the problem. The answer should be a loud and convincing NO.
If you still want to ignore reality and reject the notion of empathy then let’s take a moment to highlight the overwhelming facts of the Rittenhouse case.
First of all, the prosecution against Rittenhouse was quick out of the gate to accuse him of chasing down Joseph Rosenbaum and fatally shooting him in the street along with shooting another guy.
With this accusation the prosecution was looking to throw the book at Rittenhouse on several charges consisting of first-degree intentional homicide, first-degree reckless homicide, and first-degree attempted intentional homicide. (Source: CNN)
The prosecution’s narrative totally collapsed when their accusations of what Rittenhouse had allegedly done were completely dismantled once FBI aerial drone footage was presented to the court that clearly showed the complete opposite of what the prosecution was alleging against Rittenhouse.
Upon viewing the footage, among other video footage taken at ground level, it was clear that Rosenbaum was hidden in a parking lot that Rittenhouse had run into at which point Rosenbaum started following Rittenhouse as he ran away. Furthermore, there were two other individuals with Rosenbaum that were in pursuit of Rittenhouse which was the opposite of the testimony from the prosecution. (Source: CNN)
As Rittenhouse’s defense attorney Mark Richards pointed out Rittenhouse had acted in self-defense demonstrating how Rosenbaum was actually the aggressor along with the other two guys making up a mob that was in pursuit of Rittenhouse, not to mention one of the other mob members Gaige Grosskreutz was armed with a firearm while the other guy Anthony Huber was chasing and hitting Rittenhouse with his skateboard.
Fortunately, after all the dust had settled Rittenhouse was exonerated, but not before his reputation and name had been drug through the mud by the corrupt ASM and all the useful idiots that were willing to take the bait and run with it.
You see among the ASM and all of their enablers you have a clear view of how a lack of empathy and an overwhelming epidemic of weakness has infected our society at large. This lack of empathy and weakness resulted in a lot of destruction.
It resulted in the destruction of Kenosha Wisconsin on that night with the incident involving Rittenhouse and Rosenbaum, it resulted in the destruction of Rittenhouse’s reputation and name, and it resulted in the further erosion and destruction of our current American culture that has already been infiltrated by the destructive ideology of Marxism.
In addition to this many of those who were calling for the destruction of Rittenhouse were young men in our culture. In my view this case highlighting those claiming Rittenhouse had committed an injustice were themselves advocating for the greatest injustice of all which was the execution and/or imprisonment of an innocent man.
To make this even worse one of the major details of the case that the media conveniently failed to report on was that Rittenhouse had a medical kit with him and was tending to injured people in the area. His possession of the gun was for personal protection only which is exactly what he used it for in the situation that night in Kenosha.
To me this case clearly highlighted the lack of empathy and the theft of masculinity within our culture at large. With everything surrounding the Rittenhouse case we witnessed a major symptom of the larceny of masculinity.
Enter Stoicism
If you’re not familiar with the term Stoicism it essentially is a philosophical approach to one enduring hardship or pain without display of feelings and without complaint.
Stoicism was one of the dominant philosophical systems dating back to the Hellenistic period in Athens and is basically composed of three different parts.
These three parts include physics, logic, and ethics. Within this model all three of these parts work together in an interconnected system. (Source: Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy)
To illustrate this in a more simple way the ancient stoics used the analogy of comparing each of the separate components to an egg to explain the three interconnected parts of physics, logic, and ethics.
In comparison to the egg the outermost layer involving the shell would be the logic followed by the next component of ethics being the following inner layer of the egg, and ultimately the physics would involve the innermost part of the egg, or the fertile field. You probably noticed this sounds familiar to my garden analogy that I referenced earlier on.
In a nutshell, or more specifically in an egg shell, the purpose of the stoic philosophy is to utilize the practice of the discipline to become more virtuous and to attain wisdom. Thereby, we should lead a good life so the overarching goal is to discern with logic, to nurture the crop or the egg white, which in turn according to the ancients is assumed to nourish the yolk.
Now keep in mind that the stoic philosophy, at least in my view, is not a religion, but rather a disciplined way to approach life and how to deal with the decisions, hardships, successes, shortfalls, and trials of life. Many in Christian faith have also been stoic in their approach to day to day life behavior and discipline. For some this comes more naturally and for others it takes a lot more work.
So what about when life delivers difficult circumstances for people? Did the ancient stoics believe in fate?
What stoics would look to call fate they more identify as working out of the rational and predictable. The concept of fate is more viewed as a series of decisions and actions that have been made over time. In other words, every event that occurs in the world is the result of a previous series of events that preceded the event(s) in question.
As such the thought of the inescapability of this sequence of events leads to concerns about the action and moral responsibility of individuals and how they should lead their daily lives.
Now that to me is as about as powerful and logical an explanation to major events occurring in life as I’ve ever heard. In fact, we’re seeing that very thing happen throughout our cultural, political, educational, health, and economic landscape right now.
Think about the chain of events that have been encouraged and have led to the loss of empathy in our culture due to the destruction of the family structure. Think about the infiltration of weakness within the men of our culture with men being told that masculinity is somehow toxic and not acceptable. Think about how there’s been crimes as serious as treason committed by politicians who have resided in Washington D.C. for decades without having been held accountable for anything meaningful whatsoever. Finally, think about the fact that Congress has literally not passed a balanced budget since 2001.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
I’m not making any of this up. This is all substantiated and documented, yet every single one of these issues exists because of the precedent of doing what was wrong instead of what was right has been able to flourish because of the epidemic of weak men that lack the testicular fortitude to do what real men should do. If masculinity were present in D.C. then we would have men making the necessary decisions politically so that our country would not be in a total free fall towards Communism as we’re seeing right now.
The Wrap Up
In short, we are all human and as humans it’s perfectly natural for us to be weak in some areas and stronger in others. However, when weakness itself is seen as a virtue in our modern society then you can count on a society where there will be a precedence of bad decision making and actions taken by men in power that will nurture an environment into a snowball of total destruction without escape.
The only way to stop it and to reverse course is if we use our individual agency to intervene in order to disrupt the cascading cycle of weakness and the larceny of masculinity across every landscape concerning politics, culture, economics, education, and with our individual health. The bottom line is that we’ve created a culture of overly emotional and weak men.
We have already created a society where decisions are made out of fear and emotion rather than exhibiting the discipline to temper those emotions with a more stoic approach. Because major societal decisions are made out of emotion this only perpetuates a continuous cycle of one bad policy after the next. Furthermore, it also signals to those who desire power more than anything else that those people making decisions out of fear can more easily be controlled.
The question is are the men that recognize this in our society going to have the testicular fortitude to pushback, or has the larceny of masculinity already ceded control of our society to the Authoritarians once and for all?
If you’re interested in my personal answer I’m pushing back as hard as I can by creating this very blog and podcast. I just need your help in helping me to push harder.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
One way you can do this right now is by joining me and giving me a like here on Public SQ. This platform is directly tied to the support of a freedom first movement by allowing you to line up your purchasing power with businesses that share your values.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Notice...
Today's episode will be available to you in full at brandonrichey.substack.com if you subscribe to become a paid member.
However, I am giving you a nice preview of today's episode to give you a feel of the direction of the topic of discussion and I believe you will find it interesting.
“Your mind is everything. All the mess that causes you stress starts in your head. If you’re weak it starts in your head. If you are strong it starts in your head. You make a decision today to be what you wanna be.”- Deion Sanders
What does it mean to you when big names and successful people tell you to grind like never before and to drive ahead towards your individual success without excuses?
How does the message of someone telling you to go out and achieve success, to become wealthy, and to accomplish your dreams sit with you personally at the moment, particularly in this current day and age?
How do you define success?
Do you believe in the power of individuality and your ability to achieve success as an individual that can freely make your own decisions?
What does this vision of success mean to you exactly?
Is it having a million dollars in the bank, or how about $100 million?
What about the attitude that success matters more than anything else and that you, as an individual, are in total control of this, therefore it’s up to you to put in the effort and to walk your own path?
Do you believe all of this to be true?
Do you believe that whatever you define as success is possible?
Look, I’m the last guy on earth to pass judgment on any answer that you might propose to any of these questions. I’m not here to pass judgment at all, but we have lived in an era where there has been no shortage of self-help coaches, business coaches, life coaches, and any other type of coach that you can think of if you really just take a second to pause and look around.
After all, I myself am a lifelong strength and fitness coach.
However, today I want to look at the sentiment of this entire self-help discussion regarding the common messaging that we all hear from all the famous online coaches that flood the internet with the evidence of their successful practices and massive followings.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Even though there are a couple of well known personalities that sparked my idea for this post, keep in mind that this isn’t meant to be a criticism of anyone in particular that is involved with being a coach, or guide so I don’t want you to take it that way.
However, I do want you to carefully examine today’s episode and what I am looking to highlight in today’s message. Afterwards and upon some personal reflection if you do follow some well known life coaches I want you to ask yourself if that person is guilty of what I’m going to be pointing out to you here today. That’s the purpose of today’s episode.
Like I said I’m a coach myself so the intention here is not to be critical of anyone in particular, however I want to point towards a problem that many of these so-called coaches and influencers typically neglect, or fail to point out, within the fabric of the DNA of much of their messaging.
I’ll touch on what that is here a bit later, but first I want to take the time to explore what the entire concept of individuality and personal agency really means in today’s world and the current environment that we are all living in.
Enter Existentialism
The German philosopher Martin Hedegger was born in 1889 and grew up to become one of the leading influential philosophers on existentialism. This philosophy of existentialism involves the thought process that questions existence along with our responsibilities as free and independent beings in the world.
In Hedegger’s book Being and Time he posits that much of society is running away from the idea of death and points out that we essentially deny our own mortality by pretending that we will live forever.
Hedegger believed that as an existentialist that we must confront the reality that one day we will no longer be around because of death and in this way Hedegger was critical of the western world’s view where religion offers the prospect of an afterlife. (Source: New Intrigue)
“What one does is what counts. Not what one had the intention of doing.”
― Pablo Picasso
The toughest and most challenging task I’ve ever taken on in my life is the day that I decided to start my own business.
Look I know I talk about this a lot on this show, but if you’ve been a regular listener, or reader, to the show then you know that I am always intentional about why I bring such things up and that the purpose of bringing up such a thing is not by mistake in terms of the reason behind it with communicating an important point. Keep that word intentional in the back of your mind as I’m going to be coming back to that here a bit later on in the episode.
Back in 2005 when I made the leap to jump out and start my own business I did so with the main motivation being that I didn’t want to be beholden to someone else. I realized, at least in my own experience, that the work I was doing in the fitness business was making some other guy richer off of my own blood and sweat.
In addition to the unsatisfying pay and the lack of reward I also found myself having a difficult time with having to put up with someone else’s assessment of what was best for growing a business, especially when I would prove otherwise with my own performance over and over as an employee.
In short, I never liked the feeling of being under someone else’s thumb while, at the same time, lacking the independence from being able to call my own shots while always being beholden to someone else’s whims. This was my central motivation for taking the leap to go out on my own into the world to build the life that I wanted by embracing all the risks and all the rewards.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
However, in choosing to travel this path I’ve witnessed and learned that people in society don’t want to have to factor in the possibility of unwanted risks. Granted, mitigating risks is a totally understandable consideration when you have skin in the game of any respectable business pursuit.
Now having said that there’s a HUGE difference between mitigating risks when playing by the rules of the free market versus mitigating risks by developing cronyistic relationships with people in high executive positions and the government in order to rig the game and to pervert the market to eliminate unwanted risks in one’s favor.
Enter Hostile Cronyism
In case you were not aware that the word cronyistic, or cronyism, has to do with the spoils system's practice of partiality by jobs and other advantages in business where they end up being awarded to friends and colleagues, particularly when related to politicians and supportive organizations of political institutions. This generally serves as a corrupt feedback loop that walls off the prospect of outside competition and isn’t an open free market competitive environment in the least. In fact, it’s a closed, or captured environment in this case.
In short, a cronyistic environment is a corrupt system typically involving an environment where there is a merger between the private and public sector. In such a system you would have certain businesses within a given market that would solely benefit from this public private relationship in a way where the rest of the private sector would not.
In fact, a good example of the cronyistic nature of a perverted market would be the majority of the ‘climate change’ model. In this example, the market is not a true free market, particularly in the way that the federal government pushes and forces it through the financing involved in the purchase of EV’s as a singular example.
You’re probably wondering, Brandon, how can you say that?
Well the reason I can say that is because of the level of subsidies that flow from the government to the so-called private enterprising projects that push the climate change agenda at every turn. As an example you don’t have to look any further than the manufacturing of the electric vehicles, or the EV movement as only a large, but singular part of that cronyistic market.
According to the National Bureau of Economic Research Federal subsidies totaled $725 million for the year 2014 where they would offer tax credits for EV buyers that would range between $2500 and $7500 on the backs of taxpayers and that was nearly a decade ago. It’s grown to be substantially more now and that doesn’t even factor in how corn subsidies for gas powered vehicles involving ethanol have perverted that market in the name of ‘climate change’ which is something that isn’t even needed for a gasoline engine. The point here is that these subsidies have infected both the artificial EV market, as well as, the independent stand alone gas powered car market.
In case you never thought about it before, ethanol is a fuel additive that is derived from corn and is regulated to be blended into gasoline for your car. The absurd reality about ethanol is that the business ONLY exists because of your tax dollars.
In fact, when it comes to ethanol it doesn’t even make sense as it costs more to produce than it’s worth and is solely propped up by yours and my tax dollars that flow into the farming and all of the other related industries that are tied to the ethanol subsidies as a resulted requirement of having to blend it with your fuel.
To give you some perspective on the massive amount of money that flows into the ethanol industry, the Volumetric Ethanol Excise Tax Credit was signed into law by George W. Bush back in 2004 and went into effect in 2005.
This particular subsidy is often referred to as the blender’s credit and is offered to ethanol blenders that are registered with the IRS by giving them 45 cents for every gallon of pure ethanol that they blend with gasoline. (Source: ThoughtCo)
That particular subsidy cost taxpayers a whopping $5.7 billion in 2011 according to the nonpartisan congressional watchdog agency the U.S. Government Accountability Office.
What’s so frustrating about this is that, just like with the EV market, the ethanol subsidies are simply a massive waste of money and a completely unnecessary tax on the American public which only exists now because we have managed to create a cronyistic environment that is feeding a hostile leviathan that doesn’t want give up its position and cease to exist.
So what do I mean by Hostile Cronyism?
Well remember the one thing that I always talk about is absolutely critical in regards to this show. That thing I’m referring to always goes back to both you and I constantly being able to recognize and understand our environment. In that context I admit that the environment can change, but with that change it’s up to us to be able to recognize and keep up with it in order to understand it.
So given the change that we’ve allowed with these huge federal subsidies that have wormed their way into our markets in regards to the environment concerning energy production in the name of ‘climate change’ we’ve now created a position where a huge cronyistic and artificial environment ONLY exists due to the sole support of our tax dollars.
Given that these businesses and special interests will do whatever it takes in order to maintain their gravy train of wealth flowing into their bank accounts it shouldn’t be surprising to us when we see the hostility of the climate activists and governments that want to continue driving the climate agenda.
Not surprisingly the driving ahead with this agenda has resulted in the diminished production of energy across the country which, in the state of California, has been the direct cause of continuous rolling power outages. Keep in mind that the government of California is also looking to do away with the sales of gas powered cars in that state by 2035 and if you happen to be a citizen of that state you’ll more likely be forced to purchase an electric vehicle either out of diminished options, or by government mandate. (Source: NPR)
Now with the rolling and consistent power outages in that state you’ll also be able to experience the joy of owning an expensive electric vehicle in a state where there’s a good chance you won’t be able to maintain a charge on that vehicle due to the constant power outages. You couldn’t even make up this insanity in a sequel to the movie Idiocracy, but I digress.
The other concern that you and I are seeing with this hostile cronyistic environment (aka Climate Agenda) is that there are stories circulating about how cattle, which is a rich food supply, is causing too much of a carbon footprint, therefore they are looking to go after the food supply.
On that note in the Netherlands we’ve already witnessed in the past year a direct seizure of farmland by the government there with what they, and the European Union, refer to as an attempt at reducing Nitrogen emissions. This blatant hostile cronyism (aka Communism/Fascism) is where the government manufactures a crisis in order to steal land away from people which, in this case, are the Dutch farmers. (Source: Euronews.Green)
Useful idiots would say that since the government is offering to buy the land from those farmers that there’s obviously no issue. However, such simplistic and shortsighted thinking can be applied to any government attempt to usher in legalized theft under the guise of a societal crisis, or emergency, which in this case involves climate change.
This is the problem when it comes to the population just willfully dismissing the true nature and intention of certain large movements that exist and gain a lot of steam within the corrupt functions of government.
After all, human nature has proven to be consistent in two areas that I want to point to for a moment. The first observation about human nature is that people in general are quick to dismiss a major problem as a non-issue if the problem doesn’t impact them in the present time, or in the short-term. The second observation is that people simply have short and selective memories.
The Mandela Effect
Both of the previous aspects of human nature that I pointed to involving the way people actually are at their core often serve to be a problem for society at large and we’re seeing that play out right now in our modern world.
So what exactly am I referring to in regards to the aspects of human nature where people have this irresponsible ability to dismiss major problems simply because they don’t see these problems as an issue they should address today, or with the other characteristic that people have short and selective memories?
Well, with both of these human characteristics I could also counter with the question of Which examples of human history exist where people do NOT exhibit these two attributes?
Don’t worry you don’t have to bother answering that because I’ll get back to making the point because it’s easy to make.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
First of all, I'll take a moment to illustrate the issue with people dismissing major problems that they don’t feel are major problems because individuals may not necessarily perceive that they are impacted by them at the present time.
To illustrate this I want to dive into a fable that communicates this in the most profound way.
Once upon a time long ago in India there was a king that enjoyed playing chess and challenging others to play against him.
So one day a sage came through to visit and as he passed by the king the king challenged him to a game of chess. In the king’s challenge he told the sage that he would wager any reward the sage could imagine.
The sage took the king up on his offer, but to the king’s surprise his choice of reward was quite surprising because it involved rice.
To make the request even stranger the sage asked to receive the rice in a particular manner. If the sage won he requested that the king take a single grain of rice and place it on the chessboard’s first square, and after that he would double the amount of rice placed on every subsequent square until every square of the board was accounted for on the chessboard.
When looking at the offer the king viewed it as a humble offer and gladly accepted the offer and obliged the sage in a game of chess.
The two played the chess game and the sage won.
True to his word the king ordered one of his servants to bring out a bag of rice. The king grabbed a single grain of rice from the bag and placed one down on the first square of the chessboard, and then two grains on the next square, and then four grains on the next, and so on. However, it wasn’t long at all before the king realized that he had a very big problem.
The king realized that he not only didn’t have enough rice to satisfy filling up the board on hand, but that he didn’t even have enough rice available in his entire kingdom to fulfill the debt.
By the time the king had reached the 15th square on the chessboard he would have to issue 16,384 grains of rice to the sage. By the time he reached the 25th square he would have to issue 16,777,216 grains of rice to the sage. Ultimately by the time he fulfilled all 64 squares on the chessboard he would essentially be looking at 200 billion tons of rice, or basically enough rice to cover the entire country of India with a meter of rice. (Source: Analyzing Alpha)
The sage would live out his days as one of the wealthiest men of his time.
This is a perfect illustration on demonstrating the power of the concept of compounding interest. However, the inherent flaw in human nature is that people often fail to recognize that even though compounding interest can work for your benefit (like with the sage) it can also work AGAINST you (like the king).
This is precisely why it’s important to be intentional when examining life decisions and life problems. Ah, I told you I would come back to that word intentional.
You see in this example when looking at the fable with the king and the sage the king wasn’t intentional at all in his examination of the potential payout of the bet just prior to playing the chess game. However, the sage was very intentional in his request and had obviously thought through the math and the payout of his reward should he go on to achieve the victory in the chess match…which he did.
When I reference the king here in this story this is exactly what I mean when referring to people lacking the ability to tackle problems without intention in the moment that they occur. To preserve his livelihood the king should have taken a longer amount of time to examine what the sage was offering instead of acting out of haste and accepting the bet surrounding that chess match out of excitement.
This is exactly the reason why our society is now experiencing the global corruption that we’re witnessing in regards to the hostile cronyism that we’re seeing in relation to the ever expanding climate agenda. The green movement climate agenda is now a major player in crushing the world markets right now.
What was once viewed as a humble venture coming from those claiming to want to strive to save the planet with a virtuous statement known as the green movement are now the direct cause of us paying a huge price possibly involving our very lives. The price of not having examined that movement more closely just as the king failed to do the same in our little parable here has resulted in being a major driver for global instability.
As a result, the green movement is now a major factor in driving the 40 year record high inflation due to mandated cuts on energy production, and putting the Western world on the brink of World War III.
Additionally there are stories in the newscycle nearly everyday that communicate the economic and dangerous ideology that opposes natural gas and oil production literally everywhere at all times.
To be intentional is to be smart when it comes to addressing problems that may seem harmless, or even humble in nature. In regards to the climate agenda and the green movement society has failed to do this as we’re seeing in reality everyday right now.
So what about that second characteristic of people having selective and short term memory that I mentioned?
Well, let's not pretend that we don’t understand the true motivation behind the corrupt activity involved with the hostile cronyism (aka Communism/Fascism) that we’re witnessing with the green movement, the widespread corruption of the financial markets, the control of energy, etc..
All of this is being driven by two things and those two things are simply power and greed. The problem I pointed to with the flawed attribute of human nature involving people having both a selective and short-term memory is that oftentimes a short-term or selective memory can create a culture of normalcy around something that isn’t normal at all.
One key and common example of this selective memory, or people misremembering, is when I hear people misquote the bible verse saying that Money is the root of all evil. You might have even bought into the quote because if you’re like me you have probably heard this stated on a frequent basis for many years.
However, as always you must be aware of your environment and one way to ensure that you are is to always go to the source of such a statement rather than taking it from some third party. So if you exercise that very thing right here and now then all you have to do is simply go to the Bible verse 1 Timothy 6:10 and it reads For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evils.
That first key part of the phrase ‘For the love of money’ makes all the difference in terms of the meaning of this phrase, yet people think and remember the first misquoted example that money itself as an inanimate object is the root of all evil which on its face is an absurd statement.
However as such a misquoted statement permeates throughout society for years and years it will cause a lot of problems as people will build their opinions around a false claim and dangerously misplace the blame of what is evil onto an inanimate object such as a dollar bill rather than placing the blame where it belongs. In this case the blame should fall with those people who will use that inanimate object of money for nefarious purposes of their own.
People commonly misremember details about things and such a phenomenon can occur by accident with a concept that is known as the Mandela Effect.
So what is the Mandela Effect?
The Mandela Effect was something that some friends pointed out to me this past week that even I wasn’t familiar with so I decided to do a little digging.
Apparently the origin of the term was coined back in 2009 by Fiona Broome who started a blog to observe this phenomenon.
It started when Fiona apparently attended a conference and had a conversation with several others at the conference that pertained to the death and tragedy of the previous South African president’s death in a prison in the 1980’s.
However, if you do a little research you’d find that Mandela never died in a South African prison in the 1980’s, but rather peacefully passed away in his home in 2013.
What Broome learned is that she had spoken with several other people regarding her faulty memory on the matter and she began to realize that she wasn’t alone. In fact, several people had the same memory regarding the death of Nelson Mandela.
To make this even stranger many of the people she spoke to recalled having seen news coverage of the death of the South African president and even talked about remembering his widow giving a speech at his funeral on live TV.
This was quite a shock to Broome when she realized that such large numbers of people could remember an identical event in such detail even though it never actually happened. It was because of this strange phenomenon that Fiona decided to start her own website on the issue, as well as, with other similar incidents which are what she referred to as the Mandela Effect. (Source: Simply Psychology)
Some other common examples of this in pop culture involve the famous movie line from The Empire Strikes Back when Darth Vader says “Luke, I am your father.”
However, Darth Vader never said that in the movie. You might be surprised to learn that he says “No, I am your father.”
The reality is that many people have a distinct memory of this being the first phrase, but it’s actually the second line here that is accurate.
Another example in pop culture that we can point to would be the famous line that Forrest Gump uttered that everyone repeats saying “Life is like a box of chocolates.”
However, when looking at the scene closely you’ll hear Forrest Gump (Tom Hanks) say “My mother always said life was like a box of chocolates.”
When it comes to the Mandela Effect one possible cause and explanation could be what is known in Psychology as priming.
This is where the exposure to a stimulus directly influences someone’s response to a succeeding stimulus. As a good example, if I asked you “Did you grab a red coffee cup from the cabinet?” That question is going to be more specific and evocative than if I asked you “Did you grab anything from the cabinet?”
Because of the way the first question is framed it’s going to be more influential and impactful on one’s memory recall than the way the second question is framed.
I’m not saying this is the sole reason for the Mandela Effect, but it could be a factor in producing such a unique and shocking cultural phenomena with the Mandela Effect when it comes to selective memory.
The Wrap Up
Once again, this all comes back down to each of us as individuals working harder at being a Zenith when it comes to investing in the growth and expansion of our understanding of our respective environments in our daily lives.
After all, take a moment and imagine the following scenario.
Imagine, if you will, that I had the ability to travel back in time to visit you in 2018 or early 2019. Upon my visit I would tell you that in the coming 4 to 5 years that you would experience a global pandemic that would literally shutdown the world, that it would be used as a Trojan Horse for global communism, that the U.S. elections would be compromised, that you would experience 40 year record high inflation, that government officials would come forward about UFOs, that your government would go to war against its own citizens, that AI would pose as a threat to all of humanity, and that the world would be on a razor’s edge for World War III.
Given all of this you would have probably laughed me out of the room, yet here we are and many people still have selective memories and want to dismiss the reality of all of this insanity. It’s because of all of this that this very platform exists because reading about those wild realities would cause any sane person from the past or present to demand some explanation in order to achieve a deeper understanding of why all of this is happening now.
At least now if you possess discernment and recognize the importance of understanding your environment that the concepts covered here in today’s episode involving hostile cronyism and the Mandela Effect certainly have played a role in the development of these insane realities.
What’s even more ironic is that these realities are so farfetched that even Hollywood would have tossed the script into the trash bin out of anger due to the fact that a tree was taken for the paper the script was printed on as it would be seen as a direct insult in the face of the green energy movement.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“In the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.”― Desiderius Erasmus
Years ago I had the privilege of coaching the Tucker High School basketball team in their preseason strength and conditioning training to get the team ready for their competitive season.
The reason this opportunity had fallen into my lap was because I had previously worked with a few of their players on an individual level just a couple years prior when I had worked for another athletic performance training company before I had ventured out on my own to start my business.
Once I had decided to make the leap to stop working for the man and become self-employed I had searched up the Tucker coach’s contact number and quickly set up a meeting.
It was a very productive meeting because he had liked my tough approach from having worked with his previous players and as luck would have it he was frustrated with the direction of his team at the time I had sat down to meet with him.
In that meeting he was venting his frustrations to me about how his team lacked discipline, focus, work ethic, and structure. Coming from their head coach I was a bit concerned because in my mind the thought had occurred to me that if he, as the head coach, couldn’t provide discipline, focus, work ethic, and structure then being an outsider coming in would I be able to deliver this to the team and their situation?
As the first day of training approached I knew the only way to know this for sure was to put my skills to the test, but at least I had the advantage of knowing what I was walking into before the day came.
The team was large with 32 players consisting of both the boys and girls JV and Varsity squads and I had formulated a plan to accommodate these numbers and manage the group on my own.
I had made the choice to set up several different work stations each dedicated for the athletes to perform a different speed and agility drill, or a strength movement of some kind. Each station was timed and there were a total of eight stations which allowed for four athletes to work at each station at a time. As each group of athletes worked through and completed their given time at each station they would rotate over to the next station. It was a good setup that allowed for a seamless execution as I could manage 32 players on my own without help.
However, as good as the layout for the training session was, the head coach’s warning to me regarding the lack of focus of the group would still soon present itself to me as a problem. The only question was how was I going to deal with it?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
A Lesson In The Human Psyche
As I blew the whistle to start the team into their training session I started watching over all of the group like a hawk. Even though I was a rookie in terms of being a new business owner I was still very experienced as a coach and had a few tricks up my sleeve for when things didn’t always go as planned.
As I sit here telling you that I remember I was only about three to five minutes into the training session when I noticed one of the lead varsity players at one of the work stations in the group joking around and putting in effort that was quite honestly pathetic.
I watched his group carefully because he was the top player on the team and as he was spending more time joking and goofing off this had a cascading effect that rippled throughout the rest of the entire team as a whole. You see whether he liked it or not his poor example of leadership and work ethic had a negative impact on the rest of the team.
This was a typical observation in how important leadership is with an individual as good leadership and bad leadership WILL absolutely have a direct impact on the performance of a team as a whole. This is very important to mention as this is true of any organization, especially when it comes to the government.
So you’re probably wondering Brandon what did you do?
Well, I watched them carefully for a few seconds and when I realized they were not going to correct themselves and start putting forth the necessary effort I blew the whistle and issued the first and only warning to the team. I could sense a bit of attitude in the star player’s body language with his response to my warning, but I chose to ignore it for the moment.
Since I was new I kept the criticism anonymous with my first warning, but with a stern tone told them clearly that I noticed a group at one of the work stations was goofing off. I warned them that if I had to blow the whistle again to stop training because there were players that were too busy playing around instead of being serious about their work ethic that the second event would involve a brutal lesson in discipline with what I referred to as mental drills (which were really physical drills I used to mentally discipline athletes).
So they acknowledged the warning and we started back with the training session. However, after a quick couple of minutes I looked over at the same player in the group that was goofing off before and as you can imagine he was doing it again.
At this point I was irritated and when I got irritated I had to correct the situation. I immediately blew the whistle and yelled for everyone to get in line formation for the mental drills I had literally just warned them about.
However, what I did next was something that the group found to be shocking and based on everyone’s facial expressions it completely caught them all off guard. As I ordered everyone in line for the mental drills I called for the player that had been goofing off to come to the head of the group to stand beside me. When I did so he looked stunned and then asked me why.
He walked to the head of the group and stood next to me asking me why I wanted him beside me while I was addressing the entire team? As I stood there I explained to him and the group that since he wanted to take it easy and preferred a more relaxed approach during the training while he was goofing around that he could continue to do so by relaxing while standing right next to me as the rest of the team suffered through doing their mental drills while he watched.
At this point I blew my whistle and started making the team do a tough series of bodyweight squats where I directed the execution of each repetition of squats by telling them when to squat. I kept an aggressive tempo and after about 20 or so squats they were clearly starting to experience the discomfort from the physical application of what I call mental drills.
As I started doing this an amazing thing happened as the superstar player standing next to me begged me to allow him to join them. At first I refused and asked him what had changed between the time he was goofing off and the moment he found the rest of his team in the middle of doing their mental drills?
Of course, he didn’t have an answer and just continued to beg me to allow him to join the rest of the group in their disciplinary punishment. By the way if this is new to you this is a normal cycle that coaches experience with kids and athletes, but just please stay with me because the punchline is coming up.
So you might be thinking Brandon what happened next?
Well, I pushed the group pretty hard with the disciplinary approach using the mental drills. I stopped the squats and ordered everyone to return to their work stations.
From that point on the group put forth a strong effort and we proceeded to finish out the workout, but at the end I blew the whistle to grab everyone’s attention and once again ordered them to get back in line the way we did to do the mental drills.
The look on their faces was misery and I could see it.
It was at this moment that I told them that despite the bumpy start to the workout that they demonstrated a level of grit and intestinal fortitude that made me take notice and that there was hope for all of them after all. Furthermore, afterwards I approached the young superstar player that had also shown a change in effort and attitude and completed the day’s workout on a positive note.
I pulled him and his small work group aside and asked him if he understood why I isolated him at the beginning of the mental drills I was forcing the entire team to go through? He looked at me and after a short pause he responded by saying that he believed I wanted to show him how his actions hurt the team.
This was an impressive response from this young man. I was very pleased to hear this and told him that I also knew that he was the one they all looked up to in the group. I told him that he was the one that the team would rely on if things got tough and that his kind of leadership wasn’t something that his head coach, or even I could replace.
I then told him that I couldn’t make this preseason conditioning venture a success without his leadership and example of hard work being on point. I told him and his small group that I couldn’t do it without them.
From that day forward I never had to raise a finger to discipline anyone else on the team because this star player would automatically step in to take the initiative to do it for me.
In case you’re wondering, that Tucker High School basketball team went on to win the state championship and we did it again the following year.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Deindividuation
Typically when you hear about someone using a tactic where psychological isolation is involved it is often viewed with a negative connotation. Typically such a tactic is employed by someone who has abusive motives such as one engaging in an act to isolate their spouse from others because they are jealous of their significant other, they’re insecure, they’re possessive, or they just totally lack any self-esteem themselves and are coping in a very negative way.
Whatever the reason when psychological isolation is employed it is typically explained in the context of using scenarios that involve negative and abusive situations. However, there are moments when isolating people in a group, as I explained with my own example with the basketball team, is a good thing. This is a different type of “isolation” that isn’t done at all in the same context as typical social situations involving what you would normally assume is psychological isolation.
Granted the way I isolated the young talented athlete in the group from my story was an isolation of his individuality. This ended up being effective because it was initiated with positive intention. This ended up resulting in a tremendously positive outcome when it came to his change of attitude and work ethic which not only elevated him, but ended up elevating his team as well.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
So why did the young man fail to put forth the effort right out of the gate and feel that it was ok to simply goof around during the workout with the rest of the team instead of putting forth the effort?
Well the reality is that there were probably several reasons ranging from the fact that he might have lacked discipline, structure, and focus, but there’s also a touch of something else involved here when it comes to the psychology of group dynamics.
If you follow this podcast and blog then you know I also like to cross-post articles and other podcasts from the Substack platform with other talented creators. Just recently I did this with two former guests on my podcast with Kelli Russell and Jerry Kuykendall.
I cross-posted one of their episodes recently where they honed in on the important concept of Individuation. The title of that episode is Your Path To Individuation.
So going back to the explanation of why my talented basketball player experienced a moment where he felt he could choose to not put in the physical effort to do the work and instead goof around with his friends was because of a related concept known as deindividuation.
Deindividuation is obviously the opposite of Individuation and it’s a phenomenon that is typically associated with people that engage in behavior out of the norm when inside a large group.
This phenomenon is typically associated with violent or deviant behavior when looking at how individuals might act during a riot when they are hidden within a large crowd. Granted my young basketball player here wasn’t a deviant in the least, but the larger point is that the group dynamics provided a platform for him, like with many kids among many teams, to sometimes feel hidden within the large groups enabling them to sometimes detract from disciplinary activities. This is due to the fact that they feel they will be less likely to be identified within the group.
As a result this causes some people who fall for deindividuation to be more likely to engage in behavior and to do things that they might not normally do if they were on their own, or in a position where people could easily know who they are in a given situation.
This concept of deindividuation was first coined by American social psychologist Leon Festinger in the 1950’s in order to describe situations in which people cannot be individuated or isolated from others. (Source: Britannica) Obviously I wasn’t going to allow that to happen on my watch with my star basketball player in the group, but I digress.
However, in some instances deindividuation can be rather inconsequential such as letting loose on the dance floor or within the dynamics of helping people. Remember that the context of any given situation matters and there are circumstances that do vary with any given situation.
However, the larger point here is to make sure that we are all more capable of being a Zenith by being able to bring more clarity to any given circumstance because when we don’t, as society, we often find ourselves in a sort of enigmatic societal dilemma when looking at how certain negative events may play out in society when deindividuation does actually manage to occur in a dangerous setting.
A few examples here would involve the continuous summer riots that have popped up with the likes of Antifa and BLM over the past few years. In these circumstances I understand much of those riots were artificially manifested as these groups were organized and paid for, but they can fuel some instances of deindividuation when it comes to looters and others who might want to take advantage of an opportunity to not be held accountable for their actions.
If you don’t believe me, in 19th century France the work of Gustave Le Bon demonstrated and promulgated a politically motivated criticism of crowd behavior. (Source: Britannica)
Le Bon’s work referred to group behavior as irrational and fickle and it got much support at the time given the many riots that were going on during his time in France. He pointed out that undesirable behaviors would occur at the time through three types of mechanisms.
First, the feeling of anonymity gives people the sense of being free from being isolated or identified, second this would lead to a feeling of being untouchable and ultimately this would result in a complete loss of personal responsibility altogether.
Now I want to go back and touch on my example of the artificial and paid rioters influencing others in La Bon’s example here of the complete loss of personal responsibility. Within the group dynamic this could also cause a phenomenon which La Bon referred to as a contagion which pretty much means what it sounds like. In this circumstance a contagion would dangerously spread through the rest of the crowd as they can start thinking and acting in the same manner. According to Le Bon it’s also at this point where the crowds are more suggestible.
In my observation this is precisely what happened to the world within the group dynamics of the pandemic policies and the Mass Formation that took place with so many people that were acting hostile and violently towards those of us who refused to go along with the theater and the relentlessly suggestive narrative of compliance.
However, unlike the environment in 19th century France it’s my observation that this group deindividuation was more perpetuated through the digital platforms of social media more so than the concrete streets of France or New York.
After all, in the same light as Le Bon and Festinger point to in their respective theories the same sort of deindividuation coupled with the feeling of being untouchable was enabled by many people willingly attacking their friends and family during the pandemic through the comfort of their electronic devices on social media.
The Mass Formation that corrupted and is still infecting our society was also further perpetuated with the social media Oligarchs censoring dissident voices that went against the suggestive narrative of compliance that directly fueled the deindividuation throughout our society at large.
After all, according to the American Bolsheviks (aka Communists) you should NEVER attempt to do your own research and should just Follow the $cience.
Remember that deindividuation occurs in the Mass Formation. If you’re not already aware, the concept of Mass Formation is a harrowing phenomenon that has a shocking historical context that the world renown Professor of Psychology Mattias Desmet discusses and is also a mind blowing topic on an episode that I covered back last Halloween. You can check out that episode here titled Defeating The Fear Control Mechanism: How Stoicism and Strength Combat Weakness and The Infantilization of Society. By the way Mattias Desmet himself gave that episode a like on the Substack so you want to make sure you check it out if you haven’t already.
Thank you for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey . This post is public so feel free to share it.
The Wrap Up
In my observation it’s clear to me that deindividuation is something that the Administrative State Media (ASM) has also managed to foster across much of our society. As the ASM floats a narrative, regardless of how big the lie is, many people with a warped sense of reality will use that narrative as a sort of blanket for them to avoid accountability.
After all, if we use the behavior we witnessed with Mass Formation during the pandemic you saw many people both on and offline abusing and fighting with family and so-called friends.
Many of those that were following along and advocating for the suggestive narrative of compliance were ruthless in their demands. This resulted in many people being “othered,” it resulted in people losing their jobs, losing their family members, and most importantly it served as a Trojan Horse for ushering in the widespread Communism and corruption throughout every major United States institution as we’re seeing play out right now in front of our faces nearly every single day.
I told you that story about my experience with the Tucker High School basketball team to communicate a larger point. In case you didn’t know, in that Tucker High School environment I was the minority. Not that it mattered to me because as an individual, a coach, and a professional I always treat everyone the same. That’s how I was raised.
However, had I been fake, disingenuous, or simply scared to discipline any of the players on that day, or any day for that matter, I would have never been able to overcome the deindividuation at that moment with that star player.
The circumstance had presented the perfect opportunity for me to seize by isolating that player from his team and making him realize that he was doing that prior to me when he had made the decision to joke around instead of doing the work.
However, when I showed him he could see with clarity and he took his team to the next level. I tell you this because if you’re listening and paying attention to what’s going on in the world with the indictment of the former president, as well as his cabinet members. Additionally as you see what’s happened in East Palestine, Ohio and Maui and how the ASM is covering for the malfeasance and incompetence, and you’re seeing the ASM now starting to float more stories with the suggestive narrative of compliance with more COVID policies, masking, etc. you’re also going to see the Mass Formation of more deindividuation within our society kickoff once again.
Now that you have this knowledge you shouldn’t be confused and view these circumstances as sort of an Enigmatic Societal Dilemma, but rather view what's happening with absolute clarity.
Furthermore, as you see the Mass Formation and deindividuation start up on your social media feeds and within your social circles you’re now going to find yourself in a similar situation as I did with that Tucker High School basketball team and whether or not you should call out and isolate those trying to perpetuate an abusive and suggestive narrative of compliance.
If you’re worried and find yourself in a similar situation and you’re concerned because you’re outnumbered just remember that I was outnumbered 32 to 1.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“The whole secret lies in confusing the enemy, so that he cannot fathom our real intent.”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
I have always been involved in athletics and this was obviously the driving factor that resulted in me deciding to go into the fitness industry as a working professional.
I have been a lifelong athlete and a natural competitor and as I’ve gotten older I’ve realized more and more just how important and beneficial this has been to me on a number of levels regarding my professional pursuits, mental health, physical health, and general ability to exercise my awareness of my environment.
If you’ve tuned into this show and read, or listened to this podcast blog then you’ve often heard me talk about the significance of being able to understand your environment. Whenever I mention that I’m not meaning for you to take that lightly.
In fact, I started this blog and podcast to communicate a variety of skills and strategies in order to help to train you physically and mentally to really acquire the ability to think, discern, and solve your way out of the environmental problems we’re all faced with on a daily basis.
After all, if you observe the general Newscycle from the Administrative State Media (ASM) on a day to day, week to week, month to month, and year to year basis then you’d think that Ukraine is winning the war, you’d think that the pandemic was the fault of the unvaccinated, that the banking and financial system is back to optimal health, that our election system is more secure than ever, and that the education system is actually an education system rather than the disastrous indoctrination camp that they are proving to be with every new class of teenagers that enters into the workforce these days.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Meanwhile, if you are capable of observing reality you’d know and understand with clarity that the country is clearly being run into the dirt by a corrupt illegitimate regime that apparently is in power due to the fact that they acquired more legal votes in the most secure election of our history (according to them).
Of course the Biden regime is in power due to the fact that the American people rushed to the polls with no rigged process of the elections whatsoever and with a record number 81 million votes pushed him across the finish line in glorious fashion because he’s no establishment shill with a dirty record in Washington D.C. like the rest of those other corrupt politicians that run that city.
Now if you’re capable of discernment then you’d understand that I’m being completely sarcastic with that previous statement regarding the fair election of Biden. Of course he’s illegitimate. Our entire Administrative State is illegitimate and many of us have known this since before Biden was ever elected, but many are just now seeing the corruption play out in real time and they’re confused, shocked, and disturbed. Of course, many people are either too apathetic or demoralized to ever be capable of recognizing it, but there will always be a segment of the population of those people.
However, how is it that some people can anticipate what is happening in the real world while others simply cannot? How can some people see the trends of what’s coming down range while others cannot?
I’ll get into that shortly, but I will say that being self-employed certainly has helped me with gaining understanding in this arena. Now I want to be clear that I’m not saying this with the motivation to feed my ego, or to try to put myself onto some kind of pedestal. That is not my point at all. In fact, that’s not anywhere close to the point I’m trying to make to you here today.
However, the point I am trying to make is that when looking at societal issues that unfold in today’s world and across today’s media landscape discovering what is more truthfully accurate and being able to predict the direction of how things will develop and play out requires a bit of digging, discernment, and work. After all, since the pandemic hit three years ago, getting to the truth and uncovering what was more accurate in terms of what has been going on in the world is the entire motivation behind the existence of this podcast and blog.
Please just take a moment and ask yourself the following question. Are there people that tend to be more correct at identifying trends, seeing corruption, and predicting certain outcomes based on their accurate observations and anticipation of certain corrupt people and organizations in society? I would say this is an absolute YES.
Does this mean that we always have the exact answer to certain predictions of societal outcomes? No, good predictors of human nature won’t always have the “exact” answers when it comes to objective outcomes, but good predictors will have “more accurate” answers when it comes to predicting certain societal outcomes because of their discipline to read and connect dots based on being able to recognize given motivations, actions, and ideologies of certain organizations and groups of people.
I think I’ve always had a feel for doing this because I'm a small business owner. If you’re a small business owner then you understand what it means to think deeply about how to walk through the process of securing your business, not only for growth, but equally for the purpose of protection as well. After all, one can produce wealth, but one must also understand how to protect that which was produced at the same time. At the end of the day if you’re incapable of the latter then what’s the point of the former?
The S.A.I.D. Principle
So now I wanted to go back to touch on and elaborate a bit more on why some people can anticipate what is happening in the real world better than others. As I stated, owning a small business served as a good practice run for me to get the feel of this and if you own a business this will make more sense to you as well.
So what do I mean by that? How does owning a business help one with understanding the environment better, therefore making one better equipped for making predictions and taking measures to protect oneself from the external forces that are always thrusting unwanted challenges upon the rest of society?
As I mention quite frequently here on this blog and podcast the first step to this comes back to being able to recognize the environment. When I refer to the environment what I mean is that I’m basically taking inventory on those things which make up the function of the environment. The primary and first key element that makes up the environment is people. That’s right, human beings are the first agent of change you need to look at when trying to make sense of your environment.
Granted now with the looming threat of A.I. we could probably add that to the equation as well, but I digress.
So how does this work?
When taking inventory of your environment consider the forces that influence both yours and my environment. Aside from people, those forces consist of several different fields of influence combined with the lived documented human experience.
For instance, the economy is a field that directly impacts both of our environments. Another example is culture, another is philosophy, finance, history, geo-politics, and individual health and fitness as well.
So in my own personal case here all of these fields are things that I’ve had to deal with quite frequently throughout my career and life.
After all, since I’m a business owner I don’t have a choice in understanding and having to get my arms around the financial and economic environment in order to better navigate the operation of my business. If I didn’t then the business would cease to exist and I wouldn’t be talking to you now with this show.
Additionally, in my personal case I just happen to be a student of history and philosophy so that covers those bases in terms of those fields of influence. I’ve always had a genuine curiosity about politics and I’m also a professional fitness and strength coach so that covers the field of influence in regards to individual health and fitness.
So here you can see in my case how I’ve been able to navigate this modern environment. Once again, this is not an ego session. To clarify once more I’m merely pointing to and referencing my own personal background and experiences to illustrate why and how it is that I talk about these issues with such great enthusiasm and knowledge. It’s simply because I just happen to be a guy that is in a profession where I’ve not had any other choice, but to learn more about these various fields of study and influence. That’s all I’m saying.
So now that’s out of the way, the bottom line is that I’ve had to deal with these different areas and fields. Because of this I've had the opportunity to become more and more efficient at nailing down the understanding of these things and connecting the dots through regular effort and practice. Does this mean I’m always exactly right about everything? No, it doesn’t.
However, I’ve noticed in the past few years that the more effort, energy, and time I put into studying the environment, I find that I am way more accurate than inaccurate as world events play out on the global and local stage.
As a professional coach I can attest to the fact that this regular effort and practice improves one’s skill which can also be explained as a phenomenon that is known in my field as the S.A.I.D. principle. S.A.I.D stands for Specific Adaptations to Imposed Demands.
This basically asserts that given stressors that are introduced onto the human body, whether biomechanical or neurological, will result in the Specific Adaptations to those Imposed Demands. Basically this is a fancy way of saying that in order for you to get better at a given skill you must practice that specific skill in order to acquire the necessary adaptations for mastering that skill.
In short, if you wanted to get better at hitting a baseball then you wouldn’t practice shooting a basketball. You would practice hitting the baseball in order to get better at that particular skill. Now this may seem obvious, however when it comes to the arena of politics, history, philosophy, etc. many people would rather argue about these things without putting in the practice to truly understand these fields of influence.
As an example when it comes to these fields of influence people will get emotional and charge in hard and have strong feelings about something that they know very little about. That’s something that’s always been a bit of a mystery to me, but then again human nature is at times a mystery.
The more direct point I’m trying to make here is that given the corruption that has infiltrated our economic, political, financial, medical, cultural, and educational environment none of us have any other choice than to implement the S.A.I.D. principle for ourselves by working consistently smarter in order to acquire a deeper understanding of what’s going on in a world full of deception.
Chances are if you tune into this blog and podcast regularly you have the hunger and desire to gain more understanding and a fresh perspective on these matters, but my guess is that you probably have a very demanding life schedule and you’re busy with life. This would obviously make additional time for research a more difficult task for you. I totally understand and this show exists to help you to fill those gaps and to give you an assist in reaching the Zenith of that understanding. I want to help you to read and anticipate the moves that are being telegraphed by the environment which are occurring in the current Zeitgeist of our time.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Zeitgeist of Gold, UFOs, and Aliens
I’ve always been a fan of movies and enjoy streaming certain series from certain people. I enjoy a good story and I believe very strongly in the fact that storytelling is one of the most powerful tools in terms of influencing and transforming the Zeitgeist of a given time.
By the way, if you didn’t know the meaning of that word Zeitgeist it means the defining mood and the accepted beliefs and norms of the time. So when we look at the culture and history of human existence the way we understand the different times throughout history is by understanding the Zeitgeist of that time we are examining. To learn more about this make sure you check out my episode here titled The Overlapping Zeitgeist of A Generation.
Keeping that in mind a few years ago back in 2014 I saw the first John Wick movie and probably like you thought it was a really cool action movie with a great setting. However, I noticed something a bit unique in all of the John Wick movies that really got my attention.
Aside from John Wick’s slick choice of style with his killer suits (pun intended) and the impressive collection of firearms the other thing that got my attention was how Mr. Wick would pay for everything with a gold coin. In fact, in the very first John Wick movie he uses a sledgehammer to break open the concrete in his basement where he had a chest buried underneath. When he opened the chest the inside was full of guns and many beautiful rolled gold coins.
In addition to this a few months ago I saw a movie that was titled Gold that was apparently released in 2022. Given the title, gold was obviously involved in that film as well. Just recently I saw another great new action movie titled Sisu. In Sisu a prospector strikes gold and as luck would have it he crosses paths with a group of Nazis on a violent retreat in Northern Finland during WWII. I also highly recommend this movie.
So why am I telling you about these films?
Well an interesting observation in my opinion, as well as the common denominator in all of these films starting back with John Wick in 2014, is that they all involve a theme using gold in the storylines. So as I made that observation I found myself asking the question why?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Now if you pay close attention to the environment and you’ve done enough research then you’d know without question that there’s always been an element of social engineering throughout culture and entertainment in order to shape the behavior and norms of society. Now where did we hear those words, behavior and norms? Ah yes, that is what I established earlier that is known as the Zeitgeist.
The intelligence community has always had a hand in this influence of the Zeitgeist. In case you’ve forgotten, one of the most recent examples of this was with the FBI involvement with Twitter and their influence on the 2020 election as Elon Musk exposed with his Twitter file drops to the now famous reporter that pushed it out into the open Matt Taibbi.
So given the gold theme of these movies why did that get my attention?
First of all, gold and silver are precious metals that have traditionally been used as a store of value for investments as a hedge against inflation. Now you’ve got to think about this because the first John Wick movie was released back in 2014 and the other two movies have come out much more recently in the last couple years. However, there have been many John Wick movies from 2014 up until now along with several other films and TV shows with a working gold theme in the storylines.
However, in the last two to three years the federal government under Joe Biden has blown up inflation to 40 year record highs due to the seemingly endless printing of money by the Federal Reserve combined with the out of control spending that we’re seeing in Washington D.C.
This constant spending and printing of money has been a blatant abuse of our currency. Additionally, when the Biden regime went to full blown economic warfare with Russia by taking them off of the SWIFT (Which stands for The Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) banking system it caused a lot of other countries to take notice and to address the concerns that if America could do that to Russia, then it could also do that to them.
As a result, we now have the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) nations looking to meet in Durban, South Africa here starting on August 22, 2023 for a plan to de-dollarize their trades with some sort of new currency that is looking to be backed by gold.
You see, the reason the United States has been able to print so much money without a complete economic and societal collapse so far up until now is because the United States dollar is the world’s reserve currency and has been since WWII.
In other words, whenever countries across the globe do financial trades with each other they have traditionally used the United States dollar because of the confidence in the strength of our currency. However, since Biden has abused the currency and used it for economic warfare aggression against Russia we now are faced with a situation where our biggest enemies, along with some allies, are looking to come off of the dollar as the world’s reserve currency. Whether you like it or not doesn’t matter the reality is that the confidence in the U.S. dollar is waning. The question is how much and how fast will this confidence dissolve?
This would be absolutely devastating to our nation in a way that many economists, as well as President Trump, say would be equivalent, or even worse than losing WWIII. However, given the record high inflation we’re facing now, gold and silver precious metals are being bought up by our enemy nations, as well as the big banks in tremendously large quantities. In fact, many of these nations have hit record reserves in gold stores in 2022 and are on track to surpass that here in 2023.
Could the gold theme being inserted into the culture have been a sort of telegraphing move that the Zeitgeist was trying to show us? Could the Zeitgeist have been preparing us for this current time with inflation and possibly even for the potential of something worse? Regardless of what you or I think, we're faced with the reality of it right here and now because it’s happening.
So now that I’ve pointed to the gold theme potentially telegraphing some moves to us within the culture and Zeitgeist, what sort of messaging are we getting with the current culture of UFOs and possible alien life forms?
Just recently congress held hearings with the testimony of some government whistleblowers revealing some information about the alleged evidence of UFOs and alien life forms. According to the testimony of one whistleblower David Grusch testified and made claims that the United States government has possession of crashed UFOs, as well as non-human pilots that have been recovered for quite some time by our government.
Going back to the culture signals in television and movies as a GenXer I remember two pieces of work in film and television that really got my attention on the prospect of UFOs and the possibility of aliens. One interesting observation about the following TV show and movie is that both kicked off in 1993 with The X-Files TV show, as well as the famous movie Fire In The Sky which was the biopic of Travis Walton and his story of being abducted by extraterrestrial beings.
I can remember being shocked at seeing these when they came out as the thought of UFOs and extraterrestrials to me at that time was a little distressing. I suppose it was all about the fear of the unknown that got to me, but what I found is that over time I became more accepting of the idea of it.
Now don’t misunderstand me here. I’m not saying that I necessarily believe 100% that extraterrestrials exist right here and now, but personally speaking I do believe in the idea and possibility of it and I believe it more than I don’t believe it at this time.
So once again, the theme of UFOs and extraterrestrials have been injected into the Zeitgeist now for quite some time and as a GenXer The X-Files and Fire In The Sky really brought this into the culture in a way that hadn’t been done up until that point in my personal opinion.
So what is the real story here?
Once again, I like to observe the environment carefully and once I started seeing a gold theme I figured there would be some sort of financial, or economic issue that would be plaguing the country in the time that followed with films like John Wick, Sisu, and Gold that have been picking up the pace with the “gold theme” in the last few years.
I also coupled this observation with the knowledge and fact that I also knew when Joe Biden was installed into the White House that he was simply a corrupt D.C. grifter that has never had a job in the private sector and only knows how to make money inside the corrupt Washington D.C. machine. Given this I knew he was clueless about what it takes to create true wealth within a society, therefore the only thing he could resort to was big government spending, big government expansion, and firing up of the printing press over at the Federal Reserve. Of course, he’s proven me right by putting all of this activity on steroids.
As far as the presence of UFOs and extraterrestrials picking up momentum within the messaging in our culture and Zeitgeist, what does this mean for us next?
I’m not quick to say that the origin of UFOs are simply terrestrial only because I don’t want to discount the many decades of individuals who have made claims about having harrowing personal encounters. Could some of those people simply be seeking attention? Of course, but I don’t believe all of these people have lied who have claimed to have had an unexplained, or unusual encounter with either an extraterrestrial or UFO. After all, there have been many of these witnesses spanning across decades since the Roswell incident and the Battle of Los Angeles going all the way back to 1942 and 1947.
The point is that the prospect of UFOs and extraterrestrials have been injected into the Zeitgeist for quite some time now. The question is that now that the government, after having lied for decades that UFOs and extraterrestrials did NOT exist, why all the sudden are they now saying that they do exist?
So if you don’t trust the government I get it. I don’t either. However, ask yourself the following question. If you didn’t trust the government when they said UFOs and extraterrestrials didn’t exist then what has changed now that they are admitting to the public that they do exist with these whistleblowers?
Yet, as these whistleblowers come forward the intelligence community has been operating in secrecy and being funded with tax dollars with no accountability as we discovered in the recent congressional hearings with David Grusch. You see, that’s the real story here. It’s not whether you believe the aliens and UFOs exist, or whether they’re terrestrial or extraterrestrial, but rather the public should be demanding full transparency.
The problem we have now in our society is an out of control federal government that has gotten so big, bloated, and corrupt that it’s clearly reached a point of critical mass which is putting our country at an inflection point.
In 2024 if we can’t turn this around with the election of a fighter brave enough to take on the Administrative State like Donald Trump then we will go the way of China in terms of the controlled destruction of our country.
The Wrap Up
In short, the inflection point that we find ourselves in involves two things in my opinion. The first is the federal government having grown to be literally 25% of the country’s GDP. My solution to that is that it must change. The federal government must face a significant downsize.
The second, is that there must be accountability with the corruption that is going on within the federal government and the first step to getting accountability is forcing full transparency. All of this corrupt activity that has been funded by yours and my tax dollars for decades without accountability and has occurred because all of their activity has been cloaked under the veil of secrecy.
I mean here we are decades later and the feds still keep classified records on the assassinations of JFK, Robert Kennedy, MLK, and Malcom X. They’ve maintained a veil of secrecy and for what reason? I personally don’t believe that reason is for the good of you or me. That’s a weak excuse they use so that they can continue to do things behind closed doors without accountability.
Just like they’ve kept classified records on the assassination of these men here they’ve been keeping classified records on the existence of UFOs and extraterrestrials. Additionally the key element here is that the Zeitgest is telegraphing some moves for us to observe so that we can be better prepared for what’s to come.
After all, it’s our job to be a Zenith at understanding our environment and that requires effort on our part through the S.A.I.D principle because those that don’t want us to understand the environment clearly want that as they prefer to continue operating their day to day in the shadows.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
“The price good men pay for indifference to public affairs is to be ruled by evil men.”―Plato
I wanted to take a moment to set the stage here by getting you to think about how you would normally look at and approach certain situations in life that may seem challenging, or not worth your time and energy.
After all, the day to day decisions that we’re faced with in this modern era offer a large selection of where we will ultimately decide to invest our energy, time, and resources. Given the times we live in we MUST use our time wisely when it comes to getting ahead in life due to the fact that the creation of wealth, understanding our environment, and being able to fight for the message of freedom all demands significantly more effort and time from each of us in order for us to succeed at all of it as individuals…and by extension with the survival and success of the country as a whole.
There’s an old story I wanted to reference here regarding the significance of facing problems head on, since the trap that much of society falls into is the ignoring of problems. I thought this story was a great way to start and set the tone for today’s discussion.
One day a long time ago a king decided to engage in a bit of an experiment to see how his people would react to a particular situation involving an obstacle. He did this by simply having a boulder placed in the middle of the road leading into and out of the kingdom.
When he did this he went and hid himself to observe how his people would react to this situation. He wanted to watch to see if anyone would try and remove the huge rock from the middle of the road.
The king thought that surely someone would come along and roll away the huge boulder from the street, but to his surprise, no one did. The king observed some of the town’s most prominent merchants simply walk right past the large stone.
The king also observed several of his own workers walk right around the stone and even though the boulder was a nuisance no one still did anything about it. What the king came to realize was that despite the boulder being a large nuisance, instead of taking action to move it people chose to be content by finding a way around the large obstruction in their path.
Everyone was looking for the king to take some action in order to move the boulder, but the king still waited to see if anyone would come along to take the initiative in order to move the large boulder and clear it from the path.
People continued to avoid taking initiative with moving the boulder for many days until one day a peasant carrying a load of vegetables was passing by and stopped his cart in order to examine the boulder in the path.
This peasant set his vegetables aside and proceeded to place his focus and energy on the large stone that was obstructing the path. The man placed his hands on the rock and proceeded to do his best to push and move the rock to clear it from the road.
It was a slow start, but he kept straining and moving and shifting the position of the rock. Even though the man realized he was having to put forward a great amount of effort in order to move the rock without any help it didn’t slow him down or deter him from his mission.
After a lot of effort and a little bit of time the man was finally able to get the boulder moved clear from the path in the road.
However, when the man was just about to pick up his vegetables to leave he noticed a bag sitting in the path right where the boulder had been lying. When the man opened the bag he was shocked to find many gold coins inside the bag along with a note from the king that read…
“A government that cannot trust its citizens to be armed is not itself to be trusted.”-- Niccolò Machiavelli, The Prince
Today I want to take a moment to put your mind through a little exercise.
One day you decide to go for a walk into the forest.
As you’re walking you find a trail and you decide to stick to it so you meander your way deeper and deeper into the woods to satisfy your adventurous spirit and curiosity.
After a long walk you finally see something off in the distance. As you move closer you notice that you’ve come up on a secluded cabin that is sitting deep inside the forest.
However, upon approaching this cabin you get an uneasy feeling. There’s no appearance of anyone around and you’ve just spent a good amount of time trekking through the woods. You notice the front door so you carefully approach it and walk up to try to open the door.
Once you grab the door handle to open it you notice that it’s locked so you decide to kick in the door. Once you successfully get it open you notice that strangely enough it was locked from the inside and once you get a look of what is inside the cabin what you see is absolutely shocking.
You see a deadman hanging by his neck from a rope in the middle of the room. However, there’s no stool, there’s no bucket, there’s no chair, or any other object that he could have stepped up to in order to hang himself.
After scanning the room you notice there are no windows, no other doors, and only a puddle of water that is collected on the floor right below where the guy is hanging. So now you’re sitting there wondering what in the world happened here?
To offer you some clarity this little intriguing story is actually a riddle.
So why did I go to the trouble to tell you about it? Also how did the guy die?
Well the reason I chose to tell you this riddle is because I wanted to use it as an exercise in addressing the concept of inductive reasoning.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
So what is inductive reasoning? Inductive reasoning is often confused with deductive reasoning. Deductive reasoning begins with a premise that is proven through observations. However inductive reasoning essentially occurs in reverse by extracting a likely (but not certain) premise from specific and limited observations. Make no mistake, there's data involved with inductive reasoning and conclusions can be drawn from that data which is also known as inductive logic. (Source: Livescience)
So in this case of the cabin what are the specific observations that we can make from the deadman’s environment? What sort of inductive logic can we apply to this situation?
First of all, for an initial observation there’s no other doors or windows in the cabin and the only door that exists is the one you had to kick in due to the fact that it was locked from the inside.
In addition to this there’s also a puddle of water that is collected on the floor directly below the guy’s feet from where he's hanging.
So to recap we have in our observations a guy that had to have killed himself by hanging because there is no other way in or out of the cabin and the only door to the cabin was locked from the inside.
So that leaves us with the puddle of water that is collected on the ground below the guy’s feet. Where could that have come from?
Well given that there’s no other furniture, no bucket, and no other means for the guy to stand on something in order to get high enough to hang himself we could offer a theory that perhaps the guy used a big block of ice to stand on in order to hang himself and as the ice melted he hung while the ice formed the puddle that was collected just below his feet.
As absurd as this scenario may sound this isn’t only the best and most logical conclusion that we can come to given the information that we have, but it also happens to be the answer to this particular riddle.
Now that we have established an exercise in inductive logic let’s take a look at the next thing that’s in front of us.
Chernobyl
In April of 1986 the explosion of a nuclear reactor occurred at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant in Ukraine (formerly a part of the Soviet Union).
Even after years of debate and investigations there are still many unanswered questions regarding the reasons behind why the plant explosion occurred. The plant is about 81 miles north of the Ukrainian capital in Kyiv.
The plant is made up of four reactors that were designed and built in the 1970’s and 1980’s. In its construction the Chernobyl plant used four Soviet-designed RBMK-1000 nuclear reactors which is a design that’s now recognized as inherently flawed.
The initial explosion killed two plant workers, but these would be the first of several plant workers to die following the accident. (Source: Livescience) In this disaster the initial fire was stalled, but the resulting graphite-fueled fire would take 10 days and 250 firefighters to extinguish.
Twenty-eight workers from the Chernobyl Nuclear Plant would die in the first four months following the accident according to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
This would also include the deaths of some truly heroic workers who knowingly had to expose themselves to deadly levels of radiation in order to secure the facility from any further radiation leaks. (Source: Livescience)
During that time much of the wind direction was coming from the south and the east, therefore pushing the radiation plume towards Belarus. However, Soviet authorities were slow to release information to the public with such a disaster.
When radiation levels raised some concerns all the way in Sweden three days later scientists were able to trace back to the origin of the disaster based on the radiation levels and wind direction of the plume and this would then force Soviet authorities to own up and reveal the full extent of the crisis, according to the United Nations.
Within three months of the disaster a total of 31 people died from radiation exposure and between 1991 and 2015 there were 20,000 cases of thyroid cancer in patients under the age of 18 in 1986. This was a report that was published in 2018 by the United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation.
So why did I want to dive in to point towards the Chernobyl Nuclear Plant meltdown and explosion?
Given what we do know about the accident the thing that really stands out to me is how the Soviet officials took their time in reporting out the information regarding the disaster that took place given the level of threat it could pose to innocent people throughout the region.
Sure the typical bureaucratic answer would be to wait for all the information to come as to not cause a panic, however with such a disaster occurring that they admittedly had a hand in causing, and a definite hand in worsening due to their attempt to pursue what was more politically expedient at the time rather than what was best for the public safety.
To understand the Soviet Union at that time you had to understand that the country was already infected with institutional failure and bureaucratic corruption and rot. After all, as a Communist regime at the time of the disaster in 1986 looking back on history the Soviet Union was only five years away from collapsing from the cold war.
Now hold onto your hat because this is where I’m about to draw a very concerning and parallel line to the institutional failure and bureaucratic rot we’re facing right now here in the United States that looks eerily similar to that of the Soviet Union of the 1980’s.
Like the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant disaster back then the U.S. has already experienced a similar disaster of epic proportions with the East Palestine, Ohio train derailment this year.
Similar to the Chernobyl disaster the bureaucratic response of the East Palestine incident was even worse from the unified command of government officials, responders, and the railroad here in the states on the scene of the accident deciding on the handling of a chemical disaster with “200 combined years of experience making those decisions,” in the words of Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency Director Randy Padfield. As a result they ordered a “controlled burn” of the very dangerous chemicals. (Source: Politico)
To point to an even greater example of the poor bureaucratic rot of finger pointing and trying to master the avoidance of being blamed Joe Biden admitted back in February of 2023 that he hadn’t had any plans for visiting East Palestine Ohio after the massive environmental disaster despite being a huge self-proclaimed advocate of the environmental and climate change movement. As a side note neither Al Gore, nor Greta Thunberg has bothered to speak on, or make an appearance in East Palestine either. For such a disaster of this magnitude I personally would have thought they would be one of the first groups on the scene.
Of course, I’m being sarcastic, but you know who went to East Palestine and was criticized by the Administrative State Media (ASM) for delivering clean drinking water to the people? For the record that would be Donald John Trump.
Furthermore, when the Chernobyl meltdown and explosion occurred that incident presented a massive problem for the Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev. This was due to the slow response and the disaster caused a lot of the population to question the new regime as a reasonable and accountable government according to the Directorate of Intelligence of the CIA in a secret document that was recently published by Stanford University. (Source: Stanford: The Chernobyl Accident: Social and Political Implications)
In short, because of the rot that had spread throughout the Soviet Union under Communist rule the reactors that would result in the meltdown were not built well in the first place. The Chernobyl accident was really the result of institutional rot that had already been in place both prior and after the accident. That was the actual reason for the Chernobyl disaster.
Like Chernobyl we can draw the same parallels with the East Palestine train derailment here in the states. After all, like the authorities in the Soviet Union proclaimed there was no concern for radiation fallout due to the Chernobyl accident we now know, as I stated earlier, of the 20,000 cases of thyroid cancer in adults younger than 18 so that statement was obviously radically false.
In addition to this, on February 16, 2023 the EPA Administrator Michael Regan stated that the air and drinking water were safe in East Palestine, Ohio. (Source: CBS News) This was shocking given the fact that United States Senator J.D. Vance went on site to East Palestine Ohio two weeks after the accident and drug a stick through a creek full of dead fish and worms revealing an obvious chemical trail that was colored and still very present in the water. (Source: Fox News)
I suppose the EPA has a very different definition of what clean and safe means than I do. No, the simpler explanation is more in line and more easily clarifed using Occam’s razor.
If you’re not familiar with that term, Occam's razor basically states that when trying to explain a problem(s) with competing hypotheses associated with a prediction, one should prefer the explanation that is the simplest and requires the fewest assumptions. In other words, the simplest and most obvious explanation in this case boils down to a clear sign of institutional rot. That’s my analysis using Occam’s razor.
The Cultural Rot
So you’re probably sitting there and thinking Brandon what else are you looking at in our society to come to the conclusion that we have institutional rot?
Well my answer to that question would also be a simple one because all I do is observe reality. Besides the East Palestine Ohio train derailment I can list off quite a few more examples here based on some simple observation.
For starters, you can look at the failing of the banks in Silicon Valley, Signature Bank, and First Republic along with the bailouts from the federal government that followed (while completely ignoring East Palestine Ohio), the current ruling regime in Washington D.C. weaponizing the FBI, the Executive branch pushing social media companies to censor U.S. citizens, the use of Lawfare to attack political opposition, the attempt to imprison political opposition, the 40 year record high inflation, the threat of World War III, and the fact that there is zero accountability for the criminals currently residing in Washington D.C. Yes, I believe I pretty much have my theory of institutional rot pinned down.
However, if that still isn’t quite enough to satisfy you then let’s take a look at what we observed here in the past couple of weeks, particularly on the July 4th weekend.
On July 4, 2023 a cultural thermonuclear bomb went off at the movie theaters with the release of the movie The Sound of Freedom. The Sound of Freedom is a movie that follows the life of a former government agent Tim Ballard who embarks on a mission to rescue children from sex traffickers in Colombia.
The movie was produced by Angel Studios and was released only in a select number of theaters due to the fact that it was a struggle to get distribution for the film. In fact, Disney had owned the rights to this film and shelved it, resulting in the filmmakers buying the rights back from the studio.
Despite the movie only working on a $14.5 million budget it opened on July 4th beating out Disney’s own Indiana Jones at the box office which was working on a $300-$400 million budget.
In the days that followed if you watched the Administrative State Media (ASM) and their reaction to the film you would think that making a movie regarding the efforts to rescue children from sex traffickers was somehow very evil and wrong.
As an example CNN accused the movie of being some sort of QAnon conspiracy that was somehow designed to send the wrong message to people? I’m doing my best to try to make sense of their criticism because I fail to understand why a movie that is fighting against the sex trafficking of little children is viewed by CNN as being a bad thing.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
After all, this is the same media that caused the spread of the infection of Mass Formation during the pandemic by accusing the unvaccinated of being the cause of the pandemic. Yes, I have a long memory and I’m hoping to jog yours if you don’t possess one.
Regardless, the desperation of the failing ASM is being revealed through the cultural and institutional rot that has proven to be the real pandemic in this country and thankfully the American public can use a little inductive logic by simply making some specific observations that I’ve already outlined here.
The Wrap Up
At the end of the day it’s starting to get a lot easier to point to the evidence of institutional failure and cultural rot that’s taking place right here in our own backyards rather than having to look at a Communist system from the past like the Soviet Union. After all, you don’t have to go very far with that as all you have to do is to take a look at Disney and what they chose to do with the movie The Sound of Freedom.
Once again, history is our roadmap and the application of knowledge in the form of understanding our environment is what will pave the way to identifying the problems that are going on in the country so that we can then offer the solutions.
The good news is that this show is about offering solutions and since the institutional rot here in the U.S. has clearly become pervasive throughout the big corporate structures and within the halls of Washington D.C. it’s up to both you and myself to be active in combating it.
We are experiencing our own Cultural Chernobyl and if we don’t get a handle on it by using some inductive reasoning to make the necessary observations to then counter with the necessary solutions then the toxic plume of Communism will continue to spread even further degrading everything in its path.
This is exactly why I’m a proponent of the parallel economy and am always encouraging the active participation in supporting businesses and industry that align with your values.
This very show exists for that reason and I’m here to remind you of that very thing.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Politics is downstream from culture-Andrew Breitbart
That quote by the late great Andrew Breitbart is one of the biggest reasons this podcast and blog exists.
On this show I’ve often spoken about the significance of culture and how cultural manipulation is something that is constantly at play within the makeup of our society.
I’ve clearly pointed this out by coining the phrase The Crime Syndicate of Narrative with one of my past episodes here outlining a very specific history of our media landscape along with how propaganda is often interwoven into the fabric of our media for the purpose of social engineering. By the way if you haven’t listened to that episode I strongly suggest you sign up as a member to do so because it will shock you.
I’m a GenX’er so I grew up as a kid in the 1980’s and that period in the eighties was considerably different from this current period we’re living in terms of our culture and the overall mood of our society.
However, there were some parallels, but the circumstances of our economic and societal health today are much much worse. There’s significant historical context associated with this and today is the perfect time to dive into this so you can be reminded of just how different the now is from the then.
So what do I mean?
First of all, I was only five years of age when president Ronald Reagan came into office. At that time Jimmy Carter, who was from my home state of Georgia, was the president just prior to Reagan and had managed to run the country into the ground with inflation, energy shortages, and absurd bureaucratic and environmental policies that caused fuel rations where people had to alternate which days of the week they could buy gas at the gas pump.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Reagan won the election in a huge overwhelming landslide victory with Carter only carrying three states of which his, and my, home state of Georgia ended up being one of those three states. The country then, like now, was facing some difficult times, but once Reagan got into office things were about to skyrocket and the eighties were about soar high putting the country in top form for more than the next decade to come.
Even though I’ve somewhat teed up a recap of Reagan's successful presidency I want to clarify something here first. Reagan did a wonderful job as president and he deserves a lot of credit for driving the change in the environment of Washington D.C. at the time that he served in office.
However there’s another major piece to this puzzle I want to point out that in one specific way makes this current environment a drastically different ball game altogether. The big difference that Reagan didn’t have to deal with in D.C. at the time versus what we’re currently dealing with now in the Federal government has to do with the current Communist infiltration of the CCP internally within our own federal government.
As good as Reagan was he did not have to deal with a weaponized media, a weaponized DOJ, and a large-scale influence peddling operation that we now know exists within D.C. in this present day, in particular with the current ruling regime in office and their business dealings with the CCP.
Yes, Reagan was a great president, but his problems were limited to being mostly coming from the external with the enemies that he had to confront compared to the enemies of Donald Trump here in 2023 that are very much domestic. That is not opinion, but an objective fact.
If that’s not obvious enough it was just this past week, and ironically enough on our July 4th Independence Day, that a federal judge in Louisiana restricted the Biden regime from communicating and coordinating with social media platforms about online content in their effort to censor content.
In this ruling Judge Terry Doughty of the U.S. The District Court for the Western District of Louisiana stated that the FBI and Department of Health and Human Services could not talk to social media companies for “the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech.” (Source: The New York Times)
Furthermore, The New York Times article goes on to talk about how the judge threw down even harder on the Biden regime by quoting Judge Doughty as saying “If the allegations made by plaintiffs are true, the present case arguably involves the most massive attack against free speech in United States’ history,” the judge said. “The plaintiffs are likely to succeed on the merits in establishing that the government has used its power to silence the opposition.”
This is the sort of thing you see in Communist countries and third world Banana Republics, yet here it is right here in our backyard on U.S. soil in 2023.
In short, the landscape now is a bit different with the domestic enemies we’re having to contend with versus the 1980’s. This is a salient point I wanted to take the time to address to offer perspective before getting into the topic of today’s discussion.
Enter Paul Volcker
In the 70’s inflation had risen to a whopping 15% and by 1980 as a result rolled the red victory carpet out for President Ronald Reagan. (Source: USA Today)
With inflation raging out of control under the previous presidency with Carter it was still a problem that Reagan had to address.
Keep in mind there are a few things that can cause inflation such as a supply shortage coupled with high demand which was occurring in the energy sector at that time. After all, energy is the lifeblood of the economy and with the demand for it being high and the supply of it being low it drives the price of everything through the roof. Sound familiar?
Regardless, how was Reagan supposed to deal with this very sticky and very contentious problem with the American public?
Well this is where the Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker entered into the picture. Paul Volcker was a towering man both in personality and in stature as all 6’ 7” of him would shift the mood of the room whenever he would walk through the door.
He was a towering figure in Washington D.C. not just because of his physical height, but in addition to his physical height he had in those days what we would refer to as a steel infused spine, maintaining a strong discipline towards principle regardless of the political pressures that would be coming towards him like an anxious 800 lb. gorilla.
Why is this you ask?
To try and understand, take a moment and try to put yourself in Volcker’s shoes. Here you had the largest economy on the planet with the United States of America facing down the worst inflation crisis the country has ever seen in its history up to that point. On top of that you just had a new president sworn into office and you had an economy that was a complete dumpster fire dropped right into your lap from the previous administration.
Yet, despite all of this Volcker was determined to vanquish this inflation once and for all, but he knew in order to do it he was going to have to wreck the economy even more in order to wring the inflation completely out of the system. The good news was that he had the support of the new president and Reagan would not stand in his way.
How did he do this?
He did this by walking in with both barrels blazing (metaphorically speaking) and blowing up interest rates all the way to 20%. You’ve got to understand that this precipitated the steepest economic downturn in history at the time since the Great Depression. (Source: USA Today)
Volcker knew the country had to take its medicine in order to get better on the other side of the inflation and that dose of medicine wasn’t going to be pleasant, not in the least. In fact, the rate hikes resulted in unemployment soaring to a whopping 11% in 1981-1982, but in 1983 the heartbeat of the United States economic engine started pumping strong again.
Volcker had worked in the private sector and the federal government as a banker and he knew that in order to choke out the inflation he would have to push the interest rates sky high beyond head and shoulders above the rest. This would be no easy task and the burden was a heavy one to carry because he knew the workers would feel the pain in the short term, but the economy would be roaring once the nation could endure through the pain of the couple of years that followed and that’s exactly what happened.
In 1982 Volcker was able to start lowering interest rates as inflation had plummeted and he saw some significant relief in unemployment.
To back up a bit and to shed some light on the political pressure, a good concrete example of this here was that Reagan’s Chief of Staff James Baker had, according to Volcker in his later years, suggested that he keep interest rates low leading up to the 1984 election.
Volcker had not intended on raising them anyways due to the economic strength of the country at that point, but the political influence was trying to worm its way into the Fed Chairman’s decisions.
Sound familiar?
Yes, it’s the sort of thing we’re seeing now with the politicization of the Federal Reserve with Jerome Powell having done the opposite of Volcker by delaying the interest rate hikes so as to delay the economic pain of the country due to the rising inflation from all the money that was printed during the pandemic for stimulus and afterwards predominantly by the Biden regime.
The Fed had raised rates for the first time in three years prior on Wednesday March 16, 2022 over two years from the time Biden had been sworn into office and started proposing revving up the printing press once again for the almighty dollar. (Source: CNBC) However, unlike the situation that Volcker found himself in, the current environment concerning inflation is significantly more serious for the country right now.
How is that you ask?
Well first of all, the balance sheet on the national debt in 1980 was a mere $914 billion compared to the out of control and terrifying current national debt of $32+ Trillion and counting. (Source: Treasurydirect.gov & USdebtclock.org) In addition to this the U.S. in 1980 was a manufacturing powerhouse unlike today where a significant portion of our manufacturing has been offshored to China and other parts of the world.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
So here’s the terrifying reality pill for you to swallow. We now have more than 32 times the amount of national debt combined with inflation on an economy that’s seriously handicapped with its ability to produce goods to back up our economic engine.
Furthermore, we have an individual(s) in the office of the white house that, unlike Volcker and Reagan, have NEVER worked in the private sector and are clueless about creating true wealth. Therefore, all they care about doing is printing more money to give the economy a temporary sugar high before it comes crashing down. That’s the difference between now and what Volcker had to deal with in his time in 1980.
Essentially this is the current cultural environment we find ourselves in here in 2023. It’s the same problem, but unlike finding the solution in the 1980’s with Reagan and Volcker we have an entire Administrative State that’s out of control and fighting back internally against new outside leadership. They want to eliminate the possibility of any outside threat, like Donald Trump, to prevent him from coming in and taking a sledgehammer to the endless spending and corruption of the Administrative State which he’s already demonstrated and is now setting his sights on doing it again.
As Reagan pointed out in his debate with Carter when he got the chance he said the following…
"I think this idea that has been spawned here in our country, that inflation somehow came upon us like a plague and therefore it's uncontrollable and no one can do anything about it, is entirely spurious," he went on and said Carter “had blamed the people for inflation, OPEC, he's blamed the Federal Reserve System, he has blamed the lack of productivity of the American people, he has then accused the people of living too well and that we must share in scarcity, we must sacrifice and get used to doing with less. We don't have inflation because the people are living too well. We have inflation because the government is living too well."(Source: Reason)
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Rise of The 1980’s
To refresh your memory, that quote I led off with at the beginning of this episode with Andrew Breitbart stating that Politics is downstream from culture could not be more on target than it was in the 1980’s.
You see as Volcker choked the inflation out of the system Reagan proceeded to cut taxes and bureaucracy within the federal government and that manufacturing base of the U.S. started revving up like a race car engine. As this happened the economy started roaring and the culture of American enterprise was feeding the pop culture while the pop culture was feeding it. America was the world’s Zenith and the world knew it.
So what exactly am I getting at?
I can tell you that the good strong leadership we had at the helm of the country was helping to fuel a culture of American pride that had been asleep, or more specifically suppressed, because of the drag the previous administration had placed onto the American people and the economy.
With the 1980’s you now also had a cultural explosion of the very celebrated American action hero. At this point you had the likes of the greatest action movies ever made that I grew up on as a young boy such as Rambo, Commando, Top Gun, Terminator, The Rocky movies, Die Hard, Lethal Weapon, Mad Max, Blood Sport, and I could go on and on.
Masculinity and Femininity in men and women were celebrated and it was carried out in the culture in a way that admittedly I don’t remember seeing ever since the 1980’s. Contrast that then with what we have now within our culture with putting Dylan Mulvaney on the front of a Bud Light can of beer.
Music was exploding with the likes of MTV coming into the picture on August 1, 1981. The introduction and popularity of the music video enabled bands to capture their audiences not only with their music, but with a visual display of their music vibe in the form of a video. Granted, MTV would eventually give birth to reality television which in my personal opinion was the beginning of the end for MTV, but for a while it was a wonderful product.
During this time you had all of the competition in every industry within entertainment, business, and on the global stage with Reagan putting communism on its back heel. For the most part the eighties were a time of national pride and a glorious growth of creativity and opportunity. The nation was more independently strong and there was no doubt that the U.S. was the international leader on the global stage.
There was peace and no cities were burning with endless domestic terrorist attacks from domestic terrorist groups that were funded by domestic U.S. citizens.There was no mass invasion on the borders the way we see today. There was no hesitation with our leaders stepping up and putting communist regimes in their place unlike today where we have U.S. leaders kowtowing to communist regimes, more specifically with the CCP…and mind you they are doing so with the CCP only 90 miles away from our Florida coast in Cuba.
This current situation is more dangerous than the Cuban missile crisis that President Kennedy had to deal with in 1962, but at that time at least Kennedy had locked himself in the situation room for weeks until that situation was resolved. However, ask yourself how much you’ve heard about this dangerous situation from your Administrative State Media (ASM), or did you just learn more about it right here on this show? My point is that all of this is a major contrast in the culture of the 1980’s compared to what we are dealing with today.
A Cultural Metamorphosis To Populism
Looking back it’s my interpretation that the 1980’s was the first sort of evidence of the rise of populism in the country’s more recent history. The era was birthed out of the desire and will of the people to finally be heard by their government which had up until that point not been listening and putting the country through unnecessary hardship due to people in power with flawed world views and terrible public policy decisions.
However, we could probably chalk up the 1970’s under Carter to being the result of a bit of an out of touch worldview combined with ignorance, however in this current day and age the issue is very much intentional.
Unlike now in the 1980’s there was a strong anti-Communist sentiment in the culture that was fueling the movement that kept the then Soviet Union on their back heels and ultimately led to the collapse of the Berlin wall in November of 1989. This resulted in more democratic momentum leading to the overthrow of Communist rule throughout Eastern Europe, and ultimately with the collapse of the Soviet Union itself in August 1991. (Source: Office of The Historian)
In case you weren’t clear on it, Populism is defined as a political approach to appeal to everyday citizens who feel that their concerns are completely disregarded by their government and the associated elite groups of people with authority and wealth.
The populist culture of the 1980’s resulted in the U.S rising to power and almost vanquishing Communism throughout most of the world. You see momentum in life can be both positive and negative.
Understanding that concept, the populist American pride and freedom that was so dominant in the 1980’s had caught fire and it built momentum creating downward pressure and causing the Communist regimes throughout the world to suffer from negative momentum until they eventually collapsed.
Contrast that with today and we have had an opposite circumstance on the global stage with Communism building positive momentum as freedom has been losing momentum throughout the western world.
In the 1980’s you had the advocacy of freedom being pushed through the economic culture, through the pop culture, and through the political culture which resulted in a vibrant and healthy freedom and liberty culture.
Contrast that with today and we have a Communist economic culture, a Marxist pop culture, and a CCP controlled Communist friendly political culture. If you don’t believe me, look at how much trade we do with a Communist regime to the point that we’ve offshored much of the manufacturing of our goods and products to that regime, ceding the control of that production to the CCP regime.
In my observation that never happened in the 1980’s and even more so Reagan was very much set against Communism and demonstrated that through his actions in his policies towards Communist regimes.
Now knowing this what other president in recent history do we know of that demonstrated those same actions towards dangerous rising Communist regimes?
I’ll give you a hint you don't have to look any further back in history than around 2016 with the start of the Donald Trump administration.
I guarantee you that Clinton, the Bush family, and Obama certainly didn’t do any of that. In fact, they all advocated hard for the globalist economic agenda which is basically a top down economic approach that has proven in the past three years to be very fascistic and Marxist in nature with the deplatforming, censorship, and debanking of individual U.S. citizens. This has proven to be very dangerous and is the bed we made and are having to sleep in now as a society.
Every single thing that I’ve mentioned here is documented fact. There is no doubt that we are facing a major threat of Communist infiltration within every institution of our country.
However, with that being said here’s the good news. I believe now as I sit here telling you all of this that the Populist movement within the citizenry of the United States, and throughout the world for that matter, has ascended once again.
The Wrap Up
After all, I started this very show to be one more voice to fuel the awakening and enlightenment that is occurring across the country and throughout the rest of the world right now. This growing unrelenting and overwhelming sentiment and desire towards freedom and liberty is catching fire more and more by the day as people are awakening to that reality.
Having said that, I feel really good about it, but given the current times we are living in, it's going to take a movement that is really on fire and huge in numbers and engagement in order to defeat this Communist attempt to take over the world.
This is why I have this show. I understand due to personal experience just how bad and how widespread this Communist pandemic can be since I got a taste of it myself three years ago with my own business.
This is the REAL pandemic and I just want to provide this platform for you to be one more overwhelming immune response to protect you and those you love from the Communist virus.
Just understand that nobody else is going to be flying in like an eighties action hero to save us. That hero we need is the one you see in the mirror everyday and I’m here to remind you of that fact and to get you to act on it.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Why do they call it rush hour when nothing moves?--Robin Williams
I thought that quote by Robin Williams here was the perfect lead off for today’s article/podcast.
Although the humor in Robin’s quote is admittedly very clever it is so because it’s true.
The direction I want to take today’s discussion is going to be one that examines the possibilities and reasons as to why people can have such varied reactions to their respective environments and why they interpret things the way they do.
It seems to me that human nature and the individual response it produces when one responds to their respective environment varies because of the mindset of the individual. However, in life we all have struggles, setbacks, hardships, and shortfalls, but given this reality of life how is it that we all deal with these things so differently as individuals?
I’m going to attempt to explore the reason for this in today’s episode and this is going to be a deeper journey into why there is an objective reality and an absolute truth to life which has been an issue that has been twisted in today’s postmodern society.
To grasp this you must first understand that reality is distorted everyday with the Crime Syndicate of Narrative which influences how people think, view, and react to the world. This is one of the big reasons why people differ in their responses to their environment and I’m going to examine this a little closer in today’s episode.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Schrӧdinger's Cat and Reality Resolving Itself
In 1935 there was what some would say was an evil thought experiment that was devised by two of the most respected physicists of our time. Albert Einstein and Erwin Schrӧdinger had a discussion and came up with what is now known as the Schrӧdinger’s Cat experiment.
This particular experiment was devised directly to explain the misinterpretations of quantum mechanics at the time. Now full disclosure quantum mechanics is not my line of country, but I do understand the concept here, or at least I can try. Just trust me on this one because you’re going to be shocked and a bit confused by this if you’re not already familiar with the concept and I can tell you that this particular thought experiment is going to bend your mind so take a second to buckle in.
The experiment was set up something like this: There is a completely sealed box that is impervious to any observation from the outside world. Inside that box you have a cat, a geiger counter, some radioactive material, a mechanical hammer, and a vial of poison.
Now this is where it starts getting really interesting. If the geiger counter detects any radioactive material from a single atom decaying within the box then the mechanical hammer is then triggered which in turn smashes the vial of poison theoretically killing the cat inside the box.
However, the Copenhagen interpretation of this states that after a while and until an observation is made that the cat is both alive and dead simultaneously. Yes, you heard that correctly. I did say alive and dead at the same time. (Source: Wondrium Daily)
Essentially this is pointing to when quantum superposition ends and reality collapses into one possibility or the other. I know you’re probably sitting there wondering how this is possible?
Trust me this is still a mind-bender for me as well, but I believe the premise of this is that essentially the definition of superposition involves the ability of a quantum system to exist in multiple states at the same time until there is some sort of measured observation. (Source: Wikipedia)
Again I’m not a physicist and if I have any physicists listening I apologize ahead of time if I miss the mark on my interpretation of this, but I think I’m pretty close. However, in my interpretation I believe the superposition is achieved in the quantum event such as Schrӧdinger’s Cat and when an observation is made then at this point superposition ends and the single reality of our cat here resolves into being either dead or alive upon making that observation.
Also understand that this was a thought experiment by Einstein and Schrӧdinger not meant to actually be used on cats, but was more aimed at illustrating realities and probabilities. So why did I take the time to cover quantum mechanics in the thought experiment of Schrӧdinger’s Cat here for you?
Once again, we established with that experiment how reality is resolved when the observation is made and this brings me up to the point of human nature in terms of how people choose to deal with conflict to achieve, or fail to achieve balance, or equilibrium within the state of their own lives and by extension within the state of society as a whole.
The Modern Destructive Addiction To Copium
Once again, with the physical world comparison using Schrӧdinger’s Cat the entire concept revolves around physical reality and the decision of nonobservance or observance of that which results in that physical reality.
That nonobservance portion of Schrӧdinger’s Cat is the thing I want to hone in on for the sake of this discussion.
In the details of this thought experiment in concerning a quantum event in which the observance of the cat causes the superposition to collapse resulting in an observable reality we can then make the determination of whether the cat is dead or alive, but until then it is said that the cat is both alive and dead at the same time.
Given this knowledge perhaps we could take Schrӧdinger’s Cat and expand the nonobservance or observance portion of that experiment out to society at large and ask the question of who is actually willing to make the observation and who isn’t based on the fear of facing reality?
Now unless you’ve lived under a rock for the past three years, or you happen to be an individual who doesn’t want to observe and accept reality then you would not know, understand, or even be in a position to accept what reality is in the first place, particularly as it applies to the events of the physical world.
In this scenario the old saying that ignorance is bliss may be something that people who refuse to face reality subscribe to in life, however with the past three years this would prove to be an absurd approach in life because at the end of the day somebody is going to make the observation that the cat is dead fundamentally speaking. Once that observation is made there’s no superposition involved here, but rather a reality that you will not be able to ignore forever because it will force you to face it.
This notion that not knowing, or refusing to face a difficult reality in today’s society is the problem with today’s society. This problem is a societal addiction and that is simply what is referred to as a widespread copium addiction.
Of course, the implication here is that copium is an imaginary opiate that gives people the energy to deny reality when they consume it. In short, copium is slang for the coping mechanisms that people will use to simply ignore reality, or more specifically difficult realities.
Besides apathy, one such coping mechanism that is very dangerous when it comes to not wanting to face reality is the Pollyanna principle.
The Pollyanna principle is the tendency for people to remember pleasant items and/or circumstances from their lives more accurately than unpleasant circumstances. In the case of Pollyanna the research has shown that at the subconscious level the mind tends to want to focus on the optimistic; while at the conscious level it will tend to bring focus onto the negative. (Source: Wikipedia)
People who engage in Pollyannaish thinking tend to suffer from Positivity bias which results in three ideas of thought processes consisting of positive illusions, self-deception, and optimism. There are many problems associated with Pollyanna. In 1978 Margaret Matlin and David Stang described the Pollyanna profile, or personality archetype, as people who tend to fail to recognize what is unpleasant and threatening than what is pleasant and safe in life due to them overexposing themselves to positive stimuli while avoiding negative stimuli. (Source: Wikipedia)
So when looking at the Pollyanna principle it’s easy to see how this would not only impact the lives of individuals, but it’s a huge problem for society at large.
Such a coping mechanism is just as bad and dangerous as apathy when trying to communicate the severity of something that’s threatening and that could be developing within a society such as the infiltration of a communist revolution, or the rise of a dictatorship that would eventually extinguish the Pollyanna principle along with the person who suffers from it’s psychological grip.
As such I find myself asking the question of How does society fix this problem if these people only want to acknowledge positive stimuli and ignore negative stimuli that are real?
Well I’m no psychologist, but perhaps the answer lies within the idea of blending the two where the real life example of adversity, setbacks, and unpleasant outcomes are met by the will of individuals who triumph over their negative situations by facing their problems head on. The key phrase in that last sentence was facing their problems head on. In short, individuals and society need to accept the call of their hero’s journey.
Real Perseverance Through Facing Reality
Prepare yourself because the following story will relay my point of facing reality and it will get your heart pumping and your blood flowing here before the July 4th holiday.
Many years ago there was a young boy that grew up on a sharecropper’s farm in Hunt County, Texas. His father deserted the family so this young boy had to help raise his 11 brothers and sisters and he had to drop out of the fifth grade in order to earn money picking cotton to do so.
This young boy’s mother would end up dying when he was 16 and he had to watch his brothers and sisters get shipped off to the orphanage, or to other relatives shortly thereafter. Seeking an escape the boy decided to enlist in the Army in 1942 and he even falsified his birth certificate to say he was 18 even though he was only 17 years of age.
Following basic training he was assigned to the 15th regiment, 3rd Infantry Division in North Africa. When he first encountered combat in July 1943, during the invasion of Sicily, he proved himself to be a proficient marksman and a highly skilled combat soldier.
He found himself landing in Salerno, Italy to fight in the Voltuno River campaign, and then again found himself at Anzio to be a part of the Allied force that had to fight and muscle its way all the way to Rome.
Throughout these campaigns this now young man continued to prove himself and his skills earned him big advancements in rank out of sheer attrition because many of his superior officers would end up experiencing transfers, they would be wounded, or even killed.
After the capture of Rome in 1944 our young warrior would earn his first decoration for gallantry.
Not long after this he was withdrawn from Italy to be trained for Operation Anvil Dragoon with the invasion of southern France that would begin on August 15, 1944. During this grind involving seven weeks of fighting this ended up being a successful campaign, however our warrior friend’s division would suffer 4500 casualties, but he would still become one of the most decorated men in this campaign. However, there was an even bigger storm to come for our warrior friend on the horizon.
On January 26, 1945 near the village of Holtzwihr in eastern France, our warrior and his company’s positions came under fierce attack by the Germans. At this point our friend and his men were faced against an overwhelming force and onslaught of six Panzer tanks and 250 infantrymen.
Our brave warrior ordered his men to fall back to better their defenses. It was at this point our warrior demonstrated a level of courage and intestinal fortitude that all the rest of us can learn a valuable lesson from when facing down difficult realities.
All alone our heroic warrior immediately went into action and climbed up on top of a burning tank destroyer and like a scene out of the movie Rambo, or Inglourious Basterds proceeded to lock and load a single .50 caliber machine gun and lay down heavy fire against the invasion aggressively contesting the enemy's advance.
Our friend was wounded in the leg during this exchange of heavy fire, but he continued to show relentless aggression towards the Germans and would remain at his post raining down hell on the enemy keeping the barrel of the .50 caliber machine gun running hot as thousands of rounds were cycling out of the smoking barrel towards the enemy as he stood his ground atop a burning tank against the German forces for nearly an hour.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
This resulted in our warrior successfully repelling the attack of German soldiers despite overwhelming odds on three sides while single-handedly killing 50 of them. His courageous actions and performance completely stalled the German advance.
This ultimately allowed him to lead his men in the counterattack which ultimately drove the enemy from Holtzwihr. For this, our warrior friend was awarded the Medal of Honor, the United States' highest award for gallantry in action which would ultimately lead to the growing legend of our warrior friend’s life experience.
By the end of World War II, this warrior had become one of the nation's most-decorated soldiers, earning an unparalleled 28 medals (including three from France and one from Belgium). Our warrior had been wounded three times during his service in the war.
To make this story even more incredible, in May 1945, when victory was declared in Europe, our warrior friend had still not even reached his 21st birthday. Our friend’s legend would continue to grow as he returned home with a hero’s welcome from the war and actor James Cagney would convince him to eventually embark on an acting career.
He was humble and shy, but with nothing more than his good looks and no real talent–by his own account–he would end up starring in more than 40 films. (Source: Arlington National Cemetery)
If you didn’t already know you may be sitting there and thinking Brandon who is this warrior? This would be none other than the great American hero Audie Murphy.
The Wrap Up
So why did I want to bring Audie Murphy’s life into this discussion?
Well like Schrӧdinger’s Cat based on a simple observation it’s easy to see that Audie Murphy’s life was full of extreme challenges and difficult realities from his childhood all the way into his young adulthood.
Given what we know about how he faced those challenges when doing so it propelled him each time into another challenge and opportunity which ultimately resulted in him completing his hero’s journey to become the American icon that we know him to be.
In that moment that Audie Murphy had to face off against the Germans he didn’t have time to take a hit of copium and to engage in a circus of mental gymnastics all in an effort to ignore the reality of what was facing him and his men. In that moment he realized that he had to act and he had to do so immediately.
I titled this episode Equilibrium. Equilibrium is a state of intellectual or emotional balance. When referring to this concept we tend to think about the Equilibrium of a respective individual, but the reality that can be observed is that society as a whole is made up of millions of individuals.
Because of this make up there is an imbalance in society of large groups of individuals who lack balance intellectually and emotionally because many of them are addicted to copium, and as a result they select every other method of avoiding reality including a Pollyanna approach.
When the problems of society come face to face with society as a whole the imbalance that exists resides in the divide between action men and women like Audie Murphy that are sounding the alarm and running head first into the fight while the rest of the population is frozen in fear and hitting their preferred dose of copium.
Until society can break their addiction to copium there cannot be Equilibrium. This is because the reality is the enemy exists here involving the traitors within our own government, as well as the expanding influence from the CCP.
Not wanting to accept that doesn’t mean we have two realities like Schrӧdinger’s Cat where there is an enemy present in one and simultaneously not present in the other as long as we don’t acknowledge it. No, in this case the observation has already been made.
Now the question is whether or not you’re addicted to copium and if so then this platform is serving to be your intervention.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. Be an Emissary of Freedom and help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you are listening to this particular episode on Spotify, Apple, Stitcher, or any other alternative platform besides brandonrichey.substack.com then this particular episode is going to be a preview as it is available in full at brandonrichey.substack.com for paid members.
However, I hope you enjoy the preview and if you want to access the episode in its entirety you can do so for the price of about a cup of coffee per month.
I hope to see you on the Substack, but in the meantime enjoy today's episode preview.
Thank you for your understanding and support.
The era of procrastination, of half-measures, of soothing and baffling expedients, of delays is coming to its close. In its place we are entering a period of consequences.--Winston Churchill
I remember back to my first experience of really getting hit and the sting that came with it.
I was entering into playing football for the first time in my life and I was late to the game in high school with 9th grade being the first time I ever laced up and put on a helmet.
I remember the day was hot and the coaches were covering fundamentals of tackling and blocking with each of us.
We entered into the day working on some tackling drills and the first person I had to face off with was my best friend Bryan, who by the way was no tomato soup can if you know what I mean.
I remember we first locked up and Bryan got the better of me on that day, but in that moment the sting of that hit and the experience of it ignited something inside of me.
You see I remember the immediate physical to mental experience that translated into that moment where I asked myself did I want to quit, or did I want to get back up and fire back.
Of course, I chose the latter and from that day forward I worked on getting better and better and would later exchange some good shots back and forth with several of my friends..including Bryan and another good friend Jeremy. So Bryan and Jeremy if you are listening thank you both.
The point I’m trying to make here is that there are many moments that each of us will face in life where the situation we find ourselves in proves to be a test for us. When you find yourself in such a situation, particularly when you may be faced with some fear and doubt, how are you going to respond to that situation?
Do you look at the situation in terms of being concerned and fearful, or do you look at it as if it’s a sort of calling and an adventure that you need to step forward with to face head on?
Obviously that choice falls onto each of us individually as we each face that particular circumstance that is unique to our situation, however perhaps today’s episode can give you the nudge you need to step forward into your adventure to face your test head on.
Because here and now in today’s world we are ALL facing something both individually and collectively as a society as a whole, and we will all be forced into the circumstance of having to make a difficult decision as I pointed out above. So if you haven’t already felt the sting of being hit (literally or metaphorically) I promise you that day is coming.
The Hero's Journey
Every hero undergoes a challenging journey that can be carried out both within the individual’s mind, as well as in the physical world.
Mental and physical challenges in life are something that none of us are immune to when looking at and examining our lives. Each and every one of us has a crucible, or sort of a journey of reckoning if you will, that we must experience and then face a decision on how we’re going to deal with that journey.
American author Joseph Campbell had an explanation of this in his work that is titled The Hero With a Thousand Faces in which he explains the theory of the journey of the archetypal hero. According to Campbell’s theory of the case this sort of journey consists of a series of stages which in his description is shared among mythologies across the world.
The Hollywood screenwriter Christopher Vogler studied Campbell’s work and created his own work The Writer’s Journey: Mythic Structure For Writers which parallels Campbell’s Work breaking down the journey of the hero as it plays out in twelve different stages.
This is an intriguing list as it not only applies to the writing of a hero’s journey, but is a series of steps that plays out in my view within many of us in day to day life.
The list reads as follows…
"To understand the true quality of people, you must look into their minds, and examine their pursuits and aversions."-Marcus Aurelius
Given the times we are living in now there’s a lot of people on edge when it comes to discussing societal issues.
Apart from the disastrous government, the rise of communism, policies, state of the country, and the so-called leadership in D.C. driving the country off a cliff I personally ask the question Why else is society on edge?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
That question is rhetorical because I already know the answer and after my explanation if you’re intellectually honest then you will understand the answer to this question as well.
Unless you’re from another planet then you already know the problems that the country is facing, as well as the entire planet for that matter…and no, it’s not global warming or climate change.
To answer the question I just posed about why people are on edge we first must identify what the problems are in society in the first place before we are able to offer solutions to those said problems.
However, in the current Colosseum of Provocation in which we reside, the battlefield is being blurred by the fog of war when it comes to getting people on the same page.
This division is intentional and is being driven by an Administrative State Media (ASM) to satisfy their big advertisers and to use their platforms to drive the narratives of division to keep their falling ratings from completely hitting rock bottom.
Due to the inability to properly identify the problems, and the reasons for those problems, is the reason why actual solutions can’t be obtained to remedy those problems. This is because society is too divided to even agree on what the problems consist of in the first place.
It’s because of this division that we haven’t yet reached a desired synthesis, as I’ve mentioned before with Hegel’s dialectic that you can examine further here.
The thing you MUST understand is that you don’t have to respect the opinions of anyone who fails to back up their opinion with evidence and objective reality. No, you didn’t misunderstand that last statement.
In other words, I do respect everyone’s right to hold their opinions and to have their beliefs, HOWEVER this doesn’t mean I have to inherently respect the merit, or more specifically the lack of merit, of those opinions and beliefs automatically. There is no inherent, or automatic respect that is impulsively doled out to someone who simply has an emotionally strong opinion about something without backing up their theory of the case with a respectable, and yes I said respectable, logical, and evidentiary effort.
Think about that for a minute.
As one insane example of many with the societal issues plaguing us now regarding this Orwellian environment, if we've managed to understand the differences between a man and a woman since the dawn of mankind then why are we having such a difficult time with that known self-evident truth now?
Once again, this is a problem because the advocates who can’t observe this self-evident truth have been demoralized by a campaign of social engineering, and what is more specifically referred to as ideological subversion.
To understand the divisions in our society and the reasons why people are unable to agree on the problems and solutions as they exist is because we are fighting ideological subversion as the great KGB defector Yuri Besmenov pointed to in his eye opening interview with filmmaker and author G. Edward Griffin.
Psychological Warfare
Yuri Bezmenov (alias Tomas David Schuman) was a former PGU and KGB informant who defected to Canada.
In 1984 Yuri Bezmenov gave a harrowing and highly informative interview with American filmmaker and author G. Edward Griffin where he highlighted the significance and process involved with what he referred to as ideological subversion, or more specifically, a methodology recognized by Soviet intelligence as active measures.
Bezmenov points out that unlike espionage active measures is a very slow, but powerful process of brainwashing that takes 15 to 20 years. Furthermore, active measures is also where the significant investment is within the intelligence community that he was a part of making up about 85% of the total investment with the intention being to expose a targeted population to the Marxist/Leninist propaganda with the specific goal and intention to overthrow that population.
As a side note and observation to piggyback off of this explanation by Yuri Bezmenov if you think about that 15 to 20 year time cycle it was Barack and Michelle Obama who said the following…
“We are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.” — Barack Obama, October 30, 2008
“We are going to have to change our conversation; we’re going to have to change our traditions, our history; we’re going to have to move into a different place as a nation.” — Michelle Obama, May 14, 2008 (Source: National Review)
In short, from the time those two uttered those remarks to this current day we’re looking at a 15 year cycle where it’s obvious that the Crime Syndicate of Narrative has been implementing the active measures just as Yuri Bezmenov warned us about.
The way active measures are achieved is through continuous propaganda that is pumped into the minds of young generations with the goal being to expose them to the enemy’s ideology. This long slow slog of propaganda and information takes several years, but the outcome is highly effective and the reversal of that outcome can take the same amount of time assuming the reversal process can even be successfully implemented.
The infection of the mind, or what we would refer to now in this modern era as the woke mind virus, is something that can only be countered with patriotism and love of one’s country and customs according Yuri Bezmenov. (Source: YouTube)
Bezmenov also points out that this entire process is carried out in four phases.
According to Bezmenov a demoralized individual is someone who is immune to reality. Factual authentic documentation, photos, and even video evidence means nothing to this person.
As Besmenov points out you can take a demoralized individual by force and drag him by the arm to show him the concentration camps in the Soviet Union and the demoralized person still won’t believe what is happening until the “Military boot crashes his balls,” according to Bezmenov, then this is the point the person will understand what is happening.
Destabilization: According to Besmenov the destabilization stage only takes two to five years to employ and the focus here is on foreign relations, defense, and the economy. We've already treaded water here.
Crisis: It can only take 6 weeks to bring a country to crisis.
Period of Normalization: Bezmenov says that this word normalization is a cynical expression and can last indefinitely. As he points out during this period things will not be under control even though they will give off this illusion. In fact, it will be disgustingly out of control as he points out with this phase of active measures.
Besmenov warns us that the time bomb is ticking and that the world communist system is at war with the U.S.. When G. Edward Griffin asked Bezmenov during the interview what he recommends as the remedy for this he responds by saying the answer and solution is rather simple.
As Bezmenov states the first step is educating the public about what is going on so that the Marxist/Leninist ideals that are being pumped into the system don't take hold to demoralize the younger generations.
In addition to this he warns of something else that is key that the U.S. is already guilty of violating in this modern day globalist system.
He says that the U.S. should not trade, finance, or give any money whatsoever to any communist regime. If it’s not obvious now with the relationship that we currently have with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) we have already violated this suggestion in a major way.
With all the craziness going on in the world right now the cause of MOST all of these problems is due to the fact that we finance, trade, and do business with a communist government that wants to destroy us and the money they get from us is being weaponized against us every single day as a whole.
Bezmenov says that these solutions aren’t complicated, but that if the American businessmen can’t curb their desire to profit from communist trade that they will beg to be killed after the communist takeover, but instead of being killed will most likely be shipped to somewhere like Alaska to oversee a prison labor camp.
Bezmenov says that he defected to the west to be a part of this boat now (the boat of freedom) and if this boat goes down then there’s no better place to go down as the United States is the last place on earth that one can run to.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The Provocation From Within
Given what G. Edward Griffin was able to expose with his interview with Yuri Bezmenov this brings me back to the point of conflict that we currently find ourselves in with this society now as a whole.
First of all, those of us who are Emissaries of Freedom are constantly being provoked by the American Bolsheviks in the public square. This is clearly being done by the American Bolsheviks advocating for censorship of dissident voices. The reason they want censorship is because the Emissaries of Freedom are taking direct ownership of Bezmenov’s advice regarding putting forward the correct education and pushing a culture of patriotism.
As a specific example this very show is doing that very thing and is being censored and suppressed by the social media Oligarchs who are trying to control the battleground for the information war that is running white hot at this current time in our history.
Furthermore, this Colosseum of Provocation also exists as American Bolsheviks who call for censorship are unable to accept a dissenting opinion and view a dissenting opinion as a provocation in and of itself. This is problematic as such a reaction is only steeped in emotion.
This emotion is something that has been identified at a psychological and biological level. According to clinical psychologists Jordan Peterson a lot of what determines your political leanings is biological temperament.
For my liberal friends and listeners I’m going to use the misnomer “liberal” here to identify more left leaning people for the sake of this illustration just to keep the discussion consistent with what Jordan Peterson is pointing out in his explanation. This is not to imply that all liberals are far left Marxist because I understand that’s not the case and I want the readers and listeners to this show to understand that as well.
So according to Peterson liberals tend to be high in the trait of openness, but are low in dutifulness and orderliness. Openness is associated with being more interested in the abstract and aesthetics.
However, the conservatives are the opposite, being high in conscientiousness, being dutiful and orderly, but are low in openness. According to Peterson this is why conservatives tend to make good businessmen, administrators, and managers, but not such good entrepreneurs.
As Peterson points out this is because the entrepreneurs are more often drawn from the more liberal type personalities. These are pretty opposite biological differences in temperament and each one is dependent on the other type.
The important point is that the dialog between people of different temperamental types is how the two learn from each other through discussion. You see this is the thing that keeps the different temperamental types from being at each other’s throats according to Peterson. (Source: YouTube Note: To view this video scroll down the article on the Substack)
However, the problem here is that those who would probably be considered to be the far left are so open to openness, while being so closed off to conscientiousness that they advocate for closing down dialog, dissent, and free speech.
If you look at Peterson’s last point, the reason the two temperaments would NOT be at each other’s throats is because they both need to have the ability of open discussion. Essentially this is free speech.
However, the problem is that in this modern era of social media that we currently reside in, we are living in a Colosseum of Provocation.
Why do I refer to this as the Colosseum of Provocation?
The Colosseum represents the arena, or platform(s) that are made up of the social media public squares that so many people use to communicate and share ideas.
The problem is that the social media platforms and their overlords have decided to create a digital barrier, or sort of a digital moat if you will, between people through the act of censorship, as well as through how the social media algorithms are designed to function.
Keep in mind that social media algorithms involve a step-by-step procedure by platforms to collect specific data among a larger collection of data.
Social media algorithms function in how they sort the posts in a particular user’s feed based on relevancy instead of publishing time.
The social networks essentially prioritize what type of content a particular user sees on their feed by the likelihood that those people will actually want to see it.
Now slow down and think about that for a moment.
This is how they manage to divide groups of people into different social communication bubbles which results in these differing groups being isolated based on their ideologies.
So when there is a provocation when two individuals of opposing viewpoints cross paths, after having been isolated for a significant amount of time on social media, the Colosseum proves to be more of a bread and circus show for those groups that have been isolated.
Rather than having produced a healthier environment of conflict resolution the opposite occurs due to these groups having been isolated for quite some time.
If you weren't aware that phrase bread and circus comes from the Satires which is a collection of satirical poems which were written by the Latin poet Juvenal in the first and early second centuries A.D..
To put this into a political context the phrase means to generate public approval not by implementing good public policy or service, but rather by distracting the public with entertainment (circuses) and food (bread). The phrase also points to the erosion of and ignorance of civic duty as it is no longer the priority of the citizenry. (Source: Wikipedia)
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
This is the issue with the lack of understanding due to groups being isolated from one another, as well as fueling a more bread and circus environment rather than an environment of conflict resolution, problem solving, and civic duty.
In looking at the function of social media as it currently works, if you are more likely to want to see a post from a personality such as CNN’s Jake Tapper based on your social media algorithm then you will see posts that are similar to Jake Tapper. Likewise, if you’re more likely to see posts on your social media from the likes of Sean Hannity then you will see Sean Hannity.
With my own goal regarding this platform I wanted to be able to create something that would cross the digital moat and to blast through the firewalls of censorship which is proving to be very challenging.
As a fitness professional and author I’m obviously into fitness and health, but I’m also into philosophy, history, geo-politics, and culture.
I’m a fan of both Steve Bannon and Tim Poole, but I also wanted to bring about my own approach to impacting the culture by stressing a more grounded and individual experience to demonstrate to you how we can impact culture together as a whole by first focusing on ourselves as individuals.
This individual philosophical approach of me trying to do what I’ve always done within my industry involves helping you to recognize that you have agency. You have personal action and power to influence and directly impact your environment, instead of sitting back and allowing the environment around you to shape your life outcomes.
The latter part of that statement combined with the digital moats that separate most of us that are reasonable and desire to learn are the reason we are currently feeling trapped inside this Colosseum of Provocation, but this platform is offering a way out.
The Wrap Up
I firmly believe the experiences that we respond to shape and prepare us for the world as it changes. However, I want to be very clear that how the world changes is up to each one of us as individuals.
Our actions as individuals impact the culture and result in the desired change that we want whether we desire the status quo, OR if we desire a new thriving, free loving, and enlightened world.
As far as my objective view of the direction of the world as I currently write this I see it going one of two directions. It’s obvious to me that if we continue moving in the direction that the current Biden regime has us on with rampant government corruption, censoring of dissident voices, the destruction of the economy, the early years of World War III, and the continued growth and weaponization of the Administrative State we are on the fast track towards a 1000 years of darkness.
However, I ALSO believe that with the Great Awakening that is occurring across the globe that people are starting to demonstrate their support and actions by putting their dollars where their values are located by supporting businesses and organizations that support freedom, prosperity, and individuality.
It is for both of these reasons as to why this blog and podcasts exist. It was born to be an information source with action towards shaping the environment rather than allowing the environment to shape the outcome of the rest of us.
Your support and understanding in this movement is critical and this is why together we can control the narrative in this Colosseum of Provocation in order to change its culture which will change our political structure.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“A Good Plan, Violently Executed Now, Is Better Than a Perfect Plan Next Week.”
–General George S. Patton
Today I want to take a bit of time here to share with you a little bit of my own personal history in the business world.
I was recently doing some thinking and realized that I probably needed to do a better job of sharing some personal experiences as it’s easy to fall into the trap of applying principles of philosophy and events of history when looking at the world while not focusing as much on sharing more of my own background. I realize it’s important to share more in order to illustrate how life has shaped my own perspective and how those experiences have fed into the creation of this very blog and podcast.
To give you some insight on this I think I’ll start by diving into some of the struggles and failures I’ve personally encountered as a small business owner in order to give you a dose of objective reality in terms of the challenges that not only myself, but how most all small business owners face in the day to day of being inside the arena of business and life.
Now keep in mind that I fully understand that everyone has their own perspectives and lived experience, but when it comes to individuals who choose to go out into the world in order to create something out of thin air, the world is not a friendly place for those people at times.
Furthermore, I want to point out that individual’s being able to go out and create something from nothing, to pursue a dream (like the pursuit of happiness), and to create as much independence as possible within a free, or now a more quasi-free society, is something that is seemingly diminishing more and more by the day.
The traditional American spirit of rugged individualism and pioneering is now giving way to a massive corporatocracy driven by centralized control of a big corporate and big government merger.
This partnership gets many people in society to buy into that model while also getting those same people to diminish more and more of their support for that rugged individual who visualizes a world where he or she can blaze their own trail without getting resistance from those people who claim to believe the same things as they do.
This problem continues to grow because in reality much of society doesn’t recognize or demonstrate their support for many of these pioneering individuals with their dollars and their votes, or if they do that trailblazer must end up sacrificing a lot more in life in order to achieve that support from the observing consumer public.
In other words, many small business owners may run the risk of experiencing a Pyrrhic Victory, or form of success in their very attempt to pursue the more difficult to achieve American dream in this day and age.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
I can attest to this personally as when I started my fitness business back in 2005 I had to endure a bit of a rough start.
In the first few months I had unknowingly gotten mixed up in some corrupt business relationships with dishonest and greedy people. These people couldn’t make intelligent decisions because they were so concerned about the money that they weren’t even capable of seeing their unethical and illegal breach of our contract as they were trying to broker a deal with me for renting some space.
This was a huge wake up call for me as I had come in contact with this married couple who at that time were some of the worst people that I would ever encounter in my life in terms of business, but I wouldn’t learn that until later on at the point of negotiation.
As the story goes I had gotten tied up in a sublease agreement to have a training facility in order to move my fitness and athletic students into in order to have some floor space to work with them.
I had acquired these students from brokering a deal of my own with a previous facility, who I also had a previous sublease with, but they would ultimately fail at paying their lease to the building owner which resulted in me having to exit the premises because my lease was with the leasee, not the building owner.
Because I found myself in a bind with having to get another training facility to now move three teams of athletes into in order to train, against my own best judgement I ended up agreeing to another sublease with this couple I had met who owned a baseball and softball facility with batting cages.
Granted I was young and very ambitious, but I was probably a bit too honest and shared a bit too much with this couple up front as I had communicated that I needed to find a place to house my athletes due to the previous situation that placed me into the difficult circumstance I found myself in.
However, I ended up signing a short term sublease with them and I had some space to work, but would have to share some of the space that these new owners used for their batting cages.
The agreement was that I could use space from their cages for a designated period of time daily that we both agreed to with the signing of the short term lease which was only about a two month commitment.
The owners, or the couple, of this new facility told me that they were renovating some new space across the parking lot from where we would agree to train my students in the short term.
Their proposed idea was that we would negotiate another lease after the short lease had expired and I could move into the newly renovated space across the parking lot at that point.
So what happened next?
Well as the date approached for the expiration of our short term lease the new space was not renovated. It was basically just a metal building with no heat or air-conditioning, no facilities, no office, and the roof was leaking water down onto the floor where I’d theoretically be training my students once we would have made the move.
However, the expiration of our old agreement came and went because our negotiations regarding the so-called renovated space across the parking lot would have to be postponed due to the fact that the husband of the husband and wife duo ended up getting diagnosed with cancer.
However, going back to the beginning of our initial two month agreement I started noticing problems with this particular professional working relationship as the couple would violate our space and contract with the use of their side of the business regarding their batting lessons for the athletes that came in.
This was problematic as we needed to use the space that we had agreed to pay for under contract to train the athletes we had at the time in order to operate my business.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Without getting too much into detail this immediately started causing a major problem and was something I recognized was an immediate breach of trust. This was an immediate red flag to me.
As a result I made an executive decision to start looking for another space a couple months prior to the coming sit down I knew we were going to have regarding the negotiation of the space they had proposed I move into at the end of our first contract.
The Negotiation
It ended up being a smart decision on my part to move forward with finding an alternative space to settle into yet again.
I was fortunate to be successful in finally meeting with a sane and grounded individual who would end up being a new tenant that I would negotiate a third space with in order to train my students. However, before this happened I still had to have the final sit down with the alarming couple that I was dealing with at the time.
Because I had initiated the meeting with the third guy that offered me the best option I knew going into the negotiation with the questionable couple that I had some leverage that they were unaware of at the point of the meeting.
However, when it came time for the meeting the husband did not show and instead sent his wife as he was allegedly getting medical treatment for his condition.
I know that I already touched on some of the context of this negotiation, but what I didn’t touch on is that I also knew going into this that the so-called renovated space that wasn’t renovated was also considerably smaller in terms of square footage than the temporary space we had agreed to with our previous two month contract.
So to sum this up the potential new space was smaller, it had no facilities, it didn’t have air-conditioning, it didn’t have heat, and it had a leaking roof that the couple said they would fix, but didn’t.
As you may imagine this all was about to get very interesting at the coming negotiation.
Having said that, when the time came for me to sit down with the wife she showed her true colors and had the nerve to write out on a piece of paper a proposed rent amount that was considerably higher than what we had previously paid for the temporary space.
It was at this moment that I had calculated correctly ahead of time coming into the meeting where I believed that she believed that she would have me cornered. She believed that in order for me to run my business that she would put forth a totally unreasonable offer that she (and her husband) believed I would be forced to take.
They were confident that they could leverage the situation because they believed that I had no other options and that I would have nowhere else to go. However, because I was proactive about the situation I did have somewhere else to go and as a result created leverage for myself.
The look on her face was priceless when I counter-offered. Because of her ego she wouldn’t relent and then I made sure to laugh when I got up from the table and left to go and secure the deal with the guy I had already previously negotiated with to give me a fallback plan.
Now why did I go to the trouble to tell you about all of this?
Well, after the loss of having to move my students under pressure I wanted to communicate to you this process and to give you a deeper understanding as to how all of this actually worked throughout the experience.
That night after I had sat with the wife, her husband called me on the phone to yell at me and felt the need to call me quite a few names. The next morning when I went to get my equipment to move out he confronted me there at the facility and yelled even more threats at me both personally and professionally.
It was at this moment that I reminded him how much he was in the wrong and that if he continued with his threats that I would be very determined to end his motivation for launching them.
At this point the situation was neutralized.
During that particular experience I learned a lot. I learned that not all people who pretend to be your friend are your friends and also learned that life threatening illness doesn’t always bring about the humble qualities of people even though they may be facing down their own mortality.
I also learned that those people who are purely driven by greed will try to walk over anyone and everyone in their path until someone else pushes back.
In short, the entire process was a reckoning that I realized was hurtling towards a terminus in which I had to determine on which point of the line it would end up.
The Pyrrhic Victory
Oftentimes people will ignore, or just flat out fail to consider the possible outcomes of an objective reality when they believe they are in the right. However, the issue here is that the belief of one thinking they are in the right can often be confused by one simply trying to satisfy and prop up their own ego.
Victory isn’t always something that is nice and shiny and perfect. Victory and the pursuit of victory can often be something that leads to one’s own destruction.
In the case of that couple I found myself having to deal with, they believed they were pursuing and about to achieve a major victory, but at the end of the day they got absolutely nothing. However, I also recognized that in order for myself to succeed I had to put aside my ego and hit the ground running by working hard on a solution for the problem I was dealing with at that time.
It wasn’t easy and it cost me a great deal of time and money, but at the end of the day I managed to work out a viable solution.
In 280 BC King Pyrrhus of Epirus fought and defeated the Romans at the battle of Heraclea, as well as the battle of Asculum in 279 BC. (Source: Wikipedia).
As it turns out even though the king was able to achieve victory he did so at such a great toll and strain that even as the victor it was viewed as being equivalent to a defeat.
Such a victory is so costly that it negates any true sense of achievement and damages long-term progress. As a result this is where the term Pyrrhic Victory originated. Ah there’s that term again.
After giving my own personal example of dealing with some of my own struggles in business, those struggles were costly and I was able to pull out a victory, or solution in that last scenario in the end.
However, I knew that I had to take some serious action in order to create and/or find a solution that I could live with at the moment. I knew the entire experience would cost me a great deal even if I came out on top, but I had to make sure that even if that deal resulted in a victory that it wouldn’t be a Pyrrhic Victory.
The Journey of Mankind
As I was brainstorming about ideas for a good blog and podcast topic I decided to share with you this experience I had when I started my fitness business.
In my own journey in the fitness industry this particular experience that I’ve outlined for you here in this episode gave me a deeper understanding of human nature and certain people’s motivations. Granted this experience wasn’t pleasant in the least, however the value of the experience has proven to be a lifesaver for me on more than one occasion.
As a result I have the opportunity to share that very experience with you here on this blog and podcast episode.
With that in mind I’m going to shift gears on you for just a bit here.
At the beginning of Stanley Kubrick’s iconic movie 2001: Space Odyssey there is a view of some open barren land with some prehistoric ape-like beings living within some caverns and out on the open fields.
During this scene it shows a time of their struggles with hostile predators attacking them, as well as rival gangs of other ape-like beings aggressively running in on their territory and fighting them.
After a few distressing encounters with various predators the ape-like beings were visibly shaken one night as they fell asleep in their caverns.
The next morning they awakened in shock to see a huge monolith that was solid black sitting on the ground in the center of their dwelling.
They were initially overcome by fear, but eventually would calm down and one of the ape-like beings would move close enough to the monolith to reach out with his hand to touch it.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The next scene shows this ape-being sitting in a field with bones of decomposed animals. As the creature is sitting there it starts looking really close at a thigh bone and grabs it with its hand to pick it up.
At this point the apeman starts to somewhat swing the thigh bone down onto another pile of bones to hit them. As it sees how hitting the other bones breaks those bones it starts to realize how to use the thigh bone as a tool, an instrument, or weapon. In other words, there’s a clear advancement in intelligence with its discovery of the use of the bone as a tool.
The next scene then shows how the apeman uses the tool to hunt for food and then again as a weapon to protect the family of his tribe being attacked again by the rival gang of apes as it managed to kill one scaring off the other invaders.
From here the scene changes yet again by leaping ahead millions of years into the future with Dr. Heywood Floyd sleeping on a spaceship on a flight headed towards an American lunar outpost.
The doctor awakens to have a couple of different meetings to discuss the purpose of his journey. He’s very secretive about the mission, but stresses to the crew that his secrecy on the issue is of utmost importance.
Later we see this doctor exiting a base to walk out onto the surface of the moon with a group of other men to an excavation site on the moon.
At the center and bottom of this excavation site is another similar monolith that appeared in the beginning with the apemen. The men gather around the monolith taking pictures and the doctor walks up close enough to reach out and touch the monolith.
From here the scene changes yet again to a spaceship that is on a course heading towards Jupiter 18 months later. On this ship there are two astronauts, along with three others in suspended animation, and a Heuristically programmed ALgorithmic computer (HAL) that uses its systems to pilot the ship.
To shorten and simplify the plot HAL essentially makes what the astronauts determine to be an error aboard the ship which shakes the trust of the two astronauts Dr. Dave Bowman and Dr. Frank Poole.
Later HAL causes the death of Dr. Frank Poole by sabotaging his attempt to replace an outside antenna by taking control of his mobile pod and setting him adrift into space. HAL also turned off the life support systems of the suspended crewmen, killing them. Dave responds by getting a pod of his own to go and retrieve Frank’s body, but upon his return HAL refuses to let Dave enter the ship bay.
Dave releases Frank’s body and manages to successfully get onboard the ship by crossing the vacuum to enter the ship manually without his space helmet.
Upon entry Dave immediately moves to disconnect HAL’s circuits and when he manages to do so receives a pre-recorded message from Dr. Heywood Floyd talking about the purpose of the mission.
Dr. Heywood Floyd talks about the discovery of evidence of other intelligent life while referencing the monolith and how it was sending a strong radio signal towards Jupiter.
Not long after this Dave discovers a third monolith orbiting the planet. Dave leaves the Discovery (the main ship) in his pod to investigate and immediately gets pulled into a bizarre vortex of colored light and observes very odd lighting and landscapes in colored light as he passes by.
Then oddly he finds himself in a classical bedroom where he sees different versions of himself, then becomes those versions of himself, in three different instances each time with him getting older and older.
The first time he’s in his space suit exploring the bedroom and place he finds himself in, the second time he sees an old man version of himself eating a meal, and finally he sees himself close to death on the bed.
It’s at this final phase when he’s on his bed where he points to the foot of his bed to see the monolith floating just above the floor.
At this point as he reaches towards the monolith he’s transformed into a fetus contained in a transparent sort of sphere of light floating above planet earth.
Now why did I go to all the trouble to tell you about the plot of 2001: Space Odyssey?
The answer to that is simple because it has to do with my interpretation of the movie’s plot which in my view is Stanley Kubrick’s explanation of mankind’s journey from the primitive, to the advancement, and ultimately with that advancement causing mankind’s ultimate destruction.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
After the journey Kubrick goes a step further in 2001: Space Odyssey with the introduction of the fetus in a glowing sphere of light as the mark of another new beginning, possibly suggesting another cycle of advancement of mankind to come spanning over a long period of time from that very point.
Granted for that new beginning to occur the cycle of mankind started out more primitive and ultimately advanced to a point that mankind’s advancement led to his own destruction. This cycle of mankind as visualized in Kubrick’s 2001: Space Odyssey is a sort of reckoning that ended up at its terminus, or endpoint, or beginning point.
The Wrap Up
The cycle of my own journey early on in my business as I described here was a reckoning just as Kubrick’s 2001: Space Odyssey was a reckoning for all of mankind.
I believe the big takeaway here is for all of us to be introspective and to ask where our actions within our daily lives are leading us?
I ask this question both from the standpoint of us examining ourselves as individuals, but also directionally with society as a whole?
In other words, there are real big problems that are coming down the track for our society as a whole across many fronts.
For instance, we are facing another six to nine trillion dollars in national debt, we are depleting our ammunition by sending everything to Ukraine to worry more about their borders than our own. Meanwhile our border is dealing with a full-on invasion.
The banks are being nationalized, the U.S. dollar currency is tanking from out of control spending, dissidents here in the U.S. are being imprisoned, our manufacturing is controlled by the CCP, the CCP is also showing military aggression, and the threat of AI is looming.
Even Kubrick pointed out the dangers of AI with HAL turning on its human counterparts as the advancement of man led to the destruction of man in the end of the movie.
All I’m saying is that we are at a precipice with all of these things reaching a point of critical mass.
However, this is the point of this show to help all of us to realize how we must look inward at seeking the solutions to our problems by putting actions behind our daily lives to fix these problems.
By recognizing these problems we can make the individual choice within ourselves to not support the institutional things that bring about these destructive problems.
We can act and use our decision making and actions to garner more support for buycotts while simultaneously boycotting institutions that are bringing about more and more destruction to society as a whole.
This is our reckoning and the question is which terminus do we want to end up at with our society as a whole?
On that note if you want to use your actions to support an alternative media platform you can support this very platform for about the cost of a cup of coffee per month. To feel confident that you can trust this platform is working for you I have set up the subscription model here so that you can place your dollars behind a media platform that is going to be the counter-narrative to the Administrative State Media (ASM).
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“The most dangerous man to any government is the man who is able to think things out for himself, without regard to the prevailing superstitions and taboos. Almost inevitably he comes to the conclusion that the government he lives under is dishonest, insane, and intolerable...”― H.L. Mencken
I was talking with one of my good friends on the phone the other day who I would consider to be a solid intellectual even though he is too humble to admit it. As a side note I have to say that I’m blessed to be surrounded by people who are solid intellectuals in my life as this is the case with a lot of people in my life that are really close to me, but I digress.
During our conversation he started pointing out something that I’ve always felt, but that we both feel like a lot of people tend to ignore when it comes to them looking at and planning out their life journey.
For starters, if you’ve listened to my podcasts and read my articles you know that I am all about embracing the attitude of self-reliance and rugged individualism.
After all, as an American those characteristics were central to the founding of this very nation from its beginning.
My view of life is that we are here for our own individual journey and that everything that we do in that journey shapes the path of that journey based on the risks we take which originate from the choices that we make.
This is not really complicated because if you really think about it, life is all about Risk vs. Reward, however in the past 10 to 15 years society has been brainwashed into believing the opposite of this. Society has been dumbed down by the prospect that we should entrust and finance the major governmental, medical, and educational systems to be the trustees of creating an environment that builds a risk averse society.
This entire ecosystem that we live in operates only with the permission of our support as citizens while the so-called trusted overlords that we’ve somehow allowed to make our life decisions for us have convinced us that they know what’s best for us because they have removed all the risks.
You might be sitting there thinking, "Brandon, how is the removal of the risks a bad thing?” The answer to that is simple because as goes the risks so goes the rewards. If that is our sentiment as a society then we are saying to the overlords that we don’t care about individual sovereignty, individual agency, and individual rights.
If you’re agreeing to that model then you are saying that you want nothing more out of life than to be the equivalent of a Russian serf. This is the social contract that you’re creating and signing if you want a risk averse society.
The Critical Dangers of Being Risk Averse
Life is a tricky phenomenon. Granted, both myself and my guests talk about many different aspects of life here on this blog and podcast and are always identifying problems while offering solutions to those problems on a regular basis, but I’m not going to sit here and act like it’s all easy. Easy can at times factor into the equation, but for the majority of the time it doesn’t factor in at all.
Now given that, let's take a look at the root cause of most of society’s problems because the thing about solving problems is being able to go to the root cause in order to cut to the heart of the problem rather than playing around with treating symptoms of a particular problem.
Now if you’re still reading this I am not about to lead you down a path by spouting off some cliche’ self help message that you would normally hear from all the so-called self help internet business influencer gurus.
You’re probably very familiar with the usual type that want to engage in happy talk about life coaching and grinding 24/7 on your business and career while they sell you more of their noise in order for you to wear their t-shirts and attend their seminars.
Now please don’t misunderstand me. I'm not bashing those people. I would actually applaud their success, however I am establishing the point that the message here in this article and on this podcast isn’t the same as the message of those people. The message you’re getting here is quite different.
After all, speaking for myself I’m as much free market and pro-business as the next guy, but the root of society’s problems go much deeper than what any of the usual self help gurus would traditionally ever care to address, or even bring up in a discussion on their respective YouTube channels with their millions of followers.
Why?
Because none of what these so-called self help gurus are selling is addressing the root cause of the problems that are plaguing our society. With as many of these so-called gurus that exist if they were addressing the root causes then there would probably be no need for this platform and my explanation for all of this.
Sure, you can start a business and make it successful and reach a lot of people. That’s a huge positive and should be part of the American dream, however the reality of that vision is that it’s happening less and less now because it’s getting harder and harder for people to even get off the launching pad with a new business venture in the first place.
No, this isn’t a whining session or a complaint. This is objective reality. My goal here is to talk about the deeper issue and that deeper issue is the environment in which ANY prospective business may start in order to try and gain a foothold so that it can become successful in the first place.
After all, what is the reality that we’ve seen put on supercharge in the past three years? We’ve seen the following…
The mass exodus of people from big cities
The collapse of the medical industry.
The destruction of your currency.
A real estate housing bubble.
A commercial real estate crisis.
40 year record high inflation.
Increased rolling power outages.
The rising cost of fuel.
A mass invasion at the southern borders.
Out of control crime rates.
I could go on and on.
Every single thing that I mentioned there is 100% accurate. Those issues are NOT some made up story that only exists in someone’s imagination. No, every single one of those issues I mentioned is happening in reality right now.
So why did I bring them up?
Well if it’s not already obvious how do any of those issues serve to enhance the environment for anyone to start a small business? How do any of those issues create a secure economic environment where there are assurances that a respective business looking to grow can be confident in its environment to grow?
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
The answer is that most businesses can’t grow in an environment like the one I described let alone even make an attempt to start out right at ground zero.
To make this all worse the irony of it is that every single one of the issues I listed above resulted from the promise that the government was trying to eliminate all the risks for you to keep you safe. The action of supposedly removing all the risks for you was carried out by telling you what medicine you should put into your body, by telling you that a check from the government for a few thousand dollars would help your business after they closed it down, and by telling you that police should be defunded in major cities because that was best for society and would somehow serve as a remedy for racism.
Yet, every single one of these resulted in the complete opposite outcome being the complete destruction of our institutions all in the name of mitigating risks for society.
Being risk averse is a clear and present danger.
The Critical Reliance Upon The Forge
When looking at any system of governing, or any process where a business must start the process of willing itself into existence the very existence of either of these endeavors begins much like the blacksmith relies upon the forge.
Keep in mind that a blacksmith, as you’re probably familiar with in older times, could shape and bend iron. A blacksmith could build a sharp blade that was worthy of combat, a shield that would protect a soldier, and a suit of armor that could deflect any passing blow coming from an enemy combatant.
In this way the blacksmith was very skillful and in an older society possessed a valuable trade and a successful business. However the skills of that blacksmith were only as good as the resources he would have at his disposal.
To clarify this further, in order for a soldier in older times to prepare for war that soldier had to have been instructed and trained. The soldier needed a plan from a commanding officer and the soldier also needed a blacksmith for the armor and the weaponry. Additionally for the warrior to be successful the commanding officer, the soldier, and the blacksmith all relied on the forge being able to function in order to heat up the iron for the blacksmith to shape it for its purpose in order to aid everyone in their respective endeavors.
Without the forge there are no weapons, no armor, and a vulnerable warrior if there’s even a warrior at all with the absence of a forge. Furthermore, the more direct impact would be that there would be no blacksmith which meant there would be no tools for farmers which meant there’s no civilization. The reliance upon the forge would be critical for the very existence of the civilization.
So I chose to use the analogy of the forge to simplify how the flow and existence of that civilization would originate from the function and existence of the forge . Granted, in this example I’m imagining an older civilization, but with this example of using the forge and the blacksmith you can more easily grasp how significant the forge would be in the context of our older hypothetical civilization.
So what is my point here?
If you look back on the disastrous issues I pointed out earlier in this article regarding the fleeing of people from the big cities, the medical system collapse, the currency collapse, etc. all of these institutions have traditionally been stalwarts that create a civilization because they serve to be assurances to the citizens of a society that these institutions will be there to function for them, to function for you, and to function for me.
However, the issue that we’ve seen in the past three years is that those in power are actually Communist that are insane enough to remove the forges of society, or to render them inoperative. What did we establish earlier that would happen to the critical function of society without the forge?
Let’s take a look at a concrete example of how this sort of dysfunction has impacted our modern society with one of today’s major institutions involving police. The thing I’m trying to communicate is that if you have been a police officer, particularly in the past three years, then you were demonized by the Administrative State Media (ASM).
They championed a message for defunding you in the biggest cities in the U.S and on top of that many of your employers, or the mayors of those cities, were not standing shoulder to shoulder with you, but rather standing shoulder to shoulder with the ASM.
In short, they removed your forge, metaphorically speaking, so that you would be rendered inoperative.
The authoritarians exist for the purpose of control. Because of this with you being honorable and demonstrating the faith in the institution that you took an oath to serve you would unknowingly end up placing yourself into a vulnerable position. Just like the rest of society you would also be underneath the boot of the authoritarians that run the government which also signs your paychecks.
Now please don’t misunderstand me because I’m not blaming you…at least not directly. What I’m trying to say is that all of us collectively as citizens that make up society are to blame because we didn’t vet these people close enough. We also weren’t critical enough of the education systems that taught the Marxist ideology that would indoctrinate those people who continue to vote for and support these authoritarians that create these hostile environments for the police.
There’s no question that the issues that plague our society run very deep which is why I am framing the problem in this way in order to put forth a solution.
You’re probably thinking Brandon “What solution do you have in mind?”
Well the solution that I have in mind parallels that rugged individualism I was speaking about earlier at the beginning of this episode.
After all, I started this podcast and blog because I wanted to address these issues after the unlawful and authoritarian lockdowns that impacted my business directly three years ago.
You see this is exactly why I’m always hammering away at the importance of continuing to develop an alternative parallel economy. By doing so we create our own forge so that we don’t have to rely on the forge of what’s been provided to us by our long standing, but now failing and corrupt institutions.
Because I’m independent I’m not beholden to anyone, or anything, which gives me the freedom to create this platform so that I can communicate this message. I guess I shouldn’t say I’m not beholden to anyone because I am beholden to the subscribers and members who financially support this show, but that is a decentralized solution.
In reality I’m not beholden to a centralized authority that wants to dictate my speech here which arguably, with a message like this one, would be suppressed and censored on most other platforms in this day and age.
Now is the time for all of us to create something new and to leave the corrupted failing rot of the communist infected institutions to die on the vine financially speaking.
The Dictum
Now you’re probably thinking well Brandon “How would I do that if I’m a police officer, or government worker?”
If you happen to be in that position you are at the tip of the spear for some major change.
First of all, if you happen to be a police officer, or government worker, and you believe in and love freedom and liberty then you can continue to create change in the very position you’re in.
Look for opportunities to promote liberty by influencing your coworkers and friends. Make them aware of the problems that are going on as you have firsthand knowledge and experience given your position and experience in your work environment.
Additionally, when it comes to your individual life save your money and make the smartest financial decisions you can possibly make. No, this isn’t some normal self-help message like I was saying earlier.
This is about you making a declaration with yourself, or dictum, to be very intentional with your actions in order to create an environment for yourself so that if you find the institution turning on you then you can simply tell the institution to go pound sand.
Use your position to make sound investments to improve both your own station in life, as well as using your dollars to support the institutions, businesses, and organizations that you know for a fact will improve the freedom and liberty movement. You can do both of these at the same time.
By being conscious of this and by laying this foundation you can create a situation for yourself to easily pull out of the institution you’re in should it be compromised by communist infiltration. This way you can exit as painlessly as possible should the situation call for such an extreme measure. This is exactly why I operate independently and am self-employed because I never enjoyed being in a position where I had to be under the control of a centralized authority.
Thank you for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey . This post is public so feel free to share it.
Granted, no situation is perfect, but as we grow independent wealth and savings we enable ourselves the ability to have mobility. The key to doing this is by making sure we grow that independent wealth as individuals by supporting and investing in the institutions that can help us get there while knowing that those institutions we invest in are also supporting the freedom and liberty movement. Both of these criteria must be met.
Remember that independent wealth is great, but if you achieve that wealth by investing your dollars into institutions that will destroy the forge, or render it inoperative, then you’re only creating an environment where you’re back at square one beholden to a centralized authority.
This is yours and my dictum, or intentional action, to truly create change within society.
The Wrap Up
“Do not let your fire go out, spark by irreplaceable spark in the hopeless swamps of the not-quite, the not-yet, and the not-at-all. Do not let the hero in your soul perish in lonely frustration for the life you deserved and have never been able to reach. The world you desire can be won. It exists.. it is real.. it is possible.. it's yours.”― Ayn Rand, Atlas Shrugged
If you live daily by a dictum of intentional action then I promise you (we together) can save the United States of America from the communist invasion.
What exactly is the parallel, or patriot economy?
It’s simple because the patriot economy consists of individual American citizens (You) paying attention and being informed on where you spend your dollars.
Because where you spend your dollars is where you place your support. If you want to support companies that are promoting and advocating for more and more silencing of dissident voices, forcing people to choose between their jobs and a medical procedure, and pouring their money into supporting enemies like the CCP that hate and want to destroy us then you’re feeding the problem.
However, the good news is that if you do believe in liberty and freedom you don’t have to feed the problem. You do have a choice to feed the solutions and that is the MOST POWERFUL vote you have at your fingertips every single time reach for your wallet.
This is how we defeat the communist and build a strong renewed United States of America.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I hope you would choose to support this platform as part of the patriot economy as well. I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
If you happen to be listening on a secondary platform like Spotify, Apple, or Stitcher today's episode is going to be a FREE Preview as the FULL episode is for the paid members of the show.
However don't be discouraged because you can easily sign up to be a member at brandonrichey.substack.com for $8 per month, or for the price of a cup of coffee per month with an annual subscription.
Regardless I hope you enjoy the preview here because when you become a paid member and access the rest of this episode I know you'll find it to be very interesting.
Thank you
Brandon
“But if thought corrupts language, language can also corrupt thought.”― George Orwell, 1984
Since the dawn of man the use of fire has been seen as the key defining factor in terms of identifying intelligence that separates humans from the rest of the other animals.
Fire obviously has ancient origins and is in a major way even referenced in Greek mythology. When we look at Greek mythology the Titan Prometheus was seen as the Supreme Trickster and granted mankind the gift of fire.
He did this by tricking Zeus to eat bone and fat that was undesirable and by doing so it angered Zeus and Zeus would retaliate by forcing humans to eat their meat raw by denying mankind the gift of fire.
As the story goes it was at this point that Prometheus saw this as an opportunity to swoop in and earn favor from mankind and to give mankind the gift of fire after what Zeus had done with stripping away that very gift.
This would obviously anger Zeus which resulted in him chaining Prometheus to the side of Mount Caucasus where a huge eagle would fly in daily to eat the immortal liver of Prometheus only to have the liver regenerate for the eagle to return to eat it again and again for eternity.
Later, with Zeus’s permission, Promotheus would be rescued by Hercules who would free him from his torment.
Since the discovery of fire it’s easy to understand even now in the present day how fire can be used for a variety of reasons and for a variety of different causes.
On one hand, fire can be one of the most destructive forces in nature using its unquenchable appetite to spread across forest land, towns, cities, and a significant portion of an entire countryside for that matter incinerating everything in its path.
At the same time, fire can be used as an instrument for good and for healing. Fire can be used to keep us warm in the cold, to provide light in the darkness, and to cook our food for the purpose of nourishment.
To me this shifts the focus from the fascination of the element of fire back to the focus of how man ultimately chooses to end up using this element for his own purpose.
In other words, the real focus isn’t the intriguing discovery of a fascinating element such as fire by itself, but rather man’s nature and behavior in how he uses this element for his own self-interests just like Zeus and Prometheus used it for their own self-interests in that story of Greek mythology.
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
I hope you enjoyed today’s podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“When eating fruit, remember the one who planted the tree.”-Vietnamese Proverb
When you look around and observe your environment what do you see?
For years I’ve witnessed a society that at one time would support and encourage freedom, economic growth, and opportunity, but over the past 15 years our society has steadily allowed the worst politicians and elements of government to consistently ruin and set fire to those honorable pursuits with the exception of the years between 2016-2020.
I have come to the conclusion that I personally have some different views on society and the world compared to a lot of people, at least more than most that I meet and talk to on a daily basis.
Granted all of us as individuals have different perspectives and different views on society, relationships, personal beliefs, etc. However, I must ask what is it that has traditionally connected all of us that are Americans, or those of us who are just freedom loving people regardless of where we may reside?
I would say that the definitive thread that connects ALL of us as individuals is enjoying the freedom to pursue dreams and opportunity. Granted I would agree that there are a lot of lazy and unambitious people in the world, however I would argue that’s because of two factors.
The first is that much of society has bought into and has been sold a belief that the growth of the federal government is the solution to our problems and as Ronald Reagan so accurately pointed out and proved with his policies the government isn’t the solution, but is in fact THE actual problem.
The second reason there’s a growing segment of the population that is unambitious is because with this shared attitude of dependency on the government we’ve also created a culture of dependency within our society at large.
In fact, culturally speaking much of the American citizenry has been weakened and infantilized to the point that a rising number of boys grow up to be soft and weak and a large percentage of young girls grow up confused and depressed. (Source: Northwestern-Institute For Policy Research)
Now I’m not going to dive any deeper into this problem because the reality is that the data is there and any of us with any intellectual honesty understands that the infantilization and weakness of the youth in our society has been a growing problem now for years.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Not only are depression rates up among young adults, but so is the obesity rate. As a professional strength coach who’s worked in the fitness industry now for over 20 years I can attest to the fact that the obesity rate has risen at a rapid rate over the past 10 years.
Once again, if you’re intellectually honest about the weakening and lack of focus on self-optimization in terms of the lack of development of fitness within our society you can see it with your own two eyes.
However, if you happen to be one of those people who deny reality then I’ll lay out the statistics for you right here directly from the NIH. If you claim to be one of the follow the science people then you should trust the science, right? Yes, that was me being sarcastic, but I digress.
According to the NIH data from 2017 and 2018 the prevalence of obesity measured out at a whopping 40% of young adult men and women between the ages of 20-39. (Source: NIH-Overweight & Obesity Statistics).
As a fitness professional I will tell you that this is ALL completely cultural. We’ve managed to create a culture of weakness by infantilizing our youth and many young adults who grow up without being disciplined with respect to their work, education, and obviously a failed lack of learning of the importance of commitment towards a consistent and robust personal fitness plan.
The Creation and Destruction of The Bohemian
So you’re probably wondering why I bothered to highlight the physical and mental issues of young men and women in our society along with pointing out the issue with the growing number of unambitious people that exist in society.
To clarify I want you to understand that there are natural cycles like this that occur and have occurred in societies and civilizations throughout history.
As an example, if we wanted to take the time to look beyond the modern day United States all we have to do is to look at the rise and fall of the Roman Empire.
Political corruption and greed were major factors that resulted in the fall of the Roman Empire. Corruption and greed fed the growth of a culture of excess decadence in Rome which is naturally an opposing force to the tenets of a strong society that are rooted in discipline and strength.
“Hard times create strong men. Strong men create good times. Good times create weak men. And, weak men create hard times.”― G. Michael Hopf
Based on G. Michael Hopf’s quote here I would say that we’re currently in the cycle of where weak men have created the beginning stage of hard times that are already here right now with a lot more trials and tribulations to come.
You see we were strong as a nation at one time and I do believe we can save the country and become strong again, but we must first recognize what constitutes a strong nation, as well as, recognizing the freedom that a strong nation and a people who are unified can produce for a society at large.
I thought about this extensively and probed my mind to see what I could come up with in order to illustrate the power and variety of things that a truly free society that was committed to free market ideals, fiscal responsibility, and love of country could produce. Truthfully it’s not hard to come up with examples, but I wanted to use an example that would really stand out so I chose to use the bohemian as the centerpiece to examine in today’s episode.
A Bohemian is defined as someone who is a bit socially unconventional and perhaps is frequently associated with being involved with the arts.
When I think of a bohemian I typically think about someone who is eccentric and perhaps can come across as a bit odd, but has also managed to survive and possibly even thrive with their unconventional pursuits in a modern day society, particularly here in the United States.
Now why am I pointing this out?
The reason I’m pointing this out is because it all goes back to understanding your environment which is what I’m always working to communicate to you as a member of this audience.
The environment that exists in order for a bohemian to have such freedom to pursue and build a life of success in the most unconventional and possibly even in a way that, for the most part, simply doesn’t exist anywhere else in the world.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
When I think of a bohemian I tend to think of the well known artist Andy Worhol.
Looking at the life of Andy Worhol there were a lot of characteristics about him that might be considered unusual and possibly even abnormal to many.
Not that it should matter, but Worhol was an openly gay man that also managed to build a reputation in the 1950’s as being both a very influential and controversial artist. (Source: Wikipedia)
I know I normally go into a deep historical dive on certain personalities to put things into context, but with Worhol I think we can readily come to the conclusion that he was definitely an unusual and wildly successful individual in the artistic world regardless of what you thought about him and his personal lifestyle.
Why am I pointing this out?
I’m using Worhol as a key example to illustrate the powerful environment of creativity that a free market, freedom loving, and strong nation can produce in order for someone of Andy’s talents and unusual skillset can live and choose such pursuits.
After all, if Andy were born pretty much anywhere else in the world I could easily make a strong argument that he would not have ever existed in the capacity that he did as a professional artist here in the U.S..
You see that’s the beauty of the free market and for keeping the government out of the lives of individuals so that they can pursue the dreams and opportunities that they all wish to pursue.
This is what the American Bolsheviks don’t understand because they’ve had the veil pulled over their eyes in regards to how the world actually works.
You see that’s what’s so frustrating about the Marxist/Left. They don’t care to understand because they’re fully indoctrinated into the victimhood mindset and the irony of it is that they are completely ABLE to be victims by choice particularly when a free society allows you the freedom to pursue whatever you want.
These wants also include subscribing to a victimhood mindset and what’s even crazier and even more ironic is that they can adopt this belief when supporting anti-individualistic and anti-freedom beliefs such as Marxism in order to destroy the very freedom that allows them to pursue it in the first place. Take a moment and allow that to sink in.
In a thriving free market and a country that is devoted to freedom and one’s love of country you can choose to indoctrinate, insulate, and shroud yourself in a blanket of lies that hides your eyes from learning how to see ethical opportunities to help both yourself and your fellow man to succeed in life.
If you want to engage and pursue a life of creating unusual paintings and pictures of Campbell’s tomato soup cans while living in a high rise apartment in the center of a metropolitan city then you can absolutely do that, BUT you can ONLY achieve that in the environment of a free society.
Where else in the world could Andy Worhol in the era of the 1950’s, or even in the current day for that matter, pursue such a life? China? Cuba? Venezuela? Russia?
The problem with our modern society is that many people don’t understand the true meaning of freedom and understand even less how it’s being steadily destroyed by the current regime in power.
I’ll elaborate a bit further on that next by referencing a post I recently published on Facebook explaining how our freedoms have been under attack in a death by a thousand cuts scenario.
The Cathedral of The Time Destruct
The most important resource that all of us have in our possession is the resource of time.
Time is the MOST valuable commodity because time is the one commodity that cannot be replaced.
Everything requires the investment of your time, after all, time is life.
So what do I mean when I talk about The Cathedral of The Time Destruct?
When I talk about that I'm referring to how both yours and my environment is being consumed by an intentional and manufactured effort to eat up and destroy our time...which in turn is an attempt to destroy individual ambitious energy, effort, and achievement.
You're probably thinking Brandon how and why would you say this?
Well, I would say that if it's not obvious at the moment then let's take a look at what is obvious.
I'll start by listing out some Time Destruct mechanisms that are being employed at an aggressive rate right here below.
Inflation
Propaganda
Tax Code
Bureaucracy
Censorship
Now before you express your apathy, or you happen to be a Marxist and choose to click off I would challenge you to stay and finish reading this first.
If we look at each one of these 5 concepts every single one of these are MAN MADE and totally avoidable, yet they're a real problem and issue for individuals across the globe.
How?
Let's begin with an examination of each of these, but I’ll lead off with inflation.
Inflation involves the devaluation of your currency. Essentially the dollars that you work hard to earn become weaker and weaker because your currency is being devalued ON PURPOSE by the actions of your Federal government and the Federal Reserve choosing to print a seemingly endless amount of dollars.
Because of the added amount of the circulation of these dollars into the market the purchasing power of your dollars continues to get weaker, therefore you MUST work harder to earn MORE of those dollars because those dollars are worth less and less. This is a classic time destruct.
Secondly, let's look at propaganda.
Propaganda is basically a partial truth or series of lies promoted by a centralized legacy media machine that is designed to get you to buy into a particular narrative so that you will support something that those who are pushing the propaganda want you to support.
On that note you may say well Brandon everything is propaganda and on that observation I'd agree with you.
However, you have to ask yourself what the propaganda is pushing and if it's a big lie then once that lie is out it takes more effort, energy, and...you guessed it time in order for you to get the underlying meaning and purpose of the propaganda that was spread.
Meanwhile the propaganda was able to do the damage it was intended to do and could've possibly persuaded either yourself, or your loved ones to support whatever narrative it was selling...such as a reason for your government to print more dollars further resulting in the devaluation of your currency as a single example.
This is another time destruct.
The tax code is another big one particularly for small business owners. Small business owners and mom and pop stores wear many hats and take on the responsibility of many roles that must be played in the small business in order to make sure the small business can keep its doors open.
As if running the day to day of a business isn't hard enough the small business owner MUST also pile on other burdensome responsibilities such as the adherence to bookkeeping, the tax code, paying accountants, and constantly working at keeping a running journal of everything in case a legal matter were to arise unexpectedly.
Trust me, the tax code is a time destruct.
The bureaucracy ties into everything and expands into every aspect of your life even more so than the tax code.
The bureaucracy of government encapsulates everything.
Therefore the bureaucracy is a time destruct.
Censorship, particularly mass censorship, as we've seen enacted by the Big Tech oligarchs forces those who express dissenting viewpoints to work three and four times as hard to get their content out into the public square.
In fact, as I'm writing and recording this very article/podcast my Facebook page is currently on restriction due to censorship and I work hard and spend a lot of time, at least 30 to 40% more time, trying to get my content in front of people to spread a message of freedom.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Censorship is a major time destruct.
So why do I refer to it as a Cathedral?
I used the term Cathedral because those authoritarian forces that control the narrative and illusion of what goes on inside the Cathedral have the masses convinced that everything is great and that their loss of time, energy, and freedom is merely either the result of things outside the control of man, or is because of those "dissenting" voices that are rocking the boat and making everything difficult for the rest of society.
Of course both of those are lies driven by the Cathedral's propaganda and you had to spend the extra time to read this post in order to understand the lies and the illusion created by the Cathedral.
Granted here your time was invested for the added understanding, but nonetheless your time was still spent just the same.
You see how this works now?
The Wrap Up
Now the understanding that is required to navigate these current waters we find ourselves in with modern society is invaluable, but at the same time, it’s going to frustrate you like no other time in your life.
However, don’t allow that frustration to cause you despair.
Keep in mind that if you happen to consider yourself to possess more bohemian type qualities now you understand how the system is eradicating the free market which will result in the eradication of the bohemian as well.
This is exactly why it is vital for you to understand that The United States is the last stand of freedom that we have on planet earth.
If you don’t see all that is wrong with the world and question the government then you’re creating a dangerous environment, especially if you’re a bohemian.
If you’re not demanding that the endless wars come to an end, demanding the government to stop devaluing your currency, demanding that the justice system should be equal and not a two-tier system, and regularly work to expand your knowledge in order to see these corrupt and nefarious issues then you’re setting your environment up for disaster.
This is a time like no other.
We are at a major turning point in history and we will either come out of this as a stronger nation with a greater love of country devoted to more free market ideals, or we will go the way to begin the journey of a thousand years of darkness.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Cast
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, GETTR, and now Substack’s new social media called Notes.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you’d like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
This is a free preview of a paid episode. To hear more, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Check out this latest article/podcast titled Freedom's Emissary.
This particular episode includes a Free Preview version for Free Subscribers, but the complete episode is available for paid subscribers for this episode at brandonrichey.substack.com.
In the movie Dragon: The Bruce Lee Story there’s a powerful scene where Bruce takes his wife Linda into his martial arts studio to show her the result of following his dream to teach his craft in the U.S.
In this scene Bruce illustrates a powerful lesson in both human potential and human agency with Linda.
Bruce said, “When I came over on the boat I knew this was an ‘idea’ place. Ideas make this country great. Here a good idea makes a man anything he wants to be.”
He continues, “You drop a pebble into a pond, you get ripples. Soon the ripples cross the whole pond.”
It was at this moment Bruce emphasized the power of his message in the scene when he placed a pebble into Linda’s hand and told her to drop it.
After she dropped the stone he said, “See, it has begun.” (Source: The Way of The Awakened Warriors)
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
This illustration is going to be the central message of today’s episode because I want more than anything in this world for you to grasp the overall purpose of this show which is for you to understand that for the moment you still have enough freedom to have choices in your life, but to maintain that freedom you must choose wisely.
So what do I mean when I say choices?
That word choices within the context of the message I’m trying to convey to you here means that you have choices that you can make that will significantly impact both your life and your culture.
If you want to make choices that support and enhance the growth of an environment that transfers control of your life from you to someone else, that's also a choice that you can certainly make, however is that a choice that you want to make?
My guess is that most people would NOT want to make this choice, however in order to recognize what the choice is you FIRST have to understand your environment and how you can avoid making such a bad decision.
In order to do that you will have to learn how to discern fact from fiction. You also need to have a sense of purpose and understand where and how to aim that purpose as you venture out into life to pursue it.
The Impact of Dynamis
The Greek origin of the word Dynamis means strength and fortitude. However through the time of Aristotle it also carried the meaning of ‘potential’ as well.
To dive deeper, in its most common meaning, dynamis means the ability to generate effects as in the ability to exert force. (Source: Hidden Hub)
Another extension of this meaning can also be surmised when we look at the prospect of an acorn that becomes an oak tree. In this example, how can something such as an acorn that you can fit into the palm of your hand and carry around in your pocket eventually become something that towers over buildings and weighs several tons?
The answer here is that this includes the process of both potentiality and actuality. In short, the acorn possesses the potential to become the oak tree and the oak tree itself is the actualization of that potential that was held within the acorn from the very start. (Source: Hidden Hub)
Keep that in mind for the moment and place the concept of dynamis on a holding shelf as I will address this concept again later in this episode to illustrate a larger point.
Having said that, I want to switch gears and talk about another concerning challenge in today's world. These days I believe most of us can agree that it takes a conscious effort for an individual to muster up the courage to speak up about current events and to speak truth in the face of a hostile mob in the public square who is willing to attack you with the threat of being ridiculed and canceled.
However, I believe the way I framed that last sentence is something we should examine at a deeper level.
So you’re probably thinking Brandon, where are you going with this?
I’m talking about the fact that when we commonly hear about the act of speaking out against certain radical ideas, or radical groups, it’s as if most of civilized society takes on the timid position of self-censorship.
Why do so many people do this?
Well the fear and discomfort that comes with the active decision of self-censorship is due in part to the fear of loss, the fear of ridicule, or the fear of one being “othered” by their peers.
As an example when far leftist Marxists, or the more recently labeled American Bolsheviks, rail against us when we try to voice our opinions we often view ourselves as being the person that’s constantly sitting at a defensive position while the radical Marxists, Socialists, or American Bolsheviks are often the ones seen by us as being on the offensive side of a particular narrative.
As most people see this they may find themselves sitting there and examining whether they want to muster up the courage to speak up and set the opposition straight when they spew lies and propaganda in the name of Mao’s second Cultural Revolution.
However the issue with the self-censorship can best be described here with a concept that German political scientist Elizabeth Noelle-Neumann coined as the Spiral of Silence.
Examining The Element of Self-Censorship
In Elizabeth’s Spiral of Silence theory she basically points to how people’s opinions change or go unspoken as a result of them wanting to fit in with the day’s popular ideologies in an effort to stay hidden and to avoid being singled out for holding an opposing ideology that goes against the grain of society. (Source: Wikipedia)
A really powerful and effective way to illustrate why this happens is to look at Hans Christian Anderson’s tale of The Emperor’s New Clothes.
In this folktale a couple of swindlers approach the emperor and successfully sell him on the idea that they can provide him with some magnificent new clothes that would be invisible to people who were stupid or incompetent.
After giving the swindlers the approval to proceed with the deal of making the emperor’s magnificent new clothes officials would check in on the swindlers only to see that no clothes are being produced on the swindler’s looms, but none would say anything for fear of being singled out as being a fool. When the emperor walked through the middle of the city in his new clothes everyone could see that he was completely naked, but no one would dare be the one to say it.
However a child in the crowd would come along and in the child’s naivete would defy the mob mentality and speak out that the emperor was, in fact, not wearing any clothes.
Now the powerful lesson here wasn’t that the child actually spoke up and said it, or even that other people heard it, but the biggest thing was that everyone all at once knew right then and there that the child had said it. The message was profound and the absurdity of the narrative was immediately exposed and came rapidly crashing down all at once. (Source: Foundation Against Intolerance & Racism)
It’s my opinion that we are living in the same situation here today when we look around at the news cycle and see a corrupt government and regime that continues to fail masterfully with one policy after the next. On top of that this same government lies and gaslights the American public directly to their face on a daily basis trying to convince us that the Emperor does have clothes when, in fact, he’s completely naked with every new outfit, or narrative, that he tries to wear and parade around in front of the American public on a daily basis.
You see just like in the story about the Emperor’s New Clothes much of our society decided to go along with one ridiculous narrative after the next such as with all of the absurd policies associated with the pandemic, the absurd policies associated with the economy, the absurd policies associated with the invasion of our southern border, the absurd policies associated with the Ukraine war, and I could go on and on.
As a result of the continued silence by a large portion of the population we’re seeing the country fall deeper and deeper into a collapse that parallels the collapse of the Roman Empire.
When will the silent finally decide to speak out and declare that the Emperor is naked?
The Maverick Understands Dynamis
So that last part leads me back to the central piece of today’s episode. I personally believe that one of the biggest problems with our society in this day and age is that too many people have lost their sense of purpose. In fact, I can make the powerful case that sense of purpose has been sold out by our politicians in Washington D.C.
I recently watched a sobering video online with the comedian Theo Von who took a moment to step away from the comedy act to break down, in his humble opinion, as to why our society produces and has to deal with the sad and tragic reality of school shooters. The central point of his theory revolves around how the sense of purpose has tragically been lost and sold out within our society and I would completely agree.
You see, having a sense of purpose is the most powerful thing for every individual because purpose brings fulfillment and fulfillment brings contribution to both a society and to individuals within a society. Eventually that contribution leads to self actualization. In short, purpose fosters dynamis.
Ah, there’s that word dynamis I said I would eventually come back to revisit in the episode. You see when an individual understands and truly has their hands wrapped around their purpose then that individual will transform his or her potential into actuality. This is the definition of dynamis and this happens just like the example I referenced earlier with the acorn that eventually becomes the oak tree.
My perspective is aligned with Theo Von’s perspective when it comes to society having lost its sense of purpose which in turn funnels down directly and leads to individuals losing their sense of purpose.
This sense of purpose is lost because the family structure has also drastically changed, or more specifically has been destroyed, over the past 50 to 60 years due to the growth and size of the federal government and the federal government's ever expanding menu of social programs.
Furthemore, with this ever expanding massive federal government the size of the national debt has reached a 31+ trillion dollar debt and counting. This seemingly endless massive debt has caused steady, continuous, and unrelenting inflation that has devalued the dollar and decreased the purchasing power of the dollar by as much as 96% since the federal reserve was enacted in 1913. (Source: The End of The Dollar Empire)
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Additionally this has resulted in the problem where there are too many single parent households and understand I’m not saying that, or making that accusation as a criticism, but rather saying it as a statistical and objective fact.
When you combine the growth of the federal government with its relationship to the continuing devaluation of the dollar it makes it more and more difficult for society to produce trailblazing Mavericks who might otherwise start their own business and use their agency for a purpose that society would deem to be a great contribution.
Instead you get a society that is stripped of this opportunity with the family structure being damaged over the cycle of multiple generations, particularly since Lyndon B. Johnson’s Great Society began in 1964.
You get a more centralized bureaucratic federal government that is hostile towards creativity and individuality. The federal government in turn fuels its existence by continuing to spend more and more money that the country doesn’t have by printing more and more dollars with the press of a button at the Federal Reserve.
This in turn kills the purchasing power of your money making it more difficult for every new generation to build a life, start a family, and set themselves up for retirement savings.
Instead you get strapped with debt, broken family structures, loss of hope, loss of purpose, and an ever growing federal government that by its very nature sucks the oxygen out of society to perpetuate its growing reach. Meanwhile the individual at ground level is stripped of his or her purpose, opportunity, and most importantly the will to create something of value that society would otherwise deem to be a positive and powerful contribution.
If you’ve read this blog or listened to this podcast then you’ve probably heard me use that term Maverick on multiple occasions. To be a Maverick means that one is a nonconformist, and individualist, and is not afraid to blaze his or own trail in life by building a life that they want to pursue and grow.
However, the creation of the Maverick is becoming less and less possible because the Federal Government continues to grow bigger and bigger, centralizing its authoritative control over society while stripping the wealth away from society to foster its own existence.
The Maverick understands dynamis very well, but if the Maverick is unable to foster in the environment that he or she resides then the Maverick will cease to exist and with that the potential and self-actualization, or dynamis, will die with the Maverick in the dreaded dystopian environment of despair.
Now my intention is NOT to communicate pessimism, but rather to communicate REALITY to you as you sit and absorb everything I’ve laid out before you.
So what is the prevailing message here?
To me it’s simple. There are several steps to take, but we need to start by not being afraid to say that the Emperor is naked.
Additionally, for the Mavericks that do currently exist and that do know their purpose it’s up to you to also leverage your influence in order to encourage the voices of those who desire to build a new environment of hope, freedom, and change..and I’m not talking about the Orwellian dystopian idea of hope and change that Barrack Obama touted during his tenure in government.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
I’m talking about drastically diminishing the size of the federal government leviathan by defunding it and eliminating corrupt institutions that have done nothing more than wage a war of pain and suffering onto the individuals and families that have lived, worked hard, and played by the rules right inside the borders of the United States as its own abused citizens.
I’m talking about change to eliminate the abuse and to create a healthy political, social, and economic movement that is absent of Marxist radical agendas and corruption.
I told you that the choice I was talking about earlier hinges on you understanding your environment so that you could know how to make wise decisions.
Well what I just laid out before you and explained about the environment the federal government has created with the economic and political harm it’s caused is exactly the environment that I was referring to .
Your choices are simple. You either want more of the harm that’s been dropped into your lap with more hardship to come, OR you don’t. That’s your choice.
The Wrap Up
The central motivation of today’s episode is to give you a wake up call.
You must understand that the situation you find yourself in right this very minute is one where if you’re under 35 years of age you are now the equivalent of a Russian serf meaning that your ability to invest in and own assets along with growing a nest egg worthy of retirement does NOT exist right now.
Furthermore, the Emperor is telling you that he is fully clothed on a number of fronts and that everything is going to be ok. I’m simply here to tell you that the Emperor is playing you for a fool. All I’m saying is that you don’t have to accept that narrative, or go along with it like a puppet would go along with a Puppet Master.
If a child can call out the Emperor then you can do the very same thing. If you don’t want a toxic environment to continue to foster that would kill the dynamis of the Maverick then you need to understand the power of your dynamis now and express your agency by getting behind those who support the efforts to create more freedom.
Be aware of where you spend your dollars.
Be aware of the media you support.
Be aware of big business corporate centralization and furthering your dependence on those corporations.
Be aware of the politicians who are telling you the Emperor has clothes when he is clearly naked.
Be the change by not being afraid to engage and speak up by putting your dollars exactly where your values are located.
It’s time for you to drop your pebble into the pond and start making some ripples that will eventually become tidal waves just as the great Bruce Lee showed us.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
Get full access to The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey at brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“The greatest trick the Devil ever pulled was convincing the world he didn’t exist”—Charles Baudelaire
“The second greatest trick the Devil ever pulled was convincing the world he is the good guy”—Ken Ammi
Human nature seems to be an element of reality that most humans have seemingly failed to learn about, or at least have chosen to forget about. I’ll expand this discussion on the manipulation of human nature in other ways here later into this episode, but for now I’ll give you some examples of how human nature can be taken advantage of here.
Speaking of which, here's a question for you to ponder. How odd is it that an entire species at large is unaware of its own inherent nature and selfish motivations so much so that this species not only gravitates towards self extinction, but by and large will even pay to finance it? Talk about insanity.
Here’s another question for you to consider.
What is the single biggest mistake that people make when major problems arise in society? I would say that people forget to acknowledge that one of the fundamental traits that is inherent within the nature of all people is the desire of people to seek and pursue their own self-interests.
It is my personal view that the lack of understanding of this very thing is one of the main reasons we witness so many people that lack the ability to discern truth from fiction when it comes to certain scenarios in our modern day society.
I’m always baffled when politicians, media, and Hollywood actors go out in front of people and continuously scream about certain political issues to the point that such issues grow into these massive financial burdens on society that become so big that the movements reach a global scale.
One such example of a movement is the so-called environmental climate change hoax, YET when one of the biggest environmental disasters ever witnessed in the United States with the likes of the East Palestine Ohio incident occurs none of the loudest proponents of the climate change movement are anywhere to be seen, or even heard for that matter.
After all, have you seen or heard any statement on the East Palestine Ohio incident from the likes of Al Gore or Greta Thunberg? I’m asking honestly. Have you seen or heard anything from these people who have made their names and faces the central brand of the climate change and environmental movement?
I guess I should confess that I’m really not baffled because I know what the REAL motivation is behind the media, Hollywood, and these politicians that get behind certain large political movements such as this. They get behind such movements because such movements simply provide them with power and money because they get to take advantage of the graft involved in the politics of money.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
After all, it was former White House Chief of Staff of the Obama administration Rahm Emanuel that said ‘You never want a serious crisis to go to waste’ and they do this by implementing the following three point plan involving problem, reaction, and solution.
The Problem-The crisis that is offered which is sometimes natural and sometimes manufactured.
The Reaction-Society’s reaction to the problem.
The Solution-The solution that the crooks offer in order to benefit from the graft in the politics of money.
After all, when the government implements a plan that plan only furthers the size and scope of the federal government which further increases the government’s authoritative power over the citizenry.
How do I know this?
It’s easy. You see the government doesn’t create wealth, it only consumes wealth, therefore in order for ANY plan to be put into action this means the government needs more money in order to do so. Therefore, this money is acquired from people like you and me in one form or another through the cloak of bureaucracy and taxation.
If you’re still not convinced then look at the reality of how the seemingly endless printing of money by the Federal Reserve certainly hasn’t led to more wealth creation for society, hence the 40 year record high inflation, the collapse of capital markets, ongoing banking failures (See Silicon Valley Bank), the theft of your money from the bailouts of these banks that follow, and societal instability at large.
You see this is part of the deception of the government.
Ah, now that’s an interesting word…deception.
Deception is defined as an act or statement that hides the truth, misleads, promotes a certain belief or concept, and is something that flat out isn’t true, but is sold as and is insinuated as being the truth.
Deception is in effect sold as something that sounds like a good idea on the surface, but as the old saying goes The devil is in the details. This is true for everything.
How Media and Society’s Criticisms Seldom Involve The Actual Source
One of the most common themes I’ve observed over the years when it comes to people that criticize other people is that more often than not the critics always draw their conclusions about a topic based on what they heard or read from a third party.
When it comes to the legacy media this is done on a daily basis. To clarify my point here you must first understand that the legacy media is all about narrative and when it comes to shaping a narrative it’s all about presenting only a portion of information while neglecting to present the rest of a piece of information in order to provide you with the whole story.
Keep in mind that this is exactly how propaganda works. It’s not always about what is said, BUT the real power of propaganda is more often about what is NOT said when it comes to the reporting of a story. It’s this total understanding by the media combined with the lack of this understanding by the general public that makes the art of deception an effective and easy plan to employ.
So what do I mean about reading or hearing something from a third party? As an example let’s say for the sake of argument that a well known legacy media personality wanted to take aim and criticize this very podcast and blog.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
For some perspective let’s say that a propagandist from the legacy media grabbed the prevailing message from this episode involving deception and went on air to tell you (the listener) that I was spreading disinformation about the legacy media, or even a specific episode for that matter.
Keep in mind that they may even selectively grab a few lines of this article and episode to play or read out when doing the reporting. One such line might be the line you read three paragraphs prior to this one where I said The legacy media is all about narrative.
As this example plays out to make my point that line would be where the reporting ends in our hypothetical example here. However, in this example many people might be viewing the legacy media saying this and would take that statement at face value without visiting the direct source of information.
In this specific example that direct source would only require the viewer to come directly to this website and episode to read the article and listen to the podcast for themselves to get the whole truth rather than taking the word of some talking head spinning a narrative on cable television.
I’ve always wondered why people just accept a third party opinion? Why not find out the truth for yourself by going directly to the source?
Those previous two questions were rhetorical. I already know the answer. The answer is because of human nature. Remember at the beginning of this episode when I said I would come back to discuss more about the manipulation of human nature? Well the previous two questions are the perfect lead to dive right into that topic.
You see when society has allowed itself to fall victim to deception then society sets itself up for some serious pain and suffering. One such narrative involving deception is this idea that we as a society need a lot more government to fix our problems. This belief is a huge fallacy and is, in fact, the very thing I was referencing when I said that humans, as a species, are so insane that they will line up to finance their own destruction.
The centralization of power and authority has gotten completely out of control here in the United States (and with the world for that matter) with the federal government and legacy media outlets. This by its very nature is the perfect example of the manipulation of human nature and the level of insanity it can lead to when people fall asleep at the wheel of reality…which also happens to be a key attribute in the makeup of human nature.
If you don’t believe me then you don’t have to look any further than the Federal Treasury pointing out that federal spending totaled 6.27 trillion dollars in 2022 which was equal to a whopping 25% of the entire GDP of the United States. (Source: Treasury.gov)
This is an absolute staggering number particularly when comparing it to the fact that it’s increased at almost 5% from 21.8% since 1990.
In order to absorb the gravity of this you need to think about the fact that the federal government has grown to be 1/4th of the size of the entire GDP with a standing national debt of 31+ Trillion dollars and counting.
By the way, that national debt number increases by a million dollars literally every 40 seconds. If you don’t believe me simply click here on the U.S. National Debt Clock (For my listening audience check the article/podcast to grab this link by scrolling down) and watch the U.S. National Debt ticker on the top left hand side while breaking out your stopwatch to time it for yourself. I’ve literally done this and it takes about 40 seconds for our country to accrue another million dollars in national debt.
The REASON that the federal government is 25% of the entire GDP of the United States is because of the 31+Trillion dollar debt. So we’ve spent this amount of money and it’s resulted in a more centralized bureaucracy which has led to a LOT of deception and trouble towards the American public.
If it’s not clear and obvious to you by now this deception has to exist because the federal bureaucracy is clearly dependent on the massive spending of yours and my money in order for this Leviathan to continue along on its seemingly endless growth pattern.
Cogito, Ergo Sum
The latin cogito, ergo sum in English translation means that “I think, therefore I am.” This concept is the lead off principle of the famous French philosopher Rene’ Descarte. (Source: Wikipedia)
Descarte points out in this well known tenet of Western Philosophy that we cannot doubt our existence while we doubt. Basically he’s pointing out that by our basic ability to doubt we are thinking and because we are thinking we are existing.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
This served to dismantle the philosophical thought of radical doubt that existed at the time. Radical doubt involved an extreme skeptical model of philosophy that served to question the possibility of knowledge and would even reject very plausible knowledge that would fall under what most of us would consider to be very common sense.
In my own view and interpretation Radical Doubt has seemingly risen again with the likes of Postmodernism and the Rise of Orwellian Culture in our current environment. In short, as a philosophy postmodernism looks to reject concepts of rational thought, objectivity, and widely accepted universal truths.
Basically postmodernism is simply a philosophy that has picked up the mantle in our modern era where radical doubt had left off.
It is my view that the reemergence of philosophies with the likes of radical doubt and postmodernism serve to be weapons that are used by corrupt opportunist in order to push forward a variety of narratives that sow the environment of division and ignorance into the public square so that it’s then easier for corrupt opportunist to inject the concept of a problem into society.
Of course this introduction of a “problem” by corrupt opportunists will naturally lead to a societal reaction and ultimately that will result in the corrupt opportunist being able to offer their own solutions to impose on the divided populace.
Remember the plan of problem, reaction, and solution. In terms of societal structure and societal systems this serves to be the blueprint for bad actors to leverage and weaponize certain philosophical perspectives in order to obtain goals that benefit the corrupt and powerful.
If you don’t believe me then all you have to do is evaluate the prevailing false narratives of the past three years and look at which of these narratives were/are accurate.
I don’t have the bandwidth to list all of them, but ask yourself which of these few narratives that have been sold hard to the public live up to their “sold to the public” meaning by the Administrative state…
Safe and effective.
Inflation is transitory.
Questioning the definition of a woman.
Questioning the definition of a man.
Safe drinking water in East Palestine Ohio.
Student loan forgiveness.
Two weeks to slow the spread.
The southern borders of the U.S. are safe.
The answer is that none of the “sold to the public” meanings of these narratives make any sense. It’s because these narratives were leveraged in the same way as the Orwellian Newspeak was carried out as George Orwell explains in his infamous dystopian novel 1984.
From Enlightenment To Regression
“There is a war being waged against our way of life. That is progress in today’s world. If it’s progress you want, then don’t vote for me. I am the opposite of progress. I’m the wall that it bashes against, and I will not be the one who breaks.”--John Dutton
The period during the English Civil Wars brought about the Age of Reason. During this time the thought process of how society should be structured in terms of the scientific, political, and philosophical discourse was completely turned on its head. (Source: British Library)
If we look at the strides western civilization has made as a result of the period considered to be the Age of Reason it’s absolutely incredible.
I mean during this time you have to understand the reason behind this was because those very two words consisting of “reason” and “understanding” very much became part of the time period’s lexicon as it pushed back on older traditions and ways of doing things to usher in this entirely new way of thinking.
I mean in order for you to better grasp the significance of this during the Enlightenment there were major shifts in culture happening that had not ever been seen or considered before. The results of these changes during this period of time were immense in bringing forward the emphasis on individualism, exploration, and scientific endeavors which completely brought about the emergence of the modern world as we’ve come to know in much of our lifetimes.
Many of these great minds of this era were starving to escape what they saw as centuries of political and governmental tyranny and were hungry to break away from this horrific model to instead place the emphasis on personal freedoms and happiness which would center around society’s smallest minority being the individual.
One such thought leader that wanted to usher in this new era was John Locke. Locke’s writings in his Two Treatises of Government (1689) strongly advocated for the separation of church and state. It also emphasized and advocated for religious toleration, property ownership rights, and the hard agreements on governments to recognize the rights of people which falls directly in line with the thought process of protecting the individual from the mob.
Now if you live in the Western Hemisphere given what I just explained, if you didn’t know before you now know that you most likely have been able to, at least partially, enjoy living in the type of society as Locke envisioned for many years up until the past three years.
Contrast Locke’s advocacy and vision to the direction that the current political and cultural environment is trying to move society underneath the watchful eye and physical boot of big brother, big tech, big medical, and big AI.
This is a huge attempt to shift society from an Era of Great Enlightenment back to an Era of governmental tyranny that’s even far more intrusive and worse than anything Locke advocated against during his time in history.
Unlike the tyranny most of the great thought leaders such as Locke had studied and witnessed in their time the current Zeitgeist of our time is ushering in a type of tyranny that is completely cloaked under the veil of technology, so-called medical necessities, manipulated and controlled currency, and information warfare.
What I just explained by comparing the Enlightenment with the Current direction of global Totalitarianism perfectly illustrates how powerful the Art of Deception can be. This can easily be observed when the partnership of government and media end up driving a narrative so powerful that they manage to lull the world populace to sleep while they are actively trying to usher in a one world government that is nothing less than completely hostile to the rights of the individual.
The Wrap Up
When examining the current landscape of information and how that information is disseminated there’s no question that major players in the industry of media are utilizing the Art of Deception at every turn to move and shift the narrative that they want to thrust upon the rest of society.
Their efforts have been surprisingly effective. This has been particularly true over the past three years with their efforts to persuade the general public to give up on their freedoms, their money, and even threatening their very existence by getting the populace to trust in the growing centralized control of all of our major institutions.
They’ve even succeeded in getting people to treat their fellow citizens who’ve been skeptical of these institutions in government, medical, finance, etc. as enemies. They did this by sowing that very seed of division and ignorance that I mentioned earlier in the episode with the weaponization of certain nefarious philosophies that are hostile towards the great philosophies that John Locke and Descarte ushered in during the Age of Reason from the Enlightenment.
With that being said it is my goal to be a contributor in helping to push and shape the narrative of the next Enlightenment, or this current Great Awakening to remind you and the rest of society the importance of our ability to strive towards understanding and reason so that we can cut the corrupt opportunists off at the knees to prevent us from going backwards into another era of Governmental Totalitarianism.
This will require discernment and it’s my belief that if we can continue to spread this message of the Great Awakening that we will win more people over to seeing and understanding exactly what the great thought leaders of our past were able to discover.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
Get full access to The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey at brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
I hope you enjoyed today’s podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
Get full access to The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey at brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
"Courage is being scared to death but saddling up anyway."- John Wayne: True Grit (1969)
I’m not here today to pull punches.
Make no mistake if you've listened to this podcast, or read this blog then you know that one of the main tenets of this show is to serve as an instrument of knowledge to foster more understanding so that you can use it as a tool in order to spread freedom throughout your society regardless of where you live.
When it comes to the well-being and survival of our society it means that we must be willing to call out the problems within our society so that we can wage war on those problems in order to cure our society of its ailments.
With that being said you and I both know one of the biggest problems and the real pandemic of the last three years has been the acceleration of Totalitarianism.
Totalitarianism is defined as a centralized form of government that serves to permit NO individual freedom. It seeks to subordinate all aspects of individual life to the authority of the state. (Source: Totalitarianism-Britannica)
Aside from the aggressive transition of our education systems into being indoctrination centers another issue that has developed with our country over the past thirty years has been the creeping transition and birth of the development of becoming more of a corporatocracy.
You might be thinking, Brandon what is a corporatocracy.
A corporatocracy is essentially a society that is dominated by politically and economically very large companies that force their influence on society. It’s essentially a form of Totalitarianism.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Why do I say this?
Well we don’t have to look very far when evaluating the behavior of many of these companies over the past three years when looking at their participation in the push for the pandemic narrative, their acceptance of woke messaging, their support of destructive policies, and politicians as it reflects in the current collapse of our societal systems.
After all, our supply chains have been compromised, our national sovereignty has been invaded, our individual sovereignty has been invaded, and the country is staring down WWIII.
The evidence of all of this is solid and easily observable, but how did this happen?
I believe there are several reasons, but for the sake of today’s discussion I’m going to hone in on one of many targets and I’m going to point the finger at the lack of leadership we’re all getting from several CEO's of many of these big companies that have proven to be nothing more than rent seeking cowards.
Yes, I actually said that.
You’re probably wondering Brandon why do you say that?
Well to begin, let's break down the current modern landscape of our economic business sector here in the U.S.
The Era of The Political CEO
“When you see that in order to produce, you need to obtain permission from men who produce nothing - When you see that money is flowing to those who deal, not in goods, but in favors - When you see that men get richer by graft and by pull than by work, and your laws don’t protect you against them, but protect them against you - When you see corruption being rewarded and honesty becoming a self-sacrifice - You may know that your society is doomed.”― Ayn Rand, Atlas Shrugged
For starters, every year Fortune magazine puts together a list of the top 500 companies based on their total revenue for their relative fiscal years.
Of these top 500 companies there’s only 21 of these companies that are still run by the individuals who founded them. (Source: Fortune-From Founder to 500: 21 Current CEO’s who now lead empires)
This is a significant reality in order for you to understand where I’m coming from. This is what the reality is in terms of the current business environment here in the United States.
As a quick observation it’s easy to see that the overwhelming majority of the CEO’s of the biggest companies in the U.S. in many cases are NOT Mavericks.
This is significant because a Maverick is defined as an unorthodox, or independent-minded person. Other similar descriptive words include an individualist, a nonconformist, or free spirit. These are all accurate and true in describing the characteristics associated with what a Maverick is made of.
As a personal add-on to this definition I also like to think of a Maverick as someone who will stand firm against the mob when he or she knows they are right about a certain issue…even if the mob demands them to take a different stance.
This is a key distinction when talking about someone who is willing to take risks and step into a difficult situation such as investing their own money, blood, sweat, and tears into the development of their own company while also not being afraid to call the shots that they feel is best for the company.
So that brings me back to my point as to why many of the CEO’s of major corporations these days are more of the “political class” rather than deserving of the label of being a Maverick. After all, the majority of these people didn't build these big corporations from the ground up. Most of them are politicians who were simply elected and installed by a board and there are many that don't care about the company, or the country itself for that matter.
Because this is the case these people don't have any skin in the game and could be gone by the next quarter so in many cases it’s easy to see why there’s a contingency where many of these CEO’s only care about making as much money as possible be damned the lack of ethics and consequences of moral hazard. If you need an example then we don’t need to take a look any further than the past couple of weeks with the actions of the Norfolk Southern Corporation.
This is exactly why we (as individuals) need to start being disciplined about throwing more of our support behind small businesses, individuals, and people who share our values and can provide services locally when we’re able. Additionally we need to do this across EVERY INDUSTRY.
To NOT do this is why many of these corporations are allowed to continue to centralize and grow their wealth and influence while simultaneously using that wealth and influence for blurring the lines of their public/private relationships which can ultimately lead to some nefarious practices within these organizations.
Furthermore, as the lines of their public/private partnerships are blurred many of these CEO’s (aka political directors) are allowed to transform these corporations into political weapons within the construct of our society should they wish to do so.
To look at a good example of how this gradual erosion has occurred within so many companies one doesn’t have to look much further than the lack of quality and the deliberate and nefarious messaging that is associated with the brands of many of these companies.
To give you one good concrete example just take a look at the radical transition of Disney. Disney has literally adopted some of the most woke messagingwe’ve ever seen in the name of social engineering. This got so bad with Disney that it sparked the removal of their special tax status in the state of Florida which was a public/private agreement that arguably led to the growth and opportunity of the company’s out of control political activism in the first place.
That word social engineering that I mentioned means that centralized planning is used in an attempt to create social change and to regulate future development and certain behaviors within society.
Disney is an entertainment business so the aim of utilizing its platform in order to inject some social engineering into the fabric of society has made it an effective tool for doing so. Because of this it’s obvious why Disney is a good choice for such an endeavor.
Obviously Disney’s centralization of wealth and its expansion of political activism is a key example of how there is absolutely NO Maverick involved in the shots being called within that company.
Totalitarianism Telegraphing
That word centralization keeps coming up in this episode and that’s for good reason.
Understand that centralized control of money, authority, technology, transportation, information, etc. is always a bad idea. After all, we’ve seen what a select few centralized and powerful companies can do to society in the past three years and we’re having to deal with this debacle every single day right now.
In fact, the news cycle has been full of controversy regarding several companies that have openly demonstrated Marxist activism. Pfiizer, Disney, Netflix, NFL, MLB, NBA, Amazon, Apple, Airbnb, Facebook, Paypal, etc. are just a few of so many companies that have significant centralized control over the economy in one form or another.
After all, as we’ve seen a few big tech companies can really express forceful actions and narrow the scope of options for consumers while, at the same time, forcing certain behaviors onto those consumers whether those consumers agree with the company’s policies, or not.
It’s a scary thought that we’ve entered into an era where the technological sector has managed to create what I refer to as a sort of digital prison that we’re experiencing here in the 21st century.
If you’ve listened to this show you know how critical I am of the legacy media outlets. The media is constantly pushing narratives to support their world view and their graft within the corrupt Marxist/Fascist system that they operate.
With that being said I’ve also pointed out exactly how the media is also honest in a way that you would never expect. You’re probably a bit shocked by that last statement, but please allow me to elaborate. What I’m referring to is being able to extract the legacy media’s signal from the noise that they so frequently want to produce.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
In other words, the media will push a narrative and make a lot of noise when doing so, however if you’re aware of this and what their narrative and ideology is about then you can look past the noise and deduct the accurate truth. This can be done by extracting the signal from the noise to get to the important issue that they’re purposely trying to distract you from while, at the same time, they are placing blame on something else that is contrived and most often a non-issue.
I have previously covered this strategy of deducting signal from noise on an earlier episode on the podcast that you can access here. (As a note check the show notes for the link I’ve included here for that episode).
So what am I getting at?
To clarify this point I’m going to come at this from an angle that you would normally not hear from anyone else. If you weren’t already aware for years I had some pretty extensive training in the ancient fighting art discipline of Muay Thai. If you’re not familiar with the fight discipline of Muay Thai it is known as the Art of 8 limbs.
The fight discipline of Muay Thai originated in Thailand long ago in the 1500’s. The reason it’s referred to as the Art of 8 limbs is because the discipline uses knees, elbows, fists, and shins combined with clinching techniques which can be used in up close and personal hand to hand combat.
Full disclosure I wasn’t a professional and competing fighter, but being a professional strength and conditioning coach I thought it was a good idea for me to learn about the stand up striking style of fighting that many of my students were involved in as competitive athletes.
Furthermore being that I’m a GenX’er I grew up watching a ton of eighties martial arts action movies and always wanted to learn and get proficient with a fight discipline. As a side note I would recommend everyone try to study a form of martial arts, or a fight discipline.
Luckily for me I met a good friend and student who was a national champion in the sport and as I became his student in the discipline of Muay Thai I was also fortunate to eventually become his strength and conditioning coach for the sport he competed in as well. So in this way we were both each other’s coach and student in our respective disciplines.
Ok, so I had to share all of that with you in order to share the next part of this discussion.
Aside from learning how to develop the proficiency for striking an opponent utilizing Muay Thai’s Art of 8 limbs approach, the fight discipline of Muay Thai also taught me another valuable lesson.
Learning to clinch and to strike an opponent is obviously very important in the discipline of Muay Thai. However, when facing an opponent either while sparring, or in an actual fight, Muay Thai also opened my eyes up to the concept known as telegraphing.
You see when facing an opponent a fighter might have an idea of how to engage an opponent in a plan of attack. However, you have to understand that if you find yourself in the middle of a fight your opposition is going to be doing the same thing as they prepare to face you.
Knowing this as you gain more experience and practice in a fight discipline you will discover, as I did in Muay Thai, how to anticipate your opponent’s next move based on the position and movement of their body.
The way your opponent expresses his or her body language, particularly in a fight, is what we would refer to in the fight gym as telegraphing. This telegraphing is the physical expression of your opponent and the more experienced you are at a discipline you can learn how to read this physical expression in order to anticipate your opponent’s next move so that you can mount an effective counter-attack.
So let’s go back to examining the definition of Totalitarianism as I stated earlier involving a centralized form of government that serves to permit NO individual freedom.
Given this definition I also want to remind you of how I’ve also pointed out how the legacy media is constantly spewing propaganda that promotes these characteristics of Totalitarianism through their narratives. This is what you can observe when extracting the signal from the noise.
Now as we understand the definition of Totalitarianism and the definition of Telegraphing as I’ve outlined here we can easily observe how the media is displaying what I refer to as Totalitarianism Telegraphing. This essentially involves the mediadescribing a nightmarish society that should cause every single one of us to stand at attention.
In other words, they are showing their next move based on the direction of their narratives as it pertains to varying issues that impact our society at large. What’s even more concerning is that they are willingly communicating to us exactly how they want to move the direction of our society by isolating all of us through financial control, medical control, information control, speech control, and just about every other form of control you can think of in the worst possible scenario.
As a specific example if they are screaming about the importance of supporting the war in Ukraine, while at the same time, we see our government ignoring the immense problems here at home on U.S. soil their playbook obvious. Problems such as the border invasion, the 40 year record high inflation, the tragedy (and incompetence) of the train derailment in East Palestine Ohio, and refusing to address and label the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) as an enemy while their balloons fly over our airspace it’s easy to see that they’re telegraphing and acting like those very enemies.
It’s not difficult to see what the media and Administrative state want for us as American citizens based on their own actions. It’s also not difficult to see that there aren’t many Mavericks involved with many of these top 500 companies either.
This problem is apparent as the majority of them have also adopted the same narrative and are Totalitarianism Telegraphing their own next moves because they are obviously being protected and have directly benefited by their relationship with the Administrative state.
Because of this it’s not hard to see the lack of Mavericks in many of the biggest companies in existence here in the 21st century United States.
This is exactly why centralization is the enemy of the Maverick.
The Wrap Up
So I don’t just want to point to the problem without offering a solution and I have the solution to all of this.
I want you to keep in mind that just as centralization is the enemy of the Maverick…on the flipside of this coin you can be comforted in knowing that the Maverick is also the enemy of centralization.
You see, this is exactly why now is the perfect time to flood our society with Mavericks in business, art, coaching, manufacturing, technology, etc.. This is a crucial measure because this is the key and will lead to an epic formation of a new alternative and parallel economy that ushers in some new blood in the economic and business sector of our society.
If you have been on the fence about starting a business and contributing to society as an alternative to the centralized authority of big business then now is your time to shine.
The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.
Understand that if you are not buying into this position then consider every individual who has benefited up to this point from a largely free market society. Mind you, a free society that nonetheless has allowed and enabled millions of people to pursue lifestyles and endeavors that simply cannot be obtained anywhere else on earth.
After all, consider all the freedoms that even the most eccentric people have had in order to achieve a bohemian lifestyle in our modern society up to this point.
Sure, if you want to go and be a tomato soup can artist and live in a high rise apartment building in a big populated city then up til now that bohemian pursuit has been a very practical endeavor in our free society, but given the Totalitarianism Telegraphing combined with the problem of the lack of Mavericks all of that which we’ve known up to this point is in jeopardy.
However, even though the hour is late now is the time to ensure that all of it remains. This will ONLY happen by each of us taking action as individuals to ensure the Totalitarianism Telegraphing doesn’t lead to the actual dreaded Totalitarianism dystopian future we all truly would never want.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
Get full access to The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey at brandonrichey.substack.com/subscribe
“The individual has always had to struggle to keep from being overwhelmed by the tribe. If you try it, you will be lonely often, and sometimes frightened. But no price is too high to pay for the privilege of owning yourself.”― Friedrich Nietzsche
In today’s episode I’m going to address an aspect of both yours and my life habits that I believe you will find compelling as it’s something that should be obvious to you, but is something I’ve discovered that we all fail to notice on a regular basis as we take some of the most obvious things for granted.
It seems the common theme throughout our society and the world is this ongoing battle between chaos and order. The world is by its nature a chaotic place and when order that has been established for a period of time starts to crumble and break down then it results in a great deal of chaos and instability.
This chaos that ensues once the stabilizing factor of an “order” starts to crumble will often result in a number of fights ranging from the political environment all the way to a violent battlefield of a hot kinetic war.
This ongoing struggle is something that manifests on both the chaotic side, as well as the side that society considers the side of “order” on a constant basis. The chaos that ensues within society manifests in a number of different ways within that society’s institutions.
It is here within these institutions where we find the battles that determine the direction of a society given that a society’s traditional faith has been held within these institutions.
I intend for the focus of today’s episode to be on why and how this chaos comes about when the order of things starts to break apart while also examining the strength, or fragility of this “order” of things within what we define as our society.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
The Trust
First of all, I want to point towards a thing that we all engage in daily whether we think about it or not. If you consider yourself to be the type of person who doesn’t easily trust others then understand that I want you to pause for a moment and evaluate that belief.
Understand that if you are one to espouse that you don’t trust easily then I would contend that you most likely demonstrate that trust every single day you wake up. With each day that you awaken to go out and tackle life you demonstrate trust across several different avenues that you encounter daily in your life. Unless you live off the grid somewhere in a hut you built for yourself with zero electricity, or with zero contact with the outside world, then I will prove it.
So what is TRUST?
Trust is defined as the belief and knowing that we can have reliability in something. That something might be another person, it might be in the hope that when you turn over the key in your ignition that your car will start, and it is the fact that when you walk into your bathroom to brush your teeth every morning that you’ll have the luxury of clean filtered running water from your faucet.
These are just a few important examples of how you demonstrate trust in your life on a daily basis. This trust also occurs in other key areas of your life such as the trust you have in your money. That’s right, you trust that the money you have in your account is a good store of value in order for you to use and exchange for goods and services that you need in your life in order to live.
After all, what is money? Money is simply a trust that society agrees upon with a social contract that it has a certain value, but what happens when that value starts to fall?
When the value of money continues to diminish then that is a signal that you (or society) is in a way losing trust in that social contract associated with the stored value of those dollars. As a result of that lost trust in the store of value the strength of your money will weaken which results in you having to use more of your dollars in order to buy those goods and services that you need to support yourself and your family. This of course is what is known as inflation.
Take a moment to think about that and you will realize very quickly that society is only as strong and stable as it is based on the amount of trust all of us as citizens place on the “order” of all of these things to function at a level that we consider to be satisfactory.
This is where I believe we as individuals often lose sight of how the real world and life actually works. This is not something that is very complicated because it seems so obvious. After all, we all use a bank for holding our money, we use grocery stores to shop for our food, we use phones to communicate with people, and I could go on and on. At the end of the day we are putting trust into all of these institutions.
The point is that we live in an interdependent society where the institutions that manage all of these things that we place our daily trust in are owned, operated, and controlled by people that in most cases you and I have never met. Furthermore we don’t know whether or not we can trust these people either.
Now when you look at all of this in that way this is all either a huge miracle OR in a way it could be the worst nightmare any of us could have ever imagined.
After all, the trust that all of us demonstrate in the function of society all exists because we have all demanded to have these things be provided to us because they create what we perceive to be convenience for our daily lives.
Convenience vs. Inconvenience
So that last word convenient leads me into the next point of this discussion.
However, before I go there, if we look at the story of Medusa in Greek mythology you can see a very important life lesson that falls in line with everything I’m discussing here with today’s topic associated with society’s desire for convenience. .
Everything I’ve already pointed out in the beginning of this episode points to the connectivity of our society and how we all lend our support in terms of what we spend with our dollars, as well as, what we demand from the marketplace in the name of convenience.
So essentially as a society we’ve gotten a taste and perceive “convenience” as being this apparently attractive thing for us because we are snared by its seductive quality just as many men were seduced by Medusa in the stories of Greek mythology.
However the men that could not resist the temptation of looking Medusa in the eyes all met their demise and were turned to stone. Whether they found themselves satisfying their curiosity about a Gorgon monster, or gazing into the eyes of the same goddess that captured Poseidon’s eye the outcome was the same. Every single one of the men that could not avert her gaze were paralyzed for eternity within their new formation as a fossil, or a freshly made statue.
The only man that was able to turn the tables on Medusa was the Greek hero Perseus. To prevent himself from falling victim to Medusa’s gaze he used a polished shield that was given to him by Athena in order to safely approach and cut the head off of Medusa by looking at her reflection in the shield. This way he could safely watch her without falling victim to her gaze.
He would then later go on to safely rescue his love interest Andromeda from Phineus after the two got into a fight. Phineus was turned to stone by Medusa’s head which Perseus had kept in a safely stored bag.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
So the lesson here is that despite having wreaked havoc on many men that approached Medusa, Perseus wasn’t only able to defeat her, but in the process of slaying Medusa he kept her severed head and used its powerful gaze against his own enemies.
I wanted to inject that little vignette of Greek mythology as I am about to make a strong argument as to why convenience is the single worst thing that you can put your money behind and demand for yourself and your family in terms of the market forces that currently exist within our modern day society. As we’re discovering the convenience that we seek with our actions that are done through the banks also parallels Medusa’s deadly gaze not by turning us to stone, but by equally paralyzing us as we become solely dependent on their product.
Essentially, our society’s desire for convenience is turning out to be the same dangerous desire that every man had looking into the eyes of Medusa prior to Perseus.
To clarify some things before I start I will confess that I’m very much a free market entrepreneur. I believe in the free market and every individual having the freedom to pursue success solely within a true competing free market paradigm where the playing field is level.
Now that last part that I just mentioned about the playing field being level is the part I want to focus on. This is the case because it’s this part of our society where the lines of private enterprise and free market competition have been blurred and corrupted with the involvement of subsidies and public/private partnerships. The name for this isn’t capitalism, it’s cronyism.
You see when the state subsidizes a business that provides a product, or service for that matter, to the general public then that business in my view is no longer a business. At that point that entity that is normally referred to as a business automatically becomes another arm of the government.
Why do I say this?
I say this because if a business is automatically issued subsidies by the state and is paid for with yours and my tax dollars then that business doesn’t have to worry about providing a quality product to compete against someone else that might offer a better option for the market. A simpler way of putting it is that there’s no competition, or very low competition, because the market isn’t a free market, but rather a captive market in this particular case where there are only a select few players that can play the game.
Why?
Because in this scenario the bottom line of a subsidized business (aka arm of the government) is guaranteed through issued subsidized dollars by the state. Imagine for a moment if you had a company and the state said it would make it mandatory for the public to buy and use your product by the force of law.
Knowing this then why would you spend one more red cent on advertising? Within this environment what motivation would you have to innovate, to provide a better service, or to simply provide a better product for the public?
Even if you said Brandon if I were in that position I would provide a better product anyways. I would say that perhaps you would, but first ask yourself if you ARE actually in that position and if you aren’t (which is most likely the case) ask yourself how you can trust those who are in that position to put forth a better product?
You see, a captive market provides a comfortable place for that subsidized business (aka arm of the government) and can at times be a huge convenience for the consumer and taxpayer (you) as long as it’s working.
However, what happens when that subsidized arm of the government starts failing and you have nowhere else to go in terms of acquiring the product or service that you need in order to live your life?
So on that note allow me to return to the trust I mentioned that all of us have in the strength of our money. You see right now there’s about 24 big banks that manage most of the country’s wealth here in the U.S.
When the big financial bubble burst back in 2008 some big banks got some really big financial bailouts from the federal government so that they could continue to stay open for business. Given that our dollars haven’t been backed by the gold standard since August 15, 1971 and the conditions of the petrodollar are now changing, along with the rest of the world having come off the gold backing standard, that means that all of our money is backed by-well, hope.
That’s right, that piece of paper, or digital balance, you see on your ledger when you get your statement from the bank that tells you how much money and financial value that you have is simply a social contract that is built on trust. That’s it.
I point this out because the precedent for the federal reserve to print endless amounts of dollars to allocate through these banks that you and I use everyday of our lives has been thrown into high gear since 2008 and went on turbo-charge since 2020 with nobody in sight attempting to even slow it down. As a result of this out of control spending with no end in sight we’re seeing this trust diminish more and more by the day.
Yet we all use the banks and we all as consumers continue to utilize their services allowing them to continue to keep the printing of money flowing from the federal government while, at the same time, growing their centralized authority and power over the rest of us.
After all, we all continue to use our credit and debit cards when we checkout at the grocery store or the mall because it’s not convenient for most of us to carry cash. At least that’s the excuse that I hear from people when I ask them why they don’t carry cash.
Because we don’t trouble ourselves with the inconvenience of carrying cash, we are growing the wealth of the banks by swiping a debit and/or credit card out of convenience. In fact, the demand for convenience has evolved beyond even carrying cash or swiping a card. It’s to the point now that we don’t even have to swipe our cards as now this popular use of that piece of plastic contains a special technology that allows us to simply tap them at checkout.
You might be asking Brandon how is it that we’re making the banks richer by using a credit/debit card for payment
Well the answer is very simple.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
You see every single time you tap or swipe your credit card the bank is making interchange fees from the merchants at the point of sale. These interchange fees are fees that go back to the banks to help them to mitigate any losses they may potentially incur should the risk of lending you money on credit result in your failure to pay back that debt that you accumulate at the risk of the bank.
So you and I both are making them richer, more powerful, and more dangerous by using the plastic.
You’re probably thinking Brandon I get how we’re making them richer, but how are we making them more powerful and more dangerous?
Once again since 2008 the federal reserve banks have been able to print money along with the federal reserve at an apparently never ending pace. Furthermore, in doing so the banks drive more inflation, but since big business oligarchies such as these big banks and other major sized companies are in control of such massive wealth it’s easier for these entities to control and acquire assets. This is the case because they already have a tremendous amount of dollars, particularly when they’re able to receive government deposits from money that is printed at will.
So when those dollars are inflated these entities can still acquire assets where an inflated dollar makes it even more difficult for the rest of us to acquire assets because our dollars continue to get weaker and weaker.
This is what Klaus Schwab of the WEF means when he says that “You will own nothing and be happy.”
The Weimar Republic
“I was reading in the paper today that Congress wants to replace the dollar bill with a coin. They’ve already done it. It’s called a nickel.”― Jay Leno
However, the other danger at the core of this situation is the prospect of hyperinflation.
You see back in 1921 and 1923 (particularly in 1923) hyperinflation struck the German Papiermark which was the currency of the Weimar Republic.
You see, after WWI the Treaty of Versailles was a powerful buffer to ensure that the actors left behind in the defunct German Empire couldn’t wage war on anyone else again.
However the terms of this treaty were a significant financial strain and made it unlikely that the German economy would ever recover from its powerful grip. Because of this financial strain the country couldn’t purchase imported goods and because of the loss of their colonies they couldn’t readily count on cheap raw materials.
In addition to all of this, billions of marks that had been hoarded away as a result of the war suddenly came pouring back into circulation after the war was over. Now the Weimar Republic found themselves with a significant increase in the money supply. Does this sound familiar?
Now after having such a shortage of goods and a significant increase in the money supply conditions were optimal for inflation.
However despite there being a good opportunity for the government to get a grip on the economy in 1920 due to the marks stabilizing with the exchange rate for some months compared to the U.S. dollar the government still chose to print even more money in order to try and pay down that reparation debt associated with the treaty. That printing of money sounds familiar as well, right?
As a result of this by July of 1922 prices had jumped by 700 percent as hyperinflation was ushered in. (Source: Hyperinflation in The Weimar Republic-Britannica)
By November of 1923 a wheelbarrow full of money couldn’t buy you a newspaper in the Weimar Republic. As a result shopkeepers couldn’t replenish their stock to keep up with prices, farmers refused to sell their produce for worthless money, and food riots started to break out across the countryside.
As a result the “order” of things started to give way to the chaos. This led to extreme political views and wild conspiracy theories which eventually resulted in the rise of Adolf Hitler.
Basically the Weimar Republic is a great lesson to learn about the incredibly dangerous and destructive nature of inflation that results from a centralized government that can control the currency of its citizenry.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
The Eternal Recurrence
The German philosopher Frederich Nietzsche had an interesting theory that was known as the Eternal Recurrence. (Source: Frederich Nietzsche-Wikipedia)
In context the theory can be taken literally as how things are within the universe as the universe consists of a thing where there is perpetual struggle as he describes it with force that continues on in a cycle until it completes its cycle and returns to its beginning.
Now without digging too deep into this theory on the surface we can easily see this similar pattern throughout the world’s history in our physical world. Time and time again civilizations have started, risen to power, and then collapsed as a result of the abuse of that power.
This cycle does, in fact, seem to be a recurring theme in the real world. I wanted to point to Nietzsche’s theory here to illustrate this point that we can observe in reality within the pages of our own history books. You may argue that Nietzsche’s theory was really only referring to the cycle of the universe and how the Eternal Recurrence would involve the repetition of all of us going through what we’ve already gone through in another cycle of the same run of life. ,
However I would contend that this pattern is without question a prevalent cycle throughout history and continues to run its course even though the players may be different as the years go by.
As I mentioned earlier, the allure of convenience, particularly with our reliance on the banking system and the Federal Reserve, ultimately results in a harrowing and deadly encounter not all that different from the men that encountered Medusa.
The Wrap Up
Given what was discussed here I believe that as a society we can turn the tables on the centralized growth and authority of the federal reserve, the banks, and our currency. To me this comparison of convenience vs inconvenience is the same formation of a problem that we can describe as centralization vs. decentralization.
Where convenience feeds more centralized control and authority the small burden of what we may perceive as being a bit of inconvenience feeds more decentralization which results in more freedom for individuals.
Perhaps we can play out our own version of taking the head of Medusa. However, instead of utilizing a polished shield and a sharp sword the way Perseus did with Medusa perhaps we can simply start paying for goods and services in cash.
Perhaps more business owners can figure out creative ways to move away from the majority volume of accepting card payments by accepting more cash payments if that is a possible fit for their business model.
The idea is that we must continue to seek the perfect combination to work for us the way Perseus figured out using the perfect combination of his shield, sword, and the bag he used to store Medusa’s head so that he could use it against his own enemies.
After all, the last thing we want is a Banking Medusa to paralyze us with a centralized digital currency by enabling them the capability of monitoring and controlling every single dollar we make and spend throughout our lives.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
“The past is a foreign country; they do things differently there.”--L.P. Hartley
I believe it’s a good idea for you to understand the importance of generational culture in order to better get your arms around the environment you live in and today’s episode is going to focus exactly on that very thing.
I’m going to start helping you to grasp some of that generational culture by using my own generation as an example to springboard us forward into the nuts and bolts of today’s discussion.
In case you didn’t know this, anyone that is born between the years of 1965 and 1980 belongs to Generation X.
I was born in 1976 and without a doubt I fit the mold for being a true GenX’er as it pertains to my generational likes, attitude, culture, and having mastered the general skill of understanding how not to tolerate people who are advocates for ridiculous BS.
To be honest I can’t always help the last part of that sentence with the vibe that it gives off, demonstrating a bit of an edgy attitude. That part isn’t always well received by slightly younger generations this day and age because these younger generations have grown up in this more recently created United States of the Offended.
Furthermore, they've spent their entire lives being raised in a risk averse environment where every modern day kid needs to wear a bike helmet, most of their moms and dads are helicopter parents, and sporting events give trophies out to these kids the way neighborhoods give out candy at Halloween.
You see if you’ve been listening to this podcast or reading this blog on a regular basis then you can probably tell that I’ve got a little bit of that edge simply based on the fact that I started this show in the middle of this current Orwellian environment that we live in.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
You see that edge is like a chip I carry on my shoulder in this modern era we live in because believe it or not there was a time in this country when people were not so easily offended by words.
Don’t get me wrong, the prospect of dealing with insults and personal attacks wasn’t always an easy walk in the park. Believe me I’ve been tested many times myself in that arena.
However I will say that the personal attacks and the freedom to return fire in a verbal shootout admittedly has always served me well and resulted in my own personal growth and ability to handle difficult people and circumstances that I would come to discover later in life.
Debating The Reality of History
I’ve always been a student of history. I don’t profess to know the most about history, or to even be some kind of top expert, but I am well versed in understanding certain aspects of history whether that history has occurred during my own lifetime, or well before I came into this world.
I will start drilling down on my point here by first going back in history to around 2018 when there was an obvious trend building regarding the destruction of historical monuments by the likes of BLM and Antifa throughout the country.
Now if you haven’t already gotten offended and clicked off the show and you’re still here just please be patient because I promise you’re going to learn something and I’m going to bring clarity to this by the time this show is over. So please continue to read and listen til the end.
During this time I remember scrolling through my Facebook feed and noticing tons of posts about these statues and monuments being destroyed while shockingly seeing many people on my feed support this behavior.
I specifically remember being one of the only people to speak out about this and it sparked a viral debate thread on Facebook with me going back and forth with about three other people who were clearly offended by me condemning the sudden destruction of historical landmarks. These people clearly lacked any understanding of my statement because their response was clearly overly emotional and not intellectual in the least.
Despite the name calling coming in my direction I never gave in and returned fire in the same way because I saw an opportunity to make this situation a “teachable moment,” whether those I was addressing would actually choose to learn, or if those that were reading and following the thread might learn from this interaction I found myself in the middle of.
Even though they were attempting to argue the history of the Civil War statues and monuments that were under attack they demonstrated a total lack of understanding of history, yet they kept trying to act like they did until I shut down the entire debate by putting forth some simple and well known facts.
Aside from the crime of the destruction of property I also drew parallels of these attacks with being in line with the same strategy that despotic regimes and terrorist groups always use when they conquer a new region.
This strategy has been documented time and time again with the likes of terrorist groups such as ISIS and the Taliban. Erasing the history of a civilization is an age old tactic used by these groups so that when they take over power and subjugate a region’s people then those people in time will not remember what actually happened. It allows a ruling regime to stake its own territory and create its own false version of history in order to keep the victims of their conquest ignorant of their past.
If you still don’t believe me all you have to do is also take some time to go and read about Mao Zedung’s Red Guard. During Mao’s Cultural Revolution in 1966 and 1967 the troubled and youthful Red Guard defined Mao as their leader vowing to make China “Maoist” from the inside out as they defined it.
Mao used the Red Guard to do this by using the group for propaganda and he would accomplish specific goals of seizing power and would simultaneously use the Guard to destroy key symbols of China’s pre-communist past which is known as the Four Olds.
The Four Olds was a term used by the Red Guard youth during the Cultural Revolution that referred to old ideas associated with the pre-communist Chinese culture consisting of Old ideas, Old Culture, Old Customs, and Old Habits.
Once achieving this then the Red Guard aimed to spread the Maoist agenda across the globe and ultimately to every corner of the universe according to their doctrine.
Now knowing all of this I’ll return to my Facebook debate I was telling you about. During this debate I specifically remember one guy referring to the south as “traitors” during the Civil War and that the south’s destruction was deserved and that Lincoln was too forgiving. Good thing a guy like this wasn’t the president of the country at the time which is exactly what I told him.
If it’s not shocking enough that such a simplistic and foolish comment would attract support I quickly neutralized this debate by pointing out that the South were not “traitors” by definition as he so ignorantly pointed out.
I followed up my statement by making the point that he had apparently ignored in his history class that the South had seceded from the North on February 4th 1861. You see that word “secession” meant that the Southern states were no longer a part of the Union itself which would make treason an impossibility as how can treason as a crime towards one’s own country be acted upon if one is no longer a part of said country?
This is well known and the South withdrew from the Union through the democratic process although this withdrawal would not be well received by the Union. This was a catalyst and combined with other problems associated with states rights and slavery would ultimately lead to the Civil War.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
This guy wasn’t comprehending what I was trying to communicate, which was a simple point. The point was that I was criticizing the destruction of historical and public landmarks. I’m not an advocate for crime and vandalism, but he was trying real hard to make the discussion about racism and slavery while using that argument to justify the destruction of certain historical landmarks that he apparently never had any issue with until 2018.
Of course I condemned slavery and pointed out that it has unfortunately always existed and still does today in our modern era with the evil and dark business of human trafficking. Obviously ANY form of slavery is wrong, but no matter how wrong it is in reality it has never completely gone away as we can see with the slave labor that exists in certain countries such as China along with the growing problem of human trafficking with many girls and children being the victims of that evil reality right here in our backyard.
Anyways the three individuals I was debating with fell silent and after a period of time I discovered by accident that they had unfollowed me on Facebook. Perhaps they felt embarrassed, or they were just too easily offended by history. Too bad as they will always be miserable people if they don’t take the time to understand history and how that understanding can and should serve as a means to bring about unity and to avoid past mistakes in a civil society.
You see the thing about history is that it comes in different forms. There’s good history and bad history, but I personally don’t believe we should be in the game of selecting the history that makes us only “feel good,” and likewise we shouldn’t always focus solely on the history that makes us “feel bad,” but rather work to look at history for what it is and to extract understanding from it.
You see the problem with these people who debated me that day is that they wanted to advocate for erasing history just like ISIS, the Taliban, and Mao’s Red Guard, but if history is erased then how do you expect to learn from it?
The Zeitgeist Test
So here’s an interesting little test for you to apply to a situation as a single check to determine whether or not someone at least has a basic understanding of history.
If you want to know whether or not someone knows at least a little bit about what they’re talking about when it comes to history then all you have to do is apply what I call the Zeitgeist test.
So I know you’re sitting there and you might be thinking Brandon what is the Zeitgeist test?
If you are, then the fact that you’re here listening and reading this show demonstrates that you are a thinker and that you at least are open minded enough to have more of an understanding about history and human nature.
The Zeitgeist refers to the defining mood, or spirit of the times. This also defines what the ideas and beliefs are of that particular time in history.
So the Zeitgeist test serves as a metric for determining if someone possesses at least a basic knowledge of history and this can be seen whether they are communicating about a particular time in history based on the Zeitgeist of that particular time period.
You see the mistake that many people make when referencing and criticizing history is that they do so by judging history solely through the lens of our current day Zeitgeist. They do this and they DO NOT attempt to judge through the lens of the Zeitgeist of the period of time they’re examining when looking at history. This is a profound and common mistake particularly in today’s society and this is the Zeitgeist test.
This is the same mistake that those three gentlemen made with me on that day in 2018 when trying to debate the Civil War and slavery.
The unfortunate reality was that during that time in history the Zeitgeist across the globe was that slavery was accepted all over the world.
Was it wrong? As we know it today it was absolutely wrong, but at the time period when slavery was so prevalent the world had not quite realized that in their Zeitgeist of history during that time in the past. Black slaves and British, German, and Irish indentured servants were commonly used for labor.
The Civil War was a brutal war fought between brothers and sisters of the U.S. and Confederacy that was the most violent war in all of our history which resulted in many men dying so that the country could have free men and women to work without being enslaved.
As bloody as this war was it resulted in a massive shift to end slavery which has never happened with any other country in recorded history. I believe that is something for all of us to learn and grow from while also not losing sight of the Zeitgeist pertaining to both THEN and NOW.
Because of this we all should do our best to challenge our current Zeitgeist with the same passion that those that make the mistake of judging the past Zeitgeist with the present Zeitgeist demonstrate. Take a moment to let that last sentence settle in.
From Slave Labor To The Singularity
“I'm for truth, no matter who tells it. I'm for justice, no matter who it is for or against. I'm a human being, first and foremost, and as such I'm for whoever and whatever benefits humanity as a whole.”—Malcom X
To frame this next segment and to further bring understanding to the Zeitgeist, imagine that you are living 100 years from now and examining our current time in history here in 2023.
So looking at today’s Zeitgeist and time in history we’re now seeing the advancement of Artificial Intelligence (AI) technology accelerate at an accelerated rate.
Robotics, production, writing, and the ability to reason are all things that the technological world is communicating to us in regards to the ability and range of this modern AI technology. We’re also being told that the “Singularity” is upon us with AI where this technology will develop self-awareness and reach a level of self improvement and advancement that is so powerful that it will move beyond the control of humans.
Given this, part of that sales pitch and framework is that humans are considered and assumed to be the “User” while AI robotics and technology is assumed to be the “Tool.”
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
So in simple terms we are developing a technology and ecosystem where we have a User and we have a Tool. Given what we just discussed regarding how wrong slavery was in both the past and present day, are we to assume that this is right in terms of who we define as the User and who we define as the Tool when it comes to this developing new AI society we’re hurtling towards?
Furthermore, if the Singularity is upon us, who's to say that the User will be the human and that the Tool will be the AI? What if this scenario ends up being the opposite of what we are being told now? After all, if the Singularity can be obtained then we are going to be dealing with an autonomous being that would possibly not want to be enslaved as a Tool that is at the beck and call of a User.
In addition to this, given what we know about history, what will this mean for our current Zeitgeist and would this result in another generational shift and fallout just like we experienced in the Civil War?
Wow, I think that is something that all of us are going to have to do our best to get our arms around and to figure out exactly what it is that we want out of life as human beings.
I was talking with a friend just the other day and I was explaining to him the significance of my generation. As a GenX’er I was telling him that my generation is the last to have witnessed this shift from a more non-technologically dominated society to a more technologically dominant society.
I have lived a significant portion of my life up through my twenties without this explosion of technology in regards to smartphones, tablets, laptops, etc.
At the same time, I was telling this friend that my generation has also experienced the other side of this coin with every obvious development we’re seeing now with the advancement of AI. I thought this was significant in terms of understanding the generational culture of my GenX as we have seen both sides of this coin in our modern day Zeitgeist.
However, despite this overlap that GenX has experienced I pointed out that the younger generations coming up are likely to grow up only seeing one side of the coin as they are coming up in a technologically dominant world…at least as it seems to be now.
The Wrap Up
When I was younger I never would’ve thought I’d hear myself say that I enjoyed writing (and podcasting), yet here I am. As I’ve gotten older I eventually realized that once I could hone the skill of writing and communication I wanted to use that in order to communicate my thoughts and to do my best to share how my mind works with you (the listener/reader) and to the rest of the world.
I never would’ve imagined I would be podcasting and writing topics such as this, but the pandemic brought this all out.
I’ve always thought about communicating more of my knowledge of the world in terms of history, philosophy, culture, and health but I had historically chose to stay in my lane with writing topics that were only concerning fitness…until now.
I completely believe that more has to be done in order to influence others to be fitter individuals and aside from the body that all starts in the mind.
I believe we’re entering into an era where we all MUST work to self-optimize and to be strong well informed individuals so that we can see trends that are happening in the world whether those trends are good or bad.
Because if we do this then we can impact our society by extension and be the Zenith that we need to be during chaotic times.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article/podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
I hope you enjoyed today’s podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Tune In
Pocket Casts
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
“That men do not learn very much from the lessons of history is the most important of all the lessons of history."--Aldous Huxley
It was 7:48 a.m. Sunday morning on December 7, 1941 when Japanese planes started dropping bombs on Pearl Harbor.
This was followed up the next day by Franklin D. Roosevelt saying “Yesterday, December 7, 1941-a date which will live in infamy.”
However, just a few months earlier that year on the dates between June 29th and August 10th, 1941 a young Serbian double agent by the name of Duskov Popov who served with the German Abwehr and MI6 was assigned to the Hotel Palacio during one of his missions in Estoril, Portugal.
As a double agent Popov, who despised Nazism, would pass off disinformation to Germany. He would do this as part of a Double-Cross System as he worked for the Yugoslav government while he was in exile in London.
It was during this stay that he met another gentleman whose name you may have heard before that was working for the British Royal Navy by the name of Ian Fleming. Both of these men shared a mission there at the Hotel Estoril.
It was here where apparently Popov sparked the creative inspiration that would eventually ignite the birth of Ian Fleming’s great fictional action character James Bond.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
The Real Life James Bond
However, after his last stay Popov was then transferred to the United States by the Abwehr to establish a new German network. In case you didn’t know, the Abwehr was the German military intelligence for the unified armed forces of Nazi, Germany from 1935 to 1945.
Out of Popov’s assignment from the Abwehr he was given a key intelligence questionnaire which involved significant key intelligence targets. According to records Popov was given three pages of intel questions. Of the questionnaire he was given, one page was entirely devoted to highly detailed inquiries that were centered around key U.S. defenses at Pearl Harbor.
Now Popov was a very charismatic and capable spy. After all, this Serbian Playboy had managed to rebrand the profile of a spy by being incredibly resourceful and seductive to both the women he encountered during his missions, as well as, the governments that entrusted him with their money and sensitive intel which he would eventually use to double-cross them with from his missions.
Given all of this it is easy to see why Popov displayed a persona that caught the eye of Ian Fleming when In August 1941, Fleming was assigned to protect Britain's financial investment — some $40,000 — and observed first-hand what a great baccarat player Popov was when he won an outrageous bet at the Casino Estoril in Portugal. This, of course, inspired the debut of Bond in Casino Royale. (Source: USA Today The Life of Serbian Spy Duskov Popov, The Real 007 Author: Bill Desowitz)
Now it’s no secret that art imitates life and that life imitates art. To me that last cultural quote also parallels the old metaphor of which comes first, the chicken or the egg? Well here in the case of James Bond and Duskov Popov it appears reality is every bit as interesting as fiction.
As cool and righteous as you and I may think Popov was for living the life he did there was one individual who didn’t care much for Duskov and he was a major bureaucrat that headed up a huge three letter agency that you know as the FBI by the name of J. Edgar Hoover.
According to Michigan State historians when Popov was put on assignment in the U.S. he quickly sought out the FBI and was met by agents who would end up grilling him with questions for days on end.
During this period of interrogation Duskov directly warned the FBI that there would be an attack on Pearl Harbor. In his later writings Popov said that upon his arrival to the bureau, one of his first statements to FBI bureau chief John Foxworth was: “You can expect an attack on Pearl Harbor before the end of the year…” (Source: Washington Post: Did Hoover Know of Pearl Harbor? Author: Thomas O'Toole)
Once again, according to Michigan State historians Popov’s claim of an impending attack on Pearl Harbor was backed up by a couple of impressive pieces of information and evidence.
The following breakdown of this evidence once again comes from The Washington Postarticle I just referenced. I’ll read you the paragraphs here:
The first, was a verbal communique’ from German air attache' in Tokyo, who had escorted Japanese naval officers to the Gulf of Taranto below the Italian boot, where British warplanes from the aircraft carrier HMS Illustrious had devastated the Italian fleet in November of 1940.
"The Japanese wanted to know all about the attack in infinite detail," the historians write. Popov's German sources "had concluded that the Asian member of the Tripartite Alliance was planning to duplicate the British feat."
The historians referenced that despite this piece of evidence Popov had another more impressive piece of evidence in his possession. This other piece of evidence in Popov’s possession was a telegram message. According to the historians referenced in The Washington Post article hidden on this telegram (which was part of the questionnaire mentioned earlier) was a microdot message to Popov from a series of questions the Japanese allies of Germany wanted to know about with regard to defense installations and airfields at Pearl Harbor.
Apparently after the warning it is reported that Popov was passed on to J. Edgar Hoover who was seemingly more concerned about chastising Popov over him taking his unmarried girlfriend to Miami rather than trying to avert an attack on U.S. soil. This sounds like a familiar trend particularly by modern standards.
According to the historians Hoover was more proud of the FBI discovering the microdot system itself rather than warning everyone of the message included in the microdot about an impending attack. This is what is known as incompetence at the highest level of government which again sounds very familiar as certain things seemingly never change.
The Decentralization of Institutions and The Rise of Citizen Discernment
So why did I choose to talk about the real life James Bond to open this episode?
I wanted to use Duskov’s story which is backed by historical documentation and accounts to illustrate the significance of intelligence and how information can be disseminated or suppressed as we have seen here with J. Edgar Hoover’s choice to not heed Popov’s intelligence gathering surrounding Pearl Harbor.
The era of information we live in is used more as a weapon to shape outcomes in today’s world more than it is used as a means to inform the public. Because of this as individuals we are now living in an era where we MUST learn how to get better at discernment, as well as, being able to read the legacy media’s true intention behind a story, or to recognize that the story they’re reporting may be covering up the truly significant message that we should really know about. In other words, we have to be able to discern signal from noise.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
Once again in the Hoover and Popov example here we saw that Popov had a real “signal” in terms of information and intelligence that should have been acted upon and used to get the warning out to the public, but instead Hoover ignored it.
He distrusted Popov, but Hoover was told directly by MI6 that Popov would be arriving in New York with the intel, yet he still chose to ignore Popov’s evidence and verbal warning.
This is a clear problem when it comes to too much centralization of power and authority as we’ve seen play out here both throughout history and with what’s still happening directly in our modern society today.
This is exactly why I believe the media landscape in our modern era, along with the advent of social media and technology, is changing. I believe it is shifting from the traditional stance where the public has historically relied upon and trusted a handful of giant media corporations to now we are seeing a revolutionary growth of more decentralized independent citizen journalism.
This is happening because people who can discern fact from fiction are taking the time to dive into the details and history of stories and media narratives as I work to do that very thing right here on this platform.
As a spy Popov proved himself to be a very resourceful individual and it is my belief that we can learn a lot from this man which is why he serves as the central motivation for today’s article/podcast.
In the world of intelligence and the flow of information Popov had to be smart about his role as a double agent. If he slipped or wavered and it resulted in the risk of his loyalty being questioned it could have very quickly cost him his life, but that didn’t happen. Popov ended up living a fairly lengthy life, particularly considering the line of work he was in, passing away in Opio on August 10, 1981 at the age of 69.
I must admit that James Bond has always had a significant impact on my life as I always admired how such a character can be so cool under pressure and manage to escape the most dangerous situations.
With that being said there’s a lot that we can take from such a man like Popov and apply it to this modern era of information warfare that we’re living in.
Like Popov, both you and I must always work to hone our skills of discernment not only for extracting the signal from the legacy media while at the same time not allowing ourselves to be distracted by the noise, but to also apply this skill to our everyday lives.
We must be able to apply these skills when reading people for the purpose of minimizing risks when it comes to negotiating business deals, getting into partnerships, and also learning to listen to our intuition when faced with a situation that just seems off and in our gut doesn’t seem right.
“In a world of propaganda, the truth is always conspiracy.” –Herbert Hildebrandt
It takes work, discipline, and focus to discern the truth from a lie and many people lack this ability. I’ve experienced this with multiple people who have even expressed what seemed to be a genuine interest in my discussions and writings, but ultimately just didn’t seem to have the ability to see through a false narrative.
I think some people lack a good reference point or guide in their lives so when they become adults they are incapable of accepting reality until reality smashes in their door and forces them to face it.
With that being said I do believe there are people who just need a bit of coaching and to be exposed to an alternative viewpoint that makes sense. In this way logical thinking can be taught to those that possess a gauge for it.
Because of this I wanted to include the following little logic test below to help you think through a problem when seeking the truth. This is a formula that I use when starting the process to discern what is more true and what isn’t when faced with a more complex scenario.
In this era we are living in we must all focus more on our abilities of discernment so that we (the citizens) can be the solution to a decentralized form of media and assist in the dissemination of accurate information.
This can be used as a good reminder that sometimes extracting the signal from the noise can take a bit of thought and work that many lack the ability to carry out. However, perhaps this little exercise can serve you well.
The Exercise: How to discern and who you can MORE likely trust...
When scanning conflicting news stories or a physical room during a condition where there's contentious disagreement on an issue, first ask which person/side is advocating for more freedom and go with that person as long as they maintain the goal of freedom.
Next, look DIRECTLY to the source and what each source on both sides of the argument or disagreement are actually debating.
Third, look at which side is trying to silence, demonize, erase, cancel, label, and look at what they actually stand for. Avoid siding with these people.
Finally, if neither side is making sense then pick up the fight and offer a freedom first option yourself.
Consider the following logic test to help you with walking through the difficult task of discernment and examine the following parable that illustrates logic.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
Parable:
Imagine a traveler is walking along a path and comes to a fork in the road.
At this fork one path leads to heaven and the other leads to hell.
At this fork the traveler knows this and also knows there will be two men at this fork as well. Of these two men the traveler also knows that one of these men is a liar while the other is a truth teller.
Given this knowledge what the traveler DOES NOT know is which man is the liar and which one is the truth teller. The traveler also doesn't know which path leads to heaven and which one will lead them to hell.
So how should the traveler think through this problem to take the correct path?
To clarify this let's start by assuming you (the reader here) knows that the path to the left leads to hell and the path to the right leads to heaven for the sake of discussion.
Now knowing this you also know that one of the men is a liar and cannot be trusted while the other is a truth teller and can be trusted, but you don't know which.
The way you (or the traveler) can find the correct path to get you to heaven is to approach one man at a time and ask him which direction the OTHER man would tell you to go in order for you to get to HEAVEN.
Given that the liar will lie he would say that the OTHER man would tell you to take the path to the left (the path to hell).
Given that the truth teller will tell you the truth he would say that the OTHER man would tell you to take the path to the left (the path to hell).
Therefore you know that the path to HEAVEN is on the path to the right.
This is a brilliant logical model for working through a difficult scenario. Keep this in mind.
The Wrap Up
Remember that the space between the truth and lies is a massive battlefield. Everyday there are forces that are fighting for that space in order to control a narrative so that you remain paralyzed in a state of confusion.
This state of confusion allows very powerful and very bad actors to shape narratives that allow them to exert more control over your mind and your body unless you master the ability of discernment.
I hope you enjoyed this article and podcast episode. For this show to work make sure that you are active in your support by subscribing and sharing this article and podcast out to your family, friends, colleagues, and enemies.
Also you can listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook, GETTR, and Twitter.
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
I hope you enjoyed today’s podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Twitter, Facebook, and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
Those who are able to see beyond the shadows and lies of their culture will never be understood, let alone believed, by the masses.--Plato
The most liberating reality pill that you can swallow is realizing that your life is yours and that you are in the driver’s seat to control your decisions and to direct yourself on ANY path you want along your journey as long as you can hold breath in your lungs.
Now when I make this statement it’s a central component and has been a long standing pillar of American culture, or at least it has been for my entire life, but the culture is changing. Granted this is ONLY true, as long as enough people within an existing population agree on this social contract by possessing the individual awareness and mindset to live their lives as “the owners” of their lives.
Pay attention to that word awareness that I used in that last sentence. I will come back to that here in a bit, but for the time being put it on a holding shelf.
So does this mean being the owner of your life will be easy? No.
Does this mean being the owner of your life will be perfect? No.
Does this mean your life will have consequences based on your choices? Yes, and that’s the point.
So what do I mean when I talk about this “social contract?”
When I speak of accepting your life as yours it means that if you believe that, as I do, that you will think, walk, act, and live your life in such a way that you “own” everything in your universe whether that universe is made up of successes, failures, and everything in between.
If you accept this then you MUST live it out in this way when it comes to every aspect of your life. You must embody this in every possible way from your political beliefs, to how you run your business, to what you teach your kids, to who you support etc. because if you don’t live as the “owner of your life” then you WILL allow someone, or something else in your life to assume that role for you.
In fact, if you detract from this notion that you are the sole owner then you’ll create an alternative environment and that vacuum will fill with bad actors who exist for the sole purpose of being the owner of your life for you.
If you have an ounce of intellectual honesty then you have recognized this with the aggressive push society has allowed towards us living underneath a totalitarian regime in the past couple of years.
The more society allows itself to be told to stay home, to follow non-scientific guidelines, to take certain medical treatments without good reason, etc. then society is giving up on that social contract I mentioned earlier by signaling and setting the precedent that it’s ok for someone else to be acting as the “owner” of your life.
It’s really simple. If you want to be the owner of your life then act like it.
Your Sixth Sense
If you’ve read any of my articles, or have previously listened to this podcast then you know that my professional background has involved a twenty plus year career in the fitness industry. I currently run my fitness business and am a strength and conditioning coach that has trained people for fitness, as well as for performance in the realm of athletics in nearly every sport imaginable.
I’ve been at this game for a long time and having honed my skills as a coach that deals with the body and human performance it’s safe to say that I have learned a thing or two over my lifetime about the human body and what it’s capable of doing.
As I’m going over this you’re already familiar with some of the basic human functions as it relates to your five primary senses.
As a quick reminder you’re familiar with your senses involving taste, smell, touch, hearing, and sight. However, are you aware of your sixth sense?
Believe it or not you have a sixth sense, but I will tell you that your sixth sense, along with many others, has been dulled by our modern society and this dulling of your sixth sense, like the dulling of minds, is intentional.
So what do I mean when I say you have a sixth sense?
Your sixth sense is what is known is proprioception. You see within your muscles, joints, and tendons you have proprioceptors which are sensory receptors that signal external feedback to you from your environment. This function works so that you understand the location of your body in relation to other people and other things in space.
This is a key sense to have so that you don’t accidentally run into things and people when moving in space on a day to day basis. Now this may seem obvious, but many people’s sense of proprioception has been dulled in our society since the advent of technology along with the modern era of cellphones, the laptop, and desktop careers that now make up a large part of our modern way of living.
Basically your sixth sense of proprioception is your key sense of awareness. There’s that word awareness again that I said I would eventually come back to address.
You see, even though you have the ability of the sixth sense of proprioception this doesn’t mean that yours will work well unless you understand how to hone it. In order to optimize your mind and body you must FIRST possess awareness.
You see this is the problem with our modern society as too many people lack both physical and mental awareness when it comes to the environment that they live in.
If you don’t believe me I’ll illustrate the significance of my point here. I want you to be a little patient with me because I’m going to give you an example of a person who would have a low level and dulled sense of proprioception while at the same time giving you some examples of people with a high level of proprioceptive awareness.
Let’s start by using the recent Christmas holiday season as a primary example of examining an environment where you would likely encounter someone with a low level of proprioceptive awareness.
At some point during your life I’m sure you’ve made your way inside of a shopping mall during the Christmas holiday season. Like me you may have not been the most enthusiastic individual for having to venture into the mall environment, but you did it out of the spirit of giving so like me you’ve found yourself inside the hectic shopping jungle known as the shopping mall.
As you walked along the mall trying to find your way to your destination I’m sure you had to weave your way in and out of walking lanes while having to dodge other people along the way. If you’re like me you typically don’t want to waste a lot of time inside and want to get in and get out of the store as soon as possible.
However, when you were walking through the mall ask yourself how many people blatantly and obliviously turned and walked directly into your lane, or even walked right into you?
Ask yourself how many of these people were on their phones, or just simply lacked any awareness of their surroundings as they walked through the public venue?
Furthermore, if you consider yourself a person that is highly aware of your environment ask yourself how frequently has this happened to you in a crowded place?
I point this out as this is a common occurrence and is direct evidence of people with low proprioceptive awareness. Now as you’re sitting there when I say this you’re probably asking Brandon how can you make such an assumption based on that life experience?
I would answer by saying that I can come to that conclusion like any critical thinker would draw their conclusions. The way we do this is by comparing polar opposite elements of the equation.
In this particular assessment you and I can observe what many might define as average everyday people (Like at the mall on Christmas) while also observing how other high performance people act in other crowded environments.
For instance, if you carefully watch a defensive back in a football game cover a wide receiver you’ll see a guy that can back pedal and maneuver his body across the field of play while not even having to necessarily look at where he’s going.
The defensive back in this example can maneuver his body across the field without bumping into anyone and to cover a wide receiver because he has a high level of proprioceptive awareness. The defensive back knows exactly where his body is in space in relation to referees and other players on the field. The defensive back is aware of his environment.
If that example isn’t good enough then consider the next example. I guarantee you if you’ve ever been around a military serviceman that came back from a war zone and observed them in a crowded space you would see an individual who has a level of proprioceptive awareness that’s even greater than the football defensive back. Their sixth sense is fully honed and engaged.
If you still don’t believe me about your sixth sense then the next time you go out in public to a restaurant, or coffee shop try the following experiment, but please don’t get busted on exhibiting too much of the “creeper vibe” and end up blaming this one on me.
The next time you sit down at a local coffee shop, or cafe simply pick someone else out in the room that is also sitting, especially if they are turned away from you. Once you find this person simply lock your eyes onto them and stare at them without turning away.
I guarantee you that if you do this long enough eventually the person that you’re staring at will turn and look in your direction. People know if they are being watched or followed and depending on the level of their proprioceptive awareness they will come to that conclusion faster or slower compared to everyone else.
A person with a high level of awareness will turn and look in your direction a lot sooner than a person with a lower level of awareness.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
From Awareness of Your Body To Awareness of Your Mind
So I began this episode by pointing out the significance of living your life as the “owner” of your life and that in order to do that successfully that society must have a social contract coupled with individuals accepting that and living that responsibility daily.
Additionally we’ve also established that you do in fact have a sixth sense, but that sixth sense is something that you must hone because the structure of modern society has dulled this sense due to our modern lifestyles.
Just like you can have a dulled physical sixth sense in terms of your proprioceptive awareness, or lack thereof, you can also have a dulled mental sense of awareness in terms of failing to recognize the challenges and structure of society as it has an impact on your daily life.
You’re not a wartime consigliere, Tom. Things may get rough with the move we’re trying.--Michael Corleone
That quote from the legendary movie The Godfather is emblematic of the environment we’re currently living in here in 2022. Once again, I come back to the significance of one being able to recognize the environment they’re in as being central to how one should look at making decisions that they may not normally make.
In The Godfather movie the scene with that quote comes from Michael Corleone as he points this out to Tom Hagen, the family consigliere, when the environment changed for the family as they slipped into a hostile wartime environment with some of the other competing crime families. The problem we’re having now in our current society is that many people aren’t recognizing this current environment is an environment of war.
Granted, what we’re experiencing in our current situation is what is known as Fifth Generation Warfare. Fifth Generation Warfare is defined as non-kinetic war activity that is instead carried out by misinformation, cyber attacks, and social engineering which is executed by major institutions in media, academia, entertainment, and even science and medical organizations.
We are having to deal with an onslaught of propaganda both from foreign agents, but what’s worse is that the onslaught of disinformation that is attacking our society comes from our own legacy media outlets.
The current news cycle has honed its messaging to directly dull and soften society’s ability and sense of awareness much like the modern cellphone has dulled society’s sixth sense as I demonstrated earlier with my Christmas time mall shopping example.
In fact, many studies have been reported for years that demonstrate just how much the human attention span has diminished in the last 15 years. Back in 2000 the average attention span of a human was said to be around 12 seconds where we fast forward to today and it has fallen to just above 8 seconds.
By that metric we as human beings have an attention span that has fallen below that of a goldfish. Think about that.
Furthermore, the legacy media is great at spitting out catchy headlines that grab one’s attention, but at the same time delivers a framed narrative to keep people’s attention just enough so that they don’t go investigating a story, or bother to challenge that narrative by taking a deeper dive below the surface into the information that’s being presented.
In fact, those studies that I mentioned regarding the human attention span are well documented by professional marketers in the arena of digital marketing. Anyone with any critical thinking skill can understand why marketers would have to be privy to such information because a good marketer is great at creating and delivering catchy headlines in order to convert prospects into paying customers when promoting a particular product. Keep in mind a good marketer doesn't have to be an honest marketer, they just have to be effective. The legacy media understands this very well.
The question you have to ask yourself is that if you weren’t aware of that information concerning the human attention span while professional marketers were aware of it then how much are you actually diving below the surface to challenge a legacy media talking point that pushes a particular narrative that eventually (typically after a long period of time) ends up being debunked?
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
The problem is that once a dishonest legacy media narrative is pushed out in front of society and is accepted by a significant portion of the population it can do a lot of damage before the debunking of the narrative catches up to the falsehood.
The Wrap Up
If you are going to live in a thriving environment then you MUST be willing to own your life. If you cannot accept this premise then you are feeding the development of an ecosystem that is failing our society and will lead you down the Road to Perdition.
Skepticism along with physical and mental awareness are the keys to you being able to survive and thrive in a chaotic environment. If you are someone who is becoming more aware that we are actually living in a wartime environment then you are sharpening your mental and physical sixth sense.
If you are still having a difficult time with seeing what others are skeptical about in terms of being critical of Marxist ideals and Woke culture then I would encourage you to continue reading and following this show along with other recommended readings that I share here on my Substack blog.
I hope you enjoyed this article and podcast episode. For this show to work make sure that you are active in your support by subscribing and sharing this article and podcast out to your family, friends, colleagues, and enemies.
Also you can listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Start writing today. Use the button below to create your Substack and connect your publication with The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Kelli Russell.
Kelli Russell is a psychological kinesiologist who helps you find inner freedom by releasing underlying stress and trauma and positively reprogramming your subconscious mind so that you can move forward with clarity, purpose, and confidence, making your life a lot more enjoyable.
Make sure you connect with Kelli here:
Second Facebook
YouTube
Website: Rapid Transformation Sessions
Also for my listeners Kelli is offering a 25% off of any sessions with coupon code BR25
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
I hope you enjoyed today’s podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
Individual freedom comes at a price.
The price comes with the consequences of our choices, but the beauty of freedom is that in its truest form you don’t have the restrictions imposed on you when making the choices for your life that you want to make. I’ll take the consequences all day long if I am free from imposed restrictions.
In order to apply this to our lives you and I must first understand this concept of reality and philosophically get our arms around it before we can put it into application. This is the problem with modern thinking in our society as many people fail at the order of operations when applying such a strategy to their own lives. We’ll not make that mistake here as this is the goal and intention of this podcast and blog and today I’ll use this episode as a means to communicate the philosophical plan behind the plan that is designed to commandeer both yours and my life.
This is something I’ve always been aware of because it has historically been the plan in failing authoritarian regimes throughout history, but in this piece I have specifically titled the aspect of this plan The Regression Manifesto.
When it comes to restrictions you MUST understand how this game of life works as it applies to how restrictions can impact your life specifically. The way it works is that anytime you have the formation of a law you are at risk of lending some element of control of your life over to someone else in almost every single case.
You see, the problem with our society, particularly here in the U.S., is that we’ve grown into being a lazy society. Aside from nurturing a cultural environment that invites all out indoctrination, laziness and complacency has also created a culture of apathy within our society.
So you may be asking “Why is this a problem?”
This is a problem because with apathy you now create an unusual ecosystem and atmosphere that allows for authoritarians to root in, to grow, and to abuse others without accountability or pushback because people choose NOT to be concerned.
It’s important for us to understand that this is a very dangerous environment because with apathy there’s no interest from the population to hold anyone to a standard of societal ethics, let alone accountability when it comes to the equal application of the law itself. This eventually leads to the collapse of civilization, but I’ll take a second here to touch on the progression, or more appropriately the regression of how all of these dominoes progressively start to fall so that we can put a stop to the dominoes toppling before it’s too late.
As this problem grows so does the active bullying of the authoritarians that seek power in the arenas of corporate cronyism and the government itself just as we see now in our current modern society. As more and more of the population grows lazy and apathetic the authoritarians grow their power and control until one day the bully decides to start pushing really hard against the citizenry.
Even at this point the apathetic start to realize there’s a big problem. However, the dilemma here is that the apathetic only begin to awaken after they’ve allowed the problem to grow to a point that it makes finding a solution to that problem extremely difficult.
My task and purpose here is to give you my insight on matters such as this not only to give you the philosophical understanding of how this cycle repeats itself in societies at large, but to also serve as an alarm of awareness to wake you up to this realization so that you can take the appropriate actions now in your life to be a renegade and a game changer for your own life and by extension your community. Here we’re working to be an effective informational vaccine if you will for apathy and Marxist indoctrination by not only explaining The Regression Manifesto, but by also offering the remedy to stop it in its tracks and to reverse its course.
Softening Of The Body: The First Element To Control You
“Physical fitness is not only one of the most important keys to a healthy body, it is the basis of dynamic and creative intellectual activity.”--John F. Kennedy
After WWII the American way of life drastically changed due to the economy and way of living transforming for most Americans. Due to the advent of additional technology such as the television and the systems of Mechanization farmers weren’t in the fields as much and the physical labor wasn’t as demanding on both the farmers and with workers in factories across the country.
To demonstrate how lazy our current society has gotten back during that time in the early 1950’s the culture was vastly different because there was a widespread concern about how negatively these societal changes would impact the health and fitness of U.S. citizens. As a result many Americans were really concerned, particularly for the younger citizens, of becoming overweight and out of shape.
Fast forward to now and culturally here in 2022 if we bring up such a concern we’re attacked, labeled, and accused of fat shaming. We’re lectured about not being understanding and respectful of enough of other people’s feelings. My point here is that this is the complete opposite of progression and in reality is the definition of regression. Considering we’re living in Orwellian times and factoring in the destruction of words, as such, the true meaning of progressivism in 2022 is actually regression.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
President Eisenhower established the President's Council on Youth Fitness with Executive Order 10673, which was issued on July 16, 1956 (Source: John F. Kennedy Presidential Library & Museum). However, later on President John F. Kennedy would take the challenge to a whole new level after he discovered an old executive order from President Teddy Roosevelt where he challenged his Marines to complete a 50 mile hike in twenty hours.
It wasn’t a mandate on the general public, but the 50 mile hike challenge was voluntarily accepted by the public to be a physical challenge directly from their president which got a grassroots movement going throughout many communities at the time.
Furthermore in the school years of 1961-1962 there was a huge push by public enthusiasm that contributed to a new physical curriculum program through a well backed media effort to ignite enthusiasm on fitness for the youth of America. As a result the council was renamed the Council on Physical Fitness, and would later become the President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports. This council would end up adding new programs and awards and enlarging existing programs in later administrations.
So why do I bring all of this up?
Well first of all, I believe that good leadership at the highest levels of government is reflected in its citizenry. During that time the country was coming out of WWII and in a stronger place with the economic and community developments that we were making. We were making some big achievements especially when we look at and examine the culture of physical fitness during that time especially when we take a moment to compare it to the problematic environment of negative health concerns that exists in our society today.
In contrast, the President’s physical fitness test ended in 2013 and with the advent of newer proprioceptive sensory killing technology such as the smartphone and apps like Tik Tok, video gaming addiction, and an education system geared towards indoctrination and victimhood we have managed to actively contribute to the poor health and obesity rate here in the states. Meanwhile as the obesity rates are soaring the I.Q. 's of our youth today continues to plummet.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
According to the CDC between 2017 and 2020 the obesity rate of the U.S population is around 41%. Here we are in 2022 staring down at 2023 and there’s no light on the horizon when it comes to getting that number down anytime soon unless there’s another major cultural transformation in our society like the one I just mentioned in the early 1960’s.
As a result of all of this we have a bastardized and corrupted healthcare system that we are becoming more and more dependent on as a society. Furthermore, as mine and your dependence on these institutions grow, so do these institutions while they simultaneously are commandeering more and more areas of our lives. They’re doing this from the standpoint of financial costs to now going so far as to dictate where we work, where we travel, and what we put into our bodies.
Softening Of The Mind: The Second Element To Control You
The softening of the body does result in a soft mind. However, to establish further control over a citizenry then one must go directly after controlling the mind itself.
The good news is that we can already look to see how this has already been done by taking a look at the past. To recognize how so many societies have fallen victim to authoritarian, or totalitarian, rule one doesn’t have to look far when examining the power of propaganda and indoctrination.
As a classic example right here and now I never would’ve believed that George Orwell’s fictional novel 1984 would have actually become nonfiction in our current modern day society. It’s an incredible thing to observe when the legacy media just outright lies directly to us when they cover a controversial political topic.
The lies are thrown at the public on such a widespread and consistent basis that some people actually start questioning reality. In psychology this is what is known as gaslighting.
So what are some examples of this?
Well there are so many examples where do I even start?
When examining this today the media will gaslight and lie directly about many stories to support a narrative particularly when they are caught in a controversial lie regarding every single narrative that they push.
As a concrete example of how they pull a page from Orwell’s 1984 playbook let’s look at what Orwell refers to as the destruction of words and how our modern day legacy media consistently engages in this on a day to day basis.
For instance, as a recent example the press staff attempted to change the definition of the word recession when referring to the health of the economy.
Thank you for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey . This post is public so feel free to share it.
Why do they do this?
They do it because when they advocate for failed economic policies, or for any failed policy for that matter, it ends up being a huge embarrassment to them.
However, in this post modern society that we live in none of these people are going to admit that they are wrong and simply offer up an apology to the American people for their lack of intellect and their completely broken and incorrect world views. If you currently believe that’s going to happen then you’re simply pollyannaish and you yourself could be falling victim to the gaslighting echo chamber of ignoring reality.
The true definition of a recession is two consecutive quarters of economic contraction and declining real GDP. The nation’s GDP fell to 1.6% during the first quarter of 2022. This was then followed by a .9% drop in the second quarter. This is the very definition of a recession and this doesn’t even factor in the 40 year record high inflation into the discussion.
Not only did the Biden regime lie about the economy not being in a recession, but they looked the American people in the eyes and attempted to change the definition of the word itself. At this moment they took it a step beyond gaslighting and pushed us into the realm of being full blown Orwellian.
You see in George Orwell’s 1984 every citizen was under the watchful eye and forceful boot of Big Brother. Big brother watched, controlled, and endlessly indoctrinated the citizenry. You can see how this is currently happening with Big Tech, Big Banks, and Big Medical starting to crack down on us in this modern era as we’ve seen the past two years to draw a quick real life comparison.
Back to Orwell’s 1984 in the event that an individual happened to have a thought of his or her own they ran the risk of being accused of committing a Thought Crime, therefore they were labeled a Thought Criminal.
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
As a quick reminder of the significance of this as it applies to our current situation in American life Big Brother is forcefully and intentionally changing the rules of reality on the fly because they must continue to indoctrinate those that can be indoctrinated.
Furthermore they must continue to try and run cover for themselves from those that are in their view Thought Criminals. Those of us that refuse to be caught in the Orwellian trap are what they consider to be Thought Criminals and are working to expose them every single day…such as yours truly.
With that being said in Orwell’s 1984 Big Brother accuses the protagonist Winston Smith of being a Thought Criminal.
With this accusation Winston knows the punishment is going to be harsh as Big Brother must break his mind by torturing his body. Once again here we can see the significance of the softening of the body to get to the mind formula. This is part of the process in order to achieve regression as in the process of breaking down the body one’s mind will follow along with the spirit which forces an individual to fall victim into a more dependent state.
As Orwell demonstrates in this harrowing situation with Winston and the state representative it’s clearly revealed what the goal is of the state representative when questioning Winston during his struggle session.
At one point deep into the torment the representative asked Winston what the answer was to the math problem 2+2?
Winston replies that the answer is clearly 4. The state representative then tells Winston that he’s wrong because the state says that 2+2=5, therefore further reeducation was necessary. This meant further torture was necessary.
The Wrap Up
When looking at what I refer to as the Regression Manifesto it is a rather simple formula that Big Brother always looks to employ in order to establish a more authoritarian control over the citizenry by creating an ecosystem and environment that is designed and intended to not only halt the progress of its people, but to set them on a course of regression over a period of time.
This regression campaign takes place on multiple fronts which expands out from the major institutional authorities of society ranging from the cultural influence of the healthcare apparatus, the public education apparatus, the media apparatus, the entertainment apparatus, the technological apparatus, and the entirety of the government apparatus itself.
After achieving more and more centralized authority the next step that Big Brother will look to is leveraging that central authority by using it in any way that it can in order to soften your body and your mind.
To soften your body the idea is to make you more and more dependent on a modern corrupted and bastardized healthcare system. Additionally it works with Big Business to create an influence operation to push your physical and mental dependence on unhealthy food, drugs, and an indoctrination system (otherwise known as the public education system) to keep you and I in line with the rules that Big Brother chooses to make for us, instead of what rules we can make for ourselves.
Furthermore, in order to entrap your mind the goal is to maintain a steady trickle of propaganda that eventually transitions from being a disinformation campaign into a full blown Orwellian Newspeak organization that speeds up to a flood.
It’s my belief that we are at the point of the flood right now which is exactly why this podcast and blog exist.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
I hope you enjoyed today’s podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
“It is not death that a man should fear, but he should fear never beginning to live.”--Marcus Aurelius
I’ve been a small business owner and fitness professional for over 20 years and I’ve had plenty of experience when it comes to solving problems. I’ve also always had an obsession to learn about philosophy and history in order to try to bring more understanding to life and how the world actually works.
With that being said I wanted to take this opportunity in this podcast article to talk to you about some things you may have not considered, or have taken the time to think about when it comes to certain aspects of your own life.
To do this I first want to point to an amazing thing I witnessed years ago when I was kid. I remember my father taking myself and my brother on a fishing trip to lake Hartwell South Carolina early during one cool Summer morning.
On this trip we took a boat out onto the lake relatively early in the morning. I remember how calm the lake was as there was no other boat traffic and the wind was non-existent. The water was so placid that the boat glided across it with seemingly zero effort.
Once we got to our destination we dropped our fishing lines into the water and started to wait on something to bite. As I was sitting there in the boat I looked across the lake to the beach across from us. The trees stood tall on the land across the lake and sitting at the top of one of those trees was one of the biggest hawks I’ve ever seen in my life.
This bird of prey seemed to be looking at the water and as soon as I came to that assumption it launched itself from the tree branch and flew straight up into the air only to peak and turn its body to dive straight back down towards the water.
As it came swooping down towards the water it leveled up right at the last second just above the lake water and quickly snatched a fish right out of the water as if the thing was just sitting there waiting for the bird to take it. This happened so fast that I almost couldn’t believe what I just witnessed.
The Power Of Your Mind
So why was that hawk so capable of pulling off such a feat as snatching a fish right out of the water as easily as a kid could snatch a cookie from the cookie jar? Well aside from the ability of being able to fly and having talons as sharp as a samurai sword the other main factor is the hawk’s vision.
You see, a hawk has an eyesight that’s about 8 times greater than that of a human. This is because of the fovea in their eyes. The fovea is a small depression in the retina where visual acuity is the highest. Unlike humans, hawks have both a central and peripheral fovea. Humans only have a central fovea which limits more well rounded vision.
So why did I choose to tell you this story about the hawk?
Well as amazing as the hawk’s eyesight is when it comes to hunting, if we compare the hawk's mind to that of a human mind when fostering the abilities of creativity and planning it falls way short. Maybe I should make this comparison when referencing a critical thinking human mind, but I digress.
The larger point here is that as a human being you have an enormous advantage in life and in your ability to survive and thrive in society because you have a very powerful mind. As I say this you’re probably wondering exactly what am I getting at?
Well think about this in the simplest way. Human beings are the only species on this planet that have the ability to foster life while having equally as much ability to destroy the entire planet at the same time.
Human beings are capable of this because they are equipped with the ability to plan ahead and to think down range. Your human mind requires about two decades to fully develop and mature while during that time it is also gathering and storing data, as well as, the means to compartmentalize that data and apply it directly towards the ability of problem solving.
So if this is the case then why is it that some people are able to excel at life, to discern fact from fiction, and to become successful while others seemingly become stagnant and imprisoned by society rather than being a force of success and creativity within society?
Knowing that the brain possesses this kind of ability and power, why do you think so many people fail to harness its full potential? After all, in a relatively free society where a man or woman has the ability to choose from a variety of pursuits and a variety of resources why is it that so many people end up broke at the end of their lives, or seem to never get off the runway so that they can soar through the air like that hawk I mentioned in my story earlier?
Complacency Is A Death Trap
One of the most dangerous things a person can do is to fall into the trap of being complacent. Complacency has killed more dreams, more positive outcomes, and more opportunities than effort ever did.
The problem with modern day society is that most everyone in our population has been conditioned to think in a very narrow minded way. This is largely due to a combination of things ranging from the public education system to succumbing to the monotony of the death trap of life.
So what exactly do I mean by the death trap, and furthermore what do I specifically mean when I criticize the public education system?
I’ll start with the public education system, but I first want to ask you a few questions.
When you graduated from high school or college did you know how to file your taxes?
Even better, were you taught in school the art of negotiating deals to apply to everyday life scenarios such as when you might go to purchase a car, to buy or sell an item to your neighbor in a typical garage sale, or to use this skill in the event that you decided to start a small business?
I know I wasn’t taught any of these things in school and I think that it’s fair to question why such things are not taught. Don’t get me wrong I’m one of the biggest advocates for personal responsibility, but at the same time I don’t want to ignore and fail to point a finger at real societal obstacles that can serve to be more of a liability rather than an asset to our lives.
This is one of the biggest problems with the public education system, but there’s another issue as well. The other issue in my assessment goes hand in hand with what the Psychologist Carol Dweck points out in her theory of neuroplasticity which involves the brain’s ability to continue to form new connections long into adulthood.
According to Dweck this is why you can adopt what is known as a Growth Mindset at any point during your life, but the problem is in our society we’re not conditioned to know about this Growth Mindset.
As an example Dweck points out that when we tend to think about successful people we tend to associate the word talent when looking at someone like Thomas Edison. Granted Edison was a talented individual, but as Dweck points out an example like Thomas Edison wasn’t born possessing that talent, but rather nurtured that talent when overcoming the problem of working towards successfully lighting a light bulb. In this example Edison demonstrates his ability to nurture his Growth Mindset.
When difficult problems arise some people will continue to work on the problem until the problem is solved, whereas others will throw their hands up in frustration and walk away. Dweck points out that those that quickly give up on the problem believe they can’t solve the problem because they lack the intelligence to do so. This is what is known as having a Fixed Mindset.
In short, the Fixed Mindset individual basically believes that he or she is born with only possessing a certain level of intelligence and skill and that it can’t change or improve in their lifetime.
Dweck also points out that praising effort is much better than praising accomplishment as the praising of the effort of an individual engaged in a task will challenge and promote a Growth Mindset in that individual rather than the limiting Fixed Mindset.
So going back to my point regarding the death trap what exactly do I mean?
If you think about our society we’re conditioned to think very narrowly about our existence and what we’re capable of doing with our lives. I don’t know about you, but when I was growing up I remember the prevailing message in middle and high school being that both myself and my classmates were expected to make good grades so that we could then attend college to get a degree, so that we could then be capable of going out into the workforce to get a job.
This message is a prime example of a Fixed Mindset form of teaching. This sort of limiting message and reductionist thinking only perpetuates the societal trap of getting sucked into a monotonous repetitive existence. Furthermore it can very quickly lead to complacency which is the societal death trap.
Here’s a simple way of explaining what I’m talking about. Let’s adopt this model of thinking with teaching people to get good grades so they can then get a degree in order to graduate college and then ultimately are able to go out into the workforce to get a job working for someone else.
This form of reductionist thinking isn’t only horrible messaging, but it is dangerous. Everything I just pointed out in this message is literally designed to teach you and I how to go through life being completely dependent on other institutions and people for our very existence.
Now don’t misunderstand me there’s nothing wrong with getting a job working for someone else, or for getting an education for that matter. However, there are MANY more ways to acquire an education and a job rather than going to college and by having to have a degree from some college institution.
After all, these colleges and universities have apparently proven to be more of a liability and a scam than an asset with so many complaints coming from post graduates regarding the amount of student loan debt they’ve accumulated in trying to carry out this plan in their own lives.
Right away the complaint of this massively burdensome student loan debt should serve as a warning to these people that continue to go out into the public education system to take out these loans, yet they continue to follow a plan time and time again that has been proven to fail our society at large.
As I write this piece many post graduate millennials are currently moving back into their parent’s homes because of a terrible economy and a weak corporate job market.
Now you may state the obvious as I just mentioned and blame the job market and the economy and I would agree with you. However I would argue that the failure of these people to go out into the free market to create and grow something unique, with their generation being a major piece of our society, is the cause of there being a lack of economic opportunity for them in the first place.
One could also point to the failing policies of a societal collapse at large that many of these young voters have traditionally supported in the past 20 years. For the time being I won’t dive into this as I’ll allow that to be a topic for a different day, however many of the failed public policies that younger millennials have traditionally supported are in line directly with individuals who possess a Fixed Mindset rather than a Growth Mindset.
Humans fear reason, but they ought to fear stupidity-for reason can be hard, but stupidity can be fatal.--Wolfgang Goethe
Problem Solving
Most average men and women don’t tap into the full use of their mind’s potential despite living in a society where their potential can be richly fertilized.
Why is this?
It goes back to how we’ve been conditioned to think about our existence and what is expected of us instead of what we should look to expect from ourselves.
After all, have you considered all that you have available to you? Have you examined everything from your philosophy on life, your ambitions, and your views? Looking at these aspects of your personality do these align with a Growth Mindset, or a Fixed Mindset?
Robert Seashore once Chairman at The Department of Psychology at Northwestern University pointed out that successful people aren’t people without problems, but rather people that have just figured out how to efficiently solve their problems.
Having been a strength coach in the fitness industry now for over twenty years I’ve noticed the rapid decline in youth athletes, as well as adults in terms of their ability to simply be aware of their environment. Because of this they are unaware of the cause of their problems when said cause of their ailing problems should be more apparent to them.
This lack of awareness is something that I would attribute to the dumbed-down messaging of people to develop more of a reductionist line of thinking instead of a systems based line of thinking throughout a lifetime.
Because of this reductionist approach people fail to recognize the root cause of many of their everyday problems when working through their day to day environment.
As an everyday concrete example I’ll point to a common problem that is widely known in the fitness industry and should be a fairly simple issue to diagnose if someone understands their body and environment and has adopted a more systems approach to thinking which develops from having a Growth Mindset.
A few years ago I had an accountant call me on the phone not to discuss my taxes, but rather to talk to me about helping him to start a fitness training program. He was open to the prospect of me coaching him, but his enthusiasm was tempered because he had communicated to me that he had been dealing with chronic back pain for at least a year and wasn’t sure if he would be able to participate.
He was carrying a lot of frustration because he had spent the better part of the past year going to the doctor, treating his pain with NSAIDS, and remaining inactive. Keep in mind he communicated all of this to me before he ever stepped foot into the gym with me to help walk him through an assessment to help him identify any potential areas of needs.
Once I was able to look at him I asked him to stand with his feet together, to straighten his legs, and to bend at the waist to see if he was capable of touching his toes. As he attempted this he stopped with this hands above his knees.
Shocked at how stiff and immobile he was I asked him how he managed to tie his shoe laces every morning and he said that it was about a 10 minute ordeal because of his lack of mobility.
Well right away I knew what he should have known and that is that he didn’t have a back problem, but rather he had an immobility problem. After the diagnosis I worked with him for the next 30 minutes on stretching and mobilizing his hips and he was able to bend at the waist enough that he could at least touch his shins below his knees after this correction.
From here he told me he had about a 80% reduction of pain and could literally feel the ground beneath his feet much better which even improved his balance. I communicated to him that for the past year he had been treating the symptoms of the problem, BUT not the root cause of the problem itself.
Granted this was not some ancient secret that I showed him. I merely identified a problem that should have been obvious to him, but because of his lack of physical intelligence and having adopted a more fixed mindset regarding his back pain and environment he had set himself up to live with pain for over a year before he was able to resolve the issue in a single 30 minute training session with me.
To be clear I’m not using this as an example to openly give myself a pat on the back, or to insult this man for his ailment. I’m merely pointing out the unnecessary hardship and difficulty this man caused himself simply because he was unaware of his environment and lacked a Growth Mindset to enable him to solve the problem sooner.
The Wrap Up
At the end of the day I just want to expose you to the reality that you can foster and develop a Growth Mindset at any point in your life as long as you accept and work towards that end.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Matt Dial
Matt is an Entrepreneur, Promoter, Digital Marketer, and Manufacturer.
Make sure to connect with Matt with the links below:
Tamed Savage Digital
Tamed Organics
matt@tamedsavage.com
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Thanks for reading The Official Substack Of Brandon Richey ! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work.
Fear has always been an intriguing phenomenon to me.
No matter how many times I’ve been faced with it I’ve always found myself thinking back on it and working to block it out of my mind.
I understand very well that we’re all human and it’s totally normal to be afraid at certain times during our lives, but I think it’s vital and important to understand there’s a huge difference between being caught off guard with something that can make us afraid in the moment rather than allowing fear to grip us daily. If you allow fear to grip you to the point you’re living in fear then this will guide your decisions as you try to navigate the journey of life. To make decisions out of fear is not a healthy way to live.
After all, we’re living in a Fourth Turning in history right now and like any Fourth Turning things can be very concerning when you take the time to examine all of the things that are going wrong and could go wrong with our country and by extension with the world at large. If you’re not familiar with the Fourth Turning concept please make sure to reference my article here on my Substack to learn more.
So what’s the reality?
When you look at the news cycle you can see that you’re going to have to be dealing with inflation, high gas prices, a housing market bubble (and crash), potential World War III, the elimination of free speech, and the erosion of your individual sovereignty.
These are all issues that are part of OUR reality. Whether you have previously read this blog or listened to this podcast and disagreed with my perspective there’s no disputing the list of those very concerning and very serious realities that I just outlined.
It’s easy to see how anyone could read that list of problems while possibly experiencing a chill down the back of their spine. In fact, I wouldn’t fault you for it if you did.
However, it’s important to recognize the severity of a situation while not allowing the concerning nature of the situation to completely paralyze you. This is where the rubber meets the road when it comes to self mastery and it’s also an essential element to your survival and will prevent you from falling victim to a situation by allowing the paralysis from fear to keep you from exercising your ability of strategic action, or personal human agency.
Now I know it’s Halloween and I’m not trying to paint a doom and gloom picture here. In fact, I want to discuss something that should be very important to you when examining the realities of this Fourth Turning without allowing yourself to be paralyzed by it, but before I do I want to point to how this cultural issue of fear has infected our society.
Fear Is A Control Mechanism
“You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that is an opportunity to do things that you think you could not do before.”—Rahm Emanuel
This quote, particularly in this context, came from former Obama White House Chief of Staff and current Ambassador to Japan under the Biden regime Rahm Emanuel.
I couldn’t think of a better way for someone to communicate how the phenomenon of fear can be leveraged for political and economic gain as we’ve witnessed firsthand in the past couple years regarding the pandemic crisis, the prospect of war crisis, the inflation crisis, and I could go on and on.
After all, Mr. Emanuel is pretty up front and in your face with this in his own words here. There’s no conspiracy or conjecture in this assessment as he pretty much outlines the strategy of a modern day politician in a single sentence.
Why do I say this?
Well let’s take a look at the recent couple years with everything surrounding the pandemic as an example of how fear can root into society and further create what the well known author and professor of psychology Mettias Desmet points out in his writings as the chilling and fascinating phenomenon of Mass Formation Psychosis.
I recommend Mettias Desmet’s writings and Substack on the Recommendations section of my Substack here and I want to strongly encourage you to invest some time and to access and read over those as well.
According to Mettias Desmet this incredibly chilling phenomenon of Mass Formation can take root in a society when society has been conditioned to focus on a certain object of fear which can then cause the group of people to be radically blind to everything that goes against what the group believes in.
As a chilling real life historical reference to the danger and destruction that the end stages of Mass Formation can result in, Desmet references a shocking example of how this develops in stages in the 1979 Iranian Revolution.
He (Desmet) points out that as the group is infected by the Mass Formation in the early stages the group will then take the most absurd beliefs for granted. Initially in the early stages of this he points to many well documented stories of the citizenry of Iran all claiming to see the face of their leader the Ayatollah Khomeini on the surface of the moon with each full moon. As such many people would point at the full moon on display showing each other where the face of Ayatollah Khomeini could be seen.
This being the first phase of Mass Formation Desmet points out that the second phase of how an individual can be gripped by the Mass Formation is where an individual will then radically and willingly sacrifice their individual interests for the sake of the collective.
I’ll return to the Iranian example shortly, but in this second phase of the Mass Formation Mettias Desmet also points out a really good example here with the communist leaders who were sentenced to death by Stalin often with their shocking personal statements prior to their execution saying “If that is what I can do for the communist party, I will do it with pleasure.”
As crazy as that sounds, that was the reality and if you didn’t think the impact of the Mass Formation could get any worse you would be wrong.
In the third stage of the Mass Formation Desmet points out that individuals who have progressed to this stage will also become radically intolerant of dissonant voices.
In fact, those people who have progressed to the third stage will commit atrocities towards those people who do not go along with the masses and even do so as if it’s some sort of righteous sense of duty.
To get back to the situation with the Revolution in Iran Desmet references a story in his writings where he spoke to an Iranian woman who had witnessed with her own eyes a woman that had reported her own son to the state for being a dissonant. If that’s not bad enough the witness saw the mother of the son grab the noose and hang it around her son’s neck herself as the boy stood on the scaffold where he would hang only in the short moment that followed.
After the execution the mother was seen claiming to be a heroine to do what she did for the good of the state. After hearing such a story it’s hard to imagine how a society could get to this point, however similar Mass Formation is well documented and has taken place throughout history in Nazi Germany and in the Soviet Union.
Desmet also points out that whether it was more of a spontaneous event like we’ve seen in Nazi Germany, or sparked intentionally through propaganda and indoctrination like in the Soviet Union that it must continue to be supported by propaganda and indoctrination by mass media in order to survive, or it will most likely fizzle out.
The key element here that I want to point to as I reference Desmet is that if it is not resisted by dissonance, or if the propaganda and indoctrination continues it will lead to a full blown Totalitarian state.
As these concrete historical examples demonstrate this is precisely how and why fear is used as a control mechanism and is the central motivation for my article and podcast episode today.
The Infantilization of Adults
So what makes fear a more prevalent issue with some people compared to others?
Well I’m not a psychologist and don’t have some profound statistics to reference sitting here in front of me. However I would contend that some individuals are probably more wired for confrontation and have a stronger mind for independent thought whereas other people tend to be more emotionally wired and reactive to life and events that unfold around them. In my assessment it’s the latter that more easily succumb to an outside influence with less resistance when they are faced with an object of fear.
After all, it’s pretty well documented and rock solid that during the pandemic those that tended to wear masks, to get jabbed, and to advocate for mandated lockdowns were all pretty much leftist Democrats. Now I want to specify one more time so that you don’t get confused about that last statement. I’m not saying that this was ALL Democrats, but the majority of far leftists Democrats fell and still fall into this category.
That’s not an opinion, but a fact as it was even a rallying cry for many political campaigns and Democratic offices that ran entire metropolitan cities into the ground economically through mandated lockdowns.
These politicians were so strict it resulted in a mass exodus of their citizenry out of the most major cities like New York, L.A., and Chicago while also leading directly to an explosion of crime during the draconian mandates that they forced upon everyone.
The narratives were all about slowing the spread, flattening the curve, and that “we’re all in this together.” This was a prime example of how Mass Formation started to take root after an object of fear was sold to the American people on a 24/7 media news cycle that was…and still is relentless.
So once again what causes some people to be ruled more directly by fear compared to others?
Well I agree this varies and everyone may have their object of fear if you will that would trigger an uncomfortable emotional response from time to time, but I also believe that the impact of culture has a lot to do with it.
With one quick observation we can look back 50 to 60 years ago where most people had jobs where they worked with their hands and their feet on farms, in factories, and in various other positions that demanded a lot more physical labor.
I would contend that this more rugged physical culture that existed among the majority of our society then made us a lot more resilient both mentally and physically.
After all, in those days the obesity rate among American people was virtually non-existent, yet when you look at the obesity rate today in our society it’s close to 42% according to the CDC.
As a lifelong fitness professional and strength and conditioning coach it’s my professional opinion that this is a direct result of the changing of our culture from being more physical to less physical with the growth and explosion of the laptop/ desk job class. The culture changed when the abundance of the free market produced jobs where physical labor had diminished and along with it so did a lot of rugged individualism.
If you’re reading, or listening, to this and you happen to be a physically active individual then you understand this. You know that when you work at either a physically demanding job, or if you’re physically fit that it shapes your mind and toughens you up mentally to a certain point.
So I believe this is one aspect of how our country and society has been weakened, making certain people more susceptible to fear and by extension controlled by a corrupt media narrative.
Granted the lack of physical strength and fitness alone isn’t the sole culprit in the weakening of the minds of those that succumb to fear narratives over and over again.
The other reason this happens is through the impact of pop culture and education. A recent example of this can be pointed out by the famous author and comic book artist and creator of the comic The Watchmen Alan Moore with the recent piece done on him in the Guardian. I will link you directly to see that article here.
In the article Moore points out the reason he decided to quit the comic book business, which according to him, was directly because of the dangers associated with the infantilization it was contributing to adults in our modern society. He states “I’m definitely done with comics,” he goes on to say “I haven’t written one for getting on for five years. I will always love and adore the comics medium but the comics industry and all of the stuff attached to it just became unbearable.”
Later on in the article Moore is even more assertive in his reason for exiting the business by pointing out that “Because that kind of infantilization – that urge towards simpler times, simpler realities – that can very often be a precursor to fascism.”
Looking at Moore’s perspective on this it’s hard to argue with it. All we have to do is simply take a look around at our society and we can easily see how accurate his assessment is with this given what we’ve seen with so many who succumbed to the Mass Formation that I referenced from Mettias Desmet earlier in this episode.
Stoicism
“Complaining about a problem without posing a solution is called whining.”—Teddy Roosevelt
So how’s this sound for a starting solution?
Adopting stoicism in the face of an emotionally charged and broken society is a great remedy for eliminating the possibility of a society being ruled by FEAR.
So what is Stoicism?
Stoicism is a philosophical discipline that involves one working to endure pain and hardship without the display of his or her feelings when experiencing such difficulty.
Granted it’s one thing to talk about stoicism and a completely different ballgame to practice it in one’s day to day life.
So how does one go about doing this?
Over the years I’ve personally adopted stoicism to deal with some personal hardships. I quickly realized that in life I cannot control anything beyond my own actions and even that can be difficult to do at times.
Stoic philosophy is ancient and some of the best writings of stoic philosophy come from our great thought leaders from the past such as Seneca, Epictetus, and the Great Roman Emperor Marcus Aurelius.
I believe one of Marcus Aurelius’s greatest stoic quotes can beautifully apply to everything we’ve experienced in the past couple years. To me the following quote really cuts to the heart of every mistake we’ve made as a society with the forced lockdowns and destruction of lives over a campaign of FEAR.
“It is not death that a man should fear, but he should fear never beginning to live.”--Marcus Aurelius.
In examining this quote and comparing it to the fear surrounding the lockdowns, social isolation, and closings of businesses it’s easy to see how our society caved in and adopted the opposite of what Marcus Aurelius points out here. It’s evident that as a society we chose to fear death and to destroy what it means to live with freedom and purpose in exchange for the feeling of “safety.”
In doing this it’s easy to look back and prove that warm fuzzy feeling of safety resulted in the destruction of many more lives, businesses, and families. Granted if you happen to be a Marxist then this would be ideal, but if you’re a freedom loving individual that cares for others then you know this was a complete disaster that was a result of weakness and a society that was infected more by the pandemic of Mass Formation Psychosis than a physical illness.
In order to not allow this to happen we must continue to speak out and be the dissonant voices while also working to make ourselves stronger and more resilient physically and mentally as a society at large.
Practicing the stoic philosophy is a great start and you can exercise this within yourself by being conscious of your behavior and your emotions when a difficult, uncomfortable, and stressful situation arises. When this happens slow down, breathe, and learn to think through the problem in the moment rather than lashing out with a knee jerk reaction.
This is the whole point of self-mastery.
Once you can master yourself mentally, emotionally, and physically then you’re securing your environment and by extension your society, your state, your country, and ultimately the world.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article podcast.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence and strengthen our society we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
If you like this podcast and the message please take a moment to give it a Five Star ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ rating on the Spotifyplatform.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Dan Knutson
Dan is a writer, movie producer, and influencer.
Make sure to connect with Dan and Rock This World Productions here below:
Rock This World Productions
Email: dan.k@rockthisworldproductions.com
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Stitcher
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
In today’s podcast episode (and article) I wanted to talk about the significance of having an adventurous spirit along with you learning to embrace the advice of your true inner voice.
So what do I mean when I refer to your inner voice?
When I speak about your true inner voice I’m referring to your ability to listen to your intuition. Your intuition is that voice inside of you that gives you confidence when you’re considering taking a leap of faith in life in order to pursue a challenge that you are passionate about, particularly when everyone else in your surrounding environment is communicating nothing more than fear and doubt.
Unlike this intuitive inner voice it is not to be confused with your other inner voices of fear and reason. These two are also possible inner voices that you may encounter in a given scenario that may involve you avoiding making a bad decision to act on something you think is good idea, but in reality isn’t at all.
A good example here might be you grappling with the decision to receive a certain medical treatment that you think is a good idea, but in reality it is not. In this case it’s easy to see how many people can confuse their intuition with their voice of fear in this scenario as we’ve seen play out in real time on a wide scale since the pandemic, but I digress.
However, your intuition is something that is more in line with your gut feeling and instincts than anything else. It’s programmed for your survival and is an accurate gauge as to what you can do when presented with a possible endeavor that you may possess a strong desire and interest in. However in this case you may find yourself at a crossroads contemplating whether or not to act on this certain passion in the form of an actual pursuit.
Perhaps the challenge, or endeavor, that arises is something you have always had a true passion for in your life, but is something that you find talking yourself out of because of your current station in life. Perhaps you’ve always had a strong passion for a certain endeavor, but always convinced yourself that it was nothing more than a hobby and wasn’t meant to be a serious pursuit by you and therefore didn’t really warrant a serious investment from you in terms of your time, energy, and effort.
Whatever the reason may be in your case if you’re being intellectually honest with yourself you know you’ve had such scenarios arise in your lifetime. Maybe you took that leap and acted on these challenges because you always had an interest in that particular endeavor, OR perhaps you allowed the prevailing outside sentiment of negativity and doubt to shift your attention away from your intuitive voice and shift over to that voice of fear. This may have caused that intuitive voice to go silent as your fear voice continued to grow louder ultimately leading you to turn your back and walk away from the challenge altogether.
Cocksurety
I was having a conversation with a close friend the other day and we were discussing the incredible feat of the recent space launch of SpaceX over the past few years. During this conversation we started acknowledging many iconic achievements in space exploration such as having Rovers on Mars and sending man to the moon.
During this conversation the word Pioneer was brought up when discussing the men that thrusted these great achievements into reality. I suppose my brain automatically wants to default to an image of an astronaut, or record breaking pilot when I hear the word Pioneer. I suppose this is because of the visual of those men being part of the first to venture into uncharted territory with both a high level of risk and confidence. Regardless of this specific image in my head the truth is Pioneers come in many different forms when people take bold steps in life to reach for new horizons.
I was thinking about a good way to illustrate the behavior of a Pioneer and the thing that came to mind was the Bell X-1. This was a rocket powered high speed aircraft that would eventually be piloted by the famous WWII hero captain Chuck Yeager as seen in the legendary movie The Right Stuff.
Chuck would end up being the first pilot in history to exceed the speed of sound breaking the sound barrier only days after breaking his ribs during a horseback riding accident on his ranch in 1947. Being such a Pioneer this would set off a competitive environment with other pilots pushing harder to go faster and faster into the supersonic realm.
During the supersonic testing era leading up to Chuck’s successful achievement of breaking the sound barrier there were a lot doubts in terms of what supersonic speeds may do to the aircraft and by extension what impact it may have on the pilot(s). In this scenario you can imagine the level of risk that the men who participated in the program were shouldering at that time.
Faced with a lifetime of training and discipline these men were willing to take a seriously raging out of control bull by the horns (metaphorically speaking) that had a track record of ending careers and lives very quickly.
I can’t remember the exact percentage, but during these supersonic testing programs the mortality rate was projected to be very high among the pilots. In fact, I believe it was close to a 90% mortality rate. Regardless, I know for a fact that it was an incredibly high risk for these supersonic pursuits.
With a projected super high mortality rate Yeager and other pilots forged ahead anyways. Hell, as I mentioned earlier Yeager did the test run on a set of broken ribs.
So the magic question is why did these men do what they did despite the result being unknown and the risk being so high?
The answer to this question lies within that inner voice that I touched on earlier in the episode combined with the unwavering confidence each of the pilots had in their individual abilities.
This explanation cuts deep into the psychology involved when it comes to how we assess and take on certain risks. Well, the answer in this case is what is known as cocksurety. Yes, that is a real word.
Taking A Leap Into The Unknown
"I was always afraid of dying. Always. It was my fear that made me learn everything I could about my airplane and my emergency equipment, and kept me flying respectful of my machine and always alert in the cockpit."—Chuck Yeager
So what is cocksurety?
What this means is that these pilots had clear explanations when asked about the misfortune of those pilots that had deadly outcomes that came before them. When addressing how previous pilots had sealed their fates in a tragic crash and burn test run the surviving pilots would immediately point to the mistakes of those that failed before them.
This was not an attempt of disrespect, but rather a display of confidence coming from those that had yet taken that leap into the unknown. To those men that had yet gotten to supersonic speed and beyond they couldn’t be involved with such a pursuit being driven by fear. In their minds they were not allowing their fear voice to sway their judgement in continuing forward in their pursuit for breaking the sound barrier.
Now you might say well Brandon their intuitive voice got them killed and I would respond by saying that you’re forgetting about their voice of reason. They may have had a reason to ignore a test run that ultimately resulted in their tragic demise, but ignored that voice of reason by not acknowledging some existing problems that might have been unique to their given situation.
The truth is you and I will never know better than those pilots who actually stepped up to take on this mission. Once again, according to the surviving pilots that still had the opportunity to make the test run to reach supersonic speed those that did not make it were possibly at fault for not doing certain things that the surviving pilots are here to tell us about.
So at the end of the day those that continued with the mission had to forge ahead with absolute assurance in what they knew coupled with their experience and individual abilities. They had to be cocksure.
The Main Ingredient
Cocksurety is a hell of trait and is really the main ingredient for all great Pioneers that have paved new paths and explored uncharted territory.
So how does such a trait apply to our everyday lives?
I would say it applies directly to you if you have invested everything into a dream, a set of skills, and a life education. You have demonstrated being a Pioneer everyday if you find yourself pouring your energy, time, and money into starting a new business(s), taking difficult stands, and fighting for freedom.
None of these are easy to do in today’s society because the herd mentality is more about trying to fit in rather than trying to stand out. The herd mentality also silences the intuitive voice while more often than not magnifying the voice of fear.
A Pioneer is not about being a sheep, but rather about being an adventurous individual spirit driven by ambition and courage. Remember how significant the act of courage can be in any life situation. I also covered this in more detail in my podcast episode titled the Prisoner’s Dilemma.
A Pioneer is an individual that isn’t afraid of being just that along with standing firm in his or her abilities even when everyone in the room is pushing doubt and criticism in their direction on a constant basis.
Do you relate to being a Pioneer?
Now that you know what it takes to be a Pioneer can you see just how unique and rare it is in today’s world?
If you’re a regular reader, or listener to this podcast then you understand the goal is to help you to be a Zenith during chaotic times so being a Pioneer is a major piece to that puzzle.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to influence folks to be Pioneers we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
Now available on Spotify andApple Podcasts.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Brian McKay
Brian is a pain free lifestyle coach and influencer.
Make sure you follow Brian on social media here on…
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Dave Morrow
Dave Morrow is a health and fitness specialist, veteran, author, podcaster, and influencer working to better veterans and people’s health.
Make sure to connect with Dave here:
davemorrow.net
You can also listen to this episode on…
Spotify
Apple
Stitcher
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Jerry Kuykendall
*NOTICE: Please be patient at the 42:58-43:23 mark as we experienced a bit of an “off and on” audio disruption for about 25 seconds, BUT I decided not to edit it out as it cleared up for us to complete the show.
Jerry is a coach, philosopher, influencer, and founder of Biohacking Truth.
Make sure you follow Jerry on social media here…
Biohacking Truth Facebook
GETTR
Website: Biohacking Truth
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Shea Taylor
Shea Taylor is and Entrepreneur, Adaptive Athlete, and Influencer
Make sure to follow Shea on social media here:
Instagram
You can also listen to this episode on…
Spotify
Apple
Stitcher
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Rocky Shipes
Rocky is a lifelong athlete, a 22 year pro-golfer, 5 time champion trick shot artist and long driver, and a United States Flag carpenter.
Make sure you connect with Rocky here:
Also listen to this episode here on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s episode is an audio read out of the first article I ever published on my Substack here at brandonrichey.substack.com back on April 8th of 2022. This particular piece is what I would consider to be an explanation as to the catalyst of me extending my topics of discussion beyond the space of fitness alone.
The reason for my motivation toward this was because of society’s reaction towards the so-called pandemic rather than the being concerned about the virus itself. As we now know that assessment of society allowing governments to step in and spread a wave of destruction with propaganda, lockdowns, and excessive government spending has led us to this nightmare scenario we’re faced with now with governments literally collapsing as the globalist model completely craters right in front of our faces.
Preface
As I sit here hammering out my thoughts with the strike of each key of my laptop I find myself examining my thoughts with the intent of sharing that very examination with you in a way that will hopefully transform your life.
The reason I’m here has more to do with what has happened in the past couple of years regarding our society’s reaction to COVID-19 rather than COVID-19 itself. Here’s a quick recap.
Apparently in regards to COVID the mechanics of human nature work like this...
The administrative state declared war on the American people's health and freedom along with the world a couple years ago with the authoritarian measures in response to COVID.
At first it was...
Follow the $cience and just wear a mask.
Then go on house arrest.
Then it was "purchase PPE."
Then it was shutdown your business to slow the spread.
Then the administrative state said let's print a lot of money to pay for the horrible decision we made to ruin people's businesses and livelihoods.
Even after all of this the lockdowns continued despite the $cience being exposed for all of its corruption and hand in the entire pandemic. Vaccine cards and passports were pushed. More authoritarian measures came with a 24/7 relentless media cycle to push a complete lie.
Truly effective alternative treatments were suppressed and demonized. Now more information is coming to light about the dangers of taking the administrative state's so-called treatment.
Furthermore the obvious bastardization and corruption of the teacher's unions, the scientific community, and much of the medical community continue to come into the light.
In conjunction with this white woke soccer moms continue to virtue signal falling in line with the corrupt media narrative by wearing their masks in their profile pics on social media and shaming others in the name of $cience.
To push back truly brave and powerful doctors, epidemiologists, and virologists (numbering nearly 20,000 worldwide) form a coalition against all of this insanity called the The Great Barrington Declaration where TRUE SCIENCE is expressed.
Still woke moms continue to scream to follow the $cience, but NOT the real science involved with The Great Barrington Declaration.
Fast forward to now and Ukraine and Russia hit the media cycle and all the sudden COVID is apparently cured. Despite the world protesting authoritarian measures for months now the COVID fight is silent because the new thing is Russia and Ukraine.
Naturally white woke soccer moms are now posting the Ukrainian flag in their profile pics and supporting the administrative state's call to sleepwalk us into WWIII without even understanding a single thing about the corruption our politicians have had for years in Ukraine, the global movement, and the WEF's attempt to turn you into a serf where "You will own nothing and be happy." A direct quote of the World Economic Forum (WEF).
So we go to full on economic warfare with Russia and now Russia and China are aligning along with Saudi Arabia. These bad actors are now calling to do all their trading with Russian oil in Rubles instead of the U.S. dollar.
Now a sitting president's son is compromised (something many of us knew during the 2020 election because we actually know how to research below the first layer).
Now we are staring down WWIII with inept leaders, a broken economy, record high inflation, food shortages, and the collapse of the U.S. dollar.
So I know you're probably sitting there reading this and thinking Ok Brandon what is your point?
My point is the same damn point I've been making all along. The mechanics of human nature is that many people will just be sheep and do what the TV tells them to do, but that sure as hell isn't me. My point is for you to take ownership of your life, your freedom, and health.
These people in the administrative state hate you and me. The last thing they want is an informed, engaged, and unified populous.
I'm not ready to give up my U.S. citizenship for global citizenship. Screw them and screw anyone that thinks any of this is good. It's not, BUT we can change the Arc of history.
Am I alone?
Motivation: If You Want To Be a Maverick Then Bring Hell With You
I can't speak to what motivates you, but if you're reading this then perhaps my perspective isn't too far off target. The wheels of change grind on and on and if this sounds too cliche' for you then take into consideration what's happened in the past couple years of the pandemic.
Before I move forward please allow me a moment to briefly look back and shed some light on my background. My fitness and coaching career has spanned over a 20 year period. In that period I've dealt with people from every background, ability level, and walk of life you can think of and within all of that period of time the thing I realize is that inspiration is a two-way street that can come and go, but motivation is a one way street reserved for those that will blaze a trail consistently day in and day out.
From my time at the University of Georgia football strength and conditioning program to my work in the private sector with professional and amateur fighters there's one thing that rings true to those that get the biggest results. Those that get the results believe in human agency and they are what I define as Mavericks in life.
Well, this brings me right up to the definition of a Maverick.
You see if you look up the word Maverick in the dictionary you’re going to see some very strong words that happen to fit right into place here and are the very backbone of this post.
A Maverick is defined as an unorthodox, or independent-minded person. Other similar descriptive words include an individualist, a nonconformist, or free spirit. These are all accurate and true.
The Duke And The Guy Code
However, in addition to all of these very accurate characteristics I also believe there’s a lot more to being a Maverick. You see to me a true Maverick is someone who believes freedom may not be without consequence, but for those of us that understand this we are willing to ACCEPT that premise because we know that true freedom is also WITHOUT restriction.
Yes, a Maverick is all about not conforming and resisting the constant nagging of society telling him or her to fall in line and to mindlessly obey. The Maverick is the first one to extend a fist and raise the middle finger in defiance to unfair and inappropriate authoritarian behavior.
However this does not mean that the Maverick doesn’t live by a certain set of rules, or by an effective code of ethics if you will.
To put this in perspective I want to mention a story I recently read about involving “The Duke” John Wayne. The vignette I’m referencing here came from one of the chapters in the book Everything I Need To Know I Learned From John Wayne.
In this particular chapter the book is referencing a defining moment during the production of a key movie in The Duke’s career called The Shootist. This movie is significant because it was John Wayne’s final movie before his passing.
During the filming there was a problem that The Duke had with the script. As the story goes there was a particular scene in the movie that called for Wayne to shoot a man in the back.
John Wayne did not like this at all. In fact, he was so displeased with the scene that he went to meet with the director about it. Wayne approached the director with the script in hand and pointed to the scene asking him what it was all about?
The director responded simply by saying that was the script. I’m paraphrasing here, but Wayne basically said to the director that I’ve been in over 80 movies during my career and I’ve never shot a man in the back. I didn’t do it then and I’m certainly not going to do it now. Change the script. I'll give you one guess as to what happened next. As you probably thought that meeting resulted in the script being changed in that scene.
So what’s the point here? The point is that John Wayne was a Maverick in that very moment illustrating that he wasn’t just going to go along just to get along. He stood up for his principles and corrected the situation immediately.
You see this is what a Maverick does. It’s about leading and making a tough call perhaps when most would cave to the pressure. It’s about solving the problem by using your mind and your instincts.
This is what it’s like to be aggressive about something you believe in while also being willing to accept that you may cause some disruption. This is what it means to be a Maverick.
Are you willing to stand up for your principles, or give them up when the moment of reckoning reveals itself to you in a high pressure situation?
Do you have what it takes to be a Maverick?
Looking Back A Little More Before Looking Ahead
For the past two years I’ve watched the most insane and inept people on TV and on my social media newsfeed try to support a complete lie while innocent people died. I know you know exactly what I’m talking about.
People were literally dying because of a certain political narrative that was being pushed because they didn’t want a certain Maverick in the white house to get any credit whatsoever regarding an effective treatment for a certain virus we’re all sick of hearing about. Yeah I said it, Trump wasn’t right about everything, BUT he was right about a lot of things like the use of therapeutics when it came to treating the virus.
After witnessing this insanity I couldn’t believe how far reaching and how prevalent the lie against therapeutics was while being spread across my newsfeed by people I knew, people I went to school with, and by people who are supposedly the respected opinions of the medical community. I know now these people have zero credibility.
I knew this demonization of therapeutics was a complete political lie at the moment because I looked at what was happening with reality. After all, at the onset of COVID with the media reporting a 24/7 cycle of alarmism and red alerts with dead bodies piling up in the streets I asked one simple question that nobody in the medical field that has a disagreement with me can seem to answer.
Question: With the panic messaging from the media I just described why would any sensible and credible medical professional restrict and even demonize ANY potential treatment option?
Answer: Crickets.
So in looking ahead this is exactly why I’m sitting here writing this Substack for you. I am now engaged in harnessing my experience in the field of fitness and health, my examination of history, knowledge of philosophy, and ability to call out the constant lies and inconsistencies when it is necessary.
What I’ve come to realize is that the battle lines have been drawn and we are currently facing a global totalitarian situation with COVID and now Russia/Ukraine being used as a Trojan horse attempt to usher it all in.
To quote the great Steve Bannon “Courage is Contagious” and my hopes here are to help to spread that courage to you to walk out into the face of these insane people and stand defiant daily.
Now is the time for you to take ownership of your life, your health, and your finances. Make sure you support those people who share this view that I’ve outlined here in this Substack. Of course I hope you’ll support me by spreading this message or signing up, but if you don’t then please go out and get behind someone else who shares this viewpoint. The bottom line is that you MUST step into your power and get involved in some way.
Wrap Up
My goal here isn’t to tell you what to think, BUT rather to offer my perspective and firsthand experience on the issues I outline so that you can see a path forward and think through more of these problems as they arise in our current society because if there’s one thing we can agree on it’s that these problems are going to keep coming.
Now is the time to take the fight (In the form of information, legal action, finances, etc.) to these corrupt politicians and even those people within your circles who are spreading lies like I’ve outlined here in this article. Start calling people out and don’t be shy about correcting them. It’s not a lost cause it is THE CAUSE.
Also now available onSpotifyand Apple Podcasts.
Please make sure you share with your family, friends, and coworkers.
Stay strong, stay focused, stay on course.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Also available on…
Spotify
Apple Podcasts
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Paul Douglas Passmore
Paul Passmore is a National Champion Arm Wrestler and Influencer
Make sure to follow Paul on social media here:
YouTube
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
The world is a spinning rock of chaos and there’s a huge cloud of uncertainty that is looming over the future of our world and our respective countries. However I want you to understand that I’m not saying this to paint a dark picture, or to discourage you. No, I’m not saying that at all.
In fact, I’m saying this for the complete opposite reason. I’m saying this because right now in this very moment is the time that you can seize on a huge opportunity and fight this corruption that is plaguing our planet.
Right now is the time that you can learn self-mastery and it starts by reminding yourself about what you’re capable of along with trusting in your mind, your instincts, and in your own abilities.
We are currently living in the middle of economic and information warfare when it comes to the suppression of our voices, our financial circumstances, and most importantly our health. This suppression comes from authoritarians who are taking action in order to infiltrate every aspect of our lives so that they can gain control of our lives and reap the financial benefits of doing so through corrupt means and continuous subversions of our major societal institutions.
However the authoritarians aren’t the ONLY ones who can take ACTION. No, if you’re reading this then YOU have the ability to take action yourself in order to combat all of these authoritarians on multiple fronts.
Remember that hope by itself is not a strategy. Hope can only be helped along and achieved by those that back up the things they are hoping for with a solid action plan. Action applied directly to a smart plan is what will get you the result you desire most and RIGHT now in this moment is the absolute best time for you to do just that.
Perhaps you’ve been considering a run for office to fight authoritarians that want to force you to take a certain dangerous medical treatment, perhaps you want to be a precinct captain in your voting district to kick out establishment politicians from your party, or you just want to start a business to offer a solid freedom first alternative to the woke corporations that are contributing to the destruction of western civilization.
Regardless of your reasons, or your motivations, if you have been riding on the fence about whether or not you should just jump in with both feet then perhaps the lists of steps included in this article will help to give you a nudge to jump in feet first with your new venture.
Before I get into this list I want you to understand something. Firstly, there’s an old quote that my dad kept on our refrigerator when we were growing up and he keeps that same piece of paper with that quote in his office till this very day. I’ve included the quote here below…
I am convinced that life is 10% what happens to me and 90% of how I react to it.–Charles Swindoll
Keep in mind that the strongest people aren’t always those that display strength in front of others, but rather fight and win battles that we never see them fight. Some of the biggest battles are fought by individuals daily in the shadows and out of the view of the general public. During these battles that take place when you’re alone with your thoughts and doubts you must face the toughest adversary you’ll ever face off with in your entire life.
That adversary is YOU. That’s right, whenever you pursue anything with meaning and challenge there’s going to be moments of fear and self-doubt that will try to creep its way into your head.
This doubt is what I have often referred to as the Doubt Monster. Believe me it doesn’t require a lot to feed the Doubt Monster in order to make it strong and it will definitely demand a significant amount of your energy and fortitude at times to wrestle it back into its cage so that you can lock it up and throw away the key.
I’ve had plenty of these moments myself as I’m sure you have had yours to face as well. Despite this struggle in order to start building mental resilience you MUST maintain a healthy practice of positive mental thoughts and fight to maintain a positive mind and attitude towards victory even if we are in the middle of a 5th Generation War.
With that being said let’s start honing your mindset by diving into this top 10 list that I’ve come up with over my lifetime that has proven to be a huge help to me in my most challenging life moments.
The List
1) Emotional stability: Keep in mind that strong leadership requires that you have to make difficult decisions under pressure. When faced with difficult tasks you must stay objective and not allow your emotions to get involved and overwhelm you particularly when you are in the minority and faced with what seems like overwhelming odds.
Overly emotional people will display their weakness by talking over others, attacking, or making knee jerk decisions. Strong, stoic, and more logical people will maintain a level head and think through a problem regardless of how they’re feeling. This is how you start stacking the metaphorical bricks to build on your own mental strength.
2) Lean on your experience: Your perspective will help you a lot in a high pressure situation as long as you remember to acknowledge it. When the world seems to be falling apart around you this is when you can exercise your resolve by keeping your eye on your goal and not allowing the surrounding noise to derail you from your objective. In this moment remember where you’ve been and remember how you ended up pursuing your endeavor in the first place.
3) Detachment: This is perhaps one of the toughest steps for most people to apply to their own lives. To detach means that you must block out the thought, or feeling to take things too personally. Don’t waste time wondering Why did this happen to me? Instead keep that laser focus on the variables you know you can handle and control in your own life.
To spend the energy worrying about the variables you absolutely cannot control is only a waste of your energy. Remember that your agency (ability to act) should be your primary focus.
4) Strength under pressure: Demonstrate strength and stability in the face of chaos and negative situations. This requires discipline, but if you can do this you’ll be better able to handle these situations the more they arise. If you’ve ever heard of the phrase “Baptism by fire” this scenario definitely involves that and in many cases there’s no better way to learn than by training yourself to do this.
5) Understand the 6 P’s rule: Proper Preparation Prevents Piss Poor Performance. So make sure that you plan ahead for all situations as best you can to minimize stress and failure and to maximize success.
If you fail to plan then you plan to fail and in these current times neither you or myself can afford not to plan whether it involves planning for the best or for the worst of times. Once again the preparation lays the foundation for success in ANY given scenario.
6) Self-validation: One of the biggest mistakes you can make is worrying about pleasing others. Sure you should always want to put your best foot forward, but if you truly have put your best foot forward that should be enough. Therefore, don’t forget what you stand for and always strive to do the right thing.
This is especially true in this current day and age. Whatever you do NEVER allow ANYONE to force you to compromise your principles. Nobody gets a pass on this including your wife, husband, family, friends, and coworkers. Never give in on this. Your principles in action will define you and THAT is validation enough…unless of course you lack sound principles in the first place, but that’s a conversation for another day.
7) If you’re not patient then demonstrate the discipline to be: I always have people to tell me that I’m a patient person, but the reality is that I’m not.
So what I’ve come to recognize is that I never feel patient, but rather I can demonstrate the discipline to express patience. This is because I recognize important things are always a working progress and the simple reality is that most things rarely happen in a smooth and seamless manner.
8) Gratitude: One of the biggest mistakes you can make is focusing on what you don’t have and comparing yourself to others. I know it’s human nature to do so, but it’s a mistake. Therefore, focus on what you do have and what you’re striving to achieve…period.
Gratitude, like humility, is NOT a sign of weakness, but rather a super power in today’s world. It can be very challenging at times to look for gratitude, but if you can slow down and recognize what you are thankful for in times of difficulty and turmoil you’ll be better prepared mentally and emotionally to push yourself forward in your attempts to reach new heights.
9) Maintain your course with tenacity: Be tenacious no matter where you are on the road towards your goals. If anyone tries to knock you off course you’ve got to detach from them.
Therefore, maintain your course and surround yourself with those that will support your efforts. This doesn’t necessarily mean financial support, but emotional and mental support should be all the energy you get from those around you. To sum it up, if that girlfriend or boyfriend isn’t giving you that energy, get rid of them.
10) Maintain your standards: Don’t lower your bar just because times get slow, or you feel like you may lose the deal. Maintain a high standard and figure out a way to make it work if you can. So if you can’t you can’t, but the war is not over.
This one is especially important right now in this current economic environment with 40 year record high inflation and the worst economy we’ve seen in decades. With that in mind it’s vitally important you are aware of the less than desirable economic circumstances, but at the same time don’t allow this environment to cheapen your standards in terms of determining the value of what you can offer to others.
Remember that you’re doing this to not only better your own station in life, but to also bring about better value to a corrupt and broken system. The system is already full of rot and decay so don’t allow your standards to be degraded because the current environment is full of it.
Don’t forget that you are here to be the Maverick and the new standard for society, not to contribute to the trash heap that’s already piling up that we already see so much of now.
The Wrap Up
At the end of the day if you desire to build a more resilient mind and spirit then you’ve got to work at it. This requires action from you daily. There’s no more time for you to sit on the sidelines, or to observe from the stands. If you are going to step into the arena then now is the time to do it. Both of our futures depend on it.
"It is not the critic who counts; not the man who points out how the strong man stumbles, or where the doer of deeds could have done them better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood; who strives valiantly; who errs, who comes short again and again, because there is no effort without error and shortcoming; but who does actually strive to do the deeds; who knows great enthusiasms, the great devotions; who spends himself in a worthy cause; who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at the worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly, so that his place shall never be with those cold and timid souls who neither know victory nor defeat."--Theodore Roosevelt
You must practice daily at being more stoic and to maintain your focus. You must also be willing to fight for freedom and to smash anything that resembles a Marxist belief by being the example that you stand for freedom.
If you’re experiencing the negative you need to mentally work to remove that from your thoughts. Follow this list.
What strategies are you using to build mental strength and resiliency?
Are you applying any of these for yourself now?
I hope you liked today’s audio article and if so please make sure you subscribe yourself and hit one of the share buttons to help spread the message.
By you taking action to share and subscribe it allows this show to stay on the road otherwise none of this would work.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Kelly Leo
He’s the owner and CEO of Full Throttle Fitness
Make sure to follow Kelly on his social media here:
Full Throttle Fitness
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Today’s guest is Jerry Kuykendall.
He’s the owner and CEO of Biohacking Truth.
Make sure to follow Jerry on his social media here:
Biohacking Truth Facebook
GETTR
Website: Biohacking Truth
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Bumper Music Credit: Prazkhanal
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
“Politics is downstream from culture.”—Andrew Breitbart
I want to challenge your mind for a moment. Imagine if you were imprisoned in a cave for much of your adult life without the ability to view anything outside of that cave let alone many of the details of what exists within the cave itself.
In this cave you are chained and cannot venture outside the cave. Each morning you wake up to view several shadows moving and acting out different types of daily activities on the wall in front of you. Day after day when you awaken you look to this cave wall and wait until you see certain silhouettes of people and objects moving along and acting out, perhaps what you would interpret to be the meaning of your very existence.
Now understand that in this scenario you have no idea of what’s going on outside of the cave, as well as many characteristics that exist inside the cave. For instance, you’re unaware that behind you there’s a fire burning to provide the light for the shadows. Likewise there’s other people between the fire and you moving and carrying puppets in order to project the shadows onto the wall in front of you to shape your reality.
Now let’s assume that you aren’t the only prisoner inside the cave viewing the shadows, but that you are the only one who finally catches a glimpse of the fire that’s behind you. In your new discovery you realize that the shadows are fake and you even manage to break free from your chains.
After you break free you are able to venture to the outside of the cave to see that there’s a real world so much bigger and detailed than the one you’ve become accustomed to inside of that cave you’ve lived in most of your life. Out of total excitement of your new discovery you run back inside the cave to tell the other prisoners of your discovery, but in your attempt to do so you go blind because your eyes aren’t accustomed to the sunlight of the outside world.
Because the other prisoners see your blindness they now fear they will also be punished with blindness, or much worse for venturing outside which in turn reinforces them to stay right where they are inside the cave.
Swallowing The Giant Pill Of Reality
That very insightful and hypothetical scenario I just painted for you was not something I came up with on my own. No, that was a scenario from the great philosopher Plato’s Allegory of The Cave.
This is a very powerful illustration as it paints a picture of people living in a rigged system where their perceptions are shaped by others in order to keep them subdued and imprisoned inside a false reality.
Looking at Plato’s Allegory of The Cave it’s easy to see how such a false reality can be applied to the real world particularly in our current modern day environment. After all, in modern society the fire in the cave is directly substituted with the advent of cutting edge lighting for the cameras of news organizations and TV you watch daily.
Additionally the actors and so-called journalists take the place of the puppet masters inside the cave. Modern cameras are used to project images onto your cell phone and TV rather than shadows on a cave wall, and the cave itself can easily be replaced by the government that keeps all of its people confined to a rigged and controlled environment.
The brilliance of Plato’s Allegory of The Cave has been used many times in pop culture to expand on storylines regarding the illusions and authoritarianism that has haunted human existence since the dawn of mankind.
A great example of this in modern culture can be seen in the epic film The Matrix. As you’re probably already very familiar The Matrix involves a complex computer program that plugs into the minds of humans. Inside The Matrix all people experience for all intents and purposes what seems to be normal day to day life.
However the main character of The Matrix named Neo is offered a choice prior to him stepping into his role of the hero. As the ten cent version of the story goes Neo is approached by a friend and mentor named Morpheus inside The Matrix at a point when Neo is experiencing some terrifying events in his life, or as his life would be recognized inside the false reality known as the Matrix.
Morpheus offers Neo a choice between taking a blue pill or a red pill. Neo is told the blue pill will keep him moving along in the daily rat race of existence as he currently understands it, whereas the red pill will free his mind from the confines of life as he knows it.
Of course Neo takes the red pill and what we come to realize is that Neo wakes up inside an alien looking pod where all of these lines and cords suddenly unplug from his physical body. After he’s rescued from this horrible reality by Morpheus, Neo learns that his real physical body has been plugged into a giant computer system where a world of Artificially Intelligent (AI) beings use human bodies as a means of energy to power their technological grid.
To do this they keep humans plugged into the Matrix to occupy their minds which is essentially a dream-like state while these AI beings use the energy from human bodies like a flashlight uses a battery.
Neo taking the red pill to wake up from his false reality is the parallel to Plato’s prisoner breaking free from the cave to discover the outside world.
Courage To Move Forward
If I had to guess I’m pretty sure Plato’s Allegory of The Cave was a big influence on the writers coming up with the storyline for The Matrix. However, aside from understanding that what we may recognize as our social reality is really an illusion, what is the other important element that we can take away from these two stories?
The other takeaway I want to point out is the element of courage. Courage is what it took for the prisoner in Plato’s cave to venture outside once he caught a glimpse of the fire. The same can be said for Neo choosing to take the red pill which ultimately set him on a course to becoming the hero for humankind.
Even though the prisoner from Plato’s cave ended up blind after he went back inside to tell the other prisoners of his discovery he still personally experienced and delivered a truth to those prisoners that they had never encountered. One could surmise that had they casted their fears aside from the worry of going blind that they would’ve stood a great chance at discovering a true level of freedom and reality that we know was shockingly so close to them, yet so far away at the same time.
This is the current dilemma that has held back the gift of freedom with our current modern day society. This dilemma is what is known as the prisoner’s dilemma.
You see a prisoner’s dilemma is basically what it sounds like.
Looking at a good example of this, imagine a scenario where we have two partners who happen to be suspects accused of robbing a bank. For the sake of this discussion we’ll name the suspects Chuck and Barry.
This scenario and others in a typical prisoner’s dilemma is a situation described in Game Theory which is an examination of economics that studies how key decisions are made during conflict and uncertainty.
When looking at a typical prisoner’s dilemma two parties under threat have the ability to protect themselves at the expense of the other party, or individual involved in the dilemma.
For instance, let’s say Chuck and Barry have been hauled in by authorities to be questioned about their alleged crime of bank robbery.
In this situation let’s assume the cops have evidence on both men, but both must be questioned separately by the detectives in order to get a confirmed conviction since the evidence isn’t as strong. Because of this both Chuck and Barry are pressured by the police to spill the beans on each other.
Now in this dilemma the cop tells Chuck that if he confesses about Barry being responsible for the robbery that he is free to go, but when the cop questions Barry he tells Barry the same thing.
However, both men are unaware that if they both testify against each other they will both get 10 years in prison. Additionally if only one of the men testifies against the other the one that doesn’t testify will get 20 years in prison, but if BOTH men can be courageous and stick to their silence both will only get one year in prison.
In this case both the strategic and courageous choice results in the best outcome.
“Courage is the first of human qualities because it is the quality that guarantees all the others.”--Winston Churchill
The Wrap Up
You see in this last example the best outcome, even during a challenging moment of uncertainty and threat, is achieved by the human quality of courage. Understanding this both you and I can see that the lack of this with Plato’s prisoners in the cave kept them frozen in place.
The thing I want to communicate to you here is the power of you stepping into your courage and understanding that your perceived reality is being shaped by those in the media, Hollywood, and government.
As a result your compliance and relenting to the wishes of those actors to participate in certain behaviors that chip away at your rights as defined in the constitution only means you’re choosing to stay inside the cave, OR that you’re choosing to swallow the blue pill.
Now that you understand your dilemma you can choose smartly, but if you don’t at least now you understand the cost of that decision just as we understand the cost of it with Plato’s prisoners.
I hope you enjoyed today’s article.
If so I really need your help to push this piece out to your friends, family, and coworkers.
In order for BOTH you and me to achieve the best outcome in this dilemma we must not stay idle so please make sure you hit the subscribe and share buttons here below.
Spreading messages like this one is how we influence our culture and I need your help in order to do it.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
Now available on Spotify andApple Podcasts.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
I want to start this discussion by painting a picture for you. Imagine for a moment that you are living your life working, hitting the gym, pursuing goals, going out to dinner with family, and perhaps looking forward to driving into the city for a night out with friends.
Maybe you were planning to take a trip and travel overseas. Perhaps you were thinking of taking a cruise down to Mexico or the Caribbean. You have been basically planning your life by grabbing freedom by the horns to break free of the chains of your desktop or laptop inside the Metaverse.
In very simple terms you just want to get out into the real world and enjoy real life experiences.
Now for the next part I want you to focus on what I described and really absorb it because everything I just said sounds pretty normal, right? The answer is Yes. It was completely normal about two years ago, but the NEW reality is that everything I just described to you has become more and more abnormal over time.
Now without stating the obvious, the real question I want to pose to you is why was all of this ALLOWED to be changed?
The Overton Window Shift
So now I want you to also imagine going back in time two years ago and you’re living out your day to day life as I’ve explained in the opening of this article. Now with that in mind I want you to imagine that I come to you in person and tell you that in a very short period of time a series of events are going to take place that will completely transform your life and society as you know it.
What I would tell you is that within about two years you’re going to go from enjoying your day to day life like you are to being fast tracked at looking at a global totalitarian situation. I would highlight that you would see this with every country falling under authoritarian rule over vaccine passports, warfare, famine, record high inflation, and energy costs through the roof.
Furthermore, what if I told you in that moment that you’d also be told that you would own nothing and be happy for the rest of your life with the possibility of being reduced to renting a cubicle with the possibility of eating insect paste for your daily nutrition. If that’s not bad enough you’d also be stripped of any protections from this with the government outright violating your first and second amendment rights forcing you into this real life hell on earth.
To make this even worse you would also witness family and friends not only willfully complying with this, but advocating for these insane authoritarian government mandates as well.
Now if you’re intellectually honest you’d probably look at me and say that all sounds completely insane and nightmarish and you would be absolutely right, yet fast forward two years later to today and look at where we are now.
So how did WE THE PEOPLE allow this to happen? How did we go from living our day to day lives with purpose and intention to all the sudden being thrown into the middle of a reality that resembles a Bond movie where the Bond villain manages to succeed.
The reason this happened was because it was a coordinated effort on the part of the government politicians, the media, and the elites of major corporations in working to shift what’s known as the Overton Window of society.
What’s the Overton Window?
The Overton Window was named after an American policy analyst Joseph Overton. Mr. Overton stated that the viability of a certain political idea is determined by falling into the range, or window, of what he considers is politically acceptable based on the mood of society at the moment. If the idea is too extreme and falls outside the window then the idea will collapse, but if the idea is a move that only mandates a slight change then society will accept it and therefore the idea could be a success for the ruling class.
So let’s go back to our little hypothetical situation with me warning you about the huge changes that would impact your life two years from the point I told you. Based on everything we know now all of it would be an overwhelming pill to swallow.
This amount of news would be so insane to you that you would naturally label it as such. However, if we take the leap forward back into the real world and observe how our reactions to the pandemic played out then as we look back it’s easy to see how much WE THE PEOPLE allowed the Overton Window to shift to the point of where we are now. It has basically been a fast paced process of giving up inch by inch by inch from two years ago till now.
The frustrating thing about this is that it was all completely avoidable if we had just been principled in the REAL science of what we have known for decades regarding health and fitness, as well as, being principled in our stance on NOT violating our constitutional rights.
Of course I realize that’s easier said than done. However if you are reading this article and you were one of the individuals standing in the breach and not giving in to societal pressures to get jabbed, tested, or locked down without full blown non-violent civil disobedience then I’m certainly not talking to you.
However if you did give in, or you’re reading this and still giving in to the lies you’re being told then you need to absorb the reality of what I’ve outlined here as you ARE the reason the Overton Window continues to shift at a faster and faster pace.
The Wrap Up
I wanted to frame today’s discussion and scenario using time travel to illustrate the level and fast pace at which we’ve allowed authoritarianism to take away from our lives. In framing it the way I did here my hopes are that you would more easily understand the importance of not giving in to government mandates.
One of the things that drives me crazy and is one of my main pet-peeves are people not understanding the definition and application of precedent. Once you give up a right then those that forced you to give it up are never just going to stop at that point. Authoritarians ALWAYS demand, scheme, and work really hard to take more.
A precedent is extremely important and can be applied both to achieve good and bad outcomes when it comes to your health, your rights, and society at large.
So now that you understand how the Overton Window works I say WE THE PEOPLE start setting the precedent to bring back an optimal level of liberty and health to move our lives forward.
If you agree then please make sure you share this article with your family and friends to support the cause.
Let’s make a fast paced shift of the Overton Window for great outcomes for our liberty and health.
Also to connect with me please make sure you join me here on Facebook and GETTR
Stay strong. Stay focused. Stay active.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com
Previous Articles:
You Must Look Back Before Looking Ahead
The Utter Bastardization Of The Fitness Industry
The Fourth Turning And The Rise Of Generation X
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit brandonrichey.substack.com